diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:06:58 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:06:58 -0700 |
| commit | 5b366345f05c145eb1a04cf9eef67369e6bdc10e (patch) | |
| tree | 82f08eb40fd99190d2bfb83df65686e7ee304d27 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19939-8.txt | 14034 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19939-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 278953 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19939.txt | 14034 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19939.zip | bin | 0 -> 278838 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
7 files changed, 28084 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/19939-8.txt b/19939-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..708b224 --- /dev/null +++ b/19939-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14034 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of History Of The Missions Of The American +Board Of Commissioners For Foreign Missions To The Oriental Churches, Volume II., by Rufus Anderson + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: History Of The Missions Of The American Board Of Commissioners For Foreign Missions To The Oriental Churches, Volume II. + +Author: Rufus Anderson + +Release Date: November 27, 2006 [EBook #19939] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MISSIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOARD *** + + + + +Produced by John Bechard (JaBBechard@aol.com) + + + + + + +HISTORY +OF +THE MISSIONS +OF THE +AMERICAN BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS FOR FOREIGN MISSIONS +TO THE +ORIENTAL CHURCHES. + +BY RUFUS ANDERSON, D.D., LL.D., +LATE FOREIGN SECRETARY OF THE BOARD. + +IN TWO VOLUMES. + +VOL. II. + +BOSTON: +CONGREGATIONAL PUBLISHING SOCIETY. +1872. + +Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1872, by +THE AMERICAN BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS FOR FOREIGN MISSIONS, +in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. + +RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE: +STEREOTYPED AND PRINTED BY +H. O. HOUGHTON AND COMPANY. + + + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +CHAPTER XXIV. THE ARMENIANS.--1846-1855. + +Agency of Sir Stratford Canning.--Of Lord Cowley.--Lord Palmerston's +Instructions.--Action of the Porte.--The Chevalier Bunsen.--A +Vizerial Letter.--Further Concessions.--The Firman.--Good Counsel +from Sir Stratford to the Protestants.--Dilatoriness of the Turkish +Government.--Still another Concession by the Sultan.--Agency of the +American Minister.--Greatness of the Changes.--The Divine Agency +recognized.--The Danger.--Why Persecution was continued.--New +Missionaries.--Pera again ravaged by Fire.--The Aintab +Station.--Native Zeal for the Spread of the Gospel.--Activity of the +Mission.--The Patriarch deposed.--Native Pastors.--Death of Mrs. +Hamlin.--Death and Character of Dr. Azariah Smith.--Mr. Dunmore +joins the Mission.--Removal into Old Constantinople.--The +First Ecclesiastical Council.--The Gospel introduced into +Marsovan.--Visited by Mr. E. E. Bliss.--A Persecution that was +needed.--Unexpected Relief.--Changes in the Mission.--Missions by +Native Pastors.--Death of Mrs. Everett.--Death of Mr. Benjamin. + +CHAPTER XXV. THE ARMENIANS.--1855-1860. + +The Crimean War subservient to the Gospel.--Its Origin. +--Providential Interposition.--Probable Consequences of Russian +Success.--Effect of the Fall of Sebastopol.--The Mission in +1855.--Schools.--Church Organization.--Church Building.--The +Printing.--Editions of the Scriptures.--The Book Depository.--Aid +from Abroad.--Greek Students in Theology.--Licentiates.--Accession +of Missionaries.--Death of Mr. Everett.--Miscellaneous +Notices.--Renewed Agitation about the Death Penalty.--The Hatti +Humaïoun.--How regarded by the English Ambassador.--Includes the +Death Penalty.--Is recognized in the Treaty of Paris.--How estimated +by the Missionaries.--Indications of Progress.--Aintab.--Death of +Mrs. Schneider.--Girls' School at Constantinople.--Seminary at +Bebek.--Division of the Mission.--Turkish Missions Aid +Society.--Visit of Dr. Dwight to England.--A Remarkable +Convert.--Death of the second Mrs. Hamlin.--Arabkir.--Sivas and +Tocat.--Harpoot.--Geghi.--Revivals of Religion.--Girls' School at +Nicomedia.--Fire at Tocat.--Mr. Dunmore's Explorations.--Church at +Cesarea.--A former Persecutor made Catholicos.--Death of Mrs. +Beebee. + +CHAPTER XXVI. THE ARMENIANS.--1860-1861. + +A Result of the Crimean War.--Religious Opinion in Constantinople. +--Change at Rodosto.--Outbreak at the Metropolis.--A Remarkable +Native Helper.--Great Change in Marsovan.--Changes elsewhere. +--Telegraphic Communication.--The Mission further divided.--First +Native Pastor at Harpoot.--Rise of the Station.--Dr. Dwight's Second +Tour in the East.--Changes since the First Tour.--Triumph of the +Gospel at Marash.--Tribute to the Wives of Missionaries.--Change at +Diarbekir.--Decline of Turkish Population.--Death and Character of +Mr. Dunmore.--The Missionary Force.--Training School at +Mardin.--Other Portions of the Field.--Scripture Translations. +--Publications. + +CHAPTER XXVII. THE ASSYRIA MISSION.--1849-1860. + +Origin of the Mission.--Mosul reoccupied.--Why it had been +relinquished.--Proposed American Episcopal Mission.--The Mission of +the Board reinforced.--Dr. Bacon's Experience in the Koordish +Mountains.--Punishment of the Robbers.--How the Gospel came to +Diarbekir.--Church organized.--Arrival of Mr. Dunmore.--Tomas. +--Persecutions.--Mr. Marsh's Visit to Mardin.--Dr. Lobdell's +Experience at Aintab and Oorfa.--Outrage at Diarbekir.--Descent of +the Tigris.--Diarbekir a Year later.--Congregational Singing at +Mosul.--Dr. Lobdell as a Medical Missionary.--The Yazidees.--Dr. +Lobdell's Visit to Oroomiah.--His Views of the Ecclesiastical Policy +of the Mission.--Return to Mosul.--The Church at Diarbekir +reorganized.--Strength out of Weakness.--Native Preacher at +Hainè.--The Gospel at Cutterbul.--Relief at Mosul.--A Special Danger +growing out of the Crimean War.--Excessive Heat.--Death of Mrs. +Williams.--Dr. Lobdell visits Bagdad.--His Sickness, Death, and +Character.--Religious Services at Diarbekir.--The Gospels in +Koordish.--New Station at Mardin.--Remarkable Case of Conversion. +--New Station at Bitlis.--Death of Mrs. Marsh.--Return of Mrs. +Lobdell with Mr. Marsh.--Difficulties in the way of occupying +Mosul.--Great Prosperity at Diarbekir.--Close of the Assyria +Mission. + +CHAPTER XXVIII. THE NESTORIANS.--1851-1857. + +Mr. Stoddard's Reception on his Return.--Death of Judith Perkins. +--Progress in the Mountains.--Progress on the Plain.--The +Seminaries.--A suggestive Case of Native Piety.--Scenes on a +Tour.--Nazee, a Christian Girl, at her Mountain Home.--Elevations of +Places.--A Russian Friend.--Mr. Stocking's Return Home.--A Robbery. +--Another Revival.--Seminary Graduates.--Extraordinary Enthusiasm. +--Books.--Death of Mr. Crane.--Audacity of Papal Missionaries. +--English and Russian Protection.--Mr. Cochran at Kosrova.--Matter +of Church Organization.--Death of Deacon Guwergis.--Hostility of the +Persian Government.--A new Revival.--Gawar vacated for a time. +--Discomfiture of the Enemy.--The Lord a Protector.--The Monthly +Concert.--Mountain Tours.--Search for a Western Station.--An +Interesting Event.--Violence of Government Agents.--How these Agents +were removed out of the Way. + +CHAPTER XXIX. THE NESTORIANS.--1857-1863. + +Death of Mr. Stoddard.--His Character.--Death of his Daughter. +--Retrospective View.--Death of Mrs. Rhea.--Decisive Indication of +Progress.--A Winter in Western Koordistan.--Mosul and its Vicinity. +--The Mountain Field.--An Appeal.--Failing Health.--New +Missionaries.--Death of Mr. Thompson.--Failure of the Plan for a +Western Station.--Failure of Mr. Cobb's Health.--The Nestorian +Helpers.--Tenth Revival in the Seminary.--Literary Treasures of the +Nestorians.--Marriage of Mar Yohanan.--Advance towards Church +Organization.--Death of the Patriarch.--Extraordinary Outburst of +Liberality.--Dr. Dwight's Visit to Oroomiah.--His Opinion of the +Church Policy of the Mission.--Improvements.--Appearance of the +Native Preachers.--Death of Mr. Breath.--Apprehended Aggressions +from Russian Ecclesiastics.--More Revivals.--Death of Mar +Elias.--His Character.--Armenians on the Plain of Oroomiah.--Manual +for the Reformed Church.--Retrospect of the Mission.--Miss Rice in +sole Charge of the Female Seminary.--Care of the English Government +for the Nestorians. + +CHAPTER XXX. THIRTY YEARS AMONG THE JEWS.--1826-1856. + +The First Missionaries.--Arrival of Mr. Schauffler at +Constantinople.--Jews in that City.--Baptism of a German +Jew.--Religious Excitements.--Visit to Odessa.--The Psalms in +Hebrew-Spanish.--Printing of the Old Testament at Vienna.--Whole +Bible in Hebrew-Spanish.--Unsuccessful Opposition.--Generous Aid +from Scotland.--Demand for the Scriptures.--The Grand Difficulty. +--Present Duty of Christian Churches.--The German Jews.--Interest of +Protestant Armenians in the Mission.--The Italian Jews.--Service for +the Germans.--Why so much Preparatory Work.--New Editions of the +Scriptures.--Important Testimony.--Change of Relations to +Constantinople Jews.--Attention turned to the Jews in Salonica.--The +Jewish Population there.--Missionaries to Salonica.--The Zoharites. +--Relations of the Jews to Christ's Kingdom.--The Practical +Inference.--Death of Mr. Maynard.--New Missionary.--The People +without Education.--Their Capacity for Self-righteousness.--Literary +Labors of Mr. Schauffler.--A New Missionary.--Insalubrity of the +Climate.--Dangerous Sickness.--Death of Mrs. Morgan.--Removal to +Constantinople.--Salonica partially reoccupied.--Labors among the +Smyrna Jews.--Labors of Mr. Schauffler.--Why the Mission was +relinquished.--Mr. Schauffler turns to the Moslems. + +CHAPTER XXXI. THE BULGARIANS OF EUROPEAN TURKEY.--1857-1862. + +The Geographical Position.--Moslem Population.--The Bulgarians. +--Their Origin and Early History.--Their Conversion to +Christianity.--Their Ecclesiastical Relations.--Their Aversion +to the Greek Hierarchy.--Danger from the Papacy.--Seasonable +Intervention of Protestantism.--Their Struggle with the Greek +Patriarch.--First Exploration of Roumelia, and Dr. Hamlin's +Report.--The Result.--Division of the Bulgarian Field between +Methodist Missionaries and those of the American Board.--Friendly +Coöperation.--Report of a Tour by Mr. Bliss.--Commencement of the +Bulgarian Mission.--Papal Opposition.--The Mission enlarged.--The +Accessible Population.--Desire for Education.--Readiness to receive +the New Testament.--Church formed at Adrianople.--Labors of Mr. +Meriam. + +CHAPTER XXXII. THE BULGARIANS OF EUROPEAN TURKEY.--1862-1871. + +Brigandage in Bulgaria.--Mr. Meriam murdered by Brigands. +--Distressing Circumstances and Death of Mrs. Meriam.--Successful +Efforts to Punish the Assassins.--Check to the Brigandage.--Further +Enlargement of the Mission.--School for Girls.--New Station at +Samokov.--Results of a General Missionary Conference.--The Great +Obstacle.--Signs of Progress.--Unexpected Hindrance.--Popularity of +the Schools.--The People not accessible to Preaching.--Awakened +Interest.--Girl's School at Eski Zagra.--Cases of Domestic +Persecution.--A Serious Loss.--Effect of False Reports.--A +Successful Intervention.--Public Celebration of the Lord's +Supper.--Its Significance.--New Missionaries.--Death of Mr. +Ball.--Death of Miss Reynolds.--The Connection with the Armenian +Mission dissolved.--The Mission as thus constituted.--The Bulgarians +Ecclesiastically Free.--First Effect of this Freedom.--Promising +Events.--Death of Miss Norcross.--Removal of the School from Eski +Zagra to Samokov.--A Church organized at Bansko.--Translation of the +Bible into the Spoken Language.--The Mission in its Preliminary +Stage, but ready for an Onward Movement. + +CHAPTER XXXIII. THE ARMENIANS.--1861-1863. + +Dr. Dwight's Visit to the United States.--His Sudden Death.--His +Life and Character.--His Views of Missionary Policy.--The Actual +Call for Missionaries, and the Discretion awarded to them.--Bebek +Seminary to be removed into the Interior.--Its History.--Removal of +Boarding School for Girls.--Its Usefulness.--Exploration of the +Taurus Mountains.--A Beautiful Scene.--A Barbarous Expulsion from +Hadjin.--Murder of Mr. Coffing.--Successful Efforts to apprehend the +Murderers.--One of them executed.--The Result.--Mrs. Coffing remains +in the Mission.--Dr. Goodell's Estimate of Progress in the Central +Mission.--Progress at Aintab.--At Oorfa.--At Harpoot.--Theological +School.--A Native Preacher.--Mosul.--Ordination of a Native Pastor +at Diarbekir.--Contrasted with an Oriental Ordination.--Disturbing +Efforts of Garabed.--Progress at Bitlis.--The Church at Erzroom. +--Progress at Arabkir.--Sojourn of Dr. Wood at Constantinople. +--Accessions to the Mission.--Ordination of Native Pastors. + +CHAPTER XXXIV. THE ARMENIANS.--1864-1865. + +A Reaction.--The Apparent Cause.--Consequent Movements.--Results. +--Position of the Entire Field.--Obstacles to be surmounted. +--Painful Experience at Marsovan.--Accessions to the Mission. +--Working Force at the Metropolis.--Robert College and Bebek.--An +unsuccessful Disorganizing Movement.--Great Fire at Broosa.--New +Missionary Station.--Influence of the American War at Adana. +--Diminished Force in Central Turkey.--Evangelical Progress at +Aintab.--Two Churches formed.--Girls' Boarding School.--High +School.--Graduating Class at Harpoot.--Singular Method of +Opposition.--Progress of Self-support and the Evangelical Spirit in +the Churches.--Death of Mrs. Williams.--General View of the Eastern +Mission.--Methods of Opposition.--Liberal Support of the Gospel. +--Prosperity at Diarbekir.--Death of Mr. Dodd.--Death of Mr. +Morgan.--Death of Hohannes.--Interesting Ordinations.--Reception +of Mr. and Mrs. Walker.--A Native Church in the Absence of both +Missionary and Pastor.--Death of a Native Helper. + +CHAPTER XXXV. THE ARMENIANS--1865-1867. + +Harpoot Evangelical Union.--Other Similar Associations.--Their +Utility.--A Poor Church enriched.--John Concordance, the Blind +Preacher.--His Sermon on Tithes, and his Wide Influence.--Meeting of +the Harpoot Union.--Death of Mrs. Adams.--New Missionaries. +--Multiplication of Newspapers.--The Avedaper, or "Messenger."--The +Reformed Church and Prayer-Book.--Consequent Excitement. +--Bible-women.--Eleven Years at Harpoot.--Week of Prayer at Harpoot, +and Bitlis.--Revival at Bitlis.--Broosa after Seventeen Years. +--First Evangelical Greek Church.--Death of Mr. Walker.--His +Character.--Return Home of Mrs. Walker.--Contrast at Choonkoosh. +--A Foreign Mission resolved upon.--New Revival at Harpoot.--The +Past and Present.--Injurious Effect of Prosperity in a Church.--The +Recovery. + +CHAPTER XXXVI. THE NESTORIANS.--1864-1868. + +Death and Character of Deacon Isaac.--Death and Character of Miss +Fiske.--Death of Deacon Joseph.--Mountain Tours.--The Mountain +Work.--Visit to the Young Patriarch.--The Seminary for Girls.--Great +Usefulness of Dr. Wright.--His Death.--Death of Mr. Ambrose. +--Nestorian Vagrancy.--Death and Character of Mr. Rhea.--Hostility +of Mar Shimon.--Friendly Agency of the English Ambassador.--Royal +Donation.--Success of the Girls' School.--Male Seminary.--A Private +School.--Death of Priest Eshoo.--New Medical Missionary.--Estimates +of Population.--Interesting Armenian Colony.--The Patriarch thwarted +in his Hostility.--Favoring Indications. + +CHAPTER XXXVII. THE NESTORIANS.--1867-1870. + +Convention of Nestorian Churches.--Ordination of a Nestorian +Missionary.--A Satisfactory Tour.--Movement towards Self-supporting +Churches.--Progress of the Reformation.--Retirement of +Missionaries.--What Dr. Perkins had seen accomplished.--Rekindling +of the Ancient Missionary Spirit.--Foreign Missions become a +Necessity.--The Reviving Missionary Spirit illustrated.--Death of +Priest Abraham.--Failure of the Original Plan of Church +Organization.--Mar Yohanan.--Erratic Proceedings of Priest +John.--The best People stand firm.--The Past not to be condemned. +--Separate Churches become a Necessity.--Signs of Revival.--The +Foreign Missionary Field for the Nestorians.--The Missionaries. +--Assignments of Fields.--Transfer of the Mission to the +Presbyterian Board.--Death and Character of Dr. Perkins. + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. SYRIA.--1857-1860. + +Death of Dr. Eli Smith.--The Work performed by him.--Dr. Van Dyck +succeeds him as Translator.--The Missionaries.--Death of Dr. De +Forest.--The Schools.--Progress in Fifteen Years.--Ain Zehalty. +--Church at Hasbeiya.--Attitude of the Maronite Clergy.--B'hamdûn. +--Kefr Shema.--A High-minded Christian.--Religious Toleration. +--Prospect of a Native Ministry.--A New Call for the Gospel.--Church +at Alma.--Successful Ministry at Cana.--First completed Protestant +Church Building in Syria.--The Missionary's Wife at Cana. +--Persecution.--The Women at Alma.--Training of Helpers.--Ain +Zehalty again.--Struggles in the Department of Education. +--Accessions to the Churches.--New Protestant Community at Deir +Mimas.--A Cheering Annual Meeting.--Friendly Aid from United States +Ambassador.--Arabic New Testament published. + +CHAPTER XXXIX. SYRIA.--1860-1863. + +Another Civil War in Syria.--The Missionaries Safe.--Massacre near +Sidon.--Mr. Bird at Deir el-Komr.--Destruction of Zahleh.--Massacre +at Hasbeiya.--Massacre at Damascus.--Relief for Suffering +Thousands.--Remarkable Escape of Missionaries and Native +Protestants.--Foreign Interposition.--Effects of the War.--Arabic +New Testament published.--Cooperation of American and English Bible +Societies.--Importance of the Version.--Sales of the Scriptures.--A +Voweled Arabic New Testament.--The Field Brightening.--A Good +Governor.--Further Evidences of Progress.--Persecution.--A +Significant Event.--Evidence of Divine Agency.--Changes in the +Mission.--Growth of Beirût.--Demand for Education.--Proposal for a +Protestant College.--What hindered a more Rapid Progress in the +Mission. + +CHAPTER XL. SYRIA.--1863-1869. + +Personal.--Boarding Schools.--Printing.--Completion of the Arabic +Translation of the Scriptures.--Multiplication of Copies.--Improved +Government of Lebanon.--The Native Ministry.--Druze High School. +--Value of Druze Protection.--Death of Tannûs el-Haddad.--Native +Pastor at Hums.--Remarkable Awakening at Safeeta.--Remarkable +Persecution.--Firmness of the persecuted People.--The Persecution +closed.--Decline and Recovery of the Church at Hums.--Native +Missions.--Administration of Daoud Pasha.--Accessions to the +Mission.--Books published.--The Publishing Department strengthened. + +CHAPTER XLI. SYRIA.--1869-1870. + +But few Students in Theology.--Institution of a Theological +Seminary.--Female Boarding Schools.--THE SYRIAN PROTESTANT COLLEGE. +--Demand for a College.--Its Objects.--Range of its Studies.--Why an +Independent Institution.--Its Location and Government.--Its +Endowment.--Its Students.--The Religious Influences.--First +Graduating Class.--The College Edifices.--Transfer of the Mission to +the Presbyterian Board.--Feeling awakened by the Transfer.--RESULTS +OF THE PAST. + +CHAPTER XLII. THE ARMENIANS.--1867-1869. + +New Missionaries.--Revival at Marash.--Revival at Mardin.--Oosee, a +Native Candidate for a Foreign Mission.--Church organized at +Mardin.--Wife of Oosee.--Struggle with the People of Zeitoon. +--Deadly Assault on a Missionary.--The Rescue.--The Gospel gains a +Footing in Zeitoon.--Coast of the Black Sea.--Death of Dr. William +Goodell.--His Life and Character.--Prolonged Tour in Eastern +Turkey.--Meeting of the Evangelical Union at Diarbekir.--Mardin. +--Remarkable Church and Pastor at Sert.--Bitlis.--Extreme Poverty on +the Plain of Moosh.--Oppression by the Priesthood.--Death of Mrs. H. +S. Barnum.--District of Erzroom.--Diarbekir.--Native Mission to +Koordistan.--Native Mission to Moosh.--Seminaries at Harpoot.--Cruel +Persecution at Mardin.--Revival at Oorfa.--Apprehended Doctrinal +Errors.--Reception of Mr. Wheeler on his Return to Harpoot. +--Progress of Civilization at Aleppo.--Death of John Concordance. +--Aintab after Twenty Years. + +CHAPTER XLIII. THE ARMENIANS.--1869-1872. + +Another Revival at Marash.--Another at Bitlis.--New Church and +Pastor at Havadoric.--Great Change in Hadjin.--The Marsovan +Seminary.--Angora.--Erzingan.--Crisis in the Koordistan Native +Mission.--Mr. Wheeler's Visit to it, and Mr. Pond's Visit to Sert. +--Mosul.--Death of Dr. Williams.--His Character.--Women in the +Region of Cesarea.--Missionary Visit to Van.--Death of a Native +Pastor.--Dr. Clarke's Impressions of Cilicia. + +CHAPTER XLIV. THE ARMENIANS.--EDUCATION.--1872. + +Common Schools a Necessity.--The Four Seminaries.--The Female +Boarding Schools.--Tabular View of the Higher Schools.--Marsovan +Seminary.--Harpoot Seminaries.--Marash Seminary.--Mardin +Seminaries.--Training School at Tocat.--High School at Aintab. +--Marsovan Female Seminary.--Harpoot Female Seminary.--Female +Boarding School at Aintab.--Marash Female High School.--The ROBERT +COLLEGE.--Its Origin.--Obstacles to be overcome.--To be a Christian +Institution.--The Founder.--Fully established.--How Obstacles were +surmounted.--The College Self-supporting.--Gifts by the Founder. +--The Demand for Liberal Education.--_Proposed College in the +Interior_.--How the Idea originated.--Interesting Statement from +Aintab.--To be located in Aintab. + +CHAPTER XLV. THE ARMENIANS.--PRESENT CONDITION.--1872. + +Unreasonable Demands on Foreign Missions.--How the Millennium is +made possible.--The Evangelizing Progress.--Changes in the +Metropolis of Turkey.--National Progress.--Influence of the +Protestant Faith.--Reform in Worship.--The Missionaries Hopeful. +--The Degree of Progress.--Illustrations.--The Harpoot Community. +--General Statements.--The Result. + +CHAPTER XLVI. THE MOHAMMEDANS. + +The Mohammedans to be approached through the Oriental Churches. +--Largely of Christian Origin.--Degree of Security for Moslem +Converts.--Mohammedan Susceptibility to Christian Influence +illustrated.--General Character of the Illustrations.--The Gospel +yet in its Incipient Stage of Influence among them.--Why so little +Direct Effort hitherto.--Demand for Laborers of the same Race. +--Experience favors the Plan hitherto pursued.--The Probable +Future.--The Relations of the Missionary to the Moslems.--The Turks +not an Unhopeful Race. + + + + + + +MISSIONS + +TO THE + +ORIENTAL CHURCHES. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1846-1855. + + +Several European governments, and especially England, performed an +important part in securing civil and religious freedom to the +Protestant Armenians.[1] + +[1] This is impressively set forth in the _Correspondence respecting +the Condition of Protestants in Turkey_, published by order of +Parliament in 1851, pp. 154 folio. + +In March, 1846, Sir Stratford Canning, English Ambassador at +Constantinople, reported to his government thirty-six evangelical +Armenians as persecuted by the Patriarch. To this he added personal +efforts to meliorate their condition, which resulted in promises +from Turkish officials and the Patriarch of better treatment, +promises that were by no means fulfilled. + +Upon learning that the Armenian Protestants had been organized into +a church, he transmitted to Lord Palmerston, the Foreign Secretary, +their declaration of reasons for so doing, and their confession of +faith. + +The Hon. H. R. Wellesley, better known as Lord Cowley, on taking, +the place of Sir Stratford during his visit to England, cordially +took up the unfinished work of his predecessor, and urged upon Lord +Palmerston the importance of procuring from the Porte a recognition +of the Protestant Armenians as an independent community. He showed +that, in spite of the liberal assurances extorted from the +Patriarch, they were exposed to daily injury and insult, and would +continue to be so until recognized by the Porte as a distinct +community among its Christian subjects. At the same time, he +forwarded a copy of an able declaration by the American missionaries +of their objects in coming to Turkey, which they had made to the +Porte through Mr. Carr, the American Minister. Lord Cowley was +instructed by Lord Palmerston, "to bring the situation of these +people earnestly under the consideration of the Porte, and urgently +to press the Turkish government to acknowledge them as a separate +religious sect." In December the Porte freed the Protestant +Armenians from the rule of the Armenian Patriarch, so far as +regarded their commercial and temporal affairs, and allowed them to +appoint an agent, who should manage their affairs with the +government; and also to keep separate registers of marriages, +births, and deaths. The Chevalier Bunsen, the well known Prussian +Ambassador in Paris, now entered into the work, and recommended, +that their recognition be as durable and complete as that of the +other Christian nationalities. To this proposal Lord Palmerston +cordially assented; but the Turkish officials were, as usual, +disinclined to go forward. + +On the 19th of November, 1847, Lord Cowley had the satisfaction of +announcing, that the Grand Vizier, wishing, as he said, to do +something that he knew would be agreeable to his lordship, before he +should leave the country, had obtained the Sultan's permission to +issue a vizierial letter in his Majesty's name, which would +establish their independence at once.[1] + +[1] This letter may be found in _Missionary Herald_ for 1848, p. 98. + +At the suggestion of Lord Cowley, the Porte promised to send letters +to five different pashalics where there were Protestants, requiring +them to act in accordance with the letter; in which was granted the +privilege of toleration to all Protestant subjects alike, whether +from the Armenian, Greek, Syrian, or Roman Catholic Churches, or +from the Jews. + +This letter was of great importance under the existing +circumstances; but the privileges it conferred might all be taken +away on a change of ministry. Accordingly Sir Stratford Canning, on +his return to Constantinople in 1850, lost no time in commencing +negotiations for a more stable basis of protection, and succeeded in +obtaining an Imperial Firman with the autograph of the Sultan, in +behalf of his Protestant subjects; giving to their civil +organization all the stability and permanency that the older +Christian communities enjoyed in Turkey. It was issued in November, +1850; and translated into English, reads as follows:-- + +"To my Vizier, Mohammed Pasha, Prefect of the Police in +Constantinople, the honorable Minister and glorious Councillor, the +model of the world, and regulator of the affairs of the community; +who, directing the public interests with sublime prudence, +consolidating the structure of the empire with wisdom, and +strengthening the columns of its prosperity and glory, is the +recipient of every grace from the Most High. May God prolong his +glory! + +"When this sublime and august mandate reaches you, let it be known, +that hitherto those of my Christian subjects who have embraced the +Protestant faith, in consequence of their not being under any +specially appointed superintendence, and in consequence of the +patriarchs and primates of their former sects, which they have +renounced, naturally not being able to attend to their affairs, have +suffered much inconvenience and distress. But in necessary +accordance with my imperial compassion, which is the support of all, +and which is manifested to all classes of my subjects, it is +contrary to my imperial pleasure that any one class of them should +be exposed to suffering. + +"As, therefore, by reason of their faith, the above mentioned are +already a separate community, it is my royal compassionate will, +that, for the facilitating the conducting of their affairs, and that +they may obtain ease and quiet and safety, a faithful and +trustworthy person from among themselves, and by their own +selection, should be appointed, with the title of 'Agent of the +Protestants,' and that he should be in relations with the Prefecture +of the Police. + +"It shall be the duty of the Agent to have in charge the register of +the male members of the community, which shall be kept at the +police; and the Agent shall cause to be registered therein all +births and deaths in the community. And all applications for +passports and marriage licenses, and all petitions on affairs +concerning the community that are to be presented to the Sublime +Porte, or to any other department, must be given in under the +official seal of the Agent. + +"For the execution of my will, this my imperial sublime mandate and +august command has been especially issued and given from my sublime +chancery. + +"Hence thou, who art the minister above named, according as it has +been explained above, wilt execute to the letter the preceding +ordinance; only, as the collection of the capitation tax and the +delivery of passports are subject to particular regulations, you +will not do anything contrary to those regulations. You will not +permit anything to be required of them, in the name of fee, or on +other pretences, for marriage licenses, or registration. You will +see to it that, like the other communities of the empire, in all +their affairs, such as procuring cemeteries and places of worship, +they should have every facility and every needed assistance. You +will not permit that any of the other communities shall in any way +interfere with their edifices, or with their worldly matters or +concerns, or, in short, with any of their affairs, either secular or +religious, that thus they may be free to exercise the usages of +their faith. + +"And it is enjoined upon you not to allow them to be molested an +iota in these particulars, or in any others; and that all attention +and perseverance be put in requisition to maintain them in quiet and +security. And, in case of necessity, they shall be free to make +representations regarding their affairs through their Agent to the +Sublime Porte. + +"When this my imperial will shall be brought to your knowledge and +appreciation, you will have this august decree registered in the +necessary departments, and then give it over to remain in the hands +of these my subjects. And see you to it, that its requirements be +always in future performed in their full import. + +"Thus know thou, and respect my sacred signet! Written in the holy +month of Moharrem, 1267 (November, 1850). + +"Given in the well guarded city Constantiniyeh." + +At the request of Sir Stratford Canning, thirteen of the leading +Protestants called upon him, on the occasion of his procuring this +charter of rights; and for nearly an hour he addressed them on their +duties and responsibilities, in their present position in the +empire. He told them that they ought to thank God that they were the +first to be relieved from the shackles of superstition, and made +acquainted with the pure Gospel of Christ. He told them that many +eyes were upon them, and that they ought to excel all others in the +land in faithful obedience to the government, in a brotherly +deportment to those of other religious opinions, and an example of +uprightness in every relation. Again and again did he exhort them to +act, in all things, according to the principles and doctrines of the +Gospel. + +Three years after this, on the 6th of December, 1853, on his return +to Constantinople as Lord Stratford de Redcliffe, the same noble +friend of religious freedom, wrote to the Earl of Clarendon, that he +had endeavored in vain to obtain the official transmission of the +firman to the Pashas throughout the empire. This was strikingly +characteristic of Turkish procrastination. But he was then able to +state, that the Porte, "out of consideration for his repeated +representations," had officially transmitted the firman to all +Pashas where a Protestant society was known to exist. + +In 1854, his lordship obtained the concession from the Turkish +government, that Christian evidence, in matters of criminal +jurisdiction, should stand on the same footing everywhere in Turkey +as the testimony of Mohammedans; thus removing a great wrong, under +which the rayahs of the empire had labored for centuries. + +While gratefully acknowledging our obligations to the +representatives of other nations, I should also record, that our +brethren, both in the Armenian and Syria missions, were under +continued obligation to Mr. Carr, our Minister at the Porte, for +personal protection as American citizens. He acted with decision +whenever their rights were invaded. In the repeated efforts made to +remove them from the country, his reply to the formal demands of the +Porte was, that he had power to protect the missionaries as American +citizens, but not to remove them; and furthermore, that while papal +missionaries from France and Italy were permitted to reside in +Turkey, Protestant missionaries from America must also have the same +privilege. + +Here we may properly pause, and consider what God had wrought, not +alone through the agency of the churches, but with the coöperation +of the great powers of the earth. Twenty years before, Messrs. Smith +and Dwight did not find a single clear case of conversion in their +extended travels through the Turkish empire. How many and great the +subsequent changes! First came the national charter of rights, given +by the Sultan in 1840; which, among its other results, destroyed the +persecuting power of the Armenian aristocracy. Next came the +abolition of the death penalty, in 1843, and the Sultan's pledge, +that men should no more be persecuted for their religious opinions. +Then, after three years, came the unthought of application of this +pledge to the Armenian Protestants, when persecuted by their own +hierarchy. In the next year followed the recognition of the +Protestants as an independent community. Finally, in 1850, came the +charter, signed by the Grand Sultan himself, placing the Protestants +on the same national basis with the other Christian communities of +the empire. + +How wonderful this progression of events! So far as the central +government was concerned, missionaries might print, gather schools, +form churches, ordain pastors, and send forth other laborers, +wherever they pleased. Attention had been awakened, and there was a +disposition to inquire, renounce errors, and embrace gospel truths. +There was a progressive change in fundamental ideas; a gradual +reconstruction of the social system; a spiritual reformation. At +least fifty places were known, scattered over Asiatic Turkey, in all +of which souls had been converted through the truth, and where +churches might be gathered. Ten churches had been formed already, +and in part supplied with pastors. Aintab, scarcely known by name +five years before, numbered more Protestants than even the +metropolis, and was becoming one of the most interesting missionary +stations in the world. + +In this remarkable series of results we recognize the hand of God, +who makes all earthly agencies subservient to the great work of +redemption; so that secular agencies come as legitimately into the +history of the republication of the Gospel in Bible lands, as do the +labors of the missionaries. They were among the ordained means; and +the leading agents cannot fail to command our grateful admiration. + +The danger at this time was, that the reformation so auspiciously +begun, would pass its grand crisis before the central lights had +grown bright enough, and a knowledge of the Gospel been sufficiently +diffused in the empire. There was everywhere a curiosity to know +what Protestantism was, and to hear what the missionaries had to +say; but this curiosity, regarded as a national feeling, was in +danger of dying out. In the year 1851, the President of the National +Council of the Armenians said to Mr. Dwight: "Now is the time for +you to work for the Armenian people. Such an opportunity as you now +enjoy may soon pass away, and never more return. You should greatly +enlarge your operations. Where you have one missionary, you should +have ten; and where you have one book, you should put ten in +circulation." Constantinople, Smyrna, Broosa, Trebizond, Erzroom, +and Aintab, were already occupied as stations. It was proposed at +once to occupy Sivas, Arabkir, Diarbekir, and Aleppo. Mr. Adger, +after a laborious and most useful service in the literary department +of the mission, was constrained, by his health, in 1847, to retire +from the field. + +The statement of Lord Stratford, that three years were allowed to +pass before the Sultan's firman was transmitted to the provinces, +will account in part for the fact that persecution did not cease. In +general, whenever evangelical views entered for the first time into +a place, a battle was to be fought, and the first recipients of +these views were sure to suffer more or less from the hands of their +former co-religionists. But relief was almost sure to come on an +appeal to the capital; and thus there was a gradual progress towards +the full protection of the Protestants as a distinct community. + +The accession of missionaries during the time now under review, was +as follows: Joel S. Everett, in 1845; Isaac G. Bliss, in 1847; +Oliver Crane, in 1849; Joseph W. Sutphen, in 1852--who died before +the close of the year; Wilson A. Farnsworth, William Clark, Andrew +T. Pratt, M. D.; George B. Nutting, Fayette Jewett, M. D., and +Jasper N. Ball, in 1853; Albert G. Beebe, George A. Perkins, Sanford +Richardson, Edwin Goodell, and Benjamin Parsons, in 1854; and +Alexander R. Plumer, and Ira T. Pettibone, in 1855. All these were +married men, except Mr. Pettibone. Mary and Isabella, daughters of +Dr. Goodell, returned to the mission within the last two years. + +In June, 1848, Pera was again ravaged by fire, and Messrs. Dwight, +Homes, and Schauffler lost their houses, and most of their effects. + +In October of the same year, seven persons were added to the church +at Aintab, five of whom were women. In this month, Dr. Azariah Smith +returned to that station with his wife, and made it his permanent +abode. + +The church at Aintab had a commendable zeal for the spread of the +Gospel in the surrounding villages; but their colporters were never +suffered to remain long in a place, the Armenian magnates persuading +the Turkish authorities to send them away as vagabonds. They now +resorted to an ingenious expedient for protecting themselves with +the authority of law. Five men, who had trades, went forth to +different towns, with their tools in one hand and the Bible in the +other. Wherever they went they worked at their trades, and at the +same time preached Christ to the people. The experiment succeeded +wonderfully. They could no longer be treated as vagabonds, and the +spirit of religious inquiry spread in all directions. The +congregation in Aintab became so large that two houses were opened +for worship at the same time, and urgent appeals came from Killis, +Marash, Oorfa, Diarbekir, Malatia, Harpoot, Arabkir, and other +places near and remote. + +Mr. Crane succeeded Mr. Schneider at Broosa. Mr. Benjamin made a +missionary tour from Smyrna to the interior of Asia Minor; Mr. +Schneider made one to Aintab, on a temporary mission; Messrs. +Goodell and Everett to Nicomedia and Adabazar; Mr. Peabody into the +province of Geghi; Mr. Homes to Nicomedia; and Mr. Johnston to +Tocat. The building occupied by the Seminary at Bebek became now the +property of the Board. The printing at Smyrna, in Armenian, +Armeno-Turkish, Hebrew-Spanish, and Modern Greek, amounted to +twenty-one thousand copies, and five million five hundred and +eighty-two thousand pages. There was printing done at +Constantinople, but the amount was not reported. Among the works in +process of publication was D'Aubigne's "History of the Reformation." + +The persecuting Matteos had now finished his career as Patriarch. +Before the close of 1848, he was convicted of frauds upon the public +treasury, and of forgery, and was degraded, and passed into +retirement on the shores of the Bosphorus.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1849, p. 42; _Report_, 1849, p. 115. + +Three additional pastors were ordained during the year which closed +with May, 1849; Baron Mugurdich, at Trebizond, Baron Hohannes +Sahakian, at Adabazar, and Baron Avedis, as co-pastor at +Constantinople. The reader is aware that Hohannes received the +greater part of his education in the United States. He possessed a +delightful spirit, and developed far more talent than he was +commonly credited with in America, where he could communicate his +thoughts only through the medium of a strange language. + +The mission suffered a painful bereavement on the 14th of November, +1850, in the death of Mrs. Hamlin, at Rhodes, whither she had gone +with her husband in the hope of relief.[1] + +[1] See an account of her last sickness in _Missionary Herald_, for +1851, p. 82; also in her Memoir, _Light in the Dark River_, by Mrs. +Lawrence. + +Another bereavement occurred at Aintab in the death on the 3d of +June, 1851, of the Rev. Azariah Smith, M. D. Such was his peculiar +adaptation to different fields, that he had labored in many places, +but had a special attachment for Aintab. The uncommonly rapid +development of the active Christian graces at that station was +largely owing, under God, to his skillful efforts, and he wished +there to spend the remainder of his days. In this he was gratified. +He returned from laboring at Diarbekir greatly in need of quiet. But +finding so much to be done in the absence of Mr. Schneider at the +annual meeting in Constantinople, he allowed himself no relaxation. +His labors for the last six weeks of his life were incessant. A +violent fever did its work in a fortnight. At the outset he gave +specific directions as to the treatment of his case, feeling that +soon he would be unable to prescribe for himself; and expressed a +wish that no native physician should be employed, as there was no +competent one to be had at Aintab. While in full possession of +reason, he spoke of his departure with the composure of one on a +short journey, and soon to return. As the native brethren came in +one by one and in companies, he reminded them how often he had +preached to them salvation through Christ alone. "In his lucid +intervals," says his missionary brother, "and even in his delirium, +his soul seemed intent on measures for the good of this people. At +last he appeared to be at the gate of heaven. When no longer able to +articulate words, he would utter faint syllables expressive of his +growing rapture. Then he would move his lips as if in prayer; and, +again, for minutes together, he would attempt to sing. It was a +blessed privilege to be by his side." Mr. Dunmore was present at the +funeral, and says: "The chapel was crowded, and the roofs of the +surrounding buildings were covered. There was abundant proof of the +presence of grief-stricken hearts in gushing tears, and sobs were +heard throughout the assembly. There were six or seven hundred +present, and nearly as many accompanied us to the grave. I scarcely +ever saw in America a more quiet and solemn procession. In the +Protestant burying ground, by the side of his only child, lie the +remains of our dear departed brother." + +The Rev. George W. Dunmore and wife had joined the mission early in +1851, and proceeded to Diarbekir by way of Aintab. Broosa was now +left for a time, as Nicomedia and Adabazar had been, to the care of +a native pastor, under the superintendence of the Constantinople +station; and useful evangelical tours were performed by different +brethren.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_ for 1851, pp. 24-32, 78-81, 160-162, +232-236. + +The law forbidding the residence of foreigners in Constantinople +proper having become a dead letter, two of the brethren took up +their abode near the "Seven Towers," amid an Armenian population, +and a third evangelical church was formed in February, 1852, in the +suburb of Has-Keuy. + +Among the miscellaneous labors of the brethren at the capitol, was +the distribution of letters received at the mission post-office from +the European mails. Not less than fifteen hundred letters were thus +disposed of in the year 1851, as the Turks had no arrangements for +distributing letters that came by steamers. There was also much +other secular labor for the brethren at this central station. + +Difficulties in the church at Trebizond occasioned the calling of an +ecclesiastical council,--the first one convened in the Turkish +empire. Pastor Simon was present from the first church in +Constantinople, pastor Hohannes from Adabazar, and Mr. Dwight from +the mission. Pastor Hohannes was chosen moderator, and pastor Simon +scribe; and Mr. Dwight describes them as managing the case with +admirable tact and prudence. The results were satisfactory. + +Marsovan began now to claim special attention. It stands in one +corner of a lovely plain hemmed in by mountains, and then contained +eight hundred Armenian houses, with twice that number of Turkish +families. The story of the entrance of the Gospel into this place is +so interesting that it deserves to be recorded. Pastor Simon visited +it in September, 1851, on his return from the council at Trebizond, +and learned that, eighteen years before, a respectable inhabitant +made a pilgrimage to Jerusalem, and bought in Beirût a few +Armeno-Turkish tracts, not knowing what they were, only that they +were written in his own native tongue. He read them carefully on his +way home, and liked them so well that he retained them; but not +until Protestants and Protestant books were anathematized in the +churches did he learn their origin. They had been printed in Malta +under the supervision of Mr. Goodell. Soon after this, Der Vartanes, +on a missionary tour through Armenia, spent a night at the convent +in Marsovan. This man was present in the evening, and recognized the +similarity between the teachings of the stranger and his favorite +tracts, but did not dare to speak out before the Vartabed. He +managed, however, to see the good priest alone, and with great +difficulty they contrived to unite in prayer under a tree in the +garden. This was the only evangelical prayer he ever heard till Mr. +Powers visited the place in March, 1851. We need not say how +cordially he was received by the owner of the tracts; nor by him +alone, for the missionary could scarcely get a moment to himself day +or night. No wonder Mr. Powers felt that God had good things in +store for this people. When he returned in July, he was disappointed +in not being met by his friend, till he learned that six weeks +before he had been dragged from his bed at midnight, and sent a +prisoner with four others to Amasia, a town twenty-four miles +distant. There for two weeks they were shut up with the vilest +criminals, and one day they were chained together, two and two. The +charge brought against them by the governor and council of Marsovan +was, that they had made a violent assault upon the court. Nor would +the Pasha of Amasia, who, according to Turkish custom, had "eaten" a +large bribe, listen to any denial of the preposterous accusation. + +The outrages which they suffered at length produced such an +excitement at Marsovan, that the primates hastened to give an order +for their release. The spirit of religious inquiry now greatly +increased, and a large number signed a petition to be set off from +the Armenian Church as Protestants. + +Mr. E. E. Bliss visited Marsovan in October, and was there three +months. His presence was greatly needed. There had been a decline of +piety, and only a small number of the Protestants retained their +interest in spiritual things. Conversation turned not so much on the +truths of the Gospel as on the errors of the Armenian Church; nor so +much on these as on the corruption of their priesthood and the +exactions of the government. All were convinced of the truth of +Protestantism, but its particular charm was in its promise of good +for the life that now is. There was an obvious need of more +persecution. + +During the first month, Mr. Bliss preached every evening in the +week, and twice on the Sabbath. The audiences ranged from fifty to +two hundred and fifty, and there were increasing evidences of +interest in the preaching. Then came tribulation because of the +word. The power of wealth and political influence was enlisted +against the truth. The taxes of those who had joined the Protestant +community were more than doubled, and those who could not or would +not pay them, were thrown into prison. Indeed, former scenes in +Constantinople were now repeated in Marsovan. No mercy was shown, +except on the one condition of leaving the Protestant meetings. When +day after day passed and brought no relief, the feeble began to +yield. One by one they made their submission to the Vartabed, and +received his blessing. Only four stood firm. + +But now the Lord sent a partial deliverance, in an unexpected way. +An authoritative copy of the Sultan's firman was sent from +Constantinople, by a brother who was ignorant of the circumstances. +No such copy had before reached that part of the interior, so that +any official who pleased could ignore its existence. The news of its +arrival brought out the affrighted Protestants from their +hiding-places. Many whose sympathies were with them, were as joyful +as themselves. Before night five or six, who had submitted to the +Vartabed, bore to him a written recantation of what they had done; +and he, having heard of the firman, received the recantation and was +silent. After that there was comparative peace, and the number +attending on the preaching of the missionary increased. + +I have dwelt on these developments at Marsovan, as an illustration +of what, in various degrees, was experienced in other places at this +stage in the reformation; as in Marash, Kessab, Demirdesh, and +Adana. + +Mr. Wood, of this mission, being detained in the United States by +the failure of his wife's health, was elected, in 1852, a +Corresponding Secretary of the Board, to reside in the city of New +York. The widow of Dr. Azariah Smith had remained in active labors +at Aintab, but disease now obliged her to retire from the field. +Miss Maria A. West took charge, with Mrs. Everett, of the girls' +boarding-school at Constantinople; and Miss Melvina Haynes, a sister +of Mrs. Everett, gave herself to a species of labor among Armenian +females, which has since risen to importance in the missionary +field. Mrs. George B. Nutting died at Aintab, July 9, 1854. + +In the Reports of the Prudential Committee to the Board for 1852 and +1853, a hundred important towns and villages are named, into which +the reformation had gained entrance. + +Pastor Simon, of the first church in Constantinople, spent a summer +at Aintab; but his absence was the occasion of serious injury to his +own charge; and so it was at Adabazar. Pastor Hohannes, of that +church, with teacher Simon, of Nicomedia, devoted eight months to a +missionary tour through Asia Minor. Their course was by way of +Smyrna and Beirût, to Kessab, Aleppo, Killis, Aintab, Marash, Oorfa, +Albestan, Cesarea, Marsovan, and Samsûn; thence by steamer to +Trebizond; thence to Erzroom, Khanoos, Moosh, Van, Bitlis, and back +again through Diarbekir, Harpoot, Arabkir, Egin, Divrik, Sivas, +Tokat, Amasia, Marsovan, and Samsûn. An inspection of the map will +show that these brethren traversed Asia Minor by three lines, +visiting all its most important places. They spent a considerable +time in many of them, and everywhere found ready listeners to their +message. In numerous places there were inquirers, who needed only +leaders to withstand the fire of persecution. + +The mission suffered a sore bereavement in the death of Mrs. Everett +at Constantinople, in December, 1854. She possessed a transparent +and beautiful character, with eminent capacity for usefulness.[1] +Mr. Benjamin also died at Constantinople, the next year, at the age +of forty-four. He was nine years in the mission to Greece. His +labors in the Armenian Mission,--first at Smyrna, and then at +Constantinople,--were mainly through the press, in which he was +eminently useful. He had a clear conviction, in devoting his life to +giving the Armenians an evangelical literature, that he was doing +the work to which his Master called him. Nor did he overrate the +importance of this branch of the work. His missionary experience in +another field was of much value in guarding him against mistakes. At +Pera, in addition to his literary labors, he preached statedly in +modern Greek to a small congregation.[2] + +[1] See _The Missionary Sisters_,--Mrs. Everett and Mrs. Hamlin, +--written by Mrs. Benjamin. + +[2] See an obituary notice of Mr. Benjamin in the _Missionary +Herald_ for 1855, pp. 142-147. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1855-1860. + + +There are times when the movements of armies are evidently made +subservient, in divine Providence, to the progress of the Gospel; +and the history of missions to the Oriental Churches would be +imperfect without some notice of the Crimean war of 1854 and 1855. +The historian of that war has shown, that it originated in the +desire of Nicholas, Czar of Russia, to secure certain rights in the +"holy places" at Jerusalem (in which he was opposed by the Roman +Catholic government of France), and to obtain a formal recognition +of himself as protector of the millions in Turkey professing the +Greek religion.[1] But for the seasonable return to Constantinople +of Lord Stratford de Redcliffe in 1853, there is reason to fear, +that the extraordinary persistence of the Czar might have been +successful, and that the protectorate would have been used to +destroy the evangelical missions.[2] + +[1] See volume first of Kinglake's _Invasion of the Crimea_. He +describes very minutely how the English nation was drawn into the +war; but it is not necessary to go into that subject here. The +nation was doubtless much influenced by its desire to uphold the +Turkish government in order to keep open its communication with +India. + +[2] Some idea of the spirit in which such a protectorate might have +been exercised, may be obtained from two out of a number of kindred +articles of the Russian Penal Law: + +"Article 206. Whoever is found guilty of having induced others to +secede from the Greek Orthodox Confession, and to join another +Christian Church, will be condemned to the loss of the rights of his +social position, to transportation to Tobolsk or Tomsk (Siberia), or +to the punishment of the lash, and one or two years of imprisonment +in the house of correction. + +"Article 207. Whoever endeavors, by preaching or writing, to seduce +members of the Orthodox Church to join any other Christian +community, will be punished the first time, with the loss of some of +his special rights, and imprisonment for one or two years in a house +of correction; the second time, with imprisonment in a fortress from +four to six years; the third time, with the loss of all his personal +and social civil rights and status, and transportation for life to +Tobolsk or Tomsk (Siberia), with imprisonment of one or two years." +--_New York Observer_ for August, 1871. + +The author was in the interior of Asia Minor a short time while the +Crimean war was in progress, and heard of reports among the +people,--circulated, as was believed, by Russian agents,--that if +Nicholas were victorious, he would secure the withdrawal from Turkey +of Protestant missionaries. Exasperation caused by the failure of +his negotiations with the Sultan, brought on the war; and the fall +of Sebastopol was a more direct benefit to the missions, than it was +to the nations that fought against it. But for the result then +obtained, at vast expense of treasure and life, very different might +have been the prospect of a successful republication of the Gospel +in Bible lands. + +The number of missionaries in the Armenian Mission in 1855, was +twenty-six. One of these was an ordained physician, and there was a +physician unordained. There were twenty-eight female assistant +missionaries, three of whom were unmarried. Of the Armenian helpers, +thirteen were pastors and preachers, and sixty-four were +lay-helpers. The stations,--called such because missionaries resided +at them,--were fourteen. Twelve of these were north of the Taurus, +and two were south of that range. + +Constantinople, Tocat, and Aintab had each a training-school for +native preachers and helpers, and there was also a girls' +boarding-school at Constantinople; and thirty-eight free schools +were scattered over the field. Nine years after the organization of +the first evangelical church, the number of churches was +twenty-three. The church at Aintab was the largest, containing one +hundred and forty-one members. Kessab, a long day's journey south of +Antioch, where no missionary had ever resided, had a church of +forty-one members. The first edifice for Christian worship in the +Ottoman Empire, erected on a new site, was the stone church at +Aintab. Prior to this, Christians had only been allowed to repair +their old churches, and to rebuild on the old sites. The obtaining +of this new indulgence was probably owing, in a measure, to the +influence of the Crimean war. The dedication service, early in 1855, +was attended by more than twelve hundred persons, and more than +eleven hundred were present on the following Sabbath. + +The printing reported for this year amounted to thirty-five thousand +volumes, and nearly five millions of pages, in the Armenian, +Armeno-Turkish, Greek, Greco-Turkish, and Hebrew-Spanish, but +chiefly in Armenian. A religious periodical was issued every two +months called the "Avedaper," or "Messenger." Dr. Dwight was editor +of this, but the general supervision of the press, after the decease +of Mr. Benjamin, devolved on Dr. Riggs. + +Octavo and duodecimo editions of the Armenian Bible were going +through the press, as was also an octavo Bible in Greco-Turkish. The +New Testament had been issued in the ancient Armenian, in the Ararat +dialect or Eastern Armenian, in the Ararat and Ancient Armenian in +parallel columns, in the Greco-Turkish, and in the Armeno-Turkish. +The Gospel of Matthew was issued in the Koordish language, and the +Psalms in the Bulgarian. A demand for the Bible in the Turkish +language came from almost every part of the empire. + +The book depository was removed from Pera across the Golden Horn +into the old city of Constantinople, and the Moslems made no +objection. More than twenty boxes of books were sent to a single +place in the interior within the space of a year and a half. At one +time two boxes were ready for Diarbekir, one for Cesarea, one for +Aintab, and another for Jerusalem. + +In this work the mission was liberally aided by the American, and +the British and Foreign Bible Societies, by the London Religious +Tract Society, the American Tract Society, and more recently by the +Turkish Missions Aid Society. Mr. Barker, agent of the British and +Foreign Bible Society, and the Rev. C. N. Righter, of the American +Bible Society (who died not long after at Diarbekir), did much to +promote the work of Bible distribution in the countries around the +Mediterranean and Black Seas; and the Constantinople Bible Society +employed a French and English colporter among the soldiers of the +allied powers. More Bibles and religious books went into the hands +of Mohammedans from the depository of the mission during the years +1854 and 1855, than in all the previous years of its existence. +Twenty thousand copies of the Bible were scattered through Turkey in +that space of time. + +The transfer of Dr. Riggs to the department of the Press made it +necessary to suspend the Greek department in the Seminary at Bebek, +and four of the six Greek pupils were sent to Dr. King at Athens.[1] +Another became a teacher in Demirdesh, and another went to the +United States to complete his professional studies. + +[1] The author regrets being obliged to say, that these all +disappointed the expectations of their benefactors. + +Five Armenian students had been licensed to preach, and sent to +Adrianople, Cesarea, Sivas, Diarbekir, and Kessab. Another, having +the ministry in prospect, was a teacher in the new training-school +at Tocat, under Mr. Van Lennep. A similar school existed at Aintab. + +The accession of missionaries from 1855 to 1860 was as follows: In +1855, Orson P. Allen; in 1856, George A. Pollard, Tillman C. +Trowbridge, and Misses Mary E. Tenney and Sarah E. West; in 1857, +Crosby H. Wheeler, Charles F. Morse, Oliver W. Winchester, Jackson +G. Coffing, George H. White, and Julius Y. Leonard; in 1858, +Theodore Byington, George Washburn, and William Hutchinson; and +Herman N. Barnum, who, being at Constantinople as a traveller, made +an offer of his services, which was accepted in this year; in 1859, +William W. Meriam, Joseph K. Greene, James F. Clarke, George F. +Herrick, and Henry S. West, M. D., and Miss Myra A. Proctor; in +1860, Alvan B. Goodale, M. D., William F. Arms, Zenas Goss, William +W. Livingston, and Lysander T. Burbank. Messrs. Washburn, +Trowbridge, Pettibone, Barnum, Herrick, and Goss came to the mission +unmarried; Mr. Washburn afterwards married a daughter of Dr. Hamlin, +Mr. Barnum a daughter of Dr. Goodell, and Mr. Trowbridge a daughter +of Dr. Riggs. + +Mr. Everett, a devoted servant of Christ, was called to his rest on +the 5th of March, 1856, after a sickness of a few days. His orphan +children returned to the United States in charge of Miss Haynes, the +sister of their mother. Messrs. Isaac G. Bliss and Edwin Goodell, in +consequence of the failure of health, were released from their +connection with the Board. The former afterwards recovered his +health, and returned to Turkey as agent of the American Bible +Society, in which capacity he has rendered very valuable service. +Antioch and Aleppo were transferred from the Syrian to the Armenian +Mission. At Erzroom the war drove away, not only the church-members, +but most of those who were interested in the truth. Mr. Richardson +removed to Arabkir to supply the place of Mr. Clark, who had been +called to the seminary at Bebek; left without a teacher by the death +of Mr. Everett and the temporary absence of Dr. Hamlin. At Marash, +in consequence of the war and the proximity of the rough +mountaineers of Zeitoon, the missionaries were at one time in no +small danger. + +The beheading of a young Armenian, who had rashly declared himself a +Mohammedan, and then repented of his rashness, and the consequent +successful efforts of Sir Stratford Canning, in procuring a pledge +from the Sultan that no person should be persecuted in Turkey for +his religious opinions, were described in the first volume.[1] This +was in 1843 and 1844. Ten or eleven years later, there was another +beheading at Adrianople for a like cause, and another at Aleppo; and +the same high-minded statesman was again aroused to effort, not only +for a more effectual abrogation of the death penalty itself, but to +obtain for the Protestant Christians freedom from persecution, and +for the Christians generally the privileges that were enjoyed by +their fellow-subjects of the Moslem religion. The eighty folio pages +of documents on the subject, which were presented to both Houses of +Parliament in 1856, form an important and interesting chapter in the +history of those times. The principal writers, in addition to Lord +Stratford de Redcliffe and the Earl of Clarendon, were the Earl of +Shaftesbury, Lord Cowley, Sir Culling Eardley Eardley, President of +the Turkish Missions Aid Society, the Rev. Cuthbert G. Young, its +Secretary, and Mehemet Fuad. + +[1] Vol. i. p. 135. + +As the result of all, a Hatti Humaïoun, or Imperial Firman, was +issued by the Sultan in February, 1856. When read in public, the +Sheik el Islam, the highest Moslem ecclesiastic, invoked the divine +blessing on the Imperial Edict; but probably without an +apprehension, either by himself or by his government, of the full +significance of the instrument. By many of the Mohammedans it was +regarded us opening the door for them to become Christians. Not a +few of the Armenians and Greeks were displeased with it as favoring +Protestantism; and this fact did not escape the sagacity of +Mohammedans. + +The Imperial Rescript, as translated from the French, is as +follows:-- + +"Let it be done as herein set forth. + +"To you, my Grand Vizier, Mehemed Emin Aali Pasha, decorated with my +Imperial Order of the Medjidiyé of the first class, and with the +Order of Personal Merit; may God grant to you greatness, and +increase your power! + +"It has always been my most earnest desire to insure the happiness +of all classes of the subjects whom divine Providence has placed +under my imperial sceptre; and since my accession to the throne I +have not ceased to direct all my efforts to the attainment of that +end. + +"Thanks to the Almighty, these unceasing efforts have already been +productive of numerous useful results. From day to day the happiness +of the nation and the wealth of my dominions go on augmenting. + +"It being now my desire to renew and enlarge still more the new +institutions, ordained with the view of establishing a state of +things conformable with the dignity of my empire and the position +which it occupies among civilized nations; and the rights of my +empire having, by the fidelity and praiseworthy efforts of all my +subjects, and by the kind and friendly assistance of the great +powers, my noble Allies, received from abroad a confirmation which +will be the commencement of a new era, it is my desire to augment +its well-being and prosperity, to effect the happiness of all my +subjects, who in my sight are all equal and equally dear to me, and +who are united to each other by the cordial ties of patriotism, and +to insure the means of daily increasing the prosperity of my empire. +I have, therefore, resolved upon, and I order the execution of, the +following measures. + +"The guaranties promised on our part by the Hatti-Humaïoun of +Gul-Hané, and in conformity with the Tanzimat, to all the subjects +of my empire, without distinction of classes or of religion, for the +security of their persons and property and the preservation of their +honor, are to-day confirmed and consolidated; and efficacious +measures shall be taken in order that they may have their full and +entire effect. + +"All the privileges and spiritual immunities granted by my ancestors +_ab antiquo_, and at subsequent dates, to all Christian communities +or other non-Mussulman persuasions established in my empire under my +protection, shall be confirmed and maintained. + +"Every Christian or other non-Mussulman community shall be bound, +within a fixed period, and with the concurrence of a commission +composed _ad hoc_ of members of its own body, to proceed, with my +high approbation and under the inspection of my Sublime Porte, to +examine into its actual immunities and privileges, and to discuss +and submit to my Sublime Porte the reforms required by the progress +of civilization and of the age. The powers conceded to the Christian +Patriarchs and Bishops by the Sultan Mahomet II. and his successors, +shall be made to harmonize with the new position which my generous +and beneficent intentions insure to these communities. + +"The principle of nominating the Patriarchs for life, after the +revision of the rules of election now in force, shall be exactly +carried out, conformably to the tenor of their firmans of +investiture. + +"The Patriarchs, Metropolitans, Archbishops, Bishops and Rabbins +shall take an oath on their entrance into office, according to a +form agreed upon in common by my Sublime Porte and the spiritual +heads of the different religious communities. The ecclesiastical +dues, of whatever sort or nature they be, shall be abolished, and +replaced by fixed revenues for the Patriarchs and heads of +communities, and by the allocation of allowances and salaries +equitably proportioned to the importance of the rank, and the +dignity of the different members of the clergy. + +"The property, real or personal, of the different Christian +ecclesiastics shall remain intact; the temporal administration of +the Christian or other non-Mussulman communities shall, however, be +placed under the safeguard of an assembly to be chosen from among +the members, both ecclesiastics and laymen, of the said communities. + +"In the towns, small boroughs, and villages, where the whole +population is of the same religion, no obstacle shall be offered to +the repair, according to their original plan, of buildings set apart +for religious worship, for schools, for hospitals and for +cemeteries. + +"The plans of these different buildings, in case of their new +erection, must, after having been approved by the Patriarchs or +heads of communities, be submitted to my Sublime Porte, which will +approve of them by my imperial order, or make known its observation +upon them within a certain time. + +"Each sect, in localities where there are no other religious +denominations, shall be free from every species of restraint as +regards the public exercise of its religion. + +"In the towns, small boroughs, and villages, where different sects +are mingled together, each community inhabiting a distinct quarter +shall, by conforming to the above-mentioned ordinances, have equal +power to repair and improve its churches, its hospitals, its +schools, and its cemeteries. When there is question of the erection +of new buildings, the necessary authority must be asked for, through +the medium of the Patriarchs and heads of communities, from my +Sublime Porte, which will pronounce a sovereign decision according +to that authority, except in the case of administrative obstacles. +The intervention of the administrative authority in all measures of +this nature will be entirely gratuitous. My Sublime Porte will take +energetic measures to insure to each sect, whatever be the number of +its adherents, entire freedom in the exercise of its religion. + +"Every distinction or designation tending to make any class whatever +of the subjects of my empire inferior to another class, on account +of their religion, language, or race, shall be forever effaced from +the administrative protocol. The laws shall be put in force against +the use of any injurious or offensive term, either among private +individuals or on the part of the authorities. + +"As all forms of religion are and shall be freely professed in my +dominions, no subject of my empire shall be hindered in the exercise +of the religion that he professes, nor shall be in any way annoyed +on this account. No one shall be compelled to change their religion. + +"The nomination and choice of all functionaries and other employés +of my empire being wholly dependent upon my sovereign will, all the +subjects of my empire, without distinction of nationality, shall be +admissible to public employments, and qualified to fill them +according to their capacity and merit, and conformably with rules to +be generally applied. + +"All the subjects of my empire, without distinction, shall be +received into the civil and military schools of the government, if +they otherwise satisfy the conditions as to age and examination +which are specified in the organic regulations of the said schools. +Moreover, every community is authorized to establish public schools +of science, art, and industry. Only the method of instruction and +the choice of professors in schools of this class shall be under the +control of a mixed council of public instruction, the members of +which shall be named by my sovereign command. + +"All commercial, correctional, and criminal suits between Mussulmans +and Christian or other non-Mussulman subjects, or between Christians +or other non-Mussulmans of different sects, shall be referred to +mixed tribunals. + +"The proceedings of these tribunals shall be public; the parties +shall be confronted, and shall produce their witnesses, whose +testimony shall be received, without distinction, upon an oath taken +according to the religious law of each sect. + +"Suits relating to civil affairs shall continue to be publicly +tried, according to the laws and regulations before the mixed +provincial councils, in the presence of the governor and judge of +the place. Special civil proceedings, such as those relating to +successions or others of that kind, between subjects of the same +Christian or other non-Mussulman faith, may, at the request of the +parties, be sent before the councils of the Patriarchs or of the +communities. + +"Penal, correctional, and commercial laws, and rules of procedure +for the mixed tribunals, shall be drawn up as soon as possible, and +formed into a code. Translations of them shall be published in all +the languages current in the empire. + +"Proceedings shall be taken with as little delay as possible, for +the reform of the penitentiary system as applied to houses of +detention, punishment, or correction, and other establishments of +like nature, so as to reconcile the rights of humanity with those of +justice. Corporal punishment shall not be administered, even in the +prisons, except in conformity with the disciplinary regulations +established by my Sublime Porte; and everything that resembles +torture shall be entirely abolished. + +"Infractions of the law in this particular shall be severely +repressed, and shall besides entail, as of right, the punishment, in +conformity with the civil code, of the authorities who may order, +and of the agents who may commit them. + +"The organization of the police in the capital, in the provincial +towns, and in the rural districts, shall be revised in such a manner +as to give to all the peaceable subjects of my empire the strongest +guaranties for the safety both of their persons and property. + +"The equality of taxes entailing equality of burdens, as equality of +duties entails that of rights, Christian subjects, and those of +other non-Mussulman sects, as it has been already decided, shall, as +well as Mussulmans, be subject to the obligations of the Law of +Recruitment. The principle of obtaining substitutes, or of +purchasing exemption, shall be admitted. A complete law shall be +published, with as little delay as possible, respecting the +admission into and service in the army of Christian and other +non-Mussulman subjects. + +"Proceedings shall be taken for a reform in the constitution of the +provincial and communal councils, in order to insure fairness in the +choice of the deputies of the Mussulman, Christian, and other +communities, and freedom of voting in the councils. My Sublime Porte +will take into consideration the adoption of the most effectual +means for ascertaining exactly and for controlling the result of the +deliberations of the decisions arrived at. + +"As the laws regulating the purchase, sale, and disposal of real +property are common to all the subjects of my empire, it shall be +lawful for foreigners to possess landed property in my dominions, +conforming themselves to the laws and police regulations, and +bearing the same charges as the native inhabitants, and after +arrangements have been come to with foreign powers. + +"The taxes are to be levied under the same denomination from all the +subjects of my empire, without distinction of class or of religion. +The most prompt and energetic means for remedying the abuses in +collecting the taxes, and especially the tithes, shall be +considered. The system of direct collection shall gradually, and as +soon as possible, be substituted for the plan of farming, in all the +branches of the revenues of the State. As long as the present system +remains in force, all agents of the government and all members of +the medjlis shall be forbidden, under the severest penalties, to +become lessees of any farming contracts which are announced for +public competition, or to have any beneficial interest in carrying +them out. The local taxes shall, as far as possible, be so imposed +as not to affect the sources of production, or to hinder the +progress of internal commerce. + +"Works of public utility shall receive a suitable endowment, part of +which shall be raised from private and special taxes, levied in the +provinces which shall have the benefit of the advantages arising +from the establishment of ways of communication by land and sea. + +"A special law having been already passed, which declares that the +budget of the revenue and expenditure of the state shall be drawn up +and made known every year, the said law shall be most scrupulously +observed. Proceedings shall be taken for revising the emoluments +attached to each office. + +"The heads of each community and a delegate, designated by my +Sublime Porte, shall be summoned to take part in the deliberations +of the Supreme Council of Justice on all occasions which might +interest the generality of the subjects of my empire. They shall be +summoned specially for this purpose by my Grand Vizier. The +delegates shall hold office for one year; they shall be sworn on +entering upon their duties. All the members of the council, at the +ordinary and extraordinary meetings, shall freely give their +opinions and their votes, and no one shall ever annoy them on this +account. + +"The laws against corruption, extortion, or malversation, shall +apply, according to the legal forms, to all the subjects of my +empire, whatever may be their class and the nature of their duties. + +"Steps shall be taken for the formation of banks and other similar +institutions, so as to effect a reform in the monetary and financial +system, as well as to create funds to be employed in augmenting the +sources of the material wealth of my empire. + +"Steps shall also be taken for the formation of roads and canals to +increase the facilities of communication and increase the sources of +the wealth of the country. Everything that can impede commerce or +agriculture shall be abolished. To accomplish these objects, means +shall be sought to profit by the science, the art, and the funds of +Europe, and thus gradually to execute them. + +"Such being my wishes and my commands, you, who are my Grand Vizier, +will, according to custom, cause this Imperial Firman to be +published in my capital, and in all parts of my empire; and you will +watch attentively and take all the necessary measures that all the +orders which it contains be henceforth carried out with the most +rigorous punctuality." + +Lord Stratford, in replying to a congratulatory address from the +missionaries, declared his agreement with them in the opinion, that +something great had been gained; though he believed the principles +involved would require persevering efforts to carry them into +practice. He said that he was himself but an humble instrument in +the hands of divine Providence, and that he had never felt the hand +of God so sensibly in any other measure he had carried through, as +in this, which, after he had given it up for lost, had succeeded all +at once, in a way that filled him with astonishment.[1] + +[1] That the Hatti Humaïoun was really intended to include the death +penalty, is made exceedingly probable by the official correspondence +which preceded it, and which was in fact its procuring cause. Only a +few brief extracts can be given in this note. + +Referring to the punishment of death as applied to apostates from +Islamism, the Earl of Clarendon, English Minister of Foreign +Affairs, writes thus to Lord Stratford de Redcliffe: "As the Turkish +empire is, by treaty stipulations, to be declared part and parcel of +the European system, it is quite impossible for the powers of Europe +to acquiesce in the continuance in Turkey of a law, and a practice, +which is a standing insult to every other nation in Europe." + +Again, on the 17th of September, 1853, the Earl of Clarendon writes +thus to Lord Stratford: "Her Majesty's Government distinctly demands +that no punishment whatever shall attach to the Mohammedan who +becomes a Christian, whether originally a Mohammedan, or originally +a Christian, any more than any punishment attaches to a Christian +who embraces Mohammedanism. In all such cases the movements of human +conscience must be left free, and the temporal arm must not +interfere to coerce the spiritual decision." + +Referring to the Imperial Rescript, February 12, 1856, Lord +Stratford says, writing to the Earl:-- + +"If no one is to be molested on account of the religion he +professes, and no one to be punished as a renegade, whatever form of +faith he denies, I do not see what room there can possibly be for +any practical persecutions in future within the limits of the +Sultan's empire." See _Correspondence respecting Christian +Privileges in Turkey, in Parliamentary Papers for_ 1856, pp. 15, 24, +25, 33, 55, 60, 66, 67, 77-80. + +The plenipotentiaries of Great Britain, Austria, France, Russia, +Sardinia, and Turkey, assembled in February, 1856, at the close of +the Crimean war, to negotiate what is known as the Treaty of Paris. +It is evident from the Protocols of their Conference, that, having +the Earl of Clarendon and Lord Cowley among them, they were intent +on giving weight and perpetuity to this firman of the Sultan, by a +formal recognition of it in the treaty. This was done in article +ninth, after much deliberation, and with the full concurrence of all +the plenipotentiaries, including the representative of the +Sultan.[1] + +[1] "NINTH ARTICLE. His Imperial Majesty the Sultan, having, in his +constant solicitude for the welfare of his subjects, issued a +firman, which, while, ameliorating their condition without +distinction of religion or race, records his generous intentions +towards the Christian population of his empire, and wishing to give +a further proof of his sentiments in that respect, has resolved to +communicate to the Contracting Parties the said firman, emanating +spontaneously from his sovereign will. + +"The Contracting Powers recognize the high value of this +communication. It is clearly understood, that it cannot, in any +case, give to said Powers the right to interfere, either +collectively or separately, in the relations of his Majesty, the +Sultan, with his subjects, nor in the internal administration of his +Empire." See _Treaty of Paris_, March 30, 1856, in _Parliamentary +State Papers_, vol. lxi. p. 20. Also, appended, _Protocols of +Conferences_, pp. 8, 13, 51, 57, 58. + +The Hatti Humaïoun of 1855 was much more than a confirmation of the +Imperial Firman of 1850, nor was it a dead letter. A year afterwards +Dr. Jewett, while admitting that it was inefficient in certain +respects, declared it to have been in an important sense, a +quickening spirit. "Never," he says, "within the same space of time, +has there been as much religious discussion with the Mussulmans as +since the issue of the late firman, and never before, I think, has +there been such a spirit of religious inquiry among Mohammedans, and +readiness to discuss the merits of the Christian religion, as has +been evident during the past year. It has awakened hope of a good +day even for the Moslems." A few years later, Dr. Goodell, speaking +of it says: "To the Protestant communities here, and to all who live +godly in Christ Jesus, this Hatti Humaïoun is a boon of priceless +value. Heretofore its principal use was to secure us from the +molestation of these corrupt churches, but we have now begun to test +its importance with reference to the Mohammedans themselves. Only a +few years since, the headless bodies of apostates from the +Mohammedan faith might be seen lying in the streets of the great +city. But now such apostates may be seen at all hours of the day +walking these same streets without any apparent danger, urging the +claims of Christianity even in the very courts of the royal mosques, +and teaching and preaching in the chapel, in the private circle, and +sometimes even in the palaces of the great, that Jesus Christ is +Lord, to the glory of God the Father. And all this wonderful +security is, under God, owing entirely to the Hatti Humaïoun." He +adds, "It is said that the Turkish government is sometimes guilty of +violating some of the great principles of that document. And who +that knows anything of human nature, or of the history of our race, +ever supposed they would not be guilty of it? To suppose the +contrary would be to suppose the Turk advanced very much farther +towards perfection than any other nation on the face of the earth." + +A correspondence arose, about this time, in the old Armenian Church, +between those who inclined towards the Papal Church and those who +were opposed, and it was gratifying to see that the principal +Armenian newspaper, published under the sanction of the Patriarch, +drew its arguments almost wholly from the Scriptures, scarcely +anything being said of the Councils, or of the Fathers. + +The out-stations of Nicomedia, Adabazar, Rodosto, Baghchejuk, and +Broosa were prosperous. A Protestant Greek community at Demirdesh +stood firm under persecution, though without a spiritual guide. The +Pasha did little for their protection, but divine Providence had +other instruments for their deliverance. The French Vice Consul, +having to feed immense herds of cattle for the French army, selected +the principal Greek Protestant of the place as the most competent +overseer, and empowered him to employ the needful agents. This +brought to his feet some who had beaten him and even threatened him +with death. He freely employed them and paid them honestly, thus +returning good for evil. + +The training-school at Tocat was composed of pious young men who +made considerable progress in their studies. A footing was gained at +Tarsus and Bitias, south of the Taurus range, and a native pastor +was ordained at Kessab. Here was a Protestant community of more than +four hundred. + +At Aintab and in its neighboring villages, after only nine years of +labor, there were twelve stated religious services, nearly half of +them conducted by native preachers, two thousand Protestants, old +and young, two hundred and sixty-eight church-members, a large +congregation on the Sabbath, three promising young men in the +pastoral office, and two more prepared for that office. The year +1856 was one of unbroken prosperity in all temporal concerns at +Aintab. The influence of this prosperity, however, had its usual +effect in developing a love of the world, and a feeling of +self-consequence, resulting in some perplexities within the church. +Such results are known in much older communities, and ought to be +expected in the early religious life of such a people. Between the +pastor Kara Krikor and his people there was all that could be +expected of mutual confidence and harmony, and his monthly salary +was paid with a promptness unusual in such cases. + +The death of Mrs. Schneider on the 29th of September was a great +loss to the mission. This excellent woman had an earnest desire for +the salvation of every one she met, and old and young listened with +pleasure to her instructions. It became known, soon after her +decease, that three or four small companies of native sisters had +begun of their own accord to hold meetings in various quarters. The +progress among the women of Aintab had been great. When the first +missionary arrived, only one woman was known who was able to read. +It was now ascertained that nearly three hundred could read the New +Testament. + +The boarding-school pupils at Constantinople received a pupil this +year from each of the following places--Trebizond, Diarbekir, +Rodosto, Haskeuy, Scutari, and Baghchejuk. The chief difficulty in +teaching was the want of suitable text-books in the modern language. +In addition to the usual studies, the pupils were allowed an +opportunity to acquaint themselves with domestic duties, and they +did it in most cases with hearty good-will. Dr. Goodell exercised a +fatherly care over the institution. + +During most of the year Mr. Clark had charge of the Seminary at +Bebek. The prescribed course of study embraced four years in the +scholastic department and three in the theological, and was designed +to secure to the pupils a systematic training. The qualifications +required for entering, raised the character of the common schools +connected with the mission. During vacations the students were +required to support themselves. The average number was forty-five, +and it was necessary to reject no less than sixty applicants, mainly +from inability to support them. Among them were Bulgarians, +Albanians, Wallachians, and Servians. Seven students were in the +theological department, and three others went through a part of the +course, one of whom was a Turk, and another a Greek. Dr. Hamlin gave +instruction in this department after his return, assisted by Dr. +Schauffler in Turkish. Nine of the students in the seminary were +church-members, and others gave evidence of piety. + +The growth of the Armenian Mission, along with its great extent, of +territory, required a division for the more convenient +administration of its affairs. Hence a Southern Armenian Mission was +organized in November, 1856, having the Taurus for its boundary on +the north, and embracing the stations of Aintab, Marash, Antioch, +Aleppo, and Oorfa. Its printing was to be done at Constantinople. +The members of this mission were Messrs. Schneider, Pratt, Beebee, +Perkins, Morgan, Nutting, Cotting, and White. The field of the +Northern Mission extended from the Balkans in European Turkey to the +eastern waters of the Euphrates. + +The "Turkish Missions Aid Society" was formed in England in 1854; +"not to originate a new mission, but to aid the existing evangelical +missions in the Turkish empire, especially American." The funds +contributed to the American missions were given expressly for a +Native Agency; and important aid has thus been rendered down to the +present time. The funds of the Society having suffered diminution in +1857, Dr. Dwight was invited to visit England. He arrived in March +of the following year, and visited the principal cities, in company +with the Secretary. "I was everywhere received," says Dr. Dwight, +"with the most overflowing kindness, and my simple story was +listened to with the most intense interest. Clergymen and laymen of +all evangelical denominations were usually present at the meetings, +which were held on week days, and I saw nowhere anything like a +sectarian spirit, but uniformly the very reverse. Ministers of the +Church of England, as well as others, publicly advocated the plan of +aiding the American Mission in Turkey, rather than sending forth a +mission of their own." Valuable as the coöperation of this Society +has been in the bestowment of funds, its moral influence in Turkey, +as a visible illustration of fraternal feeling among Protestant +Christians of various names and countries has been of far greater +value.[1] + +[1] The aid afforded by the Turkish Missions Aid Society to the +missions of the Board in Western Asia, has averaged about ten +thousand dollars a year. + +An account was given, in a former chapter, of the conversion, in +1842, of a "Papal Armenian.[1] His name was Bedros Kamaghielyan, and +his death occurred in 1857, fifteen years afterward. His conversion +was remarkable, and so was his subsequent life. He was for some +years an efficient helper at Salonica among the Jews, and ever after +that, he was a successful assistant of Dr. Dwight in Constantinople. +Eminently wise to win souls to Christ, it is believed that many, +among the different races in Turkey, will rise up and call him +blessed. The first Turkish convert who became a preacher, received +his first impressions from Bedros at Salonica. Years later, the +missionaries learned that the origin of an interesting work of grace +among the Greeks of Cassandra, in that region, was traceable to him. +Though suffering from bodily infirmity in the later years of his +life, his labors were unceasing for the salvation of souls, and for +the edification of the church. He was noted for his humility and +self-denial, and his piety was a steady glow of light. His views of +the gospel method of salvation were clear, and his manner of +presenting it exceedingly happy. He was eminently a peacemaker in +the church, and his good sense was in constant demand in the +settlement of difficulties. As a deacon in the Yeni Kapoo church he +was constantly looking after the sick and infirm, visiting families +in the Protestant community, and instructing their women in the +doctrines and duties of Christianity. When attacked by his last +sickness, Bedros very soon received the impression that it would be +fatal. Once, in great bodily suffering, he exclaimed, "O, what a +Saviour is my Saviour! He scatters all my darkness, and gives me +peace." At another time, he wished the missionaries might all be +called to his bedside, that he might declare to them his great joy, +and what things the Lord was doing for his soul. A Mohammedan of +some distinction, who had often had religious conversations with +Bedros, called upon him without knowing of his sickness. The sick +man, though in extreme bodily weakness, spoke very faithfully to his +visitor, and told him of his joy in view of death, and his hope of +going to be forever with the Lord Jesus Christ, and added: "This is +the only way of peace and salvation, and Christ is the only Saviour +of sinners for you, and for me, and for all the world." The eyes of +the Turk filled with tears. He had never seen a Christian die +before; and to hear a man talk with so much gladness of his +departure from the world overcame him, and he hurried from the room. +An aged Moslem called, who had known Bedros, and gave some evidence +of being a Christian. Going to his bedside, his eyes streaming with +tears, he embraced and kissed him in the most affectionate manner. +Dr. Dwight closes his statement with the following testimony: "Thus +has passed away one of the choicest spirits this world ever saw. I +feel that I have many lessons to learn from his quiet, humble, and +most useful life; and I trust that his death may be greatly blessed +to all the missionaries, and to all the people." + +[1] Chapter ix. p. 130. See, also, _Missionary Herald_, 1857, pp. +387-390. + +The second Mrs. Hamlin died suddenly, on the 6th of November, 1857. +Though not permitted to give her dying testimony, the record of her +life was that of a meek, lowly, and quiet spirit; diligent, +faithful, and affectionate in every duty.[1] + +[1] See Memoir, _The Missionary Sisters_, written by Mrs. Benjamin. + +The region, of which Arabkir is the centre, was now rising in +importance. The territory dependent on this station for instruction +extended from northeast and southwest, along the western bank of the +Euphrates, one hundred and seventy-five miles, with a population of +one hundred thousand; about equally divided between Armenians and +Mussulmans, with few Greeks, no Roman Catholics, and no Jews. A +large number of the Mussulmans were known as Kuzzelbashes. The field +was first occupied in 1853, and churches had been organized in three +cities and two villages, all of which enjoyed the stated preaching +of the Word. + +Sivas, west of Arabkir, and Tocat on the northwest, were missionary +centres of populous fields, extensively accessible; the former +containing a population of more than a hundred thousand, and the +latter of nearly half a million,--Armenians, Turks, Kuzzelbashes, +Koords, and Greeks. + +Harpoot lies cast of Arabkir, on the other side of the Euphrates. +Mr. Dunmore commenced this station in 1855, and was alone in this +city of twenty-five thousand inhabitants; the failure of his wife's +health having obliged her to return to the United States. He had +been usefully employed here nearly three years,--the last with +Messrs. Wheeler and Allen,--when, having a taste for exploration and +pioneer labors, he was transferred, in 1858, to Erzroom, with +special reference to the region south of that city; and Messrs. +Wheeler and Allen were joined at Harpoot, in 1859, by Mr. H. N. +Barnum. The city is the centre of a population of about one hundred +thousand, and stands on a lofty hill, looking to the distant range +of the Taurus on the south, and scores of villages on the +intervening plain. Northward, across the eastern branch of the +Euphrates, is the still loftier range of the Anti-Taurus; while the +distant horizon to the east and west is shut in by mountains. +Arabkir was occupied for several years by Messrs. Clark, Pollard, +and Richardson, but in 1865 was included in the Harpoot field.[1] + +[1] Mr. Wheeler's _Ten Years on the Euphrates_. + +Geghi is about ninety miles from Harpoot, in the direction of +Erzroom. It was visited by Mr. Peabody and Mr. Bliss in 1848 and +1851. Mr. Peabody found the Vartabed of the place and ten of the +people deeply interested in reading the Scriptures. Mr. Wheeler +visited Geghi in the summer of 1858 and found the truth much +opposed, but taking a firm hold among the sixteen hundred Armenians +of the place. He was touched by their earnest entreaties to remain +with them a few mouths; or if that might not be, that he would leave +his native helper till some one else could come among them. As with +the Apostle Paul at Troas, the eagerness of the people to hear led +him to protract his labors on one occasion, till an hour and a half +past midnight, and on another till the breaking day. + +The year 1859 was signalized by a revival in the Bebek Seminary. At +its commencement, nearly half the students were regarded as +hopefully pious, and these all seemed at once to have new views of +spiritual things. The Holy Spirit not only revived the graces of +such, but put forth a converting power. Within a few weeks nearly +all the students gave credible evidence of piety. There were several +cases, also, of hopeful conversion in the girls' boarding school; +and similar awakenings were reported at Marsovan, Yozgat, +Baghchejuk, Broosa, and Marash. At the last place thirty-seven were +added to the church at one time, making eighty-six by profession +since the beginning of 1858. + +Mr. Parsons had received frequent complaints from the brethren of +Nicomedia, that their girls had not been properly cared for by the +teacher, and from the teacher that the brethren were intermeddling. +He answered by withdrawing all aid until they could agree among +themselves. The effect was immediate. They began to pay a tuition +fee, and made special efforts to render the school attractive. The +number of pupils was increased to seventy-eight, and the school +ceased any longer to need aid. + +A fire destroyed the mission premises at Tocat in 1859. The flames +were so rapid as not only to consume the buildings, but the clothing +and bedding of the pupils, the books and apparatus of the school, a +portion of the furniture of Messrs. Pettibone and Winchester, who +had been recently placed at the head of the school, and all the +effects of Mr. Van Lennep, including a large and valuable library, +and a manuscript Armenian translation of a commentary on the Bible, +made, and to have been printed, at the expense of the Prince of +Schönberg. In view of this calamity, it was deemed expedient to +close the training-school. A similar one was opened in the fall of +the same year, at Harpoot. Mr. Clark returning to the United States, +Dr. Hamlin renewed his connection with the Bebek Seminary. + +Mr. Dunmore, after describing a tour he had made of twelve hundred +miles from Erzroom to Oroomiah in Persia, and from thence, on his +return, through Russian Armenia, gives the following summary of his +missionary travels: "I have travelled on horseback over six thousand +miles in Turkey, and one thousand in Persia and Russia, between two +and three hundred on goat skins upon the Tigris, and over fifteen +hundred by steamer, without sickness by the way, without accident, +or the loss of an article of value. And I have never taken a guard +when travelling alone, for protection from robbers. Surely we may +safely trust Him who says: 'Believe in God, believe also in me.'"[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_ for 1859, pp. 306-313. + +The missionaries at Cesarea were much encouraged by the progress of +the work there. Mr. Leonard thus writes: "The church, though +constantly dismissing members to other churches, still maintains its +numbers by fresh accessions from without, and is at the same time +evidently advancing in consistent, intelligent Christian character. +Here are some noble exemplars of faith and piety, who search the +Scriptures daily, and adorn their doctrines by a godly life. I have +often wished I might introduce some of our American friends into our +teachers' meetings on a Sabbath afternoon, or to the Sabbath-school +at the intermission of public worship, where nearly the whole +congregation remains, exhibiting a zeal and aptness in the +discussion of religious truths scarcely surpassed in the most +favored churches in New England. The weekly woman's prayer-meeting +is sometimes left entirely in the hands of the native sisters, and +any one of half a dozen is always ready without embarrassment to +take the lead, discoursing very appropriately from her Turkish +Testament. This, I am told, is a rare thing in Turkey, where woman +has been so long held in ignorance and degradation." + +The reader will remember the Patriarch Matteos, and his degradation +in 1849. After ten years passed in retirement, he was elected +Catholikos of all the Armenians, and removed to Echmiadzin. His +election to such a post at this time was significant, but the +probability of his being able then to hinder the reformation did not +create serious apprehension. + +Mrs. Beebee died peacefully at Marash, on the 28th of October, 1858, +after protracted sufferings, and her husband returned some months +after to the United States with broken health, and was released from +his connection with the Board. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1860-1861. + + +The fleets and armies of Europe had retired, and the Turk felt in a +measure freed from a troublesome guardianship; which had, however, +greatly promoted both religion and reform in Turkey. The fact that +the war had materially weakened Russian influence at the Porte, may +have been among the reasons that induced England now to relax its +hold on the government of the Sultan. As a consequence, French +diplomacy was decidedly in the ascendant, and lent its influence to +promote Papal schemes. "The Armenians," writes a well informed +missionary, "accept a declaration of the Bible as ultimate, and as +the Protestant missionaries made the Bible the basis of all their +work, and accustomed the people to refer to it for authority in all +spiritual matters, the Papists have been shut up to the use of +political measures to gain adherents. This they have done by +espousing the cause of any party in litigation on condition that he +should register himself a Roman Catholic. This influence was very +powerful throughout the country, as it was supported by the +intervention of the French embassy, and led to violence and +persecution in various parts of the empire, especially at Mardin, +where the papal power was comparatively strong." + +Anticipating the history, it may be said, that the Franco-German war +changed all this. The Turkish government then no longer feared the +French, and hence no longer lent itself to Papal intrigues. The +dogma of the Papal Infallibility has been also a severe blow to the +Oriental Papacy. + +No one was more competent than Dr. Dwight to testify concerning the +state of religious opinions among the Armenians of the metropolis. +Writing in February, 1860, he said it would be hard to find an +intelligent Armenian in Constantinople, unless among the +ecclesiastics, who did not acknowledge that there were many errors +in the Armenian Church, and that the evangelical system was the +best. + +About the game time, he found a great change for the better at +Rodosto, on the northern shore of the Sea of Marmora. The +evangelical brethren had suffered many indignities from the +Armenians, but now even the magnates were disposed to cultivate +friendly relations with them. This he attributed, in great measure, +to the wise and yet firm demeanor of Apraham, the native preacher, +who afterwards became pastor of the Rodosto church. He was a native +of the place, and was once a deacon in the old Armenian Church, and +a candidate for the offices of vartabed and bishop. His first +knowledge of the truth was gained while in the Armenian monastery at +Jerusalem. From thence he came to Bebek, where he studied theology. +He was an exception to the rule, that a prophet has no honor in his +own country, for without compromising the truth, he had gained the +respect of all. He showed his missionary friend a list of eighty +families, upon which he called in regular order. Though most of them +belonged to the old Armenian Church, they received him kindly. The +missionary called with him upon two of these families prominent in +the Armenian community, in one of which they spent an entire +evening. A copy of the Bible, in the modern language, was in the +house, and was brought forward, read, and commented upon, just as if +this had been a Protestant family. + +Dr. Dwight attended the examination of the Protestant school at +Rodosto. More than half of the pupils were from non-Protestant +families; and an audience of two hundred and fifty expressed very +general satisfaction with the attainments of the pupils. On the +Sabbath he administered the Lord's Supper. A large number not +connected with the church, were present, and gave close attention to +the preaching. Many must have come from mere curiosity, but the +missionary never preached with greater certainty that he had the +sympathies of his audience. + +In the following July, events showed that the new influences had in +some way reached all classes of Armenians in the metropolis. An aged +Protestant died and his body was borne by his friends to an Armenian +cemetery, which hitherto had been open to all bearing the Christian +name. Now, however, a mob, composed of the very lowest class of +Armenians, seized the coffin, and forcibly carried it out of the +burying-ground, where it remained four days. The mob increased to +thousands, and kept possession of the ground day and night. The +American and English Ambassadors were at length roused, and +remonstrated with the Porte and the Patriarch. The burial was +assented to, and the Seraskier, or Minister of War, came with +several hundred troops. A place was selected for the grave within +the cemetery, but the mob, at the first blow of the pickaxe, rushed +forward with a savage yell. The troops were ordered to resist, but +not to fire. After twenty or thirty had been wounded, the mob fell +back. The Patriarch and other dignitaries of the Armenian Church now +came upon the ground, and gave their sanction to the spot selected +for the burial, and the grave was dug. Just then the Seraskier, for +some unexplained reason, ordered the grave to be filled, and another +to be dug outside of the cemetery, in the middle of the public +highway. The Protestants declined taking part in the burial in such +a spot, though entreated to do so by the Seraskier, but remained and +looked on in silence, while Mussulmans dug the grave, put the coffin +into it, and filled it up. As soon as this was done, the mob rushed +forward and trampled spitefully upon it, in the presence of the +Pasha and Patriarch. The representatives of the Protestant powers +now united in a strong remonstrance to the government; and Stepan +Effendi, the civil head of the Protestants, was speedily notified, +that ground would be given them for cemeteries wherever Protestants +were found. + +A native assistant died at Baghchejuk, near Nicomedia, early in the +year, who had from the beginning been intimately connected with the +work in that place, and was called the "prince of colporters," on +account of his success in distributing the Scriptures. Being by +nature an earnest man, when converted he became zealous in +disseminating the truth. As he was respected through all the region, +there was great anxiety among the Armenians to regain him, and an +ex-Patriarch visited Baghchejuk, in the hope of bringing him back. +Promises and threats were equally vain, and the storm of persecution +finally burst upon him. His vineyards and mulberry orchards were cut +down, and much of his property was wrested from him. He was beaten +and stoned, and his name cast out as vile. When they were building +the church he brought a basket full of stones and brick-bats, which +had been thrown through his windows, to be incorporated in the +foundation wall. He described the effect of persecution in his own +case, thus: "The truth in my heart was like a stake slightly driven +into soft ground, easily swayed, and in danger of falling before the +wind; but by the sledge-hammer of persecution God drove it in till +it became immovable." "His working power," says Mr. Parsons, the +resident missionary, "like everything else in his possession, was +consecrated to Christ. With great self-denial on his part, two +hundred piasters a month (about eight dollars) enabled him to give +all his time to street preaching, and the sale of the Scriptures. As +a bookseller he was eminently faithful and successful. Not contented +with sitting in the book-stall waiting for purchasers, he used to +shoulder a basket of books, and go through the streets and lanes of +town and city, offering for sale the 'Holy Book;' the 'Book that +would not lie;' the 'Infallible Guide;' and proclaiming, in +a loud voice, its divine origin, man's need of it, and its +light-and-life-giving power. This he did as time and strength +permitted, from Broosa to Angora, and from Bilijik to the Black Sea. +He everywhere either carried with him, or had near at hand, a supply +of Bibles in the Turkish, Armenian, Greek, and Jewish languages. +Probably not less than one hundred thousand persons have heard from +him the proffer of the word of life." + +"The word of God," continues Mr. Parsons, "was his constant +companion. He was so familiar with it, that he could turn with +facility to any passage desired. He walked with God. He was a man of +prayer. His happiest moments were seasons of devotion--private, +social, and public. I should say, rather, that next to the work of +bringing others to Christ, his delight was in prayer and praise. He +has rested from his labors, but his works do follow him. Before he +died, he could rejoice in a rich harvest from his own sowing, but a +greater harvest is yet to be reaped from the seed so widely +scattered by his hand. He has gone, a sheaf of the first-fruits of +the work in Baghchejuk. He 'came to his grave as a shock of corn +cometh in in his season.'" + +Mr. E. E. Bliss passed through Marsovan on his way to Harpoot, and +found that the rampant hostility of eight years before had died +out.[1] Instead of the hootings and stonings, which then greeted his +arrival, he was met, a long way out, by a goodly company to escort +him to his lodgings. On the Sabbath, in place of the little company +assembled in a lower room of his own house, he now preached to a +good audience, in a large and commodious chapel. + +[1] See chapter xxiv. + +"I spent," he says, "a few days at Sivas, where I was eight years +ago, and found the small room, where ten or fifteen then met for +God's worship, exchanged for a large upper room, filled with an +audience of more than a hundred. And as we went onward to places we +had never before visited, it was a continual feast to see the extent +to which the work of God had spread in the whole country. In almost +every place where we stopped for the night, however obscure the +village, some would gather around us as brethren in the Lord. They +were often coarsely dressed and rude of speech, undistinguishable in +appearance from the mass around them; but a few words of +conversation would show that their souls had been illuminated by the +truth." + +The annual meeting of the Northern Armenian Mission for 1860, was +held at Harpoot, east of the Euphrates, seven hundred and fifty +miles from Constantinople. And it was a significant fact, that the +delegates from the metropolis were able to communicate with their +families over the telegraph wires, destined to connect London with +Calcutta. + +The distance from the capital, and of the stations from each other +was so great, as to render it difficult to assemble in the annual +meetings, that were indispensable for an effective administration. +At this meeting, what had been known as the Northern Mission, was +divided into Western and Eastern, and Erzroom, Harpoot, and Arabkir +composed the Eastern Mission. The Southern Mission then took the +name of the Central; and the stations of the Assyria Mission were +united to the Eastern. It will be convenient to use the names +Western, Central, and Eastern in designating territory, but we +shall, as far as possible, treat the three divisions as constituting +one great mission. + +The church at Harpoot received its first native pastor at this +annual meeting. He was one of several young men, who left Diarbekir +for Constantinople, eight years before, for the purpose of obtaining +a Protestant education at Bebek. They were subjected to many +revilings on their way, and few showed them any kindness. Some who +were in sympathy with them deprecated their removal from Diarbekir, +as the withdrawal from that place of the little light which had +begun to shine. Now, having completed the course of study at the +Seminary, Tomas, one of that company, was preaching the Gospel every +Sabbath in Diarbekir, and was to become pastor there; and Marderos, +another, combining great excellence of character, was made pastor of +the flourishing church at Harpoot. + +Mr. Dunmore, when he commenced the Harpoot station, five years +before, found not a single Protestant in that city. It was now only +three years since the arrival of Messrs. Wheeler, Allen, and Barnum, +and there were thirty-nine church-members, and Harpoot was fast +becoming an important centre of influence. There were schools in ten +of the thirteen out-stations, eleven of which were supplied with +preaching on the Sabbath by the missionaries and students of the +Seminary, and in all the surrounding regions there was an increase +of attendance on preaching. Women learned to read, and groups were +found studying the Bible. In the numerous villages of the Harpoot +plain and outlying districts were many faithful disciples of the +Lord Jesus. The spirit of freedom had gone forth, as was seen in the +growing activity of laymen, and the consequent decline of +superstition and ecclesiastical despotism. Instruction was +communicated to large numbers of both men and women, and it was +beginning to be regarded as disgraceful for adults of either sex not +to be able to read. + +The theological school contained twenty-four pupils, of whom eleven +were from the vicinity and ten were married men. The students +devoted their winter vacation of four months to preaching and +teaching, and in term time they preached at out-stations. + +Mrs. Dwight, after twenty-one years of eminently useful service, +died at Constantinople in November, 1860. Dr. Dwight's family being +thus broken up, he commenced, with the approval of his brethren, a +tour through Syria and Asiatic Turkey, intending to go over much of +the ground he had traversed with Dr. Eli Smith in their explorations +thirty years before. + +How great the changes in the intervening period! Then, for fourteen +and a half months, he was unable to receive tidings from his wife, +whom he had left in Malta. Now, from beyond the Euphrates, he could +have communicated daily with Constantinople by telegraph. Then, no +fellow-laborers were to be found between Smyrna and the little bands +of German and Scotch brethren soon after to be driven away from +Russian Armenia and Georgia, and nowhere did they meet among the +people any religious sympathies in unison with their own. Now, the +survivor found missionaries scattered over the land, and he scarcely +entered a place where some one, at least, did not greet him with a +joyful welcome. Then, the object was to explore an unbroken scene of +spiritual death. Now, it was to confirm living churches, and help +forward a growing spiritual work. + +The tour was extended as far as the Nestorian mission, and occupied +about eight months. Reviewing this journey of almost unprecedented +interest, Dr. Dwight could not refrain from using the language of +Christian triumph: "I have visited," he says, "every station of the +Board in Turkey and Persia excepting those among the Bulgarians. It +has been my privilege to see all the missionaries and their +families,--a rare body of men and women, of whom our churches and +our country may well be proud,--and also to become personally +acquainted with hundreds and thousands of the dear Protestant +brethren and sisters of this land--God's lights in the midst of +surrounding darkness; God's witnesses even where Satan dwelleth." + +Dr. Dwight was at Marash in April, and this is his own vivid +description of what he saw there: "This place is indeed a missionary +wonder! Twelve years ago there was not a Protestant here, and the +people were proverbially ignorant, barbarous, and fanatical. Six +years ago the evangelical Armenian church was organized with sixteen +members, the congregation at that time consisting of one hundred and +twenty. On the last Sabbath I preached in the morning to a +congregation of over a thousand, and in the afternoon addressed +nearly or quite fifteen hundred people, when forty were received +into the church, making the whole number two hundred and +twenty-seven. Nearly one hundred of these have been added since Mr. +White came here, two years ago. One old woman of seventy-five years +was admitted who was converted only four months ago. She was +previously a bigoted opposer, but now she seems full of the love of +Christ. Her emotions almost overpowered her on approaching the table +of the Lord. + +"The church-members here impressed me from the first as men who +thought more of the spiritual than the temporal. The Holy Spirit has +been evidently at work here during the whole of the year, and +especially through the past winter, and conversions are constantly +taking place. The burden of conversation among the brethren is in +regard to praying and laboring for the salvation of souls. + +"On the Sabbath the half of the body of the church was filled with +women packed closely together on the floor. The other half, and the +broad galleries around three sides of the house, were completely +crowded with men. A new church is needed immediately in the other +end of the town. I bless God that He brought me here, and I feel +almost like saying, 'Now lettest thou thy servant depart in peace.'" + +It should be said that this visit to Marash was in the midst of a +revival. The resident missionary, Mr. White, describes the work as +being chiefly among the Armenians and Roman Catholics. "Every night +they met in the houses of the Protestants and spent hours, sometimes +even till near morning, examining the Scriptures and comparing them +with the corrupt teachings of their own churches. Our young men were +very active, laboring both day and night, so much so, that the +Catholic bishop said he could not understand it; that if the young +men were paid for thus laboring, the missionaries had not money +enough; and if they were not paid, they had a love which he could +not understand. Many of his people, however, seemed to comprehend it +better than he did, and are now regular attendants at our church." + +The veteran missionary pays a noble tribute to the wives of the +missionaries at the several stations of the central mission: "I felt +myself rebuked when I saw the earnest, self-devoted spirit of my +missionary sisters, who are laboring in Aintab, in Marash, in +Antioch, in Aleppo, and in Oorfa, for the salvation of their +degraded sex; thinking little of the sacrifices they have made in +leaving America, to live in such a country as Turkey. It would be +difficult to find in Christendom a more happy class than these, our +helpers in Christ Jesus. The holy object which fills their hearts +lifts them above the distracting and embittering influences of +external circumstances." + +The change at Diarbekir, during the score of years since Dr. Grant +and Mr. Homes barely escaped with their lives, had been truly +wonderful. Drs. Dwight and Schneider and Mr. Nutting, on their +approach from Oorfa, were met, eighteen miles out, by a deputation +of Protestant brethren on horseback; and, a few miles further on, by +another detachment, headed by Mr. Walker and the native pastor; and +when near the city, by a third on foot, thus giving them a sort of +triumphal entry. Nor, during their whole stay, was there anything to +awaken a feeling of insecurity, but convincing evidence, that +Protestantism had a strong hold on many minds. + +Dr. Dwight noticed a decline of the Turkish population in the region +of the Euphrates. Several entire quarters in Diarbekir, formerly +Turkish, had passed into Christian hands, and the process was going +on. Armenians, Jacobites, and Protestants were buying Turkish +houses, but seldom did a Turk buy one of theirs; and around the +outskirts of the city there were extensive Turkish quarters all in +ruins. + +Mrs. Dunmore had come to the United States in 1856, in consequence +of the failure of her health, and was never able to return. Her +husband continued his self-denying labors four years longer, until, +seeing no prospect of her recovery, he believed his duty required +him to follow her. It was then a time of civil war in his native +land, and his public spirit led him to accept an invitation from a +regiment of cavalry to be their chaplain. A detachment, with which +he was connected, was surprised early in the morning of August 3, +1861, and he fell, shot in the head before he was fairly out of his +tent.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1862, p. 321. + +In courage, enterprise, tact, and efficacy, Mr. Dunmore stood in the +front rank of missionaries. "He did not write much of what he did," +says Mr. Walker, his successor at Diarbekir. "He cared not to be +known. But he cared for the souls of this poor people, and for +Christ's kingdom. I think that few missionaries are so well fitted +for the work, and very few labor with the same zeal and self-denial. +To few is it given to accomplish so much. There is comparatively +little accomplished in Diarbekir, Arabkir, Harpoot, and Moosh, which +is not, under God, due to this brother. His influence will long be +felt in these parts. Paul was his model, and there are few who come +so near to that exemplar. He had wonderful power in attaching the +natives to him. He could sympathize deeply with them, and aid them +as few can. His heart was in the work here, and it was a very great +trial for him to return to America. His fearless journeys among the +Koords in this land, led us often to feel apprehensive for his life. +The Lord forgive the Texan, whose bullet cut short a life so +valuable." + +In the years 1860 and 1861, the ill health of either husband or wife +deprived the mission of the labors of Messrs. Clark, Hutchison, +Parsons, and Plumer, and their families. Mr. and Mrs. Peabody +returned to their native land, after a faithful service of nineteen +years. Dr. Schauffler also terminated his official connection of +twenty-nine years with his missionary associates, and entered the +service of the American, and the British and Foreign Bible Societies +in the work of Bible translation for the Turkish Mohammedans. Miss +Tenney was married to Dr. Hamlin, who had been released from his +connection with the Board to take charge of a Protestant college in +Constantinople, though without any change in the great object of his +labors. + +Mr. Williams reoccupied Mardin in the year 1861. This was then, as +now, the capital of the Syrian Church, and the natural centre of +operations among the Arabic-speaking people in Eastern Turkey. It +embraced Mosul, and multitudes of towns and villages scattered over +a wide region, and required more than one missionary; though that +one was a man of first-rate abilities and eminent devotion to his +work. It was put in connection with the Armenian Mission, partly +because its missionary policy was the same, and partly because it +seemed necessary to work that whole field from one central station, +and by a small number of missionaries, and because it would require +the moral support of the larger mission in its neighborhood. + +A training-school was commenced at Mardin in the following year, on +the plan of the one at Harpoot, with a class of eight hopefully +pious young men. The congregation had doubled since Mr. Williams' +return and Protestantism had a more favorable position; but as yet +the intellect accepted the truth more readily than did the heart. + +Trebizond had only a native pastor, and the day-school was reported +as one of the best in Turkey. Khanoos, southeast of Erzroom, had +been faithfully cultivated for some time by the native pastor, +Simon, who was now removed to Moosh, where he would have a better +field. Erzroom was again without a missionary in consequence of the +necessary removal of Mr. Trowbridge to the capital. + +In addition to notices of versions of the Scriptures in the +preceding chapter, it should now be stated, that Dr. Goodell had +completed the great work of his life,--the translation of the Bible +into the Turkish language, as written in the Armenian character and +spoken by the Armenians. The version was from the Hebrew and Greek; +the New Testament had received three distinct revisions, and the Old +Testament one. His principal helper, for thirty years, was Panayotes +Constantinides, who died March 11, 1861. "He had greatly desired," +writes Dr. Goodell, "to live to see the end of the revision, and we +pressed on together, returning thanks at the end of every chapter, +that we had got so far on our journey. But his strength failed him +on the way, and when there was but little further to go, he laid +himself down, and the angels carried him to his home in heaven." Dr. +Schauffler had nearly completed a translation of the New Testament +in Turkish, with the Arabic or sacred character, and after much +difficulty had obtained the consent of the government to its +publication. Dr. Riggs had reached the books of Kings, in addition +to the Psalms, in his version of the Scriptures in Bulgarian, and +had also given time to preparing and editing Bulgarian tracts. + +The amount of publication in the year 1860, in the Armenian, +Armeno-Turkish, Bulgarian, and Modern Greek, was 164,500 copies, and +13,296,000 pages. The total expenditure was $15,789, from the +following sources:-- + +American Bible Society $3,473 +British and Foreign Bible Society 1,243 +American Tract Society, New York 2,646 +American Tract Society, Boston 674 +London Tract Society 1,175 +American Board of Commissioners + for Foreign Missions 5,462 +Other sources 1,116 + -------- + $15,789 + +Among the books published were a Reply to Archbishop Matteos in +Armenian, a Commentary on Matthew, Hymn-Book, Theological +Class-Book, and Geography,--the last at the expense of Haritûn +Minasiyan, an Armenian printer. The Word of God was more in demand +than any other book. The Armenian Bible, with marginal references, +electrotyped and printed in New York by the American Bible Society, +was highly prized. The American Tract Society had also electrotyped +and printed several works for the mission, which were admired for +their beauty, and were furnished more cheaply than they could have +been prepared in Constantinople. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. + +THE ASSYRIA MISSION. + +1849-1860. + + +Mosul is related to the Syria Mission in language, the written +Arabic being essentially the same in both fields; but there is +considerable difference in the language of preaching and social +intercourse, "Near Mosul, and especially on the east of the Tigris," +writes Dr. Leonard Bacon, after his visit to Mosul, "the language is +Syriac, or as they there call it, _Fellahi_, the peasant language. +In other districts, Turkish and Koordish are spoken by many nominal +Christians. The people in Mesopotamia are very different from those +in Syria. They are of other sects. Instead of the Greek Church, the +Greek Catholic, and the Maronite, we find, as we travel east of the +Euphrates, and especially as we approach the Tigris, the Jacobite, +the Syrian Catholic or Romanized Jacobite, the Nestorian (almost +exterminated), and the Chaldean or Romanized Nestorian. And the +condition of these sects, as it respects the feeling of strength and +pride, is very unlike that of the sects in Syria. The Maronite +Church, and the Greek Catholic, are strong and proud in their +relation to Rome, and in the feeling that they are protected by the +great papal powers in Europe. The Greek Church may be likened to a +Russian colony in the Turkish empire. But the more eastern sects, +remnants of what were once the great Oriental Church, are in far +different relations, ecclesiastical and political. The Jacobites, +like the Nestorians, feel themselves weakened and depressed. The +Syrian Catholic and the Chaldean are not very firmly united to Rome, +and are little affected by European influences. Nor is this all. The +nominal Christians of Mesopotamia are of a very different race and +blood from those of Syria. The Greek element, which characterizes +the Arabic-speaking Christians west of the Euphrates,--an element of +subtlety of disputation, and of intellectual pride,--is not so +prominent in these more Oriental communities. For these and other +reasons, I cannot but think that this field should be occupied by +the brethren of the Mosul station, and be regarded as entirely +distinct from that of the Syria Mission. Mosul, as a centre of +missionary labor, is much more nearly related to Oroomiah, than to +Beirût, or Aleppo."[1] + +[1] _Report of the Board for_ 1851, p. 82. + +The visit of Messrs. Perkins and Stocking to Mosul, in May, 1849, +has been already mentioned.[1] That visit did much to prepare the +way for Mr. Ford, of the Aleppo station, who went there at the close +of 1849. He was kindly received by Mr. Rassam, the English Consul, +and had a joyful greeting from the little band of "gospel men," who +welcomed the return of their long lost privileges of Christian +instruction. Of the fifty who soon called upon him, about twenty +appeared to be decidedly evangelical, and ready to stand by the +Gospel at all hazards, though few of them gave evidence of a work of +grace in their hearts. Twenty more were enlightened and favorably +disposed; and the remaining ten might be regarded as indifferent or +hostile. This little band was the remainder of those who had been +brought under the influence of the Gospel, when our brethren of the +Mountain Nestorian Mission were detained in the mysterious +providence of God, to labor and suffer there. Yet the Lord had not +forsaken them, for Meekha, the ingenious mechanic, who had learned +the truth from Mr. Laurie, had given them the benefit of his +steadfast piety and diligent instruction. + +[1] Chapter xx. + +The reader knows, already, what led to the temporary occupation of +Mosul by the Board, in 1841. Its relinquishment in 1844, was chiefly +in view of the fact, that the Episcopal Church of the United States +had a mission then in Turkey, with the avowed object of laboring +among the Jacobites of Mesopotamia.[1] That mission having been +withdrawn from the Turkish empire, the operations of the Board were +naturally extended again to Mosul, to look after the fruits of +former labors, as well as to meet the exigencies of the mission in +western Koordistan. + +[1] This was first known through Dr. Grant, who forwarded a copy of +a letter from seven of the American Episcopal Bishops to the Syrian +Patriarch at Mardin, as evidence of the fact. After stating the +object in sending the Rev. Horatio Southgate to reside for a time at +Mardin, with the hope of associating two others with him, to which +no exception could be taken, the Patriarch was informed by the +letter, that Mr. Southgate "will make it clearly understood, that +the American Church has no ecclesiastical connection with the +followers of Luther and Calvin, and takes no part in their plans or +operations to diffuse the principles of these sects." + +The Rev. Dwight W. Marsh arrived at Mosul on the 20th of March, +1850, going by way of Beirût, Aleppo, Aintab, Oorfa, and Diarbekir; +from this last place he floated down the Tigris on a raft supported +by inflated goat-skins, in less than four days to his new home. He +describes the river as breaking through between bold precipices, and +scenery delightfully and unexpectedly romantic. Mr. Schneider was +his travelling companion from Aintab to Diarbekir, and Mr. Ford was +at Mosul to greet him on his arrival. The Rev. William Frederic +Williams removed from the Syria Mission to Mosul in the spring of +1851, going in company with Dr. Bacon and his son Mr. Leonard W. +Bacon, then travelling in the East. Salome Carabet, the eldest of +the girls in Mr. Whiting's family at Abeih, went with Mr. Williams, +to take charge of a school of thirty girls. + +Dr. Bacon's visit to Mosul was in compliance with a request of the +Prudential Committee, that he would make his tour of relaxation and +improvement the occasion of visiting the several stations of the +Board in Western Asia. The attempt to proceed from Mosul to Oroomiah +through the mountains by the most direct route, was unsuccessful. +The two travellers, in company with Mr. Marsh, soon after crossing +the Zab, were set upon by Koordish robbers, who had been requested +by an Agha, near Akra, to kill them. So imminent was the peril, that +they united together in prayer to God, led by Dr. Bacon. Some +Moolahs seeing this, interceded for their lives, and though they +could not hinder their being plundered, they succeeded in sending +them safely to another Moolah, three hours distant, who was revered +for his sanctity; and it was through his resolute protection, under +God, that they effected a safe return to Mosul. Mr. Rassam gave +information of the outrage to the English Ambassador, and the Pasha, +in the following year, having received orders from Constantinople, +sent three hundred men, with three cannon, against the robber, who +was compelled to pay the full value of the losses, and much more +besides to the government.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, for 1851, p. 295, and 1852, p. 388. + +The Assyria Mission was so named for geographical reasons. Its most +northern station at this time, was Diarbekir. Dr. Grant passed +through this city with Mr. Homes, in 1839, Messrs. Hinsdale and +Mitchell passed through it in 1841, and Mr. Laurie in 1842. The city +was visited by Mr. Peabody in 1849, when he found several persons +awakened by reading the Scriptures and other books, brought there by +colporters. It was visited again by Mr. Schneider in the following +year, who reported that nearly fifty Armenians were accustomed to +meet on the Sabbath for reading the Scriptures. These were then +subjected to a severe persecution, and they sent to Constantinople +for a vizierial letter, which was granted, but brought little +relief. Dr. Azariah Smith organized a small church at Diarbekir in +the spring of 1851. It included both Armenians and Jacobites; but +only those were to be received who gave satisfactory evidence of +piety. As soon as this restriction was announced, the most +influential Syrians in the congregation resolutely set themselves to +secure admission to the church for all Protestants of good moral +character. For a time their efforts to unite the congregation in +opposition prevented attention to their ordinary business; and but +for the conservative spirit of the Armenian portion, perhaps the +audience, as a whole, would have gone back to their churches. In the +end all were persuaded to listen to a discourse on the subject, by +Dr. Smith, and the character of the young ruler, in Luke xviii. +18-30, was unfolded in connection with Acts ii. 43-47. The +exhibition of a church, as an association of men devoted, body and +soul, time and wealth, to the extension of Christ's kingdom, was new +to them. That repentance involved the ceasing to live for selfish +and worldly ends, and that faith in Christ included the consecration +of our energies to his service, was no part of their old creed. And +though these truths had been previously preached by the +missionaries, the practical connection in which they now came up +made them more impressive. + +Mr. and Mrs. Dunmore, after spending some months at Aintab, arrived +at Diarbekir in November, 1851. They were accompanied by Stepan, a +graduate of the seminary at Bebek. This man, not long after his +arrival, was rudely arrested by a Turkish officer as a Protestant, +and cast into a prison, where he spent the night with vagabonds and +thieves. The Pasha refused Mr. Dunmore a hearing, but at once +ordered Stepan's release. + +Mr. Dunmore had not yet a free use of the Turkish, which was the +language spoken by the Armenians; but an average of more than +seventy persons came on the Sabbath to hear Stepan, and new faces +were seen at every meeting. + +Soon after the arrival of Mr. Dunmore, a young man of talents, named +Tomas, who had long been vacillating, boldly declared himself a +Protestant, and though his bishop offered him the monthly reward of +two hundred piastres for two years, paid in advance, if he would +leave the Protestants, his reply was: "Go tell the bishop that I did +not become a Protestant for money, and that I will not leave them +for money, even should he give me my house full of gold." Tomas was +then nineteen years of age, and had an orphan brother and two +sisters dependent on him. He had been a prosperous silk +manufacturer, but after he became a Protestant, both nominal +Christians and Moslems refused to trade with him, and he was +impoverished. It was decided to send him to the Bebek Seminary, with +his younger brother; and to send his older sister to the Female +Seminary at the same place; while Mr. and Mrs. Dunmore took the +youngest, a bright little girl of six years. In this young man we +have the future native pastor of the church in that city. + +The persecutions inflicted on the Protestants at Diarbekir were +similar to those described elsewhere. But not only were the native +converts, in this remote city, oppressed in every possible way, but +the missionary reports himself as being grossly insulted, and even +stoned in the streets whenever he went abroad. + +About this time Mr. Marsh performed a missionary tour to Mardin, +through Jebel Tour, a branch of the great Kûrdish range of mountains +which crosses the Tigris above Jezirah, and goes westward toward the +Euphrates. These rugged, though not lofty mountains, cover fourteen +hundred square miles, and form the stronghold of the Jacobites. +Their ecclesiastical capital is Mardin. "High up the mountain's +side," writes Mr. Marsh, "with a steep descent of six or seven +hundred feet to the plains, the city wall mounts up still higher, +three hundred feet or more; and a large castle on the mountain top +crowns the view." Here he found several persons favorably inclined, +and recommended the place for a missionary station. + +The Rev. Henry Lobdell, M. D., and wife, reached Mosul in May 1852. +They came through Aintab, Oorfa, and Diarbekir. Such was the desire +of the people of Aintab for a missionary physician to take the place +of Dr. Smith, that four hundred and twenty of them signed a petition +in a single evening, requesting him to remain; but he felt +constrained to give them a negative. He speaks with pleasure of his +brief sojourn at Oorfa, which he describes as beautifully situated +on the west side of a fertile plain, and retaining many marks of its +ancient greatness. + +In the ten days which Dr. Lobdell spent with Mr. Dunmore at +Diarbekir, he was impressed by the hold the reformation was taking +in that place. At the same time, he and his missionary brother had a +startling illustration of its hostility to the Gospel. They were +looking at the great mosque of the city, formerly a Christian +church, and in the words of Mr. Dunmore, "As we were standing in +front of it, in the public highway, examining its architecture, +several lads came up and began to insult us and to order us away. We +did not notice them, but went further from the mosque, and stopped +to examine some old marble pillars. Soon, however, we found a rabble +about us, who began to jerk our garments. I then turned and spoke to +them, and they instantly rushed upon us like tigers. They seized Dr. +Lobdell's hat, threw it into the air, and began to beat him. One +ruffian seized me by the throat. By main strength I loosed his +grasp, and was moving off, when two men tried to wrest my cane from +me, but did not succeed. We retreated as last as possible, but when +we got out of the reach of their hands, they resorted to throwing +stones, some of them weighing two or three pounds. One hit Dr. +Lobdell in the side, and we saw no alternative but to run for our +lives. We went immediately to the Pasha, taking one of the largest +stones with us, and made a statement of the facts in the presence of +the council. He refused to do anything more than to send a man to +inquire who was in fault, the ruffians, or we! He said he knew +nothing about us." + +In a tent supported by a raft of one hundred and twenty inflated +goat-skins, Dr. and Mrs. Lobdell floated down the Tigris to Mosul. +"The Arabs, who swam out upon their goat-skins, and the Kûrds armed +to the teeth upon the shore, were alike unable to touch us, as the +river was unusually high and swift. I do not remember having enjoyed +four successive days so much. The scenery is grand, equaling that of +the far-famed Hudson. It might not wear as well, but it is unique +and wonderful." Mr. and Mrs. Williams were there to welcome them. + +Mr. Marsh was absent on a visit to his native land, from whence he +returned with his wife in May, 1853. He was accompanied as far as +Aintab by Rev. Augustus Walker and wife, and from thence to +Diarbekir, by Messrs. Schneider and Walker. Mr. Dunmore's +congregation had then risen to nearly two hundred hearers. + +Mr. Marsh was especially struck, on returning to Mosul, with the +greatly improved singing of the congregation, which he thought was +now better there than at Diarbekir, Aintab, Constantinople, or +Beirût. This was due to the unwearied pains taken by Mr. Williams, +though the people seemed to have a better ear for music than +elsewhere in Western Asia. + +Dr. Lobdell found his medical profession a great assistance to him +as a preacher of the Gospel. Jacobites, Papists, and Moslems came in +considerable numbers, and he preached the Gospel alike to all. He +was overworked, and it was perhaps a favor to him that the judge was +stirred up by Popish priests, as the Moslems affirmed, to forbid the +Mohammedans coming to his preaching. The judge was willing that they +should call upon him for medical aid, if he would not preach the +Gospel to them; but the doctor declined administering to the body, +unless he could, at the same time, explain to them "the words of +Jesus" (which all Moslems professed to receive) for the benefit of +their souls. + +Salome Carabet returned to Syria, very much in the manner of Rebecca +of old, to become the wife of the young pastor at Hasbeiya; and the +female school was thus deprived of its teacher. + +A visit by Dr. Lobdell to the Yezidees in October, 1852, developed +interesting and valuable information. Their doctrines he regarded as +a strange fusion of Mohammedanism and Christianity with the +philosophy of the older Persians.[1] + +[1] See _Memoir of Dr. Lobdell_, pp. 213-227; also _Missionary +Herald_ for 1853, pp. 109-111. + +In June, 1853, Dr. Lobdell travelled through Koordistan to Oroomiah. +One of his objects was the improvement of his health; but he greatly +desired, also, to confer with the brethren of the Nestorian Mission, +and to preach the Gospel in the regions between. He took with him a +native, who not only spoke the Syriac and Arabic, but the Turkish +and Koordish.[1] "He came to us," wrote Dr. Perkins, "for the +benefit of his impaired health. Yet was he buoyant as a lark, being +overjoyed to find himself in our happy circle, after his perilous +journey across the mountains." Two days after his arrival he was +seized with a fever which proved severe and obstinate. But he +recovered, and was able to give much thought to the somewhat +peculiar method of proceeding in that mission; in which no separate +Protestant community had been formed, and no church organized; +though the missionaries had the communion by themselves, to which +they invited only those whom they believed to be truly regenerated. +His preconceived opinions had been somewhat adverse to the plan, and +he and his brethren at Mosul had adopted other methods. But he wrote +to the Secretaries of the Board his approval of the main policy of +his brethren in Persia, as justified by their peculiar +circumstances, and ratified by the blessing of Heaven. He specified +some things in which he thought more decided measures might be +taken; but advised that the mission be left to follow the leadings +of Providence, until a crisis should come in the Nestorian Church, +and then to act as they should deem wise at the time. + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1854, pp. 18-22. + +Before returning, Dr. Lobdell made an excursion of three weeks in +the province of Azerbijan, going as far as Tabriz. It was while he +was at Gawar, on his way home, that Deacon Tamo was liberated from +his long imprisonment. Messrs. Rhea and Coan accompanied him to +Mosul. Dr. Lobdell represents the two highest peaks of the Jelu +Mountains as distinctly visible from Mosul. Every step through +Koordistan reminded him of the devotion, courage, and energy of Dr. +Grant. + +Some difficulties existed in the Protestant community at Diarbekir, +growing out of the old leaven of baptismal regeneration, from which +the church itself had not been thoroughly purged. The church then +contained eleven members,--eight men and three women. Six of the men +were Syrian Jacobites, and four of these were formerly deacons in +their church. The difficulties encountered by Dr. Smith in 1851, +when he declared his intention of admitting to the church none but +such as were truly pious, and baptizing only them and their +children, were now revived. + +In view of these things, a meeting of the Assyria Mission was held +at Mosul for ten days, in March, 1854. It was then decided that +Messrs. Marsh and Lobdell should return with Messrs. Dunmore and +Walker, and assist in reorganizing the church at Diarbekir. Out of +twenty candidates whom they examined, eleven were accepted; and, in +the presence of three hundred persons, were organized into a new +church, with a creed and covenant.[1] Dr. Lobdell had a hundred +Christian patients daily while there; but the Pasha still continued +to refuse protection, and the missionaries were still hooted and +stoned in the streets. They believed, however, that the Gospel had +taken such hold in the city as to insure its ultimate triumph. + +[1] I find, in the archives of the Board, an extended analysis of +the baptismal question by these brethren, in its bearing on the +Oriental Churches. + +The church was subjected to a severe trial, immediately after its +reorganization. The Mosul brethren had to return to their own work; +it was necessary for Mr. Dunmore to join his sick wife at Arabkir; +and as it was unsafe for Mr. and Mrs. Walker to be left alone at +Diarbekir, they went to Aintab for the summer. The Koords robbed +them on their way, but they returned in the autumn, accompanied by +David H. Nutting, M. D., and wife. Mr. Dunmore remained at Arabkir +till the spring of 1855, when he commenced the important station of +Harpoot. The missionaries at Diarbekir now enjoyed the very welcome +protection of W. R. Holmes, Esq., the newly appointed English +Consul. Dr. Nutting's professional services to the Pasha, in a +dangerous illness, soon after his arrival, gave him an introduction +to almost all the officers of the government and influential Moslems +in the city, and obtained for him a public expression of the Pasha's +gratitude. Instead of stonings in the streets, without redress, as +under the preceding Pasha, the missionaries received respectful +treatment, and had free access to all classes. Mr. Walker found the +state of things better than he anticipated. Certain disaffected +members of the Protestant community had repented of their errors. +Persecution had not shaken the faith of any in the church. During +the winter the congregation increased to two hundred. In April, +1855, six were admitted to the church, and not less than four +hundred and fifty persons were present. The accessions were not only +from the Armenian and Jacobite Churches, but also from the Catholic +Church, though fierce persecution and imprisonment were the +consequence. A large portion of the Jacobite Church were convinced +of the truth, and of the emptiness of their own rites and +ceremonies. Some openly avowed that they retained their connection +with their old church merely to fight against it, hoping to turn the +whole community to Protestantism. The people demanded that the Bible +should be read in the church in Turkish or Arabic, instead of the +ancient Armenian and Syriac, which were, to most of them, dead +languages; and the Jacobite bishop was forced to yield. Finding, at +length, that this must rapidly undermine the priestly influence, he +secretly removed the Scriptures from the church. But the word of the +Lord was not bound, for the deacons or readers carried their own +Bibles. + +At the out-station of Hainè, Stepan, the native preacher who had +come to Diarbekir with Mr. Walker, was enabled by divine grace to +maintain his position. The Pasha at one time ordered him to leave, +but he thought it right to disobey. At a subsequent period, being +stoned and beaten in the streets, he was obliged to flee, and the +Protestants suffered much oppression. Through the energetic efforts +of the Consul at Diarbekir, the persecuting governor was deposed, +and another appointed. + +Across the river from Diarbekir is Cutterbul, a large Christian +village, where were twenty Protestants, with several church-members; +and the missionary, in his occasional visits, gathered almost as +large a congregation as the one at Mosul. The preaching would have +been acceptable in Turkish, or Koordish, though the people preferred +the Arabic. Cutterbul was but a sample of what the villages on all +sides of Diarbekir might have been, were the station fully manned. + +The Protestants at Mosul obtained no relief from their oppressive +taxes until January, 1854; when, through the efforts of Lord +Stratford de Redcliffe, a firman was addressed to the Pasha for +their protection. The Pasha then ordered an equitable rate to be +made for them, which encouraged the Protestants, and disheartened +their enemies. The year was one of progress. Five were added to the +Protestants, and two to the church, while there was a decided +improvement in the attention given to preaching. The boys' school +prospered, with forty pupils. Women were to some extent instructed +in reading the Bible by the scholars, who went from house to house +for the purpose. Thirty adults were taught at their houses, and +thirty others attended the male school regularly. The church-members +gained a reputation for strict honesty, temperance, and general +excellence. The mere existence of a church upon an apostolical +basis, worshipping God in simplicity, told with force against the +corrupt hierarchies. + +The excitements at Mosul during the Crimean war, were often intense. +At one period there was great danger of an outburst of Mohammedan +fanaticism, so that the Christians were in terror for their lives. +Stringent orders from Constantinople aroused the local authorities +to do their duty, and the insolence of those ready for deeds of +blood was checked. Early in May, 1854, a volunteer reinforcement of +two thousand Koords for the Turkish army, was quartered in the city, +and certain outrages indicated an approaching massacre of Christians +and Jews. The evil was averted by the bold decision of the English +Consul, who went to the Pasha, and demanded that the Koords be sent +at once out of the city. They were soon on their way to the seat of +war. + +Mosul was regarded as free from miasma; but the heat of the summer +days was exhausting to the foreigner, and the natives also suffered. +For a hundred days in 1853, the mercury stood, at two o'clock in the +afternoon, as high as 98º; and for eighty days it ranged from 100º +to 114º. The highest point in the shade was 117º. It was much the +same in the following year. + +As the summer advanced, the health of Mrs. Williams declined, and it +became obvious that she could no longer endure the excessive heat. +She was desirous of removing to a cooler climate, and Dr. Lobdell +went with her and her family to the mountains. When they were near +the Zab river, they met Dr. Wright from Persia, who had come with +the hope of conducting them to Oroomiah. The rest is told in the +words of Dr. Lobdell. "We could go no farther, and on the 29th of +June, at sunset, were on our way towards Mosul; our sick friend +being anxious to go there to die, but most of the time unconscious +of the incidents and fatigues. On the last day of June we reached +Akra; a litter was made, twelve Christians bore it, and the next +morning at six o'clock, while moving on the road, that litter became +a bier! An hour farther, and a rough box way made ready for her we +had loved. The children knew not what had happened. At evening, the +box was bound upon a mule, and we rode silently for fourteen hours, +and crossed to the ruins of Nineveh shortly after sunrise. The flag +of the English Consul was thrown over the body as we crossed the +Tigris. A narrow house had already been prepared for it outside the +walls (not even the dead body of a Moslem could have been carried +within the gates); Mr. Marsh had a short service; and there we laid +the wife, the mother, down to her last sleep."[1] + +[1] Memoir of Dr. Lobdell, p. 330. + +The Crimean war inflamed Mohammedan fanaticism all over Western +Asia. Such was its influence in Persia, that the missionaries +requested Dr. Lobdell, in view of his recent visit, to go to Bagdad, +and represent their critical situation with reference to the Persian +government to Mr. Murray, English Ambassador to Persia; who was to +be there in January, 1855, on his way to his post. He accordingly +commenced his voyage down the river on the 10th of January, upon the +customary raft of skins, and on the fourth day reached Bagdad. The +ambassador arriving on the 8th of the following month, Dr. Lobdell +had a satisfactory interview with him, which probably led to the +subsequent visit of Mr. Murray to Oroomiah. His return was by +post-horses in fifty-eight hours. The road made a long curve to the +east to avoid the Arabs of the desert. The nearest route would have +been on the west side of the Tigris. + +Ten days after this, Mr. Marsh and Mr. Williams went to Diarbekir to +attend the second annual meeting of the mission. The next day Dr. +Lobdell prepared a sermon, talked with a crowd of papists, preached +to eighty-five patients, delivered his sermon to the church in the +evening, and went to bed with a chill and fever. On the day +following, he wrote his last letter, and made his last entry in his +journal. He gradually grew worse, and was at times delirious. A +message was sent for the absent brethren, but, owing to the +disturbed state of the country, it was the twentieth day of his +sickness, and only five days before his death, when Mr. Marsh +reached Mosul. As he entered the room, the Doctor threw his arms +about his neck and wept. The church-members prayed earnestly for his +recovery, and were eager to serve as watchers. He passed easily +away, as the Sabbath was closing, on the 25th of March, 1855, to his +eternal rest. His age was twenty-eight. + +Dr. Lobdell's life was short to fill four hundred pages in Professor +Tyler's excellent Memoir, but the volume is none too large. His +life, measured by activities and results, was long. His character +was many sided, and every side glowed with consecrated ardor. He +made the most of himself as a man, a scholar, a Christian, and a +Christian missionary. Like the Apostle Paul, "forgetting those +things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which +are before," he pressed "toward the mark for the prize of the high +calling of God in Christ Jesus." + +He had a strong desire to go as a missionary to China, but the +author, in his official correspondence, though seldom venturing to +oppose such predilections, was so impressed with the difficulties to +be overcome at Mosul, and with Dr. Lobdell's adaptation to that +field, that he called his attention to it, and soon received the +reply that he would go, as soon as he could get ready; and from that +time the new field grew in his affections. That he could or would +have done more for the kingdom of Christ, in any other sphere of +labor, no one who attentively considers his remarkable life will +venture to affirm. + +Dr. Henri B. Haskell succeeded Dr. Lobdell at Mosul, and reached +Diarbekir, with the Rev. George C. Knapp and wife, appointed to that +station, in April, 1856. The Christian worship at Diarbekir had now +assumed a regular form. There were four services on the Sabbath. At +the first, an hour after sunrise, fifty persons assembled for prayer +and praise, and the meeting was conducted by two native teachers; +one reading his own translation of Doddridge's "Rise and Progress" +in Turkish; the other, after having read through Dr. Goodell's +"Notes on Matthew," and a volume of his sermons in Turkish, had +commenced reading discourses of his own. The second was at the time +of "noon cry" from the minarets, when Mr. Walker or Baron Tomas, now +returned for a time from Bebek, preached to about two hundred +persons, who listened more attentively than most American +congregations. At the ninth hour (three o'clock in the afternoon) +Baron Tomas met a Bible-class of sixty or eighty of the more +intelligent Protestants. The last preaching service, at the tenth +hour, was usually attended by a hundred or a hundred and fifty +persons. From forty to seventy persons were present at the Friday +evening meeting. The monthly concert was well attended, and with +increasing contributions. Mrs. Walker had a Wednesday afternoon +meeting for the women, at which from twenty to forty were present. + +The Gospels had been translated into Koordish by the native helper +at Hainè, and copies of Matthew had been received from the press in +Stamboul. As soon as the good deacon Shemmas could get the box +containing them from the custom-house, he retired to his room and +poured out his soul in thanksgiving to God for his great mercy, and +prayed that He would now greatly bless his Word in this new tongue. + +The church at Diarbekir was doubled in 1856, and all belonging to +the mission, both male and female, found full employment in +imparting instruction. Baron Tomas returned to Bebek, to spend two +years in the study of theology. + +Excepting the death of the second Mrs. Williams, on the 25th of +December, there was nothing in 1857, specially demanding attention. + +Mr. Williams spent the summer of 1858 in Mardin, intending to occupy +it as a new station, and returned in November to make it his +permanent residence. He found the people, as he expected, +exceedingly bigoted, yet hardy and intelligent. There was an +important advantage in the pure mountain air of the place. The +language was Arabic, as at Mosul. More than half of the twenty +thousand inhabitants were nominal Christians; there were three +Arabic-speaking villages within six miles, and the whole of Jebel +Tour was accessible. He found the Romish Church stronger than he had +expected, having a Papal-Syrian patriarchate just established within +the city. He was received by the ecclesiastics with bitter +denunciations. For a time, no one dared to acknowledge himself a +Protestant, though many Mohammedans called upon him, and seemed to +appreciate his very intelligent and gentlemanly conversation and +manners. + +Subsequently a papal priest, to whom, in former years, he had given +a Bible, joined himself to the missionary, and patiently endured +severe persecution. But the most encouraging case was that of an +influential merchant named Meekha. He was originally an Armenian, +and, thirty years before had become a Papist, and carried over one +hundred houses with him. He was the champion of the papal party. His +conversion was on this wise. The priest just mentioned had sown much +Gospel truth among his disciples, and among them was a son-in-law of +Meekha. At length the old man, provoked by an instance of dishonesty +and falsehood in his bishop, and unable to read himself, sent for +his son-in-law to read to him the Gospel. The young man was kept +reading for three days, until the Gospels and Epistles were all +finished. Amazed to find his religion opposed by the whole spirit +and teachings of the divine oracles, Meekha sent for the priests and +they came. "Prove me your doctrines from the Bible," said he. +Convinced, from their manner of reply, that they had nothing to say, +he ceased from the worship of the Virgin, and declared himself a +Protestant; and his wife was as sincere and earnest as he. Though +father, mother, and three unmarried daughters were excommunicated, +and subjected to continued insults, their souls were overflowing +with joy and thankfulness that the Gospel had come to them. + +Speaking of this family, Mr. Williams says: "I have never witnessed +such amazed eagerness as that with which, for the first time, +they comprehended that salvation is without money and without +price--absolutely free and gratuitous. It was to them _news_--good +news; and when I call to mind Meekha's impetuous temperament, and +see him listen with such docility to Christ's teaching, I cannot but +hope that, though imperfectly sanctified, the 'good work' is begun +in him, which God's grace will complete. He accepts no new truth +without a challenge, and nothing short of a 'Thus saith the Lord,' +will give it currency with him. At one of my evening lectures I +alluded to Isaiah's statement, 'All our righteousnesses are as +filthy rags,' when two or three spoke up: 'What 's that?' On +repeating it they were incredulous, and demanded chapter and verse. +I gave it to them next day, and it has taken hold of them like iron. +I have seen Meekha since throw that verse into a crowd of opposers +with such force as to start them from their seats with an emphatic +'God forbid,' and the most positive denial that such a verse could +be in the Bible. When I turned to the passage, and put the book into +their hands that they might read it for themselves, they could not +believe their own eyes, but continued poring over it, reading +carefully from the head of the chapter; and this very day some of +them came in to ask what it meant, and so changed in their manner I +could hardly believe my eyes. Before, obstinate, dogged, +unreasonable; now, meek, docile, and asking what the will of the +Lord is. One said, 'That went like a dagger to my heart, and I slept +none all that night.' And when to-day, I turned to Rom. iii. 26, +Eph. ii. 8-9, and Rom. iv. 1-4, they listened as children. Truly the +word of the Lord _is_ a sharp sword, piercing to the heart." + +Mr. Knapp's health forbidding a longer residence at Diarbekir, he +commenced, in May, 1858, a new station at Bitlis, a healthy place +several thousand feet above the level of the sea. Dr. and Mrs. +Haskell were with them during the latter half of the summer, and +spent the summer of 1859 at Mardin; but Mr. and Mrs. Marsh and Mrs. +Lobdell decided to remain at Mosul. In May, Mr. and Mrs. Marsh were +called to part with their second and only surviving child. A +fortnight later, Mrs. Marsh herself had a severe attack of fever, +but soon recovered. The fatal attack was three months later, and her +death occurred unexpectedly. The thermometer in the early part of +the night before, stood at 113º. During the day it was 120º; and on +the night of her death it was 100º on the roof, where they slept. +She had had a slight illness for a few days, and it now became a +burning fever, with delirium, and all remedies proved vain. She died +on the 12th of August, at the age of thirty-two, after a residence +of six years at Mosul, as an earnest and faithful laborer. Her +mother and her only sister had died before reaching the age of +thirty, and it is possible Mrs. Marsh might not have lived as long +in her native land, as she did at Mosul. "Yet it is probable," as +her husband wrote at the time, "that the heat, so unusually extreme, +cutting the leaves from the tree in our court by thousands, and +causing many natives of the country to fall dead by the roadside, +was the immediate occasion of her death." + +Mrs. Lobdell found reason, in the necessities of her children, for +returning to America, and in April, 1860, she bade adieu to the +little band of women, who, for eight years, had sat at her feet to +learn of Jesus. She reached her native land in August, in company +with Mr. Marsh. + +Mosul remained unoccupied during the summer, the heat at that season +being found too great for endurance; though the climate is agreeable +for nearly three fourths of the year. The summer retreat prepared by +Dr. Lobdell at Deira, near Amadiah, was distant seventy miles, or +four days' travel, and it required at least nine days to reach +Mardin. + +There were but two or three places in Turkey where missionaries, up +to this time, had had such marked success as in Diarbekir. The +church, at the close of 1859, numbered sixty-one, and after the +April communion, seventy-three. Rarely did a communion pass without +some additions. Protestants were a recognized power among the +people, and their influence was extending. Books were eagerly sought +after and paid for. Illegal taxes had nearly ceased in the city +itself. After a weary struggle of nine years, the assessment of the +tax-roll for the Protestants was made upon a satisfactory plan, +which bid fair to be permanent. The commercial standing of the +Protestants was above that of any other sect, though there were no +wealthy men among them. But the increase of the congregation had +been retarded by the want of sufficient accommodations for public +worship. The lamented removal of Mr. Holmes, the English Consul, to +a more desirable consulate in European Turkey, while it was a great +loss to the mission, threw his house upon the market, and it was +purchased for a place of worship at less than half its cost. It +required only slight alterations, and could be indefinitely +enlarged. The members of the church subscribed a thousand dollars +towards its purchase, and a certain amount was granted by the Board. +The school for boys, and the one for girls, were both eminently a +success. At Cutterbul, half the village was Protestant and the rest +more than half so, and the place of prayer would not hold the +congregation. + +In 1860, the stations of the Assyria Mission were brought within the +field of the Eastern Turkey Mission, and the Assyria Mission ceased +to have a separate existence. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. + +THE NESTORIANS. + +1851-1857. + + +The return of Mr. Stoddard, accompanied by his wife and Mr. and Mrs. +Rhea, was mentioned in the first volume. He thus describes the +manner of his reception: "While crossing the plain of Oroomiah, we +arrived at a village twelve miles from the city, where a company of +our brethren and sisters, with their little ones and many of the +Nestorians, greeted us with tender emotions. A tent had been +pitched, and a breakfast prepared; and we all sat down on the grass, +under the grateful shade, to partake of the repast. Our hearts were +full. During the three hours which we spent at this village, +Nestorians of all classes, many of them our brethren in Christ, were +continually arriving; and when, soon after noon, we set out for the +city, our progress resembled more a triumphal procession than a +caravan of weary travellers. Every mile increased our numbers. Our +way was often almost blocked up by the people who came to meet us, +some on horseback, some on foot; bishops, priests, deacons, village +teachers, members of the seminary, with whom I had many times wept +and prayed, all pressing forward in eager haste to grasp our hands, +and swell the notes of welcome. Three years ago, they followed us +out of the city, holding our horses by the bridle, and begging us +not to leave them, while their mournful looks bespoke the sorrow of +their hearts. Now I was returning to them with restored health, to +identify my interests with theirs. I brought with me the salutations +of many thousand Christians in our native land, and was accompanied +into the harvest-field by new reapers. As I turned from thoughts of +the past, and looked on the animating scene around us, the contrast +almost overcome me." + +This was in 1851. In October of the following year, Dr. and Mrs. +Perkins, going to meet Mr. and Mrs. Crane, and Sarah Stoddard, on +their way from Trebizond, experienced a severe affliction in the +death of their only surviving daughter, a very interesting girl. The +journey was expected to be of advantage to the health of Mrs. +Perkins and to their two children, Judith and Henry; and it was due +to the new-comers that some one, acquainted with the language and +country, should aid them through the long and tedious route from +Erzroom. After a ride of thirty miles, they were unexpectedly +exposed to a pestilential atmosphere at Khoy, where they spent the +night. All went well with them until they had crossed the plain of +Khoy, and the mountain beyond, and passed their last resting-place, +when the beloved daughter showed signs of cholera. They could not +rest there under the burning sun, and there was no water near; so +they were obliged to proceed three or four miles further, to the +Moslem village of Zorava. The nature of the disease was now +painfully certain. The Mohammedan villagers were terrified and +inhospitable. They would not even allow a morsel of bread to be sold +to the faithful Nestorians who accompanied the family, nor even +barley for their tired, hungry horses. And when the limbs of the +child were cold and stiffening under the power of the deadly +disease, they would not sell one stick of wood to warm water for +her; but again and again ordered the heart-stricken travellers to +leave the village with their dying child. As a further aggravation, +after the father had twice administered laudanum, the vial +containing the medicine disappeared from their tent, and could no +more be found. There were all the usual accompaniments of the +cholera, and in that high region the night air was cold. Collecting +dry weeds, they managed to kindle a fire, and heated a stone which +they placed at her feet. + +The spirit of the child was quiet, and beautifully resigned to the +will of God. There had been no doubt as to her piety before her +sickness, and the whole scene was all that could have been expected +of an older person. At length the end came. "Breathing shorter and +shorter for fifteen or twenty minutes," writes her father, "she +gently slept, as we believe, in Jesus, at three o'clock on the +morning of September 4, 1852, aged twelve years and twenty-six +days." + +The bereaved and afflicted family was now a hundred and forty miles +from home; but home was the place for her burial. The mother washed +the corpse with her own hands, and dressed it for the grave. As no +coffin could be obtained, the loved one was sewed in a strong +oriental felt of the size and form of a bed-quilt, and placed upon a +bed, and two willow sticks, cut from the margin of the brook, were +sewed upon the sides of the bed, and it was then bound to the back +of a faithful horse; the panic-stricken villagers calling upon them +all the while, "Depart, depart." With what different feelings were +they received on their return, by their large circle of weeping +friends! One of the Nestorians, who had accompanied the family, +standing by the grave, artlessly described to the Nestorians the +affecting scenes he had witnessed, and all were bathed in tears. "In +all the families of the village," wrote Miss Fidelia Fiske, "Judith +had taken a deep interest, and several of the middle-aged women had +been taught by her in the Sabbath-school. Indeed, she had greatly +endeared herself to all the scores and hundreds of Nestorians who +knew her, and was a universal favorite among the people. A Nestorian +of a distant village said, on hearing of her death, "There was none +like her,--so beautiful, so wise, so pious. She would pray like an +angel."[1] + +[1] See _The Persian Flower; A Memoir of Judith Grant Perkins of +Oroomiah, Persia_. + +The Gospel made its way among the Nestorians amid many +discouragements. Yet there was progress, Even in the mountains of +Koordistan, where the brethren could do little more than watch the +leadings of Providence, there was much that was hopeful. It was an +indication of promise, that the people of Memikan, the mountain +station, notwithstanding their sufferings for the sake of the +Gospel, did not falter in their adherence to it. Strangers, after +listening to the reading and reciting of the school children, +sometimes went away exclaiming, "Glory to God! There is nothing bad +in all this." Religious worship was well attended. Even in the busy +season, when the laborers were in their fields before dawn, and +worked till late, a goodly number attended the daily evening +service. Nor was it here, only, that a listening ear was found. In a +tour among some of the largest neighboring villages, the +missionaries were kindly received. Some sat from morning till the +setting of the sun, giving earnest heed to the preaching. Could the +people have been assured that they had nothing to fear from the +civil power, they would have braved their ecclesiastics. Even as it +was, the missionary pursued his work without molestation, and was +treated with uniform respect by the authorities. + +On the plain of Oroomiah, there was more preaching than ever before, +and the line of demarkation between an evangelical church and a dead +Christianity, was becoming more and more distinct. Mar Yohannan +boldly discarded many customs of his Church, and then seemed +disposed to go as fast in the work of reformation as his people +could be induced to follow; and there was the same spirit among the +helpers of the mission. + +The two seminaries were coming under a stricter discipline, and +aimed at a higher standard of scholarship. About half of the forty +students under Mr. Stoddard were hopefully pious, and some of them +gave high promise of usefulness. One was appointed to succeed the +bishop of the largest diocese in the province. Several were from +different mountain districts, and one was from the valley of the +Tigris. + +The number in the female seminary had increased from forty to fifty, +and it was delightful to witness the intelligent zeal of some +teachers in the Sabbath-schools. The ten who graduated in March were +all hopefully pious, well educated, and quite refined, and most of +them were expected to become teachers in their own villages. + +The description given by Mr. Stocking of a very aged priest, whom he +saw among the hills north of Gawar, encourages the belief that the +Holy Spirit sometimes makes the faintest rays of Gospel light +effectual to salvation. The man was nearly deaf, and bending under +the weight of a century or more, according to the statement of the +people, but was able to converse intelligently about events which +happened two or three generations before. "We were much surprised," +writes Mr. Stocking, "at the correctness of his views in regard to +some of the cardinal doctrines of the Scriptures, and particularly +as to the necessity of an evangelical faith, in distinction from one +that was dead, and of the work of the Holy Spirit in renewing and +sanctifying believers. Though not remarkable for his learning, he +appears to have been taught by the great Teacher himself; for he had +never before seen a missionary. As I left him, to see him no more, +he affectionately took my hand, and said he had one request to +make, which was that we would remember him in our prayers at the +mercy-seat. He also requested a New Testament in the ancient and +modern Syriac, for his village, which we sent to him." + +In August, 1851, Mr. Coan, accompanied by Priest Dunka and Deacons +John and Khamis, visited the districts of Jeloo, Bass, Tekhoma, +Tiary, and Diss, and discoursed to more than four thousand persons. +A part of this ground had never been trod before by a missionary. +The ecclesiastics were, as usual, the greatest opposers, but there +were two pleasing exceptions. In Alsan, a village of five hundred +souls, there was one priest who, at first, seemed reserved, but as +his prejudices were removed, he became, with his people, an +attentive listener. The missionaries tarried four or five hours, +preaching the Word to the hungry multitude. The people, in little +companies, conversed about what they had heard, and publicly +upbraided their priest for letting them remain in such ignorance. He +made humble confession, and expressed a desire to send his little +boy, a bright looking lad, to Oroomiah for instruction. At another +village, they found a decidedly evangelical priest. That his +influence over his large village was good was apparent in the quiet +and orderly behavior of the people, and their attention to the +Gospel. Indeed, they were accustomed to the word of exhortation +daily at their evening prayers. This priest had a small school every +winter, to which several lads resorted from neighboring districts. + +A very different scene was witnessed in the village of Mar Ziah, +which was thronged with ecclesiastics who obtained their livelihood +by begging. "They were dressed," Mr. Coan writes concerning them, +"in scarlet and silk, and were exceedingly haughty in their bearing. +We met the people in the churchyard, but, after a few words, there +arose such a tumult as I hope never to see again. For an hour or +more, the place was like a pandemonium. Some wished to hear what we +had to say; but others, with savage fierceness, flew at them, +yelling at the top of their voices, and looking as if ready to drink +their blood. In the course of an hour or two their rage had spent +itself, and after a few words of solemn admonition, we left them." +At another village, scarcely three miles distant, where was no +priest, a few persons assembled in a room where the missionaries +stopped, and their solemn and tearful attention was very unlike the +noisy scene they had just left. One young man begged, with tears, to +receive a copy of the Gospel. + +Nazee was one of three Tiary girls who came to Oroomiah after the +massacre of the mountain Nestorians, and in the seminary became +hopefully pious. She was now living at Chumba, and having heard of +the coming of her missionary friends, was standing on the bank of +the impetuous Zab, awaiting their arrival. There was no fording the +torrent, but the travellers ventured across on two single string +pieces, bending under them at every step. She greeted them joyfully, +and hastened to prepare a place for their lodging. While she was +gone, the Malek came and took them to his house. Nazee was +disappointed, but followed, eager to hear every word. During the +address to the villagers assembled on the roof, it was affecting to +see the eagerness with which she listened. Though others left she +could not leave, and not till near midnight did she bethink herself, +and apologize for keeping Mr. Coan up so late after a fatiguing +day's journey. She was a light in her village, by which the deeds of +the wicked had been reproved, and she had consequently suffered much +persecution. Some friends in America, interested in the account +which had been given of her while in the seminary, had sent her +articles of dress; but her neighbors assembled and maliciously tore +them into fragments before her eyes. She bore it meekly, and only +prayed for them. She expected fresh insults because of the kindness +shown her in the present visit. Long before light, on the day they +were to leave, she was with the visitors, anxious to improve the few +moments left for Christian conversation; and she followed them, +lonely and sad, to the river's side. There they kneeled by the +roaring stream, and commended her to the Great and Good Shepherd. + +Mr. Stoddard mentions the visit of Mr. Khanikoff, a Russian +scientific gentleman, in the summer of 1852, to obtain information +concerning the elevations and climates of these districts. Lake +Oroomiah was ascertained to be about four thousand one hundred feet +above the ocean, and the city four thousand five hundred feet, the +plain sloping down gently towards the lake. Mount Seir rises two +thousand eight hundred and thirty feet above the city, and seven +thousand three hundred and thirty feet above the ocean; differing +not greatly, in real height, from the White Mountains in New +Hampshire. The mission residence, on the mountain side, is a +thousand feet above the city. The mountains of Koordistan, some of +which are capped with snow through all the year, often rise to the +height of twelve thousand feet, and one peak is supposed to be +fourteen thousand feet above the sea. Mr. Khanikoff afterwards +became Russian Consul General at Tabriz, and proved himself a +sincere and valuable friend to the mission. + +Failure of health constrained Mr. Stocking to return, with his +family, to the United States, and he was never able to resume his +missionary labors. Since his lamented decease, a son has taken his +place among the Nestorians. + +It should be gratefully acknowledged, that violence towards +missionaries has almost everywhere been the exception, and not the +rule. It has been so even in Koordistan. But Mr. Cochran, while +travelling with several Nestorians through Nochea, was assailed by +five robbers in the employ of a Koordish chief, named Seyed Khan +Bey. As Moslems the assailants were of course reckless of the life +of Christians; and, for a time, the party were apprehensive of being +murdered. But at last, while the freebooters were intent on their +prey, the company fled up the steep mountain side, leaving their +effects. Their horses were afterwards recovered. + +The year 1854 opened with a revival in both the seminaries. At the +commencement of it, scarcely half the students in either of the +institutions gave evidence of piety, which was an unusually small +proportion. The thought of this, and especially that several of the +senior class were about going forth into the world without Christ, +led to earnest prayer, and to efforts which were followed by an +immediate blessing. The special religious interest continued several +weeks, and extended to the large village of Geog Tapa, but the +results appear not to have been distinctly reported. + +The eighteen young men who graduated in 1854, were of higher promise +than any previous class. Several of the performances at their +graduation were very gratifying, particularly the valedictory +addresses, pronounced by a young man of eighteen, which would not +suffer in matter or manner, Dr. Perkins thought, by the side of +similar addresses at any American college. Nearly all were hopefully +pious, and were returning to homes widely distant from each other. + +In some parts of the field there was much enthusiasm. In Geog Tapa, +for example, about seventy adults had commenced learning to read. +The mode pursued there and elsewhere, was to induce teachers, +scholars in the village schools, and other readers to teach adults, +by the promise of a Bible, Testament, or other book, if they were +successful. At an examination, the forenoon was devoted to the +girls' school, taught by two graduates of the female seminary, and +the afternoon to the Sabbath-school. Such a crowd of Nestorians was +present, that it was necessary in the afternoon, to meet in a grove. +The first class examined in the Sabbath-school consisted of men from +twenty to seventy years of age, headed by the chief man of the +village. Then followed a class of women, fifty or sixty in number, +from forty to fifty years of age. These classes, not being able to +read, had been taught orally. Next came a class of men, about twenty +in number, and a class of twenty-three women, who had recently +learned to read. These had been taught individually by boys +connected with the village schools, each of whom received a copy +of the Old Testament as a reward. On the plain of Oroomiah +seventy-three free schools were reported, with more than a thousand +boys, and one hundred and fifty girls and women as pupils. + +In Gawar, two schools embraced fourteen boarding and thirty-two day +scholars. Fourteen of these were from Jeloo, Bass, and Tekhoma +districts. Among them were four deacons, four from the family of the +bishop of Jeloo, and nearly all were from prominent families. They +were wild mountaineers, and in some thing's difficult to manage, but +they acquired knowledge rapidly and with delight; and the constant +study of the Bible wrought a perceptible change in them. In the +Bootan districts, hitherto inaccessible to missionary influence, +there was now a strong desire for schools, and for the labors of +evangelical teachers. + +The New Testament in the modern language was beginning to be +circulated among the people; a much enlarged edition of the hymn +book had been issued, and a volume, entitled "Scripture Facts," had +a wide circulation. Mr. Perkins had completed a translation of +Doddridge's "Rise and Progress," and was engaged in translating +Barth's "Church History." + +Mr. Crane died at Gawar on the 27th of August, 1854, at the +commencement of a career of bright promise. So ardently was he +beloved by the people there, that at the funeral service the whole +assembly repeatedly broke forth into weeping. The afflicted widow +was called, within a week of her husband's death, to mourn also the +loss of a beloved son, and removed to Mount Seir, where she was a +valued helper in the mission. She returned home in 1857. Mr. Rhea +and Miss Harris were united in marriage in October, and spent the +winter at Gawar. + +The audacity of the papal missionaries, backed by the French +embassy, was marvelous. The American mission having been importuned +to open a school in the large village of Khosrova, in Salmas, where +popery predominated, two young men, graduates of the seminary, were +successively sent thither. The first was several times driven away, +through the instigation of the Lazarists, and those who were +friendly to the mission also became objects of persecution. The +second was assailed by the mob, headed, by the French chief of the +Lazarists, and by a bishop. These two men, with their own hands, +threw him into a canal, and called on the people to drown or kill +him. He was mercifully delivered, but narrowly escaped with his +life. The matter being reported to Mr. Abbott, the English Consul at +Tabriz, the chief of the Lazarists, with some fifteen of his +satellites, went thither, and apprehending a cool reception from the +Consul, whose protection the Lazarists enjoyed in common with the +American missionaries, he applied for assistance to the Russian +Consul, proposing to transfer his passports to his hands. Mr. +Khanikoff refused, and severely rebuked them for their conduct. Mr. +Abbott obtained an order from the Governor of Azerbijan to lay heavy +fines on the Mussulman deputies of Khosrova for withholding +protection, and on the principal papists for their acts of violence, +with the requirement of bonds for future good behavior. + +Messrs. Abbott and Stevens, English consuls at Tabriz and Teheran, +kindly exerted their protecting influence, and Mr. Cochran +subsequently spent a week at Khosrova, and had his house thronged +every evening with from fifty to a hundred and fifty people, eager +to listen to the preaching of the Word. The ecclesiastics raged, and +stirred up the agent of the master of the village (who lives in +Tabriz) to endeavor to drive our brother away; but the attempt +failed. Sixty houses gave their names and seals, wishing to become +Protestants. They were exceedingly desirous of having a missionary, +and even threatened, good-naturedly, to take one by force to live +among them. + +The reader may remember what Dr. Lobdell said of the course of this +mission in respect to the forming of distinct churches.[1] Dr. +Perkins, writing in May, 1855, gives the following account of the +progress of the reformation towards that result: "Our communion +occurred about two weeks ago, and nearly one hundred communicants +sat down to the table of the Lord, including our mission. It was a +solemn and delightful season. Among the native brethren present were +Mar Yohannan and Mar Elias; and most of the others, of both sexes, +were educated and quite intelligent; but, what is of far greater +importance, they were, as we trust, true Christians. It would be +easy at once to triple the number from those who, in the judgment of +charity, are the children of God; but we think it better to +introduce them somewhat gradually and cautiously to the ordinance; +while, at the same time, we would not too long allow any of the +sheep and lambs of Christ's flock to suffer for want of this +important means of grace. It is exerting a powerful influence on +those who participate in it, and on many others; and it cannot fail +ultimately to produce the effect either of redeeming the ordinance +from abuses, as administered in Nestorian churches, or drawing off +the pious part of the people to a separate observance of it. We are +quite willing that the scriptural administration of the ordinance to +the pious Nestorians should work out either of these results, in the +legitimate time and way, or both of them, as the Lord shall direct." + +[1] Chapter xxvii. + +Some months later, notice was given that, in the future, instead of +personal invitations, the door would be thrown open for all who +should consider themselves worthy candidates. Uniting with the +missionaries would thus seem more like a voluntary and public +profession of religion. None were to be received, however, to the +communion without a private examination. On one sacramental occasion +about one hundred united with the missionaries, and more than thirty +of them for the first time. A large number were also present as +spectators, many of them deeply interested. + +Deacon Guwergis of Tergawer, the well known "Mountain Evangelist," +died on the 12th of March, called suddenly from earnest and most +useful labors to his reward. + +The course of the Persian government towards the mission and its +friends, at this time, was very unsatisfactory. Asker Khan, a +general in the Persian army, was appointed to investigate the truth +of certain charges brought by the papists against the American +missionaries, and early evinced a most unfriendly feeling towards +them, and a partiality for their accusers. Indeed, he took no pains +to conceal his hostility, and did all he could to stop the schools +and other evangelizing agencies. But the missionaries had the aid, +as far as aid could be rendered, of the Hon. C. A. Murray, the +English Ambassador, and of Mr. Abbott at Tabriz, and Mr. Stevens at +Teheran, and also of Mr. Khanikoff, the Russian Consul General at +Tabriz. The disturbed state of political relations, and especially +the want of harmony between the English and Persian governments, +made it impossible for these friends to accomplish what they desired +to do in their behalf. After withdrawing from Teheran, Mr. Murray +visited Oroomiah, and the correspondence which then passed between +him and the missionaries, showed his desire to aid both the +suffering Nestorians and the missionary work. In his absence, the +Russian Consul General became their protector,--"at first," as he +said, "unofficially, but with very good heart; and officially, +whenever he should have the right so to do." It is remarkable, and +reveals a protecting Providence, that no department of labor, with +the exception of village schools, very materially suffered at this +time. + +In February, 1856, there began to be indications of the special +influences of the Holy Spirit in some of the villages occupied by +native helpers; and very soon there were marked indications of +another work of grace in the two seminaries. The feeling in both the +schools became very general. The voice of prayer was heard on every +side; and a large proportion of those who were not pious, appeared +to be seeking in earnest the way of life. On the 30th of March, Mr. +Cochran reported that, with the exception of those most recently +admitted, nearly all were hoping that they had passed from death +unto life. In the villages, also, there were cases of peculiar +interest. + +Mr. and Mrs. Rhea were alone in Gawar. In the autumn it was deemed +advisable, in view of the insurrectionary state of Koordistan, that +they should withdraw for a time. They at first felt it their duty to +remain; but the progress of events soon made it plain that Gawar was +an unsuitable place for a lone lady, especially when winter should +render it impossible for her to remove. Mr. Rhea, while at Oroomiah, +continued, as far as possible, to superintend the labors of the +native helpers in Memikan, and he returned the next summer, with +Mrs. Rhea, to their mountain home. The Koordish chieftains, who had +proudly boasted, that they would put their heels upon the necks of +the poor Christians, were soon fleeing in dismay before the +advancing Ottomans. + +Mr. Stoddard wrote, in September, 1856, that for six months, in +consequence of the withdrawal from Persia of the English Ambassador, +the missionaries had been without any political protection, and at +the mercy of a hostile government, yet there was perhaps never a +time when their work presented a more cheering aspect on the whole. +The seminaries, being on the mission premises, suffered less +annoyance than did the village schools, which were scattered widely +over the plain. The teachers in these schools had many of them been +educated in the seminaries, and were altogether superior as a class +to what they were a few years before; and thus the standard of +instruction was raised, and more religious influence was exerted +over the pupils. Nor was there ever a time when more people were +brought within the sound of the gospel, or when there were more +stated attendants on preaching. And much use was made of the Monthly +Concert on the first Monday of the month. The whole day was devoted +to the natives. "Early Monday morning," writes Mr. Stoddard, "some +of our friends arrive from the nearer villages, and others are +continually dropping in during the forenoon. At about the dinner +hour, nearly all are assembled. We occupy considerable time with +them in private, or in little companies, each one attending to the +helpers under his care, in hearing the monthly reports of their +labors and trials, their hopes and fears, and intermingling the +reports with religious conversation and prayer. At three in the +afternoon we assemble, and spend an hour or two in public religious +exercises. In the evening a similar meeting is held, when the +natives not only speak freely, but often occupy nearly the whole +time, leaving the brother who has charge of the meeting little to +do. It very often happens, also, that after the meeting has been +together two hours, there are several who feel that they want to be +heard, if but for a few moments." These monthly occasions Mr. +Stoddard enjoyed exceedingly, and came to look upon the "First +Monday" as the great day of the month. + +In October, Messrs. Stoddard and Cochran and Miss Fiske made a tour +of three weeks in the mountains of Koordistan. At Gawar they were +joined by Mr. and Mrs. Rhea, and visited the districts of Ishtazin +and Bass. From that point Messrs. Cochran and Rhea extended their +journey to Amadiah, and returned to their party at Tekhoma, a week +later. Thence they passed through the districts of Tâl, and up the +Zab to Gawar. The fact that American ladies traversed in safety the +gorges and precipices of central Koordistan, was an encouragement to +native helpers and their families to reside in those difficult +regions; but such tours were too fatiguing, probably, to be often +repeated. + +The object of the visit to Amadiah was to make further explorations +with reference to the formation of a station on the western side of +the mountains. The mass of the people were on that side, and could +not be advantageously reached from Oroomiah. The eastern district +was fast becoming supplied with pious helpers, and it seemed very +desirable for that section of the country to share in this +initiatory work, before anything occurred to hinder it. The +convictions of the brethren as to the desirableness of commencing a +station there were much strengthened, and Mr. Cochran offered his +own services for that purpose. + +November was ushered in by an event deeply interesting to the +mission families; a public profession of religion by the three +eldest children of the mission; and hope was entertained as to the +piety of some of the younger. + +Asker Khan, agent of the Persian government at Oroomiah, now became +more troublesome than ever, resorting to every form of annoyance in +his power. At the instance of Mr. Khanikoff, Dr. Wright and Mr. +Stoddard visited him at Tabriz, to see what could be done to induce +the government to check the doings of its agent. But in this they +failed, though the Consul did all he could to assist them. Even the +Turkish Consul volunteered his aid, but almost in vain. Through Mr. +Khanikoff, they learned that the orders from Teheran to the Kaim +Makam required him to forbid the labors of the missionaries in the +province of Salmas; to see that no school was established save in +the two places where missionaries resided; and that the number of +the schools should not exceed thirty, nor the number of pupils one +hundred and fifty. He was to require that no girl receive +instruction, at all events, in the same school with boys. The +missionaries were not to induce any person to change his religion, +and were to enter into a written engagement not to send forth +preachers. Books conflicting with existing religions in Persia were +not to be printed, and native teachers and preachers were to be +approved by Mar Yoosuf and Mar Gabriel, two unprincipled and bitter +opposers of evangelical religion. Such were the orders issued, it is +believed at the instigation of the French, by the Prime Minister of +Persia, and Messrs. Stoddard and Wright, unable to secure even delay +in carrying them out, returned to Oroomiah. The mission now, at the +suggestion of the Consul, made a formal application for protection +to the Russian Ambassador at Teheran. + +Asker Khan was assassinated six days after the return of the +brethren from Tabriz, by a Koordish chief at Mergawer. But his +coadjutor, Asker Aly Khan, governor of the Nestorians, pursued the +same persecuting course, urged on by the Kaim Makam at Tabriz. The +career of the Kaim Makam, however, was now short, for in January, +1857, the populace of that city, exasperated by his oppression, rose +in a body, broke into his palace, plundered it, and compelled him to +flee for his life. He was subsequently summoned to Teheran, and on +his approach to that city, was stripped of his honors, mounted on a +pack saddle, and thus led to prison, while a fine was imposed on him +of a hundred thousand tomans. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. + +THE NESTORIANS. + +1857-1863. + + +The sojourn of three weeks at Tabriz had been a source of constant +anxiety to Messrs. Stoddard and Wright, and the former had +premonitory symptoms of fever on his way home. But he was not +apprehensive on that account, and finding Mr. Cochran and two of the +native teachers disabled by sickness, he devoted much time and labor +to the Seminary, and to the correspondence which had accumulated in +his absence. Yet fever was threatening, and on the 22d of December, +ten days after his return, he became decidedly ill. On the 25th he +was confined to his bed, where he lay for two and thirty days, while +the fever ran its fatal course. He died in great peace January 26, +1857, in the thirty-ninth year of his age. The public funeral +services were in Syriac, and his remains were borne to their last +resting-place by graduates of the seminary, whose conversion dated +back to the first revival. + +The mind of Mr. Stoddard was cast in a fine mould. The older members +of the Board remember him at the Annual Meeting in Pittsfield in +1849. My own thought at the time was, that were an angel present in +human form, his appearance and deportment would be much like those +of Mr. Stoddard. A calm, seraphic joy shone in his face, and all +that he said and did was just what all delighted to hear and see. +His presence did much to give a character to that meeting. Mr. +Stoddard had a frail body, and an almost feminine grace of person, +like the popular impression of that disciple who leaned on the bosom +of his Lord; but, like that disciple, he had strength of principle +and inflexibility of purpose. His consecration to the missionary +work was no sudden impulse. It was the result of repeated, and +sometimes unexpected, meetings and conferences with Dr. Perkins, +whose sagacious eye had marked him for a missionary. But the +question once settled, it was settled for life. He went whole-souled +into the work, and never doubted that his call to it was of God. His +talents, which were of a high order, and his learning, which excited +the admiration of Persian nobles and princes, were unreservedly +consecrated. "He goes among the churches," said the lamented +Professor B. B. Edwards, of the Andover Seminary, "burning like a +seraph. So heavenly a spirit has hardly ever been seen in this +country." + +Mr. Stoddard's daughter Harriet followed him to the grave within two +months, at the age of thirteen, a victim to the same disease. She +was sustained by the same calm trust in Christ, which lighted up the +last hours of her excellent father. + +Dr. Perkins wrote in 1857, that when the mission was commenced, +twenty-four years before, hardly a score of Nestorian men were able +to read intelligently, and but a single woman, the sister of the +Patriarch. The people had no printed books, and but few copies even +of portions of the Bible in manuscript, and these were all in the +ancient Syriac, and almost unintelligible. Their spoken language, +the modern Syriac, had not been reduced to writing. Their moral +degradation was extreme. Still there was a remarkable simplicity in +their conception of religious doctrines, and a remarkable absence of +bigotry in their feelings, as compared with other oriental sects, +and they were very accessible to the missionaries. The change had +been great. Of the fifty-six in the male seminary when he wrote, +thirty were hopefully pious; and so were ninety-one of the one +hundred and fifty who had been connected with it. These were the +fruits of seven revivals. Of the one hundred and three who had been +connected with the female seminary, sixty, or more than one-half, +gave good evidence of conversion; and the same might be said of +three fourths who were then in the school. A large portion of the +young men who had left the seminary, were either preachers of the +gospel, or very competent teachers in the village school; and the +greater part of the religious graduates of the other seminary were +married to those missionary helpers. This seminary had been blessed +with eight revivals. The instruction in both institutions had been +almost wholly in the native tongue. + +The entire Bible had been translated into the spoken language, which +the mission had reduced to a written form; and two thousand +intelligent readers, the result of the schools, had been supplied +with the sacred volume. Indeed, the Scriptures had been printed and +given to the people in the ancient Peschito version, as well as in +the spoken tongue. To these were added valuable works on +experimental and practical religion, for the use of the schools, and +to meet the wants of a community in the early stages of a Christian +civilization. + +Though separate churches had not been organized, none but pious +Nestorians, for the last two or three years, had been admitted to +communion with the mission church. The number who had thus communed +was about two hundred, and it was thought that from one hundred and +fifty to two hundred more were worthy of a place at the Lord's +table. + +The French Jesuits and their emissaries had been a sore trial, but +their success had not been great; and they had probably been useful, +by stimulating the mission and the pious Nestorians in their +Master's service. + +Mrs. Rhea had been two years a member of the mission as Miss Harris, +and three as Mrs. Rhea. Her active and useful life closed on the 7th +of December, 1857, at the age of twenty-nine years and five months. +"Her sick room," says Dr. Wright, "was a hallowed place, where the +Sun of Righteousness shone with wonderful brightness." + +Another revival of religion occurred in both the seminaries, at the +opening of the year 1858, which was extended to Geog Tapa and other +villages. Miss Fiske, in charge of the female seminary, relates a +fact of much significance. She writes: "Some of the girls' pious +friends came to pray with them yesterday, and I was led to inquire +how many of them have a pious father or mother (or both), or older +brother or sister; and I was surprised to find, as I think you will +be to know, that about two thirds of them have such praying friends. +I contrast this with the facts respecting their friends in 1846, and +feel that we ought to be thankful and humble before our God, for +what he has done for them." + +Mr. Rhea spent the winter of 1857 and 1858 on the western side of +the Koordish mountains, and everywhere found an open door for +preaching to the rude dwellers among the rocks. In Shermin, Usgan, +and Argin, Nestorian villages southwest of Amadiah, he was cordially +welcomed to their houses and churches, and had large congregations +that gave earnest attention to his preaching. Snow fell eleven out +of fifteen days, and when ready to return to Amadiah, he found the +way entirely blocked up. Mr. Marsh having joined him from Mosul, +they spent a number of days among large papal villages in that +region, where they found ample opportunity for preaching the Gospel; +and several individuals seemed earnest inquirers after the way of +salvation from the power of sin. With reference to Mosul and +vicinity, Mr. Rhea writes: "I am deeply impressed with the evidence, +that the labors of the mission here have not been in vain, and that +their results are not to be measured by the number of names on the +church roll. The Jacobite Church here is now shaken to its +foundations; and it cannot be doubted, that whatever of feeling +after something better exists among many of its members is owing to +the steady light of the Protestant church streaming in upon its +darkness." He was absent six months, and for one third of this time +was in Mosul. He regarded the proper field of the mountain branch of +the Nestorian Mission as extending from Amadiah on the north to +Mosul on the south, and from Akra on the east to Bootan on the west; +including the mountain districts between Gawar and Amadiah. The +Christian population was one in respect to nationality and language, +and was a remnant of the once great Syrian Church. The language was +the same substantially as that spoken in the eastern districts. + +As the result of these explorations, Mr. Rhea made an eloquent +appeal for more effective labor in Western Koordistan, which was +published in the "Missionary Herald," but cannot be sufficiently +condensed for these pages.[1] His health had suffered in his +mountain tours, which resembled those performed by his eminent +predecessor, Dr. Grant. This rendered it necessary for him to spend +a year for recovery in his native land, where his missionary +addresses were well received. Two other members of the mission, +second to none in the field,--the venerable Dr. Perkins, and Miss +Fidelia Fiske,--were obliged to visit the United States in 1858; the +former to care for the health of Mrs. Perkins, who, after burying +six of her children, had accompanied Mrs. Crane to America, taking +her only surviving child; and the latter, in consequence of a +disease, which proved fatal after a few years. Dr. Perkins was also +accompanied by Mrs. Stoddard, and three children of the mission. + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1858, pp. 317, 318. + +Mr. Rhea's appeal had not been without effect. The Rev. Thomas L. +Ambrose joined the mission near the close of 1858, the Rev. John H. +Shedd and wife in 1859, and the Rev. Henry N. Cobb and wife in 1860, +with direct reference to the mountain field; and the Rev. Amherst L. +Thompson and Rev. Benjamin Labaree, with their wives, and Frank N. +H. Young, M. D., in 1860, to strengthen the force on the plains, +together with Misses Aura Jeannette Beach and Harriet N. Crawford. +Mr. Thompson had given much promise of usefulness, but died at Seir, +August 25, 1860, only fifty-four days after his arrival. Miss Beach +was to be associated with Miss Rice, who had rendered efficient +service in the girls' Seminary as the associate of Miss Fiske, but +was then alone and overburdened. + +The unexpected but providential withdrawal of so many older +laborers, at this juncture, was not favorable to a more enlarged +occupation of the field; and the plan of forming a station on the +western side of the mountains, was not carried out. The height of +Amadiah above the plain of Mesopotamia, and its salubrity in summer +were found to have been overestimated; and further researches made +it evident, that the demands of so trying a mountain field were more +than the average health of missionaries would be able to endure at +any season of the year. Indeed, impaired health obliged Mr. and Mrs. +Cobb, who had been specially designated to the mountain district, to +return home within two years; and, to their own great regret and +that of their associates, they have never been able to rejoin the +mission. + +The Nestorian helpers, as a class, were pronounced able and faithful +men, remarkably so for Orientals. But they could not fully take the +place of missionaries. "They do nobly," wrote Mr. Coan, "if properly +directed and watched over, better perhaps, in some circumstances, +than we can; but it is not the work of a day, nor a year, thoroughly +to eradicate the habits of life of those who are brought up in gross +superstition." + +Early in the year 1859, the seminary for young men was blessed with +its tenth revival, in which a third of its pupils were hopefully +converted. There had then been eleven such spiritual refreshings in +the seminary for girls. In most of these outpourings of the Spirit, +as now, the villages were more or less favored. The effects of these +revivals were by no means limited to the souls converted. An +enlightening, softening, elevating influence affected the masses. +The young men from the seminary were generally of good abilities, +having been selected from a large number of candidates, and many of +them were distinguished for piety; and quite as much might be said +of the other seminary. + +More than fourteen millions of printed pages had been distributed +among the Nestorians. The Old Testament with references formed a +part of this literary treasure; and the New Testament was about +being issued in that form. + +Among the novelties to be recorded was the marriage of Mar Yohanan, +in violation of the canons of the Nestorian Church. The bishop had +been connected with the labors of the mission from the beginning. He +pleaded the example of Luther and the Apostles. The step was one of +his own choosing, and taken in the face of many threats, as well as +the imputation of unworthy motives; but the "evangelicals" almost +universally approved his course. The excitement was much less than +had been apprehended; and another of the bishops, after some time, +followed his example. + +In 1860 the observance of the Lord's Supper, instead of being +confined to the missionary stations; was held, once in four months, +in the various villages where the converts resided, and about a +score of virtually reformed churches were thus planted and watered +in as many different places. The native pastor was held responsible +for the persons whose names were presented to the missionary, as +suitable to be admitted to the Lord's table. Mr. Coan speaks of +those little churches, as being such in fact, "scattered in the +different villages, as so many moral light-houses in the surrounding +darkness." + +Mar Shimon, the Nestorian Patriarch, died near the close of 1860, at +the age of fifty-nine, and after having been thirty-five years in +office. His successor was a nephew, eighteen years old, and a youth +of amiable disposition. The patriarch had stood variously affected +towards the mission, but was, for the most part, unfriendly. The +effect of the Gospel in diminishing the superstitious reverence of +the people for him, was one of the causes of his hostility. + +About this time, a spirit of unlooked-for liberality was manifested +among the Nestorians. It should be borne in mind that the people are +poor, that the man worth five hundred dollars is counted rich, and +that probably no Nestorian is worth two thousand dollars. The +indications in our own country were at that time very unpromising; +and when the prospective embarrassments of the Board were stated at +the monthly concert in Geog Tapa, John, the pastor, urged the people +to support their own missionary in the mountains, and one of the +audience rose and pledged nearly a month's support. Others +contributed unwonted amounts, and soon the whole congregation was in +a blaze of enthusiasm. Those who could command money gave money, +others contributed wheat, or other produce, and even women took off +their ornaments and gave them. At the monthly concert the next day +in the city, the people were more aglow than at Geog Tapa, and gave +on a larger scale, though frequently reminded that they were poor, +and urged not to give more than their cooler judgments would +approve. The amount contributed was five hundred dollars. They +seized upon the figure of "a bride"-- more forcible in Persia than +in America,--which Mr. Coan had used in his address; and one and +another contributed for her "shoes," "dress," and other things, +until the "church," the "Lamb's wife," had a very comfortable +outfit. + +This outburst of benevolent effort was too sudden and excessive to +last in the same measure. The advantage gained by the elevation thus +reached, was the practicability of keeping the converts up to giving +according to their ability, which is the Gospel standard. Dr. +Perkins, writing two years later, thought there was a real gain by +this effort, though it had reacted somewhat. Most of the pledges +were redeemed after the next harvest and vintage. + +Dr. Dwight was eighteen days at Oroomiah during his Eastern tour in +1860 and 1861. Mr. Wheeler had accompanied him from Harpoot. Some +important changes in the practical working of the mission, made at +the Annual Meeting, threw a greater responsibility on the native +pastors. They were to have the responsibility, not only of +administering baptism, but of the Lord's Supper; and the children of +none except communicants were to be baptized. The relation of pastor +and people was thus made more prominent and distinct. Dr. Dwight +declares himself satisfied by what he saw at Oroomiah, that nothing +more than this was needed to complete the organization of the +reformed church. He had had the impression, for years, that sooner +or later the converts among the Nestorians, like the same class of +persons among the Armenians, would be organized into separate +churches, wholly distinct from the Nestorian Church. The +excommunications and persecutions that had led to that result among +the Armenians, he seemed to think would not occur among the +Nestorians; and it was evident to him that the old ceremonies of the +Church were silently vanishing away, and that reformed services were +taking their place, as the result of a fundamental change in the +minds of the people. A distinct theological class was to be formed +in the seminary of promising young converts, and no more men were to +be educated in that school than could afterwards be profitably +employed. The conclusion was also reached, in view of past +experience, that the mountain regions should not be occupied by +American families; reserving them as the peculiar field of the +reformed church of the plain; as a training-school for their +missionary spirit, and a necessary outlet for their pious zeal. + +The native preachers and helpers held a two days' meeting at +Oroomiah while Dr. Dwight was there, in which several important +subjects were discussed. He liked their appearance, admired the +spirit of many of them, and was greatly moved by the extraordinary +fire of their eloquence, though he understood them only through an +interpreter. He was specially impressed by the childlike piety of +the venerable Mar Elias. + +Mr. Breath, the ingenious and efficient missionary printer, died of +cholera on the 10th of November, 1861. He had so far succeeded in +training native printers and book-binders, that there was no further +call for such workmen from the United States. Mrs. Breath returned +home, with her three children, in the following year. + +Some uneasiness was created about this time by rumors, that priests +of the Russian Church were coming to Oroomiah to proselyte +Nestorians. They did not come; but emissaries were sent by them +secretly, who made large promises, that deceived many; yet the +evangelical party, with two or three exceptions, kept aloof from the +affair. The proposal was that the Nestorians should renounce their +religion, and receive the seven sacraments of the Greek Church; the +inducements held out being such as the payment of their taxes for +some years, and salaries to all ecclesiastics and head men of the +villages. The Persian government at length became somewhat alarmed +by these proceedings, and the English Consul, Mr. Abbott, having +demanded the official interference of the authorities at Tabriz, +measures were adopted promising some degree of relief to the +oppressed and therefore discontented Nestorians. + +I have passed in silence, for the most part, the long series of +efforts by the Persian government to embarrass the mission, since +they appear to have been generally prompted by bribes from +emissaries of the Papal Church, and proved strangely inoperative. + +Another interesting revival of religion occurred in the two +seminaries in February, 1862. It seems to have been marked rather by +an increase of grace in the church-members, than by the number of +converts. The first months of 1863 and 1864 were also distinguished +by special religious interest, extending to many of the villages on +the plain. + +On Sabbath morning, December 6, 1863, the good old Mar Elias died, +more than four score years of age. Until within a week of his death, +he was accustomed to walk to town to attend the monthly concert, a +distance of five miles, and for many years he had visited the +villages of his diocese on foot. He was sick only three days, and +his mind was clear. When asked by the young men about him for his +dying charge, it was, "See that ye hold fast to God's Word." An +immense concourse gathered from the surrounding country to do honor +to his memory; and Dr. Perkins preached from the text: "My father, +my father! The chariot of Israel and the horsemen thereof." + +As a most cheering illustration of what Nestorians may yet become, +through the grace of God in the Gospel, I quote largely from an +account of the venerable man, by Mr. Rhea.[1] "While our good old +bishop was not an educated man,--his knowledge in books extending +little beyond the Word of God,--and had but ordinary intellectual +ability, he was still one of the most interesting characters among +the Nestorians. There is no name among them that will be more +fragrant; none that deserves a more honored place in the annals of +his Church. The singularity of his position here, thirty years +ago,--devout, spiritual, God-fearing, and active, when a deep night +hung over his whole people,--like a mountain beacon, whose summit +had caught the first beams of the sun, which was soon to flood all +below with its glory; his prophetic anticipation of the coming of +missionaries; his joy in welcoming them; his peculiar attachment to +them and their families; his true-hearted devotion to them as God's +ministers, and to their work, through all kinds of vicissitudes; the +charming guilelessness of his character, ingenuous as a child; his +wonderful love for the Word of God, making it his meditation by day +and by night,--not able to pass two or three hours consecutively, +without drinking from this well-spring of life; the child-like +gentleness of his character,--though, when stirred in God's behalf, +he showed a lion-hearted courage, tearing down the pictures and +images which Papal hands had stealthily hung on the walls of his +church, and pitching them indignantly from the door; his love of +sound doctrine, holding forth the word of life in his humble way, +always and everywhere, his face never so full of spiritual light as +when rehearsing a conversation he had just had with some Mussulman +friend, to whom he had opened the Scriptures, and talked of the +kingdom yet to fill the whole earth,--the brotherhood of all +races,--the one flock and the one shepherd; his silent patience, in +a land of cruel wrong, under heavy burdens, borne uncomplainingly +for many years; his wonderful spirituality, all things earthly being +but the types of the heavenly,--the one, by resemblance or contrast, +constantly suggesting the other, so that he could not be reminded +that he was late to tea without the quick reply, 'May I not be late +at the marriage supper of the Lamb,' or 'Jesus will gather us all +in, in season;' all these traits of Christ-like beauty combined to +make a character which, in this weary land, was a constant rest to +the toil-worn missionary,--an influence for good, continually +streaming forth into the darkness of spiritual death around him. +God, who accurately weighs all men, only knows how much his kingdom +in Persia has been advanced by Mar Elias, than whom the Nestorian +Church never had a more spiritual and evangelical bishop." + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1864, pp. 146, 147. + +Almost five thousand Armenians inhabit the plain of Oroomiah, and +the attention of the mission was gradually turned towards their +spiritual enlightenment, with a prospect of ultimate success. + +At a general meeting of native helpers, in March, 1863, a Church +Manual, or Directory was adopted; "in the observance of which," Mr. +Cochran writes, "we have all that is essential to a reformed church, +with reformed pastors; and in the possession of the substance, we +can afford to dispense with the shadow of new organizations.....The +prospect, we believe, was never brighter than at present for the +ultimate evangelization of the old Church." + +During the thirty years from the arrival of Dr. Perkins, five of the +twenty men and seven of the twenty-four women, who had joined the +mission, had died; and five men and nine women had for various +causes been obliged to retire from the field, leaving in the mission +seven male and nine female laborers. In this time, the vast unknown +of men and things where dwelt the primeval race, had become well +known. A great work of exploration had been performed. So far as +knowledge of the field was concerned, many a valley had been +exalted, many a hill brought low. This was indeed preliminary work, +but it was indispensable, and was no small share of what is involved +in the conquest of the country for Christ. The seven missionaries +then in the field had more than fifty Nestorian fellow-laborers in +the gospel ministry, graduates of their seminary, and the nine +female missionaries rejoiced in scores of pious young women from +their seminary, abroad as wives, mothers, and teachers, doing a work +perhaps not second in importance to that of the pious graduates of +the other school. Nor should we overlook the reduction of the spoken +language to writing, the translation of the Holy Scriptures into it, +and the multiplication of books to the extent of seventy-nine +thousand three hundred volumes, and more than sixteen millions of +pages. Of the half a score and more of revivals in the seminaries, +Dr. Perkins affirms that they would compare with the purest revivals +he had ever witnessed in America. + +The return of Miss Beach to the United States threw the whole care +of the female seminary on Miss Rice. She was afterwards materially +aided by Mrs. Rhea, and from time to time by other members of the +mission. + +The interest taken by the English government in the oppressed +Nestorians, should be gratefully acknowledged. Mr. Taylor, English +Consul at Diarbekir, was sent early in 1864 through the Nestorian +districts of Koordistan, to ascertain their grievances, and report +to the Ambassador at Constantinople; and Mr. Glen, a pious attaché +to the British Embassy in Persia, spent several months on the plain +of Oroomiah for a similar purpose. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXX. + +THIRTY YEARS AMONG THE JEWS. + +1826-1856. + + +The first missionary sent by the Board to the Jews in the Levant, +was the Rev. Josiah Brewer, who, while connected with the Board, was +supported by the "Female Society of Boston and Vicinity for +promoting Christianity among the Jews." Sailing from Boston, +September 16, 1826, he proceeded to Constantinople by way of Malta +and Smyrna, expecting there to find every facility for learning the +Hebrew-Spanish language, spoken by the Spanish Jews. But +disturbances, growing partly out of the Greek revolution, so +hindered his gaining access to the Jews, that he deemed it his duty +to turn to some more open field of missionary labor. + +After the retirement of Mr. Brewer, the ladies assumed the support +of the Rev. William G. Schauffler who became his successor. He was a +native of Stuttgart in Germany, but early removed, with his parents, +to a German colony near Odessa. He came to this country through the +agency of the Rev. Jonas King, and spent several years at the +Theological Seminary in Andover, to prepare himself for a mission to +the East. He was ordained at Boston in November, 1831, and embarked +soon after, going by way of Paris, where he attended the lectures on +the oriental languages and literature, for which that city was then +distinguished. He had been familiar with the French language from +his youth, and, having an aptitude for such studies, applied himself +successfully to the Arabic and Turkish. His health beginning to fail +after some months, and the cholera making ravages in the city, he +resumed his journey through Germany to Odessa, and thence by water +to Constantinople, where he arrived on the last day of July, +1832.[1] + +[1] For Mr. Shauffler's account of his residence at Paris and this +journey, see _Missionary Herald_ for 1833 and 1834. + +The greater part of the Jews in Constantinople are descendants of +the eight hundred thousand who were expelled from Spain in 1492, and +their language is the Hebrew-Spanish; or the Spanish with a mixture +of Hebrew words, all written in the Spanish Rabbinical alphabet. As +soon as Mr. Schauffler had acquired this language, he began the +careful revision of a Hebrew-Spanish translation of the Old +Testament, already in print, but not intelligible to the common +people. He found the Jewish mind in an unquiet state. Eight years +before, as many as a hundred and fifty had renounced Judaism at one +time, but nearly all were soon driven back by persecution. Several +of these now requested baptism, and were ready to suffer for the +sake of becoming Christians; but they seemed incapable of +understanding that anything more could be required of them than an +exchange of external relations, and gave little evidence of piety. + +Near the close of 1834, Mr. Schauffler baptized a German Jew, whom +he named Herman Marcussohn, having formed his acquaintance in South +Russia, sixteen years before. As he could not there profess +Christianity except by joining the Greek Church, he had come to +Constantinople, bringing letters to Mr. Schauffler, and was engaged +by him as a literary assistant. + +Religious excitements were not wanting. Three young Jews became +anxious for Christian baptism, and both the Greek and Armenian +Patriarchs refusing it, they fell into the cold embrace of the Papal +Church. Three others expressed the same desire; and ten young men +took advantage of the death of the civil head of their community to +flee, as was supposed, for the sake of greater freedom in religion. +Mr. Schauffler's varying and perplexing experience constrained him +to believe, that private charity, and sacrifices for individual +Jews, should be employed very sparingly. + +The year 1835 was chiefly employed in revising the Hebrew-Spanish +version of the Old Testament, and in preparing a Lexicon in the two +languages. He also commenced a series of tracts in Hebrew-German. To +some extent there was among the Jews a hearing ear, and to a greater +extent the absence of an understanding heart. The German and Polish +Jews were less bigoted and more intelligent than the Spanish Jews, +but were more greedy of gain, and more indifferent to religion. On +the great day of atonement they allowed Marcussohn to address them +in their synagogue on the Christian religion; the rulers of the +synagogue having first given him a seat on the platform among +themselves, where they read their Scriptures and prayers, and where +sermons were delivered. + +A visit of some months made by Mr. Schauffler among his friends at +Odessa, in 1836, resulted, through divine grace, in a revival, as +has been already stated, among the German population, and was not +without good effects upon the demoralized Jews of that city. During +his absence, his revision of the Psalms in Hebrew and Hebrew-Spanish +was printed at Constantinople, under the superintendence of Mr. +Farman, a missionary of the London Jews Society. A relative of the +chief rabbi called on Mr. Schauffler after his return, and took a +hundred copies for distribution, and he thought his chief might be +induced to give his _imprimatur_ to the contemplated edition of the +Old Testament; but from some unknown cause, the chief rabbi became a +fierce opposer of the Psalms, and prohibited the use of the edition. + +In May, 1839, Mr. Schauffler left for Vienna, to superintend the +printing of the Old Testament for the Spanish Jews. As he was +leaving, the caique, in which himself and family, including an +infant child, were going off to the steamer, upset, and the whole +party narrowly escaped drowning. His visits to Odessa, in going and +coming, were the occasion, as before, of spiritual blessings to the +people. His family expenses were paid by the Board, but the printing +was at the charge of the American Bible Society. He was absent +nearly three years, returning in August, 1842; and in that time +carried through the press three thousand copies of the Old Testament +in Hebrew-Spanish, in two volumes quarto, containing fifteen hundred +pages. The Hebrew occupied every alternate page. He also printed +five hundred copies of the Hebrew-Spanish Pentateuch, in two +volumes, 16mo., with the Hebrew on the opposite page. The Sefardim, +or Spanish Jews, having the New Testament previously, were now +favored with the whole inspired volume in their vernacular tongue. + +Notwithstanding the anathemas of Jewish rulers, the three thousand +copies of the Psalms, printed in 1836, were nearly exhausted in +1844, and the book was in great esteem among the people. A vain +effort was made by the rabbis to suppress the Vienna edition of the +Old Testament. Only a few of the hundreds of copies in the hands of +the people were delivered up, and it was believed that those +confiscated by the rabbis found their way again into circulation. + +About this time, the "Committee of the General Assembly of the +Church of Scotland on the Scheme for the Conversion of the Jews," +made a grant of £2,162 (about $10,000) to this mission for the +circulation of the Hebrew Scriptures, the purchase of rabbinic type, +and the publication of school-books and tracts for the Jews. This, +while it generously enlarged the operations of the mission, afforded +no relief to the treasury of the Board. + +Such were the calls for the Hebrew-Spanish Old Testament, that more +than twelve hundred copies went into the hands of the Jews previous +to June, 1843. One rabbi requested twenty copies for poor Jews in +Roumelia; another, and he the chief rabbi, asked for ninety copies +for six destitute places; and another, the rabbi of Orta Keuy, made +repeated solicitations for thirty copies for schools in that suburb, +and for twenty additional copies to place in reading rooms, where +Jews come together in a social manner, on their Sabbath, to read the +Bible. + +Calls for religious conversation were frequent, but there was +painful evidence, that in most cases the object was more selfish +than spiritual. There appeared to be a general dissatisfaction with +Judaism, but no proper knowledge of Christianity. Poverty and +distress were the principal occasions of these calls. A few appeared +to be interested in more fundamental truths; and they attentively +read McCaul's "Old Paths," a controversial work that exposes the +absurdity of rabbinism. The chief difficulty with all was in respect +to the divine nature of the Messiah. + +The Spanish Jews, numbering seventy or eighty thousand souls in +Constantinople, afforded a field for the faithful sower, rather than +the cheerful reaper. The tyrannical rule of their rabbis rendered +them less accessible, perhaps, than any other people in Turkey, the +Moslems alone excepted; and intellectually they were among the most +degraded races in the East. Yet they stood higher in their morals +than did the Turks. They had but few books; and until the issue of +the edition under Mr. Schauffler's superintendence, they had no copy +of the Old Testament in their vernacular tongue, that was accessible +to the people at large. Two editions of the Old Testament, in +Hebrew-Spanish and Hebrew and Chaldee, with Rabbi Solomon Jarchi's +commentary in opposition to Christian doctrines, had been published +in 1816, at Vienna, in six quarto volumes. Now the Christian church, +while waiting for a wider entrance among the people, was called on +to provide the books that would be indispensable when that entrance +should be secured. Among those most needed now, were a Hebrew and +Hebrew-Spanish vocabulary of the Old Testament (then in +preparation); a Spelling Book for schools; a short Hebrew Grammar; a +brief Arithmetic; a Geography of the Bible, and a Natural History of +the same; various religious tracts and essays on prophecies, +especially those concerning the Messiah; and a translation of +McCaul's "Old Paths" into Hebrew-Spanish. + +The Ashkenazim, or German Jews, were only about two thousand, and +were chiefly young men driven from Moldavia by the Boyars, and from +Russia by the law of conscription that threatened them with the +hardships and perils of a soldier's life. This department was under +the charge of Mr. Allan, a missionary of the Free Church of +Scotland, in connection with Mr. Schwartz, a converted Jew. + +The Protestant Armenians showed a deep interest in efforts for the +conversion of the Jews, and were forward to render their aid, Nor +could Jews or Mohammedans be wholly uninfluenced by the change then +going on in the Armenian churches of the metropolis in respect to +the use of pictures; the greater part of which had been removed, and +the patriarchal church, in place of them had set the example of +having passages of Scripture painted in large letters on the walls. + +Besides the Spanish and German Jews in Constantinople, there was a +small body of Italian Jews who were generally destitute of all +religion. Then as there were many Germans in the city, Mr. +Schauffler held a stated service for them, in which his labors were +blessed to the hopeful conversion of some. The attendance was often +composed largely of Israelites. In the closing month of the year +1844, he baptized a Jewish physician. + +The Jews are probably more strongly prejudiced against the Gospel, +than any other people. Their whole literature is anti-Christian. So +are their education and internal religious policy. The great effort +of Jewish learning for fifty generations, has been to prevent the +Old Testament from suggesting Christian ideas to the Jewish mind. +Hence a Jewish mission requires an extraordinary amount of +preparatory work, in the first instance; though its main objects and +duties afterwards will differ little, if at all, from those of other +missions. + +Mr. Schauffler was specially adapted to the preliminary work in +Jewish missions, growing out of the peculiar state of the national +mind. What this was, up to the year 1845, has been sufficiently +indicated. In that year, a second edition of the Pentateuch, in +Hebrew and Hebrew-Spanish, was printed at Vienna; and a new edition, +of five thousand copies of the Old Testament in the same languages, +was commenced at Smyrna. The American Bible Society, which bore the +expense of these editions, also authorized the printing of a Hebrew +and Hebrew-German version of the Old Testament, for the German Jews. + +The testimony of Mr. Schauffler is so explicit on a point of great +importance in a mission of the Jews, as to justify the following +quotation:-- + +"My own observation from the first, has established this fact, that +whenever a Jew is truly converted, the hope of seeing all Israelites +settled in Canaan sinks to the level of many other secondary ideas; +and Christ and him crucified,--Christ risen, ascended, and reigning +in glory, Christ and his kingdom, wherever its centre may +be,--becomes the all-absorbing theme. In other words, such Jews I +have always observed to be just what true converts among ourselves +are; differing from us only in this, that they cherish that desire +for the conversion of Israel, which we ought also to cherish, and of +which Paul has left so splendid an example. Half-converted men, in +whom the carnal pride of the old Pharisee has never been broken down +by a divinely wrought sense of the guilt of unbelief in Christ, who, +when they were baptized, thought they did Christ and his people an +honor; these, of course, never fail to consider themselves as +something special in the kingdom of Christ, and they expect to be +treated by Him accordingly. These make an exception. There are, +also, truly converted men among the proselytes, who cherish that +notion. They are those who have been under the influence of +missionaries, who make them a 'royal race,' amid the divinely +designated 'royal priesthood' (than which nothing can be higher) of +Christ's true people. We are all apt to believe what magnifies +ourselves. But I have observed no inherent tendency that way among +truly converted Jews, and never found it necessary to make efforts +to eradicate such carnal hopes." + +The particular relations of the Board to the Spanish Jews in +Constantinople underwent an unexpected change in the year 1846. +Owing to the protracted and unavoidable delay in providing +associates for Mr. Schauffler, the brethren from the Free Church of +Scotland had so far taken possession of the ground, as to render +another mission in that city inexpedient. Whatever cause there may +have been for regretting this after the Board had obtained the men, +no blame was attached to our more zealous brethren of the Scotch +Church. Mr. Schauffler would continue to reside in Constantinople, +and would render valuable aid to all the missions to the Jews in +those parts. + +Attention was now directed to Salonica (the ancient Thessalonica), +which had been visited by Messrs. Schauffler and Dwight some years +before. The city was visited again by Mr. Schauffler in July, 1847, +and he urgently recommended occupying it as a Jewish station. The +number of rabbinical Jews residing there was estimated at +thirty-five thousand, or about half of the whole population. The +number of their synagogues was fifty-six. The Jews were diffused +throughout the city, and not confined, as in Constantinople, to +certain quarters. There was, therefore, a good degree of +intermingling in civil life with other people. The natural +consequence was, that a Salonica Jew did not evince the shyness so +common elsewhere, in approaching Christians, or in entering their +houses. They were thankful for the gift of the Old Testament in a +language they could understand. Moreover, the centre of rabbinical +learning was at Salonica, and not at Constantinople; which made the +assent given by the Salonica rabbis to the correctness of the +Hebrew-Spanish version, the more influential. + +The Rev. Messrs. Eliphal Maynard and Edward M. Dodd, appointed to +this mission, reached Salonica, with their wives, in April, 1849, +going by way of Constantinople. Mr. Schauffler was to remain at the +metropolis, but accompanied them to Salonica and was with them seven +weeks, helping them much towards a successful entrance on their +work. Both of the brethren devoted themselves to the Hebrew-Spanish. +Mr. Dodd gave, also, some attention to the Turkish, with a view to +the Zoharites, or Moslem Jews, numbering about five thousand; all of +whom seemed to rejoice that missionaries had come there to reside. +He describes them as among the noblest of the inhabitants of the +city, and as very ready to talk on religious subjects, with less +self-conceit than the rabbinical Jews. + +The Prudential Committee, on sending forth these brethren, stated +the more important facts, principles, and usages, which should be +kept constantly in mind in their mission to the Jews.[1] The +relations of that people to Christ's kingdom were believed to be the +same with those of all other people; and they were no more shut out +from that kingdom by a "judicial blindness," or more really "cast +away," than any other perverse and wicked nation. The obstacles to +be overcome among them were substantially the same with those in the +Oriental Churches. The relations sustained to the spiritual +blessings of the Abrahamic covenant being no longer of blood, but of +faith, these blessings must be common alike to believing Jews and +Gentiles. Never again, in the spiritual kingdom of God, will there +be circumcision or uncircumcision, Greek or Jew. Never again will +there be a need of bloody rites, a mediating priesthood, and a showy +ritual. Never again will there be a theocracy with a sensuous +external economy, limited to a single nation. Never again, in the +kingdom of God, will he be accounted a Jew, in the evangelical +sense, who is one outwardly, nor that be accounted circumcision +which is outward in the flesh; but he will be a Jew, who is one +inwardly, and is, of course, heir to all the spiritual promises made +to the Jews in the Old Testament; and circumcision is of the heart, +in the spirit, and not in the letter. On these broad, fundamental +Scripture principles, rested the whole superstructure of our mission +to the Jews. + +[1] More fully stated in the _Missionary Herald_ for 1849, p. 101. + +The prevalent idea, that judicial blindness came upon Israel in +consequence of their crucifixion of the Son of God, precluding their +conversion as a people until the arrival of some great prophetic +era, seems without any proper Scripture warrant. They were blinded +only "in part;" only "some" of the branches were broken off; they +are not "cast away" as a people; and when the rest of mankind shall +embrace the Gospel, and come into the kingdom, the Jews will do the +same. + +The practical inference drawn from all this was, that the same +general course should be pursued in Jewish missions, which is proper +in missions to any other unevangelized people. They must be +instructed as to the oneness of Christ's body, the church, and the +equal membership of all true disciples. If a church be formed of +Jewish converts alone, it should be in full communion with all other +Christian churches. + +Manual labor schools and hospitals for the Jews, employing converts +merely for the sake of giving them employment; boarding-schools to +serve as houses of refuge for the children of converts; expenses +incurred for shielding converts from persecution or for teaching +them trades; were not regarded as within the range of missionary +work; but the converts were, in general, to be left, as the Apostles +left them, to meet the consequences of their conversion upon their +persons, their families, and their business, as God in his +providence and by his grace should enable them. + +Mr. Maynard was removed by death from his labors within five months +after his arrival. In company with a New England clerical friend, he +made a tour into the delightful region of Thessaly for relaxation +and health. Unconsciously they exposed themselves to malaria, and +both took the same fever; of which Mr. Maynard died at Salonica, and +his friend at Athens. Mrs. Maynard soon afterwards returned home. +The place thus early vacated was filled, in the following summer, by +the Rev. Justin W. Parsons, who was accompanied by his wife. + +The Salonica Jews had scarcely more than the shadow of education. A +school taught in the principal synagogue contained about a thousand +pupils, but with the least possible intellectual value in the +instruction. Half as many more were in private schools, where Hebrew +and Hebrew-Spanish were taught, but nothing like Grammar, Geography, +or History. In a small select school, supported by rich Jews, +Italian (the commercial language) and French were taught. +Familiarity with the Talmud was regarded as the perfection of +knowledge, so that a man needed to know nothing else. "Oh," said a +beardless youth to a missionary, "if you had only read our Talmud, +you would throw all your books into the fire." Salonica was famous +for its books, but they were servile imitations of the Talmud. The +spoken language was essentially Spanish, but, with a deficient +vocabulary, and greatly corrupted with Turkish and Hebrew words, +while subject to constant change. Consequently the many books and +tracts in Hebrew-Spanish, which were published by the English +missionaries in Smyrna, were comparatively useless at Salonica, +because of the difficulty of understanding them. These Jews +therefore needed missionary schools. + +The excessive self-righteousness of this people, as described by Mr. +Dodd, disclosed a serious obstacle to missionary success among them. +"Two thousand years of punishment," he says, "have not destroyed the +feeling, that they are the beloved of heaven. They pray, morning, +noon, and night, and that too in the holy language. They always ask +a blessing on their food. They neither eat nor touch any unclean +thing. Except they wash their hands oft, they eat not. When they +fast, it is by entire abstinence from food. They read the Word of +God almost continually. In passing through the bazaars, you may see +the shop-keepers taking up the Bible to read in their leisure hours; +and if a visitor has to wait for you a few minutes, with a Bible +within reach, you will certainly find him reading it, though it be +in an unknown tongue; and once a year they sit up all night to read +through the law. Their recognition of Providence is excessive. Every +event is referred to God. He is thanked for every good; submission +to his will is expressed in every trial. Every hope is uttered +conditionally, in dependence on him; and his aid is invoked in +trouble as frequently, and with as little meaning, as many +Christians speak of fortune, or luck. As to the outward semblance of +piety and devotion, I do not think another such people can be found. +Like their fathers, they seek God daily, and delight to know his +ways. As a nation, they take delight in approaching God. 'Is not the +Lord among us?' 'No evil shall come upon us.' Talk to them of God's +glory, and they will answer by quoting some beautiful Psalm of +David. Talk of man's sinfulness, and they will repeat Psalm 51st, +with seeming penitential devotion. Speak of God's wrath against sin; +they will assent readily, but add, that he is pitiful, remembering +that we are dust. Thus the missionary is baffled. Let him search the +Word of God to find expressions that shall penetrate to their +consciences; the Jew is familiar with them all, and repeats them +every day in his prayers. They either mean nothing, or through a +talmudic gloss, aided by self-righteous blindness, they foster his +confidence in the mercy of the God who is his peculiar friend, and +loves him more than he loves the Gentile world, or even his own +justice and truth." + +Mr. Parsons also says, after a visit to Seres, a city fifteen miles +northwest of Salonica: "The Jews of Seres have the same blind +submission to the rabbis, the same prejudices, the same evasions of +the truth. Gold is their God, and traffic is their religion,--one +would say, who should meet them only in their fair. But in their +prayers, and their Sabbath observance, the deceiver makes them +appear to themselves the holy favorites of heaven, separate from the +nations." + +Mr. Schauffler had now printed his Hebrew grammar, and commenced the +printing of his Hebrew lexicon. The edition of the Pentateuch was +nearly exhausted. + +The Rev. Homer B. Morgan and wife reached Salonica in February, +1852. The brethren were of the opinion, that while for two thirds of +the year the climate of that city was tolerably healthy, the low +portions, where the Jews and Greeks chiefly resided, were subject to +malaria. The missionaries, therefore, would have resided in the more +elevated parts occupied by the Turks, but could neither hire nor +purchase houses in that quarter. The best they could do was to live +in the upper stories of their houses. Mr. Dodd suffered from a +bronchial affection, and sought to recruit his health by an +excursion into Thessaly, where he enjoyed some excellent +opportunities for preaching the gospel, both to Jews and +Gentiles.[1] Mr. Parsons visited the part of Macedonia, which lies +northwest of Salonica, and then extended his journey to Sophia, the +capital of Bulgaria.[2] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_ for 1852, pp. 235-238. + +[2] _Ibid_. pp. 78-83. + +The health of Mr. Dodd did not improve, and he repaired first to +Malta, and then, with the consent of the Committee, to the United +States. In August, 1852, a mouth after his departure, Mr. and Mrs. +Parsons, and Mr. and Mrs. Morgan were all prostrated by intermittent +fever. Mrs. Morgan did not yield to the disease, till she had +exhausted her strength in caring for the others; and then, after a +short illness, during most of which she was unconscious, she was +removed to her heavenly home. Mr. Parsons was at one time very low; +and the three survivors were subjected to such frequent returns of +fever during the winter, that they were advised by physicians to +spend the spring and summer on the Bosphorus. They left the station +in charge of native helpers, and removed to Constantinople. Until +sickness came, their labors had been uninterrupted. Their circle of +acquaintance was constantly increasing, and they were generally +regarded by the Jews as their sincere friends. They were expected in +their visits to declare and make personal applications of gospel +truths. A little volume upon the inspiration of the Old and New +Testaments, by Mr. Dodd, was favorably received by many of the Jews. + +It was not deemed expedient for the brethren to resume their +residence in Salonica. Mr. Morgan and Mr. and Mrs. Parsons removed +to Smyrna, where they shared with their English brethren in labors +among the Jews. They hoped to continue to occupy Salonica through +Armenian native helpers, and to visit it themselves in the healthy +season. Mr. Morgan was married to Mrs. Sutphen, of the Armenian +mission, at the close of 1853, and on the return of Mr. and Mrs. +Dodd to Smyrna in the autumn of 1854, they went to Salonica, +expecting to remain there during nine months, and then to retire +before the miasma of summer. Mr. Morgan was welcomed by his Jewish +acquaintance, and found that the spirit of inquiry had spread, and +that there was greater boldness on the part of a few. But whatever +their secret conviction of the truth, none confessed the Saviour +openly. The first fruits ripened elsewhere. A family of three fled +to Malta, and were baptized there; another, a converted rabbi, came +to Smyrna, and became a teacher. There had been a considerable +advance in female education, since Mrs. Dodd had, with great +difficulty, persuaded a Jewish girl to encounter the odium of +learning to read. Some prominent rabbis were teaching their +daughters, and the tide seemed evidently turning. + +The Jews of Smyrna were found to be more worldly, and less given to +religious thought, than the Jews of Salonica. But an avowedly +Christian school of near twenty pupils was sustained during the year +1854, and taught by the converted rabbi above mentioned. The teacher +was known to be a proselyte. The New Testament was read daily, and +biblical instruction occupied a large place. It was hopeful that +Jews were found willing to place their children in such an +atmosphere. A boarding-school was opened for a few of the more +promising boys belonging to the day-school. The parents of five +actually signed a contract binding them to the missionaries for +three years. This they did after the most explicit declarations, +that while the boys would be trained for the highest usefulness and +happiness in this world, they would be carefully instructed in the +way of salvation through Jesus of Nazareth. The experiment could not +proceed without opposition. The chief rabbi interposed. The eldest +boy in the school manifested an inclination to embrace the Christian +religion, and was beaten, dragged to the synagogue, and compelled to +go through the form of worship. He was then put in irons procured +from the mad-house. He afterwards fled to Constantinople, where he +was baptized by one of the Scotch missionaries. The teacher was also +thrown into prison, on a false accusation. A young Jewish physician +appeared fully to embrace the truth, and was not moved by the most +cruel threats, or flattering promises. Mr. Parsons was greatly +encouraged. + +The instruction of inquirers at Constantinople had passed mostly +into the hands of English and Scotch missionaries to the Jews, while +Mr. Schauffler's labors were chiefly literary. He was preparing a +new translation of the Psalms into Hebrew-Spanish, in a more popular +style; but could hardly expect entire success, owing to the +peculiarities of the language as spoken by the common people in +different places. His translation of the Old Testament into +Hebrew-German, after revision by Mr. Koenig, of the Scotch Free +Church Mission, was printed by the American Bible Society. He was +able to preach in various languages, and did not neglect employing +his talent in that direction. The printing of his Hebrew Lexicon was +completed in 1854. + +The reader will scarcely be prepared for the relinquishment of this +mission, which took place early in 1856, though not in consequence +of failing success. The Armenian and Jewish missions, at their +united annual meeting in the spring of 1855, recommended that the +Board relinquish to some other society the Jewish stations of +Salonica and Smyrna. Constantinople, as such a station, had been +practically relinquished some time before. At a conference of +missionaries in Constantinople in November of that year, on occasion +of a visit from the Foreign Secretary of the Board, the subject was +carefully considered, and the question was decided according to the +personal convictions of the brethren in the Jewish mission. The +result was in favor of relinquishing the Jewish field to the English +and Scotch Societies; and of the younger members of the mission +devoting their strength to the Armenian field, the exclusive right +to which had been conceded to American missionaries by the general +consent, as it were, of Protestant Christendom. It had become +certain that the Board could not command laborers enough to do +anything like justice to both fields; while the English and Scotch +churches manifested a special interest in laboring for the +conversion of the ancient people of God; and there were both English +and Scotch missionaries in Constantinople, and English missionaries +in Smyrna; and others from the Established Church of Scotland were +ready to occupy Salonica. + +Mr. Schauffler subsequently devoted himself to labors for the +Moslems, many of whom were becoming interested in the spiritual form +of Christianity presented in the Protestant Armenian communities, +that were springing up throughout the empire. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. + +THE BULGARIANS OF EUROPEAN TURKEY. + +1857-1862. + + +The geographical position of European Turkey brings it directly in +contact with European civilization. Its interior may easily be +reached from the Bosphorus, the Sea of Marmora, the Dardanelles, the +Grecian Archipelago, the Adriatic Sea, and from the Danube flowing +down from the heart of Europe. The Mohammedan population is +estimated at four millions, and three fourths of these are supposed +to be of Christian origin, and less firmly wedded to the Moslem +faith than the remaining million of Osmanly Turks. And even these, +born and educated on the borders of Europe, in the midst of divers +Christian races, must form a character different from that of the +Asiatic Turks in other parts of the empire. + +Of the various races in European Turkey, the Bulgarians, properly so +called, who are estimated at four millions, speaking the Bulgarian +language, claim our first attention. They inhabit not only Bulgaria +proper, extending from the Danube to the Balkan Mountains, but also +an extensive region south of these mountains, reaching to the +Bosphorus, the Marmora, and Albania; and embracing a good part of +ancient Thrace, Albania, and Macedonia.[1] + +[1] On the map, this country is called _Bulgaria_, _Roumelia_, and +_Macedonia_. _Roumelia_, formerly called Moldavia and Wallachia, +north of the Danube, is peopled by a race supposed to be descended +from the old Roman military colonies. The language has an affinity +to the Latin. _Servia_ is peopled by Slavs, who speak substantially +the same language with the Bulgarians. The population of Roumania is +estimated at 3,864,000, and that of Servia at 1,078,000. + +The Bulgarians are of Slavonic origin, and their race is among the +oldest in Europe. In the latter part of the fifth century they +crossed the Danube, and gave their name to the country between that +river and the Balkan Mountains. In subsequent ages they extended +their conquests into Thrace and Macedonia, and, encamping before the +walls of Constantinople, sought to drive the Byzantine emperors into +Asia Minor. In 712, the Bulgarian troops defeated the armies of the +Eastern Roman Empire, and laid siege to Constantinople. Three years +later their king concluded a commercial treaty with the Emperor +Theodosius III. which is said to have remained in force for a long +time. In the year 814 the Bulgarians again invaded the Roman Empire, +captured Adrianople, and carried a bishop named Manuel, with others +of the citizens, into captivity. This person formed the companions +of his captivity into a church, and they remained true to their +faith, and labored earnestly for its spread. Having made proselytes +among the Bulgarians, the bishop and many of the captives suffered +martyrdom. Somewhat later, a captive monk, named Constantine +Cypharas, endeavored to carry forward the work thus commenced; but +the Greek empress, Theodora, for some special reasons, was led to +redeem this monk, and procure his return to his native country. At +this juncture, a sister of the Bulgarian king Bogoris was residing +at Constantinople, whither she had been conveyed as a captive in +early youth, and where she had been educated as a Christian, and the +effort to secure the return of the monk resulted in her being sent +back to her friends. She now labored to gain over the king, her +brother, to the Christian faith. Circumstances at length favored her +pious efforts, and she sent for Methodius of Thessalonica, a monk +and a skilful painter. He was afterwards joined by his older brother +Constantine, or Cyrill, surnamed the Philosopher, on account of his +learning. Cyrill reduced the Slavonic language to writing, taught +the barbarous nation the use of letters, and translated the +Scriptures into that language. In the year 861 he baptized king +Bogoris. The king undertook to force his people to change their +religion and they revolted. He succeeded in suppressing the +rebellion, and showed the superficial nature of his Christianity by +the cruel revenge he took on the leaders of the revolt. Then the +nation followed the lead of their king, and has ever since been +nominally Christian. Neander says, that Cyrill was distinguished +from all other missionaries of that period, by not yielding to the +prejudice which regarded the languages of the rude nations as too +profane to be employed for sacred uses, and by not shrinking from +any toil which was necessary to master the language of the people +among whom he labored. + +The Bulgarians wavered for a time, according to the sway of their +political interests, between the Greek and Latin Churches, until +finally they decided wholly in favor of the former, and a Greek +archbishop and bishops were set over them.[1] + +[1] Neander's _Ecclesiastical History_, vol. iii. pp. 307-316, +Torrey's Translation; and Dr. Murdock's Note to p. 51 of Mosheim's +_Institute of Ecclesiastical History_, vol. ii. + +In the year 924, Simeon, the Bulgarian monarch, compelled the +Byzantine Emperor, Romanus I., to recognize the National Church of +Bulgaria as wholly independent of the Greek Hierarchy. This +independence, after about fifty years, was partially destroyed by a +Greek Emperor; and in 1018, Basil II. restored the supremacy of the +Patriarch of Constantinople. The kingdom was revived in the latter +part of the twelfth century, but was again overthrown in 1393, by +the Sultan Bajazet I. Mohammed II., when he subverted the Eastern +Empire in 1453, made the religious chiefs of the Christian sects +responsible, not only for the spiritual administration of their +respective flocks, but also for that of a large share of their +temporal affairs,--such as public education, civil suits, contracts, +wills, and the like. The Bulgarians appear for a time not to have +been formally recognized by the Turks as belonging to the Greek +Church, and of course were not subject to its Patriarch; but the +Fanariote Greeks succeeded at last in making the Porte believe that, +being of the same religion with the Greeks, they should be placed +under the direct authority of the Patriarch of Constantinople; and +this was effected in the year 1767. Thus the Bulgarians lost their +religious independence. + +Since then, they have ever cherished an intense dislike of the Greek +bishops, whose aim has always been to extinguish every remnant of +national feeling, and obliterate all traces of their origin. They +earnestly desired to have the Bible and the church-services in their +own vernacular language, while the Greek Patriarch and his bishops +insisted upon using only the ancient Greek. The people desired to +have their children taught in the schools through the language of +their own homes, while the bishops insisted that the instruction +should be in the Greek language. They desired that their bishops and +other ecclesiastics should be chosen from among themselves; but the +Patriarch forced upon them Greek bishops, men of a foreign tongue, +and foreign habits and sympathies, whose whole aim was to keep the +people under the galling yoke of ecclesiastical tyranny.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1858, p. 322. + +What the Bulgarian people specially desired was ecclesiastical +independence; and, in order to be freed from their forced dependence +on the Greek Patriarchate, their leading men sometimes inclined to +go over to the Pope. This of course was favored by the intrigues of +the Jesuits, and politically by all the power of France. This +awakened state of mind led many to examine the teachings of +Scripture, and compare them with those of the Greek and Papal +Churches; and some made inquiries of the missionaries at the several +stations, as to Protestantism; and the question naturally arose, +whether it would not be as well to become Protestants, as Roman +Catholics. + +The Greek Patriarch was decided and bold. In 1861, he summoned the +Bulgarian bishops to appear and answer for themselves before his +great ecclesiastical Council at Constantinople; but they refused, +declaring that they owed him no allegiance. The summons was thrice +repeated, but in vain; whereupon the bishops were anathematized, and +it was resolved to banish them to Mount Sinai. This was prevented by +the interference of the Protestant Ambassadors, and the Bulgarians +rallied to the defense of their bishops. Three thousand of them +gathered at one time in one of their churches in the metropolis, and +were prevented from proclaiming a Free Bulgarian Church only by the +intervention of the Turkish government. Meanwhile the Bulgarian +nation was agitated with the discussion of religious doctrines and +ecclesiastical relations, and the Papists flooded the land with +their publications. When the anathema against the bishops was sent +to the Bulgarian towns, the people in some places would not allow it +to be read, and publicly burnt it. They even caused a counter +anathema to be read against the Greek Church. They doubtless +regarded this matter as wholly a religious one; but, in an +evangelical point of view, it was little more than a national +movement for securing their rights. Sentiments were sometimes +uttered, however, which strongly reminded one of the commencement of +the Reformation in Germany. "The religion of the Greeks," says Mr. +Crane, "has been denounced as contrary to the Bible, and the +Scriptures eulogized and recommended to the people. In their printed +speeches we have seen no instance, in which they have called upon +Mary and the saints for protection, but many in which they have +called upon God to vindicate their cause." + +Roumelia was partially explored in 1857 by Dr. Hamlin, accompanied +by the Rev. Henry Jones, Secretary of the Turkish Missions Aid +Society, then visiting our missions in Turkey. From Rodosto to +Adrianople, a distance of seventy-two miles, they saw but few +Bulgarian villages. Yet what came within their observation was of +special interest, "Wherever we saw flocks, we saw Bulgarian +shepherds; and wherever we saw cultivation, we saw Bulgarian +laborers. They are indeed spread all over Roumelia, as laborers and +shepherds, and the industry of the country is in their hands. The +land is generally of excellent quality. It lies spread out in +beautiful levels, and undulating, gently rising hills. In the +neighborhood of villages it is covered with rich fields of grain, +but elsewhere, for successive miles, it is roamed over by flocks of +sheep, which, however, cannot crop a tithe of the grass. It is a +beautiful region, waiting for the taste and intelligence of virtuous +industry to make it a paradise." + +We have also a charming view given us of the hundred miles of +country between Adrianople and Philippopolis, as it presented itself +to the travellers in the opening of spring. "The Greek race +disappears entirely from the soil, and the predominant race is the +Bulgarian. So entirely unconscious are the people of the Balkan's +being the boundary, that when I spoke of Bulgaria, I was repeatedly +corrected by the remark, 'You are now in Bulgaria.' The soil along +our route is of the finest quality, and large villages were +occasionally seen on our right and left, with magnificent views of +cultivated lands and vast pastures, the snowy Balkan summits +bounding the north, and lower ranges of hills the south. The fields, +clothed in the brightest verdure of spring, gave promise of +unsurpassed abundance; and in view of the inspiring scenes before +us, we could not forbear exclaiming, with the Psalmist: 'Thou +crownest the year with thy goodness, and thy paths drop fatness. The +pastures are clothed with flocks; the valleys also are covered over +with corn; they shout for joy, they also sing.'" + +Dr. Hamlin speaks thus of the people: "In the midst of this +fertility, we had only to cast the eye upon one of the villages in +order to feel that cruel oppression and spiritual darkness are upon +the people. In some of the Bulgarian villages we saw no window, nor +even a place for one, in a single house. The country being destitute +of forest trees, there is no timber, except what is brought from a +great distance, and so they construct their dwellings of the +lightest material possible. They are generally of wicker work, +plastered within with mud. A large mud chimney and a door are the +only openings. And yet the Bulgarians, in these miserable cottages, +are the cleanliest people in the world. Excepting the rice +cultivators, who dress expressly for their muddy work, we saw not a +ragged Bulgarian between Adrianople and Philippopolis. Their clothes +are of home manufacture, coarse, strong, whole, and clean. The +unembarrassed, kind, respectful bearing of the people, men, women, +and children, must impress the most cursory observer. An impudent +laugh, an over-curious gaze, or a rude remark, we did not meet with +from old or young. We could hardly say this after going ten steps +into a Greek or Turkish village." + +The favorable report made by Dr. Hamlin to his mission, awakened +much interest, and it was resolved, "That the Bulgarian and other +Slavonic races inhabiting European Turkey, call loudly for immediate +and vigorous missionary efforts; and being providentially thrown +upon the American churches as the chosen instrumentality for +evangelizing them, are worthy of their most devoted patronage." + +The mission was commenced with the understanding, that the +operations of the American Board would be in the country south of +the Balkan Mountains; while the missionaries of the American +Methodist Episcopal Church were to occupy stations north of these +mountains. The Methodist brethren desired the aid of one of the +older missionaries at Constantinople in the selection of their first +station, and Mr. E. E. Bliss accompanied them. They visited Varna, +Shumla, Rasgrad, and Rustchuk, and decided upon occupying the first +and second of these places. The acquaintance thus formed between the +two missions was ever after a source of mutual pleasure and profit. +Mr. Bliss thus concludes a report of his visit:-- + +"This, my first acquaintance with the Bulgarians, has given me a +very favorable opinion of them. Others have expressed a different +opinion, but I should rank them before the Armenians in native +intelligence and cultivation. Certainly a higher degree of +civilization prevails among them, than among the Armenians of Asia +Minor. They have better homes, better vehicles, better implements of +husbandry. Wherever we went, we found much to remind us that we were +in Europe, and not in Asia. Our road from Varna to Rustchuk was +bordered by the posts and wires of the telegraph. Every town had its +telegraphic station and corps of operators--French, English, and +Polish gentlemen. More than once, through their unsolicited +kindness, our approach to a stopping place was announced by the +wire, and we found lodgings made ready against our coming. This, to +me, was quite a strange feature of missionary travelling, very +unlike my experience in Asia Minor." + +The Rev. Charles F. Morse, who joined the Armenian mission in 1857, +was appointed to commence the mission. Leaving his family at +Constantinople until he had completed his arrangements, he proceeded +to Adrianople in March, 1858, with Hagopos, a graduate of the Bebek +Seminary, as an assistant. The population of Adrianople was then +estimated at one hundred and forty thousand, of whom forty thousand +were supposed to be Turks. The books in the Turkish language found +in Mr. Morse's baggage, including a large number of New Testaments, +were at first detained at the custom-house, under instructions from +the Porte, but were released upon application of the American and +English Consuls. His bookseller obtained a firman for the sale of +books, and freely exposed the Turkish Testament, and Mr. Morse was +himself allowed free access to the largest and finest of the +mosques,--a favor not granted at the capital. + +The most formidable opposition apprehended was from the Romish +missionaries. They had been quick to see a double advantage in the +disaffection of the Bulgarians with the Greek Church, and the fall +of the Russian Protectorate, and had already erected a fine church. +The French residents, their consul, and even the English consular +agent, were Catholics. An intelligent Bulgarian expressed the +opinion that Protestant missions furnished the only possible +safeguard against Rome in that country, and one of the best informed +of the American missionaries declared his belief, that the greatest +contest of Protestantism with Rome, since the era of the +Reformation, would be in Turkey. + +The Rev. Theodore L. Byington and wife joined the mission in 1858, +and were stationed at Adrianople. In the next year, the mission was +strengthened by the arrival of Rev. Messrs. William W. Meriam and +James F. Clark and their wives, who commenced a station at +Philippopolis, in ancient Thrace. The Rev. William F. Arms and wife +arrived in 1860, and were associated with Mr. Byington in a new +station at Eski Zagra, seventy-five miles northwest from Adrianople, +sixty northeast from Philippopolis, and twenty miles south of the +Balkan Mountains. Mr. Oliver Crane was transferred from the Western +Turkey Mission to Adrianople, in 1860. The population of +Philippopolis was estimated at about sixty thousand, of whom twenty +thousand were Bulgarians, sixteen thousand Mohammedans, fourteen +thousand Greeks, and five thousand Jews. Surrounding the city, there +were, within a circuit of thirty or forty miles, more than three +hundred villages, including a large population, mostly Bulgarians. +These villages were easy of access, and some of them would afford a +healthy retreat in summer. There were numerous mosques, and five +Greek and three Bulgarian churches. The Romanists were building a +large church edifice. The situation of Eski Zagra was at the +northern extremity of a luxuriant and beautiful plain, and contained +ten thousand Bulgarians and eight thousand Turks. + +Mr. Byington found a remarkable zeal for education. There were in +the town six Bulgarian schools for boys, with eight hundred +scholars, and four for girls with one hundred and thirty-five +scholars; and in the surrounding villages there were eleven schools, +with three hundred pupils. For the two principal schools they had +spacious buildings, that would grace a New England town. The +teachers were gentlemenly men, and enthusiastic in their work. This +class of teachers had generally received their education abroad, for +the most part in Russia, where they could secure it without expense. +They were earnest in their efforts to introduce a higher +civilization, and gave the missionaries a cordial reception. It was +otherwise with the priests. + +The readiness of the Bulgarians to receive the New Testament in +their spoken language, is deserving of special note. An English +gentleman, at one of the fairs in 1857, sold four hundred copies, +which was all he had. Several editions were printed under the +direction of the British and Foreign Bible Society, and were +exhausted in 1859. At least fifteen thousand copies had been +distributed, chiefly by sale, and the demand did not seem +diminished. Mr. Byington reports at Eski Zagra in September, 1860, +that, at the examination of one of the schools, each of twelve +members of the most advanced class was presented by the Trustees +with a handsome copy of the Bible Society's edition of the New +Testament. Subsequent experience tended somewhat to diminish the +value of such facts. + +A church was formed at Adrianople, on the first Sabbath in 1862, +with a mixed membership. Pastor Apraham, already known to the reader +in connection with the church at Rodosto, came by invitation, with +one of his deacons, to assist in its formation; as also did the +missionaries from Eski Zagra. + +Mr. Meriam at the close of 1861, stated as the results of +observations in his recent tours, that in villages and towns where +colporters had penetrated with the Word of Life, the people were no +longer afraid of Protestants, but respected and confided in them; +while they venerated and clung to their own form of religion; and +that the obvious way to benefit the people, spiritually and +temporally, most thoroughly and speedily, was to have suitable +native helpers quietly settled in such villages. His account of some +of the incidents on these tours will prepare the reader to +sympathize with this excellent missionary, and his estimable wife, +in the sad events soon to be narrated. + +"On reaching Tatar Bazarjik, the family of one of our boarding +scholars would not permit me to go to a public khan, but insisted +that I should go to their house. I accepted the kind invitation, and +while with them, at their request, conducted family worship, morning +and evening. Visited a dozen families and was cordially welcomed by +all. In walking the street, one morning, I heard a voice from a shop +inviting me to come in, and on entering found a company of +Bulgarians, with their faces all aglow with the questions they had +to ask. A number of persons collected from other shops, and after an +hour, all seemed still unwilling that the conversation should be +broken off. Their questions showed an intelligent desire for light +on the true way of salvation." + +"Early Sabbath morning, a number of Bulgarians came to our room at +the khan (at Otluk-Keuy), and began to ask questions about Christ, +the Virgin Mary, the New Testament, Popery, Protestantism, the +ceremonies of the Greek Church, etc., etc. The number of persons +increased until we had an audience of forty. They gave us no time to +eat until nightfall; and in the evening nine more came, and seemed +convinced of the truth. We spent a week in this village. Wine is +drank largely, and most of the young men are very wild, but we found +some whose conversation encouraged us much. For example, there are +three who hold regular meetings for the study of the New Testament +on Sabbaths and fast days. Such questions as they cannot solve for +themselves they reserve, until some one who can, passes through +their village. They have become fully aware, by their study of the +New Testament, that the Greek Church is not the one established by +the Apostles. One of their earnest questions was, 'Can we find +salvation in the Greek Church?' We found one enlightened priest in +this village, and spent a half day conversing with him. He informed +us that he was endeavoring to have the church service in the vulgar +tongue, so that all might understand. He quotes Scripture readily, +and is doing much good. All the other priests are miserable wine +drinkers. On my refusing the invitation of one of these to drink +with him, he exclaimed in astonishment, 'What! are you not a +Christian'?" + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. + +THE BULGARIANS OF EUROPEAN TURKEY. + +1862-1871. + + +Brigandage has at times prevailed in some parts of Bulgaria, +especially in the Balkan Mountains. In the spring of 1862, the roads +were more or less infested with highwaymen, but the one from +Philippopolis to Adrianople, and thence to Rodosto, being constantly +travelled, was deemed safe. By this road Mr. Byington, and Mr. +Meriam with his wife and child, went to Constantinople, to attend +the annual meeting of the Western Turkey Mission. Returning, Mr. +Byington started a week before Mr. Meriam, and reached Eski Zagra +safely, going from Adrianople to Philippopolis alone. Mr. Meriam +passed over the same route with his family. Nothing noticeable +occurred till they reached Hermanli, twelve hours from Adrianople, +at noon, July 3d. Here they found a company of half a score or more +of men, with four wagons, hesitating to proceed on account of a band +of mounted brigands, said to be lying in wait to rob them. +Unfortunately the courageous advice of Mr. Meriam decided them to +proceed, accompanied by two armed guards. After they had started, +Mr. Meriam became convinced that it would have been safer for him +and his family to have gone alone; and such was the fact, for the +robbers did not know of his presence, and designed only to plunder +the rayahs. The brigands came upon them about three o'clock in the +afternoon. The faithless guards fled at once, and some valuable +horses were seized. The drivers of the two forward talaccas, of +which Mr. Meriam's was one, then increased their speed, endeavoring +to escape; when the robbers pursued, firing rapidly upon the wagons, +piercing the covering of Mr. Meriam's, and killing or wounding two +or three occupants of the next vehicle. The missionary and his +family were shielded for a time by the boxes in the hinder part of +the carriage, till the fall of one of the horses wheeled it round, +so as to face the assailants. Mr. Meriam sprang out to protect his +wife and child, and immediately fell, pierced by two balls. When the +agonized wife expostulated with one of the brigands, saying, that +"he loved the Osmanlees, and wished to do them good," he replied, +"Why then did you flee"? Had they quietly waited, though they might +have been robbed, life would probably have been spared. + +Mrs. Meriam retained her presence of mind, and placing her infant +upon the ground, carefully collected the papers and other articles +which the robbers had scattered about, and then sat down to watch +the lifeless remains of her husband. The Turkish authorities of the +next village sent a conveyance to take her and her precious treasure +to a khan. When the moodir saw her in her little room, with her babe +and the corpse of her husband, he was much moved, and did what he +could for her comfort. He sent a telegram to the governor of +Philippopolis, designed for Mr. Clarke, but Mr. Clarke received no +notice, and consequently no friend came to meet her. She conveyed +the body in her own carriage; and spent the whole of the next night, +with her babe, watching the talacca in the open air, vainly +listening for the coming of the messenger whom she had so much +reason to expect. On the next and last day, she prevailed on a +Bulgarian boy to hasten on with a message, which brought Mr. Clarke +to her relief, but only just before she entered the city. An +immediate burial was necessary. The Austrian, Greek, and French +Consuls were very kind, and the Bulgarian church was offered for the +funeral. + +Mrs. Meriam possessed an excellent constitution, but the strain had +been too much for her. A premature confinement followed, and fever, +which assumed a typhoid form, closed her earthly career, July 25, +about three weeks after her husband's murder.[1] + +[1] A statement, made at the time, that Mr. Meriam fired on the +assassins was afterwards found to be untrue. Nor did Mrs. Meriam +receive any injury at the time of the murder. Nothing was taken from +her personally, and no violence was offered her. _Missionary +Herald_, 1863, p. 143. + +It was necessary that an example should be made of the murderers. +Mr. Seward, Secretary of State at Washington, took Mr. Webster's +view as to the rights of missionaries, and removed the doubts of Mr. +Morris, the American Minister at the Porte, which had occasioned an +unfortunate delay; so that he, with Mr. Goddard the Consul General, +put matters in train at Adrianople, which led the Pasha of that +province to offer four hundred dollars, and soon after as much more, +for information that would insure the detection of the assassins, +and to distribute bands of soldiers over the country. Mr. Blunt, the +English Consul at Adrianople, offered a reward of ninety dollars on +his own responsibility; and with him the Austrian Consul, Mr. +Camerlobe, actively coöperated. + +These efforts resulted in the arrest, conviction, and execution of +three of the five engaged in the murder. The remaining two met with +an ignominious and violent death; one having been assassinated, and +the other shot down while committing highway robbery in an adjacent +province. + +A very effectual check was thus put to the brigandage so prevalent +before, and the attention of all classes was drawn to the character, +position, and aims of the missionaries. + +Scarcely a year had elapsed, since Mr. Coffing had fallen by the +hands of assassins in Central Turkey; and who can tell how much the +punishment inflicted on the murderers of these missionaries, has +contributed to the safety of their brethren, or how much it will be +instrumental in preventing future massacres of native Christians, as +well as missionaries, by fanatical Mohammedans. + +The Rev. Henry C. Haskell and wife joined the mission in the autumn +of 1862, and assisted Mr. Morse in forming a new station at Sophia, +about four days' journey northwest of Philippopolis. In the +following year, Miss Mary E. Reynolds took charge of a school for +girls at Eski Zagra, which had been successfully commenced by a +young woman from Catholic Bohemia, who spoke the Bulgarian like a +native, and gave good evidence of piety. The school was designed for +the education of female teachers. The health of Mrs. Crane obliged +her and her husband to return home, and ask for a release from their +connection with the Board. Adrianople was thus left, for a time, +without a missionary. The death of Mr. and Mrs. Meriam stirred up +several young men in the school at Philippopolis who became active +and successful colporters in the surrounding villages. Many of the +people in Sophia were found to possess the Scriptures, and a +considerable number were known to read them with interest; but as +soon as the fact became known to their acquaintance, they were +subjected to persecution. + +At Samokov, a pleasant town nine hours to the southeast of Sophia, +with a Bulgarian population of ten thousand, there were encouraging +indications, and that place proving to be more healthful and a +better centre than Sophia, the station was removed thither in 1869. + +In 1863, the missionaries of the American Board and the Methodists +working in this field held a meeting at Eski Zagra, for cultivating +the friendly relations already existing between them. Dr. Wood and +Mr. Isaac G. Bliss were present from the Armenian Mission. They +found themselves in substantial agreement as to the methods of +missionary labor, and also as to the nature of the field. "While +some facts of a more or less hopeful nature," writes Mr. Byington, +"were reported, the general feeling seemed to be, that the +Bulgarians were a very different people from what they were supposed +to be, six or eight years ago, and that in our efforts for their +good, patience must have her perfect work. They cannot be said to be +a particularly depraved people; they are not probably addicted to +the grosser sins in any unusual degree; but there seems to be among +them a great want of impressibility. When the truth is presented, +they at once assent to it, but without any apparent impression on +the heart. The brethren generally spoke of the pleasant social +intercourse which they enjoyed with the people, but upon religious +matters a very painful indifference was manifested." + +One great obstacle to the reception of evangelical truth among the +Bulgarians, was the attachment of all classes to their national +unity. The same had been found among the Armenians and Greeks. Men +objected to the examination of evangelical doctrines, lest the +result should be a schism in the nation; not being able to see how a +change in religious belief could consist with national loyalty. Yet, +though the progress of the work had not equaled the expectations +awakened at the outset, it was obvious that increasing acquaintance +with the missionaries was perceptibly removing prejudice. The +conviction was gaining strength with many, not only that Protestants +had a Christian faith, but that it was purer than their own. The +girls' school at Eski Zagra had thirty pupils in regular attendance, +and a score of applicants were refused for want of room. Mr. Clarke +having been overworked, it was necessary to secure aid for him, and +Mr. Haskell removed to Philippopolis. Mr. Ball, after a long +detention at home by the decline of his wife's health, joined the +Adrianople station in 1865. Some new prejudice against the +missionaries was now created by accusations transferred from English +newspapers, made in defense of the intolerance of the Turkish +authorities, and of what certainly seemed an unfriendly policy in +Sir Henry Bulwer, the English Ambassador. + +But the school for young men at Philippopolis, and that for girls at +Eski Zagra, conciliated favor. The former had fourteen pupils, who +made good improvement in mental and moral character, and manifested +a good degree of religious feeling, a spirit of benevolence, and a +readiness to labor for the good of others. During vacation, six of +them were employed as colporters. Nearly all the older students +seemed ready to take their stand on the Bible, and did not fear the +name of Protestant. The girls' school numbered about thirty pupils, +whose progress in study had been gratifying, and there had often +been deep feeling under religious instruction. Members of the common +council of the town, and others who witnessed an examination of the +school, sent to Mr. Byington a letter of thanks, and assured him +that the missionaries would yet be recognized by the Bulgarians as +benefactors of their nation. + +The people could not, as yet, be drawn, in any numbers, to attend +the regular religious services of the missionaries. They were banded +together against receiving spiritual truth. Still something could be +done by personal conversations and the circulation of books and +tracts. Touring in the villages was often attended with +encouragement. + +The year 1867 was one of peculiar promise. The moral stupor, which +for so many years had taxed the faith of the mission, seemed to be +yielding to the awakening power of the Word of God, and Gospel truth +was not only better apprehended by the intellect, but also was +impressing the heart and conscience. Though the awakening was +neither as extensive, or thorough, or spiritual as was desired, it +was real, and indicated the entering upon a new stage of the work. + +Miss Roseltha A. Norcross became the associate of Miss Reynolds in +the school at Eski Zagra. The arrival of a new teacher and many +applications for admission, led to an enlargement of the school. Two +sisters, however, who were among the most interesting pupils, were +called to severe trials. One of them left in 1866, but the other +remained, and was the best scholar in the school. Both possessed +more than ordinary intelligence and amiability, and for more than +two years had been heartily devoted to Christ. "The younger who had +left the school," says the report of the mission, "was taken, a few +days since, into a room where many of her relatives and a priest had +assembled, to extort from her a renunciation of her faith, and was +told that she would either have to give up, or die; that they would +give her no peace so long as she persisted in her present course. +But the Lord sustained her. They resorted to entreaty, and besought +her merely to make the sign of submission, telling her that she need +not in her heart change her belief. But their seductions were as +unavailing as their threats. It is more than a year since she left +the school, and though, during this time, her closet, her Bible, and +the conversation of her sister have been her only means of grace, it +is evident that, in the midst of this wearing domestic persecution, +a Christian character of unusual loveliness is being developed. She +is as frail as a lily, but the strength of the Lord rests upon her." + +Another case was that of a pupil who had left a year and a half +before, to teach a Bulgarian school. "Unaided," says the mission, +"except from on high, she has fought a good fight during the past +year. The parents of her pupils complain because she will not +conform to the rites of their Church, but the trustees of the +school, not wishing to lose her services, have been wise enough not +to make conformity a condition of remaining in their service. Her +parents have forbidden her visiting the missionary premises, but +they have not been able to separate her from her Lord, nor to +prevent her laboring for the spiritual good of her pupils. Although +she has been occupying, for more than a year, a position beset with +temptations, and has been in a great degree deprived of the sympathy +and advice of Christian friends, we still hear from her that she is +kept by the power of God." + +The mission suffered a most serious loss in the return of Mr. and +Mrs. Byington to their native land, in consequence of the failing +health of the latter. + +The great complaint of the missionaries had been of the indifference +of the people. But after the departure of Mr. Byington, there was no +ground for this at Eski Zagra. False reports were circulated with +such effect, that the day-scholars were taken from the school, and +the boarding-school was reassembled with difficulty. The oldest +assistant teacher was forcibly abducted, but escaped and returned. A +mob soon gathered, broke open an outer door, cut away some of the +bars to the windows, and broke sixty panes of glass with stones. The +proprietor of the house now sent for the police, which dispersed the +rioters. Such outrages could not be allowed, and representations +were made to Mr. Morris, the American Minister at Constantinople, +and to Mr. Blunt, the friendly English Consul at Adrianople. Their +prompt efforts were effectual. More than a score of the offenders +were sentenced to imprisonment of different lengths, but were +pardoned at the request of the missionaries. This act of clemency +had a happy influence on the people, and the persecution had a good +effect on the school. + +A young man who had been for five years a student at Philippopolis, +was licensed to preach the gospel on the 24th of July; and on the +following Sabbath, ten Bulgarians, six of whom were girls in the +school, sat down at the Lord's table, in the presence of forty +spectators. This was the more significant, as the Bulgarian council, +a month before, had enjoined upon the different "trades" of the city +and neighboring villages, to have no dealings with two individuals +whose names and places of business were specified, nor with any +others who were known as inclined to Protestantism. Such persons +were therefore refused bread, or the right of baking at the public +ovens, and some were reduced to great distress. The missionaries +talked seriously with the leading men of the city in favor of +religious _freedom_, but only a few of them conversed reasonably on +the subject, and the masses were wholly opposed to it. Three men, as +a means of asserting their religious liberty, went before the +Turkish authorities and declared themselves Protestants, which +seemed to be the beginning of a Protestant Bulgarian community. The +missionaries were sometimes threatened with personal violence, but +the Turkish government was ready to defend them. + +In January, 1869, four Bulgarians were admitted to the communion at +Eski Zagra, two of them pupils in the school, and two married men. +The number of Bulgarian communicants in that place was now eleven. + +The mission was strengthened, in 1868, by the arrival of Messrs. +Lewis Bond, William Edwin Locke, and Henry Pitt Page, all ordained +missionaries, and their wives. Mr. Bond was stationed at Eski Zagra, +and Miss Esther P. Maltbie came thither as a teacher in 1870. Mr. +Haskell welcomed the arrival, at Philippopolis, of Miss Minnie C. +Beach, in 1869, and Messrs. Locke and Page commenced a new station, +before noticed, at Samokov, in ancient Macedonia. Mr. and Mrs. Ball +of Adrianople and Miss Reynolds of Eski Zagra found it necessary to +return to the United States on account of their health; and it soon +appeared that it was too late for them to recover. Mr. Ball died at +Grand Rapids, Wisconsin, June 6, 1870, after a useful connection of +seventeen years with the missionary work, and Miss Reynolds, at +Springfield, Massachusetts, June 1, 1871, just eight years from the +day of her sailing for Turkey, and after a life of singular +devotedness and success.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1871, p. 247. + +Previous to the year 1870, the missionaries to the Bulgarians had +sustained a nominal relation to the Western Armenian Mission. This +connection was now dissolved, and the associated brethren took the +name of the EUROPEAN TURKEY MISSION. Its stations were Eski Zagra, +Philippopolis, Samokov, and Adrianople; and Dr. Riggs was reckoned +as a member of it, though he continued to reside in Constantinople, +his labors being chiefly for the Bulgarians. The Rev. Henry A. +Schauffler, then in the United States, was also transferred from the +Western Turkey Mission, and was expected, on his return to the +field, to go to Philippopolis, where he would use the Turkish and +Greek for the benefit of those who spoke these languages; and with +the expectation that the work among the Bulgarians would everywhere +connect itself, as soon as possible, with that of the large +Mohammedan and Greek population, with whom they were intermingled. + +The Sultan, having confirmed the appointment of Bishop Anthimas, of +Widdin, to be Exarch of Bulgaria, the Bulgarians thus virtually +acquired their ecclesiastical independence, and so both their +national spirit and their unwillingness to allow Protestantism to +come in as an element of apprehended division, acquired strength. +Few were yet able to see how one could be both a Bulgarian and a +Protestant, and no general movement on the part of rulers and +ecclesiastics towards Protestantism, was to be expected. But the +Scriptures and evangelical publications were extensively circulated. +Thoughtful minds were reached, and examples of what the Gospel could +do to regenerate character and give peace to troubled spirits were +beginning to attract attention. There was not such liberty to +persecute as there had been in Asiatic Turkey. Truth was gaining a +hold in cities and villages. The girls' school at Eski Zagra, under +Miss Norcross, numbering twenty-six pupils, contained several who +gave evidence of spiritual renewal, and applications for teachers +had come from several towns and villages, accompanied by +comparatively liberal subscriptions for their support. The hope, at +Philippopolis, of getting helpers from the high school for young +men, had been much disappointed, but some of its pupils were doing +good. An influential merchant in Samokov was an active convert, and +there was much to encourage in that region. + +Early in the autumn of 1870, Miss Norcross sickened, and on the 4th +of November died, greatly to the grief of her pupils and of the +whole mission.[1] Miss Maltbie arrived in less than a month after +she had passed away. It was soon resolved to remove the school to +Samokov, as a more healthful place, and more eligible on other +accounts. A regular Sabbath service was held at this station, and a +weekly prayer-meeting. The audiences were very small, and but five +persons were deemed worthy to be received to church fellowship. At +the out-stations, though there had been no striking success, there +were everywhere signs of an advance. The native helper in the +beautiful town of Bansko had a school of twenty-two pupils, and a +congregation of sixty-five, and the little company contributed to +Christian objects, during the year, nearly two hundred dollars, +including the purchase of a site for a house of worship. The cause +was greatly advanced by the labors of an earnest and devoted +Bible-woman, whom the women of Bansko helped to support. + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1871, p. 53. + +Bansko will have the ecclesiastical distinction, hereafter, of being +the place where the first evangelical Bulgarian church was formed, +and fully organized. This was in August, 1871. The candidates were +fifteen, nine men, and six women. In accordance with a written +invitation from the people, Messrs. Locke, Bond, and Page started on +Tuesday, August 22d, and went by a circuitous, though a pleasant, +picturesque and easy route, passing through two cities, where they +found several who were examining the truth, and reached their place +of destination on the 24th. The brethren at Bansko had arranged +liberally for the brethren and their horses, at their own houses, +and gave them a hearty welcome. The candidates for church-membership +were all examined, and answered the questions put to them more +clearly than the missionaries had thought possible, considering the +advantages they had enjoyed. The candidate for ordination as pastor, +Mr. Evansko Touzorve, was examined on Saturday afternoon. He had +been preaching there as a helper of the mission, and the examination +was quite satisfactory, especially on the evidences of Christianity, +just then a subject of special importance in that field, owing to +the influx of German and French infidelity. + +Sabbath, August 27th, was devoted to the organization of the church, +and the ordination of the pastor. A deacon had been previously +chosen. The service was concluded with the Lord's Supper. The people +were to have the services of the pastor eight months in the year, +and to pay half his salary for that time, and the mission was to +employ him the other four months in another part of the field. The +new church could not then pay more towards the salary, having bought +a lot of land, on which to build a church. The little flock was +jubilant and of good courage. "What a contrast," exclaims the +missionary, "between this state of things, and that two years ago, +when the people seized our horses, and drove us from the village!" + +One of the most important results of the mission to the Bulgarians, +has doubtless been the translation of the whole Bible into their +present spoken language.[1] This was published for the first time, +in the year 1871. "Methodius and Cyril, who first preached the +gospel to the Bulgarians a thousand years ago, gave them the +Scriptures in their then spoken language, the Slavic. But this +ancient tongue, the mother of the modern Russian, Bulgarian, +Servian, Polish, Illyrian, etc., has long since ceased to be the +vernacular of any of the nations. Hence the necessity of new +translations of the Word of God in all these dialects." One of the +earliest results of the waking up of the Bulgarian people, was a +translation of the four Gospels by Messrs. Seraphim of Eski Zagra, +and Sapoonoff of Trevna, published at Bucharest in 1828. The first +edition of the whole New Testament in Bulgarian was issued at +Smyrna, in 1840, at the expense of the British and Foreign Bible +Society; but the literary labor was performed by a Bulgarian, the +Rev. Neophytus P. Petroff, of Rila, with the aid of Hilarion, the +Metropolitan Bishop of Ternovo. This edition was well received, and +sold rapidly. It was faithfully, carefully, and ably prepared. + +[1] See Dr. Riggs' statement in the _Missionary Herald_, for 1872, +pp. 76-79. + +The British and Foreign Bible Society published seven editions of +this Testament, or about forty thousand copies, and authorized the +preparation of a translation of the Old Testament. Mr. Constantine +Photinoff, of Smyrna, to whom this work was committed, just lived to +complete the first draft of a translation of the Old Testament, and +died in 1858, only a few days after having removed from Smyrna to +Constantinople, in order to revise it for publication, with Dr. +Riggs. + +Meanwhile a rapid change had been going on in the Bulgarian +language, and it had become manifest that the work must have a +thorough revision. The translations of both the Old and New +Testaments had been made in the Western, or Macedonian dialect; but +the Eastern, or Slavic, was now taking the lead, and the language +was evidently to be mainly moulded after that model. + +It is an interesting fact, stated by Dr. Riggs, that the government +censor for Bulgarian publications called on him, the day after Mr. +Photinoff's death, and expressed his hearty interest in the work of +translating the Scriptures, and his hope that it would not be +delayed. + +In the preparation of this work, Dr. Riggs was aided by two of the +best Bulgarian scholars, the one trained in the use of the Western, +and the other of the Eastern dialect. In the revision of the New +Testament, he was also aided by the Rev. A. L. Long, D. D., of the +Methodist Bulgarian mission. With such assistance, it is believed +that this translation of the Bible will become a standard work. The +first edition was printed in an imperial octavo volume of one +thousand and sixty pages, with the references of our English Bible, +which will be of special value to a people having as yet no +Concordances, Bible Dictionaries, or Commentaries. Dr. Riggs brought +to the annual meeting of the newly organized mission, in 1871, the +first copy received from the binders. + +It should be borne in mind, that only preliminary work has been done +as yet in this most inviting field. Scarcely fourteen years have +elapsed since the field was first explored, and only twelve since +stations began to be occupied. It is not time to expect any other +results than first fruits. The missionaries have become thoroughly +acquainted with the field, with its wants, and its strategetic +points, and are ready to move forward as fast as they shall receive +the needful aid. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1861-1863. + + +Dr. Dwight having completed his eastern tour, visited the United +States, where he arrived in November, 1861. It was arranged, that he +should prepare and publish the results of his extended missionary +observations. But the Head of the Church had ordered otherwise. On +Saturday, January 25, 1862, while passing in the cars through +Shaftsbury, Vermont, on his way to spend a Sabbath at Middlebury +College, "the stormy wind, fulfilling His word," lifted the car from +off the rails, and tossed it down a steep embankment; and one of the +heavy trucks, following and dashing through it, at once set free the +sanctified spirit of our brother, and gave him a sort of translation +to the regions of the blessed. It was a sudden and unexpected close +of a most useful life. + +Dr. Dwight was born at Conway, Massachusetts, on the 22d of +November, 1803. His family removed to Utica, New York, and there, at +the age of fifteen, he was hopefully converted during a revival of +religion, and united with a Presbyterian church. He graduated at +Hamilton College in 1825, and, while in the Theological Seminary at +Andover, became deeply interested in the missionary work, and took +great pains, along with some fellow-students, to illustrate the +beginning of foreign missions from the United States. In his last +year at the Seminary he offered himself to the American Board, and +was appointed one of its missionaries. After completing his studies, +he entered upon an agency for the Board, which continued until 1829. +From this time, through more than thirty years, the events of his +life form an important part of the history of the mission to the +Armenians. That mission grew, in his time, from a single station at +Constantinople to twenty-three stations, and eighty-one +out-stations, extending over the greater part of Western Asia; and +whereas, at the commencement of his labors, he did not know of a +single convert in the whole country, at their close, there were +forty-two churches, with sixteen hundred members, twelve ordained +native pastors, forty-three licensed native preachers, thirty-four +catechists, fifty-five teachers, and thirty-nine other helpers. + +He was made to be a leader in the Lord's host. There was in him a +rare combination of sound common sense, piety, resolution, firmness, +candor, and courtesy, and withal an honest simplicity, a godly +sincerity, and a practical tact, that seldom failed to secure for +him a commanding influence; and the mission, of which he was so long +a member, was sufficiently eventful to give full exercise to all his +powers. + +It affords much pleasure to the writer, that he is unable to recall +an instance, in all the thirty years, where Dr. Dwight's opinions +were seriously at variance with those of the Committee and +Secretaries of the Board. It may be that, under the influence of a +more extended correspondence, there was sometimes greater progress +in their opinions on questions of missionary experience, than in +his; but there was never any collision of thought; and it was most +gratifying, on his arrival in this country, after his instructive +and interesting tour of observation among the missions and mission +churches, to find this eminent servant of Christ in full accord with +his Committee on all the great points of missionary practice. The +prominent trait, however, in his character was spirituality. This +was in him an ever-growing quality. From day to day, from month to +month, from the commencement of his missionary life until his death, +he was wholly devoted to the kingdom and glory of his Redeemer. He +walked with God, and was not, for God took him. + +It will be appropriate, at this stage of the history, to quote some +of the views of Dr. Dwight on missionary policy in Turkey, as they +were embodied in a circular letter to the brethren of his own +mission, and substantially communicated to the Secretaries in their +personal intercourse with him just before his lamented death. Coming +from such a man, after so long and varied an experience, they +deserve thoughtful attention. He speaks first of the education of a +native ministry. + +"I am inclined to think that we have made our education at the Bebek +Seminary too comprehensive, considering the actual circumstances and +wants of the people. True, our course of study is nothing compared +with that of American colleges; but it is much, compared with the +amount of education existing in this country; and it seems to me we +are in danger from two sources; namely, first, that our native +preachers will be educated too far above their people; and, +secondly, that they will require much more for their support, in +consequence of their education, than their people can give. The plan +of removing the Bebek Seminary to the interior, strikes me very +favorably." + +Again, as to the support of the native ministry: "I think it very +evident, that the past system is fraught with too many evils to be +continued. I would not favor any sudden change, but it seems to me, +that the experience we have gained, by the working of the past, +would lead us to begin immediately on a new plan; and the providence +of God, in restricting our means, is giving us an admirable +opportunity for so doing. We may urge with great weight upon the +churches the support of their own pastors, and leave the +responsibility there, even when the treasury of the Board shall be +relieved. I begin to question, whether we ought even to give regular +aid from our funds, for the support of settled pastors, or even +stated supplies of churches fully organized. Would it not simplify +our relations to those churches, as well as call forth much more +efficient effort from themselves, if we were to leave them, as the +Apostles did their native churches, to take care of their own +pastors, after such have been ordained? The native churches should +be expected and encouraged to take, as fast as possible, the work of +evangelizing surrounding districts upon themselves; and it will be +better to leave them to choose and support wholly their own +laborers. The plan of having such men supported partly by the +mission and partly by the native churches, does not work well. If it +is necessary for the mission to assist the churches in this work, I +would do it irregularly, and without any pledges as to the amount or +frequency of such aid." + +These views had been already exemplified, substantially, in the +Central mission; and they have since had a more full practical +development in the Eastern mission; as will appear in the progress +of the history. + +It was not found easy to determine the number of stations or of +missionaries desirable in Eastern or Western Turkey. The early +theories in relation to this matter have been considerably modified +by experience. It was natural to suppose, that many missionaries +could labor among the million of people in Constantinople, without +interfering with each other, or standing in the way of a native +ministry. And so they might, could they at once have access to a +considerable part of the population. But this was not true in fact, +either as to missionaries, or the native ministry. It has been +found, that it results in loss to place more preachers on the +ground, than can find full scope for their ministry. Even should the +overcrowded ministry be of the same denomination, it works badly, +but far worse if made up of rival sects. For a time at least, all +must operate upon nearly the same persons. In the rural districts, +the missionaries reside in the centres of population, and generally +where two families can dwell together, and where each missionary can +have a distinct field of labor. But even there it is deemed +expedient for the churches to have native pastors; nor there alone. +The aim is to have constellations of churches with native +office-bearers, around every missionary station. Not otherwise can +the whole country be permeated by evangelical influences. + +It is plain that in a work so unlike anything at home, missionaries +ought to have large discretion as to the time and manner of +organizing native churches. Nor, since these infant communities are +only partially enlightened and sanctified, is there reason for +discouragement should they sometimes be not perfectly harmonious +with their missionary fathers. It was so for a time with one of the +first churches formed at the metropolis. The missionaries had of +course the sole responsibility of determining what use should be +made of the funds remitted by the Board. But the pastor and a +portion of the church thought they ought to have a voice in their +disposal. As this could not be, dissatisfaction arose, and +complaints were publicly made against their American brethren. But +these misunderstandings have in good measure passed away.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1862, p. 300, 1863, p. 268; and Report +of the Board for 1871, p. 23. + +The Western Turkey Mission resolved, in 1862, to suspend the Bebek +Seminary, with the expectation of reviving it at Marsovan. This +institution was commenced by Dr. Hamlin, in November, 1840. It was a +boarding-school, with a course of study believed to be adapted to +the great ends of the mission, and soon became a very efficient +means of gaining access to the people. Its third year, ending +November, 1843, was called the "year of a thousand visits," because +so many came desirous to learn the religious belief of the +missionaries. The Principal was obliged to stop their coming, in +order to save the school; but the work among the Armenians then +received an impulse which it never lost. Dr. Hamlin continued in +charge of the Seminary till the year 1857; aided, at different +times, by most of his brethren. Messrs. Clark, Bliss, and Pettibone, +had charge of it afterward. The building at Bebek, which had been +some time occupied on a lease, became the property of the Board in +1849. In 1853, the number of students was fifty, of whom fifteen +were Greeks, under the instruction mainly of Dr. Riggs; and there +was then a theological class of eleven Armenians. The Greek +department was suspended in 1855. The students were very useful as +evangelical laborers within and around Constantinople; and not a few +of the graduates occupy, and have occupied, important posts of +usefulness in different parts of the empire. It is recorded that, in +1857, sixty applicants were rejected for want of means to support +them; and it was believed that, with adequate pecuniary means, one +hundred could have received instruction as easily as fifty. + +The metropolis was not found the best place to train men for the +seclusion and small salaries of interior pastorates; but the school +was nevertheless a most important instrument for good, and quite +essential in the early progress of the mission. Of the forty-five +students in the five years from 1857 to 1861, for which the Seminary +was fairly held responsible, seven were preachers at the opening of +1862, and thirteen were members of the theological class. + +The expediency of continuing the Seminary at the metropolis, had +been discussed in the mission for several years. The other missions +preferred training their native ministry within their own bounds; +and the interior stations of the Western mission had strong +objections to sending their pupils to be educated where expensive +habits were almost necessarily acquired. + +It was resolved, in the same year, to discontinue the +boarding-school for girls at Constantinople, with the expectation +of reviving it, also, at Marsovan. It was commenced in 1845. The +whole number of pupils had been one hundred and twenty-eight, of +whom one half became members of the church. Eighty-three were from +Constantinople and vicinity, and forty-five from the interior. +Thirty-seven completed the course of four years. Two of the older +graduates were teachers of self-supporting schools at Nicomedia; +another, whose parents lived at Trebizond, taught at Marsovan; a +fourth, since married to a graduate of the Bebek seminary, devoted +herself to teaching the girls in a day-school at Adabazar, in charge +of the native pastor; another was mistress of a school of forty +pupils at Baghchejuk; and still another had a school of forty-five +girls at Diarbekir, and was otherwise a shining light. Five were +wives of pastors,--at Constantinople, Broosa, Bilijik, Harpoot, and +Diarbekir; three of preachers,--at Nicomedia, Bandurma, and Aidin; +and several of helpers in different places. The school was located +successively at Pera, Bebek, and Hass-Keuy; and its teachers were +Miss Lovell, Mrs. Everett, and the two Misses West. + +The summer heat at Adana was supposed to be too intense for the +health of a missionary family. Mr. Coffing was therefore +commissioned, by his brethren, to explore the Taurus Mountains, west +and north of Marash, for a suitable summer residence. He performed +this service in the autumn of 1860, accompanied by Mrs. Coffing and +Deacon Sarkis. An interesting account of the tour may be found in +the "Missionary Herald," for 1861.[1] Mr. Coffing requested +permission, on his return, to occupy the new field, and left Aintab, +with his family, for this purpose, in July, 1861; intending to +reside at Hadjin, or Nigdeh in the mountains during the summer heat, +and in the winter at Adana. As they went forth from Aintab, nearly +the whole Protestant population, about fifteen hundred, stood on +both sides of the road to bid them farewell, and as they passed, +sang,-- + + "How sweet the tie that binds + Our hearts in Christian love;" + +and also an original hymn, expressive of their feelings on parting +with this mission family. More than a hundred persons accompanied +them during that afternoon, returning the next day; and many were +the prayers offered for them, and for the dark town in the mountains +whither they went. Their road through or rather upon the Taurus +Mountains, was difficult, and in some places dangerous; but without +serious accident they reached Hadjin on Saturday, July 14th. There +they were kindly welcomed by the people, and commenced their labors +with pleasant prospects of success. But, after a few weeks, the +Moslem governor and the Armenian priests commenced a cruel +opposition, scarcely paralleled in the missionary experiences of +Turkey, and drove them from the place, with much loss and suffering. +Arriving at Adana, where the native brethren gave them a kind +reception, Mr. Coffing sought redress from the government, but in +vain, as the Pasha was unfriendly; and the native Protestants of +that city were subjected to many outrages during the winter. + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1861, pp. 169, 170. + +After six months, Mr. Coffing left Adana to attend the annual +meeting of his mission at Aleppo, going by way of Alexandretta. The +road being dangerous around the head of the gulf, he took a guard of +three soldiers; but in the latter part of the route, he dismissed +two of them, going on with the other, two muleteers, and a pious +Armenian servant. When three miles from Alexandretta, he was fired +upon by two men concealed in a thicket near the road. Two balls +struck his left arm above the elbow, shattering the bone and +severing an artery, and one entered the body. Though severely +wounded, he rode on two miles further; and then, from loss of blood, +sunk down upon the beach, not far from Alexandretta, and sent to +that place for help. It was promptly rendered by Mr. Levi, the +American Vice Consul, Arthur Roby, Esq., the English Vice Consul, +and other gentlemen, and the fainting missionary was taken to the +house of Mr. Levi, where he died the next morning, March 26th, 1862. +The Armenian servant died four days later from his wounds, and +another, who was wounded, recovered. + +Mr. Johnson, United States Consul at Beirût, took energetic +measures, in connection with Mr. Morgan at Antioch, for apprehending +the murderers. They had the coöperation not only of the gentlemen +above mentioned, but also of Capt. Hobart of H. B. Majesty's Ship +_Foxhound_, Capt. Simon, of the French Frigate _Mogador_, and Col. +A. S. Frazer, H. B. M. Commissioner to Syria. The Turkish +authorities acted with commendable decision, and two young Moslem +robbers of the mountains, to whom the crime was traced, were finally +captured; though one of them afterwards escaped, and was protected +by the Pasha of the district. The other was executed in September, +1862, and the offending Pasha was removed from office. Robbery was +evidently no object with the assassins, and it was believed, that +they were instigated by others. The hostile Armenians of Hadjin and +Adana were, for a time, under great apprehension, and were so much +impressed by the forbearance of Mr. Johnson and Mr. Morgan, that +they assured the latter of their readiness to receive any preacher +he might choose to send among them. The sorely afflicted widow +resolved to remain in the mission, where she is still very usefully +employed among her own sex. It should be added, that this is the +only instance in the history of the Board, in which a missionary has +suffered a violent death, inflicted because he was a missionary, +from the hands of the people among whom he labored. + +Dr. Goodell attended the annual meeting of the Central mission in +1862; and so strong were his impressions that the appropriate work +of the missionary was nearly accomplished at some of the stations, +that he apprehended there might be more danger of the missionary's +staying too long, than that he would go too soon. + +At Aintab, for example, he found the church supporting its own +pastors and common schools, and taking upon itself the supply of +nearly all its out-stations. No appropriations were asked of the +Board, except for the theological class, the female boarding-school, +and one out-station; for all the rest the church provided. For these +objects, for their own poor, and for their taxes to government, the +sum total raised by the Protestants, in the then closing year, had +been two thousand five hundred and fifty-six dollars, averaging one +dollar and a quarter for every man, woman, and child in the +community. The congregation being too large for one pastor, +arrangements had been made to form a second church, and thus to have +two churches instead of one. The theological school was on the point +of being removed to Marash, and it was his opinion that, were it not +for the female boarding-school, which would probably remain, the +missionaries at Aintab should be preparing to withdraw from that +place, and go to "regions beyond." While he deprecated too sudden +changes, he thought the great question for the brethren at that +station was: "How can we, in the most graceful manner, set up in +life this first born child of ours, now come of age, and ready to +act for itself?" + +Dr. Goodell speaks of Oorfu, along with Aintab and Marash, as +advanced in Christian knowledge. About the year 1851, a native +helper from Aintab spent three years in Oorfa, working at his trade +as a weaver, but receiving a partial support from the mission, and +reading and explaining the Scriptures to all that came. Mr. +Schneider visited this place in 1854; a church was organized by Dr. +Pratt in December, 1855, and Mr. Nutting commenced his residence +there in 1857. Mr. White was also there a year or more, till 1859. +The church was then small, and very partially sanctified. The number +of church-members, in 1861, was fifteen, and nearly all the members +were active, working Christians; and the real progress had been +greater than the statistics indicated. Protestantism had become +known, and was exerting a good influence. The congregation supported +three schools, containing ninety-four pupils, of whom thirty-one +were from non-protestant and non-paying parents, and thirty were +girls. The Oorfa church regarded the evangelization of Germish, a +neighboring Armenian village of a thousand souls, as their +appropriate work. + +The report of the Harpoot station for 1862 states, that there was +an increasing number in the city, and at nearly all the fifteen +out-stations, who gave serious attention to the truth; and that +there was a growing agitation among those who kept aloof from the +preaching. A reform party among the old Armenians was rapidly +acquiring influence; and to satisfy their demands, mid-day Sabbath +services, for expounding the Scriptures in the modern tongue, were +held in the churches of several villages. In the city, the party had +formed a society for mutual improvement, and one of its rules was, +that the Bible should be read in all their meetings. The sale of +Bibles, or portions of it, in two years, exceeded two thousand, and +the same was true of other volumes. The Theological school contained +thirty-nine pupils,--twenty-one in the first class, and eighteen in +the second. It occupied the upper story of a substantial building, +erected chiefly by the aid of friends in America; while the lower +story furnished a neat and well lighted place of worship. Mr. +Wheeler writes: "Supplied as it is, without expense to the Board, +with solar reflectors and two neat pulpit lamps, it is exerting an +influence for good in the villages. Already the people of three +villages have covered the black mud walls of their chapels with a +neat white plaster, and four villages have each purchased one of the +'wonderful lamps, by the light of which a man can read on the +opposite side of the room.' At their own expense they are also +furnishing their places of worship with clocks, and are beginning to +learn that (to an oriental) very difficult lesson, to be prompt, and +to value time." A girls' boarding-school was opened in 1862. + +Hadji Hagop, an old and valued helper at this station, went one +Sabbath to Hulakegh, an out-station, to preach. On leaving the +Protestant chapel, he met the teacher of the Armenian school with a +Bible under his arm, going to the church, where they were to have a +"preaching meeting,"--as was the case in several villages where the +mission had congregations, partly in imitation of the mission, and +partly to counteract its influence,--and he asked Hagop to go with +him. He went, and the leading men urged him to preach, which he +consented to do. The news spread through the village, and the +congregation almost immediately swelled to two hundred and fifty. He +preached Christ and Him crucified for about an hour, securing most +fixed attention, and it is said the women were nearly all moved to +tears. + +Mr. Walker, the resident missionary at Diarbekir, visited Mosul in +1861, and found the congregation in that city about as it was when +the missionaries left. Subsequently, when visited by Mr. Williams, +the Mosul church sent an earnest plea for a missionary to the +Prudential Committee. Mr. Williams was with them three months, +married three couples, baptized several children, and admitted one +to the church. + +Mr. Walker's tour was extended more than a thousand miles, and he +found much that was very painful, and yet much that was encouraging, +among the Arabic-speaking people in Eastern Turkey. + +The church in Diarbekir numbered eighty-four members in 1862, and +the pupils in the Sabbath-school were two hundred and eighty-four. +At Cutterbul a house had been built, to be occupied as a place of +worship on the Sabbath, and for a school-house during the week, and +there were hopeful indications in places near. At the annual meeting +of the mission, in the following year, Baron Tomas Boyajian[1] was +ordained as pastor of the first evangelical church in Diarbekir. His +examination was well sustained. The ordaining services were +necessarily in the open air, and were conducted in Armenian, +Turkish, and Arabic. More than a thousand, adults were present, +besides hundreds of children, and the interest was sustained to the +end. The members of the church pledged themselves to furnish nearly +half the salary. Thirteen members, heretofore connected with that +church, were formed into a separate organization at Cutterbul. + +[1] Known to the reader as _Tomas_. _Baron_ is equivalent to _Mr_. + +These services were like our own; and how much more rational and +appropriate must they have appeared to the people, than the +ordination services prescribed in the Liturgy of the Armenian +Church, as described by Mr. Goss. "In the first place, the exercises +are all performed in an unknown tongue, the old Armenian. The bishop +sits at one end of the church, the candidate enters at the other, +walking on his knees, and thus proceeds to the altar. The skirt of +the bishop is thrown over his head, and the bishop asks a few +general questions, which are answered by a third person, either +priest or deacon. They are such as these: 'Does this man understand +the Scriptures'? 'Is he the child of a lawful marriage'? etc. An +affirmative reply is given, when perhaps the man cannot read. He is +then asked, if he is a disciple, not of Christ, but of certain +church fathers. Also, if he will pronounce 'Anathema maranatha' upon +all heretics. Then Arians, Nestorians, and other heretical sects are +mentioned, and the sweeping question is put,--'Will you pronounce +all accursed who do not acknowledge Mary to be the mother of God?' +The candidate repeats the names of these sects, and curses them all. +Then follows the re-baptism, with the sacred oil, according to the +Armenian custom with infants. The hands of the new priest are then +bound together and oiled, and he is made to stand outside of the +church, when the congregation come, and, kissing his hands, put +their paras[1] on a plate, which is near by to receive them. The +priest is then imprisoned forty days in the church, with the cuffs +of his sleeves and his trousers sewed close to his limbs. In this +condition, he is not allowed to brush off an insect, or to relieve +his body from any unpleasant sensation whatever. He cannot change +his clothes during the whole time, and his food is of the coarsest +quality. His wife passes through a similar ordeal at home." + +[1] About a mill of our money. + +Considerable annoyance was felt, about this time, growing out of the +efforts of an Armenian, named Garabed, to form a church at +Diarbekir, which should admit persons to the sacrament of the Lord's +Supper without requiring evidence of piety, and baptize the children +of any who might desire it. He made similar efforts at Aleppo, +Aintab, and Marash. He visited Jerusalem, and so far gained the +confidence of English missionaries residing there, that the +excellent Bishop Gobat was induced to give him ordination. But he +failed to secure the confidence of the missionaries and native +pastors in Central and Eastern Turkey, where he was better known; +and the evidence at hand constrains me to add, that the missionaries +at all the stations anticipated nothing but evil from such +intrusions, at this stage of the missionary enterprise in Turkey.[1] + +[1] "We desire to call your attention to the efforts of our English +(Church) brethren to obtain a foothold in Aintab. It seems that +large sums of money have been appropriated under the direction of +Bishop Gobat, of Jerusalem, for this purpose; and a large and costly +church building is being begun under the superintendence of the +English Consul at Aleppo. We are surprised and grieved at this +breach of courtesy on the part of these English friends, especially +so soon after the earnest protests of the officers of our Board +against such interference by other missionary societies."--_Letter +written in_ 1872. + +The congregations at Bitlis were composed mostly of young men, +apparently drawn together by love for the truth. About twenty were +known as Protestants, and five of them had gone through a fiery +trial of persecution. The Bible class, which had been broken up by +that means, was now regularly attended by about thirty young men, +some of whom developed rich natural endowments, and gave promise of +future usefulness. Sabbath-school instruction was found a valuable +auxiliary to the preaching of the missionaries, on account of the +opportunity it afforded for free and familiar illustration and +personal application of the truth. It also made the missionary +acquainted with the superstitions and errors of the Armenian +religion. The women's meeting, conducted by Mrs. Knapp and Mrs. +Burbank, was well attended and influential. A school for girls, +taught by the wife of the helper, was broken up by the violence of +Armenian ecclesiastics. The missionaries appealed to the Pasha, and +to Mr. Dalzell, the friendly British Consul at Erzroom. The result +was that the priests commenced a free school for boys and girls, and +also a preaching service, hoping thus to deter the people from +becoming Protestants. The Porte had given orders that the +Protestants in every city should have a suitable cemetery, but every +effort to secure one at Bitlis had been without success. + +Dr. Dwight was much interested in this city. Its population was +thirty thousand, and one third were Armenians; the rest were Koords +and Turks, and there were hundreds of villages within the district. +The place was proverbial for salubrity, and he saw enough to +convince him that the leaven of the Gospel was working powerfully +among the people. Moosh, an out-station of Bitlis, was occupied by +the native pastor Simon. The truth had taken some hold there, but +the people were more degraded than at Bitlis. + +Erzroom had several changes of missionaries in the six years +previous to 1862. Being near to Russia, it suffered greatly during +the Crimean war. The church was disbanded, but was reorganized by +Mr. Trowbridge. Mr. Pollard removed thither from Arabkir, and was +received with unexpected favor. The government now granted an +eligible cemetery; and the Armenian Bishop, having had the benefit +of a two years' residence in the United States, was friendly towards +the American missionary. + +The removal of Mr. Pollard left Mr. Richardson alone at Arabkir. His +report for 1862, shows that there was much to encourage him. Turkish +women came to the female prayer-meetings; and the opening of +Protestant schools had led the Armenians to establish schools for +their own children, in some of which a large proportion of the +pupils were girls, though but a few years had passed since it was +considered a shame for females to learn to read. Eleven young men +from seven different cities and villages in this district, were +connected with the Harpoot Seminary, giving the prospect of an +improved class of helpers. Yet most of the former helpers had proved +themselves sincere and pious; and after having done what they could +to bring forward younger men of higher attainments, they were +themselves humbly and gracefully returning to their former trades +and callings, and laboring for the advancement of the good cause as +Sabbath-school teachers and private Christians. + +At the close of 1862, Dr. Wood, the Corresponding Secretary of the +Board at New York, in consideration of his former experience and his +familiarity with the Armenian language, was requested by the +Prudential Committee to reside at Constantinople for a year or more, +laboring in connection with the mission to Western Turkey. This was +necessary in consequence of the sickness of several missionaries, +and the special demand, at that time, for labor at that important +post. He returned in the summer of 1864, after having rendered +important service to the mission. + +The clerical accessions to the mission, in 1862 and 1863, were +Messrs. John Francis Smith, Moses P. Parmelee, and Giles F. +Montgomery, with their wives; and their respective assignments were +to the Western, Central, and Eastern missions. In addition to these, +Miss Arabella L. Babcock went to Harpoot, Miss Ann Eliza Fritcher to +Marsovan, and Miss Mary E. Reynolds to the Bulgarian Mission. + +In May, 1863, native pastors were ordained at Antioch, Bitlis, +Adana, and Tarsus. In June, a fifth was ordained at Killis, the +officiating clergy in this last case, with a single exception, being +natives. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1864-1866. + + +A reactionary movement took place among the Mohammedans of the +capital in 1864. The government had encouraged the introduction of +European science. Men high in civil positions had delivered courses +of lectures on history and other topics, in a surprisingly liberal +spirit, and to audiences embracing hundreds of Turks. A "Literary +and Scientific Gazette," published monthly under the auspices of a +native "Oriental Society," discussed questions of political and +social economy from an occidental stand-point; and the press was +active in issuing pamphlets and books by native writers, indicating +and promoting a new intellectual life. All this the devotees of the +"Old School" regarded with suspicion. They were even more alarmed by +the religious liberty, which had been successfully claimed for +converts from Mohammedanism, who had been openly baptized, and lived +unmolested as Christians. The government had some time before been +led to discourage Christian education by missionaries and other +foreigners, when they could do this indirectly and under plausible +pretexts; and they were somewhat rigid in their censorship of the +religious press. The Scriptures, however, were allowed to be printed +and circulated in the Arabo-Turkish, or sacred character, and no +objection was made to simple expositions of Christian truth in that +language. + +But when copies of Dr. Pfander's book[1] were brought to +Constantinople, which defended Christianity against Mohammedanism, +and assailed the latter, it was detained at the custom-house; yet +copies got abroad in some way, without foreign agency, and were +sought by Mohammedans who were interested in the great question it +discussed. A Moslem published a bitter reply; and in July, the +manifest increase of both Christian ideas and pantheistic infidelity +among the people, and the growing excitement among the fanatical +party, began to alarm the government. There was believed to be a +somewhat large body, who wished to reform the Mohammedan faith; and +it was said that a petition was presented to the government, by some +Moslems calling themselves Protestants, for a mosque in which to +worship in their own way. + +[1] Dr. Pfander, was a highly respected missionary of the (English) +Church Missionary Society. The work was printed in London. + +The fears of the Sultan were aroused. For several weeks spies beset +the missionaries at every step. Finally, on a set day, several +Turkish converts were arrested, and cast into prison, some of them +being treated with great indignity. On the next day, the printing +presses used by the missionaries were seized and put under seal, and +rooms occupied by English missionaries, and the bookstore of the +American mission and the two Bible Societies were also closed by the +police. + +These proceedings, being in direct violation of rights secured by +treaty, were at once met with a decided protest from Mr. Brown, who, +in the absence of the American Minister Resident, was the +representative of his government; and after some delay, the British +Ambassador, Sir Henry Bulwer, also sent in a remonstrance. An +examination of the bookstore discovered no prohibited publications; +and after two days it was allowed to be re-opened. The printing +offices were likewise restored. A correspondence followed between +Sir Henry Bulwer and the Turkish authorities, and between him and +the missionaries resident at Constantinople. The Mohammedans +professed not to oppose their people's embracing the Christian +religion, but only such reckless proselytism, as endangered the +public peace; and they declared their willingness to release the +imprisoned converts if it could be done consistently with their +personal safety. But the missionaries believed that the intention of +the Turks, and also the tendency of Sir Henry's movements, were +seriously to curtail their own liberty and that of their converts, +and greatly to embarrass the propagation of the Gospel, as well +among all the nominally Christian sects, as among the Moslems. + +The immediate effect of these things was to prevent attendance by +the Turks on preaching, the circulation of Christian books, and +personal intercourse with the missionaries. + +The position of the entire field, at the opening of 1864, from +Constantinople to Diarbekir on the East, and to Antioch on the +south, was one to interest the intelligent observer. The laborers +employed in this wide and populous region, not including the +Bulgarians, were-- + +Missionaries 36 +Missionary Physicians 2 +Female Assistant Missionaries 41 +Native Pastors 20 +Licensed Native Preachers 43 +Teachers 83 +Other Helpers 58 + --- + Total 283 + +The printing was done at Constantinople for all the missions; and +that reported for the year 1863 was as follows: + +In Armenian 1,821,000 pages +In Armeno-Turkish 1,128,000 " +In Arabo-Turkish 264,000 " +In Greek 6,000 " +In Bulgarian 1,896,000 " + --------- + Total 5,115,000 " + +Of Turkish Scriptures twice as many copies had been distributed as +in previous years. More than twenty-five thousand copies of the Word +of God went into circulation, in at least twenty different +languages. The following is a statement of the Scriptures prepared +and printed, under the supervision of the missionaries of the Board, +from 1840 to 1863: + +In Modern Armenian 37,500 +In Ararat 8,000 +In Armeno-Turkish 6,500 +In Greco-Turkish 55,000 +In Koordish 13,000 +In Bulgarian 4,000 +In Hebrew-Spanish 23,000 +Armenian Psalms 14,000 + ------- + Total 161,000 + +Of these, there were published at the expense of the British and +Foreign Bible Society, 100,000; of the American Bible Society, +54,000; and of the American Tract Society (New York), 7,000. In +addition to the above printed in Turkey, 10,500 copies of the modern +Armenian version were printed in New York, from electrotype plates +of the American Bible Society; and 5,000 copies of the same version +were printed in London, by the British and Foreign Bible Society. + +The number of churches was forty-seven, with one thousand nine +hundred and thirteen members. There had been received from the +beginning two thousand three hundred and thirty-seven. The efforts +to bring the churches to the point of self-support were not always +appreciated. The people were poor, and sometimes felt their poverty +more than they should, and in almost every church there were members +who were ready to resent any transfer of pecuniary responsibility +from the mission treasury to themselves. Moreover, it was sometimes +not easy for a native pastor, with the tastes acquired during his +education, to live in a manner that would put him in sympathy with +his people, and encourage the hope of their soon assuming his +support. Nor was it easy for the native pastor, from his different +stand-point, to appreciate the responsibilities of the missionary. A +union of the churches was needed, but had been delayed by their +distance from each other and their poverty. + +It has been already stated that the Western mission resolved, in +1862, to remove the two seminaries from Constantinople to Marsovan. +Mr. Leonard and his wife and Miss Maria A. West were already there. +Mr. Dodd and family, Mr. and Mrs. Smith, and Miss Fritcher now +removed thither. The delightful harmony and Christian zeal which +existed at this station when the mission passed the resolution, had +been followed by painful disagreements. Through the mistaken zeal of +a young school-teacher, anxious to effect some changes in the +school, the community were betrayed into an attempt to obtain +exclusive control of the funds of the Board appropriated to +education. This eventually led to a struggle with the mission for +the possession of the meeting-house and a dwelling-house connected +with it, which had been purchased by the Board a few years before. +Much ill feeling existed both in the church and the community while +this was in progress, and for about six weeks a large number +withdrew, and set up public worship in a private house, with the +teacher at their head. This separate movement was then given up, and +there was soon a return of peace and mutual affection; but neither +of the schools were opened before the next year. + +The accessions to the missions in Turkey, in the time now under +review, were Messrs. Walter H. Giles, Henry A. Schauffler, Lucien N. +Adams, and Albert Bryant, with their wives; also Miss Clarissa C. +Pond. + +The working force of the mission at Constantinople, consisting of +Drs. Goodell and Riggs, and Messrs. Trowbridge, Herrick, and +Washburn, was quite too small for the demands of that great +metropolis, and for the general work of the mission which had to be +performed there. The Rev. Isaac G. Bliss, agent of the American +Bible Society, rendered valuable assistance in the care of the book +department. Dr. Hamlin was no longer able to render the services he +had performed. Robert College was allowed the use of the Seminary +building at Bebek, belonging to the American Board, until another +building could be erected. Its twenty students paid forty pounds +each year for board and tuition. Its successful beginning in 1862, +under the munificent patronage of its founder, and the care of its +President, Dr. Hamlin, and Professors Perkins and Henry A. +Schauffler, was a subject for general congratulation. + +The unhappy dissensions of the Protestant civil community had in +some degree subsided; but the Pera church, maintaining its attitude +of disaffection, sought patronage from the English Bishop of +Gibraltar, offering to receive Episcopal ordination for the pastor, +and to become a "Reformed Armenian church," which should reject the +grossest errors of the Armenian Church, while it approximated +closely to it in government, worship, and usages. Inquiries were +instituted by the proper ecclesiastical authorities, and +encouragement was withheld from the movement. + +It is painful to state that Vertanes, so often favorably mentioned +in the early history of this mission, and frequently actuated by a +zeal which the missionaries judged too ardent, became now +disaffected, and it was necessary to dismiss him as a helper. + +The Pera church, at the time of writing this history, is in full +fellowship with the missionaries and its sister churches. + +The Protestant community at Broosa suffered severely in a +conflagration, which consumed nearly the whole Armenian quarter of +the city. The neat Protestant church edifice, and the dwelling of +the native pastor, happily escaped. + +A railway connects Smyrna with Aidin, a city of about fifty thousand +inhabitants, eighty miles distant. A church had been formed there +previous to 1865; four persons were added to it in that year, and +the brethren were grateful for their native pastor, but desired a +missionary who could preach in Greek, as they could reckon up scores +of Greeks who seemed ready to receive the truth. + +Adana remained unoccupied after Mr. Coffing's death, until March, +1863, when Mr. Goss arrived, and, afterwards, Dr. and Mrs. Goodale. +The native pastor was faithful and intelligent. Though neither +church nor congregation was large, there was an advance in the +observance of the Sabbath, also in self-support and general +benevolence. The increased price of the cotton grown on its +magnificent plain, as the result of the war in America, had given an +extraordinary impulse to the business of the place, and to the +spirit of commerce. There was much to encourage hope in respect to +this important station. + +Dr. Nutting, being transferred from the Eastern to the Central +mission, was stationed at Oorfa, where his brother was laboring; Mr. +and Mrs. Montgomery were added to the Central mission; but the +return home of Mr. and Mrs. White and of Dr. and Mrs. Goodale, by +reason of a failure of health, made the number of missionaries in +that field less than it had been the year before. + +Yet such was the advance in Aintab, that the mission resolved, at +its annual meeting in 1864, that there was no longer a call for the +residence of a missionary in that city. The church had increased to +three hundred and fifty members, and had two native pastors, both of +decided ability, sound judgment, harmonious views, and deep-toned +piety; and it was thought that the proper development of the +pastoral relation, and the most economical disposal of missionary +strength, would be promoted by leaving the station to native +cultivation, with occasional visits of missionaries. As, however, a +second church was to be formed, and a new house of worship to be +built, mainly with funds from England placed under Dr. Schneider's +direction, the mission approved of his remaining there till these +things were done, when he was to go--as he has since gone--to +another field, where he might hope, with his uncommon power as a +preacher in the Turkish language, to reap a harvest like that which +had resulted in the truly wonderful ingathering of souls at Aintab. + +The division of the church took place in the following year. When +the time had fully come for it, the senior pastor proposed that each +head of a family choose between them. The result was, that the two +churches, thus formed, each contained about one hundred and fifty +members. The number in each congregation, small and great, was +between eight and nine hundred. The preponderance was slightly in +favor of the first church and congregation, of which Baron Avedis +was pastor. Baron Krikore became the pastor of the new church. + +On the Sabbath when the formal separation took place, the customary +services were exchanged for addresses suited to the occasion by the +pastors and Dr. Schneider, and there was the same intermingling of +joy and sorrow which is sometimes witnessed on similar occasions in +our own land. Those who went out made the sacrifice cheerfully. In +the afternoon they assembled in their place of temporary worship, +which was filled to its utmost capacity. "Though uncomfortably +crowded, pleasure beamed in every countenance. The Confession of +Faith and the Covenant were read and adopted anew by the church, all +the members standing. Then they were addressed on subjects +appropriate to their circumstances, with a view to rousing them to +new zeal and activity. When all was over, little groups were engaged +in lively conversation over the whole house, showing that all were +especially interested in what had transpired." + +The Female Boarding-school at Aintab, under the care of Miss +Proctor, was now firmly established, having overcome much prejudice +against female education, and against the regulations necessary in +such an institution. It had fourteen pupils, who acquitted +themselves well at a public examination in the presence of a deeply +interested assembly. + +In the high school for young men at the same station, under the very +competent instruction of Baron Alexan, twelve candidates for the +ministry were taught in secular branches, to whom lectures were +delivered in the departments of theological study by Drs. Schneider +and Pratt. At an examination of this school in the church, in the +presence of several hundred persons,--including six Moslems of +prominent social positions, most of whom listened for several hours +with the deepest interest,--the scholars gave highly satisfactory +proofs of mental ability and discipline; while the simplicity of +their piety, and their readiness to labor where divine Providence +should call them, gave good promise of their future steadfastness +and usefulness. It was then resolved to remove the Theological +School to Marash, and place it under the instruction of Dr. Pratt +and Mr. Goss, assisted by Baron Alexan, and that none but pious +young men should be admitted. The course of study was to occupy +three years; and so much of their own personal expenses were to +devolve upon the students, or their friends, as might test their +character, and furnish a healthful stimulus to the Protestant +community on the subject of education for the ministry. + +The Theological Seminary at Harpoot sent forth its first class of +eighteen young men near the close of 1863. Eight of these had been +licensed as preachers of the Gospel, and nearly all the rest were +employed at out-stations, as catechists and teachers. Some were +expecting to be soon ordained as pastors. The demand for additional +laborers was urgent, because of the very general increase in the +size, as well as number, of the congregations. + +Social meetings for the study of the Scriptures were found to be so +influential for good in the Harpoot district, that the Armenian +ecclesiastics of the Old Church sought to counteract their influence +by the same expedient; but the result disappointed their hopes. In +Malatia, they appointed a meeting for such readings every evening in +the week, in each of the twenty-four wards of their part of the +city. Their intention was to have the Scriptures and the church +books read in the ancient language; but the people insisted on +having the Bible alone read, and read in the spoken language. So +every night the Word of God, in the vernacular, was read and +commented on in twenty-four assemblies of from forty to sixty +persons. + +Of more significance was the fact, that many of the local +communities, besides the one at Harpoot, were taking upon themselves +the support of their pastors and preachers, and were beginning to +relieve the Board of the expense of their schools. A missionary +spirit was also springing up. The churches in the cities were +beginning to care for the villages. Missionary societies were +formed. In one of the out-stations of Harpoot, the school boys had +an evangelical society. On Saturdays they met and had prayers, +singing, and the reading of a tract; and the next day they went out, +two and two, to the houses of such Armenians as did not come to the +Protestant place of worship, and asked the privilege of reading from +the New Testament. Being children, they often found a hearing where +older persons could not. A boys' missionary society in Diarbekir +bore the expense of a scripture reader in a large Armenian village +nine miles distant. A like association of men paid seven eighths of +the salary of a helper in another village. Subsequently, a door +being found open in an unhopeful village near the city, the native +brethren hired a house, and each Sabbath sent one of their own +number to spend the day as a scripture reader. A similar zeal was +manifested at Bitlis by a number of young men, who were studying at +their own charges. + +But there were trials. Some of the young men in the Harpoot Seminary +refused to exercise the self-denial necessary to live on the means +allowed for their support, and returned to their homes; and a few of +the graduating class preferred to enter secular business, rather +than accept the salary offered. This was not without its uses, as it +confirmed a wholesome principle, and was the means of bringing some +men, after a time, into the service under a more just apprehension +of the true value of the ministry. + +The Eastern Turkey Mission was painfully afflicted in 1865 and 1866. +The three families at Harpoot each lost two children; and Mrs. +Williams was called to her rest, depriving the mission of a highly +valued and beloved member, and leaving her husband alone, in the +sole charge of a difficult station. Mr. and Mrs. Richardson were +obliged by illness to visit their native land, and the Arabkir field +was placed under the permanent care of the Harpoot station. + +The Eastern mission had now ten missionaries, with as many female +assistant missionaries, six native pastors, seventeen licensed +native preachers, twenty-five native teachers, and thirty-two other +helpers. The out-stations had increased to forty-seven, eighteen of +which were connected with Harpoot. The average attendance at the +regular religious services was over two thousand and two hundred; +and many more heard the informal preaching of colporters and other +assistants. Twenty-two Sabbath-schools embraced one thousand and +four hundred pupils. There were sixteen churches, with a membership +of four hundred and fifty, of whom sixty-eight were admitted on +profession of faith in 1864, and one hundred and twenty were women. +The number of registered Protestants was three thousand five hundred +and thirty. Besides four hundred adults receiving instruction, there +were one thousand five hundred children in fifty common schools, of +whom more than five hundred were girls. The girls' boarding-school +at Harpoot had forty-two pupils. The Misses West and Fritcher, from +Marsovan, had been very usefully connected for a time with this +school, in consequence of the return home of Miss Babcock. Miss +Clarissa C. Pond was now connected with the school, and early +succeeded in gaining the language. The mission was much encouraged +by a growing interest in education, especially among the women. +Parents who, a few years before, thought it wholly unnecessary, if +not a disgrace, for their daughters to read, and who could hardly be +induced to allow them to attend school, now gladly paid considerable +sums for their tuition. This advancing spirit of intelligence was +seen, not only among those who were brought directly under the +influence of missionary labor, but also among the Armenians +generally, compelling their ecclesiastics, in some places, to open +schools of their own. So, also, to keep the people away from the +Protestant chapels, extra services were established in Armenian +churches, in which the Bible was read and explained, and prayer was +offered in the modern or spoken language. In the village of Ichme, +they even went so far as to open an opposition prayer-meeting, a +female prayer-meeting, and an evening meeting; and societies were +formed in several places professedly to carry the Gospel to +neighboring villages. + +There was much suffering from poverty, this year having been one of +special trial in this respect, but there was great liberality on the +part of the churches. In the Harpoot district, "there was a +promptness in paying their pastors, preachers, and teachers," says +the report of that station, "which would put to shame some richer +and more enlightened communities, even in Christian America. The +sums paid by the people for the support of pastors, schools, chapel +building, the poor, and for other benevolent objects, amounted +during the year to $1,224 (in gold), and would have been larger had +not the mass of the people been unusually poor, even for them." Two +things are noted that were especially cheering in regard to them: +"First; so soon as they become interested in the truth, they +earnestly desire a pastor of their own, and, _when necessary_, are +willing to pay according to their ability for his support. Secondly; +they are easily pleased, and are not fickle minded; do not desire, +but rather oppose change. The preacher who has once been given to +them, almost without exception they learn to love; and having +learned this, they do not wish to part with him." + +Mr. Williams was at Diarbekir in February, and found the church in +great prosperity under the pastorate of the Rev. Tomas Boyajian. For +a year the station had had no missionary; and it was a year of high +prices, almost a famine, and great stagnation in business throughout +Eastern Turkey. At the same time, owing to the trouble in +Constantinople, the Turkish officials were more averse to +Protestants than ever before. Sickness, too, had prevailed, +thirty-three having been buried at Diarbekir from the congregation +over which the young pastor was settled. "Yet," says Mr. Williams, +"the city work is in advance of any _one_ thing at Harpoot. The +congregation at the Sabbath-school, three fourths of whom are +adults, numbered three hundred and thirty-nine, and I wish those +whose contributions have aided in planting this vine, could have +looked upon the clusters of faces which were studying the Book of +Life, and heard the hum of voices asking and answering questions! +They would have felt that there are some places where the missionary +work is _not_ a failure. The figures I have not by me, but since Mr. +Walker has been absent, the church has increased, the congregation +has increased; and that it is not an idle increase is shown by the +fact, that this one congregation has, in the year of the +missionary's absence, contributed four hundred dollars for the +support and spread of the Gospel; for schools, two hundred and +forty; for the poor (a year of high prices and great want), two +hundred and seventy-five; and for the national head at +Constantinople, forty." + +The year 1865 was signalized by the death of two very useful +missionaries,--Rev. Edward Mills Dodd, and Rev. Homer Bartlett +Morgan. Mr. Dodd died of cholera at Marsovan, on the 19th of August. +He was a native of New Jersey, and his first labors were among the +Jews of Salonica, commencing in April, 1849. In 1863, he was +transferred from Smyrna to Marsovan. Mr. Barnum, of Harpoot, who was +there at the time of his death, speaks of him as a sincere Christian +and an earnest missionary, working up to and often quite beyond the +strength of his feeble constitution. "His first missionary language +was Hebrew-Spanish, of which, I have been told, he had a fine +command. When he was transferred to the Armenian work he learned the +Turkish, which he used with much more than ordinary correctness; and +some of the best sermons which I have heard in that language were +from him. He devoted considerable attention to Turkish hymnology, +and many of the best of the Turkish hymns now in use were +contributed by him."[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1865, pp. 380-383. + +Mr. Morgan died at Smyrna on the 25th of August, at the age of +forty-one. He was from the State of New York, and obtained his +education at Hamilton College, and at the Union and Auburn +Theological Seminaries. He joined the mission to the Jews at +Salonica in 1852. After that mission was relinquished, he removed, +in 1856, to Antioch. Seven of the remaining nine years of his life +were spent in that place, whence the great Apostle went forth on his +first foreign mission; and the last two at Kessab, in a perfectly +successful effort to restore unity to a divided church. The failing +health of Mrs. Morgan rendered a visit to her native land +imperative. Being detained ten days in the malarious atmosphere of +Alexandretta by the non-arrival of their expected steamer, Mr. +Morgan took the fever. Supposing it to be only an intermittent, they +embarked for Marseilles, but on reaching Smyrna he was too ill to +proceed farther. There, in a missionary family, he had the best of +attendance, and after a week of delirious wanderings, he finished +his earthly course, and was laid to rest in the cemetery of the +Dutch hospital. His first wife was taken from him at Salonica, his +first-born at Antioch, a second child at Bitias, and a third at +Kessab; and the father sleeps in Smyrna, his old home. + + "Far from thee + Thy kindred and their graves may be,-- + And yet it is a blessed sleep, + From which none ever wakes to weep." + +Repeated bereavements chastened the strong and decided character of +Mr. Morgan. He grew in the grace of patience, and in spirituality +and self-abnegation. He was an indefatigable worker, and was fitted +to exert, as he did, a commanding influence on the policy of the +mission. He soon made himself familiar with the Turkish language, +and never wearied of studying its beautiful structure, and wrote +some of the best Turkish hymns. The well known hymn,--"Not all the +blood of beasts"--he clothed with not a little of the strength and +power of the original.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1865, pp. 383-385. + +The year was also signalized by the death of Rev. Hohannes Der +Sahagyan, pastor of the church in Nicomedia, and widely known as one +of the two young men who first attached themselves to the teaching +of the missionaries in Constantinople, also for his consistent +piety, earnest zeal, and the severe persecutions which he suffered +at different periods, as a follower of the Lord Jesus. + +A scene at the ordination of a native pastor at Perchenj, a village +two hours from Harpoot, graphically described by Mr. Williams, has +its chronological place here. It was in a large garden, with the +pulpit under the wide-spreading branches of a mulberry-tree, and +mats and carpets spread out in front. "Around the pulpit sat the +council,--lay and clerical delegates, representing most of the +evangelical ministry in this part of Turkey; then the regular +Protestants of Perchenj, Harpoot, and the villages about, to whom it +was a 'festa,' as was evident from their dress. Outside these were +the partially committed ones, who, though they did not 'dress up' +for the occasion, seemed to have taken the day for it; and again, +outside that company, were men drawn in by the interest of the +occasion from their work, with their field dresses on, tools in +hand, leaning on their long handled spades, bending forward to catch +question and answer, wholly unconscious of the picturesque finish +they gave to the scene. + +"In the afternoon exercises, the pastor of Ichme and the pastor of +Harpoot took prominent parts. The same was expected also of the +pastors from Arabkir and Shapik, but unfortunately they were not +present. The sermon was by Mr. Allen, and was moving and effective. +It was very difficult to count the audience, at least from where I +was. If I could have exchanged places with some of the boys, and +hung myself among the mulberries, perhaps I could have succeeded +better. Nothing in all the exercises seemed so American as the +natural way in which the boys took to the trees. We judged there +were, in the forenoon, about seven or eight hundred, and in the +afternoon, six or seven hundred. To the last, everything was quiet, +and all went off pleasantly. As you know, the community furnish half +the pastor's salary from the start." + +In October, four months later, there was an ordination of much +interest at Cesarea, where the churches in Constantinople, Marsovan, +Sivas, and Yozgat were represented. It was in one of the most +important centres of influence. Gregory the Illuminator was ordained +in Cesarea, and he went forth from that place to his great work of +Christianizing the Armenian nation nearly sixteen hundred years ago. +There were born the great church teachers of Cappadocia, Basil of +Cesarea and his brother Gregory of Nyssa. In the middle of the third +century, the bishop of Cesarea protested against the usurpations of +the bishop of Rome. + +"Wednesday morning the council met and organized. The whole day was +given to the examination of the candidate, which was held in the +church, and was attended by from two to three hundred persons. The +candidate occupied three fourths of an hour with a statement of +personal experience and reasons for entering the ministry. This he +made in a manner so clear, forcible, and satisfactory, that the +council felt the need of asking scarcely a question. To the +congregation it was especially impressive, showing how far removed +from the religion of forms, to which they have so long been bound, +is that faith which works by love. Three hours were then devoted to +an examination of his theological views, and he gave unmistakable +evidence of being a man accustomed to think for himself,--one who +has well-defined opinions, and is prepared to defend them."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_ for 1866, p. 53. + +Mr. and Mrs. Walker, having recruited their health in their native +land, were once more at their post in Diarbekir. What a change since +the arrival of Mr. Dunmore among that people in the year 1851. Mr. +Walker thus describes his reception: "When two or three hours +distant from the city, we began to be met by companies on horseback; +and farther on by those on slower mules and donkeys, and as we +neared the city, a great company of men, women, and children gave us +their hearty 'Hoshgelden' (word of welcome); and the children of one +of the schools stood in line by the side of the road and sung +theirs. Thus we were escorted by two hundred or more, through the +gates of the city, and to our own home, which was swept and +garnished for our coming." + +The church, during a part of Mr. Walker's absence, had been without +the services of its native pastor, he being at Constantinople; but +one of their own number, who had been educated at the Harpoot +Seminary, was engaged to supply the pulpit, and not a service had +been omitted. The Sabbath-school never fell below one hundred and +forty. Divine goodness spared the lives of the Protestants, with a +single exception, while fifteen hundred persons were dying in the +city of the cholera. The active piety of the church seemed to be +quickened by their trials; and thirty, out of one hundred and one +members, were wont to go out two by two, by appointment, to spend +Sabbath evenings in religious conversation at different houses. The +result was that their place of worship became over-crowded, and a +new building was prepared for a second congregation that would seat +four hundred and fifty persons. + +Miss Maria A. West, of the Western Turkey mission, spent the winter +in the family of Mr. Walker, and took a very active interest in the +success of the women's weekly prayer-meetings. The attendance at +these meetings sometimes arose to seventy, and the results of labor +in this direction can hardly be over-estimated. + +Ararkel, a very valuable helper at one of the Bitlis out-stations, +died in August, 1865. He was a most active opposer of the truth when +the gospel was first preached in Moosh, but one of the first to +accept it, being convinced by reading the Scriptures. He was +persecuted unto imprisonment, but bore all patiently. Being +naturally gentle and discreet, he was peculiarly fitted to be a +pioneer, and was sent as a helper to Havadorik, a village on the +mountains, among Koords, known as the dwelling-place of thieves and +robbers. He there labored for two years, until his death, with much +success. "His mouth," says Mr. Burbank, "was always full of +evangelical doctrines. His prayers were mingled with tears, and his +Bible was wet with them." He died of fever, leaving two little +orphan boys and an aged mother without any means of support. The +Armenians cheerfully granted him a burial in their own cemetery. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1865-1867. + + +An association of native churches and pastors, called the Harpoot +Evangelical Union, was formed at Harpoot near the close of 1865. It +was to serve the purpose of a Home and Foreign Missionary Society, +also of an Education and Church Building Society. It could form new +churches, ordain and dismiss pastors, grant licenses to preachers, +and depose the unworthy. It was to hold an annual meeting, and such +other meetings during the year as circumstances might require. +Aggrieved church-members might appeal to it under certain +limitations. + +A similar association had been formed, September, 1864, by the +churches in the Broosa and Nicomedia districts, called "The Union of +the Evangelical Armenian Churches of Bithynia," embracing eight +churches, and afterwards including the churches of Constantinople. +Another was formed at Marsovan, at the close of 1868, and called +"The Central Evangelical Union," and another in Central Turkey, +called "The Cilicia Union." + +The effect of these organizations has been to enlarge the views of +churches and ministers, and make them feel that the work of +evangelizing the people around them belonged naturally to +themselves. It also greatly developed a spirit of self-denying love +for their work among the pastors and preachers, and a spirit of +unity and independence among the churches. "Five years ago," writes +Mr. Wheeler in September, 1866, "the pastor of the Harpoot church, +now President of the Union, when we put upon his people an increased +amount of his salary, inquired, 'By what right do these men put this +burden on my church?' But when, in this meeting, a proposition was +made to get the pastor's salaries from other sources than their +churches' treasury, this same man, aided by the pastor at Arabkir, +so conclusively showed the folly and hurtfulness of the proposal, +that the mover of it dropped it in shame. The Arabkir pastor said: +'This is to enable the pastor to be independent of the people, and +to say, What have you given me that I should be your servant?' The +force of this pithy argument is felt here, where ecclesiastics rule +and devour the people, and where the tendency in that direction is +so strong that we need to guard against it in laying the foundations +of the churches. He then went on to show that it would be for the +good of the churches to support their pastors. They would thus love +and heed them more. 'The pastor,' he continued, 'who should get his +support from any source outside of his own people, would be beyond +their control.' In a subsequent discussion on supporting the poor of +the church, he said: 'I am fully persuaded, that every church is not +only able to support its poor, but its pastor too.'" + +The truth of this last remark was strikingly illustrated by the +church in Shepik, the poorest and feeblest in the field, which for +thirteen years had paid almost nothing for preaching, and was +supposed to be a permanent pensioner on missionary bounty; but all +at once it raised enough for the support of the preacher, besides +nearly two hundred dollars in gold for the building of a house of +worship. A blind preacher from the Harpoot Seminary had been the +means of this unexpected result. He was known as John Concordance +(Hohannes Hamapapar), on account of his wonderful readiness in +quoting Scripture, chapter and verse. He was sent to Shepik, and +hearing the complaints of the people about their poor crops and +poverty, replied: "God tells you the reason in the third chapter of +Malachi; where he says, 'Ye are cursed with a curse, for ye have +robbed me.'" Then taking for a text, "Bring ye all the tithes into +the storehouse," etc., he inculcated the duty and privilege of +setting apart _at least a tenth_ of their earnings for God. The +people were convinced, and after paying half of their crops, +according to usage, to the owner of the soil for rent, and a tenth +to the government for taxes, as they must needs do, they gave +another tenth to the Lord's "storehouse,"--a room they had set apart +for receiving the tithes. And the sermon of this blind preacher, and +the example of these poor people, have wrought wonders in the +land.[1] + +[1] Mr. Wheeler's _Ten Years on the Euphrates_, chap. x. For an +abstract of John Concordance's sermon on _Tithes_, preached at +Harpoot, see, _Missionary Herald_ for 1868, pp. 308-312. + +During the year and a half after its formation, this union held five +general meetings. The last of these was the most interesting. Eleven +native pastors were present,--from the Harpoot district, and from +Cesarea, Tocat, Adiaman, and Cutterbul. Nearly all the helpers of +the Harpoot, Diarbekir, and Mardin fields were there, with twenty +delegates from churches and from congregations that expected soon to +have churches. There were also present the members of the +Theological school, Mr. Livingston from Sivas, and Mr. Williams from +Mardin, who had brought his students to spend the summer in the +school at Harpoot. + +On the 15th of November, 1866, Mrs. Adams died at Aintab, of +consumption, much lamented.[1] Mr. Richardson, on his return from +America, joined the Broosa station. Mr. Williams was then alone amid +the multitudes using the Arabic that centered around Mardin and +Mosul; and Mr. Walker was the only missionary at Diarbekir, with at +least a thousand towns and villages in his district. Yet it was a +year of decided progress in Turkey. The missionary force received an +unwonted accession in the years 1866 and 1867. Five ordained married +missionaries arrived in the last of these years, namely, Messrs. +Henry T. Perry, Theodore Baldwin, Henry S. Barnum, Charles C. Tracy, +and Lyman Bartlett, with as many unmarried female assistant +missionaries,--Misses Roseltha A. Norcross, Mary E. Warfield, +Harriet Seymour, Sarah Ann Closson, and Mary G. Hollister. Mr. Henry +O. Dwight, son of the distinguished missionary, Dr. H. G. O. Dwight, +arrived at Constantinople as secular agent, with his wife, a +daughter of Dr. Bliss. Miss Mary D. Francis arrived in 1866, and was +afterwards married to Mr. Adams. + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_ for 1867, p. 98. + +Among other signs of progress was the increase of newspapers in +Constantinople, and one or two other cities of Turkey. In +Constantinople, five years before, a newspaper was rarely seen in +the hands of any one of the thousands of persons passing up or down +the Bosphorus and Golden Horn in the steamers which take the place +of the street cars of Boston or New York. Now it had become a common +sight, and newsboys thronged the thoroughfares with their papers, in +Turkish and other languages. The standard of journalism was not +high, but the thoughts of men were stirred. The influence of these +papers was generally adverse to the missionary work. Partly to +counteract this influence, the missionaries published, once a +fortnight, a small newspaper called the "Avedaper," or "Messenger." +It appeared alternately in the Armenian and Armeno-Turkish +languages, and had fifteen hundred subscribers scattered over +Turkey. Mr. E. E. Bliss, the editor, estimated the aggregate of +readers at ten thousand. One incident may illustrate its influence. +A villager living on the Taurus Mountains was so impressed with one +of the sententious speeches of President Lincoln, translated in the +paper, that he committed the whole to memory, that he might teach to +others its lessons of "malice toward none, and charity to all."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, for 1867, p. 82. + +The general progress towards right religious opinions, had led to a +division of the Armenians who remained in the Old Church into two +parties, called the "Enlightened" and the "Unenlightened." The +former was continually increasing, and had sharp contests with the +Unenlightened on questions of clerical control in civil affairs. +Their failure to secure even the partial reforms they sought +convinced them of the necessity of more radical changes; and an +Armenian paper announced a movement for the formation of a Reformed +Armenian Church; on the principle of restoring the purity of +doctrine and simplicity of worship, which they supposed existed in +their Church at the beginning. The same paper advocated the complete +separation of civil and ecclesiastical affairs; and announced that a +book would soon be published, setting forth the doctrines and +proposed form of worship for this new church. The new Prayer-book +made its appearance early in 1867. It contained a Creed; a Ritual +for Baptism, the Lord's Supper, Ordination, etc.; Forms for Daily +Prayer in the churches; and Hymns and Songs. Judged by the standard +of the New Testament, the book contained not a few errors of +doctrine, and sanctioned many superstitious practices; yet it was a +decided improvement upon the books in use in the Armenian Church. +The Armenians of the Old Church regarded the changes as very +radical, and the Patriarch denounced the book officially, and warned +his people against it. + +"The most noteworthy part of the book is its Preface, which was +printed last, and may be regarded as the platform of the reformed +party. After giving a sketch of the history of the Armenian Church, +its original purity of doctrine and worship, and the subsequent +introduction of error and superstition, through the influence of the +Greek and Roman Churches, it declares that the Armenian Church has +come at last to be a mere 'satellite of Rome,' and that the time has +come to assert its independence, to cast off the 'ultramontane +influence,' to rescue the Church of their fathers from the 'Papal +claws.' Three particulars are then set forth in which a +'reformation' is needed. First, in reference to doctrine. 'The +Armenian Church has,' it is said, 'doctrines introduced from abroad, +which place faith in respect to salvation upon a wrong foundation, +transferring man's hope from God to things created and material. +Means are confounded with ends, and ends with means, and thus a +thick veil is interposed between the eyes of the people and the +simple doctrines of Christianity.' Secondly, 'The Church has now +rites and ceremonies (unknown in purer times), which are a +laughing-stock to the unbelieving, a grief to the truly pious, an +offense to all enlightened men, and which have converted our +churches into theatres, deprived worship of its spiritual character, +and made it like the shows of a fair.' In the third place, 'The +present relations of the clergy to the people are opposed to the +spirit and substance of Christianity. Instead of being teachers, +pastors, and fathers to the people, they claim to possess +supernatural authority, rule by the terrors of that authority, teach +the people only that which serves their own purposes, and are an +obstacle to every good work.'"[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1867, pp. 237-239. + +For twenty years there had not been such a religious ferment in +Constantinople, as there was at the time of issuing this Reformed +Prayer-book. It was not a revival of religion. The question was not, +"What must I do to be saved?" but "What did our Church teach in the +days of its purity?" and "What are the doctrines of the Word of +God?" Meanwhile the advocates of reform were continually driven to +take higher ground; and such was their progress while carrying their +book through the press, that they were obliged to reprint some of +the first sheets, to make them conform to their new convictions. It +may be stated as an illustration, that baptismal regeneration was +taught in one of the original sheets, but in the reprint it was +omitted.[1] So far as is known, this book has never been used in any +church; but it is an index of the reform movement, and it has been +useful in awaking inquiry. + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1867, p. 238. + +Bible-women began to be employed in Constantinople early in 1866. +Five such women were supported by funds derived from the American +Bible Society, and were kindly received in Armenian families. They +sold many copies of the Scriptures, and met with much encouragement +in their work. At this time, wherever missionaries labored in +Turkey, large numbers of women were learning to read the Bible; and +the majority of them were usually found at the women's prayer +meeting. + +The progress at Harpoot, only eleven years from the commencement of +the station, as described by Mr. Allen, is worthy of special +attention. The leaven of the gospel was permeating the mass of the +people. Many who persistently refused to be called by the unpopular +name of "Protestant," were evidently under the influence of +evangelical doctrines. The rising generation was growing up with +enlightened views. Many young men would have taken a stand at once +on the side of truth, but for the difficulty of separating from +their parents. Societies had been formed, consisting of several +hundred men not reckoned among the Protestants, for the purpose of +having good schools for their children, and plain practical +preaching in their churches. The magnates of one church had closed +its door against the native evangelical preachers, and placed two +Turkish soldiers to guard it. At another church the people were more +resolute, saying, "We built this church, and we will be martyred +upon its threshold, if necessary to defend our right to have the +Gospel preached to us." At this the chief men gave way, contenting +themselves with reporting the matter to the Patriarch at +Constantinople. As an additional motive, the party of progress +threatened to attend the services of the missionaries, if not +allowed to have a service of their own.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1866, pp. 169-171. + +Quite a number of the young men and women in the Protestant city +congregation dated their conversion from the "Week of Prayer." This +week was duly observed at Harpoot from the first, and in 1866, with +deeper religious feeling, than had ever been seen before. The +morning and evening prayer-meetings were kept up till the close of +May, when it was decided to discontinue the morning meetings, and to +sustain the others every day, one hour before sunset. Three fourths +of the congregation attended them regularly, and an earnest and +tender spirit was manifest in the remarks and prayers. + +During this same week of prayer, Messrs. Burbank and Knapp, at +Bitlis, aided by the native preacher Simon, afterwards pastor of the +church, commenced a prayer-meeting at the dawn of day, which was so +crowned with spiritual blessings, that it was continued, daily, for +more than six months. The attendance increased from twenty to sixty, +and was at one time nearly a hundred. The church had then only five +members; and at the communion season in March, each of these five +men publicly confessed his sins, and formally renewed his covenant. +Many were in tears. Some in the congregation, who had thought +themselves Christians, when they saw the church thus making +confession, were amazed, and felt that they were themselves lost, +and literally cried, as did the publican, "God be merciful to me a +sinner." + +This was the commencement of the first revival of religion in +Bitlis. Two meetings were held weekly for inquirers, at which +between forty-five and fifty were usually present, of whom from +fifteen to twenty-five were women. "Among the latter, was one over +seventy years of age, who, being in the previous winter too feeble +to walk through the deep snow to attend the meetings, had been +carried by her stalwart son. Now she was a weeping penitent, seeking +salvation at the foot of the cross, and that son was rejoicing in +the hope of salvation." Forty men usually attended the sunrise +prayer-meeting. Not as many of the fruits of this revival were +gathered into the church as might have been anticipated, because of +the very high standard--too high it would seem--which was required +for admission. + +There had been great progress at Broosa. When Dr. Schneider left +that place in 1849, on his removal to Aintab, no church had been +formed, and his audience never exceeded fifteen natives, and +sometimes it was not more than eight. No Protestant community had +been formed, and in those days of fierce opposition very few were +ready to face the consequences of an open acknowledgment of what +they were convinced was the truth. But he found all this passed +away, on his visit there in 1866. There was then a church of fifty +members, and a Protestant community of one hundred and fifty, +chiefly young men of enterprise, and a Sabbath congregation of one +hundred and fifty. They had a beautiful house of worship, a +prosperous day-school, and an excellent native pastor. There were +many whose beards made them venerable. Dr. Schneider believed that +half the Armenians in the city were convinced of the truth. + +The first evangelical church in Turkey, composed of Greeks, was +organized by the Union of Bithynia at Demirdesh, in November, 1867. +Mr. Kalopothakes was present from Athens. The church was composed +exclusively of evangelical Greeks, and six of its thirteen members +were women. Pastor Hohannes of Bilijik, on behalf of the Union, +welcomed them to the fellowship of the churches; which he said had +been lost through the departure of the Greeks and Armenians from the +gospel, but was now recovered. The preacher was a Greek, and a +native of the place.[1] + +[1] The members of the church formed at Hasbeiya in 1851 (p. 376 of +vol. 1st) were seceders from the Greek Church, but were regarded by +the Syrian mission as of the Arab race. + +The mission was sorely afflicted in September by the sudden death of +Mr. Walker of Diarbekir. The cholera was prevalent in that city, and +seemed to follow no laws. In the previous year, it had been almost +wholly among the Mohammedans; but this year, it prevailed most in +the Christian population. Mr. and Mrs. Walker removed to a khan +outside the walls. "His last sermons were from the texts 'The Master +has come, and calleth for thee;' and 'Except ye repent, ye shall all +likewise perish.' On Monday, September 10th, he went into the city, +spending some time over one stricken with cholera, besides customary +duties. Tuesday morning, after a somewhat restless night, he rose as +usual, and proposed a mission excursion to Cutterbul, but was +persuaded to remain at home and rest. The premonitory symptoms soon +appeared, but nothing peculiarly alarming, and as he had been held +back from over-exertion, and been very careful in diet, all were +full of hope. At the first whisper of illness the Christians +gathered to aid, and the faithful Shemmas, without Mrs. Walker's +knowledge, telegraphed to Mr. Williams, who started from Mardin at +one o'clock, P. M., on Wednesday, and riding all night reached +Diarbekir after sunrise to find that six hours before, September 13, +1866, his brother had gone 'to be with Christ.'" His age was +forty-five. + +"Diarbekir was filled with mourning. Not Protestants alone, but +Moslems and Armenians, all were stricken. Such a funeral, as of one +who was a father to all, was never witnessed there before. The +native preacher conducted it appropriately and tenderly, praying not +only for the stricken there, but for those in his native land who +would so feel the loss."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1867, pp. 33-37. + +Mr. Walker was one of the best of missionaries. "His warm and +affectionate nature," says Mr. Barnum, "quickly gained the hearts of +the people wherever he went. His great desire was to see men coming +to Jesus; and this he never forgot, whether at home or abroad. I +have been with him not a little, and seldom have I seen an +opportunity for a personal appeal, though only for a moment, pass +unimproved." + +The tribute to Mr. Walker's memory from his brother Williams, of +Mardin, who knew him well, and has so lately followed him into the +eternal world must not be omitted. + +"His peculiar gifts were three:--1. He remembered faces, and +recalled the names which belonged to them. He knew everybody. +Ordinarily he needed to meet a man but once to recognize him ever +after. And this pleases men; it appeals to their self-appreciation; +they feel that they have made a permanent impression. Especially is +this a power among a people who look up to the missionary as +occupying a higher plane of civilization. It gives him a vast +influence over them. + +"2. Partly as the result of this, but still distinct and beyond it, +he had a marvelous faculty of making every man feel that he was +especially an object of personal interest. Perhaps not that he alone +was such, but that he was one of those taken into the inner sanctum +of his affections. Love begets love, and believing that they were so +dear to him, he was soon very dear to them. And he was never lacking +in the outward expression of love. He was not afraid they would +think he loved them too much. + +"3. He always had something to say. I suppose there is some good +done by public preaching, but it is the preacher who is ready, in +the face-to-face opportunity, who comes home laden with sheaves. Mr. +Walker was always ready. Meet a man when he might, where he might, +just the right word was on his tongue. And that warm grip of his +hand, into how many souls has it infused a new and spiritual life. +So he begot his children in the gospel; and by his sermons, which +were always thoughtful, he built them up into Christian characters, +as a workman who needeth not to be ashamed. Our Cutterbul deacon +says to me since his death, 'I _never_ saw such a man.' When he left +for Constantinople in 1859, perhaps one hundred men waited upon him +out of the city, and he spoke to every one, and repeated nothing, +but had a special word for each, exactly adapted to his case." + +Mrs. Walker returned to the United States, with her four children, +in the following summer, and has since been recognized,--in +connection with a benevolent lady in New York city,--as sustaining +a relation of maternal guardianship to returned children of +missionaries. + +At the close of the year Mr. Wheeler and others made a visit to +Choonkoosh, two days' journey from Harpoot. Many of the people came +several miles to welcome them, and crowds escorted them into the +city. "Nine years ago," says Mr. Wheeler, "I made my first visit +here in company with brother Dunmore, and we were hooted at, stoned, +and at last driven from our room, in the pouring rain and splashing +mud of a dark night." Now, every house seemed open to receive them. +"Their new place for Protestant worship testified to the remarkable +change. The men had brought all the timber, by hand, a distance of +from three to five miles, and it sometimes required thirty men to +bring one piece. Women and children brought water, earth, and +stones; and women were still busy in plastering the walls, so that a +meeting might be held there before we left!"[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1867, p. 108. + +The foreign missionary spirit was being developed. The Harpoot +Evangelical Union resolved at Diarbekir, in 1866, to send a mission +into the wild region eastward of that city, where the Armenians, +living among the Koords, had lost all knowledge of both the Armenian +and Turkish languages, and were in the grossest darkness. A dozen +small churches, with a membership of hardly more than five hundred, +undertook to educate seven young men to go as their missionaries, +and the movement excited much enthusiasm. At the same time, the home +missionary spirit received strength. The brethren at Harpoot were +endeavoring to occupy fifty or more stations, within their home +field, at most of which there were a few persons somewhat +enlightened and more or less desirous of instruction. + +A blessing followed. The week of prayer, in the opening of 1867, was +signalized by a revival at Harpoot.[1] There were indications of +deep feeling in the church; and on one of the last days of the week, +three of the most prominent men in the community openly identified +themselves with the Protestants. One of these, named Sarkis Agha, +became a very active and useful Christian. Feeling that he had been +a stumbling-block to others, he lost no time in going to the market, +and inviting twelve or fifteen of his most intimate friends, all men +of influence, to his place of business, and telling them of his +change of feeling. He expected only ridicule, but the majority were +affected to tears, and requested him to read the Bible and pray with +and for them. + +[1] An interesting account of this revival, by Miss Maria A. West, +may be found in the _Missionary Herald_ for 1867, pp. 139-142. + +It was winter, and the travelling was very bad, so that they could +not reach the more distant out-stations; but the members of the +church visited the principal ones on the plain. Among these was +Hooeli, about ten miles distant, where Mr. Barnum spent two days. +The whole congregation appeared to be interested, prayer-meetings, +morning and evening, were attended by from a hundred and twenty to +two hundred persons; and through the entire day, till nearly +midnight, the room of the missionary was thronged with inquirers. A +large number of those with whom he conversed, appeared to be truly +regenerated. Mr. Wheeler, on the following Sabbath, found the +interest more widespread. Four hundred persons crowded into the +chapel, and listened with fixed attention. + +Three years before, there was not a Protestant in the place. One +year before, at the dedication of the chapel, when three hundred and +fifty persons were present, the audience was so rude that there was +the greatest difficulty in preserving quiet.[1] Both men and women +were now quiet and serious listeners. A still larger attendance was +reported on the following Sabbath, when more than a hundred failed +of getting into the house of worship. There was also a revival of +considerable power at Perchenj, another out-station, seven miles +from Harpoot. + +[1] Mr. Barnum thus describes Miss Fritcher's meeting with seventy +or eighty females in this place, two years before: "The chapel was +nearly full of women, all sitting on the floor, and each one +crowding up to get as near her as possible. They were very much like +a hive of bees. The slightest thing would set them all in commotion, +and they resembled a town meeting more than a religious gathering. +When a child cried it would enlist the energies of half a dozen +women, with voice and gesture to quiet it. When some striking +thought of the speaker flashed upon the mind of some woman, she +would begin to explain it in no moderate tones to those about her, +and this would set the whole off into a bedlam of talk, which it +would require two or three minutes to quell." + +Human nature is everywhere essentially the same. The people of +Hooeli being thus strengthened, they, with a little aid from abroad, +erected a larger and finer house of worship, and then began to +desire a new minister. Their humble and earnest but not eloquent +preacher, whose labors God had so blessed among them, would do, they +said, to gather the lambs, but not to feed the sheep. Contrary to +the advice of the missionaries, they called two popular men of the +graduating class, one after the other, but both declined, choosing +harder fields. + +"Meanwhile their preacher was called to another place, and the +people came to the city, with their donkeys, to take him and his +family home. These were quietly sleeping at his house, expecting to +start on the morrow, when, at midnight, nine of the principal men of +Hooeli roused him from sleep, and began to beg pardon for their +rejection of him, saying, 'Come, get your goods in readiness, and go +with us.' It seems that they took their failure to secure the others +as a rebuke from God for their pride; and having met to pray, sent +these nine men to ask pardon of Garabed in person, while others +wrote letters asking his forgiveness, and begging him to come back. +Both parties then appealed to the missionaries, who declined to +interfere, advising them to pray and decide the matter among +themselves. They agreed to accept the preacher's decision as God's +will, and he after prayer and reflection, decided to return to his +old people. In the mean time, twenty of the women of Hooeli, +impatient at the delay, met also for prayer, and with difficulty +were prevented from going in a body to take their old pastor home. +But the brethren kept them back, and when at length he reached the +village, no other preacher ever had such an ovation in all that +region, within the memory of man."[1] + +[1] _Ten Years on the Euphrates_, pp. 278-280. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI. + +THE NESTORIANS. + +1864-1868. + + +Deacon Isaac, brother of the Patriarch, died in the early autumn of +1864, universally lamented. In character, as well as position, he +was a prince among his people. I abridge the account of him by Mr. +Rhea, who loved him as a friend.[1] Seen in his plain dress and +Simple manners, no one would have thought of him as once the +mountain chieftain, ready to break a lance with Koordish robbers. +Growing up amid some of the grandest scenery in the world, it had +its effect on his character; and that character the grace of God +moulded into symmetry and beauty. His intellect was strong, his +insight into human nature remarkable. The wily Persian official, +baffled by him and mortified, exclaimed: "We cannot manage _him_." +While he was accessible to little children, and poor distressed +women, there was a dignity which prevented undue familiarity. The +Patriarchal family were proud of him. He grew up in a land where it +was no shame for noblemen to lie, yet always spoke the truth. He +lived where bribery was practiced unblushingly, and his house was a +court-room for the settlement of numberless cases of litigation, yet +he took no reward for his services, much less to pervert justice. +"He grew up where little deference was paid to woman; yet took pride +in showing his respect for his wife Marta,--mentioning her name, +quoting her opinions, and treating her with the utmost kindness. +Their relation was a beautiful example of conjugal attachment, of +untold worth in such a land and among such a people. He was +naturally of a proud spirit, that could not brook an insult. Once, +when insulted by a French Lazarist, he sprung to his feet, and put +his hand to the hilt of his sword; but from that day he never wore +the sword again." + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1865, p. 45. + +Miss Fidelia Fiske died at Shelburne, Massachusetts, the place of +her birth, July 26th, 1864, at the age of forty-eight. She both +studied and taught at the Mount Holyoke Seminary, and partook +largely of the spirit of its founder, the well-known Mary Lyon. She +embarked at Boston in March, 1843, in company with Dr. and Mrs. +Perkins, Mr. and Mrs. Stoddard, and some others, and reached +Oroomiah in June. After laboring there with unprecedented success as +the Principal of the Seminary for fourteen years, the state of her +health constrained her return to the United States in 1858. + +Up to her arrival at Oroomiah, the school had only day scholars, and +the pupils were of course in habitual contact with the vice and +degradation of their homes. She sought to make it a boarding-school; +and after two years the prejudices of the people had been overcome, +and the day scholars were all dropped. Her grand object was the +salvation of her pupils, and of their relatives who visited the +institution. After the first revival, in 1846, the school became the +centre of holy influence for the women. She, and her worthy +associate Miss Rice, found enough to do, day and night. When they +went to a village, the women expected to be called together for +prayer; and when these women returned the visit, they asked to be +prayed with alone. There was a revival almost every year of her stay +at Oroomiah; and probably few servants of Christ have had more +occasion for gratitude, in being the means of bringing others to +him, than Miss Fiske. When leaving Oroomiah on her return home, the +many women and girls who gathered around to bid her farewell, asked +"Can we not have one more prayer-meeting before you go, and in that +Bethel?"--meaning, her own room. There they prayed, that their +teacher "might come back to mingle her dust with her children's +dust, hear the trumpet with them, and with them go up to meet the +Lord." They were accustomed to style her "mother," and themselves +her "children." + +Her usefulness after her return to the United States, was probably +as great as it ever had been. This was not owing to the predominance +of any one quality in her character, but to a combination of +qualities of mind and heart surpassing anything I have ever seen in +any other person. Her emotional nature was wonderfully sanctified, +and each of her powers being well developed, and all nicely adjusted +one to another, the whole worked with regularity and ease. Hence +that singular accuracy of judgment, and that never-failing sense of +propriety, for which she was distinguished. Hence the apparent +absence of fatigue in her protracted conversations and +conversational addresses. Hence the habitual control of her +sanctified affections over her intellectual powers, so that she +seemed ever ready, at the moment, for the call of duty, and +especially to meet the claims of perishing souls. She seemed to me +the nearest approach I ever saw, in man or woman, in the structure +and working of her whole nature, to my ideal of the blessed Saviour, +as he appeared in his walks on earth. + +The amount of her usefulness was as extraordinary as her character, +and probably the tidings of no death have awakened so many voices of +lamentation over the plain of Oroomiah, and in the glens of +Koordistan.[1] + +[1] See _Woman and her Saviour in Persia_, by Dr. Thomas Laurie, and +_The Cross and the Crown, or Faith working by Love, as exemplified +in the Life of Fidelia Fiske_, by Dr. D. T. Fiske. + +Another death occurred this year, which was also sensibly felt by +the mission. It was that of Deacon Joseph, of Degala. Dr. Perkins +lamented the loss of his services in connection with the press, a +kind of labor for which his qualifications were unequaled among the +people. His well-balanced mind, his fine scholarship, the solidity +of his Christian character, his eminent services in this department, +especially the very important assistance he rendered in translating +the Old Testament from the original Hebrew, would have secured him +an honorable position in more enlightened lands. + +In 1863 and 1864 Mr. Shedd made extended tours in his mountain +field. In the first, he crossed to Mosul, and from Oroomiah to +Amadia he travelled mostly on foot, in native snowshoes and +moccasins, with much fatigue and exposure. At Mosul, he enjoyed the +hospitality of Mr. Rassam, and had conferences with Mr. Williams of +Mardin. The second tour was in the autumn, and extended as far as +Tiary.[1] The mountaineers may be viewed, he says, in two very +different lights; first, as feeble, unreasonable, and lawless; +poverty stricken, and lacking in self-respect, and self-reliance; +connecting their interest in spiritual things too often with the +hope of temporal benefits. Then there are constant feuds between +villages, clans, and chiefs. The hopeful side is in the great +preparatory work that has been accomplished, the general +friendliness of the people, and the growing influence of the mission +helpers. The following tabular view will give some idea of the +mountain work in its incipient state, for, in some important +respects, it was in that state as late as the year 1863:-- + + Occupied Districts. + Gawar Tekhoma Amadia Rakan Nerwa Jeloo Berwer Total +No. of Christian + Villages. - 6 6 3 4 - - - +Estimated + Christian + Population. - 4000 - 250 300 - - - +When first + occupied by + Helpers. 1852 1856 1857 1861 1862 1862 1863 - +No. of Helpers + the Past Year. 4 4 2 1 1 4 2 18 +No. of Villages + visited by + Preachers the + Past Year. 20 6 5 3 3 9 10 56 +No. of Villages + with stated + Congregations. 5 3 3 1 1 2 1 16 +No. of Persons in + Congregations. 88 55 55 15 10 90 35 348 +No. of Sabbath + Schools. 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 11 +No. in Sabbath + Schools. 42 25 25 8 7 75 25 207 +No. of Regular + Day Schools. 2 - 1 - - 1 - 4 +No. of Scholars. 21 10 8 5 5 28 3 80 +No. reached by + Family + Visitation. 550 250 100 50 50 560 100 1660 +No. of + Communicants. 20 7 4 1 1 9 - 42 +No. of Candidates. 2 1 9 - 1 2 - 15 + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1863, pp. 358-363; 1864, p. 231. + +Mr. Shedd visited the young Patriarch, in his second tour. The +leaders whom he met there from different mountain districts, were +surprised by the friendship shown to the missionaries by Mar Shimon, +and that they heard not a word against them in the Patriarchal +mansion. There were frequent interchanges of visits, and Mr. Shedd +was assured that the young Patriarch was well disposed towards the +mission and its labors. But there was no evidence that he had any +real conviction of the truth. + +The seminary pupils were now working on a higher level. To a large +extent, the pupils were daughters of Nestorian helpers and other +pious parents, who had given them a Christian training. The contrast +was striking between their general appearance and that of the +earlier classes in that favored school. A considerable part of the +expense was now met by the parents of the pupils. + +The Rev. Austin H. Wright, M. D., was the immediate medical +successor of Dr. Grant, at Oroomiah,[1] where he arrived July 25, +1840. To be thoroughly furnished for his work, he determined to +master the Turkish, Syriac, and Persian languages; and it was +doubtless his perfect acquaintance with these, coupled with his +knowledge of medicine, and the gentle courtesy of his manners, that +gave him so much influence among all classes of the people. "The +influence of Dr. Wright in Oroomiah," said an intelligent Nestorian, +"is that of a Prince." He is said to have spoken each of the +languages above named with a precision, fluency, and grace, rarely +equaled by a foreigner. In consequence of this proficiency, the +intercourse with the higher classes was to a great extent in his +hands. Persian gentlemen, polite and courteous in the extreme, +appreciated the dignified yet simple ease and grace with which he +met them. Having gone out alone, he was united in marriage June 13, +1844, to Miss Catherine E. Myers, who joined the mission in 1843, +and was then engaged in teaching. After twenty years his health and +the interests of his family demanded a visit to his native land. +Here he remained four years, devoting the latter half of that time +to a revision of the Syriac New Testament, preparatory to its being +electrotyped and printed in pocket form by the American Bible +Society. To this the Psalms were afterward added. Mrs. Wright and +four of the children remained in this country; but taking with him +his eldest daughter Lucy, he returned to Oroomiah in September, +1864. His return was joyful to him, and to the mission, and no less +so to the Nestorians; but in three short months the summons came, +calling him to a higher service. + +[1] For a biographical account of Dr. Wright, see _Missionary +Herald_ for 1865, pp. 129-134. + +It had been arranged that he and Mr. Rhea, should translate the +Scriptures into Tartar-Turkish for the benefit of the Mussulman +population of Azerbijan and the regions beyond; but Dr. Wright's +work was finished. His disease was typhoid fever, and during much of +his sickness he was unconscious. + +In the twenty-five years of his service, he performed a great +variety of labors,--as a preacher, a physician, a co-laborer in the +department of the press, and, not least, as a shield to the poor +oppressed Nestorians; for he was greatly respected by their +Mohammedan rulers. And these duties he performed with marked +ability, scrupulous fidelity, and an almost unerring judgment. + +In this year, also, died the Rev. Thomas L. Ambrose, on the 19th of +August. The three years he spent in the mountains were to him years +of suffering, the result of an ardent mental and moral temperament, +as well as of the labors he performed. He returned home in 1861, +hoping to resume his missionary work; but feeling that his country +had claims upon him, and receiving an unsolicited appointment as +chaplain of a New Hampshire regiment, he entered the service, was +wounded while passing from entrenchments to a hospital, and after a +few weeks died in the General Hospital at Fortress Monroe. In his +relations to the mission and the Nestorian people, he beautifully +exemplified the spirit of his Lord, in not desiring "to be +ministered unto, but to minister." + +The harvests of 1865 were abundant, but there had been a famine in +several of the previous years; and this had given a stimulus to the +vagrancy, so frequent and annoying among the Nestorians. "Of the +four thousand vagabonds," writes Dr. Perkins, "from the less than +forty thousand Nestorians of Oroomiah, who made want their pretext +for scattering themselves over Russia and other parts of Europe, as +common beggars, hardly less greedy for lucre and for vice, than are +locusts for every green thing, only a moiety return; many dying in +those distant regions, from diseases induced by strange climates, or +oftener by criminal indulgence; and many who survive, lying in +prison for crimes, or preferring their vagabond life to the decent +restraints of home. Many who do return are worse than lost to their +people; coming only to spread a moral pestilence, being thoroughly +demoralized; recklessly squandering their ill-gotten treasures till +hunger drives them off again to beg. Happily they are now shut out +of Russia by the government, and they have little hope from England. +But Germany is still a golden land to them." + +Mr. Rhea, another very able member of the mission, was suddenly +removed from earth on the 2d of September, 1865. He was on his +return from Tabriz, with his wife and children. The whole scene, as +described by Mrs. Rhea in the Memoir of her husband, is one of the +most touching in missionary history.[1] He was ill when they left +Tabriz, and not until they had gone too far to return did his wife +awake to the alarming fact, that his disease was cholera. + +[1] See _The Tennesseean in Persia and Koordistan, being the Scenes +and Incidents in the Life of Samuel Audley Rhea_, by Rev. Dwight W. +Marsh, for Ten Years Missionary in Mosul, pp. 338-349. + +She then hoped to reach Ali Shah, a village four hours from +Oroomiah. It was necessary to put the bedding on one of the loaded +horses, and then to place Mr. Rhea upon it, and for two men to hold +him on; which was done by the faithful Nestorians, Daniel and +Guwergis. The motion of the horse extorted frequent, though gentle, +groans of pain. He was very thirsty, and both the children were +crying for water. There was none. At a brackish brook he had tried +to drink, but spit out the bitter draught in disgust. + +"At length the moon rose, and the children became quiet. Daniel +passed a rope around Mr. Rhea's back, and over his shoulders, to +keep him from shaking about on the horse; and, taking off his hat, +protected his head with a flannel. He grew quiet, and I said, 'He +sleeps.' So we rode on and on in the still night; no sounds except +from the horses' feet, or an occasional word about the precious +load. 'Will the village never appear?' They said it was very near. +O, how long the way seemed! + +"My mind was very active, picturing that comfortable room where we +should rest, the refreshing water, the quiet rest, the soft bed for +the dear invalid, the quick cup of tea, his sweet words, our +subsequent journey home in the takhterawan, our safe arrival there. +All this time my eyes were on him, and my ears strained to catch a +sound. 'How long he sleeps! How still he is!' + +"At length the weary, weary road was passed. We reached the village, +and stopped at a house where they said we could find a room. Daniel +and I ran in to see it first, opened the windows, and spread down +the shawl and pillows where he could rest; then went back to the +gate, and I charged the men not to let him exert himself at all, but +to take him down like a little child, and carry him carefully in. I +ran forward then, opened my satchel, and got out the wine and +camphor, and spreading a pillow on my lap, received him in my arms. + +"Just as they deposited him in my arms he drew one long, deep sigh. +I wet his lips, bathed his face, spoke to him, called his name, +raised him up, kissed him, and entreated him to speak. I chafed his +soft, warm hands, felt his heart, his pulse, his temples, his neck, +seeking everywhere for signs of life. In vain. He was dead!" + +Help came at length from the mission, and the mortal remains of Mr. +Rhea, found their resting place at Seir, by the side of loved ones +who had gone before him. + +Mr. Rhea died at the age of thirty-eight, in the very height of his +usefulness. His mental abilities were very superior, and so were his +acquirements, especially in Oriental languages. During his first +winter's residence in Gawar, in addition to a systematic course of +reading in Church History, and his study of Syriac, he went +thoroughly through his Hebrew Bible. The Modern Syriac he spoke with +great accuracy and fluency, and he preached with acceptance in the +Tartar Turkish. He had also made progress in the Koordish language. +"As a preacher," writes Mr. Coan, "he was earnest, faithful, and +pungent; the glowing words leaped from his lips, while the Word of +God seemed a fire shut up within him. He poured out his whole soul +in the messages he delivered. I have seldom been edified by the +discourses of any one as I have been by those of this dear brother. +These discourses, whether in the pulpit, the social prayer-meeting, +or at family devotions, seemed drawn from his own experience of the +inexhaustible treasures in Christ. They were eminently fitted to +make men better." Dr. Perkins said of him, "He is one of the finest +preachers I ever heard, whether in English or in the Nestorian +language. The Nestorians denominate him Chrysostom, from his +remarkable powers as a preacher." He was excelled by few men in the +beauty and eloquence of his address on public occasions, of which +there was a fine illustration on the Fourth of July, 1865, the last +before his death. Though a native of Tennessee, his heart was poured +out in thanksgiving that the war was really over, and that the right +had gained the day. + +The reader will not be surprised to hear that the young Patriarch, +influenced by his nearest relatives, was following in the footsteps +of his predecessor. In Gawar, he tried persuasion, blandishment, and +compulsion; but the authorities gave him to understand that there +could not be persecution. The independent tribes of the mountains +were, civilly, under his power, and he was determined to keep his +mountain diocese in its ancient ignorance. He diffused a vindictive +spirit. No ecclesiastic ever had stronger motives to enter upon a +path of reform, or fewer obstructions. But, refusing all fellowship +with the gospel, he showed that the Nestorian Patriarch could no +more adjust himself to the coming age of light and liberty of +conscience than the Pope of Rome. + +Mr. Alison, English Ambassador at the Persian Court, seasonably +interposed when there were powerful combinations to effect the ruin +of the mission, headed by the bigoted Minister of Foreign Affairs. +The Papal party had seized upon the Nestorian church at Ardeshai, +and rebuilt it; and the Shah, upon the representation of Mr. Alison, +granted a site for a new church, and subscribed £100 towards its +erection. + +This royal donation was in December, 1865. In the April following, +the mission had a friendly visit from his Royal Highness, Prince +Ahmed Meerza, the governor of Oroomiah, and uncle of the King. He +had come to the province strongly prejudiced against the mission, +but had been becoming better informed. He was on the mission +premises two hours and a half, and saw everything that could be +shown him, in the way of schools, printing, type founding, +sewing-machines, and medical dispensary. The last seemed to impress +him most as to the benevolent character of the mission, and he left +with strong expressions of good will. + +The examination of the female seminary, at the close of its term, +was highly satisfactory, especially in the Bible and in theology. In +the other seminary, superintended by Mr. Shedd in the absence of Mr. +Cochran, there had been much religious interest. Many of the pupils +being from the mountains, Mr. Shedd's labors in the seminary had a +direct bearing on his particular portion of the field. Geog Tapa had +a very fine school, entirely supported by the people themselves, +which almost vied with the seminaries. + +The mission suffered another severe loss in the death of Priest +Eshoo, already known to the reader, on the 19th of April, 1866. +Thirty-one years before, the Koords plundered his native village on +the plain of Gawar, and he removed to Degala, near Oroomiah. He was +then about thirty years of age, a sedate, dignified, upright man and +very righteous in his own eyes. Gentle and unassuming, he yet +commanded the respect of all, and his reputation as a scholar soon +secured for him the place of a teacher in the incipient male +seminary. For many years he was its first teacher, and down to the +close of his life sustained a relation to one or the other of these +institutions. He and his lovely daughter Sarah were among the first +converts in the revival of 1846. While remarkable for humility, he +was firm in defense of the truth. His judgment was cool and +discriminating, and he was known as a safe counselor. He was a good +preacher, and several volumes of his sermons, neatly written by his +own hand, showed that they were carefully studied.[1] + +[1] See vol. i. pp. 326-329. + +Dr. Van Norden and wife entered the mission in October, 1866, taking +the place of Dr. Young, who had left three years before. + +Mr. Labaree communicates the result of careful inquiries by Mr. +Thompson, of the British Legation, who had been spending some time +at Oroomiah. Mr. Thompson estimated the Nestorians in Oroomiah, +Tergawer, Sooldooz, and Salmas, at twenty thousand; the Armenians in +Oroomiah alone at about two thousand eight hundred; the Papal +Chaldeans in Oroomiah, Tergawer, and Sooldooz at six hundred and +twenty-five; but the Chaldean and Armenian population of Salmas he +did not learn. He thought that the population of Persia could not be +more than from five to seven millions, and his opinion was deemed of +great weight, as he had made himself familiar with the civil and +political affairs of Persia during a long residence, and had +travelled extensively through the country, with a very observant +eye. + +Among the new lights breaking forth in Western and Central Asia, was +a community of evangelical Armenians in the Russian province of +Sherwan, near the Caspian Sea. A Nestorian brother had been sent to +inquire into their condition early in 1862, and there had been +occasional intercourse ever since; but cautiously, lest their cause +should be jeoparded. They had suffered sore persecution, and had met +in glens and deep recesses of the mountains, for the worship of God +and the study of his Word. Their leader, Varpet Sarkis, had been +exiled, their children left unbaptized, their young people +unmarried, their dead denied the right of burial, and they the +privilege of commemorating the death of their Lord. In August, 1866, +an Imperial Ukase was brought them by a Lutheran clergyman from +Moscow, granting them full liberty to worship God publicly as their +consciences should dictate, and restoring to them all their +privileges. Pious Nestorians, who had gone there from Oroomiah, +reported that the Lutheran clergyman remained there a week, +organized a church, received a hundred and six persons to Christian +fellowship, and performed the necessary baptisms and marriages; and +that they were expecting the return of their beloved guide and +teacher from exile. Nearly two thousand copies of the Scriptures +were sold among this people within three and a half years, besides +many other good books and tracts. + +Mar Shimon, acting under the evil advice of his father and uncle, +issued an order for the expulsion of all the helpers of the mission +from Tehoma, and threatened not to leave one in all the mountains. +Events providentially occasioned delay, and meanwhile Mr. Rassam, +the British Vice Consul at Mosul, hearing of Mar Shimon's +proceedings, addressed him a very strong letter of remonstrance, +assuring him that the American missionaries were the truest and most +efficient friends of the Nestorians, and urging him to invite their +preachers back with the same publicity with which he had ordered +their expulsion. The letter, coming from one to whom the Nestorians +were greatly indebted, had the desired effect, and they were quite +abashed by receiving such an emphatic rebuke from such a quarter. In +addition to this rebuff, another was received, soon after, quite as +mortifying. The Patriarch had written to Mr. Taylor, British Consul +at Erzroom, offering to make over his people to the English Church, +if the English government would extend to them its protection from +Turks and Koords. The reply of the Consul was a decided rejection of +the proposal, couched in language not at all flattering to the +Patriarch. Thus baffled and censured, he privately signified his +willingness that our preachers should remain at their places without +molestation. + +The mission commenced the year 1868 with the encouraging fact, that +one hundred Nestorians had been received to the communion during the +previous year, which was a larger number than had been admitted in +any one year before. This number embraced the fruits of revivals in +several villages on the plain of Oroomiah, and in the two +seminaries, with individuals scattered through the Koordish +mountains. Mar Yooseph, the helper in Bootan, on the Tigris, +reported, that he had held his first reformed communion in that +distant region, and that seven came to the table of the Lord. There +had been no opposition. The native preaching force in the mission +was then sixty-two, of whom eighteen were in Koordistan, under the +care of Mr. Shedd; and there were seventy-eight regular preaching +places. Connected with nearly all these congregations were +Sabbath-schools and Bible-classes, and in not a few instances the +entire congregation was connected with them. The habit of giving was +very generally established, affording evidence that the people might +be expected eventually to support their pastors. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII. + +THE NESTORIANS. + +1867-1870. + + +The annual convention of helpers and representatives of the +Nestorian churches occupied three days of October, 1867. Ninety +members were in attendance. Mar Yohanan was elected moderator, and +Priest Yoosep of Dizza Takka, the former moderator, preached the +opening sermon. The aged preacher lamented the prevailing +worldliness of the church, and earnestly enforced the duty of prayer +as the great remedy. He alluded feelingly to the destruction, by a +Koordish chief, of one of their oldest and best churches, which +dated back more than a thousand years. A part of the materials had +been used to construct a fort, and a part to build a mosque upon the +site of the church. The recent increase of wine drinking, among some +of the communicants, received a faithful rebuke. Carefully prepared +papers were presented on practical subjects, such as education, +benevolence, temperance, family worship, and the means for promoting +the spiritual efficacy of their body as a communion, and these were +followed by free and animated discussions. The duty of assuming more +fully the support of the gospel and of schools among the entire +people, was earnestly enjoined; and during the discussion the spirit +of self-denying benevolence rose to an unusual pitch. Several +pledged a tenth of their income, and the contributions on the plain +rose higher than ever before. + +There were pleasing episodes during these deliberations,--in the +reports of Deacon Yâcob, a seminary graduate, of two and a half +years' colportage in Russia, and of Deacon Eshoo concerning his +successful labors for some years in Tabriz. Deacon Yâcob reported +the sale of nineteen hundred Bibles and Testaments, and many other +books and tracts, in Modern Russian, German, and other languages. He +also spoke of revival scenes, resulting in the hopeful conversion of +several adherents to the Greek Church. The Emperor of Russia, he +said, encouraged the circulation of the Scriptures in the spoken +language, allowed free passports to colporters, and exacted no +duties for the largest sales. + +"The subject of wine drinking," writes Mr. Cochran, "the greatest +bane of the people in the wine-making districts, was discussed with +vigor, and, with one or two exceptions, in the spirit of a +determined purpose to urge forward a reform. It was manifest that, +on the whole, there had been a decided growth of conviction, that +total abstinence is the only safe remedy for the evil. It was +gratifying to hear no complaints of the use of stronger drinks, +except among those outside of our communion." + +Several churches, as well as the seminaries, had enjoyed special +seasons of revival. A sunrise prayer-meeting of an hour was held +each day of the session, was well attended, and characterized by +much fervor and importunity in prayer, and the last evening was +spent in devotional exercises. The burden of prayer seemed to be for +the outpouring of the Spirit on the churches and the conversion of +souls, and many of the congregation were at times deeply moved. + +Deacon Yâcob was ordained in the month following, that he might be +able to administer the ordinances to the converts among the Malakans +of Russia. Mr. Shedd wrote of him as "a man whom we delight to have +among us, so full is he of the Holy Ghost and of faith." One other +person was also ordained as an elder or priest, and four as deacons, +in connection with meetings of district conferences composed of +preachers and delegates. + +In the first week of 1868, the "week of prayer," Mr. Labaree made a +tour in five villages, and never passed that interesting season more +delightfully, finding in each village cheering evidence of the +special presence of the Lord. The Christians were induced to pray +and labor earnestly for the unconverted around them. In each village +two meetings were held each day, and were attended by considerable +numbers outside of the church. Indeed that week was observed, +generally, among the evangelized Nestorians, and there were +indications of a blessing in the two seminaries, and in several +villages. + +It is an important step towards the support of religious +institutions, when a people have once acknowledged such support to +be their duty; and this admission will be the more effectual when +organizations exist that can attend to the performance of the duty. +In the progress of events there had grown up four ecclesiastical +bodies, called _Knooshyas_, that is, assemblies, three on the plain, +and one in the mountains; which had their confession of faith and +rules of discipline. The local assemblies sometimes met together as +one body. As in kindred bodies among the Armenians, the missionaries +were admitted for counsel, but not to vote. At a meeting of one of +these bodies, the duty of self-support was fully acknowledged, and +the desire was strongly expressed to show their gratitude to the +American churches by assuming the entire support of the gospel among +themselves, and sending it to regions beyond, as did their fathers. +The following resolution was adopted, namely: "That it is the duty +of every member of the church, as he has received spiritual benefits +from his pastor, to aid in the temporal support of the same; and +also to aid in meeting the necessary expenses of the church +according to his ability." + +It was recommended that pastors preach on the subject of these +resolutions; and that the pastor and lay-delegates, on their return +home, use their influence with the brethren and congregations of +their respective villages to bring the people up to their duty in +these matters. + +The following reflections by the venerable Dr. Perkins, written +about this time, will be refreshing to the reader: "The progress of +our work," he says, "is steadily onward, and is probably as rapid as +would consist with its highest prosperity. This progress is not +always in a uniform current. It often resembles a succession of +circling eddies, caused generally by obstacles in the stream, but +sometimes by the accelerated speed of the current, which, but for +these self-regulating checks, might bring upon the work serious +disaster. Such eddies are often our best missionary regulators, +correcting mistakes or undue haste, and giving to our converts +occasion and time to examine the foundations of their faith." + +Miss Nancy Jane Dean joined the mission in October, 1868, to labor +in the female seminary. Miss Rice and Mrs. Rhea had left Oroomiah in +the previous May, with Dr. Perkins, and arrived at New York in +August. Miss Rice had been connected with the female seminary +twenty-two years, and her good influence was felt in hundreds of +Nestorian homes on the broad plain and in the wild glens of the +mountains. Mrs. Rhea's return was due to her children, but, like +that of Miss Rice, it was a sad loss to the mission circle, and to +the women of Persia. The return of Dr. Perkins, the father of the +Nestorian mission, seemed like a removal of the foundations. "It is +difficult," wrote Mr. Shedd, "to over-estimate his labors, continued +now for more than a third of a century, or the value of his +experience. It is a gratification to him, and to us all, that he can +leave us in the atmosphere of revivals; and that, after he is gone, +the many works from his pen will continue to speak to the people +whom he loved. But many will sorrow at his leaving Persia, and most +of all that they shall see his face no more." + +Dr. Perkins had seen much accomplished in the thirty-six years of +his connection with the mission. From eighty-five centres, and to +congregations averaging nearly two thousand four hundred, the gospel +had come to be proclaimed, by more than a hundred native helpers, of +whom fifty-eight were fully recognized preachers; and more than nine +hundred persons had professed their faith in Christ, of whom seven +hundred and twenty were then connected with the evangelical +communion. The seminaries had educated hundreds of youth, whose +influence was seen in the general social and moral elevation of the +people. In the common schools there were more than a thousand +pupils; and from the press more than half a million of pages had +gone forth in the year preceding his departure; making an aggregate +of nearly nineteen millions (18,996,450) from the beginning. + +The mission was commenced with the expectation that the revival of +gospel light and influence among that people would rekindle their +ancient missionary spirit. Extreme oppression and poverty have made +the development of this spirit very difficult. But we have already +seen among them as fine specimens of it, probably, as there ever +were in the olden times. Witness the venerable Bishop Elias, Tamo of +Gawar, Guwergis of Tergawer, Isaac of the Patriarchal family, Joseph +the translator, Priest Eshoo of the Seminary, Oshana of Tehoma, and, +more recently, Yâcob, among the Malakans of Russia, and Deacon Eshoo +in the commercial capital of Persia. These were really missionary +men; and there seems also to have been even a greater development of +the genuine missionary zeal among the Nestorian women. There were, +and doubtless there are now, men and women, who would have +resolutely carried the gospel into Central Asia, had the door been +open. + +The time had now come, when it could be no longer safe for the +reformed Nestorian churches to defer entering upon incipient foreign +missions. The healthful reaction of such missions had become as +indispensable as it was when the churches at the Sandwich Islands +were providentially led to send missionaries to Micronesia and the +Marquesas. The churches at the Islands, living under a free +constitutional government, were indeed able to support their +missionaries, and the oppressed and impoverished Nestorians are not; +but it was a great thing to have messengers go forth from among +themselves to make the gospel known to less favored peoples. + +And here, to illustrate the high-toned missionary spirit of the +Nestorians of our day, I will quote from the correspondence of +Sarah, a daughter of Priest Abraham, of Geog Tapa. She was a convert +of the first revival in 1846, and one of the earliest graduates of +the female seminary. She seems to have gone, after graduation, to +reside with her father, then laboring at Ardishai, one of the most +wicked villages of the plain; where she persuaded her father to go +and work for Christ. She was afterwards married to Oshana, one of +those named above; and the following letter, written two years after +to Miss Fiske, then in the United. States, will give a good idea of +her spirit. She is giving an account of her visit to Tehoma, with +her husband, Oshana, and her two little children: + +"Through the favor of our heavenly Father, I have made a journey +into these mountains, rejoicing in the opportunity to labor for my +people. I am very happy that my father and friends brought me on my +way in willingness of soul. From the day that I left my own country, +in every place that I have entered, until now, my heart has been +excited to praise my Guide and my Deliverer, and I have also been +grateful to my teachers, who brought me to labor in a desolate +vineyard joyfully; I, who am so weak, and such a great sinner. In +all the various circumstances through which I have passed, your +counsels have been of great benefit to me. + +"I think you will be glad to know, that the gospel door is wide open +here. You and your friends will pray, that the Lord of the harvest +would send forth laborers into his harvest. + +"We left Oroomiah, May 6th, and on May 8th we reached Memikan, and +remained there three days. It was our first Sabbath in the +mountains, and I met that company of women, for whom our departed +Mrs. Rhea used to labor. May 12th we left Memikan, and went up to +the tops of the snowy mountains of Gawar. The cold was such that we +were obliged to wrap our faces and our hands as we would in January. +As we descended the mountain, we found it about as warm as February. +That night we spent in the deep valley of Ishtazin, in the village +of Boobawa, where Yohanan and Guly dwell. The people here are very +wild and hard. Yohanan and Guly were not here, having gone to visit +Khananis. Only a few came together for preaching. The people said, +'Yohanan preaches, and we revile.' May 13th, we left Boobawa, and +soon crossed the river. Men had gone before us, and were lying in +wait there. They stripped us, but afterwards of themselves became +sorry, and returned our things. As we were going along this +wonderful, fearful river, and beheld the mountains on either side +covered with beautiful forests, we remembered Mr. Rhea, the composer +of the hymn, 'Valley of Ishtazin.' And when filled with wonder at +the works of the Great Creator, we all, with one voice, praised him +in songs of joy fitting for the mountains. Here the brethren +reminded me, that our dear Miss Fiske had trodden these fearful +precipices. This greatly encouraged me in my journey. This day we +went into many villages, and over many ascents and descents. At +evening we reached Jeloo, and remained over night in the pleasant +village of Zeer, which lies in a valley made beautiful by forests +and a river passing through it. They showed great hospitality here, +and were eager to receive the word of the Lord. May 14th, we left +Zeer, and went to Bass. It was Saturday night, and we remained over +the Sabbath in the village of Nerik. I shall always have a pleasant +remembrance of the Sabbath we passed there. From the first moment +that we went in till Monday morning, we were never alone, so many +were assembling to hear the words of the Lord. With tearful eyes and +burning hearts, they were inquiring for the way of salvation. They +would say, 'What shall we do? We have no one to sit among us, to +teach us, poor, wretched ones.' Truly a man's heart burns within him +as he sees this poor people scattered as sheep without a shepherd. +May 16th, we mounted our mules, and went on our way. Half an hour +from Nerik we came to the village of Urwintoos. An honorable, +kind-hearted woman came out, and made us her guests. This was +Oshana's aunt. As soon as we sat down, the house was filled with men +and women. They brought a Testament themselves, and entreated us to +read from that holy book. Did not my heart rejoice when I saw how +eagerly they were listening to the account of the death of our Lord +Jesus Christ! When the men went out, the women came very near to me, +entreating for the word of the Lord, as those thirsting for water. +Then I read to them from the Book. + +"There are many sad deeds of wickedness among these mountain +Nestorians; and when Christians hear how anxious they are to receive +the words of life, will they not feel for them? We reached Tehoma +May 17th. Now, from the mercy of God, we are all well and in the +village of Mazrayee. I am not able to labor for the women here as I +desired, because many of them have gone to the sheep-folds. It is so +hot we cannot remain here, and we will go there also, soon. I trust, +wherever I am, and as long its I am here, I shall labor for that +Master, who wearied Himself for me, and who bought these souls with +his blood." + +Sarah returned to Oroomiah in the spring of 1860, and left in 1861 +for Amadiah. During the winter of 1861-62, no messenger could cross +the snow-covered mountains between Oroomiah and Amadiah, and she +thus wrote in March, 1862, to Miss Rice. + +"I did greatly long for the coming of the messenger. We were very +sad in not hearing a single word from home. Now I offer +thanksgivings to Him, in whose hands are all things, that He has +opened a door of mercy, and has delighted us by the arrival of +letters. They came to-day. Many thanks to you and your dear pupils! +The Lord bless them, and prepare their hearts for such a blessed +work as ours. + +"Give Eneya's salutations and mine to all the school. I think they +will wish to hear about the work of the Lord here. Thanks to God, +our health has been good ever since we came, and our hearts have +been contented and happy in seeing some of our neighbors believing, +and with joy receiving the words of life. Every Sabbath we have a +congregation of thirty-five, and more men than women. For many weeks +only the men came; but now, by the grace of God, the women come too, +and their number is increasing. I have commenced to teach the life +of the Lord Jesus from the beginning. I have strong hopes that God +is awakening one of them. His word is very dear to her. Her son is +the priest of the village, and a sincere Christian. Four other young +men and five women are, we trust, not far from the door of the +kingdom. We entreat you, dear sisters, to pray in a special manner +for these thoughtful ones, that they may enter the narrow door of +life. + +"From the villages about us we have a good report. They receive the +gospel from Oshana and Shlemon, who visit them every Sabbath. In my +journeys through these mountains, I have seen various assemblies of +men and women listening to the gospel; poor ones, exclaiming, 'What +shall we do? Our priests have deceived us; we are lost, like sheep +on the mountains. There is no one to teach us.' They sit in misery +and ignorance. They need our prayers and our help. I verily believe +that if we labor faithfully--God help us to labor thus--we shall +soon see our Church revived, built up on the foundation of Christ +Jesus, and adorned for Him as a bride for her husband. With tears of +joy we shall gaze on these ancient ruins becoming new temples of the +Lord. Soon shall these mountains witness scenes that will rejoice +angels and saints. Those will be blessed times. Let us pray for +them, and labor with Christ for their coming."[1] + +[1] _Woman and her Saviour in Persia_, pp. 216-221. Similar +illustrations could be multiplied from this remarkable volume, some +of them scarcely less interesting than the above. + +Priest Abraham, the father of this excellent woman, died in 1871. He +was one of the first to coöperate with Dr. Perkins, and was faithful +unto the end. + +There was the more call for some new missionary movement from the +fact, that, whatever may be affirmed as to the wisdom of the plan +adopted for reforming the Nestorian Church, in the earlier stages of +the mission, experience had shown that the Old Church, as such, +could not be reformed. It was proper that, from time to time, the +favorable facts on this subject should be stated in this history, as +they appeared to the men then on the ground,--to Dr. Lobdell;[1] to +Dr. Dwight;[2] to Mr. Coan;[3] to Dr. Perkins;[4] indeed to the +whole body of the mission. But the experience of six and thirty +years had shown, that the dead Church could not be galvanized into +spiritual life. There was no way for the truly enlightened but to +leave it, and form reunions on the Apostolic basis. + +[1] Chapter xxvii. + +[2] Chapter xxix. + +[3] Chapter xxix. + +[4] Chapter xxviii. + +The necessity had become obvious, but it was a trying process. It +was too much for Mar Yohanan. He must be spoken of kindly, for he +had long stood in friendly relations with the mission, though the +evidence of his piety was never entirely satisfactory. + +Priest John, of Geog Tapa, gave unquestioned evidences of piety in +early life. But in 1868, if not earlier, his gold had become dim, +and his proceedings and their consequences must have a place in this +history. + +Becoming extravagant in his habits, and thus involved in debt, he +was disaffected because the mission could not accede to exorbitant +demands, and relieve him from pecuniary embarrassments. So he went +abroad to collect money for this purpose, and made his way to +England, where he succeeded in interesting several of the +dignitaries of the Established Church. Returning home in the autumn +of 1869, he made such a report of his visit, and excited such +expectation of the coming of Episcopal clergymen, and large +patronage for ecclesiastics and civil protection for all classes, +that many of the simple-hearted people were carried away. The +mission had been hoping to get some of the evangelical churches, ere +long, upon a self-supporting basis; but the hopes thus excited of +their burdens being assumed by the Church of England, put back for a +time this work of self-support. + +The narrative is continued in the language of Mr. Cochran: "Priest +John returned from England flushed with the apparent success of his +mission. At Geog Tapa, the next Sabbath after our communion, at +early dawn he baptized fifteen children with much display. More than +two hours were spent in reading the English Liturgy, chanting +Psalms, and explaining and vindicating the usages of the English +Church. He announced his intention to give the communion to all who +desired it. This innovation upon the evangelical usage of more than +a dozen years (though he had once previously practiced +indiscriminate baptism), was not inappropriately followed by the +suspension of the Sabbath-school and preaching service, and the +turn-out of the whole village, headed by Malek Yonan and Priest +John, to meet the son of the master of their village, who happened +to return on that day from a long absence in the army. In the delay +of the young Khan's arrival, a young deacon, more zealous than +discreet, proposed a service by the roadside, but many voices cried, +'We have become Episcopalians, and don't want any more preaching.' +This public and flagrant violation of the Sabbath, headed by the two +leading Christians of the village, painfully illustrates the +material found there, and sadly contrasts with the better days of +the excellent and lamented Malek Agha Beg and Mar Elias. + +"We have heard nothing from friends in England, but from other +sources infer the probability of at least a visit of Episcopalians +to Mar Shimon, and possibly to Oroomiah, the coming spring. Priest +John states, that Dr. Perkins did him harm in England by his +published statement, that he (Priest John) had come, not as an +accredited agent to secure Episcopal interference, but rather on a +private and personal begging expedition (the truth of which is well +known in Oroomiah, and confirmed by a written stipulation lodged +with friends here, that his companion should receive one third of +the avails of the excursion). To destroy the force of Dr. Perkins' +statement, Priest John has secured the signature of a large number +of names, including Patriarchs, Bishops, Maleks, and principal men +among the people. The paper was circulated privately, but we learn +that only one of our employees, and very few, if any, of our +communicants, could be persuaded to sign it. + +"If asked, what is the true state of feeling among our communicants, +an extensive and familiar acquaintance with them enables me to +testify with great confidence, that, with the exception of a very +small high-church party, headed mainly by Mar Yohanan, I discover no +special tendency to Old Churchism of any kind, and if let alone, +they are more than satisfied with the gospel simplicity and +spontaneity of worship." + +Under date of January 10th, 1870, Mr. Cochran adds, "Geog Tapa +continues to witness novel scenes under the eccentric and reckless +Priest John. At the close of the fast of the nativity, the communion +was administered to the whole village, and numbers from surrounding +villages were also invited in. Many who had not communed for from +ten to thirty years, as well as the more superstitious and the +lowest rabble, participated. Four priests, all of whom are of +doubtful piety (though two were in our communion), officiated, +clothed in white. The whole Old Church service was read in ancient +Syriac, and long Psalms were chanted in the same. The baser sort +were exultant, but the thoughtful, even of those not with us, were +sad. Every artifice was used to draw in our communion, but we were +rejoiced to find that all except ten,--consisting of the family of +Priest John, and the priests and deacons who officiated,--refused to +partake with them. + +"I have preached there three times since. Yesterday was our +communion. The house was crowded at both services. It was judged +that seven hundred were inside, and not less than one hundred and +fifty outside. I preached in the morning on the spiritual character +of a true church, and newness of life as the condition of admission, +and that the ordinances belong exclusively to the church, and not to +those outside. All listened attentively, though a disturbance was +feared. In the afternoon I 'fenced' our communion fully, but Priest +John had the effrontery to partake. I have since learned that had it +been withheld, he, with the rabble, would have taken it by force. A +perfect separation seems called for, and with it a casting out of +unworthy members from the church. But the heart of the body is +right, and will, I trust, stand by the truth." + +"Enlightened villagers," adds Mr. Shedd, under date of January 20, +1870, "besides members of the evangelical communion, did not +partake. It shows the movement for high-church aid in its true +colors. Such aid on the part of the English bishops is nothing more +nor less than salarying Mar Shimon and his ecclesiastics, for +reading their old prayers and using their dead forms and rites, as +they have done for ages past. We rejoice in so simple an issue, and +are sure it can do no injury to vital Christianity."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1870, p. 190. + +The time having come for separate and independent church +organizations, these painful occurrences seem to have been +providentially designed to promote that result. + +Mr. Cochran thus writes: "The progress of the gospel and +providential occurrences, are bringing us into many new relations to +the old Nestorian Church, and grave questions, affecting the purity +and future growth of our churches, are now forcing themselves upon +us. So long as the Old Church did not oppose evangelical labors, so +long as she freely opened her doors to our services, consenting to a +separate administration of the ordinances for the hopefully pious, +and silently tolerating many ecclesiastical and social reforms, and +an abandonment of the liturgical service; in short, so long as we +could see, under the preached gospel, the hold on the old +superstitions steadily lessening, and the masses being leavened with +evangelical truth, we were more than content to labor on without a +separate church organization. + +"But experience in other fields, as well as our own, has proved that +such labors can only be prosecuted for a time. From year to year we +have found the old ecclesiastics more restive under their loss of +support, and more jealous of the progress of spiritual life. Mar +Shimon, as you are informed, has for years openly opposed the +gospel, and now so intimidates the interior mountain districts under +his immediate control, that it seems preposterous to attempt to +prosecute labors there, unless on a separate foundation. And we now +find the opposition on the plains, and all over the field, not less +positive, and daily becoming more concerted and potent. + +"Mar Yohanan has also, for years, secretly, and often openly and +most offensively, opposed spiritual and reformatory labors. Priest +John, a most untiring and reckless man, is arousing a furor of zeal +for Old Churchism,--a fanaticism that will not be likely to subside +with the spasmodic efforts he may make. He and others are now +administering the communion every few weeks to the whole people, +without distinction of character. They also enjoin the fasts and +saints' days, resume the use of the liturgy in ancient Syriac, burn +incense daily, bow before the altar, and make the sign of the cross; +though some, as yet, refuse to come into all these measures. + +"With the return of these old superstitions, there is also a painful +throwing off of moral restraint, and intemperance and kindred vices +have greatly increased. + +"In these circumstances the question has arisen, first in Geog Tapa, +and subsequently in other places; Can 'the evangelicals' further +unite in the morning and evening service conducted by priests--and +there happen to be five or six in that village--who are reviving +these superstitions? Almost the whole church are surprisingly united +in the decision to withdraw. This has been done for the last two +months, and we find upwards of one hundred members there, who are +firm, and daily waxing stronger in faith and opposition to the old +superstitions." + +These and other distractions seriously hindered the spiritual growth +of the churches in the winter of 1869 and 1870. But in the spring, a +very thorough work of grace was enjoyed at Degala, and it was +believed that there were more than twenty genuine conversions, +mostly among the aged and middle-aged. The church in that place paid +half the salary of its pastor, and was expected soon to pay the +whole. Mar Yooseph, the young bishop at Bootan, wrote that his +congregation had increased to one hundred and fifty, and that, for +much of the time, Christ and his salvation formed the only theme of +conversation. He had hopes concerning considerably more than a score +of new converts. Deacon Toma, who had spent a year in the Seminary, +was with him as a helper, and promised to become another Deacon +Guwergis. + +The immediate foreign mission field of the Nestorians, is among the +Armenians in Russia, and the same people at Tabriz, Hamadan (the +ancient Ecbatana), Teheran, and Ispahan in Persia, with the numerous +villages in the intervening regions; descendants, to a great extent, +of Armenians carried captive, in the year 1605, from the regions of +Ararat by Shah Abbas the Great. They furnish the field +providentially offered to the Nestorians, as the Koords do for the +Armenians in Turkey. Hamadan is about three hundred miles southeast +of Oroomiah, on the great caravan road between Tabriz and Bagdad. On +the 28th of May, 1870, the mission resolved, that they considered it +a duty urged upon them to embrace at once within their efforts the +Armenians and the Mussulman sects of Central Persia, by planting a +station at Hamadan; and they expressed the hope that the Board would +heartily endorse this action, and help them to carry it out without +delay, and also to occupy Tabriz. + +The members of the mission, in the spring of 1870, were the Rev. +Messrs. Coan, Labaree, Cochran, and Shedd, and Dr. Van Norden, with +their wives, and Miss Dean, principal of the female seminary. The +mission was now known as the "Mission to Persia," in view of plans +to reach the entire population of the country. To Mr. Cochran was +assigned the superintendence of twenty out-stations in Oroomiah, +Sooldooz, and Tergawer, and the field outlying these, together with +the male Seminary, To Mr. Coan was committed the press, the editing +of the "Rays of Light," care of the treasury, and the oversight of +the city church, and of two out-stations. To Messrs. Shedd and +Labaree, jointly, was given the care of twenty out-stations in +Oroomiah and Salmas, besides Tabriz and Hamadan, with the Armenian +work in general; and, separately, to Mr. Shedd the mountain field, +and to Mr. Labaree the Mussulman work. Dr. Van Norden was to carry +on his medical department, and to translate the Gospel of John into +Turkish. + +In the autumn of this year the Mission to Persia was formally +transferred to the care of the Presbyterian Board of Foreign +Missions; reserving, however, the Armenian work in the northern +portion of the field, from its intimate connection with the mission +to the Armenians of Turkey. + +It remains only to speak of the honored founder of the mission. + +Dr. Perkins lived through the entire connection of the mission with +the American Board, and died at Chicopee, Massachusetts, on the 31st +of December, 1869, when he had nearly attained the age of +sixty-five; having been born on the 12th of March, 1805. He +graduated at Amherst College in 1829, taught the next year in +Amherst Academy; spent the two following years in Andover Seminary; +and was tutor in his Alma Mater for the greater part of another +year. The engagement last named was shortened by his call to +commence the mission among the Nestorians. His life, from the time +of his sailing from Boston, with Mrs. Perkins, in September, 1833, +for six-and-thirty years, is largely the history of the Nestorian +mission. + +The careful reader of this history will not need a portraiture of +his character. He was evidently made for the position he so long +occupied. He was an acknowledged leader in the Lord's host; a Moses +and a Joshua, with traits of character resembling those both of +Elijah, and of the Apostle Paul. To idleness, vagrancy, and +drunkenness, besetting sins of the Nestorians, he was the old +prophet; and in his longing desire to make them savingly acquainted +with the gospel, he was the apostle. Their spoken language he +reduced to a written form, and gave them, in their vernacular, the +Scriptures of the Old and New Testaments; with a commentary on +Genesis and on Daniel. Is it too much to pronounce him the Apostle +to the Nestorians? He came to his end as a shock of corn fully ripe; +and glorious results of his self denying, and in some respects +suffering mission, he will assuredly behold in the heavenly world. +Where in his native land could he have labored, with the prospect of +so large a spiritual harvest, taking no account of the widely +reacting influence of his labors on the churches at home? And we +might propose the same inquiry with respect to the departed +Stoddard, and Rhea, and Grant, and Fidelia Fiske, and others, both +among the dead, and the living. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. + +SYRIA. + +1857-1860. + + +Dr. Eli Smith, whose name has an honorable place among the +translators of the Scriptures, died at Beirût, Sabbath morning, +January 11th, 1857.[1] Thirty years had elapsed since his first +arrival in Syria, and he had before been connected for several +months with the press at Malta. In 1829, he made an exploring visit, +with the author, to the Ionian Islands, the Morea, and the Grecian +Archipelago; and the next year, he and Dr. Dwight explored Armenia, +and a part of the Nestorian country. The other more important events +of his life are so far known to the reader, that they need not be +repeated. + +[1] Dr. Smith expressed a decided opinion, in his last sickness, +that no memoir of his life and labors should be published, since he +had never kept a journal, and there were not sufficient materials. +In this he was probably correct, considering what the public would +have expected. A well written obituary, somewhat extended for that +publication, may be found in the Missionary Herald for 1857, pp. +224-229. See, also, pp. 123-125. + +The mind of Dr. Smith was rich in general principles, and in +well-considered applications of them to the missionary work; though, +in this latter respect, he was restricted more than his brethren +among the Armenians, by the less pliable nature of the materials on +which he was called to operate. After having explored countries +which others were to occupy; after contributing largely to the +accuracy, variety, and value of Dr. Robinson's "Biblical +Researches"; and after securing the formation of type that would be +acceptable to the most fastidious Arab; he set himself to prepare a +new translation of the Bible into the Arabic language. With this in +view, he pursued the study of Arabic and kindred languages to a +greater extent than was necessary to become either a good speaker, +or a good preacher. His learning was both extensive and accurate, +and he was continually adding to his stores by a wide range of +judicious reading. To a good knowledge of the ancient classics, he +added an acquaintance, more or less perfect, with the French, +Italian, German, and Turkish languages. With the Hebrew he was +familiar; and the Arabic, by far the most difficult of all, was to +him a second vernacular. + +Dr. Smith was eminently a man of business, and was accustomed to +give attention to the minutest details. He spent much time in +superintending the cutting, casting, and perfecting of the various +fonts of type, made from models that he had accurately drawn from +the best specimens of Arabic caligraphy.[1] For many years he read +the proof-sheets of nearly every work that was printed at the +mission press; and he bestowed much thought and labor upon the +mechanical apparatus and fixtures of that establishment. + +[1] See. vol. i. p. 233. + +To him every pursuit was subsidiary to a faithful translation of the +Word of God into the Arabic language. Yet he did not neglect the +regular preaching of the gospel, which he regarded as the first duty +of every missionary; and having early become a fluent speaker in the +Arabic, this was ever his delight. "Almost as a matter of course, +his preaching was expository and didactic. In clear, lucid, logical +exposition of divine truth, he had few equals. His language, though +select and grammatical, was always simple, and within the +comprehension of the humblest of his hearers. In regard to matter, +his discourses were eminently Biblical, sound, and evangelical. In +form and costume, his theology was that of Edwards, and Dwight, and +Woods,--the theology of the Puritan fathers of New England. Upon +this system of divine truth his own hopes of eternal life rested, +and it was this which he earnestly labored, for thirty years, to +infuse into the Arabic literature, and transplant into the hard and +stony soil of Syria's moral desert." + +The author, having had the best opportunities for knowing Dr. Smith, +bears testimony to his excellent judgment, and to the great value of +his correspondence with the executive officers of the Board, in the +forming period of the missionary work. + +It did not please the Lord to grant the earnest desire of Dr. Smith +to live and complete his translation of the Scriptures; and it must +be admitted, that his ideal of perfection in the work was such, that +it is doubtful whether he ever could have been satisfied that his +entire translation was ready for publication. Only Genesis, Exodus, +and the first sixteen chapters of Matthew, had received his final +revision, and were acknowledged by him as complete. But, with the +help of Mr. Bistâny, his assistant translator, he had put into +Arabic the entire New Testament, the Pentateuch, the Historical +Books of the Old Testament, and the books of Isaiah, Jeremiah, +Lamentations, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah, and Nahum. +He had revised, and nearly prepared for the press, the whole of the +New Testament, and all except Jeremiah, Lamentations, and the last +fourteen chapters of Isaiah, of the books named in the Old +Testament. With these finished specimens, and with so large a +portion of the remainder translated and carefully revised, together +with the helps to translation which he had accumulated, his brethren +believed that he had laid the foundation for one of the best +versions of the sacred Scriptures to be found in any language. + +Dr. Van Dyck had been connected with the mission since 1840, and +very soon made himself master of the spoken Arabic, in which he +greatly excelled as a preacher. It soon appeared, that he was the +man to succeed Dr. Smith as translator of the Scriptures, and the +mission arranged his removal, for that purpose, from Sidon to +Beirût; so that in due time he was enabled to bring the great work +to successful completion.[1] + +[1] See chapter xl. + +Mr. Aiken had joined Mr. Wilson at Hums, a new station north of +Damascus, where he was bereaved of his wife before she had been six +months in the field. The arrangement for 1857 was that Beirût should +be occupied by Messrs. Van Dyck and Ford, and Mr. Hurter, the +printer; Abeih by Messrs. Calhoun and Bliss; Sidon by Mr. Eddy; Deir +el Komr by Mr. Bird; Bhamdûn by Mr. Benton; Tripoli by Messrs. +Jessup and Lyons; and Hums by Mr. Wilson. Dr. Thomson and Mr. Aiken +were in the United States; the latter with health so impaired as to +forbid his resuming his mission. He had previously married Miss +Cheney. In the following year, Miss Jane E. Johnson and Miss Amelia +C. Temple arrived to take the care of a girls' boarding-school at +Sûk el Ghurb, on Mount Lebanon; but the former was soon found unable +to endure the climate. Dr. Thomson, while in this country, published +a valuable work on Biblical literature, in two volumes, entitled +"The Land and the Book." Dr. and Mrs. De Forest had come to this +country in the hope of a restoration of his health; but on the 24th +of November, 1858, this excellent missionary was released from long +and severe physical sufferings by a peaceful death. + +The health of Mrs. Wilson made it necessary, for a time, to leave +Hums without a resident missionary. The principal operations, both +here and at Deir el-Komr, were through schools for both sexes, which +had been embarrassed by Syrian and Greek opposers, but in no case +suppressed. The female department of the school at Deir el-Komr +commenced with a dozen pupils, but in six months the attendance +exceeded fifty. When Mr. Bird came to that place, he thought there +were not six females in the nominally Christian population, who +could read; but a year had not passed before half the pupils in his +girls' school could read their Bibles. There were other mountain +schools under the care of the station, and in one there were more +than sixty pupils. + +The following contrast of the state of things in 1857 with what it +had been fifteen years before, indicates a preparatory work in no +small degree encouraging. "Then, the missionary could hardly +purchase here the necessaries of life; and when he left, he was +followed by stones and execrations. Now, he is welcomed and honored. +Then, fear kept even his friends from venturing to visit him; now, +priests and even a bishop are ashamed not to return his calls. Then, +the Protestant sect could not be vilified enough; now, it is spoken +of with favor in public and in high places. The old Emir Beshir, +once the persecutor and terror of Protestants, has passed away, and +his dilapidated palace is used as barracks for Turkish soldiers. His +prime minister, or secretary, who did much injury to the cause of +evangelical religion, and whose mansion was, as it were, the +stronghold of the enemy, is no more. What remains of this +Ahithophel's house is the abode of the missionary, and furnishes +apartments for Scripture schools, and a Protestant chapel. His +sons-in-law were leaders in the movement which brought us to Deir +el-Komr, and are among our firmest friends. His grandchildren learn +the folly of popery by the knowledge of the Bible they acquire in +our schools. + +"Time was, when every one trembled at the anathema of the clergy. +Now, the latter dare not show their impotence by pronouncing it. +Some of the people would be glad to be thus dissevered from a church +which they abhor, for they would thus not only gain their end, but +retain the sympathies of many who would else oppose them. Those who +send their children to our schools, have been refused admission to +the confessional and the eucharist; the Maronite bishop, however, +has at length yielded the point, and tries to win, rather than +compel. Their high school he has made free of charge, and has +promised to open a girls' school beside. In the Greek Catholic +communion, on the other hand, the men and some of the women remain +"suspended;" yet they are of good courage, some glad of so excellent +an excuse to get rid of the confessional, and others incensed at the +glaring injustice that would admit the drunkard and the notoriously +vicious, but exclude the respectable and the moral. We have here the +anomaly of those being thrust out of the church, who are still its +very pillars, its substantial supporters, whose names are known, and +whose influence is felt, throughout the region. + +"We have reason to thank God and take courage. Still we long to see +a work more purely spiritual. Light is being diffused, but there is +not the corresponding religious interest. The truth is viewed by +many as a beautiful theory, the heart remaining a flint. We have to +regret the fact, that some of the best minds in the place are tinged +with skepticism. Happily the most influential are, notwithstanding, +our firm friends, and are in favor of good education and good +morals." + +Ain Zehalty, a village situated in the heart of Lebanon, has been +already mentioned.[1] Mr. Bird says, "We now have there five +church-members. There have been regular Sabbath services under the +charge of the native helper, Khalil. The audience has been on the +increase, and is now not only larger than that in Deir el-Komr, but +is composed of better materials. Those who come desire instruction, +and are regular attendants and declared Protestants." An Ain +Zehaltian, when out of his village, if not a Druze, was set down at +once as a Protestant. The day school in that place had forty +scholars, and half as many attended the evening school for adults. +This school was for the special purpose of studying the Bible, and +the pupils had gone through the historical books of the Old and New +Testaments. Their custom on Saturday and Sabbath evenings was to +read the devotional parts, and hold a prayer meeting. + +[1] Vol. i. p. 383. + +Mr. Ford made a visit to Hasbeiya in February, 1857, with Mr. Jones, +Secretary of the Turkish Missions Aid Society. He had never before +been in that region, and speaks highly of the native laborers. Of +the church-members he says: "When compared with the rock from which +they were hewn, and the hole of the pit from which they were digged, +they show the genuineness of the work of grace in their hearts." +"The signs of the times," he adds, "in the community around, are +most encouraging. I will only refer now to a remarkable stirring up +of the Maronites to defend themselves against the inroads made by +the gospel upon their hitherto solid ranks. Their ecclesiastics have +always maintained an attitude of proud contempt, as though conscious +of the strength of their hold upon their people, and they have +rarely deigned to come into personal contact with the despised +preachers of the gospel. But the serious diminution of their numbers +in various parts south of us, and the diffusion of spiritual light +among the rest of their flocks, have forced them down from their +assumed elevation, and now they select the ablest of their priests, +ordain him bishop, and send him on a crusade through Deir el-Komr, +Hasbeiya, Merj Aiun, and so on to Alma, where the spirit of Asaad +es-Shidiak, the modern martyr of Syria, seems to be revived in the +hearts of a simple people, preparing them to brave death itself for +the Gospel's sake. This bishop has sought public discussions with +Mr. Bird, at Deir el-Komr, and also with Mr. Wortabet, at Hasbeiya. +In the latter place there had been two such discussions held just +before we arrived. In the first, the bishop was effectually caught +in his own craftiness, and so completely worsted, that he and his +friends came to the second session prepared to regain by violence +the advantage they had lost in argument; and the result was a stormy +debate, terminated abruptly by an assault upon some of the +Protestants present." + +Kefr Shema, a promising out-station, became a station by the removal +thither from Aleppo of Mr. and Mrs. Eddy. No objection to their +residence was made by the people, though it was not four years since +they had combined in a desperate attempt to drive all Protestants +from the village. The missionaries were visited and welcomed by +many. + +Honorable mention is made of Antonius Yanni, the only native +Protestant in Tripoli, who had been two years connected with the +mission church, and had suffered much for the cause of Christ. He +had refused the honorable and highly lucrative post of vice-consul +for Russia, because its acceptance would necessarily have made him +subservient to the corrupt Greek Church, and an attendant upon its +services. + +There had been preaching for several years at Aramon, three miles +from Abeih. But the congregation was broken up in midsummer by a +mob. Mr. Calhoun, who was regarded with great respect by the people, +visited the place, and in a very kind, gentle manner, told the +people that religious freedom was guaranteed to all, and that they +of the mission should be allowed to worship in their own hired +house. The people listened with attention. On Monday Mr. Calhoun +referred the case to the English Consul-general, and to the acting +Consul for the United States. Late in the week, two officials from +the government in Beirût, and two from the governor of the mountain +district, met Mr. Calhoun at Aramon. "When the time for service +arrived, the officials publicly stated, that there is to be perfect +religious freedom for all;--to-day, to-morrow, this year, next year, +and for all time. This they repeated over and over again, as the +will of the Sultan, and then ordered some one to go upon the +house-top and proclaim aloud, after the manner of the Mohammedans, +_that it was time for prayers, and that all who wished to come might +come_. Services were then conducted as usual, with an attentive +audience; and at the close, in a place appointed, the officials +demanded that the persecutors should ask pardon of the persecuted, +which was accordingly done, many kissing the hand of the man whose +house they had entered, and which we had hired. The governor also +called some of the men to his own village, and threatened them with +severe punishment if they should again molest any one on account of +his religion. He then, Mohammedan as he was, repeated, in substance, +the sentiment advanced, in the presence of his officers, by Mr. +Calhoun, that religion pertains to the individual conscience and to +God alone." Henceforward Mr. Aramon, the first teacher in the +seminary, met with no opposition in a regular preaching service. + +The number of pupils in the Seminary, at the close of the year, was +twenty-five, and some of them were of unusual promise. A theological +class, of four middle-aged, married men, was kept up during the +summer, and then they went forth preaching the gospel, or laboring +as teachers and colporters. Thoroughly-educated young men, otherwise +qualified to preach the gospel, could only be obtained to a limited +extent. But men of riper age, of good common sense and +simple-hearted piety, could be fitted, by a few months of direct +Biblical training annually, to preach to the uninstructed +peasantry,--a labor for which there was the loudest call. + +On the 12th of January, 1858, a deputation of four young men was +received by Mr. Eddy, at Sidon, from a large village east of Tyre, +called Cana. These brought a letter, signed by twenty-six persons, +professing their dissatisfaction with their own corrupt Church, in +connection with which they obtained no knowledge of God or of +heaven, and asking that a preacher might be sent to them at once, +and a teacher for their children. They denied being actuated by any +worldly motive, and were sent back with two New Testaments, and the +assurance that some one would be sent to instruct them as soon as +possible. They were, accordingly, visited by Daher Abud, a faithful +native helper, who was much gratified with the zeal and interest he +found among them. In February, Mr. Eddy went himself, and was warmly +welcomed. About forty men attended his preaching, whose eagerness to +hear and converse detained him over the next day. + +From thence he went to Alma, a village of five hundred inhabitants, +a long day from Cana, beautifully situated upon the summit of a high +range of hills, two miles from the sea. The evangelical movement had +commenced there two years before, and there was a Protestant +community of about forty, including nine members of the church. +"This was considered, in some respects," writes Mr. Eddy, "one of +the brightest spots in the Syrian field. The great adversary of +souls tried in vain, by the terrors of persecution and the +seductions of flattery, to recover the people to himself. Failing in +this, he sought to sow discord among brethren, and thus to conquer +them; and for several months past he has rejoiced in seeing this +'house divided against itself.' I felt much anxiety as to the issue +of my visit, and had made it the subject of special prayer. I spent +three days among the people, one of which was the Sabbath. The +conversation and the preaching were mainly directed to the end of +securing peace, and a day of fasting and prayer was observed. On the +morning of the fourth day the clouds parted, and the Saviour +revealed himself in love. Then, amid tears, and confessions, and +promises, and prayers, the covenant of peace was signed, and +thanksgiving offered to God, and we separated." + +Mr. Eddy visited Cana twice in the summer, and found the people, +young and old, eager to be instructed in the Word of God. So many +children attended the school from Catholic families, that the priest +sent word to the bishop in Tyre, that if he did not interpose his +authority, all the village would turn Protestant. Accordingly the +bishop came, bringing with him several wealthy and influential men +of the city. The Protestants were all invited to assemble at the +house of the head man of the village, and then these friends of the +bishop, in company with the head man and the priest, labored most of +the night to induce them to return to their church. It would have +been beneath the dignity of the bishop to have interceded directly +with them, especially if he had not succeeded. The effort was a +failure. Next the Prior of all the convents in that part of the +country, hearing of the bishop's ill success, came, and sought to +obtain, by love and promises, what the bishop had failed to +accomplish by threats. But he too returned disappointed; and +coincident with his departure, two persons came out from the +Catholic Church and joined the Protestants. + +The month of November found Mr. Eddy again at Alma, to dedicate the +first completed Protestant church in Syria. The enrolled Protestants +numbered then about fifty. Dr. Van Dyck, before leaving Sidon, had +selected a site for the building and seen the foundation laid, and +had since collected from native Christians and foreign residents +nearly the amount required for the church, which was of stone, +thirty-two feet long and twenty-two feet broad, and capable of +holding from one hundred and fifty to two hundred persons. It cost +about three hundred dollars; thirty of which were contributed by the +people of Alma out of their deep poverty, besides a large amount +freely bestowed in labor. No opposition was made by the government +to its erection. + +After the dedicatory sermon, the Lord's Supper was administered to +the nine church-members, who renewed their vows to the Lord; and +these, with other appropriate services, made it a Sabbath long to be +remembered. + +In the summer of 1859, Mr. Eddy again visited Cana, taking Mrs. Eddy +with him to secure access to the women. He pitched his tent, the +first night, on the banks of the ancient Leontes, six or seven miles +north of Tyre, and the next day at noon they were at Cana. The poor +women, ignorant, yet eager to be taught, had never before enjoyed +such an opportunity, and prized it exceedingly. + +The people had passed through severe sufferings. Several of the +women had been beaten, and the men had a bitter tale to tell of +oppression by their governor. He demanded a duplicate payment of +taxes, and when the head man of the Protestants respectfully showed +him a receipt, with his own seal affixed, he ordered him to be +severely beaten and placed in confinement. He then sent officers to +bring others of the Protestants before him, but, suspecting his +intention, all except two fled into the open country. These two, +when brought, were thrown down upon the ground before the governor, +and beaten with staves without mercy upon their backs and feet, he +encouraging his servants to deal harder blows with commands and +threats. Thus beaten till their backs were livid and swollen, they +were wounded also by being kicked and stepped on by those who beat +them, to make them lie still. When hardly left alive, chains were +placed upon their necks and feet, their hands were placed in wooden +stocks, and they were cast into prison, where they spent the night +with companions who had been previously beaten. Next morning they +were brought before the governor, and two of them were again beaten, +when they were dismissed with a threat, that if they left the +village he would pull down their houses. They however, despite his +threats, made their way to Tyre, whence they embarked in a vessel to +Beirût, to seek redress from the Pasha, and sympathy from the +missionaries. When they appeared before the Pasha's court, their +backs were ordered to be uncovered, and their wounds exhibited; and +the greatest indignation was expressed by the members of the council +against him who had so barbarously treated them, in violation of the +laws of the realm." + +The governor was sent for, and the indications were, that he would +be expelled from office. But he was not. The Pasha suddenly changed +his tone towards the Protestants, ordered one of them to be cast +into prison on a false charge by the governor, and forbade the +council to proceed further against him. The Cana people were +detained two months from their homes. The proffered interposition of +the English Consul was rudely rejected, and their release, when it +was effected, was with no regard to the claims of justice. The visit +of Mr. and Mrs. Eddy at that time must have been very seasonable and +acceptable. + +From Cana they proceeded to Alma, where they remained about a week. +The women here, being more numerous and more enlightened, and some +of them members of the church, were prepared to receive greater +benefit from the instruction of a Christian sister. Three additions +were made to the church. The people, though poor, had here also been +compelled by their governor to pay their taxes twice. + +The Seminary at Abeih was now made more directly a training school +for native preachers and helpers; and a female boarding-school was +opened at Sûk el-Ghûrb, a village six miles north of Abeih, under +the direction of Miss Temple. The training of female helpers was its +leading object, and the removal of Mr. Bliss thither made a home for +the pupils. + +Ain Zehalty continued to be a marked village, and the papists made +great efforts to reclaim it. A Maronite bishop at one time, and a +wily Jesuit at another, repaired thither, at the urgent request of +the papal party, to uproot the dangerous exotic. The coming of the +bishop was with great boasting on the part of his adherents, but, +much to their chagrin, he declined commencing a controversy with +Khalil, the native helper there; and was afterwards so hotly plied +with texts of Scripture by some of the church-members whom he +ventured to attack, that he fled for refuge to the more +accommodating "traditions of the elders." It was supposed that the +disciple of Loyola would carry all before him; but the undaunted +Bible-men were more than ready to meet him, which they did +effectively; and his visit was productive of more good than harm. + +The report of the mission for 1858, furnishes many striking +evidences of the influence exerted, especially in the department of +education. Soon after the opening of the first Protestant school at +Tripoli, the Greeks opened a school for boys, which soon became +large and prosperous. And when the Protestant girls' school became a +success, a board of directors was organized, under the direction of +the Greek bishop, to break up the other, if possible. Not finding an +educated woman in Syria who was not a Protestant, the Greeks applied +to two Protestant young ladies to take their school, but without +success. To secure the needful pecuniary means, they constrained the +Patriarch to surrender a part of the convent revenues for this +purpose. The Russian government, moreover, took up the subject of +education in Syria, and remitted twelve thousand piasters (four +hundred and eighty dollars) to the Greek school directors in Tripoli +for the city schools; but with the injunction, that the tenets of +the Greek Church should be the chief subject of instruction. + +Nineteen persons were added to the churches of the mission during +the first half of the year 1859. This of course involved various +local indications of progress, for which the limits of this history +afford no space. A new place, however, is brought to our notice by +Mr. Eddy, named Deir Mimas, a large village on the river Litany. A +few had here professed Protestantism about two years before, and had +encountered a storm of persecution from members of the Greek Church, +and from the Mohammedan governor of their district. Yet they had +constantly increased in numbers and strength. The missionary +spending several days there, was delighted to find an audience each +evening of more than one hundred, after their severe labors, all +eager to hear. The number of men professing Protestantism was above +sixty, and counting the women and the children, the number was one +hundred and fifty, the largest in Syria. Their enemies were on the +alert, and it was a sad fact, that no competent native teacher could +be found to reside among them. They were then dependent on a native +teacher, who came to them each Sabbath from a distance, having first +preached in his own village. + +The annual meeting of the mission in this year was one of unusual +interest. "From the beginning to the end of the meeting, it was +apparent that there was much of a spirit of prayer among the native +brethren. The native female prayer meeting in Beirût was more fully +attended than usual; and the union meetings in Arabic and English, +held in the chapel, in which the missionaries and native brethren +united and large audiences assembled, were occasions of deep +interest. The statements made in the meeting when the annual reports +were read, at which W. A. Booth, Esq., of New York City, and Hon. +Alpheus Hardy, of Boston, a member of the Prudential Committee, were +providentially present, filled the minds of all with the conviction, +that never before in the history of the Syria mission have we had so +much encouragement, or such strong proofs that God is with us, and +that the work is going forward in this land." + +Before this meeting, the mission had been favored with a visit from +the Hon. James Williams, United States Ambassador at Constantinople, +whose friendly and most useful agency was duly acknowledged by the +mission. His reply to them may be found in the "Missionary +Herald."[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1860, p. 163. + +The translation of the New Testament was now completed and published +under the care of Dr. Van Dyck. The pocket edition was admitted to +be one of the most beautiful books, in its typographical execution, +in the Arabic language. It had this advantage, that it could be +carried and read without attracting notice; which was something in a +land where Bible readers met with so much determined opposition. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIX. + +SYRIA. + +1860-1863. + + +The year 1860 was noted for a civil war in Syria, and for savage +massacres on Lebanon, at Hasbeiya, Damascus, and elsewhere, which +awakened the indignation of the Christian world. The Druzes were +prominent in these massacres, and so suffered greatly in character; +yet the Turks were believed to have been the instigators. The war +commenced in June; but the government for months had foreborne to +check private assassinations and angry collisions, until the +condition became unbearable. + +All the Greek and Papal Christians united against the Druzes, with +the declared purpose of not leaving one of them on Lebanon, but they +had miscalculated their power. The Protestants decided to take the +side of neither party. It was believed at Beirût, that the main +object of the foreign Jesuits and native Catholic clergy was to +exterminate the Protestants, who had their homes chiefly among the +Druzes. The Druzes were aroused to desperation, and thirty or forty +Maronite and Greek villages were burned early in June. The +inhabitants who escaped massacre fled to Beirût. Not one of these +fugitives was a Protestant. + +The missionaries at Abeih, Deir el-Komr, and Sûk el-Ghûrb were not +molested, and Messrs. Calhoun and Bird and their families remained +at their several stations. It was thought best for those at the Sûk +to descend to Beirût. Disturbance having arisen at Sidon, an English +war steamer was sent thither to look after the foreigners. The +steamer brought Mrs. Eddy and her children to Beirût, but Mr. Eddy +and Mr. and Mrs. Ford decided to remain at Sidon. + +In the country and gardens near that city, hundreds of unarmed men +and defenseless women and children, many of whom had fled thither +for their lives, were afterwards savagely butchered by Moslems and +Druzes. The missionaries then asked for a guard from the city +governor, which he refused until the American Consul in Beirût +demanded it. + +Mr. Bird, at Deir el-Komr, supposing that all was quiet around the +city, left home to look after the little company of Protestants in +Ain Zehalty. In his absence, the Druzes attacked Deir el-Komr on +every side, and when Mr. Bird returned towards evening, he saw the +town in flames, but could not enter. One of the more than one +hundred houses burned, was a school-house belonging to the mission. +The Druze Begs declared it was a mistake, and promised to rebuild +it. The Christians had fought until their ammunition was exhausted, +and then surrendered. Mr. Bird found his family unharmed, though the +fighting and burning had been very near them. The Pasha coming up +from Beirût made such arrangements that Mr. Bird and family decided +to remain. + +The Druzes were now masters of Mount Lebanon south of the Damascus +road, and there was no power left in that district to oppose them, +save in the town of Zahleh. It was from this town that a company of +horsemen went to Hasbeiya, sixteen years before, to compel the +Protestants there to recant; and from this same town, not many +months before, Mr. Benton and his family had been expelled with +great violence by a mob. Its time had now come. Mr. Lyons passing +that way in October, with relief for the survivors of the massacre, +thus speaks of Zahleh: "It presents one of the saddest spectacles in +all the wide field of desolation. Only a few months before, I had +seen this then flourishing town in all its beauty and pride. Now, +nothing remained but a vast collection of roofless houses, with +blackened, shattered walls, and shapeless heaps of stones and +rubbish. Shops, magazines, costly dwellings, and elegant churches, +all had shared in the common ruin." + +The Protestants in Hasbeiya began to be troubled, early in the year, +by premonitions of a coming storm. Mr. Eddy was there in May, +accompanied by Mrs. Eddy and Miss Temple, who devoted themselves to +labor for the spiritual good of the women in that community. Hardly +had they returned to Sidon, when Hasbeiya was surrounded by hostile +Druzes. They were driven off at first, but on the 3d of June the +commander of the Turkish soldiers told the Christians to retire +within the palace, and he would protect them. On the 11th the Druzes +surrounded the palace, and the Turkish commander opened the gates, +and allowed the Druzes to cut them in pieces. Some saved their lives +by crawling under the dead bodies, and others by escaping over the +walls. The Protestant church was partially destroyed, but not +burned; its walls and roof remaining uninjured. At Rasheiya the +Druzes told the Christians to give up their guns, and they would be +safe. In the night, they set fire to the houses, and killed nearly +all of one hundred and thirty men. More than one thousand persons +were murdered in Hasbeiya and the surrounding region. Of these only +nine were Protestants. + +At Damascus, on the 9th of July, the wild Moslems, from one of the +suburbs of the city, with Koords, Druzes, and Arabs, burst upon the +Christian quarter, plundering, butchering, and burning; not opposed, +but aided, by the Turkish soldiers, who could have suppressed the +insurrection at any time. The slaughter continued several days, and +the killed were estimated at five thousand. The whole Christian +quarter of the city was plundered of its great wealth, and the +houses and churches were laid in ruins. + +Those who escaped these massacres fled towards Beirût and Sidon, +destitute of everything. Appeals were at once made to the Christians +of England and America, and the missionaries, acting for the +"Anglo-American Relief Committee," were the chief almoners. The +expenditure in August for food, clothing, bedding, shelter, +hospital, and soup, was at the rate of about sixty thousand piasters +a week, or two thousand four hundred dollars, and yet it seemed to +make little impression on the mighty mass of misery. Dr. Thomson had +the especial care of the clothing, bedding, shelter, and +soup-kitchen, Dr. Van Dyck of the hospital and the sick in general, +Mr. Jessup of the distribution of bread to about six thousand +persons daily, and Butrus Bistany and Michael Aramon, two of the +native brethren, had the daily distribution among about two thousand +five hundred poor. The funds up to this time had come chiefly from +the people of England, and English merchants at Beirût gave much +time to managing the large financial business connected with so vast +a charity. Dr. Thomson declares that the male children were +generally murdered, and that the killed were largely mere boys; and +who, he asks, were to support the thousands of widows, with their +fatherless daughters? The country had no factories, and scarcely any +kind of business by which such widows could gain a support. The +silk, grape, and wheat harvests had been destroyed, the olive was +likely to perish from neglect, there were no animals for the plough, +no implements for husbandry, nor was life safe in the fields. He +adds: "There was never, perhaps, a darker hour for missions in +Syria; yet we are becoming acquainted with the people more rapidly +than ever, and should we be permitted to visit them months hence, we +shall have a most friendly welcome." + +Rasheiya and Deir Mimas were burned. Cana and Alma, being far from +the Druze district, were not invaded. Tripoli was undisturbed. The +destroyers in the neighborhood of Baalbec were not Druzes, but +Moslems and Metawales. It is a remarkable fact that, excepting +perhaps in Damascus, no injury was offered to a missionary; and +Protestants, when recognized as such, were generally safe. The +arrival of ships of war and a detachment of the French army at +Beirût, with apprehensions of an alliance of Christian powers for +the protection of the Christian population, had, at first, a +restraining, and finally, a controlling influence, on the Turkish +government. The Prime Minister was sent to Damascus, and inflicted +terrible justice on one or two hundred of the guilty there. + +The direct effects of the war upon the missionary work were +doubtless injurious. Immorality increased, the baser passions were +aroused, and the hearts of many were hardened through suffering. But +priestly and feudal power, the two greatest obstacles to the Gospel, +were weakened, and new civil rights were secured to the Protestants. +The respect for Protestant Christianity was increased, and +prejudices were dissipated by witnessing its beneficent fruits; +while multitudes were brought within the reach of the Gospel, who, +but for these troubles, would never have heard its messages. + +The connection of Mr. and Mrs. Benton with the Board and the mission +terminated in June, 1861, though they remained in Syria some time +longer. + +The Arabic New Testament having been completed and published, the +mission resolved to proceed, as soon as possible, with the +translation and publication of the Old Testament, under the +direction of Dr. Van Dyck. The British and Foreign Bible Society +requested permission to adopt this version; instead of the one +formerly issued by them. The result of a friendly negotiation was, +that the American and the British and Foreign Bible Societies agreed +to publish the version conjointly, from electrotype plates furnished +by the former. The price of the reference edition was fixed at ten +piasters, and of the pocket edition at five, or about forty and +twenty cents, which placed them within reach of nearly all who could +read. + +The importance of this work cannot easily be overestimated. +Imperfect translations, and type which seemed to caricature their +alphabet, had done much to prejudice Arabic scholars against the +Christian Scriptures. By the labors of the mission, these objections +were now removed. The educated Arab finds a book printed in +characters modeled after the most approved specimens of Arab +caligraphy. He soon perceives the style to be that of a man who is +master of this wonderful language in all its grammatical and +idiomatic niceties and rich resources. As a literary work it secures +his respect, and thus invites a candid perusal. If he reads it, he +finds the truths of Christianity clearly and correctly stated. Its +beneficial influence will yet be felt, it is hoped, not only by the +Christian sects of Mount Lebanon and Syria, but by the many millions +who speak that language in other parts of the world. This work +alone, worth many times what the mission had cost, could not have +been accomplished, except by Christian scholars residing permanently +among Arabs, and for substantially missionary purposes. + +The sale of the Scriptures, notwithstanding the poverty of the +people, was unprecedented. In 1859, it amounted to four hundred and +forty-eight copies; in 1860, to four thousand two hundred and +ninety-three,--a nearly ten fold increase. + +Dr. Van Dyck was preparing a voweled edition of the New Testament, +suitable for Mohammedans, written in the style of the Koran, which +required much care and labor. This was completed in 1863. + +The field manifestly brightened in the two or three years after the +war. There was an interesting development of the missionary spirit. +Not less than six different missionary societies were formed, +embracing nearly all the Protestants of the various towns and +villages, and a commendable degree of liberality was shown by the +natives in collecting and contributing. A hundred dollars thus +raised will not appear a small amount to any one, who knows the +extreme poverty of most of the congregations. There had been a great +influx of population at Beirût, and preaching services, during some +months, were held daily. The Sabbath-school numbered two hundred, +and the children sang the same songs in Arabic, which American +children love to sing in their own language. The mountain stations +reported unusually large and attentive audiences. Ain Zehalty was +wholly under Protestant influences. Its civil ruler was a member of +the Protestant church, and its church edifice, purged of its altar +and pictures, was no longer used for the idolatrous Greek service. +The Gospel was preached in nine places in connection with the Sidon +station, the congregations had doubled their number, and schools of +both sexes were demanded. There were cases of unusual interest among +the young men. Hasbeiya and Rasheiya were not yet safe for the +return of their people, but their Protestants retained an ardor in +the cause which was very encouraging. Ibl and Deir Mimas were still +centres of evangelical light, and the people of Boaida, numbering +one hundred, were all professed Protestants, and placed themselves +under Biblical instruction. Mr. Ford and his family spent the summer +in the district of which Deir Mimas is the centre, and more than +thirty women were taught to read by Mrs. Ford. The field was open +for schools, for preaching, and for influencing individuals, +families, and communities. The only drawback was the want of +laborers. + +Brief extracts from a letter of Mr. H. H. Jessup, written in March, +1863, portray the work at that time. + +"Delegation after delegation, of men from various villages and +different sects, call upon and write to us, entreating us not to +neglect them. They ask for preachers, and we have none to send. They +ask for schools, and we have not the means to support them. We are +in _great straits_, and lay the case before our Christian brethren +at home, throwing the responsibility upon those to whom God has +given the means, and especially upon the young men in a course of +preparation for the ministry." + +"The people of the village of Ain Kunyeh, near the Lake of Merom, on +the upper waters of the Jordan, have with one consent turned away +their priest, shut up their place of worship, and are entreating one +of our Protestant helpers to come and teach them the way of life." + +"A few Sabbaths since, while we were assembled for divine service in +the Beirût chapel, a crowd of thirty men came in, and with +difficulty found seats, so full was the chapel already. Upon +inquiry, after service, we learned that they are from the village of +Rasheiya-el-Wady, north of Mount Hermon, and are a part of the +residue of the people who escaped the massacre in that place in +1860. They ask for a teacher, or native preacher, but we can give +them only the most indefinite promises." + +"Twenty men from the village of Koryet-el-Hosson, near the famous +castle Kolat-el-Hosson, halfway between Tripoli and Hums, write that +they too have seen the light, and wish some one to come and instruct +them; but what can we do for them, when the twenty-five men of +Sheikh Mohammed, who petitioned us some time since, have been sent +away empty?" + +"This morning a white-bearded priest called, with his aged brother, +and several younger men. They declared their wish to become +Protestants, and beg most earnestly for a school. They belong to a +large and powerful family, and the Lord may use them as the entering +wedge, to open that strong Greek district to the gospel. What shall +we answer them?" + +Daoud Pasha, the new papal Governor, secured in 1862 by foreign +intervention for Mount Lebanon, was at first supposed to be a bigot, +and a tool of the Jesuits, but he soon proved himself an impartial +and excellent ruler. He had several Protestants in office about him, +in very important situations. Instead of objecting to missionaries +establishing schools, he encouraged all efforts to educate the +people. + +Among other evidences of an advance it may be stated, that in Hums +two hundred and fifty persons avowed themselves Protestants, and +sought earnestly for a Christian instructor. It was immediately +decided to send them Suleeba Jerwan, who had lived two years in that +place with Mr. Wilson, and was well acquainted with the people; and +the native missionary society at Beirût decided to support him as +their first missionary. This was done with a cordiality and +earnestness that was most promising. Hasbeiya women and girls +pledged weekly contributions for the spread of the Gospel, some +promised two cents a week, and some half a cent; but even these +small sums were large for them, and they gave with a hearty gladness +that was most cheering. Two hundred and thirty Maronites in Bteddin +had for months adhered steadfastly to the Protestant faith, and a +flourishing school existed among them. In Cana the Protestant +community had been augmented threefold, and the same was true of +Deir Mimas. There had never been a time when so many were inquiring +on the subject of religion; and a greater number avowed themselves +Protestants within twelve months, than in the whole previous forty +years. A new church edifice was built in Merj-Aiyun, costing about +five hundred dollars, without drawing from the resources of the +Board, and a new church had been formed in that district of +seventeen members, most of them from the Hasbeiya church. In the +Sidon field six persons had been admitted to the church, and there +were twenty-two hopeful candidates. In Beirût and Abeih, there were +seventeen such candidates, besides nine admitted to the communion. +Bible classes were largely increased, and an unusual number of +adults were learning to read, that they might study the Scriptures. +Thirty of the best Sabbath-school songs published in America, had +been translated into Arabic, and published at the expense of a +sewing society at Beirût, and thus gospel truths, in an attractive +form, were reaching the children all over the land. + +The president of the missionary society at Beirût stated in May, +1862, that in the two previous months, they had not only sent a +missionary to Hums, but had sent also a colporter to Jezzin, +maintained religious meetings every Sabbath at Kefr Shima, and +employed a city missionary in Beirût. + +But with these signs of prosperity, there seems to have been a need +of chastening. The clergy of the Greek church at Hums, excited, as +was supposed, by foreign influence, set their people so against the +Protestants, that it was feared few would be able to stand. The +native brethren were stoned and beaten in the streets, and abused by +all classes. Quite a large number returned, nominally, to the Greek +church; but many of these commenced a Bible class in the Greek +church itself, thus bringing the truth to many, who would not +otherwise have heard it. About fifteen men stood firm, and met +nightly with Suleeba, for reading the Scriptures, prayer, and +conference. The priests had expected the utter overthrow of +Protestantism, and were enraged at the firmness of these brethren, +and forbade all dealings with them. Letters to Suleeba from the +missionaries were taken from the mail, read, and destroyed, and the +Protestant places of meeting were assailed with stones. In the midst +of these trials, Suleeba wrote expressing his gratitude to God for +sustaining grace. Some alleviation was experienced through the +efforts of Colonel Fraser, Her Britannic Majesty's Commissioner, so +that the Protestant community became regularly organized, with a +representative in the Mejlis, and a tax roll distinct from other +sects. + +The Protestants in Ain Zehalty were also called to suffer. An order +having come from Constantinople, requiring the restoration of all +church edifices to their original sects, Daoud Pasha issued an order +for giving up the edifice at Ain Zehalty. He must have acted under a +misapprehension, since the building had never been the property of +the bishop, but was built and still owned by the family of Khalil, +the Protestant preacher. The Catholics were a very small minority in +the village, yet the edifice appears not to have been recovered. +Another convenient house of worship was soon after provided by +Protestant friends. + +Mr. H. H. Jessup wrote respecting Hums:--"Quite recently, one of the +more enlightened among the Greeks was taken ill, and sent for +Suleeba, the native helper. He went, and found quite a company of +relatives and friends. The sick man asked him to read a portion of +Scripture. The passage selected contained the ten commandments, and +while he was reading the _second_, the wife of the sick man +exclaimed,--'Is that the Word of God? If it is, read it again.' He +did so, when she arose and tore down a wooden picture of a saint at +the head of the bed, declaring that henceforth there should be no +idol worship in that house; and then, taking a knife, she scraped +the paint from the picture, and took it for use in the kitchen. This +was done with the approbation of all present. The case is the more +remarkable, as it was the first instance in Syria, in which a woman +had taken so decided a stand in advance of the rest of the family." + +The manifest agency of the Holy Spirit is the highest encouragement +in the missionary work. "One of the members of the Beirût church," +Mr. Jessup writes, "has passed through an interesting religious +experience this summer. He was for a time troubled with blasphemous +thoughts, till he gave himself up as lost. His language was not +unlike that of Bunyan in his "Grace Abounding;" and only after +protracted struggles in prayer, the study of God's word, and finally +resolving to go forward and do his duty in both light and darkness, +did he find relief. The case was interesting as indicating the +presence of God's Spirit, in leading him through a most severe +struggle into ultimate peace in believing. Several young Protestants +of Hasbeiya, resident in Beirût, are now passing through very deep +conviction of sin. I have rarely seen persons so completely broken +down by a sense of their lost condition. On Monday I spent several +hours with two young people, who were passing through deep waters. +They burst into tears, exclaiming, "We are lost, we are lost!" The +Spirit of God was striving with them. Never have I felt more deeply +the need of Divine aid, than when trying to lead these heavy-laden +ones to Christ. Yet the missionary can have no more delightful labor +than this." + +The mission was strengthened, in 1863, by the arrival of Rev. +Messrs. Samuel Jessup, Philip Berry, and George Edward Post, M. D., +and their wives. Miss Temple retired from the mission in consequence +of the obstructions to the higher education of girls growing out of +the massacres, but with the esteem of all her associates. Mr. Lyons, +broken down by overwork, was also under the necessity of withdrawing +from the field. The girls' boarding-school had been transferred from +Sûk el Ghûrb to Sidon, where it was under the care of Miss Mason. + +The population of Beirût was now not less than seventy thousand. A +bank, a carriage road to Damascus, steamers plying to almost every +maritime country in Europe, telegraphs in several directions, +numerous schools and hospitals, and three printing presses, made it +the commercial and intellectual capital of Syria. + +The tendency was to intellectual rather than spiritual progress, and +there was a growing demand for education. The Jesuits were striving +to reap the benefit of this, by opening colleges and seminaries in +various parts of the country; nor could the fact be overlooked, that +zealous Protestant educators, from different parts of Europe, were +becoming so numerous at Beirût as to embarrass the mission in its +natural development. The exigency at length constrained the mission +to consider whether advantage should not be taken of the offer of +Christian friends at home to found a Protestant College at Beirût. + +This was well, as will appear in the sequel. But it is impossible +not to see, that the progress of the mission, in the years +immediately following 1863,--in the increase of converts, and the +multiplication of churches, with native preachers and pastors,--was +not such as the facts already stated gave reason to expect. This the +brethren on the ground foresaw, and their anxious appeals for help +abound on the pages of the "Missionary Herald," and were enforced by +appeals from the Prudential Committee. The "Annual Report" for 1863 +thus states the deficiency of laborers at that time:-- + +"The field north of Beirût, a hundred miles long and fifty wide, has +no missionary, although hundreds in Hums, and the large district of +Akkar, are looking to the mission for instruction. A score of +villages, in each one of which a faithful preacher would find an +audience, do not receive a visit once a year from a gospel minister. +Mount Lebanon, with its four hundred thousand inhabitants, scattered +through its thousand villages, into nearly every one of which more +or less light has penetrated, and from which cries for help +constantly come, has but two missionaries; and one of them is +confined, for the most part, to the Abeih Seminary. The southern +district, comprising one half of the Syria mission field, with its +ten regular preaching places, crippled by the disability of its +oldest native helper and by the death of another, has but two +missionaries, one of whom is just commencing to learn Arabic. Within +the last eight years, thirteen missionary laborers, male and female, +have entered the Syria field, while twenty-five have left it. During +this period, the work has increased tenfold. Many who have fallen +asleep took part in sowing, where now the harvest is so great that +the few who remain cannot gather it; and unless the Lord of the +harvest send more laborers, much precious fruit will be lost." + +It is painfully evident, that the degree of missionary spirit in the +churches at home then fell short of the providential calls for +evangelical labor in this field. Yet it is by no means certain what +would have been the effect of a very large, sudden increase in the +working forces. Without the restraining grace of God, it might have +been the occasion of a fierce and malignant outbreak of opposition. + +The deficiency of laborers sufficiently accounts for the slow +progress, and even the decline there was in not a few of the places +named; as in Tripoli, and Hums, not to speak of promising villages +in the western and southern sections. Churches, towns, cities in the +most favored portions of New England would suffer a decline in +religion and morals, if left, as these places necessarily were, with +no more of the means of grace. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XL. + +SYRIA. + +1863-1869. + + +Mrs. Henry H. Jessup died at Alexandria, after a prolonged sickness, +on the 2d of July, 1864, whither her husband had taken her on his +way to the United States. Mr. George C. Hurter, after laboring +twenty-three years as printer and secular agent with great +usefulness, found himself constrained by domestic circumstances to +withdraw from the mission. Mr. Bird was prostrated with a dangerous +sickness for several months at Abeih, but a merciful Providence +spared his valuable life. + +A boarding high-school was established at Beirût by Mr. Butrus +Bistany, with nearly a hundred and fifty pupils. The charge for +tuition and board was large for that country, yet the school was +self-supporting. The pupils were made up of Greeks, Maronites, +Greek-Catholics, Druzes, Moslems, and Protestants. A girls' +boarding-school in the same city, under native instruction and +government, promised also to be soon self-sustaining. The common +schools of the mission were twenty-five, with five hundred and +forty-eight pupils. The Seminary at Abeih had thirty-three pupils, a +larger number than ever before. Five were in the theological +department, and several others gave good evidence of piety. The +graduates of this institution were now scattered over a wide region. +The boarding-school for girls at Sidon, under Miss Mason, had ten +pupils, and was making a favorable impression. It became evident, +however, that pupils could not be obtained there sufficient to +warrant so large an outlay, taking also into view the unhealthiness +of that climate, and Miss Mason returned home, though with great +reluctance. The girls' boarding-school at Beirût, under the care of +Mr. Aramon and Miss Rufka Gregory, was prosperous. + +The printing, in 1862, amounted to eight thousand volumes and nine +thousand tracts, making an aggregate of 6,869,000 pages, more than +two thirds of which were Scripture. The number of pages from the +beginning, was about 50,000,000. Somewhat more than six thousand +volumes of Scripture were distributed during the year. + +The translation of the Scriptures into Arabic was completed on the +22d of August, 1864, and the printing of the whole Arabic Bible in +March of the next year. This event, of the highest importance to a +large portion of the human race, was appropriately celebrated by the +missionaries and their native brethren. In the upper room where Dr. +Smith had labored on the translation eight years, and Dr. Van Dyck +eight years more, the assembled missionaries gave thanks to God for +the completion of this arduous work. "Just then," writes one of +them, "the sound of many voices arose from below, and on throwing +open the door, we heard a large company of native young men, +laborers at the press and members of the Protestant community, +singing to the tune of 'Hebron' a new song, 'even praise to our +God,' composed for the occasion by one of their number in the Arabic +language. Surely not for many centuries have the angels in heaven +heard a sweeter sound arising from Syria, than the voices of this +band of pious young men, singing a hymn composed by one of +themselves, ascribing glory and praise to God, that now, for the +first time, the Word of God is given to their nation and tongue in +its purity." The hymn was composed by Mr. Ibrahim Sarkis and +translated by Dr. H. H. Jessup, as follows:-- + + "Hail day, thrice blessed of our God! + Rejoice, let all men bear a part, + Complete at length thy printed word, + Lord, print its truth on every heart. + + "To Him who gave his precious word, + Arise and with glad praises sing; + Exalt and magnify our Lord, + Our Maker and our Glorious King. + + "Doubting and darkness flee away + Before thy truth's light-giving sun, + Thy powerful word, if heeded, may + Give guidance to each erring one. + + "Lord, spare thy servant, through whose toil + Thou giv'st us this, of books the best; + Bless all who shared the arduous task, + From Eastern land, or distant West. + + "Amen! Amen! lift up the voice; + Praise God whose mercy 's e'er the same; + His goodness all our song employs, + Thanksgivings then to His Great Name." + +Ten different editions of parts of the Scriptures were printed as +the version was gradually prepared for publication, and over thirty +thousand copies had been put into circulation, nearly all by sale. +The demand for the volume, in one form or another, after the version +was completed, was greater than the mission presses could meet, +though worked by steam. The American Bible Society wisely undertook +to electrotype several editions of different sizes, and Dr. Van Dyck +came to New York to superintend the work. But after the royal octavo +edition had been stereotyped, it was thought best for him to return +to Syria, with the understanding that the Bible Society would enable +him to electrotype the version in other forms, at Beirût. + +The press was now unable to meet the demand which had arisen for the +books, as well as for the Bible. The issues were called for on the +southern and eastern coasts of Arabia, and in India, and a box of +them was sent to the interior of Africa. + +The administration of Daoud Pasha, the Christian Governor of Mount +Lebanon, continued to be marked by commendable justice, vigor, and +liberality, and there was a sense of security to which the land had +long been a stranger. Industry and thrift began to appear, and all +the interests of society received an impulse. Much, however, +depended on the foreign Protestant Powers exerting a proper +influence on the councils of the Turkish government in favor of +religious liberty. + +The only ordination of a native preacher by the mission, up to this +time, was that of the Rev. John Wortabet, in 1853, afterwards pastor +of the Hasbeiya church. On the 10th of May, 1864, Mr. Suleeba Jerwan +received ordination at Abeih. He had gone successfully through a +four years' course of study in the Seminary, and had for some time +proved himself faithful and efficient as a teacher and preacher. + +The Druzes had a prosperous high school at Abeih, under the special +patronage of His Excellency Daoud Pasha, supported by the income +from their religious establishments. Both of the instructors were +Protestants and graduates of the Abeih Seminary. Though not a +religious institution, such a school must have had an important +bearing on the future of that singular people. In 1866, the +Principal left, and was succeeded by another Protestant, also a +graduate of the mission Seminary. Referring to the Druzes, the +brethren of the Abeih station close their report for the year 1864 +with the following remarkable declaration:-- + +"While it is true that the government of the mountain was never +better, and we are free to open schools wherever parents dare send +their children, it is no less true that the Protestants are a small +and hated minority. Providence has made the Druzes a wall of +defense, for the present. To them, under God, it is due that we +pursue our labors on this mountain." + +Tannûs El Haddad, the oldest and most esteemed native helper in the +mission, died in 1864, after more than thirty years of efficient +labor. "A guileless, spiritual man, whose lovely spirit disarmed the +enmity even of those who hated his religion. The church of Christ in +Syria owes much to the holy life and faithful teaching of this man +of God. The missionaries owe much. He long upheld their hands by the +strength of his affection and sympathy." + +The installation of Suleeba Jerwan as pastor of the church in Hums, +occurred in 1865. The Protestants there had long resisted the +settlement of a native pastor, hoping to obtain the residence of an +American missionary, but their welcome to the native pastor was now +cordial. His wife was an excellent young woman, formerly a pupil in +Mr. Bird's family, and his assistant in the instruction of her sex. +Both pastor and people had a varied experience in after years, not +unlike what is often seen in Christian lands. + +In the spring of 1865, the oppression of the Turkish government +became so unbearable at Safeeta, in the district of Tripoli, that a +large number of the people resolved to seek relief in Protestantism. +A deputation of sixty heads of families, representing nearly five +hundred souls, was accordingly sent to the missionaries at Tripoli. +Their motives were wholly secular, and they were not at all aware of +the spiritual object of the missionaries. This had to be explained, +and they were told, that it was beyond the power of the mission to +afford civil protection. The government allowed them to register +their names as Protestants, and they listened with marked attention +to the spiritual instructions of Dr. Post; Mr. Samuel Jessup, the +other missionary, being then at Hums. On leaving, they asked for +books, and to be more thoroughly inducted into the new way. + +The region of Safeeta was new to Protestant missions, but was +populous and fertile, and bordering on the Nusaireyeh. Among the +names handed to Dr. Post, as interested in this movement, were one +hundred and fifty of this strange people, and there were a number of +them in the deputation; but all of this class soon fell away. Dr. +Post visited Safeeta in May, and arrangements were effected with the +government, which opened the door for Christian teaching. He had +audiences of one hundred and fifty every night, listening with +reverent attention to words they had never heard before. "I taught +them hymns," he writes, "and heard them repeat passages of Scripture +and answer religious questions. On Sunday they commenced coming at +five, A. M., and kept pouring in upon me all day long, till ten P. +M.,--just allowing me time to eat, and not even leaving the room +while I did that. Our large meetings in the evenings were by the +light of the moon, as an open light would have been extinguished, +and we had no lantern. A most interesting feature was the number of +women in the audiences, an exceptional thing in all new religious +movements in Syria." Two horsemen came from distant villages, to +inquire about the new faith and sect. The motive was doubtless +secular, but there is always hope where the Gospel gains a hearing. + +The fires of persecution soon began to burn with fury. The Greek +bishop bribed the Turkish government, and the people were driven +from their homes; everything was broken that could be broken, +everything eaten that could be eaten, and women were left to the +brutal lusts of the Turkish soldiers. It was surprising with what +tenacity the people held out against all this. A few had become +earnest inquirers; but without a more general acquaintance with the +truth they could not be expected long to stand such an onset. Some +relief came after a few weeks, through the death by cholera of the +Greek bishop. + +Failing to find relief from English intervention, the newly made +Protestants went _en masse_ to the governor of Tripoli; and failing +to meet him, they then crossed the mountains to the Governor-general +at Damascus, taking with them their wives, that the sight of their +distress might move the heart of the Moslem ruler. At last they +secured a hearing from him, and he promptly removed the oppressive +tax-gatherer at Safeeta, and gave the poor people some money in +token of his sympathy. But returning to their homes, they were still +oppressed by their local governor. Mr. Samuel Jessup writes in +October, that poverty and want had come upon them beyond anything +seen elsewhere in Syria, excepting at Hasbeiya. Some had no means of +buying their daily bread. They were promised a restoration of all +that had been taken from them, if they would return to their old +faith, but they stood firm. They desired a school for their girls, +and a married teacher was sent them for a boys' school, so as to +accommodate a female teacher in his family. + +Some months later, the cattle of a Protestant strayed, and while +driving them home he was met by one of their persecutors, of the +house of Beshoor, who, with some savage Nusairiyeh, threw him on the +ground, stamped upon him, and drew a sword, threatening to kill him +if he did not desist from his unclean religion. They dared not do +more through fear of witnesses. Again, the plowmen of this same +house plowed up the wheat belonging to the Protestants, ruining +their hopes of a coming harvest, and leaving them without means to +pay their taxes; which they must pay or go to prison. They also +gathered all the olives of the Protestants, reducing them to the +greatest straits for the means of living. The Moslem governor +received large bribes to exterminate the sect, and would give them +no hearing, but quartered his soldiers on them, who ate up all their +scanty food, and distrained even their miserable cooking utensils, +that they might sell them for barley for their horses. Many lived +from day to day on what they could beg, or borrow. Still, after a +year of such trials, they remained firm; which is the more +wonderful, as only a few of them gave evidence of piety, and the +time had not come for organizing them into a church. The school was +doubtless helpful, being a decided success. Even the shepherds took +tracts and primers, and studied them while tending their flocks. + +In January, 1867, the whole Protestant community of Safeeta were +arrested, men, women, and children, and imprisoned in a small room, +and a fire of cut straw was made on the floor to torture them with +smoke. This wanton cruelty was based on a false demand made on them +for money. Their sufferings were so great that they were finally +released. In the evening, while assembled for worship, with their +native preacher, government horsemen broke open and plundered their +houses, and in the night drove them all, old and young, mothers and +children, boys and girls, into the wilderness. + +The terrible experience of this people in the summer of 1869, +somewhat more than two years later, is too suggestive and +interesting to be passed in silence. I give the facts as related by +Mr. Samuel Jessup. + +"For four years, a large number have been Protestants, and the +oppressors have added persecution to oppression. Many fell away at +first, but since then we have seen no special signs of apostasy +until lately. Their enemies recently made a desperate effort to +crush out Protestantism from that region. They took the leading men, +one by one, and led them through fire and perils of all kinds; +promising, at every step, to give immediate relief, if they would +only return to the Greek Church. They fulfilled their promises to +some who yielded, and then increased the pressure on the others. At +length, seizing the opportunity when our teacher was absent, they +made another grand onset. On Sunday morning, the Greek bishop and +the abbots of the neighboring convents, with priests and people from +all the region around, together with a great number of horsemen and +footmen, made a grand parade, and came down like locusts upon the +Protestants. Their former oppressor is dead, but his son, Tamir +Beshoor, is making his little finger thicker than his father's +loins. He headed a grand parade, and brought with him a supply of +new garments, which he had purchased as bribes for the occasion. +With the bishop and others, he entered the house of every +Protestant, and by bribes and promises, followed by fiendish +threats, carried off many captives. Some few had previously sold +themselves, and agreed to take their stand on this occasion, and +then they headed the crowd, and declared that every Protestant had +decided to return, and that Protestantism was dead. Where they found +a house locked, they forced it open, and sprinkled holy water in it. + +"But though their success was far too great, it was not complete. +They succeeded in taking with them, that morning, twenty-one males. +Eleven of them have not been to the Greek church since that time, +but continue to meet with our brethren for prayer; and though it is +now an important Greek fast, they do not observe it. The other ten +either dare not or care not to come back to us, though all came to +see me. + +"Before finishing their work that Sunday morning, they sent men to +our school-room, broke it open, sprinkled it with holy water, and +stole our bell." + +The firmness of some of the church-members is thus described: "After +exhausting their catalogue of promises and threats on one, he said +to them,--'Take my property, my house, my clothes, my family, even +my body, and do with them what you will, but my soul you cannot +have, and nothing will induce me to leave Christ.' Another said, +when they came to his house,--'Come in, and let us read in the New +Testament together, and perhaps you will see that we are right.' One +girl, who had been two years in the Sidon school, saw her parents +and relatives all fall into the procession; but when special effort +was made to induce her to yield, she said,--'Though you should cut +my body in pieces, I will never go with you.' + +"I reached Safeeta a few days after, and found that those who had +stood firm had been obliged to flee for safety, and did not dare +return until I went there. The wrath of their persecutors seems to +have reached its height, and the poor people know not what to do. +Appeal to the government seems useless, for it is from the +government that their chief oppressor gets his power to persecute. +All who went back came to call on me, and most of them attended the +services. They said, in palliation of their course, 'We are flesh +and blood, and have families to support. We have waited for +deliverance for years, and now Tamir (the chief oppressor) says, +Come back and I will restore to you all; remain as you are, and I +will strip you of the little you have left, and drive you out of the +country. And so we went back, but our hearts are with you, and we +will come here too, though they compelled our bodies to go with +them.' One woman showed a striped gown, threw it on the ground, and +trampling on it said, with tears in her eyes, 'With that they bought +my husband.' Some of the women, with tears and entreaties, tried to +keep their husbands and friends from going, telling them that death +was better."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1869, pp. 407-409. + +Twenty men were standing firm at Safeeta in February of the +following year, though there had been little abatement of +persecution. In April Dr. Jessup wrote, that it had just terminated, +and the brethren at the Tripoli station had good hopes that there +would be peace in that long persecuted community. This was owing, in +great measure, to the interference of the American and English +Consuls-general, and their influence with the Governor-general of +Syria. + +The people of Hums becoming dissatisfied with their pastor, Suleeba, +his connection was dissolved, three years after his settlement. The +church remained in a divided condition for a year or more, without +any celebration of the Lord's Supper. In the summer of 1869, Mr. +Samuel Jessup visited the city, and finding the Protestants in a +better state of feeling, invited the communicants to assemble at the +Lord's table. All came and seemed to enjoy it as a season of rest +and refreshment, after a long and weary wandering. They were ready +to take a native pastor who suited them, and pay the larger part of +his salary. They needed one well acquainted with the historical +defenses of the Gospel, because of the inroads of European Jesuits +and French infidel literature. Suleeba found demands for his +faithful labors in other places. "The news," says Dr. Jessup, "from +'scattered and peeled' Safeeta and from distracted Hums, is alike +cheering, and indicative of progress in the right direction." + +The Tripoli station sent forth two of the Safeeta church-members as +missionaries to visit the villages to the north and east, sending +two together, as it would not be safe for one to go alone. The +native missionary society at Beirût employed a zealous colporter, +whose tours took a wide range, from Acre on the south to Hamath and +even to Aleppo on the north, and his monthly reports showed that, +throughout the country, there was not only urgent need of such +labor, but also an increasing number prepared to profit by the +visits of the gospel messenger. During the latter part of the year, +another person was employed in similar work near Beirût. He also +testified to a great increase of desire among the people for +religious instruction. + +Daoud Pasha, alter inaugurating important reforms and improvements +on Lebanon, was promoted to a seat in the cabinet at Constantinople. +He had started a newspaper, "The Lebanon," established telegraphic +lines, commenced a carriage road, encouraged education, and made his +pashalic the safest in the empire for travelling. His successor was +Franco Pasha, a Latin Catholic. The Beirût Arabic official journal, +in speaking of his arrival, says, that "although attached to his own +religion, he is free from bigotry, and will guarantee liberty of +conscience to all." + +The mission was strengthened in 1867 by the arrival of Samuel S. +Mitchell and Isaac N. Lowry, and their wives; and in 1869, of James +S. Dennis, and Misses Eliza D. Everett, and Nellie A. Carruth. +Messrs. Berry and Mitchell were constrained, by the failure of +health after a short service, to leave the mission. Miss Carruth, +also, though deeply interested in the work, and after valuable +service in the girls' school, felt constrained soon to return to the +United States. + +Among the books printed in this time, were Edwards' "History of +Redemption;" Bickersteth's "Scripture Hand-book," with additions by +Mr. Calhoun; a large Psalm and Hymn Book; Curwen's "New System of +Musical Notation;"[1] a Children's Hymn Book; Bistany's Arabic +Dictionary, and his Elements of Grammar; and an Arabic Almanac, +probably the first ever printed in Arabic, although "Al-Manakh" (the +climate) is an Arabic word. The press was now under the direction of +Mr. Henry Thomson, a son of Dr. Thomson, who relieved the Beirût +station of a heavy burden of care. The necessary preparations were +completed in 1868 for electrotyping the Arabic Scriptures in Beirût. + +[1] By this, musical notes written in a syllabic form can be given, +like the Arabic, from right to left. The staff, notes, and +signatures are dispensed with, and single letters are arranged in +succession, with separations by dots and marks. As a result, the +ordinary Arabic types can be used to print the most intricate music. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLI. + +SYRIA. + +1869-1870. + + +Though the Seminary at Abeih had a few students preparing for the +ministry, under Mr. Calhoun, it could not properly be called a +Theological Seminary. Only at Hasbeiya, Hums, and Ain Zehalty had +native pastors been found for the churches. There were five churches +without pastors. The eight churches had two hundred and forty-five +members. The thirty-one common schools numbered a thousand male and +one hundred and seventy female pupils. Eight of the teachers were +church-members, and four of these were females. The demand for +education was beyond the ability of the mission to supply. + +At the recommendation of the Prudential Committee, a Theological +Seminary was commenced at Abeih in May, 1869; and Dr. Jessup from +Beirût, and Mr. Eddy from Sidon, were associated with Mr. Calhoun in +its instruction. Seven students composed the first class, and, with +but one exception, evinced a good Christian spirit, studied hard, +and seemed anxious to live an active and useful Christian life. The +five winter months of their vacation were spent in evangelical +labors. + +As far back as 1865, there was a prosperous female boarding-school +at Beirût, under the care of Mr. Aramon and Miss Rufka Gregory, +natives of Syria. In the following year, this school had thirty +boarders and twenty day scholars. It was the first Protestant school +in Syria that demanded pay for the education of girls, but its +receipts for tuition and board equaled about half the expenses. +"Among the causes," say the brethren of the Beirût station, "which +operated to prevent the raising of the rates of board and tuition to +a self-supporting basis, was the existence of competing schools +furnished with European teachers, rendering it difficult for the +seminary to induce parents to pay the full expense. This was a grave +difficulty, and one which, in one form or another, has met every +attempt to establish the principle of self-support in Syria, in all +departments of our work; but it only makes it the more important +that this native institute, with native teachers and adapted to +native tastes and habits, should be steadily sustained, lest the +impulse already given in the direction of self-support, be lost." A +building was completed for the school in 1867, at the cost of about +$9,000, chiefly the result of contributions in the United States, +but without any organic connection with the mission. Of its +seventy-six pupils fifty-seven were boarders, and the income was +$3,220 in gold, which was $1,000 short of its expenses. There was +still the impediment of unwise competition. The pupils were from +Moslem, Greek, and Greek-Catholic, as well as Protestant families; +though it was well known that the institution was an evangelizing +agency, and that all were expected to attend Protestant worship on +the Sabbath, and were daily taught in the Bible. + +In the absence of Miss Gregory on account of failing health, Mr. and +Mrs. Aramon carried on the school, with the assistance of ladies +from the mission. The school increased in numbers and the +examination in 1868 was attended by a great throng of the people, +from all classes and all sects. It was a noticeable fact that +Mohammedan parents in Beirût were beginning to insist earnestly upon +the education of their girls. The Beirût Arabic official journal, +the "Kadethat el-Akhbax," published a list of schools in the +city,--possibly somewhat exaggerated,--in which it was said, that +there were two thousand girls and three thousand boys and young men +in the various Protestant, Greek, Maronite, Catholic, and Mohammedan +schools. + +The school passed under the care of Misses Everett and Carruth on +their arrival in Syria, and substantial progress was made towards +self-support, but less than would have been but for the French, +English, and German schools, which tended to draw away the girls, +and the families they represented, from the influence of the +missionaries. + +There was, also, a female boarding-school at Sidon, which had been +growing in numbers and influence. The scholars were all Protestants, +selected with care from the various schools of the country. "They +have come," wrote Mr. Eddy, "from all parts of the land,--from Hums +and Safeeta on the north, from Mount Lebanon on the east, and the +district of Merj Aiyun on the south; and besides the good they gain +for themselves while here, they will carry light and civilization, +and we trust religious influence with them to their widely scattered +homes." The school was in the immediate charge of Mrs. Watson and +her daughter, English ladies, and more recently Miss Jacombs, for +five years a teacher on Mount Lebanon, and supported by a society of +ladies in England. It was fully in sympathy, however, with the +mission, and had the sympathy, prayers, and aid of English +Christians. The number of pupils was twenty. + + +THE SYRIAN PROTESTANT COLLEGE. + + +The desire for education had visibly increased, and was due, in +part, to commercial intercourse with western nations, and the +interference of foreign powers in the political affairs of the +country; but far more to the schools, books, preaching, and personal +influence of missionaries. Schools had been multiplying for +elementary and high school instruction, but there was no provision +for a liberal education. The Jesuits, indeed, had institutions, but +their teaching was partial, fitted to repress inquiry, and +exclusively to foster their own ecclesiastical and sectarian ends. + +THE SYRIAN PROTESTANT COLLEGE. [image] + +The demand for a Protestant college was discussed at a meeting of +the mission, in the spring of 1861, and again in the following +August, when an outline of the proposed scheme was presented.[1] + +[1] In this statement concerning the College, I make such use as my +limits will allow, of an able document, drawn up by Prof. D. Stuart +Dodge, and kindly sent me, at my request, by the President, Dr. +Daniel Bliss. It bears date May, 1872. + +"The objects deemed essential, were to enable natives to obtain, in +their own country, in their own language, and at a moderate cost, a +thorough literary, scientific, and professional education; to found +an institution, which should be conducted on principles strictly +evangelical, but not sectarian; with doors open to youth of every +Oriental sect and nationality, who would conform to its regulations, +but so ordered that students, while elevated intellectually and +spiritually, should not materially change their native customs. The +hope was entertained, that much of the instruction might at once be +intrusted to pious and competent natives, and that ultimately the +teaching could be left in the hands of those, who had been raised up +by the College itself." + +The curriculum embraced a period of four years; and the studies were +the Arabic Language and Literature, Mathematics, the Natural +Sciences, the Modern Languages, Turkish Law and Jurisprudence, and +Medicine,--the last to have special prominence, since the East was +filled with ignorant native quacks and medical jugglers. A leading +place would also be given to Moral Science, and Biblical Literature, +with the Scriptures as a constant text-book. Theology, as a system, +would be left to the care of the several missions. + +It was thought that the American Board could not undertake so large +a literary work in any one mission, and that the College should be +separate from and independent of the Board and its missions, as +such; but that, being on so broad a basis, other evangelical bodies +among the Arabic-speaking race might be invited to share in its +advantages and control. Denominational distinctions set aside, those +engaged in similar missionary operations could unite in an +enterprise designed to advance their common interests. + +The College was to be at Beirût, the chief seaport of Syria, and a +place of enterprise and growing importance, occupying a central +position in respect to all the Arabic races. The local Board of +Directors was to be composed of American and British missionaries +and residents of Syria and Egypt, with several consular officials +and leading merchants; of which a quorum should always reside in +Beirût and its immediate vicinity. + +The Rev. Daniel Bliss, six years a missionary of the American Board +on Mount Lebanon, was cheerfully released by the Prudential +Committee from his connection with the mission, that he might take +the Presidency of the College, and visit the United States and +England to obtain the needful endowment. + +To secure public confidence, it was found indispensable to have the +institution incorporated in America, with a responsible Board of +Trustees. A charter was accordingly obtained, in April, 1863, in +accordance with the laws of the State of New York, and in May, 1864, +additional power to hold real and personal estate was granted by act +of the Legislature. A constitution was framed, binding the +institution to evangelical and unsectarian principles; formally +constituting the body, appointed by the mission, a local Board of +Managers, with large liberty in administration; and defining the +relations between the Boards in America and Syria and those of the +various officers to be connected with the College. It further +provided, that the Board of Trustees should have the right to +exercise final authority in all matters, and that funds for +endowments should be retained in the United States, the income only +to be transmitted to the East. + +An endowment fund of $100,000 was secured from a small number of +contributors, the Trustees and their immediate friends being the +largest donors.[1] In addition to this, Dr. Bliss obtained £3,000 in +England; Lords Shaftesbury, Stratford de Redcliffe, Dufferin, +Strangford, and Calthorpe, among the nobility, indorsing the +enterprise; and the Turkish Missions Aid Society rendered valuable +assistance. The "Syrian Improvement Committee" gave £1,000, from +funds remaining after the relief of sufferers from the Lebanon +massacres. + +[1] Among the more active and influential of these, as I learn from +other sources, was the Rev. D. Stuart Dodge. In 1872, the endowment +fund was reported to be $130,000. + +Dr. Bliss returned to Syria early in 1866. The first college class +consisted of fourteen members. A preparatory department was +afterwards added, and eighty names have been enrolled in the two +departments. The students have evinced, in most instances, an +aptitude and zeal for study, that would be creditable in more +favored lands. The charge for tuition is twenty-five dollars for the +collegiate year of nine mouths; and fifty-five dollars additional +for those who board in the institution. The sects represented are +the Protestant, Orthodox-Greek, Papal-Greek, Latin, Maronite, Druze, +Armenian, and Coptic. + +All boarders are required to be present at morning and evening +prayers, and to attend Protestant worship and Bible classes on the +Sabbath; and Bible lectures or Scripture recitations are of daily +occurrence. A voluntary prayer-meeting is maintained by the +students. + +Most of the thirteen who have graduated from the Academic +Department, are acceptably employed as teachers of a higher grade in +Syria and Egypt. Two have entered the Medical Department, and two +are studying Law. The first Commencement was in July, 1870, and the +addresses were in three languages. The College has a Medical +Department, and the first medical class was graduated in July, 1871. + +A building fund of about $70,000 having been contributed chiefly by +the donors to the endowment fund, a plot of nearly twenty acres of +ground was purchased at Râs-Beirût, in the immediate vicinity of the +city; facing Lebanon, overlooking the Mediterranean, healthy, +accessible, yet sufficiently retired; and the edifice is in the +process of erection. The corner stone was laid, December 7, 1871, by +the Hon. William E. Dodge, and appropriate exercises, in English and +Arabic, accompanied the ceremony. + +The Medical Hall is located at some distance from the College +edifice. These buildings may be seen from almost every quarter of +the city, and from the villages on the western slopes of Lebanon; +and they will be the first objects to greet the eyes of all who +enter the harbor, and will stand as the exponents and dispensers of +sound Christian learning. + +The connection of this mission with the American Board continued +until the latter part of the year 1870, wanting only two years of +half a century, when the reunion of the Presbyterian Church gave +rise to the question of a transfer of the mission to the +Presbyterian Board. The events above described, connected with the +Syrian Protestant College, favored such a result, and the question +was kindly, though reluctantly entertained. On the 20th of +September, 1870, the following paper was received at the Missionary +House:-- + +"The Syria mission, at a special meeting held in Abeih, August 16, +1870, had laid before them two documents, one from the Prudential +Committee of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign +Missions, and the other from the Committee of Conference of the +General Assembly of the Presbyterian Church with the American +Board,--touching the transfer of the mission from the American Board +to the Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions; and having given the +subject their serious and prayerful consideration, they have adopted +the following action:-- + +"1. That the mission regard the subject thus presented as one which +has not originated with themselves, but as having been brought +before them by the Providence of God; and as not to be decided at +all by them on personal grounds or ecclesiastical preferences, but +to be decided solely in view of its bearings upon the cause of +Christ in this land, and among the churches at home. + +"2. That the mission appreciate the delicacy and kindness with which +the Prudential Committee of the American Board of Commissioners for +Foreign Missions conveyed the consent of the Board to the withdrawal +of its members from their service, with the view of forming a new +connection, if they deem it expedient, and the hearty assurance of +their readiness to continue the support of the mission should they +decide to remain as heretofore. + +"3. That they also equally appreciate the cordial invitation +extended to them by the Committee of the Presbyterian Church, and +the pledge conveyed to the mission, that they shall enjoy, in the +new proposed connection, all the freedom of action, 'in respect to +their policy and ecclesiastical relations,' which they have hitherto +possessed. + +"4. That the mission find great difficulty in considering calmly and +impartially a question involving their separation from the American +Board, the severing of ties which have existed until within two +years of half a century, which have been interwoven with the +earliest recollections of childhood, which have grown strong by +personal connection and active coöperation during years of service, +and which we had anticipated would only be dissolved by death. No +language can express how much of pain to their hearts the thought of +this separation involves. Their relations to the Secretaries, to the +Prudential Committee, and through them to the churches, have been +most tender and happy. + +"In these relations they have found the largest liberty and the +fullest sympathy, and personally, the mission have no cause to +desire a change. + +"The feelings of the mission on this point will be more fully +expressed by individual communications from its several members, to +the Prudential Committee. + +"5. In view, however, of the weighty considerations which have been +set before the mission for this change of their connection, +considerations whose reasonableness and justice are apparent to +their minds, and in view of the expressed opinion of what is their +duty, on the part of the reunited Presbyterian Church, they cannot +but feel that the call is from God, and the step to be taken is one +demanded by the highest interests of Christ's Church. + +"6. That the mission express their conviction, that no change is +demanded in the ecclesiastical connections of any of its members. + +"In accordance, therefore, with these views of this whole subject,-- + +"_Resolved_, 1st; that the mission present to the Prudential +Committee a request for a release from their connection with the +American Board, with a view to placing themselves under the +direction of the Presbyterian Board. + +"And 2d, That the mission accept the invitation conveyed in the +letter of the Rev. J. F. Stearns, D. D., Chairman of the Committee +of Conference of the Presbyterian Board of Missions, dated June 19, +1870, to place themselves under the care of the Presbyterian Board. + +"Although the official ties which have bound us to those with whom +we have been so long and so happily associated may thus be severed, +we feel that the bonds of sympathy and of prayer remain unchanged, +and will continue so to remain until, in the higher work of praise, +our hearts and voices shall be again and forever _united_." + +In accordance with this action the individual members of the mission +sent a request to be released from their connection with the +American Board, and they were released by vote of the Prudential +Committee. + +The members of the mission, at that time, were Drs. Thomson, Van +Dyck, and H. H. Jessup, and Messrs. Calhoun, Eddy, Bird, Samuel +Jessup. I. N. Lowry, and James S. Dennis. The author would naturally +have great pleasure in quoting from their letters of farewell, but +can only refer the reader for them to the "Missionary Herald."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1870, pp. 391-398. + + +RESULTS OF THE PAST. + + +The history of the mission of the American Board to Palestine and +Syria cannot be closed better than by the retrospective summary made +by the mission at the close of their relations with the Board. They +are speaking of the results of past labors. + +"To Protestant influence, in great part, may we ascribe the changed +feeling, which has come over the minds of the Mohammedans towards +Christians. The Christian religion has become understood by them to +be not wholly the system of idolatry, which they once regarded it, +nor professing Christians as devoid of morality as they once seemed. +As a consequence, there has been a sensible quenching of the flame +of Moslem bigotry, and a greater respect for Christians, their +rights, their Bible, and their religion. The relative positions of +the crescent and the cross are not what they were when the +missionaries came to Syria. The Bible has gained ground, and the +Koran has lost it, as a controlling influence in the land. Some +Mohammedans are among the attendants upon our preaching, and these +would doubtless be more numerous, but for the risk to property and +to life, which inquirers from among them incur. + +"Not without results have the children of the Druzes been taught in +our schools during all these years, and so many conversations been +held with adults of that sect. The leaven of the Gospel has +penetrated even to the secret inner sanctuaries of their religion; +and the white turbans of the initiated Druzes seen in our Sabbath +congregations, the inquirers who come to our houses, and the +baptized converts from among them, show that not in vain to the +Druzes has the light of the Gospel again dawned upon Syria. + +"But principally among the nominally Christian sects have the +indirect results of missionary labor extended. These are visible in +the changed power of the clergy. Once excommunication was a terror +above all terrors. Now it is so powerless a weapon, that those who +once wielded it so effectively are ashamed to challenge ridicule by +exposing its weakness. + +"Protestantism, once regarded by the mass of the people as the +blackest of heresies, finds everywhere its defenders and +vindicators, even where it lacks followers, and no longer can the +lies gain currency, with which the clergy were accustomed to +frighten away their flocks from gospel influence. + +"The religious instruction given in their churches has been +modified. More Bible is taught, and less tradition. The preaching is +more of Christ, and less of the saints. The adoration of pictures +has greatly lessened. All sects have been compelled to introduce +schools, and to educate both boys and girls, to educate their +priests, and to remove the restrictions from reading the Bible. + +"The circulation of the Scriptures, and of religious books, has been +wide-spread, and we have heard of some who have been enlightened by +these silent teachers, and have through them found Christ as their +Saviour, and died in joyful trust in Him; though they never had an +opportunity to publicly profess their faith in Him. + +"Among all sects, Mohammedan, Druze, Greek, Maronite, and Catholic, +the glaciers of prejudice, which for centuries have been forming, +are now melting under the warmth of the Gospel. + +"The gift of the Bible to this people in their own tongue, is the +rich golden tribute which the West has returned to the East, in +acknowledgment of its obligation to the land whence the Bible came. + +"Brighter than the light, which kindles early and lingers late upon +the crests of Lebanon and Hermon, crowning them with glory, is the +light of the Gospel, which has shone into dark hearts, in hamlet and +city, recalling the memories of a past not inglorious, and presaging +a fairer splendor in the future. + +"Not in vain have Hebard, and Smith, and Whiting, and De Forest, and +Ford, sowed the seed of the Word in tears, even though they went +home with few gathered sheaves. From the heights of heaven they now +behold the springing harvest. Not in vain have others toiled here, +whose summons has not yet come. They bless God for what their eyes +see and their ears hear of the Lord's working around them. +Reluctantly have those yielded to the sad necessity of returning +home, who, having just thrust in the sickle, found their strength +unequal to the toil. + +"The churches in America, which have aided in sustaining the mission +by their offerings and their prayers, have seen fewer results, than +have crowned their labors in other fields; their faith has been +sorely tried; but they have been permitted to hear, from time to +time, of souls ransomed from darkness and sin; echoes of the songs +of triumph sung by departing saints have been borne to their ears, +and they have felt that their labors have not been unrewarded. + +"By God's grace we have laid anew the foundations of God's living +temple, Christ being the chief corner-stone, and we have seen some +courses already built upon it. We have set up and maintained the +banner of the cross in the face of its pretended friends and its +avowed foes. We have collected a little army on the Lord's side, and +armed them with the sword of the Spirit. We have prepared an arsenal +of spiritual weapons for future conflicts, in the Scriptures and +other religious books translated and committed to the people. We +have established outposts of schools and seminaries, have raised +strongholds of the truth in churches planted here and there +throughout the land. We have taken possession of the land in the +name of King Immanuel, and we aim to subdue and hold it wholly for +him."[1] + +[1] From the _Foreign Missionary of the Presbyterian Church_, April, +1871, p. 305-307. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLII. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1867-1869. + + +The year 1868 added five to the ordained missionary force of the +missions; namely, Messrs. Alpheus N. Andrus, Carmi C. Thayer, John +Edwin Pierce, Royal M. Cole, and Theodore S. Pond. Messrs. Milan H. +Hitchcock, Edward Riggs, Henry Marden, and John Otis Barrows, were +added in 1869. These were all accompanied by their wives. Besides +these, there were George C. Reynolds, M. D., and wife, and ten +unmarried women; namely, Misses Rebecca A. Tracy, Charlotte +Elizabeth Ely, Mary A. C. Ely, Harriet G. Powers, Cyrene O. Van +Duzee, Olive L. Parmelee, Isabella C. Baker, Flavia S. Bliss, Ursula +C. Clarke, and Ardelle M. Griswold. Mardin was now manned, for the +first time, with three missionaries, Messrs. Williams, Andrus, and +Pond, with Misses Parmelee and Baker, two unmarried young women. Dr. +Van Lennep and Mr. Ladd closed their labors in connection with the +mission in 1869. + +It was not alone at Harpoot, that the year 1869 opened with a +revival of religion. Aintab, Bitlis, Marash, and Mardin were favored +with the like blessing. The "Week of Prayer" at Marash was described +as a jubilee. Both houses of worship were opened, each day, an hour +before sunset, and in each was a gathering of at least two hundred +and fifty; where the many spontaneous prayers, and the pastor's vain +endeavors to close the services within the hour, showed that the +attendance was not a mere form. Twenty-nine out of fifty-two +candidates were admitted to the first church, and twenty-one out of +forty to the second. Nearly all these were able to read; and the +examination was deemed more remarkable than the number received. + +In respect to Mardin, I cannot refrain from quoting the expressive +words of Mr. Williams, whose pen had much of graphic power. "The +community here received the proposal to observe the week of prayer +most joyfully, and preferred two meetings a day to one,--the first +at sunrise, the second an hour and a half before sunset, each an +hour long. Our first meeting was in a pouring rain, thirty present. +This is the first pleasant day, and seventy-six were present in the +morning. One of the preachers opens the meeting by singing, reading, +remarks, and prayer. This occupies from twenty-five to thirty +minutes, and then the meeting is thrown open to others, and six or +eight prayers, short and pertinent, fill the time till the hour is +up. We never before have been able to start a prayer-meeting here, +and now they move off in a line, as if they had done nothing else +all their lives. I think as many as twenty-five persons have led in +prayer." + +A church had not yet been formed, but the Protestant community +undertook the entire support of their preacher, and also of one of +their own number as a missionary to the Koords. The latter is thus +described by Mr. Williams: "A great, six feet, brawny fellow, with +unwashed clothes (he is a tanner), long, disheveled hair, large, +open features, and eyes black as coal, that shine like stars; but so +simple in his trust, so tender in his love to Jesus, and earnest in +his efforts to do good! He learned to read with steady, earnest +application, and his questions are so spiritual, so humble, so +childlike, that it is as the sun whenever he enters my door. + +"One evening Oosee (Hosea) came in with clothes torn, fez[1] gone, +face bloody, hair wildly disheveled, but the same genial lustre +beaming from his eyes, accompanied by another Protestant, Daoud +(David), who was earnest, almost imperative, that I should at once +go to the governor and enter complaint. Asking for particulars, I +learned that, returning from his garden soon after sunset, Oosee was +set upon by a crowd of Papists, and escaped in the plight I saw him. +Daoud insisted that unless those men were at once imprisoned, no one +would be safe. I asked Oosee how he felt about it. 'Just as you say, +Khowaja,[2] was his reply. I read to him parts of Rom. xii. and +xiii., and showed him that he was justified in entering complaint, +that he had a right to protection, and that those who had set upon +him doubtless deserved punishment; but said I, 'Would those men have +touched you when you were a Papist?' 'Not one.' 'Why?' 'They dare +not. Why, they knew I could thrash the whole of them, and would have +feared I'd kill them. They knew me.' 'And now?' 'Now they think I'm +a Prote, and wont strike back.' 'Did you?' 'Not a bit; I only tried +to get away from them.' 'And if now, instead of throwing them into +prison, you forgive them, and treat them as if nothing had happened, +do you think they will see any difference between Oosee the Papist, +and Oosee the Prote?' 'Of course they will.' 'To what will they +charge the difference?' 'To my new religion.' 'Will not that lead +them to admit the power of the Gospel? Will it not honor Christ?' +'Yes, I believe it will.' 'Well, Oosee, just as _you_ say. If +you on the whole wish it, I will go to the governor and enter +complaint,--you have a clear right to this,--or I will let it drop +just here, as you please.' 'No, Khowaja, I'll not complain, I +forgive them. I'll go home and treat them as if nothing had +happened. That is what Jesus says, and I'll do it. Perhaps they will +come to Christ.' He has never since been molested. + +[1] Red Turkish cap. + +[2] Gentleman--a title given to the missionaries in Eastern Turkey. + +"When it was decided to take a new class of training pupils in +Arabic, Oosee was the first to whom I spoke about joining it. The +proposition was wholly unexpected, and I wish you could have seen +the joy that shone in his eyes and beamed from every feature! I +asked him if he thought his wife would consent to his going. 'We +will ask Jesus,' he said. 'If he wants me to go he will make her +willing. I don't think she'll oppose.' To some, who attempted to +dissuade him on the ground that the allowance was insufficient for +his family, he said, 'If only they will let me study, we will +consent to live in the yard; no matter about a house, we'll get on +any way; anything for Jesus.' Some days after, I said; "How about +the wife?' 'O, she says go, and if need be we'll sell our vineyard +to meet expenses. She is more anxious to go than I.' The vineyard +would possibly bring, if sold, forty dollars in currency." + +A church was organized at Mardin in February, which engaged to +choose and support a pastor. On Sabbath afternoon, when it was +organized, and the sacraments were administered, there were present +three hundred and fifty persons, in a room which Mr. Williams says, +"I had always insisted would hold one hundred and fifty, if properly +packed." While candidates were being examined, the wife of Oosee +presented herself. "No one had thought of her as a church-member, +but before her examination was through, each had written against her +name 'accepted.' We were as much delighted as surprised at her +answers, and the meek, loving spirit she showed." Oosee did not go +on the proposed mission, not deeming himself sufficiently educated; +but is understood to have adorned his Christian profession down to +the present time. + +The reader has already some acquaintance with the people of Zeitoon, +inhabiting the mountains north of Marash. Until subdued by the Turks +in 1862, they were famed for their defiance of all law. The town +contained about twelve thousand inhabitants, all of them Armenians. +The men were described as of athletic make, quick step, and piercing +eyes, showing in all their bearing that they breathed the free air +of the mountains. The town is about thirty-five miles from Marash, +built against the side of a high rock, the houses hanging one above +another, so that the roof of the house below is the front yard of +the house above. + +Two years after their subjugation, Dr. Pratt made a professional +visit, to attend one of their leaders then dangerously sick, and +suffered no molestation. Two years later, at the earnest +solicitation of several Protestants, Mr. Montgomery attempted a +visit, with Pastor Avedis of the second church of Marash, and a +deacon of the first church. The town being then under Turkish +authority, they anticipated no special danger. "At evening, as we +were entering the city," writes Mr. Montgomery, "to visit the +governor of the place, according to custom, a furious mob of men and +boys dragged us from our horses, and at once began beating and +stoning us with frantic rage, rending the air with savage yells. Our +Protestant guide was driven out of sight amid volleys of stones, the +mob crying, 'Kill him! kill the wretch!' The deacon was allowed to +secrete himself; but for Avedis and myself there was no escape till +the mob had spent their fury, stoning us, and afterwards kicking and +beating our prostrate bodies, while we were looking for escape only +through death." + +At this crisis, a great strong man, yelling so as to appear in +sympathy with the mob, rushed up to where Mr. Montgomery was lying, +and threw him on his horse, saying to him in an under tone, "Don't +be afraid, trust me;" and then with curses hurried him out of the +way, and took him and the pastor in the dark to his own house, +where, as he dared not to keep them, he got them ready, as well as +he could, to return at once to Marash. + +"Thus we were saved," continues Mr. Montgomery, "after having been +in the hands of the mob over two hours. We had a hard ride that +night, hatless, our clothes bloody and torn, and our bodies so +bruised that we could scarce sit on our horses; but we were enabled +to pick our way homeward by the rough mountain paths." + +It was subsequently known that this outrage was instigated by the +priests at Marash, with the connivance of the governor. Meanwhile +the Zeitoon people were fearful lest they had gone too far, and the +Protestants began to breathe more freely; and many, who had failed +to declare themselves before, now stood up openly for the truth. + +In the summer of 1868, a native preacher was sent to Zeitoon by the +home missionary society of Marash, and was allowed to remain +unmolested, with ample opportunities for preaching the Word. At the +close of the year, Mr. Trowbridge, having removed from +Constantinople to Marash, made a visit to Zeitoon, and remained +there laboring freely from Thursday till Monday. His guide homeward +was a Zeitoon Protestant,--"a tall, gaunt man, past middle life, who +has suffered much there for Christ's sake. At one time the people +blackened his face with a coal, put him astride of a donkey with his +face towards the tail, and thus paraded him through the streets; a +crier shouting before him, 'Thus shall it be done to all who reject +the worship of saints, and do not honor the Virgin Mary.' There is +now no persecution." + +Hopeful indications once more appeared among the Greeks at Erzroom +and Trebizond, and also at Kerasun and Ordo, on the coast of the +Black Sea west of Trebizond. Mr. Parmelee visited the two places +last named, and put a helper named Harootune at Ordo, around whom +the people gathered, earnestly desiring to learn the way of life. +Even the women, who were precluded by their notions of propriety +from assembling with the men, anxiously inquired when the helper +would bring his wife, that she might teach them also. Persecution +arose, but as usual it was overruled for good. + +Dr. William Goodell, after more than forty years of successful +missionary service, returned in 1865, in feeble health, to spend the +evening of life in his native land. With his wife, who had been his +faithful companion from the first, he made his home with his eldest +son, a physician in Philadelphia. There, beloved and revered, he +lived until February 18, 1867, when he was removed to his heavenly +home, at the age of seventy-five. + +To the early friends of Dr. Goodell it seemed that his providential +call was to be a preacher of the Gospel; and such he really was +all through life, and the printed volume of his sermons in +Armeno-Turkish, translated also into Armenian and Bulgarian, has had +a very extensive circulation.[1] But Divine Providence so ordered +the events of his early missionary career, that translating the +Scriptures became his principal work. He began at Malta to translate +the New Testament from the original into the Armeno-Turkish. That +done, he entered upon the Old Testament; and he completed the last +revision of the Bible in 1863. It was a great and good work, and +will transmit his name for grateful remembrance to future ages. + +[1] The report of the Nicomedia station for 1871, contains the +following: "In Diermendere, a basket-maker has learned Turkish, and +is supplied with books and tracts in that language for use among the +Turks. The book he thinks most of, and which he begs may be put into +the Arabic character, is Dr. Goodell's sermons. A Baghchejuk +brother, whose business takes him often among the Turks in the +vicinity of Armash, always takes these sermons with him. He says +that the Turks always listen with interest, and sometimes with +tears. He is often requested to read the same sermon over and over +again." The Marsovan report for the same year contains the +following: "At Vizier Keopreu a change in public sentiment has taken +place to such a degree, that the Armenian teacher is preaching Dr. +Goodell's sermons to attentive audiences of his own people." + +Dr. Goodell had few equals as an agreeable letter-writer. The author +was in official correspondence with him through his whole missionary +life, and never ceased admiring his vivacity, humor, and felicity of +expression, the aptness of his thoughts, and his very appropriate +quotations of Scripture. He had the power, beyond most men, of +passing at once and by an easy transition, from the merriest +laughter to the most serious topics. His addresses to children had a +resistless charm, and his power of turning a conversation into +channels of his own choice was invaluable, in dealing with conceited +disputatious orientals. "Indomitable in his purpose to do good, +affable and courteous in manner, of ready tact, and abounding in +resistless pleasantry, he gained access wherever he chose to go, and +wielded an influence powerful for good upon all with whom he chose +to associate. He commanded the respect of foreign ambassadors and +travellers, of dignitaries in the Oriental Churches, bankers, and +the highest in society, as well as the common people. Even enemies +were constrained to honor him. Few possess in so high a degree the +admirable faculty of doing good without offense, and of recommending +personal religion to the world."[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_ for 1867, pp. 129-133: also 1865, +p. 350. + +Mr. Herman N. Barnum's account of a tour to Diarbekir, Mardin, Sert, +Bitlis, and Moosh, in 1867, brings the Eastern field vividly before +us. His new associate, Mr. Henry S. Barnum, together with the +pastors connected with the Evangelical Union, and nine recent +graduates of the Seminary, accompanied him as far as Diarbekir, +where they arrived on Saturday. There was a union service of the two +congregations, on the next day, in the yard of one of the chapels, +at which as many as eight hundred were present. The church in +Diarbekir, though its pastor had been absent for two and a half +years, and there was only one native preacher for the two +congregations, yet had maintained the ordinances, and secured +frequent accessions to the community. They supported their preacher, +and also several schools, sent money to their absent pastor, and +supported two students at the Theological Seminary, whom they had +sent thither to be educated for the mission in Koordistan. They +chose several of their more intelligent members to assist the +preacher in keeping up the services of the two congregations; thus +proving their ability to care for themselves under very unfavorable +circumstances. + +The Union was in session four days, and its meetings were well +attended. The evangelizing of Koordistan received a good deal of +attention. The five young men who were preparing for it, had +locations assigned them, their salaries fixed, and thus the native +pastors were acquiring experience in missionary superintendence. +Seven young men, just graduated from the Seminary, were carefully +examined for licensure, especially in their religious experience and +their motives for entering the ministry. + +The last day of the session was the most interesting, when one of +the pastors read an essay upon the "means of promoting an awakening +among the unconverted;" which was followed by remarks from nearly +all the pastors present. The interest was greatest when some gave +expression to their deep feeling of responsibility, and to the +conviction that their own want of earnestness and spirituality was +the reason of so much indifference among the unconverted. + +From Diarbekir the missionaries and six of the pastors went to +Mardin, whence, after ordaining one pastor, they went a journey of +five days to Sert. There they took part in another ordination, and +the formation of a church. Elias, the new pastor, had labored long +and faithfully in this place, and refused a most pressing call from +Mardin, though in worldly things it was much more desirable. He +believed he could be more useful where the poor and oppressed looked +to him as their spiritual father. Out of seven persons who offered +themselves as candidates for church-membership, six were organized +into a church. The congregation was small and poor, but a long +series of persecutions had wonderfully purged them of selfishness. +They had paid largely for their house of worship, had provided the +pastor elect with a new suit of clothes for the ordination, and, +considering their deep poverty, had made extraordinary subscriptions +towards the required half of his salary. They now adopted the system +of tithes cheerfully, which had been so successfully advocated by +John Concordance. + +From Sert Mr. Williams proceeded to Mosul, and the rest to Bitlis. +There the congregation had long desired for their pastor Baron +Simon, who received ordination as an evangelist years before at +Constantinople. He has been repeatedly mentioned as Pastor Simon, +and was a man of experience and sterling worth. There were no +missionaries then at Bitlis. From hence they passed on to Moosh. The +plain on which the town is situated, is sixty miles long and ten or +twelve wide, and contains about seventy nominally Christian +villages. The travellers were exposed to a snow-storm while crossing +the plain. "It was genuine winter weather," writes Mr. Barnum, "yet +I think I never saw anywhere else, not even in the warm sunshine of +Egypt, so much nakedness, total or partial. Adults of course had the +semblance of clothing, though it was often a mass of rags, sewed or +tied together; but the poor children! It makes my heart ache to +think of them. Some had a tolerably whole shirt and drawers, some +had no drawers, and what was once a shirt was now a few shreds, +hanging from the shoulders. Many had merely a rag, as a sort of +jacket, with holes to put the arms through, and others had not a +thread upon their bodies. The people seem to be almost bedless. +Wherever we went, we found that the beds were a piece of carpet, or +felt, or only a little straw, with a piece of carpet as a covering. +In the six or seven villages visited by us, we did not notice a +woman, or a child, who had either stockings or shoes. They walked +about in the snow, and over the frozen ground, with bare feet. The +soil is fertile, and the people own the land themselves,--not +the Turkish Aghas, as is the case in many other parts of the +country,--so that it must be mere thriftlessness, rather than any +stern necessity, which makes them so destitute. They have not +learned to raise cotton, and consequently do not have on hand the +material for making clothes, except some kinds of woolen garments; +and as they do not like to pay money for cotton cloth, they live in +this truly barbarous state. Our pastors had never seen any +destitution like this among their Christian brethren, and it made a +deep impression upon them." + +Mr. Barnum adds: "The spiritual condition of the people is as bad as +the physical. In the three or four monasteries surrounding the +plain, there are said to be fifty vartabeds--men of more or less +education. What a work they might do in these seventy villages, in +improving the condition of the people, if they only had the heart +for it. They are in a great measure responsible for this state of +things. They come down periodically from their haunts of +dissipation, and gather up and carry off whatever the people can +spare; and this has helped to discourage enterprise. The great want +now is the pure Gospel. This will not only save their souls, it will +give them true civilization and refinement. To us it seemed that the +people were ripe for the reception of the truth, for they are +growing tired of their present condition. The pastors turned away +from Moosh plain with the determination to induce the Evangelical +Union, if consistent with the work undertaken in Koordistan, to do +something for these people." + +This journey of five hundred and fifty miles occupied thirty-eight +days, and was too much for the new missionary, who reached home +"jaded and worn," and had a serious illness. Before his recovery, +and probably in consequence of her care of her husband, Mrs. Barnum +was prostrated by typhus fever, which proved fatal on the 31st of +December, 1867, a little more than three months after her arrival at +Harpoot. But even in so short a time she had greatly endeared +herself to her associates.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_ for 1868, p. 136. + +North of the territory traversed by Mr. Barnum, is the Erzroom +district. Of the sixty thousand inhabitants of the city of Erzroom +in 1868, fifteen thousand were Armenians. The hundred villages +scattered over its plain are smaller and more scattered than those +on the plain of Harpoot. But then the territory connected with +Erzroom is nearly as large as New England west of Maine, and has a +population of half a million, two thirds of whom are Armenians. +Touring in this territory is easy, as compared with the Harpoot +district; since the roads, almost everywhere, admit of the use of +wheels, and on the public thoroughfares the khans are comparatively +good. A wagon road was then in a sluggish process of construction +from Trebizond across the mountains. + +The church in Diarbekir continued to grow, even during the three or +four years' absence of the pastor. They were active in communicating +the truth to their neighbors, and were especially interested in +securing the introduction of the Gospel into the surrounding +villages, and into Koordistan. But since then, the energy bestowed +upon these outside enterprises has been turned toward the building +of a large church, by means of funds collected by the pastor chiefly +in England, and to strictly home affairs. + +The young men sent on the mission to Koordistan addressed themselves +chiefly to the Armenians and Jacobites, without neglecting the +Moslems, Koords, and Yezidees. These sects, in their social +intercourse, used only the Koordish language; but in their prayers, +the Armenians used the ancient Armenian, the Jacobites the ancient +Syriac, and the Koords the Arabic, all wholly unintelligible to +them. And it was a new thought to them, that God could be addressed +in the Koordish language. + +A company of native missionaries was sent from Harpoot, in the +summer of 1868, to the benighted region of Moosh. This was a result +of the tour just described, and was a self-denying enterprise, but +the sacrifice was cheerfully made. + +The two Seminaries at Harpoot were now full. Including the students +brought thither for a time from Mardin, and the Koordish students, +there were fifty in each Seminary; and these, with their children, +made a colony of one hundred and fifty. + +It became manifest, soon after the Crimean war, that the Papal +ecclesiastics in Turkey, emboldened by the increased prospect of +French protection, grew relentlessly cruel where they had power, in +their persecutions of the Protestants. A painful illustration of +this occurred at Mardin in the summer of 1868, upon the arrival of a +new Papal Patriarch. He and the Papal Armenian bishop resolved to +make a determined effort to crush out Protestantism. The charges +upon which the proceedings were based, were pretended arrearages in +the payment of taxes, whereas none of the taxes were due. + +On July 25th, six Protestants were arrested, and taken, not to +prison, but to the cavalry camp, to bring water for the horses, +sprinkle the ground, build mangers, clear privies, etc. Suleeba, the +Protestant preacher from Diarbekir who was laboring there at the +time, went to the Muteserif or governor of the city, and represented +the injustice of the proceeding. As a result, he was ordered to +prison himself, but was soon released. After various other efforts +with the Muteserif and the Pasha to secure justice (in which he was +opposed by the Papal Syrian Patriarch, and by priests and leaders of +the other sects at Mardin), and after presenting receipts which had +been given the Protestants for their taxes, Suleeba was delivered to +the soldiers, with the rest. He writes:-- + +"A gendarme took me to the camp. On seeing me the soldier said, +'This is their priest; bring some _large_ jars (water jars) for +him.' They fastened two jars to my neck, one before and one behind, +and gave two into my hands.[1] A soldier was assigned to each one of +us, and each one carried a long stick of wood, an inch in thickness, +and with these they freely beat us. In filling the jars which were +fastened to us, the soldiers would pour nearly as much into our +necks as into the jars, so that we were thoroughly drenched all the +time. Once I was so much fatigued that I begged permission to set +down the jars and rest, but the soldiers would not allow me. I +dropped one of them, as I could not hold it any longer, for the road +was long and my hands grew weak. In trying to recover it I fell to +the ground, and the soldier beat me severely with his stick." + +[1] The four jars, when full of water, weighed more than one hundred +and fifty pounds. + +It was on Monday that Suleeba was sent to the camp, and things +remained thus till Friday. "A little after sunrise on that day, a +gendarme came and said, 'The Protestants are wanted at the palace.' +We were taken to the Muteserif, and he began to curse us in the +vilest manner for not giving the money. I said, 'Examine our +accounts, and if you find that we owe anything we will pay it.' He +then ordered a stick to be brought,--it was a strong one, thicker +than my thumb,--and telling a soldier to take me by the head and +bend me forward, he gave the stick to a centurion, who gave me ten +or twelve blows. I still feel the soreness, though he was not +violent in his beating." + +"About nine o'clock they called us to the Mejlis, or city council. +After a careful examination of the documents, in which the Pasha's +scribe, Fettah Effendi, took a prominent part, the Mejlis said with +one voice, to those on the other side, 'You have no claim whatever +on the Protestants.'" This decision was not accepted by the enemies +of the Protestants. In the afternoon of the same day, Suleeba +writes: "The Patriarch and the Papal Armenian Bishop called on the +Pasha. They stayed about half an hour. Before they left, a +lieutenant came from the Pasha, accompanied by two priests, and said +to the Muteserif, 'The Pasha orders that you instantly deliver each +one of the Protestants to two gensdarmes, and collect the money from +each one _at once_, according to this paper.' The Muteserif replied, +'There is no claim upon these men. What shall we collect?' He +replied, 'This is the Pasha's order.' The Muteserif said, 'We have +just examined these men's accounts, and have found that the +Protestants do not owe a para. Tell the Pasha so.' The Lieutenant +replied, 'The Patriarch and Bishop were with the Pasha just now, and +he told them that this money should be collected.' The Muteserif +then turned to Fettah Effendi, of Diarbekir, and urged him to go and +explain to the Pasha, but he did not wish to go. He then called out, +much excited, 'Come, gensdarmes, take these men and kill them.' I +then said, 'How much money do you want? Tell us, and we will give +it.' The Muteserif said, 'I don't know.' I said, 'You are delivering +us over to these soldiers. Tell us how much you want and we will +give it, and save ourselves from them.' The Muteserif then asked +Fettah Effendi, who had looked over our documents, and who had said +that the Protestants owed nothing, 'How much are these men to pay?' +He said, 'I don't know.' He then turned to the members of the other +sects and said, 'How much do you want of these men?' They said, 'Let +them come to the market [where the chief of police was receiving +taxes], and we will see.' So we were hurried off there. This was +less than an hour before sunset. We were taken to the shop occupied +by Daoud Agha, the chief of the police. A great crowd gathered as we +went along, and afterwards, which completely filled all the streets +in that vicinity. As we entered, Daoud Agha, who is an old enemy of +the Protestants, said to his men, 'Bring me two bottles of raki and +three or four candles, and I will collect this money before +morning." + +The reader will remember the interesting account Mr. Williams gave +of the conversion of an influential merchant at Mardin named +Meekha.[1] This is the old man, Muksi Meekha, whom the chief of the +police delivered over to the gensdarmes, with the charge to collect +six thousand piasters from him. Mr. Barnum thus describes the +treatment he received: "They took him out into the street and began +to beat him with their gun-stocks. This is done by taking the gun in +both hands and striking with it endwise. He promised to give +security for the payment of the money in the morning, and begged to +be allowed till morning to raise the money, as the shops were all +shut; but they said, 'We must have the money now.' He wandered +through the market in the vain hope of finding somebody who would +advance the money, the guard all the time beating him, and so +severely that he several times fell down, and his outer garment was +torn into shreds; and he has since that time, now more than a week, +kept his bed most of the time. At last he met a member of the Mejlis +(a Turkish member), who told the guard that if it was money they +wished they must take _kefil_ from him, and wait till morning, as it +was now evening, and nobody could raise money at that time; 'but,' +he said, 'if your object is to kill him, take him back to the chief +of police and butcher him there.' They then took him back to the +crowd, and he found a man who gave a part of the money and a note +for the payment of the rest in the morning, and he was released. He +thinks that he would have been killed but for the intervention of +the Turk. + +[1] See Chapter xxvii. + +"Each one of the prisoners was then passed over to two gensdarmes. +Some of these were at once delivered, by their friends advancing the +money; but four of them, besides Muksi Meekha, were treated just as +he was, and all of them have kept their beds most of the time since. + +"The police were at the same time sent to the houses of all the +other Protestants, and they were brought, and the money which the +sects demanded collected from them, by their paying the money or +getting security for its payment in the morning. In this way, in the +space of a few hours, and that evening, nineteen thousand piasters +were collected." + +Only a very small portion of this money was ever refunded. + +Mention was made, in connection with Dr. Goodell's visit to the +central mission in 1862, of the progress of the evangelical +reformation at Oorfa. Two years later, Mr. Nutting, the resident +missionary, announced an interesting revival of religion among his +people. Both church and congregation were aroused, and the +missionary had never seen more thorough conviction of sin, than was +apparent in many. They had been studying the Westminster Assembly's +Catechism for two years, and recently had attended lectures on the +Epistle to the Romans; "and the fundamental truths thus lodged in +their minds," writes Mr. Nutting, "had been greatly blessed." They +met entirely the expense of their own religious and educational +institutions. In February, 1865, the church numbered forty-two, and +as many more were known to be inquirers. + +About this time there arose considerable uneasiness in the mission +from an apprehension of doctrinal errors in a candidate for the +pastorate of this church. To what extent such errors actually +existed, was never determined with certainty, but there was a spirit +of alienation and division, which was regarded with concern. The +churches in Oorfa and its four out-stations contained a total, in +1870, of one hundred and sixty-one members, of whom twenty-five had +been received in the previous year. The Report of the Board for 1871 +declares the difficulties of former years to have happily passed +away; except that unsound doctrinal views continued to disturb the +harmony of the church at Severek, and that this place was noted, in +early times, for the prevalence of similar errors. + +Mr. Wheeler returned from his visit to the United States in October, +1868, accompanied by Mrs. Wheeler, and the Misses Parmelee and +Baker; and they were met, six hours or nearly twenty miles out, by +the Harpoot and village pastors, and quite a delegation from the +city. The last day was a constant succession of welcomes. As they +drew near the city, they saw a large crowd on the hill, with a white +flag. It was the theological students drawn up in a line; and next, +the women and girls of the school; and then men, women, and children +crowded to greet them. It was the spontaneous expression of love to +those who had told them of Christ and his salvation. + +The return of Dr. David H. Nutting from the United States to the +Central mission, in the autumn of 1868, led him to speak of the +progress of civilization at Aleppo. "All the stations of this +mission are now connected with this city by telegraph, while it is +connected with Constantinople. A line from here to Killis, Aintab, +and Marash, has just been constructed. We have French and Russian, +as well as Turkish, posts. A semi-weekly paper called the "Frat" +(Euphrates), is printed here, in three languages--Arabic, +Armeno-Turkish, and Arabo-Turkish. The streets are being repaved and +widened in some places, and street-lamps are put up. A carriage-road +from here to Alexandretta, the sea-port, is to be built +immediately." + +John Concordance, the blind preacher at Havadoric, died at that +place in March, 1869, greatly beloved and lamented, and not by his +own people alone. The Armenians vied with the Protestants in +attending to the burial services, and especially in seeing that +Hohannes' particular requests were carried out to the letter, and +both classes were genuine mourners at his grave. His influence in +the matter of consecrating one tenth of one's income has been +extensively felt; and he practiced what he preached. His salary was +only eight dollars a month, and although he had a wife and child to +support from this, he never failed of giving one tenth into the +"store-house;" thus leaving but little more than seven dollars for +the monthly support of himself and family. + +In the year 1868, Dr. Schneider, after a residence at Aintab of a +score of years, returned again to Broosa. It was natural for him to +review the progress of the good work at Aintab during his connection +with it, and his statement will interest the reader. + +"I preached my first sermon in Aintab to a company of twenty-five or +thirty in the year 1848. Now, the average audience is near one +thousand, and often rises to twelve or fifteen hundred. Then, there +was a church of only eight members; now, there are two churches, +containing three hundred and seventy-three members. Then, the entire +community of Protestants numbered only forty souls, while at present +there are nineteen hundred, small and great. The number has become +so large, that a division into two separate congregations became a +necessity; and while there was then hardly any native laborer, now +two able native pastors are settled over these two churches. In the +beginning, next to nothing was done in the way of self-support and +general benevolence; while now, these communities pay the salaries +of their pastors and school-teachers, and all their other expenses. +Besides this, nearly five hundred dollars in gold were given for +general benevolence, and more than nine hundred towards a second +church edifice. All this in a community where a day-laborer receives +thirteen and a half cents per day, and a mason or carpenter +thirty-two cents. In view of their poverty, and the exactions of the +government, this is extraordinary liberality. More than one half of +the male members of these churches give a tithe of their income to +benevolent objects. + +"In the beginning, we worshipped in a private house; but for many +years a large church edifice has been filled, and a second one, for +the benefit of the second church, will be completed in a few months. +At first, there was no school through the week, or on the Sabbath; +now, there are seven common schools, with nearly four hundred +pupils, and a Sabbath-school averaging a thousand, which has been as +high as sixteen hundred. More than a score of pastors and preachers +have been trained at Aintab, most of whom are still in the service, +and a large number have been sent forth as teachers and colporters +into the surrounding regions. Finally, when the Gospel was first +preached in Aintab, the Protestants were despised and persecuted; +while now, they are not only recognized as a regular community, with +rights and privileges, but they have acquired for themselves a name, +respect, and influence." + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLIII. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1869-1872. + + +The year 1870 commenced at Marash with another revival. A thousand +persons were present at the prayer-meeting on the 3d of January, +which was admirably conducted by Pastor Murad. The missionaries, +though present, did not deem it necessary to assist him. Fifty-three +new members were received into the two churches, and a much larger +number offered themselves for admission. Successful efforts were +made to reach the women, who were visited in their own homes by the +wives of students in the theological school, and by the older +scholars in the girls' school. The number of houses thus visited +during six weeks, was three hundred and eight, and there were +fifty-five prayer-meetings. + +A revival was also in progress at Bitlis. For many weeks there had +been a sunrise prayer-meeting every day; and it was fully attended +for eight months; its location being changed occasionally to +accommodate different parts of the city. The meeting on the 18th of +February was the most interesting and profitable. Nearly ninety +persons were seated on the floor of a room thirteen feet by twenty. +Pastor Simon had charge of the meeting, and so ready were the +people, that it continued two hours and three quarters before he +could bring it to a close. As many as seventeen spoke, and about as +many prayed. During the meeting, a prominent church-member called +the attention of the weeping congregation to the importance of +making a covenant with God _now_; and after reading a beautiful and +appropriate hymn, he requested all who were ready to make such a +covenant to rise. Nearly all rose, and while they were standing, he +offered an earnest prayer for the aid of the Holy Spirit in keeping +that covenant. It was an impressive scene. Forty were added to the +church as the result of this revival. The people paid the debt on +their chapel and parsonage, and enlarged the former. They also gave +a site for the building to be erected by the two Misses Ely for the +girls' boarding-school, in which were twenty pupils, for the most +part wives of native helpers. + +Some time in the month of April, the good people of Bitlis observed +a day of fasting and prayer for the village of Havadoric, where the +blind preacher, John Concordance, had labored, and where he died. +After a few weeks, Mr. Knapp visited the place, with Pastor Simon, +and they found delightful evidence of the presence of the Holy +Spirit. It was in contemplation to organize a church in that place, +and the church in Bitlis had sent three delegates, who walked +forty-five miles over the muddy roads. Ten hours were spent, the day +after their arrival, in examining more than a score of persons for +the new church, and eleven were approved, including two women. After +the church had been organized, Avedis, a graduate of the Harpoot +Seminary, was ordained as pastor. Fifty were present at the Lord's +supper from Bitlis, Moosh, and Khanûs. + +The barbarous expulsion of Mr. and Mrs. Coffing from Hadjin, in +1862, will be remembered.[1] This was attributed, at the time, to +the priests and the Turkish governor, and not to the people. Mr. +Adams from Adana, and Mr. Trowbridge from Marash, went there in +1870, in company with Hagop Effendi, the Civil Head of the +Protestants in Turkey, who was then on an official tour through the +empire. They found the door for Christian effort wide open, as +Messrs. Montgomery and Perry had done the year before. Though +situated on the northern side of the Taurus mountains, Hadjin is +more conveniently cared for by the Central mission than by the +Western, and that section of country had been transferred +accordingly. Native laborers had gone there, and a great change had +taken place. Thirty-two had been enrolled as Protestants, and no +mention is made of opposition. At the evening services on the +house-top, where the missionary's tent was pitched, not only the +Protestants, but large numbers of the Armenians, listened with eager +attention. From early morn until dark on the Sabbath, there was +hardly an intermission in the preaching, exposition, or reading of +the Word of God. + +[1] See p. 221. + +In the autumn of 1869, Dr. Schneider, by direction of the mission, +attended the examination of the Theological School at Marsovan. He +writes, "The examination continued through most of three days, and +as a whole was quite satisfactory. The appearance of the students in +theology was peculiarly gratifying. The readiness and propriety of +their answers proved that they had bestowed thought on the various +points brought up, and saw their relations to one another. Their +public addresses, when they received their diplomas, were all +excellent, while some were of quite a superior order, and exhibited +no common degree of oratorical power." He was also much gratified by +the appearance of the girls' boarding-school. + +Seven days' travel, on his return to Broosa, brought him to Angora, +a city of from forty to fifty thousand inhabitants. The probable +estimate gave ten thousand to the Catholics, three hundred to the +Greeks, a thousand to the Armenians, and five hundred to the Jews; +the remainder were Mussulmans. Many books had been sold there, much +light disseminated, and a small body of Protestants earnestly +entreated for a missionary to reside among them, or at least for an +educated native preacher. No uneducated man could sustain himself +there against the powerful array which the Roman Catholics could +bring to bear upon him by means of their educational establishments. +Among the obstacles to be encountered, were the extreme worldliness +of the people, and their devotion to sensual pleasures. Angora is +within the limits of the ancient Galatia, and very probably was the +site of one of "the churches of Galatia." It appears not yet to be +occupied as a station. + +Another interesting place was Erzingan, within the Erzroom district, +visited by Mr. and Mrs. Cole in the autumn of 1870. They travelled +the whole distance of a hundred miles in a gig; with many risks, it +is true, but with no disaster. The city was supposed to contain as +many as ten thousand Armenians, forming a third part of the +population. Mr. Dunmore, the brave pioneer, had spent three months +there, and various helpers had been stationed there from time to +time. The missionary and his wife were received with the utmost +kindness, and had crowded meetings during the nine days they were +there. Mrs. Cole had several interesting meetings, also, with the +women. "Thus time passed," writes Mr. Cole, "and you may be sure it +was a continual feast to the soul, and we felt quite reluctant to +turn homeward." + +The mission sent by native churches to the Koords, like most new +missions, had a tardy success; and, after four years, the zeal of +the native churches began to flag, and some of the native pastors +proposed to stop the work in Koordistan, and devote themselves more +fully to the "home field." Knowing that the influence of such a +course would be disastrous, Mr. Wheeler threw himself into the +breach, and was off for a three weeks' tour in Koordistan. Redwan, +the seat of the mission, was eighty miles east of Diarbekir. He was +accompanied by Hagop Effendi, Civil Head of the Protestants, and two +native preachers; and was rejoiced to find at Redwan a congregation +of eighteen men, thirteen women, and twenty-two children. They had +learned, or begun to learn, to read in the Armeno-Koordish, into +which the four Gospels had been translated; and some were learning +the Armenian language, so as to be able to read the whole Bible. +Their chapel, of sun-dried brick, ten feet by twenty, was crowded on +the evening of their arrival. "They sang 'Sweet hour of prayer,'" +writes Mr. Wheeler, "and 'There is no other name so sweet,' +translated from Armenian by their preacher, who had also translated, +with the help of Pastor Mardiros of Harpoot, 'Forever with the +Lord,' 'How lost was my condition,' 'My faith looks up to Thee,' +'Safely through another week,' 'My days are passing swiftly by,' and +others. Perhaps it was all romance, but somehow that little, close, +low, dark, foul-aired chapel seemed to me almost a heavenly place, +as we joined,--they in Koordish and I in Armenian,--in singing those +sweet hymns." At an expense of forty dollars in gold, the people +bought a fine lot for a larger building, including chapel, +school-room, and parsonage, which they hoped to put up in the +following year. They desired also the formation of a church, and the +ordination of a pastor. "Do you wonder," adds Mr. Wheeler, "that I +returned with a light heart to tell the churches these good news +from their mission field?" The Harpoot church immediately decided to +send a school-teacher to Redwan, so that the preacher might give +himself entirely to his work. + +Mr. Pond, of Mardin, went to Sert four days distant in Koordistan, +and experienced the usual trials by the way,--sleeping in "stifling +stables, with a perfect menagerie of animals and fowls, and creeping +creatures too numerous to catalogue." + +The church at Sert he found full of brotherly love, simple faith, +and a desire for knowledge. It had given freely to the brethren in +Redwan, and paid the entire salary of its own pastor. "Indeed," says +the missionary, "but for this church in Sert, we should almost +despond for the Arabic-speaking portion of our field. In Mardin, it +is true, we have a flourishing church and community, but not so +refreshing in its simplicity and strength of faith and love. The +pastor of the Sert church is one of the best men for the pastoral +work I have ever seen in Turkey, and is the chief cause, under God, +of the cheering state of his flock." + +Mr. Pond next visited Mosul, and found it no longer an unpleasant +part of their field. "Once, and that not long ago, it was the least +hopeful spot in all our bishopric. For over thirty years has the +Gospel been preached there, and by such men as Grant, and Lobdell, +and Williams, Marsh, and Hinsdale. The church contained at one time +twenty members, but had dwindled to ten." + +A pastor was to be ordained at Mosul, and Mr. Andrus, missionary +from Mardin, Pastor Jurgis of Mardin, Pastor Elias of Sert, and +delegates from these two churches were there to aid in that service. +The pastor elect was ordained, the dead branches in the church were +cut off, and eight new members were added, while as many more were +ready to join at the next communion. + +Dr. Williams died at Mardin on the l4th of February, 1871, at the +age of fifty-three, broken down by an accumulation of labors and +cares, which, until near the close of his life, he had been +compelled to bear alone. It was a great loss to the mission, but +especially to Mardin; and he was called from earth just when the +clouds, which had made his field seem dark to him, began to break. +He saw it, and rejoiced. He said he was like Moses, who was +permitted to look into the promised land from Pisgah, but was not +allowed to enter it. + +Mr. H. N. Barnum, who knew Dr. Williams intimately, while admitting +that he was unduly disposed to distrust his own powers and judgment, +says that, aside from this, he was a rare man. "He had great +self-control, and was so undemonstrative, that those who did not +know him intimately can scarcely be said to have known him at all. +He possessed genuine refinement; and with his marvelous fund of +information in almost all departments of knowledge, his fine command +of language, and his good nature and enthusiasm, he was, in his more +cheerful moods, a fascinating member of our social circle. His clear +mind had been carefully cultivated, and his acquisitions were very +exact. However much he distrusted his own judgment, his associates +confided in it. He was forward to acknowledge any mistake, and +correct it, and he was enthusiastic in his zeal for the policy of +self-support in the missionary work. His students held him in the +highest admiration, and very few missionaries have secured the +affection of the people for whom they labor so fully as he did. Had +he remained at home, I am sure he would have stood conspicuous among +the clergy. He was very careful in the use of missionary funds, and +in everything maintained a conscience void of offense. He was, +withal, eminently spiritual. His many trials had wrought in him a +deep and thorough work of grace." + +"The _one_ attraction of heaven for Mr. Williams," writes his +bereaved wife, "was _Jesus_. 'Like Jesus,' and 'without sin,' and +'to be with Jesus and see Him as He is,' were phrases ever on his +lips. He used often to speak of the great host gone before, and of +the loved ones constantly gathering there; but it was rare to hear +him speak of joy at the prospect of meeting them. It was always +'_Jesus_, the joy of loving hearts.' Neither did he long for heaven +as a place of _rest_, until very near the end. He loved toil, and +felt a great desire to live and labor for the Master." "At last," +she says, "he did grow very weary, and often exclaimed; 'So tired, +O, so tired.' In one of those weariest hours, he asked me if I +remembered Bickersteth's description of Paradise. 'Well,' he said, +'I can't bear to think of it. To think of climbing over those +mountains, it is so wearisome. I think, 'In my Father's house are +many mansions,' and I want to be taken right into one of them, and +laid down to rest--to rest--O, how sweet.' His intellect was clouded +in the last hours." + +I find some facts, received in 1871, concerning the women in the +region of Cesarea, indicating a decided progress. "Three years ago, +with the exception of Cesarea, Yozgat, and Moonjasoon, the truth +seemed to have gained but very slight hold upon the women at our +several out-stations. But few were ever found in the Sabbath +congregation, scarcely any could read, and some bitterly persecuted +their husbands. But now a marked change is visible, and the women +form no inconsiderable part of all our congregations; large numbers +are learning to read; female prayer-meetings are held at nearly or +quite every out-station; and an earnest desire for improvement is +everywhere apparent. As a consequence, a corresponding change is +observed in the conduct of these women. They become better wives and +mothers, and their influence is felt for good upon those around +them." + +Messrs. Wheeler and Reynolds made a visit to Van in the summer of +1871, preparatory to the occupation of that important post. Most of +the ninety miles from Bitlis to Van, was within sight of the lake; +its waters reposing in quiet beauty amid the mountains, on whose +loftiest peaks there still lingered patches of snow. They reached +the city in September, and were there a week. They found more +readiness to receive the Word of God, and its teachers, and to have +intercourse with them, than they had expected. They were also +agreeably disappointed in the number, who were desirous that +missionaries should reside among them. The region southeast of Van, +which they had supposed was exclusively a Koordish-speaking section, +they found to contain a number of Armenian villages, speaking their +own language, with Bibles in the modern tongue, and men accustomed +to read them. At the time of writing these pages, missionaries are +understood to be on their way for the permanent occupation of Van, +should such be the will of Providence. + +The church at Cutterbul, and indeed the whole region around +Diarbekir, experienced a severe bereavement early in 1872, in the +death of its first pastor Abd en Noor. "He was a thoughtful man," +writes Mr. Andrus of Mardin, "and a more independent thinker than +many. He had made him a place in the village, so that even the young +men of the Jacobite community looked to him as their father. He was +very anxious to improve the condition of his race, was faithful both +as a preacher and as a pastor, and in the latter capacity was more +especially active during the past winter. He was one of the eight +pupils received into the first class formed by Dr. Williams in +Mardin, in September, 1862 (was then about thirty years old), and +remained three years in the class, supplying the pulpit in Cutterbul +during the winter months, where he had been preaching before he +entered the school." + +The impressions made on Dr. Clarke, Foreign Secretary of the Board, +by occurrences in 1871, on his way from Adana to Aintab, are +significant of the work of grace, now in progress in the region +distinguished by the early labors of the Apostle Paul. His route was +across the Cilician and Antioch plains, over the Amarus mountains +and another range, and for the most part through a region of +wonderful fertility, needing only proper cultivation. + +"The journey," Dr. Clarke writes, "was not without some items of +missionary interest, as showing how widely the truth is diffused. +The first night out we encamped a little distance from a village +that bears the name of Missis, built on the ruins of the ancient +Mopsuestia--a place of some note in the early history of the Church. +As we were setting up our tent, two Armenians from the village +accosted us with the question,--'Are you the men that are bringing +light into this dark land?' On being assured that we were just those +very men, they gave us a hearty welcome, and did their best to +assist us in every way, remaining till dark, and coming again in the +early morning. This they did as a labor of love, and to receive some +words of counsel and cheer. They were Protestants, but not +church-members, who had come here for business--one from near +Antioch, and the other from the neighborhood of Harpoot. Here, where +no preacher of the truth had ever been stationed by us, these men +were faithful to the light they had, spending the Sabbath together +in studying the Scriptures and in prayer, and speaking to all who +would listen of the Gospel of Christ. One of the men had formerly +been a keeper of a drinking shop. One day, while plying his trade, +he called out to a passer-by to come in and drink. The reply, 'I +cannot, I am a Protestant,' arrested his attention, and eventually +led him to give up his wicked traffic for an honest calling. + +"On another day we met a party of laborers coming down into Cilicia +from Eastern Turkey, whom we at first mistook for Koords. But coming +nearer, Mr. Trowbridge recognized them as Armenians, and at once +asked if there were any Protestants among them. 'O yes,' cried +several; and in proof they drew Testaments from their bosoms. One of +them, a leading Protestant from Haboosi, on learning who I was, at +once beset me to hurry on to the dedication of their new church, +that was to come off in a few days. He, poor man, had been obliged +to come away, but was very anxious to have me go. I was really sorry +I could not do so, and thus be a witness to some of the ripe fruits +of the great work in the villages about Harpoot. What may not be +accomplished by such a party of Christian laborers, going into +villages and neighborhoods unreached by other means? It is thus that +the good seed is now scattered broadcast over the land. + +"We had hoped to reach Hassan-Beyli for the Sabbath, but the +distance proved too great, and as it was three hours off from the +main road, we had to give up a visit to this mountain eyrie,--now a +centre of Christian influence, a few years ago a nest of robbers. +But they would not let us off so. Tuesday morning, by six o'clock, +we were surprised to see a half dozen of those stalwart men, who had +left their mountain crags, three hours before, to come down and +exchange Christian salutations. As I looked at them, I could not but +wonder at the work of grace manifest in them. After words of +exhortation through an interpreter, on mounting my horse I took them +each by the hand, while the grasp tightened and eyes flashed and +filled at the words--'Christ, Hallelujah, Amen.'" + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLIV. + +THE ARMENIANS.--EDUCATION. + +1872. + + +The common school is as much a necessity in mission fields, as it is +that the people should be able to read the Word of God; and it has +everywhere been a primary object of attention; but always, and more +especially of late years, with the aim and expectation, that it will +speedily derive its support from the parents of the children. + +Properly conducted, the tendency of the common school is to +development. Teachers are learning all the while; new branches of +study are introduced; there is greater thoroughness in the teaching +and discipline; till at length the Academy is evolved, and perhaps +the College. + +This would be the natural order of development, were general +education the leading object of missionary societies. But the +unevangelized nations must be evangelized, and chiefly by their own +people. Consequently one of the first efforts is to raise up +teachers and preachers. + +Enough has probably been said, in this history, respecting the +common schools. So, also, of the Seminary at Bebek, instituted in +1840,[1] and the Girls' Boarding-school in the metropolis, +instituted in 1845.[2] The Bebek Seminary was in some respects the +forerunner of "Robert College." But however suitable its proximity +to the capital may have been, regarding it as an incipient college, +the location was not well adapted, on the whole, for a school to +raise up young men for pastoral work in the towns and villages of +the interior. Hence its discontinuance in 1862, and the opening of a +training Seminary in Marsovan, in 1865. The delay of three years was +owing to peculiar and unexpected causes. The Girls' Boarding-school +at Constantinople was also discontinued for similar reasons, and was +reopened at Marsovan in 1865. + +[1] See Chapter xxxiii. + +[2] See Chapter xxxiii. + +A highly intelligent Armenian gentleman thus addressed Dr. Hamlin: +"The Bebek Seminary has given birth to influences, which have waked +up our young men all over the land; and you are regarded as a public +benefactor, although you can never be regarded as our religious +guide. Still, in sentiment, you have--not eight thousand, but eight +hundred thousand followers. We shall never be called Protestants; it +is not an Armenian term; but we hope to see the day when the +Armenian Church will be as evangelical as yours." + +The present Theological Seminaries are at Harpoot, Marsovan, Marash, +and Mardin. There are, besides these, theological classes at +Cesarea, Broosa, Sivas, Harpoot, Bitlis, Erzroom, and Eski Zagra. +The first of the four seminaries above named originated in 1859, the +second, in 1865, the third in 1868; and the fourth, in 1870. Like +similar institutions in the United States, they are intended to +receive only such as not only give evidence of piety, but are +promising candidates for the gospel ministry. The course of study at +Harpoot illustrates, substantially, the education given, or +contemplated, in each of those institutions. + +For the _first_ year, Exegesis, the Synoptic Gospels and Pentateuch, +the Turkish and Ancient Armenian languages, Algebra, Physiology, +Reading, Writing, and Spelling Armenian. + +For the _second year_, Exegesis, Isaiah, Daniel, and Revelation, +Geometry, Natural Philosophy, and Astronomy, Rhetoric in Ancient +Armenian, Evidences of Christianity (Turkish). + +For the _third_ year, Exegesis, Acts, Pauline Epistles, except +Romans and Hebrews, Mental Philosophy, Moral Philosophy, and +Theology. + +For the _fourth_ year, Exegesis, Pastoral Epistles, Romans, Hebrews, +and Gospel of John, Sermonizing, Pastoral Theology, Church History, +and Logic. + +Weekly exercises in composition and declamation through the first +three years; and lectures on Physical Geography, Geology, History, +and Chronology, and lessons in singing, distributed through the +course at convenience. + +The female boarding-schools are mainly designed to educate teachers, +Bible-readers, and wives for native teachers and pastors. They are +in Marsovan, Aintab, Marash, Harpoot, Mardin, Bitlis, Erzroom, and +Samokov. The pupils in the theological seminaries and classes, and +in the female boarding-schools, as reported in the year 1871, were +as follows:-- + + Theological Theological Female + Seminaries. Classes. Boarding-schools. +WESTERN TURKEY. Marsovan. 26 - 38 + Cesarea. - 5 - + Broosa. - 13 - + Sivas. - 2 - +CENTRAL TURKEY. Aintab. - - 20 + Marash. 35 - - +EASTERN TURKEY. Harpoot. 17 25[1] 34 + Mardin. 5 - 5 + Bitlis. - 9 20 + Erzroom. - 6 8 + ----- ----- ----- + Total. 83 60 125 + +[1] More properly called a "Normal school." + +Thus the number in training for the gospel ministry, in 1871, was +one hundred and forty-three, and the number in the female +boarding-schools was one hundred and twenty-five. + +The Marsovan Seminary commenced with eight pupils, and the number +was increased in two years to twenty-four. Classes were organized at +the stations, to prepare candidates for admission to the seminary, +and to train such helpers as were not to take the full course of +study. The plan of instruction in the seminary has recently been +enlarged so as to include the training of native agents for the +Greek-speaking races of southwestern Asia Minor. Eight young men, +who graduated in 1869, received licenses to preach from the "Central +Evangelical Union," and were in great demand. Thirteen were thus +commissioned in 1870, in which year a convenient seminary building +was finished.[1] + +[1] See Chap. xxiv. p. 17; Report of the Board for 1870, p. 21; and +_Missionary Herald_ for 1869, pp. 87, 122, 257; and for 1871, p. +109. + +Mr. Wheeler has given a full and interesting description of the +theological and female Seminaries at Harpoot, in his valuable work, +entitled "Ten Years on the Euphrates," and to that the reader is +referred.[1] Eighteen pupils graduated in 1863, seven in 1865, and +eleven in 1867; of whom thirty-two became pastors, preachers, or +helpers. + +[1] _Ten Years on the Euphrates_, pp. 162-221. + +Theological classes were taught at Aintab and Marash, as early as +1860. It was resolved, eight years afterwards, in view of the +greater number of students at Marash, that the Theological Seminary, +then about being established, should be at that station. The +examination of the students of this seminary in 1869, drew together +an audience of a thousand persons. Thirty-three students were here +in the following year, and it was necessary for the resident +missionaries to give themselves almost wholly to their instruction; +while the work in the city and at the out-stations was committed to +the churches in Marash. That was a year of growth and prosperity to +these churches; sixty-six new members being added to them on +profession of faith. A new class of eighteen members was received in +October. + +The Seminaries at Mardin are conducted on the same principles as +those at Harpoot. They are comparatively new, and are designed to +reach the race speaking the Arabic language. + +The training-school at Tocat was broken up by the fire, which +consumed the mission premises in 1859. + +A very valuable high school was taught for some years at Aintab, by +Mr. Alexan; who was transferred to Marash, in 1864, as assistant +teacher in the new Theological Seminary. + +Thirty-five pupils attended the female Seminary at Marsovan in 1869, +and many of them were hopefully converted. In 1870 there were forty +pupils. + +A majority of the young men in the Seminary at Harpoot were married, +and one main design of the female seminary at that station was the +education of their wives. These kept house for their husbands, and +attended school about seven hours a day, five days of the week. +Their younger children were committed to the care of a woman +employed for the purpose, while the older ones went to one of the +city schools. Of the ninety-four connected with the seminary +previous to 1867, forty-one were hopefully converted while in it. +Their chief text-book was the Bible; and some of them, besides +learning to read intelligently, and to write, keep accounts, and +know something of geography and astronomy, became intelligent +students and expounders of the Bible, and, with hearts warm with +love to Christ, proved themselves wise and efficient in winning +souls to Him.[1] This institution has had several valuable teachers +from the United States, prominent among whom was Miss Maria A. West. + +[1] _Ten Years on the Euphrates_, p. 189. + +The Female Boarding-school at Aintab was commenced under the care of +Miss Proctor in 1861, with eight pupils. The number was increased to +fourteen in 1864, and to twenty-five in 1867, of whom ten gave +evidence of piety. It is one of the best schools in Turkey. + +Mrs. Coffing's labors among the women of Marash, in 1867, and in the +four schools of which she had the oversight, were of great value. In +1868, she had charge of a girls' high school, which was an +institution of much promise. The pupils were thirty-eight, six of +whom were wives of students in the Theological Seminary. Of the +hundred girls who had been in this school from the beginning, +twenty-one were hopefully converted while in the school. In 1872, a +boarding department was added for the benefit of girls from the +out-stations. + + +THE ROBERT COLLEGE. + + +This college has no direct connection with the American Board, nor +with the mission as such; yet our history would be incomplete +without some account of it. + +The college may be said to have grown out of the efforts of Dr. +Hamlin to furnish employment to Protestant Armenians, whose +evangelical principles had thrown them out of business. For this end +a flour mill and bakery were established with unlooked for success; +and when the Crimean war broke out, very large quantities of bread +were furnished by this Protestant bakery to the English troops and +hospitals at Constantinople. + +Christopher R. Robert, Esq., of New York, was then travelling in the +East, and his attention was attracted to a large boat load of +excellent bread _en route_ from the bakery to the English camp. This +led to further inquiries, and to an acquaintance and permanent +friendship between himself and Dr. Hamlin. + +The project of a college was first suggested by the sons of Dr. +Dwight, one of the most honored founders of the Armenian mission; +and a meeting for consultation, called by them, was held at the +house of Mr. Robert in New York, in October, 1857. Several such +meetings were held, but no agreement was reached as to the +principles which should govern the College. + +Mr. Robert, finding that nothing was to be done, then proposed to +Dr. Hamlin to take up the work in coöperation with himself; which, +after consulting his brethren and the officers of the American +Board, he decided to do. I now quote from a statement kindly +furnished me by Dr. Hamlin. + +"While all agreed in the necessity of a higher education, there were +various views in regard to the proposed College. Some regarded these +three obstacles as insuperable. (1) The variety of races,--Turkish, +Armenian, Greek, and Slavic,--which have no common sympathies, and +would not unite in one institution. (2) Variety of religious +faith,--Islamism, Romanism, the Oriental Orthodox, and Armenian +Churches,--which could never agree in one institution. (3) Variety +of language,--Greek, Armenian, Turkish, and Slavonic,--each of which +would seek preëminence. + +"It was decided, however, to make the experiment. The College was to +be a Christian institution. The Bible was to be read, and prayer +offered, morning and evening, at which all should be present. There +would be Christian worship and Bible teaching on the Sabbath, but +freedom of conscience would be sacredly regarded. + +"The American civil war, breaking out in 1861 prevented any attempt +to obtain an endowment in the United States, and Mr. Robert, who had +already advanced $10,000 for the purchase of a site, then deposited +$30,000 in the hands of trustees, in order to commence the work. + +"The Turkish Government, at the instigation of Jesuit and French +diplomacy, prevented the College from using the beautiful site it +had purchased, although official leave to build there had been +obtained from the department of Public Instruction. After much +delay, expense, and fruitless effort, the College was opened in the +building belonging to the American Board, and formerly known as the +Bebek Seminary. It was called 'Robert College;' though without Mr. +Robert's knowledge, because the name, having no special significance +to the people there, would excite no local prejudice. + +"The College, thus founded in 1863, slowly but steadily gained the +confidence of the communities around it. During the fourth year of +its existence, the building was filled with students, and was +considerably enlarged. On the fourth of July, 1869, the corner-stone +of a new and large building was laid on the purchased site, leave +having been obtained after seven years' effort. The new building, +capable of receiving two hundred and fifty students, was entered, +and the college opened publicly, September 15th, 1871. It has so +rapidly filled with students, that the Trustees have resolved to +raise an endowment, and erect another still larger building, +confident that it also will soon be filled. + +ROBERT COLLEGE. [image] + +"All the supposed obstacles have disappeared. There are seventeen +nationalities and six religions represented in the College, and +there are no peculiar difficulties of government. Two forces +contribute mainly to unify the whole. (1) All are subject to the +daily influence of Christian instruction. (2) All study the English +language in the preparatory department, and the College course is +wholly in that language. + +"Another feature of the college should be noticed. It is +self-supporting. It was designed to offer a sound Christian +education to those who would pay for it. Two hundred dollars in gold +are paid by every student for board and tuition forty weeks in the +year. This is more for Turkey, than twice that sum would be in the +United States. + +"Mr. Robert has given nearly $175,000 for this institution, or more +than fivefold what he originally contemplated. + +"Nothing but the very highest education that can be attained, will +now satisfy the Turkish community. Jesuit colleges have fallen into +disrepute. They cannot meet this demand fairly, and satisfy it. New +ideas of religious freedom pervade these communities; the old bonds +are broken, and the college that gives the best culture, moral and +mental, will be the most patronized by all. Missionary Societies +cannot properly prosecute the work in this highest department of +education. And yet foreign missions would be a failure if their work +should stop in those classes where it usually begins. It must +pervade and control the intelligence and enterprise of the land, and +it cannot culminate in this result without the Christian College, +and ultimately the Christian University." + + +PROPOSED COLLEGE IN THE INTERIOR. + + +As one result of the establishment of "Robert College" at +Constantinople, a desire was awakened among the Protestants of +Central Turkey for a similar institution, though on a less extended +scale, and somewhat differently constituted; to be established +either at Aintab, or Marash. Both places were anxious for the +location, and set forth their claims with much ability, but the +decision inclined in favor of Aintab. The subscriptions pledged by +the people of that city, on condition of securing the college, were +regarded by Dr. Schneider as equivalent to $60,000 of American +money, or more than twenty dollars for each church-member, Nor were +the offerings at Marash less liberal, in proportion to their means. + +The idea appears to have had its origin with the people of Marash; +who state that their own condition, the number and power of their +enemies, and the baneful influences of infidelity among them, made +them feel that the standard of education in the Theological Seminary +ought to be so raised as to meet the exigency. The failure of this +proposal suggested the college; and the plan of one, elaborated by a +committee, was brought before the "Union." By that time, however, +the Protestants of Aintab had become fully awake to the importance +of the measure, and the claims of the two cities were so earnestly +pressed, that the Union declined deciding between them, and referred +the decision to the Prudential Committee of the American Board. + +The very able pleas by the Protestants of the two cities drawn up in +the spring of 1872, are before me, in the English language. The +Aintab document opens with an interesting statement of their past +progress in the matter of education. "We well remember," they say, +"what our condition was, twenty-five or thirty years ago. We had +then not even a thought about the necessity or advantages of +education. A population of ten thousand Armenians was content with a +single common school, where only reading and writing were taught. +When, however, through the agency of the American Board, the Bible +was translated into our modern language, it soon changed our +opinions as to the importance of education, we can hardly explain +how. Soon, the evangelical Armenians, not to speak of members of the +Old Church, were not content with even three or four schools, nor +were they satisfied with educating their sons, but began to plan for +the education of their daughters. We discovered that mere reading +and writing were not enough, and saw plainly the necessity of a +higher grade of studies. Whereas once, we were hardly willing to +send our children to schools where all the expense was borne by the +missionaries, we were now anxious to open schools of a still higher +character, and support them ourselves. We now realized, under the +light of God's Word, that if men are to be good Christians, good +fathers and mothers, and useful members of society, they must be +educated. In this respect, our desires have been greatly +strengthened by watching in our churches the constantly increasing +demand for a stronger class of preachers and teachers. All the +churches within the bounds of the Union are convinced of the +necessity of a more thoroughly educated ministry. Hence the desire +for a college in this section of the country." + +The decision was in favor of Aintab in view of its greater financial +ability, its centrality, its comparative healthfulness, the +abundance of good building materials, the lower price of skilled +labor, the prospective railway communication between the coast and +the interior, the proper distribution of educational advantages (the +Theological Seminary being already at Marash), and the interest felt +by all classes at Aintab, including the Old Armenians and the +Moslems. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLV. + +THE ARMENIANS. THE PRESENT CONDITION. + +1872. + + +It seems often to be required of missions, though not properly, that +they shall exert a vastly greater reforming influence on +unevangelized countries, than the Gospel has yet done in Christian +lands. When we speak of "the conversion of the world," we are +generally understood as meaning the introduction of the +"Millennium." But what we refer to is not the millennial state, but +such a diffusion of gospel agencies and influences through the +unevangelized world, as we see in the most favored Christian +communities. + +This is all that can reasonably be expected from missionary efforts. +The Millenium, whether it be near or remote, doubtless implies such +a previous extension of gospel agencies as we are now attempting, +but will be the actual result of a universal outpouring of the +Spirit, such as we are taught to expect when the time comes for the +ultimate triumphs of the Christian dispensation. + +The question naturally arises, in closing this History, how far +progress has been made in evangelizing Turkey, or in preparing the +way for its future evangelization. From the nature of the case, +there can be only an approximation towards an exact reply; and +perhaps none can be given more satisfactory, than is furnished by +the narrative already recorded in these pages. Yet a brief notice of +some of the more important facts, may reasonably be expected here. + +It must not be supposed, that some of the first facts that will be +mentioned are regarded as direct results of missionary effort, or as +indications of evangelizing progress; but even these mark a progress +in the condition of society, which is very cheering, and full of +promise with reference to future efforts for the introduction and +establishment of a true and pure religion; white others noticed have +a more direct and full connection with the missionary work. + +Where there has been intellectual and social progress on a large +scale, we naturally look for material improvements. Turning, first +of all, to the great metropolis, Dr. Wood testifies to such +improvements as these: "The streets are named, and doors designated +by numbers. Scavenger carts are supplanting the dogs. The terrible +conflagrations have secured broad avenues, and handsome stone and +brick structures, in place of mean wooden buildings, on streets so +narrow that the sun could hardly enter them. Spacious flag-stone +sidewalks are taking the place of the rough pavements of horrible +memory, and macadamized roadbeds help one to climb the steep +hill-sides of Constantinople. 'Tramways' are built or building, a +boon of inexpressible value to the aged and feeble, and a thousand +dwellings have been demolished for the track of the Belgrade and +Vienna Railroad, entering at the Seven Towers, and carried along the +Marmora, and around the Seraglio Point, to its terminus on the +Golden Horn. The demolition of much of the sea-wall to make way for +it and furnish materials for embankments, is a suggestive symbol of +the social and religious reconstruction, which is tearing up old +foundations, and using the labors of ages past for that which is to +be." + +Dr. Wood next instances the significant telegraph lines, running to +all points of the compass, of which he counted twelve on one side of +a street, and four on the other. "The spectacle of small craft on +the waters, sea-going steamers of the largest class, smaller +passenger-boats for the Bosphorus and ports on the Marmora, and the +magnificent iron-clads anchored in front of the Sultan's palaces, +impresses both residents and strangers with a vivid sense of the +greatness, wealth, and power, which, in spite of mismanagement, +corruption, misrule, and all the elements of weakness and decline in +the country, are here concentrated." + +"Costumes," he says, "are changing, and customs and ideas change +with them. Even Turkish women are adopting Frank articles of dress, +worn beneath the external covering, and go about tottering on +high-heeled shoes of latest Parisian style; and Armenian women +appear in public with unveiled faces, attired like ladies of Europe. +Thirteen newspapers--three of them dailies, three tri-weeklies, and +seven weeklies (one of which issues a daily bulletin), for Armenians +alone, at the capital--attest a new intellectual life, by the fact +of their existence, and by the freedom of their discussions. + +"Schools for girls are multiplying; even a normal school for Turkish +girls has been established under government patronage; but a still +greater zeal is displayed for the education of boys. The notions of +the people concerning education are, indeed, very faulty, and much +of the instruction given is poor enough in quality; but the waking +up on the subject heralds a brighter day in the future. That this is +far greater among the Christian populations, than in the Mohammedan +and Jewish, and that the former are gaining more and more upon the +latter in the possession of wealth, is suggestive of coming events, +of the highest interest and importance." + +Dr. Clarke, Foreign Secretary of the Board, writing in the same year +(1871), after his visit to the East, mentions the following +indications of progress: "Hundreds of miles of railway, begun and +under contract; telegraphic communication between the principal +towns; postal arrangements for the conveyance of money, as well as +letters, established within a few years between many places; police +regulations, securing protection to life and property as never +before; the suppression of robber-hordes, which had infested +different sections; and the beginning of a newspaper press. The +public mind in the great centres is waking up to what is going on in +the outside world. The war in our own country, by its derangement of +commerce, led to much inquiry; and the later conflicts in Europe +have excited a lively interest in many minds. And not the least +significant matter is the change of sentiment in reference to France +and French influence. Already is it said by native merchants, that +their children must learn English, or German, instead of French; and +the power of Romanism, upheld so long by French consuls, is sensibly +weakened. And Protestantism is quietly doing its work of +enlightenment,--directly, in thousands of minds, and indirectly, in +thousands more." + +Mr. Adams, of Adana, writing a year earlier, affirms that the +Christian populations are far more ready to hear and read the Gospel +than is commonly supposed, and that the Protestant faith has found +its way into the remotest corners of the land. He says, we should +not measure the success of missions by "tabular views" alone, for it +often happens that a missionary's strongest grounds of hope are +quite outside of the largest array of figures. "As I write this," he +adds, "a statement of Hagop Effendi occurs to me. He said: "I have +travelled a great deal among the Protestants of Syria and Turkey, +and the strongest impression I have does not arise from the schools, +books, or churches, as pledges that Protestantism is to be a success +in Turkey, but from the prodigious extent to which the country at +large is leavened by Protestant truth. The grandest results of your +labors are not apparent." + +Another testimony is by Mr. Leonard, of Marsovan, under date of +January, 1871. "Evidence," he says, "of a gradual reform in the +Oriental churches, especially the Armenian Church, chiefly as the +result of evangelical labors, crops out in almost every city. +Consecrated pictures leave church walls for the garret; silver +crosses go into the refining pot; auricular confession is neglected; +many superstitious ceremonies and foolish restrictions, imposed by +the priesthood, are regarded only as a curious relic of the past. We +note, also, a growing friendliness towards Protestants, and +occasionally very sensible efforts, in emulation of them, to educate +the people." + +Mr. Leonard doubtless had a special reference to the Armenian Bishop +of Amasia, who, having secured a majority of the people in his +favor, swept two churches of their gold and silver images, crosses, +and vestments, and appropriated the avails to the erection of +school-houses and the support of teachers. The minority appealed to +the Patriarch at Constantinople; but he is known to have been in +sympathy with the reforming party in the church before his election, +while at Van and Moosh, and is said to have sanctioned the whole +proceeding, and to have followed his sanction with an exhortation to +preach the Gospel.[1] + +[1] _Report of the Board_ for 1871, p. 27. + +Another testimony is from Mr. Wheeler, of Harpoot, written in April +of the same year: "Henceforth we shall need less money, and more +prayer; for this finishing of the work is, in some respects, even +more perilous than was its beginning. The people expect and demand a +thousand things, which they cannot _now_ have; and sometimes the +more earnest ones are inclined to take the missionaries by the +throat, with a 'Pay us that ye owe!' We are encouraged by the +reflection that such experiences necessarily enter into such a work +of awakening and reform, as is here going on." + +The testimony of Hagop Effendi, the Civil Head of the Protestants of +Turkey, should also be adduced. He says: "The fact that eighty-five +per cent. of the adults in the Protestant community can read, speaks +greatly in favor of its members. Any one acquainted with the social +condition and religious ideas of the Orient, who will take pains to +compare them with the liberal institutions now introduced, can +readily imagine the state of society that must necessarily follow +such a change. As yet, the people do not possess the intellectual +and moral elements necessary for the maintenance of the liberal +institutions of Protestantism independent of foreign aid." "Those," +he adds, "who have become Protestant in principle, far exceed in +number the registered Protestants. The indirect influence of +Protestantism has been greater and healthier than is apparent." He +then instances the strictly sober habits of the Protestants, among +whom the use of strong drink is very rare, and habitual drunkenness +is hardly known. And he was everywhere gratified to find, throughout +the empire, a great improvement in domestic relations, as compared +with the condition of families before they became Protestants. + +The districts of Harpoot, Aintab, and Marash are probably more +advanced in the matter of self-governing, self-supporting, +evangelical churches, than any other considerable portions of the +field in Western Asia. The Rev. Herman N. Barnum, of the Harpoot +station, while in the United States, drew up, at my request, a +statement of some of the more important results of missionary labor +in his own district, which may be regarded as illustrative of the +results of missionary labor in other districts. + +He states these as rules,--that no church is to be organized without +a native pastor; that no church is to receive aid from the mission +for more than one half the salary of the pastor, and none for more +than five years. Eighteen churches have been formed in the district, +with six hundred and fifty members, and most of them on this plan. +The church at Harpoot was self-supporting from the outset. Wherever +a fully organized and self-supporting church existed, the peculiar +work of the missionaries was regarded as completed in that place; +the church and pastor, rather than the missionaries, being +henceforth held responsible for the evangelization of the +surrounding community. The missionaries aid, if necessary, by their +counsel and in other ways, but what they do is through the church. +His response as to the character of the churches, which I +necessarily abridge, is deemed applicable, substantially, to the +seventy-four churches among the Armenians. He says:-- + +"1. They are becoming intelligent. Making the Bible a study, they +become established in Christian doctrine. + +"2. Church discipline is better maintained than it is in American +churches. Their 'watch and care' are delightful to witness. Many of +these Christians came out of the grossest corruption, but the +fellowship of the church is a shield and a support. + +"3. They are self-denying. The support of their own institutions, +including the building of their school-houses and houses of worship, +with very little missionary aid, necessitates the sacrifice of +comforts which they cheerfully forego. Experience in Turkey has +abundantly proved, that dependent churches are nearly worthless for +evangelizing agencies. When the institutions of the Gospel are +supported for them, they regard the work of extending it as +belonging especially to the missionaries; and hence, however lavish +the expenditure, they often complain that money is not more freely +spent, and the work prosecuted on a grander scale. Complaints +against missionaries come chiefly from churches doing little for +themselves. On the other hand, self-supporting churches regard the +work of propagating the Gospel as their own, and whatever is given +them, they gratefully receive as aid in doing their own work. + +"4. These churches resemble the primitive churches in their +disposition to work for others. They are imbued with a spirit of +labor. They go from house to house, reading and preaching the word. +This is the theme in the shop, the field, and by the way-side. + +"The chief source of discomfort is in the Armenian character itself, +in which there is a lack of stability, and a want of perseverance. +But there is ground for hope, that even this national trait may be +overcome by the power of the Gospel. + +"In Harpoot and its seventy out-station is a Protestant community of +about five thousand souls, characterized by a remarkable reformation +in the outward life. Many of them are doubtless Christians, who, in +the great care which the churches use in receiving members to their +fellowship, are in a certain sense on probation. The Protestant name +has become a synonym for integrity and uprightness. + +"The extent, to which the Gospel has affected the communities not +Protestant, cannot be appreciated by one not in actual contact with +them. It manifests itself partly in the weakened power of +superstition, the multiplication of schools, the number of adults +who have learned to read, the increase in general intelligence and +knowledge of the truth, the decrease of intemperance and vice, the +promotion of enterprise and good order; and, in short, the +beginnings of a civilization, that has a Christian aspect. There +have been sold at Harpoot about four thousand copies of the Bible, +and twenty thousand portions of the same, with nearly fifty-five +thousand volumes of other books, religious and educational, from the +mission press. Large numbers of these have gone into the hands of +the unevangelized, and are silently exerting an influence. This +class of persons is always represented in our congregations. They +hear the truth discussed everywhere, and thousands of them have +accepted it intellectually, who have not yet separated themselves +from their own religious communities. All this suggests the +possibility of a rapid development, when the Spirit shall be poured +out from on high. + +"Were the Harpoot field limited to the district seventy miles +square, of which the city is the centre, it might now be safely +left, with its seminaries and hundreds of villages, to the eleven +churches and the native laborers found there, with an annual grant, +for a few years, from the American Board. As it is, there is good +hope that, by the blessing of God on the means in use, the whole +district, embracing more than twenty thousand square miles and half +a million of souls, may, in a few years, be relinquished as a +missionary field." + +Some estimate may be formed of the influence exerted by the press, +when it is considered that more than ten and a half millions of +pages were issued, in the single year 1870, in the Armenian, +Armeno-Turkish, Græco-Turkish, and Bulgarian languages; and that +nearly three hundred millions of pages have been issued by these +missions since they began their operations. The number of +missionaries among the Armenians, in 1870, was forty, and of female +assistant missionaries sixty. + +When the missionaries entered Turkey, religion was administered +wholly by the hierarchy, and had everywhere a stereotype form. Death +was the penalty for heresy among the Moslems; and it was scarcely +less in the prevailing sentiment of the nominal Christian sects. The +history relates how far this obstacle existed, and how far it has +been overcome. Whatever be true as regards thy ecclesiastics, the +people have now accepted, in some good degree, the principle of +religious freedom, and so has the government of the Sultan. + +Before the institution of Protestant missions, the school-books +among the Turks, Armenians, and Greeks were in the ancient +languages, and the schools were consequently of little practical +value. One of the first things done by the missionaries was the +publication of school-books in the languages spoken by the people; +and this simple movement took wonderfully with both Christians and +Moslems, and has wrought a mighty revolution in the empire. + +The principle of self-support in native churches appears now to be +the well-defined policy of all the missions in Turkey, to be +realized in practice at the earliest possible day. In some of the +missionary districts, the forming of the church and the ordination +of the pastor are expected to occur at the same time; and when aid +is given it is only for a limited series of years; and the schools, +and all other necessary agencies, are to be transferred at the +earliest moment from the mission to the people themselves. As a +general rule, the missionaries do not now take the lead in the +building of school-houses and places of worship. They aid as may +seem necessary; but the responsibility and chief pecuniary burden +are left with the people; except where the power of precedent, from +a different course, is too strong to be overcome at once. + +The various testimonies embodied in this chapter will not affect all +minds alike. Yet all must admit, that the Gospel has gained a +deeper, firmer hold on the Armenians, than it ever had before, from +the days of Gregory "the Illuminator" until now. A mental, moral, +and social revolution is in progress, and mainly as a consequence of +the republication of the Gospel by missionaries in the past half +century; and there is no probability of any event occurring that +shall be sufficient to arrest it. Doubtless great evil would result +from extensive inroads of sectarian zeal. But there is hope of +triumph even then,--from the Bible in their own language, brought by +the press within reach of thousands of families, with fathers, +mothers, and children able and free to read it; from self-governed, +self-supported, self-propagating churches, scattered over the +empire, each with its indoctrinated native pastor; from woman +holding such a place in the family and social circle, as she never +held before; and from common schools, and normal schools, and high +schools, and theological seminaries, and even colleges, all +independent of the hierarchy, and beyond the power of the Jesuits; +with the logic of free thought, and a free conscience. + +It would seem that it may not be needful greatly to enlarge the +present number of missionaries among the Armenian people. The native +ministers and native churches are the main thing. And it must be +admitted, that the Gospel, through the grace of God, has been +republished, and its institutions replanted, extensively and most +hopefully in the Armenian Church of the Orient. "In the midst of +fermentation," writes the Constantinople station in 1872, "the +leaven of truth is making its way; and so is, also, that of +infidelity; but the latter is temporary in its influence, the former +permanent. There is far more Protestantism outside of the Protestant +church than within it. Protestant ideas of truth, of liberty of +conscience, of progress, are spread far and wide, and are convulsing +these nations." + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLVI. + +THE MOHAMMEDANS. + + +The necessity for republishing the Gospel among the Oriental +Churches, in order to approach the Mohammedans successfully, was +stated in the Introduction to this History.[1] It seems proper now +to give some illustrations of the effect this republication is +likely to have upon that people. + +[1] See Volume i. pp. 1-6. + +A large portion of the Mohammedan population of Turkey is +undoubtedly of Christian origin, and therefore less firmly wedded to +the Moslem faith and ritual, than are the Osmanly Turks. Three +fourths of the four millions in European Turkey, are believed to be +of this class. The Kuzzelbashes in Eastern Turkey have a tradition +that their Christian ancestors were compelled to become Mohammedans, +and they are now regarded by the Turks as little better than +infidels; nor are the Koords in much higher repute. Of the Druzes +enough was said in the first volume.[1] + +[1] See Chapter xv. + +Though the penalty of death for embracing the Christian religion has +been abrogated in Turkey,[1] yet the convert from Mohammedanism does +not feel himself free from danger of secret assassination. Far +greater security of life and property is enjoyed by Protestant +Armenians and Bulgarians, than by Protestant Turks. Indeed, it is +not long since Protestant Turks had no security whatever; and in +Persia, they have none now. When Koord, Kuzzelbash, and Turk shall +feel as free to inquire, and to act on conviction, as the members of +the nominally Christian sects, there are facts encouraging the +belief, that large numbers of Moslems may be expected to embrace the +Christian faith. + +[1] See Chapters ix. and xxv. + +There is no more satisfactory way of illustrating this than by a +simple statement of some of the more important facts. Indeed, it is +requisite to the completeness of this history, that these be now +stated, since they were designedly omitted in the preceding pages, +in their various connections, in order to be recorded here. + +I begin with the year 1854, when the Imperial Firman of 1850 became +known in the provinces.[1] Mr. Dunmore, on his way from Arabkir to +Diarbekir, with Priest Kevork, spent the first night at a Moslem +village. They had travelled in the rain, and were scarcely dry, says +Mr. Dunmore, "when a company of Turks asked us to read to them from +the New Testament, and tell them something of our belief. Kevork +read to them from the Gospels, explaining, as he passed along, the +precious teachings of our Lord, and closed with prayer. All listened +attentively, and pronounced it, 'Good,' 'True,' 'Just.'" + +[1] See Chapters xxiv. and xxv. + +At another place, Mr. Dunmore found Turks desirous to hear the +Gospel. "More than once," he says, "in passing through the streets, +rich Moslem merchants called us into their shops, expressed their +sympathy with us, and an earnest desire that we would remain. They +called the Armenians to discuss questions with us, but the latter +did so only when constrained by fear, or shame. We were frequently +followed by a number of respectable Moslems, as we went from shop to +shop to converse with the Armenians; and one day so many gathered +about us that we could scarcely proceed on our way; all exclaiming, +'Right,' 'True,' 'Good,' to all that we said." + +The Hutti Humaïoun was promulgated in 1855. In that year the Turkish +Scriptures were sold openly on the bridge between Galata and +Constantinople, no man forbidding. + +In September, 1857, Dr. Hamlin described the official examination, +at his house, of a family converted from Mohammedanism. It was made +at the instigation of the mother of the wife, who was almost frantic +at the baptism of her daughter and grandchild. "Our dear friends," +wrote Dr. Hamlin, "stood firm as a rock, and at length the officers +arose and said to me, as nearly as I can state; 'We are fully +convinced that no compulsion has been used in this case, and, so far +as we can see, the accusations of the mother are false. It is the +will of his Majesty, our Sovereign, and it has become the law of the +empire, that every subject, without exception, should enjoy entire +religious freedom. The Mussulman is now as free to become a +Christian, as a Christian is free to become a Mussulman. The +government will know no difference in the two cases. It will only +undertake, whenever an accusation of restraint or compulsion is +brought, to ascertain the true state of the case; and then only in +order to secure the most unexceptionable freedom of choice.'" + +In May of the following year, Dr. Hamlin wrote, that Selim Effendi, +a converted Mussulman employed as an evangelist among his +countrymen, had many inquirers. "I think he conversed with eleven +last week; among whom a woman expressed a very decided desire to +embrace Christianity, but she was afraid of her son. Her son had +sometimes expressed the same wish, but he was afraid of his mother! +Selim introduced them to each other." + +"Let the following statements be appreciated," said Dr. Schauffler, +in September, 1858, "and the difference between the present and the +former state of things will be better understood. (1.) The Imans and +Ulemas are obliged to resort to moral suasion and entreaty. No +threats of persecution are employed; the government takes no +responsibility in these matters; the police has nothing to do with +them. (2.) Although there are fewer purchasers of the New Testament, +yet men buy it publicly, fearing no civil penalty. 'Why do you buy +this infidel book?' says a bigot to a Mohammedan purchaser of the +Gospel. He replies: 'I chose to buy it, and with my own money; you +are welcome to mind your own business;' and so the matter ends. (3.) +We hear of no search being made for the books in circulation among +Mussulmans, No New Testaments have been burned yet, that we know of, +by the Turks, as many copies have been by the Greek or Catholic +priests and bishops." + +Mr. Dunmore wrote, in the same year, after visiting thirty villages, +mostly Kuzzelbash and Turkish: "I really felt ashamed, that in +touring I had ever passed by a Turkish village, without stopping to +point them to the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sins of the +world? And I testify what I have seen, when I say, that the Turks +are approachable; and many of them ready to listen to the Gospel; +while others are anxious to search the Scriptures, and are +restrained only by the pressure of fears, which, as yet, the +Hatti-humaioun has scarcely begun to remove in this region." + +I quote again from the same missionary: "At a Koordish village of +twenty houses we spent two hours in preaching the Word to a company +of thirty. One of them, who seemed to have received a few rays of +light from enlightened men, boldly declared, that he believed the +time was near, when the sword would no more be used to keep men in +Moslem bonds, but that they all would soon be free to embrace the +Gospel, if they wished. We spent a night at a Kuzzelbash village of +forty houses. Immediately on our arrival, we had an audience of +thirty or forty; and during the long evening, fifty or more listened +to the great truths of the Gospel. We preached 'Christ crucified; +the way, the truth, and the life;' and they received the word with +eagerness. When the evening was far spent, we bowed together before +the mercy-seat, after which our audience reluctantly retired. These +are but samples of our visits among Kuzzelbashes and Turks on this +tour." + +Dr. Hamlin, speaking of Turks near the close of 1858, says: "There +have been, here and there, some burnings of the New Testament; not +publicly, but in private, or in small social circles. Among +Mussulmans themselves a spirited debate has repeatedly arisen as to +the moral character of the act. Some have approved, others have most +decidedly condemned it, affirming that the New Testament is the Word +of God. What impressed us most strongly is the bold manner in which +orthodox Turks have declared it to be the Word of God, and that to +burn it is a sin."[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_ for 1858, p. 380. + +Dr. Dwight wrote in May, 1859: "The work among the Turks is looming +up; and if not hindered by some untoward event, or by our neglect, +it will by and by assume very large proportions. That Turkish +officials through the country have been instructed not to persecute +Mohammedans who embrace Christianity, is very evident. The governors +of Sivas, Cesarea, and Diarbekir have, to our knowledge, within a +short time, and with actual cases before them, publicly declared, +that a Mohammedan who became a Christian could not be molested." + +Mr. White visited a place on the north of the Taurus Mountains in +May, 1860, and had many calls from Mussulmans. "Every day they +came," he says, "with an apparently sincere desire to learn the +truth; and held long conversations on man's sinfulness, and how it +was possible for God to forgive sin. 'We have lost God;' 'We have +lost the road;' 'We cannot find God;' were expressions they used +very often. At almost every meeting, from three to five Mussulmans +were present. One is known all over the city as a Protestant; and a +second is a member of the Governor's Council." + +Mr. Herrick, speaking of the Turkish department in the Bebek +Seminary, wrote thus, in the same year: "Quite a number of +Mohammedans have renounced Islam, and become true Christians; many +more are soberly inquiring after the truth; and many others are +turning, unsatisfied, from a religion which cannot save, or wavering +in a merely nominal devotion to Islamism. That which is most +striking is the clear evidence, often, of the work of God's Spirit +in individual cases, and in general movements." + +Dr. Schneider gives this testimony concerning the Mussulmans at an +out-station of Aintab: "There is a willingness among the Moslems +here to listen to arguments in favor of Christianity, that is +uncommon. By intercourse with Protestants, and the reading of the +Scriptures, many of them have obtained glimpses of the truth, and a +few are more or less convinced that Christianity is true. While I +was there, fifteen Mussulmans and several women attended a service. +Apparently there is no place in this region where there is so much +prospect of a speedy work to be done among the Mussulmans." + +The inducement to labor among the Moslems, was much increased in the +year 1860. At one large town in the heart of Asia Minor, a Moslem +said to a Protestant, "Since you came here, you have caused us to +fall into doubt and fear." At another, a Turk and his wife appeared +to be true Christians. Though the man was zealous in making known +the Gospel, the Moslems agreed to ignore his being a Protestant. At +Diarbekir, a Turk declared himself a Christian, and a captain of the +army at Harpoot did the same. Many Turks in the latter region +purchased the New Testament, and some the whole Bible. The military +Pasha of this district bought a Bible publicly, and so did the civil +Pasha; thus showing the effect of the thorough evangelization of +that community. At Constantinople, Dr. Dwight reported his having +read the Scriptures and bowed in prayer with a high officer of the +army in the palace of a Pasha, in the Mussulman quarter of the city, +and in the presence of servants; the officer appearing to be +strongly under the influence of evangelical ideas and feelings. Six +Moslem converts were baptized that year at the capital. One of these +was an Iman, seventy years of age. There had then been fifteen +baptisms of adult converts from Mohammedanism in Constantinople.[1] +The Grand Vizier subsequently required the Serasker to call Abdi +Effendi, the baptized Iman above mentioned, and examine him. This +was done, and the old man made the following confession and +statement: "We are no ghiaours (_i. e_. we worship neither pictures, +nor crosses, nor saints); we assemble and read out of this book +(drawing out of his bosom the New Testament); we sing out of this +one (producing a Turkish Hymn Book); and we listen to preaching from +the Gospel, and engage in prayer for all men. If there is anything +wrong in this book, please point it out to me." He supposed (on +inquiry) that there might be some forty men who were like him, and +mentioned some of their names. + +[1] In part, by English missionaries. + +It would be easy to multiply illustrations like the foregoing of the +susceptibility of Mohammedans to Christian influence; and the reader +will notice that they are of the same general nature with the early +manifestations of interest among the Armenians. There have been, +also, Turkish converts, who braved death in their Christian +profession, and remained steadfast unto the end. + +No churches have been formed by our missionaries exclusively of +Turkish Christians; and it can hardly be said, that the Board has +yet had an organized mission to this people. Of the four +missionaries sent especially to the Turks, Dr. Schauffler has +devoted himself chiefly to translating the Scriptures into the +Osmanli-Turkish; Mr. Herrick, besides doing service by his +commentaries and other literary labors in that language, has been +mainly employed in the Turkish department of the Theological +Seminary, first at Bebek, and then at Marsovan; the younger Mr. +Schauffler was born on the ground, as we may say, and began his +labors amid the strifes of the Armenians in Constantinople with the +missionaries, which was a great hindrance to his work, and the +health of his family not allowing him to remain in Turkey, he is now +a pioneer in the new mission to Austria; and Mr. Hutchison had +scarcely entered the Turkish department of the Bebek Seminary, when +the failure of his wife's health required a return to the United +States. The mission of the Rev. James L. Merrick to the Persian +Mohammedans, in 1834, was little more than a tentative exploration +of the field, and was not continued.[1] + +[1] It should be stated that the English Church Missionary Society +has had a missionary to the Mohammedans in Constantinople since +1862, and reports five converts who are communicants. For the +reactionary movement among the Turks at Constantinople, in +consequence of the distribution of Dr. Pfander's _Defense of +Christianity against Mohammedanism_, see page 234 of this volume. + +With a field so inviting as the Armenian along side of the +Mohammedan, it was not easy to obtain missionaries to the Moslems. +Then again, missionaries to the Armenians soon became engrossed by +their labors. "The Mohammedans," wrote Dr. Schauffler in 1859, +"never will be cared for by missionaries to the Armenians or the +Bulgarians. We can all render each other important services, but no +missionary can take charge of two nationalities. Each one, soon +after coming, finds his hands so full of business for which he feels +responsible, that he cannot do much besides. Moreover, every man +gets his sympathies enlisted for the people of his charge. This is +probably necessary to enable us to labor with energy, and suffer +with patience; but this needful concentration of feeling precludes +the idea of universality in missionary labor." + +Experience has also developed the great law here, as well as +elsewhere, that the main work of winning races to Christianity must +be performed by men of the same race. A Moslem will listen more +patiently to a Christian Turk ("renegade" though he be), than he +will to an Armenian; nor has it been found easy to enlist the +Protestant Armenians effectively in labors for the Turks. It may be +otherwise when the work is more advanced, and the Armenians are +elevated to a higher social level. But a ministry raised from among +themselves, is indispensable to the most efficient evangelization of +the Turks. + +It would seem, therefore, that, up to the present time, the original +plan of the mission to Turkey has been more promising of good, than +any other; namely, that of operating upon the Mohammedans through +regenerated churches planted in the communities where they dwell; +and the greatest usefulness of these churches, for obvious reasons, +must be expected in the interior, rather than in the capital. Thus +far, there has been no material or very obvious change in the +missionary policy; and the risk of such a change, and its probable +advantages on the whole, should be carefully estimated. The +Protestant nations of Europe are substantially with us in our +evangelical labors among the Oriental Churches; and the churches we +gather are "our epistle," "known and read" by the Mohammedans. +Gradually, it may be, some of the missionaries now in the field, who +are familiar with the Turkish language, and have their Armenian +churches supplied with pastors, will turn their attention mainly to +the Moslems, in the exercise of a sound discretion, both as regards +the Turks and the Christians. It may be found that both classes may +be happily inclosed in the same fold. The missionary now occupies a +higher and more influential position with both, than he did years +ago. The Turk, too, is better appreciated as he becomes known. He +has more of manliness, self-respect, and religious feeling, than +some races for whose salvation our labors have been blest. The +masses are by no means hopeless, and the middle class is full of +promise. + +The future is in the hands of the great Head of the Church; who has +so crowned with success the past labors of his servants in Turkey, +as to warrant the expectation, that whatever is needful to the +effectual republication of the Gospel in those Bible lands, may be +attempted with the glad assurance of success. + + + + + + +MISSIONARIES + + + + + + +MISSIONARIES. + + +When no date occurs in the right hand column, it is because the +missionary is still in the field. + +In several instances, the date of the wife's arrival in the field +precedes the arrival of the husband. The explanation is that the +wife, previous to marriage, had been connected with the mission as a +teacher. + +Dr. Eli Smith's Exploring Tour is included in his thirty years' +missionary service. So in the case of Dr. H. G. O. Dwight, and some +others. + +Cyprus is included in the Mission to Greece and the Greeks; the +population consisting largely of that element. + +The asterisk (*) placed before a name, denotes that the person is +deceased. When it is placed before a _date_, in the right hand +column, it denotes that the person died _at the time there +indicated_, and in the field. + +The Assyria Mission terminated in November, 1860, when it was merged +in the Mission to the Armenians. The persons composing that mission +remained at their stations. + +It should be specially noted, that this table is not destined to +state the time of a missionary's connection either with the Mission, +or with the Board, but only of his residence in the field. + +MISSION TO PALESTINE. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*Pliny Fisk Jan. 15, 1820. *Oct. 23, 1825. +*Levi Parsons Jan. 15, 1820. *Feb. 10, 1822. +*Jonas King, D.D. [See Mission + to Greece] Nov. 2, 1822. Aug. 26, 1825. +*George B. Whiting [See Mission + to Syria] Oct., 1834. Autumn, 1843. + Mrs. Matilda S. + Whiting Oct., 1834. Autumn, 1843. +Wm. M. Thomson, D.D. [See Mission + to Syria] April, 1834. + *Mrs. Eliza N. + Thomson April, 1834. *July 22, 1834. +*John F. Lanneau [See Mission + to Syria] May 1, 1836. June 11, 1846. +Charles S. Sherman Sept., 1838. July 1, 1842. + Mrs. Martha E. + Sherman Sept., 1839. July 1, 1842. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIAN. +*Asa Dodge, M.D. Sept., 1834. *Jan. 28, 1835. + Mrs. Martha + Dodge Sept., 1834. 1838. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARY. + Miss Betsey + Tilden June 16, 1836. March 1, 1843. + +Messrs. Beadle and Keyes were at Jerusalem from July 17, 1840, to +January, 1841. + +THE PRINTING ESTABLISHMENT AT MALTA. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*Daniel Temple [See Mission + to Armenians] Feb. 22, 1822. Dec., 1833. + *Mrs. Rachel B. + Temple Feb. 22, 1822. *Jan. 15, 1827. + *Mrs. Martha E. + Temple Feb. 25, 1830. Dec., 1833. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARY. +Homan Hallock [See Mission + to Armenians] Dec. 10, 1826. + Mrs. Elizabeth + Hallock Mar. 26, 1828. + +MISSION TO SYRIA. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*William + Goodell, D.D. [See Mission + to Armenians] Oct. 16, 1823. May 2, 1828. + *Mrs. Abigail P. + Goodell Oct. 16, 1323. May 2, 1828. +Isaac Bird Oct. 16, 1823. Aug., 1835. + Mrs. Ann P. + Bird Oct. 16, 1823. Aug., 1835. +*Eli Smith, D.D. Feb. 18, 1827. *Jan. 11, 1857. + *Mrs. Sarah L. H. + Smith Jan. 28, 1834. *Sept. 30, 1836. + *Mrs. Maria W. C. + Smith June 17, 1841. *May 27, 1842. + Mrs. Henrietta S. + Smith Jan. 12, 1847. May, 1857. +Wm. M. Thomson, D.D. [See Mission + to Palestine] Sept., 1834. + Mrs. Maria + Thomson Aug. 3, 1835. +*Story Hebard Mar. 14, 1836. *June 30, 1841. + *Mrs. Rebecca W. Hebard + [formerly Miss + Williams] Nov. 13, 1835. *Feb. 18, 1840. +Elias R. Beadle Oct. 15, 1838. Sept. 27, 1842. + *Mrs. Hannah + Beadle Oct. 15, 1838. Sept. 27, 1842. +Samuel Wolcott, D.D. April 1, 1840. Jan. 2, 1843. + *Mrs. Catharine E. + Wolcott April 1, 1840. *Oct. 26, 1841. +*Nathaniel A. Keyes April 2, 1840. April 5, 1844. + *Mrs. Mary + Keyes April 2, 1840. April 5, 1844. +Leander Thompson April 1, 1840. March 1, 1843. + Mrs. Anne E. + Thompson April 1, 1840. March 1, 1843. +C. V. A. Van Dyck, D.D. April 1, 1840. + Mrs. Julia A. + Van Dyck Dec. 22, 1842. +*George B. Whiting [See Mission + to Palestine] Autumn, 1843. *Nov. 8, 1855. + *Mrs. Matilda S. + Whiting Autumn, 1843. Mar. 14, 1856. +*John F. Lanneau [See Mission + to Palestine] Feb., 1844. Feb. 17, 1846. + Mrs. Julia H. + Lanneau Feb., 1844. Feb. 17, 1846. +Simeon H. Calhoun July 28, 1844. + Mrs. Emily P. + Calhoun March 6, 1849. +Thomas Laurie, D.D. [See Mission to + Nestorians] Dec. 11, 1844. May 9, 1846. +William A. Benton Oct. 20, 1847, Con. terminated + June, 1861 + Mrs. Loanza G. + Benton Oct. 20, 1847, " +*J. Edwards Ford March 8, 1848. June, 1865. + Mrs. Mary + Ford March 8, 1848. 1865. +David M. Wilson March 8, 1848. May 4, 1861. + Mrs. Emeline + Wilson March 8, 1848. May 4, 1861. +Horace Foote Aug. 24, 1848. Autumn, 1854. + *Mrs. Roxana + Foote Aug. 24, 1848. Autumn, 1854. +*Wm. F. Williams, D.D. [See Assyria + Mission] March 6, 1849. + *Mrs. Sarah P. + Williams March 6, 1849. *July 1, 1854. +William W. Eddy Jan. 31, 1852. + Mrs. Hannah M. + Eddy Jan. 31, 1852. +William Bird April, 1853. + Mrs. Sarah F. + Bird April, 1853. +J. Lorenzo Lyons Feb. 25, 1855. June, 1863. + Mrs. Catharine N. + Lyons Feb. 25, 1855. June, 1863. +Edward Aiken April, 1856. May 1, 1858. + *Mrs. Susan D. + Aiken April, 1856. *June 20, 1856. + Mrs. Sarah C. Aiken + [formerly Miss + Cheney] May 1, 1858. +Daniel Bliss, D.D. April, 1856. + Mrs. Abby M. + Bliss April, 1856. +Henry H. Jessup, D.D. Feb. 7, 1856. + *Mrs. Caroline + Jessup April, 1858. *July 2, 1864. + Mrs. Harriet E. + Jessup Nov. 22, 1868. +Samuel Jessup Jan. 24, 1863. + Mrs. Ann E. + Jessup Jan. 24, 1863. +Philip Berry Oct. 7, 1863. Oct, 1865. + Mrs. Magdalene + Berry Oct. 7, 1863. Oct, 1865. +Geo Edw’d Post, M.D. Dec., 1863. + Mrs. Sarah P. + Post Dec., 1863. +Samuel S. Mitchell June 12, 1867. 1868. + Mrs. Lucy M. + Mitchell June 12, 1867. 1868. +Isaac N. Lowry Nov. 22, 1867. 1869. + Mrs. Mary E. + Lowry Nov. 22, 1867. 1869. +James S. Dennis Feb. 10, 1869. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIANS. +*H. A. DeForest, M.D. Mar. 23, 1842. May 8, 1854. + Mrs. Catharine S. + DeForest Mar. 23, 1842. May 8, 1854. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARIES. +George C. Hurter April 15, 1841. Spring, 1864. + Mrs. Elizabeth + Hurter April 15, 1841. June 7, 1861. + *Mrs. Rebecca W. Williams + [afterwards Mrs. + Hebard] Nov. 13, 1835. *Feb. 8, 1840. + *Mrs. Anna L. + Whittlesey May 2, 1851. *May 1, 1852. + Miss Sarah Cheney + [now Mrs. Edw’d + Aiken] April, 1853. May 1, 1858. + Miss Jane E. + Johnson Aug. 31, 1858. May 15, 1859. + Miss Amelia C. Temple + [now Mrs. Geo. + Gould] Aug. 31, 1858. Spring, 1862. + Miss Adelaide L. + Mason April 11, 1860. June, 1865. + Miss Eliza D. + Everett Nov. 22, 1868. + Miss Nellie A. + Carruth Nov. 22, 1868. 1869. + +MISSION TO GREECE AND THE GREEKS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +Josiah Brewer Dec. 27, 1826. Spring, 1828. +*Elnathan Gridley Dec. 27, 1826. *Sept. 27, 1827. +*Jonas King, D.D. [See Mission to + Palestine] April, 1831. *May 22, 1869. + Mrs. Anna A. + King April, 1831. 1869. +Elias Riggs, D.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] Jan., 1833. + Mrs. Martha Jane + Riggs Jan., 1833. +Samuel R. Houston Nov., 1834. 1840. + *Mrs. Mary R. + Houston Nov., 1834. *Nov. 24, 1839. +Lorenzo W. Pease Nov., 1834. *Aug. 28, 1839. + Mrs. Lucinda + Pease Nov., 1834. Spring, 1841. +James L. Thompson May, 1836. Autumn, 1841. +Daniel Ladd [See Mission to + Armenians] Oct., 1836. + Mrs. Charlotte H. + Ladd Oct., 1836. +*Nathan Benjamin [See Mission to + Armenians] Nov., 1836. + *Mrs. Mary G. + Benjamin Nov., 1836. +George W. Leyburn June, 1837. 1842. + Mrs. Elizabeth W. + Leyburn June, 1837. 1842. + +MISSION TO THE ARMENIANS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*William Goodell, D.D. [See Mission to + Syria] June 9, 1831. Summer, 1865. + *Mrs. Abigail P. + Goodell June 9, 1831. Summer, 1865. +*H. G. O. Dwight, D.D. Feb. 27, 1830.[1] Jan. 25, 1862. + *Mrs. Elizabeth + Dwight June 5, 1832. *July 8, 1837. + *Mrs. Mary + Dwight Sept. 4, 1839. *Nov. 16, 1860. +*Daniel Temple [See Print. Estab. + at Malta] Dec. 23, 1833. Summer, 1844. + *Mrs. Martha E. + Temple Dec. 23, 1833. Summer, 1844. +Thomas P. Johnston Jan. 19, 1834. 1853. + Mrs. Marianne C. + Johnston Jan. 19, 1834. 1853. +Benj. Schneider, D.D. Jan. 19, 1834. + *Mrs. Eliza C. + Schneider Jan. 19, 1834. *Sept. 29, 1856. + Mrs. Susan M. + Schneider Oct. 1, 1858. +John B. Adger, D.D. Oct. 25, 1834. 1846. + Mrs. Elizabeth K. + Adger Oct. 25, 1834. 1846. +Philander O. Powers Jan. 12, 1835. Summer, 1861. + *Mrs. Harriet G. + Powers Jan. 12, 1835. April, 1841. + *Mrs. Sarah L. + Powers Jan. 11, 1843. June, 1861. +Philander O. Powers [Reappointed] June 25, 1866. +Henry A. Homes Dec. 26, 1835. Dec. 10, 1850. + Mrs. Anna W. + Homes June 17, 1841. 1849. +William C. Jackson Feb. 1, 1836. 1845. + Mrs. Mary A. + Jackson Feb. 1, 1836. 1845. +Cyrus Hamlin, D.D. Feb. 4, 1839. + *Mrs. H. A. L. + Hamlin Feb. 4, 1839. *Nov. 14, 1850. + *Mrs. Harriet M. Hamlin + [formerly Miss H. M. + Lovell] April 18, 1845. *Nov. 6, 1857. + Mrs. Mary E. Hamlin + [formerly Miss M. E. + Tenney] Jan. 22, 1856. +H. J. Van Lennep, D.D. April 13, 1840. Summer, 1869. + *Mrs. Emma L. + Van Lennep April 13, 1840. *Sept. 12, 1840. + *Mrs. Mary E. + Van Lennep Nov. 24, 1843. *Sept. 27, 1844. + Mrs. Emily A. + Van Lennep June 16, 1850. Summer, 1869. +Josiah Peabody July, 1841. July, 1860. + Mrs. Mary L. + Peabody July, 1841. July, 1860. +George W. Wood, D.D. April 28, 1842. Sept. 4, 1850. + *Mrs. Martha B. + Wood April 28, 1842. Sept. 4, 1850. +George W. Wood, D.D. [Reappointed] 1871. + Mrs. Sarah A. H. + Wood 1871. +Daniel Ladd [See Mission to + Greece] Sept. 3, 1842. Aug., 1867. + Mrs. Charlotte H. + Ladd Sept. 3, 1842. Aug., 1867. +*Azariah Smith, M.D. Jan. 11, 1843. *June 3, 1851. + Mrs. Corinth I. + Smith Sept. 20, 1848. 1853. +Edwin E. Bliss, D.D. April 16, 1843. + Mrs. Isabella H. + Bliss April 16, 1843. +E. Riggs, D.D., LL.D. [See Mission to Greece and the + Bulgarians] 1844. + Mrs. Martha J. + Riggs 1844. +*Nathan Benjamin [See Mission to + Greece] August 1844. *Jan. 27, 1855. + *Mrs. Mary G. + Benjamin August 1844. 1855. +*Joel S. Everett April 18, 1845. *March 5, 1856. + *Mrs. Seraphina + Everett April 18, 1845. *Dec. 27, 1854. +Isaac G. Bliss, D.D. Aug. 24, 1847. + Mrs. Eunice B. + Bliss Aug. 24, 1847. +Oliver Crane March, 1849. 1854. + Mrs. Marion D. + Crane March, 1849. 1854. +Oliver Crane [Reappointed] 1860. 1863. + Mrs. Marion D. + Crane 1860. 1863. +*Joseph W. Sutphen Jan. 16, 1852. *Oct. 9, 1852. + *Mrs. Susan H. + Sutphen + [afterwards Mrs. + Morgan] Jan. 16, 1852. 1865. +Wilson A. Farnsworth Jan. 22, 1853. + Mrs. Caroline E. + Farnsworth Jan. 22, 1853. +William Clark Jan. 22, 1853. Aug., 1859. + Mrs. Elizabeth W. + Clark Jan. 22, 1853. Aug., 1859. +Andrew T. Pratt, M.D. Jan. 22, 1853. + Mrs. Sarah F. + Pratt Jan. 22, 1853. +George B. Nutting Feb. 9, 1853. Summer, 1868. + *Mrs. Sarah E. + Nutting Feb. 9, 1853. *July 9, 1854. + Mrs. Susan A. + Nutting Autumn, 1856. Summer, 1868. +*Fayette Jewett, M.D. April 20, 1853. *June 18, 1862. + *Mrs. Mary A. A. + Jewett April 20, 1853. Summer, 1862. +*Jasper N. Ball Sept. 21, 1853. Aug., 1861. + *Mrs. Caroline W. + Ball Sept. 21, 1853. Aug., 1861. +*Jasper N. Ball [Reappointed] Jan., 1865. 1869. + Mrs. Martha Ann + Ball Jan., 1865. 1869. +*George W. Dunmore May, 1851. 1861. + Mrs. Susan + Dunmore May, 1851. 1856. +Albert G. Beebee Sept. 1854. March, 1860. + *Mrs. Sarah J. + Beebee Sept., 1854. *Oct. 28, 1858. +George A. Perkins Sept., 1854. Spring, 1861. + Mrs. Sarah E. + Perkins Sept., 1854. Spring, 1861. +Sanford Richardson Sept. 25, 1854. + Mrs. Rhoda A. + Richardson Sept. 25, 1854. +*Edwin Goodell Sept. 25, 1854. 1855. + Mrs. Catharine J. + Goodell Sept. 25, 1854. 1855. +Benjamin Parsons Sept. 25, 1854. 1860. + Mrs. Sarah W. + Parsons Sept. 25, 1854. 1860. +Alexander R. Plumer Feb. 8, 1855. 1859. + Mrs. Elizabeth P. + Plummer Feb. 8, 1855. 1859. +Ira Fayette Pettibone Aug. 4, 1855. 1868. +Ira Fayette Pettibone [Reappointed] May, 1866. +Justin W. Parsons [See Mission to + the Jews] Sept., 1855. + Mrs. Catharine + Parsons Sept., 1855. +*Edward M. Dodd [See Mission to + the Jews] Sept. 28, 1855. *Aug. 19, 1865. + Mrs. Lydia H. + Dodd Sept. 28, 1855. June, 1866. +Orson P. Allen Dec. 9, 1855. + Mrs. Caroline R. + Allen Dec. 9, 1855. +*Homer B. Morgan [See Mission to + the Jews] Jan., 1856. *Aug. 25, 1865. + Mrs. Susan H. + Morgan Jan. 16, 1852. 1865. +Tillman C. Trowbridge [See Mission to + the Jews] Jan. 22, 1856. + Mrs. Margaret + Trowbridge 1861. +George A. Pollard Jan. 22, 1856. 1868. + Mrs. Mary H. + Pollard Jan. 22, 1856. 1868. +Crosby H. Wheeler March 2, 1857. + Mrs. Susan A. + Wheeler March 2, 1857. +Charles F. Morse [See Mission to + Bulgarians] March 2, 1857. + Mrs. Eliza D. + Morse March 2, 1857. +Oliver W. Winchester March 2, 1857. June, 1865. + Mrs. Jeannette S. + Winchester March 2, 1857. June, 1865. +*Jackson G. Coffing March 2, 1857. *Mar. 26, 1862. + Mrs. Josephine L. + Coffing March 2, 1857. +George H. White March 2, 1857. Autumn, 1863. + Mrs. Joanna + White March 2, 1857. Autumn, 1863. +Julius Y. Leonard Sept. 4, 1857. + Mrs. Amelia A. + Leonard Sept. 4, 1857. +George Washburn August, 1858. + Mrs. Henrietta L. + Washburn April 15, 1859. +Joseph K. Greene Feb. 22, 1859. + Mrs. Elizabeth A. + Greene Feb. 22, 1859. +Herman N. Barnum Autumn, 1858. + Mrs. Mary E. + Barnum July, 1860. +William F. Arms 1860. 1864. + *Mrs. Emily F. + Arms 1860. *March, 1861. +Alvin B. Goodale, M.D. Mar. 25, 1860. 1864. + Mrs. Mary E. + Goodale Mar. 25, 1860. 1864. +*Zenas Goss Mar. 25, 1860. *Aug. 28, 1864. +William W. Livingston Sept. 3, 1860. 1871. + Mrs. Martha E. + Livingston Sept. 3, 1860. 1871. +*Wm. F. Williams, D.D. [See Mission to + Assyria] Nov., 1860. *Feb. 14, 1871. + *Mrs. Caroline P. + Williams Oct. 4, 1861. *Jan. 15, 1865. + [for. Miss C. P. + Barbour] Dec. 25, 1857. + Mrs. Clarissa C. + Williams + [formerly Miss C. C. + Pond] Oct. 15, 1864. 1871. +*Augustus Walker [See Assyria + Mission] Nov., 1860. *Sept. 13, 1866. + Mrs. Eliza M. + Walker Nov., 1860. July, 1867. +George C. Knapp [See Assyria + Mission] Nov., 1860. + Mrs. Alzina M. + Knapp Nov., 1860. +Lysander T. Burbank Oct. 13, 1860. 1871. + Mrs. Sarah S. + Burbank Oct. 13, 1860. 1871. +John Francis Smith July 8, 1863. + Mrs. Laura E. + Smith July 8, 1863. +Moses P. Parmelee, M.D. Aug. 14, 1863. + *Mrs. Nellie A. + Parmelee Aug. 14, 1863. *Feb. 17, 1870. + Mrs. Julia + Parmelee Sept., 1871. +Giles F. Montgomery Dec., 1863. + Mrs. Emily R. + Montgomery Dec., 1863. +*Walter H. Giles Nov. 17, 1864. *May 21, 1867. + Mrs. Elizabeth F. + Giles Nov. 17, 1864. +Lucien H. Adams June 9, 1865. + *Mrs. Augusta S. + Adams June 9, 1865. *Nov. 18, 1866. + Mrs. Nancy D. + Adams + [formerly Miss N. D. + Francis] June 25, 1866. +Albert Bryant Oct. 28, 1865. June, 1868. + Mrs. Mary E. I. + Bryant Oct. 28, 1865. June, 1868. +Henry T. Perry Jan. 11, 1867. + Mrs. Jennie H. + Perry Jan. 11, 1867. +Theodore A. Baldwin Aug. 9, 1867. + Mrs. Matilda J. + Baldwin Aug. 9, 1867. +Henry S. Barnum Aug. 10, 1867. + *Mrs. Lucretia L. + Barnum Aug. 10, 1867. *Dec. 31, 1867. + Mrs. Helen P. + Barnum 1869. +Charles C. Tracy October, 1867. + Mrs. Lemyra A. + Tracy October, 1867. +Lyman Bartlett Nov. 8, 1867. + Mrs. Cornelia C. + Bartlett Nov. 8, 1867. +Alpheus N. Andrus May 30, 1868. + Mrs. Louisa M. + Andrus May 30, 1868. +Carmi C. Thayer July, 1868. + Mrs. Mary F. + Thayer July, 1868. +John Eldwin Pierce Sept., 1868. + Mrs. Lizzie A. + Pierce Sept., 1868. +Royal M. Cole Sept., 1868. + Mrs. Lizzie C. + Cole Sept., 1868. +Theodore S. Pond Dec. 13, 1868. + Mrs. Julia J. + Pond Dec. 13, 1868. +Milan H. Hitchcock June 5, 1869. + Mrs. Lucy A. + Hitchcock June 5, 1869. +Edward Riggs July, 1869. + Mrs. Sarah H. + Riggs July, 1869. +Henry Marden Oct. 15, 1869. + Mrs. Mary L. + Marden Oct. 15, 1869. +John Otis Barrows Dec. 23, 1869. + Mrs. Clara S. + Barrows Dec. 23, 1869. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIANS. +Henry S. West, M.D. Feb., 1859. + Mrs. Lottie M. + West Feb., 1859. +D. H. Nutting, M.D. [See Assyria + Mission] Nov., 1860. + Mrs. Mary E. + Nutting Nov., 1860. +*H. B. Haskell, M.D. [See Assyria + Mission] Nov., 1860. Summer, 1861. + Mrs. Sarah J. + Haskell Nov., 1860. Summer, 1861. +James A. Milne, M.D. Aug., 1867. 1868. + Mrs. Arabella + Milne Aug., 1867. 1868. +Geo. C. Reynolds, M.D. Nov. 26, 1869. + Mrs. Martha W. + Reynolds Nov. 26, 1869. +Mary L. Wadsworth, M.D. June, 1871. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARIES. +Homan Hallock [See Print. Estab. + at Malta] Dec., 1833. 1841. + Mrs. Elizabeth + Hallock Dec., 1833. 1841. + *Miss Harriet M. + Lovell + [afterwards Mrs. + Hamlin] April 18, 1845. *Nov. 6, 1857. + *Mrs. Sarah C. + Hinsdale + [widow of Rev. A. K. + Hinsdale] 1845. 1855. + Miss Melvina + Haynes Jan. 22, 1853. July 1856. + Miss Maria A. + West Jan. 22, 1853. + Miss Isabella H. + Goodell 1855. + Mrs. Mary E. + Goodell + [afterwards Mrs. H. N. + Barnum] 1855. + Mrs. Mary E. + Tenney + [afterwards Mrs. + Hamlin] Jan. 22, 1856. + Miss Sarah Elizabeth + West Jan. 22, 1856. Sept., 1862. + Miss Myra A. + Proctor July 28, 1859. + Miss Arabella L. + Babcock Sept., 1862. May, 1864. + Miss Ann Eliza + Fritcher July 8, 1863. + Miss Clarissa C. + Pond + [afterwards Mrs. W. F. + Williams] Oct. 15, 1864. 1871. + Mrs. Nancy D. + Francis + [afterwards Mrs. L. H. + Adams] June 25, 1866. + *Miss Mary E. + Warfield April 27, 1867. *Feb. 12, 1870. + Miss Harriet + Seymour April 27, 1867. + Miss Sarah Ann + Closson Nov. 8, 1867. + Miss Mary G. + Hollister Dec., 1867. +Henry O. Dwight Dec., 1867. + Mrs. Mary A. + Dwight Dec., 1867. + Miss Rebecca D. + Tracy Sept., 1868. 1870. + Miss Charlotte Elizab. + Ely Sept., 1868. + Miss Mary A. C. + Ely Sept., 1868. + Miss Harriet G. + Powers Sept., 1868. + Miss Cyrene O. + Van Duzee Sept., 1868. + Miss Olive L. + Parmelee Oct., 1868. + Miss Isabella C. + Baker Oct., 1868. + Miss Flavia S. + Bliss Nov., 1868. + Miss Ursula C. + Clarke Nov. 18, 1868. + Miss Ardelle M. + Griswold Oct. 15, 1869. + Miss Caroline E. + Bush Aug. 27, 1870. + Miss Julia A. + Rappleye Nov. 11, 1870. + Miss Sarah L. + Wood Nov. 11, 1870. + Miss Julia A. + Shearman Jan., 1871. 1872. + Miss Cornelia P. + Dwight + Miss Mary S. + Williams May, 1871. + Miss Mary M. + Patrick Sept. 21, 1871. + +[1] Dr. Dwight arrived at Malta at the date here indicated, but did +not settle at Constantinople till June 5, 1832. The intervening time +was employed partly in an exploring tour, and partly at Malta, in +labors tributary to the mission. + +ASSYRIA MISSION. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +Dwight W. Marsh Mar. 29, 1850. Summer, 1860. + *Mrs. Julia W. + Marsh May 9, 1853. *Aug. 12, 1859. +*Wm. F. Williams, D.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] May, 1851. + *Mrs. Sarah P. + Williams May, 1851. *July 1, 1854. + *Mrs. Harriet B. + Williams Nov., 1857. *Dec. 25, 1857. +*Henry Lobdell, M.D. May 8, 1852. *Mar. 25, 1855. + Mrs. Lucy C. + Lobdell May 8, 1852. Summer, 1860. +*Augustus Walker [See Mission to + Armenians] April 27, 1853. + Mrs. Eliza M. + Walker April, 1853. +George C. Knapp [See Mission to + Armenians] April 5, 1856. + Mrs. Alzina M. + Knapp April 5, 1856. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIANS. +D. H. Nutting, M.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] Sept., 1854. + Mrs. Mary E. + Nutting Sept., 1854. +*Henri B. Haskell, M.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] April 19, 1856. + Mrs. Sarah J. + Haskell April 19, 1856. + +MISSION TO THE JEWS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +Wm. G. Schauffler, D.D. [See Mission to + Mohammedans] July 31, 1832. + Mrs. Mary R. + Schauffler Feb. 26, 1834. +*Eliphal Maynard April 2, 1849. *Sept. 14, 1849. + Mrs. Celestia A. + Maynard April 2, 1849. 1850. +*Edward M. Dodd [See Mission to + Armenians] April 2, 1849. + Mrs. Lydia H. + Dodd April 2, 1849. +Justin W. Parsons [See Mission to + Armenians] June 24, 1850. + Mrs. Catharine + Parsons June 24, 1850. +*Homer B. Morgan [See Mission to + Armenians] Feb. 16, 1852. + Mrs. Harriet G. + Morgan Feb. 16, 1852. *Sept. 10, 1852. + Mrs. Susan H. + Morgan + [formerly Mrs. + Sutphen] Nov. 7, 1853. + +MISSION TO THE MOHAMMEDANS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +James Lyman Merrick [See Mission to + Nestorians] Oct. 25, 1835. Dec. 1842. + Mrs. Emma + Merrick Mar. 11, 1839. Dec. 1841. +Wm. G. Schauffler, D.D. [See Mission to + Jews] May, 1858. + Mrs. Mary R. + Schauffler May, 1858. +William Hutchison Nov. 14, 1858. April, 1859. + Mrs. Foresta G. + Hutchison Nov. 14, 1858. April, 1859. +George F. Herrick Dec. 2, 1859. + Mrs. Helen M. + Herrick Aug., 1861. +Henry A. Schauffler [See Mission to + Bulgarians] June 3, 1865. + Mrs. Clara E. + Schauffler June 3, 1865. + +MISSION TO THE NESTORIANS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*Justin Perkins, D.D. Nov., 1835. May 28, 1869. + Mrs. Charlotte + Perkins Nov., 1835. 1857. +*Albert L. Holladay June 7, 1837. Spring, 1846. + Mrs. Anne Y. + Holladay June 7, 1837. Spring, 1846. +*William R. Stocking June 7, 1837. June, 1853. + Mrs. Jerusha R. + Stocking June 7, 1837. June, 1853. +*Willard Jones Nov. 17, 1839. 1844. + Mrs. Miriam + Jones Nov. 17, 1839. Winter, 1844. +*A. H. Wright, M.D. July 25, 1840. *Jan. 4, 1865. + Mrs. Catharine A. + Wright June 14, 1843. August, 1859. +*Abel K. Hinsdale June, 1841. *Dec. 26, 1842. + *Mrs. Sarah C. + Hinsdale + [see Mission to + Armenians] June, 1841. Oct. 21, 1844. +*Colby C. Mitchell June, 1841. *June 27, 1841. + *Mrs. Eliza A. + Mitchell June, 1841. *July 12, 1841. +*James Lyman Merrick [See Mission to + Mohammedans] Dec. 1842. Summer, 1845. + *Mrs. Emma + Merrick Dec. 1842. Summer, 1845. +Thomas Laurie, D.D. [See Mission to + Syria] Nov. 11, 1842. Nov. 10, 1844. + *Mrs. Martha F. + Laurie Nov. 11, 1842. *Dec. 16, 1843. +*David T. Stoddard June 14, 1843. *Jan. 26, 1857. + *Mrs. Harriet + Stoddard June 14, 1843. *Aug. 2, 1848. + Mrs. Sophia D. + Stoddard June 26, 1851. July, 1858. +*Joseph G. Cochran Sept. 27, 1847. *Nov. 2, 1871. + *Mrs. Deborah W. + Cochran Sept. 27, 1848. +George W. Coan Oct. 13, 1849. + Mrs. Sarah P. + Coan Oct. 13, 1849. +*Samuel A. Rhea June 26, 1851. *Sept. 2, 1865. + *Mrs. Martha Ann + Rhea July 1, 1852. *Sept. 16, 1857. + Mrs. Sarah Jane + Rhea Oct. 25, 1860. May, 1869. +*Edwin H. Crane Oct. 20, 1852. *Aug. 27, 1854. + *Mrs. Ann E. + Crane + [afterwards Mrs. P. O. + Powers] Oct. 20, 1852. Nov. 1857. +*Thomas L. Ambrose Nov. 27, 1858. August, 1861. +John H. Shedd Nov. 11, 1859. + Mrs. Sarah Jane + Shedd Nov. 11, 1859. +*Amherst L. Thompson July 2, 1860. *Aug. 25, 1860. + *Mrs. Esther E. + Thompson July 2, 1860. Summer, 1861. +Benjamin Labaree Oct. 25, 1860. + Mrs. Elizabeth E. + Labaree Oct. 25, 1860. +Henry N. Cobb Oct. 25, 1860. Autumn, 1862. + Mrs. Matilda E. + Cobb Oct. 25, 1860. Autumn, 1862. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIANS. +*Asahel Grant, M.D. Oct. 15, 1835. *April 24, 1844. + *Mrs. Judith S. + Grant Oct. 15, 1835. *Jan. 14, 1839. +*F. N. H. Young, M.D. Oct. 25, 1860. Summer, 1863. +T. L. Van Norden, M.D. Oct. 6, 1866. + Mrs. Mary M. + Van Norden Oct. 6, 1866. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARIES. +*Edwin Breath Nov. 7, 1840. *Nov. 18, 1861. + Mrs. Sarah Ann + Breath Oct. 13, 1849. Summer, 1862. + *Miss Fidelia + Fiske June 14, 1843. July 15, 1858. + Miss Catharine A. + Myers + [afterwards Mrs. + Wright] June 14, 1843. August, 1859. + Miss Mary Susan + Rice Nov. 20, 1847. + *Miss Martha Ann + Harris + [afterwards Mrs. + Rhea] July 1, 1852. *Sept. 16, 1857. + Miss Aura Jeannette + Beach July 2, 1860. Sept., 1862. + *Miss Harriet N. + Crawford July 2, 1860. May, 1865. + Miss Nancy Jane + Dean Oct. 19, 1868. + +MISSION TO THE BULGARIANS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +Charles F. Morse [See Mission to + Armenians] Mar. 26, 1858. 1870. + Mrs. Eliza D. + Morse Mar. 26, 1858. 1870. +Theodore L. Byington Sept. 4, 1858. 1867. + Mrs. Margaret E. + Byington Sept. 4, 1858. 1867. +*William W. Meriam April 22, 1859. *July 3, 1862. + *Mrs. Susan + Meriam April 22, 1859. *July 25, 1862. +James F. Clarke Oct., 1859. + Mrs. Isabella G. + Clarke Oct., 1859. +William F. Arms July, 1860. June, 1862. + *Mrs. Emily + Arms July, 1860. *Mar. 31, 1861. +Oliver Crane [See Mission to + Armenians] Sept. 19, 1860. Aug., 1863. + Mrs. Marion D. + Crane Sept. 19, 1860. Aug., 1863. +Henry C. Haskell Dec. 13, 1862. + Mrs. Margaret H. + Haskell Dec. 13, 1862. +*Jasper N. Ball [See Mission to + Armenians] Jan., 1865. 1869. + Mrs. Martha A. + Ball Jan., 1865. 1869. +Lewis Bond May 29, 1868. + Mrs. Fannie G. + Bond May 29, 1868. +Wm. Edwin Locke June, 1868. + Mrs. Zoe A. M. + Locke June, 1868. +Henry Pitt Page Nov. 26, 1868. + Mrs. Mary A. + Page Nov. 26, 1868. +Elias Riggs, D.D., LL.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] 1871. + Mrs. Martha J. + Riggs 1871. +Henry A. Schauffler [See Mission to + Mohammedans] 1871. + Mrs. Clara E. + Schauffler 1871. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARIES. + *Miss Mary E. + Reynolds Jul. 8, 1863. 1869. + *Miss Roseltha N. + Norcross April 27, 1867. *Nov. 4, 1870. + Miss Minnie C. + Beach Oct. 15, 1869. + Miss Esther T. + Maltbie Nov. 11, 1870. + Mrs. Anna V. + Mumford 1871. + + + + + + +ADDENDA. + + +The foregoing Tabular View of the Missionaries was made partly for +the author's convenience on commencing the second volume, by the +very accurate gentleman who prepared the List of Publications that +follows. Such a statement is very difficult to make; and it may be, +after all the subsequent corrections, that there are omissions and +errors. Should they be seasonably pointed out, the corrections will +be made in a subsequent edition. + +The following should have had a place, under the head of the +_Mission to the Armenians_, namely:-- + +Rev. William A. Spaulding, who sailed in November, 1871. +Mrs. Georgia D. Spaulding. +Rev. Joseph E. Scott, who sailed in February, 1872. +Mrs. Annie E. Scott. + +_Assistant Missionaries_. + +Miss Laura Farnham, who sailed November, 1871. +Miss Phebe L. Cull, who sailed November, 1871. + + + + + + +PUBLICATIONS + + + + + + +CATALOGUE OF PUBLICATIONS + + +ISSUED FROM THE MISSION PRESSES CONNECTED +WITH THE MISSIONS OF THE BOARD TO THE +SEVERAL ORIENTAL CHURCHES. + +_Compiled by Rev. John A. Vinton, Winchester, Mass_. + +The sources of information were the "Missionary Herald" from 1821, +and the Annual Reports of the Board from the beginning of these +missions to the year 1871. + +IN ITALIAN. + +The Sabbath. +Dr. Payson's Address to Mariners. +Prayers for the Seven Days of the Week. +Dr. Ashbel Green's Questions and Counsel. +The Dairyman's Daughter, 78 pages, 1,000 copies. +William Kelley, 32 pages, 500 copies. +The Progress of Sin, 16 pages, 500 copies. +Dialogue between a Traveller and Yourself, 12 pages, 500 copies. +The Novelty of Popery. +An Address to the Children of Israel, 25 pages, 1,000 copies. +Christ's Sermon on the Mount, 16 pages, 1,000 copies. +The Negro Servant, 28 pages, 1,000 copies. +The Young Cottager, 72 pages, 1,000 copies. +The Shepherd of Salisbury Plain, 12 pages, 1,000 copies. +Serious Thoughts on Eternity, 12 pages, 1,000 copies. +Dialogue between Two Sailors, 18 pages, 1,000 copies. + +Previous to November, 1827, the number of books and tracts printed +at the Mission Press in Italian, was 43; number of consecutive +pages, 1,430; of copies, 55,500; whole number of pages, 1,700,000. + +IN MODERN GREEK. + +The Dairyman's Daughter, 119 pp. +The Negro Servant, 32 pp. +Payson's Address to Mariners, 22 pp. +Short Prayers for Every Day in the Week, 70 pp. +Tract on Redemption, by Dr. Naudi, 72 pp. +Sixteen Short Sermons, 48 pp. +Progress of Sin, 20 pp. +Dialogue between a Traveller and Yourself, 14 pp. +Life and Martyrdom of John the Baptist, 28 pp. +Serious Thoughts on Eternity, 16 pp. +The Young Cottager, 87 pp. +The Shepherd of Salisbury Plain, 73 pp. +William Kelley, 45 pp. +Watts's Catechism for Children, 16 pp. +Address to the Children of Israel, 34 pp. +Chrysostom on Reading the Scriptures, 26 pp. +Content and Discontent, by Mrs. Sherwood, 24 pp. +Serious Address to Young and Old, 27 pp. +Life of James Covey, a converted Sailor, 16 pp. +Life of the Virgin Mary, from the Bible only, 20 pp. +An Appeal to the Heart, 34 pp. +Exhortation to Seamen, 20 pp. +Christ's Sermon on the Mount, 16 pp. + +The following were printed from 1830 to 1833:-- + +Historical Selections from the Old Testament, 81 pp. +Life of Abraham, 36 pp. +Life of Joseph, 60 pp. +Life of Moses, 36 pp. +Life of Samuel, 24 pp. +Life of David, 64 pp. +Life of Elijah. +Life of Elisha. +Life of Daniel, 36 pp. +Life of Esther, 20 pp. +Abridgment of the Old Testament, 140 pp. +Abridgment of the Gospels, 48 pp. +Abridgment of the Acts, 60 pp. +Lessons for Children. +Bickersteth's Scripture Help, abridged. +Lyttelton on the Conversion of St. Paul. +The Ten Commandments. +Ecclesiastical History. +Dialogues on Grammar. +The Alphabetarion, 120 pp. +The Greek Reader, 156 pp. +The Little Philosopher, 72 pp. +The Child's Assistant, 60 pp. +The Child's Arithmetic, 48 pp. +Adams's Arithmetic. +History of Greece. +History of Rome. +History of England. +History of France. +History of the Middle Ages. +History of the Sandwich Islands. +The Priest and Catechumen, a Dialogue, 12 pp. +Peter Parley's Geography, with lithographed maps, 108 pp. +Pinnock's Catechism of Greek History, with remarks, 150 pp. + +The amount printed in Modern Greek, while the press remained at +Malta, was about 350,000 copies, mostly 12mo, comprising 21,000,000 +pages. Many of the editions were of 4,000 copies each. In the year +ending October 1831, 4,760,000 pages were printed. + +After the removal of the press to Smyrna, in December, 1833, there +were printed in Modern Greek,-- + +Woodbridge's Geography, 296 pp. +Scriptural Teacher, 116 pp. +Questions on the Pentateuch, 88 pp. +Several Hymns for the Mission Schools. +Child's Book on the Soul. +Tract on Self-Examination. +Difficulties of Infidelity. +The Magazine of Useful Knowledge--a monthly publication commenced in + 1836 or 1837, and continued till 1843, when it was transferred to + Mr. Nicholas Petrokokino. It had, in 1839, 1,200 subscribers. + +About thirty million pages in Modern Greek had been printed by the +mission between July 1822 and 1837. + +At Smyrna, in 1847 and 1848, were printed, Barth's Church History, + 354 pages, 3,000 copies; 1,062,000 pages. +At Constantinople, after the removal of the press, in 1853; Hymn + Book, 112 pages, 2,000 copies; 224,000 pages. +In 1854, a tract of 20 pages, 2,000 copies; 40,000 pages. +In 1860, tracts, 5,000 copies, 40,000 pages. +In 1863, tracts, . . . . 6,000 pages. + +Printing in Modern Greek, at Athens, under the supervision of Dr. +King:-- + +Up to 1844, 32 books and tracts, 3,717 consecutive pages, + 128,-215 pages in the whole. +In 1845, 2,000 copies, 664,000 pages. +In 1846, 3,000 copies, 190,500 pages. +In 1853 to 1856, a collection of the publications of the American + Tract Society, vol. I.--V., making 2,500 consecutive pages of the + five volumes. +In 1855, Chrysostom on Reading the Scriptures, 180 pages. +Two volumes of Sermons, 48 in number, by Dr. King. +A volume of Miscellanies, including his Farewell Letter to his + Friends in Palestine and Syria. + +IN GRECO-TURKISH (THE TURKISH LANGUAGE IN GREEK LETTERS). + +Christ's Sermon on the Mount, 16 pages, 450 copies. +History of Moses, of Samuel, of Elijah, of Elisha, of Daniel, of + Esther; each a volume by itself; total, 524,000 pages. +From 1840 to 1853, were printed 55,000 copies of the Scriptures. +In 1854 and 1855, the Bible in 8vo, 7,000 copies, 2,456,000 pages. +In 1864, 72 pages, 3,000 copies; in all, 216,000 pages. +In 1867, the Tract Primer, 5,000 copies, 340,000 pages. +In 1869, a Hymn Book, 264 pages, 2,000 copies; 528,000 pages. + +IN ANCIENT ARMENIAN. + +The New Testament, 836 pages, 2,000 copies. At Smyrna, 1838. +The Four Gospels, printed separately, 1,000 copies. +The Acts and Epistles, of the same edition, 1,500 copies, in 1843. +The Psalter, 274 pages, total 548,000 pages; 3,000 copies printed in + 1841; 2,000 copies in 1846. +The New Testament, 2,000 copies, 1,464,000 pages; in 1853. +The Christian Teacher, 136 pages, 500 copies; in 1838. +Daily Food for Christians, 62 pages, 1,000 copies; in 1838. +In 1869, printed 268 consecutive pages and 4,250 copies. + +IN MODERN ARMENIAN. + +Abercrombie on Mental Culture, 84 pages, 1,500 copies; 126,000 + pages. Printed in 1844, at the expense of the author. +Against Infidelity, 16 pages, 3,000 copies. +Almanac for 1837, 3,000 copies. +Almanac for 1839, 1,000 copies. +An Arithmetic, 1866. +An occasional paper, 4to, 20 pages, 500 copies. +Answer of Evangelical Armenians to the Patriarch's Manifesto, 104 + pages, 1,000 copies. +Anxious Inquirer. +Assembly's Shorter Catechism, with references, 104 pages, 2,000 + copies. +Astronomy, 104 pages, 3,000 copies. +Avedaper (The), or Messenger, a religious periodical in Modern + Armenian, and in Armeno-Turkish. Published since January, 1855; + once in two weeks, with a circulation, in each language, of 1,000 + copies. +Balbaith's Confession, in the form of a letter from a converted Jew, + giving reasons for his profession of Christianity, 62 pages, + 4,000 copies. +Baptism and the New Birth, 112 pages, 1,000 copies. +Baxter's Saints' Rest. 1854. +Bible Dictionary. 1854. +Bible Hand-book, 240 pages, 300 copies. +British Martyrology. 1850. +Child's Entertainer, 296 pages, 1,000 copies, containing Watts's + Divine and Moral Songs in Armenian verse, evangelical anecdotes, + some natural history, etc, 1838. +Child's Instructor, 74 pages. +Concordance to the Bible, 8vo, 504 pages, 2,000 copies. +Dairyman's Daughter, 48 pages, 3,000 copies. +Evidences of Christianity. +False Claims of the Pope, 77 pages. It has been published in English + by the American Tract Society. +Five Wounds (The) of Conscience, by Flavel, 1,500 copies. +Forever! 4 pages, 4,000 copies. +Friendly Letters to Sufferers by the late Fire, 16 pages, 500 + copies. +Good Works; a Tract on Justification, 48 pages, 4,000 copies. +Grammar, English and Armenian; 112 pages, 500 copies. Another + edition of 272 pages, 1,000 copies. +Guide to Parents, 61 pages, 1,000 copies. +Guide to Repentance, 288 pages, 1,000 copies. +Handbills, (four) each one page, containing, The Decalogue: A + Contrast between the Deaths of Haliburton and Voltaire; The + Christian Sabbath; The Death-bed of a Modern Free-thinker; 4,000 + copies. +History of the Church of God. +History of Joseph, 326 pages, 3,000 copies. +History of the Reformation, by Merle d'Aubigne. In 2 vols. 8vo, with + an Appendix of 50 pages, 1,000 copies, 1846. An enlarged edition + was printed in 1866. +Holy Spirit, a Work on the, 1850. +Hymns, 25 pages, 500 copies. +Jones's (Rev. C. C.) Catechism, 203 pages, 4,000 copies. +Joy in Heaven, 24 pages, 3,000 copies. +Key to Reading, 8 pages, 1,500 copies. +Lancasterian Cards, 80 to the set. 100 sets. +Light of the Soul, 46 pages, 3,000 copies. +Lives of the Patriarchs and Prophets, 300 pages, 1,000 copies. +Lord's Supper, Treatise on the, 84 pages, 1,000 copies. +Mary Lothrop, 96 pages, 3,000 copies. +Messenger, The. See _Avedaper_. +Mother at Home, 288 pages, 300 copies. +Monthly Evangelical Preacher, commenced January, 1845, and suspended + at the close of the year, 284 pages, 1,000 copies. +Monthly Magazine, four vols., for 1839-1842. The first year, 1,100 + copies, each following year, 1,500. Relinquished for want of + funds. Resumed 1844, continued till 1846. +New Testament, 646 pages, 5,000 copies in 1842 and 1843. A new + translation, carefully executed by four of the best scholars in + the Armenian nation, and compared by Dr. Adger, word by word, + with the original Greek. +New Testament, with marginal references, and parallel passages. + Prepared by Dr. Adger and Dr. Riggs. 948 pages. 1848 and 1849. +New Testament, in the Ararat or Eastern Dialect of the Modern + Armenian, with Scripture references, 8,000 copies. +New Testament, in the Ararat or Eastern Dialect of the Modern + Armenian, with the Ancient Armenian, in parallel columns. +Old Testament, in four volumes, 500 copies. +Old Testament, imperial edition, 5,000 copies. +Payson's Thoughts, 180 pages, 2,000 copies. +Pentateuch, 684 pages, 1,500 copies. +Progress of Sin, 24 pages, 2,000 copies. +Pilgrim's Progress, with notes, 814 pages, 1,000 copies. +Protestant Confessions, 265 pages, 1,000 copies. +Psalter, in the Western Dialect of the Modern Armenian, 275 pages, + 3,000 copies. +Psalter, in the Ararat or Eastern Dialect of the Modern Armenian, + 275 pages, 5,000 copies. +Reply to Archbishop Matteos. +Scripture Rule of Faith, 364 pages, 1,000 copies. +Scripture Texts, 56 pages, 500 copies. +Scripture Text Book, 622 pages, 1,000 copies. +Sermon for the Whole World, 16 pages, 2,000 copies. It is the Sermon + on the Mount. +Sin no Trifle, 16 pages, 2,000 copies. +Spelling Book, 60 pages. At least four editions. +Sunday-school Hymn Book, 8vo, 134 pages, 8,000 copies. +Sunday-school Hymn and Tune Book, 8vo, 128 pages, 5,000 copies. +The Two Lambs, 48 pages, 2,000 copies. +Tract on Self-Examination, 52 pages, 1,000 copies. +Upham's Intellectual Philosophy. +Vivian's Three Dialogues, between a Minister and his Parishioner, + 2,000 copies. +What must I do? 20 pages, 2,000 copies. +What is it to believe? 12 pages, 5,000 copies. +Whateley's Evidences of Christianity, 192 pages, 2,000 copies. + +There were also many common school books. + +The sum total of printing in the Modern Armenian, in the year 1869, +was 1,865 consecutive pages, and 25,920 copies. + +IN ARMENO-TURKISH. + +Printing in this language was commenced at Malta in 1828. In August, +1829, the number of publications was nineteen. The printing of the +Armeno-Turkish New Testament was begun January 8, 1830, and the last +sheet was corrected before the close of January, 1831. A second +edition of the same was printed at Smyrna in 1843, consisting of +4,000 copies. The Old Testament was printed at Smyrna in 1841, 3,000 +copies. The Pentateuch was printed in a separate form, 2,000 copies. +The Book of Psalms, in a separate form, was printed in 1844, 2,000 +copies. + +The following publications have also been issued:-- + +Abbot's Young Christian, 350 pages, 2,000 copies. +Arithmetic, 66 pages, 3,000 copies. +Avedaper (Messenger), a monthly magazine. See _Avedaper_ in the + preceding list. +Barth's Church History, 408 pages, 1,000 copies. +Bogue's Essay, 444 pages, 1,000 copies. +Capadose, Dr., Memoir of, 52 pages, 1,000 copies. +Catechism on Christ, 82 pages, 1,000 copies. +Chrysostom on Reading the Scriptures, 106 pages, 2,000 copies. +Commentary on Matthew, 1,000 copies. +Essay on Fasts, etc., 220 pages, 1,000 copies. +False Claims of the Pope, 112 pages, 2,000 copies. +Forever! 11 pages, 1,000 copies. +Gallaudet's Child's Book on the Soul, 156 pages, 1,000 copies. +Gallaudet's Natural Theology, 233 pages, 2,000 copies. +Good Works, A tract on, 44 pages, 2,000 copies. +Grammar, 213 pages, 3,000 copies. +Guide to the Use of the Fathers, 318 pages, 2,000 copies. +History of a Bible, 34 pages, 2,000 copies. +Hymn Book. +Intemperance, Tract on, 46 pages, 2,000 copies. +Jones's (Rev. C. C.) Catechism, 305 pages, 1,000 copies. +Light of the Soul, 48 pages, 2,000 copies. +Mary Lothrop, 172 pages, 2,000 copies. +Narrative Tracts, in one vol., 152 pages, 1,000 copies. +Neff's (Felix) Dialogues on Sin and Salvation, 140 pages, 1,000 + copies. +New Testament, with marginal references. +Old Testament, with marginal references, royal 8vo. + +From 1840 to 1863, 6,500 copies of the Scriptures were printed,-- + +Physiology, Treatise on, 272 pages, 3,000 copies. +Pike's Persuasives to Early Piety, 70 pages, 2,000 copies. +Reader, No. 1, 63 pages, sixth edit., 5,000 copies. 1867. +Reader, No. 2, 72 pages, 5,000 copies. 1869. +Reader, No. 3, 84 pages, 5,000 copies. 1869. +Sabbath, A work on the, 116 pages, 2,000 copies. +Scripture Titles of Christ, 104 pages, 1,000 copies. +Serious Inquiry, 20 pages, 2,000 copies. +Sermon for the Whole World, 28 pages, 2,000 copies. It is the Sermon + on the Mount. +Sermons, fourteen in one vol., 316 pages, 1,000 copies. +Spelling Book, 64 pages, 1,000 copies. +Theological Class Book. +The Ten Commandments, a handbill, 2,000 copies. +Without Holiness no Man shall see the Lord, 11 pages, 1,000 copies. + +In Armeno-Turkish there were printed in 1869, 398 consecutive pages +and 16,000 copies. + +IN ARABO-TURKISH (SOMETIMES CALLED THE OSMANLI-TURKISH. TURKISH IN +THE ARABIC CHARACTER). + +Under the direction of Dr. Schauffler, an edition of the New + Testament, of very beautiful typography, was issued in 1862. + Also, Matt. v. in separate form. +A Commentary on Matthew and Mark, 400 pages, 1,000 copies. 1864. +The Decalogue, one page, 1,000 copies. 1867. +The Beatitudes, one page, 1,000 copies. 1867. +Selected Texts, one page, 1,000 copies. 1867. +Selected Texts, one page, 1,000 copies. 1867. +On Belief and Worship: an Explanation of the Christian Religion as + understood and professed by Protestants, 128 pages, 3,000 copies. +The Primer, 64 pages, 5,000 copies. 1869. +Notes on the Decalogue, 80 pages, 3,000 copies. +Teachings of the New Testament, concerning the Judgment, 16 pages, + 5,000 copies. +Firman of the Porte in relation to the Protestant community, 300 + copies. + +In this dialect, in 1869, were printed 161 consecutive pages, 13,300 +copies--total, 531,300 pages. + +In the Koordish Dialect, previous to 1863, 13,000 copies of the +Scriptures had issued from the mission press. + +IN BULGARIAN. + +In the year 1844, a small volume in this language was issued at + Smyrna. It was Part I. of Gallaudet's Child's Book on the Soul, + 61 pages, 2,000 copies. +In 1851 and 1852, several Tracts were printed, in all 8,000 copies. +In 1853, the Book of Psalms. +In 1860, 59,000 copies, in part of the New Testament, and in part of + other books and tracts, making 3,332,000 pages. +In 1861, the New Testament, Biblical Catechism, Child's Book on the + Soul, etc., 1,195 consecutive pages, and 60,000 copies. +In 1863, 1,896,000 pages. Up to this time, 4,000 copies of the New + Testament. +In 1864, 303 copies of tracts, etc., 39,000 consecutive pages. +The issue of the Old Testament, following the New, commenced 1866. +The Zornitza, or Day Star, a small monthly sheet, was commenced + about 1866, having 750 subscribers. + +After this time, the printing was as follows:-- + + TOTAL + PAGES. COPIES. COPIES. +The Bible, commenced, imperial, 8vo 624 5,000 3,120,000 +The Pentateuch 352 1,000 352,000 +Book of Genesis 167 1,000 167,000 +Book of Proverbs 91 2,000 182,000 +Hymn and Tune Book, finished 44 3,000 132,000 +Dr. Goodell's Sermons 522 3,000 1,566,000 +Sermon on the Sabbath 12 2,000 24,000 +Commentary on Matthew 240 3,000 720,000 +Spiritual Worship 156 2,000 312,000 +The Bible and Tradition 35 3,000 105,000 +Protestants the Ancient Orthodox 43 3,000 129,000 +Baptism 28 3,000 84,000 +The Lord's Supper 34 3,000 102,000 +The Pope and the Roman Catholic Church 74 3,000 220,000 +Answer to Infidel Objections 36 3,000 108,000 +Bruch on Prayer 48 3,000 144,000 +The Way of Salvation 8 3,000 24,000 +Poor Joseph 8 3,000 24,000 +The Two Lambs 18 3,000 54,000 +On Fasting, third edition 16 3,000 48,000 +The One Thing Needful, second edition 7 3,000 21,000 +The Enlightened Priest, second edition 22 3,000 66,000 +Index to Sermons 4 3,000 12,000 +The Heavenly Voice, and What it is to + believe in Christ 16 3,000 48,000 +Confession of Faith 8 1,000 8,000 +Zornitza, "The Day Star," 12 Nos. 4to 96 2,000 192,000 + ------- -------- ----------- + 2,709 70,000 7,964,000 + +In the Bulgarian, in 1869, were printed 519 consecutive pages, and +19,000 copies. + +IN HEBREW AND HEBREW-SPANISH. + +The Psalms, 3,000 copies, 1836. An edition in 1853, 5,000 copies. +The Pentateuch, 500 copies. Second edition of 2,000 copies. +The Old Testament, printed at Vienna, 3,000 copies. +The same, second edition, 5,000 copies, printed at Smyrna. +Oppenheim's Hebrew Grammar, at Smyrna, 2,000 copies. It was designed + to lead the Jews from a fanciful to a grammatical construction of + the Hebrew Oracles. +A Hebrew Vocabulary. +A Hebrew-Spanish Primer, of 20 pages. +A Hebrew-Spanish Lexicon, in part; extending to 187 consecutive + pages; number of copies 8,000. So far in 1851. It appears to have + been since completed. +In 1855, just before the close of the Jewish mission, 319 pages of + Hebrew-Spanish literature were printed in Constantinople, 5,000 + copies. +Between 1840 and 1860, 23,000 copies of the Hebrew-Spanish + Scriptures, under the supervision of missionaries of the American + Board. + +IN ARABIC. + +Previous to the arrival of the Mission Press at Beirût, the +following tracts had been issued from it at Malta:-- + +Farewell Letter of Rev. Jonas King to his friends in Syria, in 1825. +Asaad Shidiak's Statement of his Conversion, and of his + Persecutions. +Mr. Bird's Reply to the Maronite Bishop of Beirût, 535 pages. + +In 1836, amounting to 380,800 pages, as follows:-- + +Spelling Cards, 8 pages, 500 copies. +Watts's Catechism for small children, 16 pages, 1,000 copies. +A Lithographic Copy-book, 200 copies. +Elements of Arabic Grammar, 168 pages, 1,000 copies. +Hymn Book, 24 pages, 200 copies. +Alphabet, lithographed, 200 copies. +The Dairyman's Daughter, 96 pages, 2,000 copies. + +Since 1836, the issues of the press were as follows:-- + +Extracts from Chrysostom, 166 pages, 2,000 copies. +Extracts from Thomas à Kempis, 60 pages, 2,000 copies. +Smith's Arithmetic, 84 pages, 1,200 copies. +Proverbs of Solomon, 4,000 copies. +On Self-Examination, 40 pages, 4,000 copies. +Sermon on the Mount, 12 pages, 6,000 copies. +Tract on the Cholera, 12 pages, 4,000 copies. +Child's Book on the Soul. Part I., 104 pages, 2,000 copies. +Epistle to the Ephesians, 24 pages, 3,000 copies. +The Psalms of David, 276 pages, 5,000 copies. +Confession of Faith, 60 pages, 400 copies, +On Temperance, by Mrs. Whiting, 96 pages, 2,000 copies. +Child's Book on the Soul. Part II., 116 pages, 2,000 copies. +Little Henry and his Bearer, 84 pages, 2,000 copies. +The Acts of the Apostles, 150 pages, 2,000 copies. +Arabic Syntax, 74 pages, 2,000 copies. +The Passion of Christ, as in Matt. xxvii., 16 pages, 6,000 copies. +Thomas à Kempis, revised, 343 pages, 2,000 copies. +The First Sixteen Psalms, for Schools, 23 pages, 1,000 copies. +The Office and Work of the Holy Spirit, 256 pages, 2,000 copies. +Spelling Book, 63 pages, 2,000 copies. +The Westminster's Assembly's Catechism, 43 pages, 2,000 copies. +Good Works, their place, 87 pages, 2,000 copies. +Nevins's Thoughts on Popery, 156 pages, 2,000 copies. +Watts's Catechism for Children, 2,000 copies. +The Assembly's Shorter Catechism, with proofs, 1,500 copies. + +In 1842, the Arabic printing at Beirût amounted to 1,708,000 pages. +In 1843, to 13,000 copies, and 1,282,000 pages. Number of pages from +the beginning, 6,077,000. + +After the year 1845, the printing proceeded from year to year, and +the number of copies and pages was reported as formerly; but the +titles do not occur in the printed Reports, except as follows:-- + +The Spelling Book, from Bible; 59 pages, 1,500 copies. +Letter to the Syrian Clergy, 20 pages, 1,200 copies. +The Book of Genesis, 136 pages, 1,200 copies. +Union Question Book, Vol. I., 1,500 copies. +An Arithmetic, by Butrus el Bistâny. +Mrs. Whiting on Temperance, second edition. +Mr. Johnston's tract on Good Works, their Place, second edition. +Mr. Bird's Reply to the Maronite Bishop, second edition. +Mr. Calhoun's Companion to the Bible. +Dr. Van Dyck's Geography. +Dr. Alexander's Evidences of Christianity. +Dr. Van Dyck's Algebra. +Dr. Van Dyck's Sermon on the Second Commandment. +A small Arabic Grammar. +Dr. Meshakah on Skepticism. +Dr. Schneider on Rites and Ceremonies. +A new edition of the Psalms of David. + +The New Testament, in the version made by Dr. Eli Smith, assisted by +Butrus el Bistâny, and revised by Dr. Van Dyck, with references, and +also a Pocket Edition of the same, without references, of 5,000 +copies, was issued from the press in March 1860. + +The printing of the WHOLE BIBLE IN ARABIC was finished in March +1865. Upon this great work Drs. Smith and Van Dyck had labored with +zeal and energy sixteen years, from 1838. Of this translation, ten +different editions, of the whole, or of parts, had been printed in +1865, comprising over 40,000 copies. + +Two hundred copies of the first three chapters of the Gospel by John +were printed in raised letters, for the use of the blind. + +Printed in 1866: volumes of all kinds, 28,434. Copies of Tracts, +23,000. Copies of Scripture, 14,554. Pages of Tracts, 888,000. Pages +of Scripture, 2,872,000. + +Printed in 1867:-- + +Edwards's History of Redemption. +Bickersteth's Scripture Hand-book. +A large Psalm and Hymn Book. +A Psalter, versified. +A Children's Hymn Book. +A Monthly Missionary Arabic Journal. +Mr. Bistâny's Elements of Grammar. +Two editions of his Arabic Lexicon. + +In 1867, were printed 16,800 volumes of all kinds, and 20,700 +Tracts. + +In 1868, 726,000 pages of Scripture, and 1,300,000 of other works. + +In 1869, 5,147,000 pages of all kinds. + +The reports for subsequent years are defective. + +MODERN SYRIAC. (THE LANGUAGE OF THE NESTORIAN PEOPLE.) + +The printing, in the year 1843, was 860 volumes, 6,940 tracts, and +611,580 pages. + +In 1844, the Four Gospels, and the Dairyman's Daughter, were + printed. Whole amount, 437,800 pages. +The New Testament, with the ancient and modern Syriac in parallel + columns, was printed in 1846. In that year, 2,500 books and + tracts, and 1,114,000 pages, were printed; of which about + 1,000,000 pages were quarto. Among the books was a new and + enlarged edition of the Nestorian Hymn Book, a Spelling Book, and + a Question Book. +The Pilgrim's Progress was commenced in 1847. +A monthly paper, entitled "The Rays of Light," was begun in 1848, + and has continued till the present time. +In 1853 and 1854, an edition of the New Testament entire, was + printed; also a Hymn Book, and a volume entitled Scripture Facts. +In 1855, Green Pastures for the Lord's Flocks, 392 pages. +In 1856, Barth's Church History, and a Scripture Geography. + +Whole number of volumes printed this year, 3,000; 880,000 pages. + +In 1857, 934,000 pages, of which 768,000 were of Scripture, in large + quarto. + +During the eighteen years following the arrival of the press, from +1840 to 1858, 68,000 volumes were printed, comprising 13,493,020 +pages. + +In 1860, the New Testament, with references, had been printed. +The Old Testament is spoken of as having been previously printed in + that form. +A Christian Almanac was issued in 1862. +The Word of God was largely printed from year to year. +In 1866, Rays of Light, a monthly paper, 8vo, 384 pages, 400 copies. + Wayland's Moral Science. + +Volumes printed in 1866, 1,250. Tracts, including the monthly paper, +5,500. Pages of Scripture, and other works, 381,300. + +Whole number of volumes from the beginning, 91,350. Number of pages, +18,052,050. + +In 1867, Dr. Perkins's Commentary on Genesis; also a Christian + Almanac. +In 1869, Rays of Light, monthly, 104 pages, 400 copies. + Night of Toil, 221 pages, 500 copies. + Signet Ring, 65 pages, 200 copies. + Revival Hymns, 32 pages, 200 copies. + Dialogue on the Papacy, 12 pages, 200 copies. + Almanac, 44 pages, 200 copies. + Dr. Perkins's Commentary on Daniel, 154 pages, 500 copies. + +Printed in 1869, 632 consecutive pages, 2,200 copies. + +Total pages from the beginning, November 1840, to the close of 1869, +19,529,150. + + + +INDEX. [not included] + + + +END OF VOLUME II. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of History Of The Missions Of The +American Board Of Commissioners For Foreign Missions To The Oriental Churches, Volume II., by Rufus Anderson + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MISSIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOARD *** + +***** This file should be named 19939-8.txt or 19939-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/9/3/19939/ + +Produced by John Bechard (JaBBechard@aol.com) + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/19939-8.zip b/19939-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ec1a73 --- /dev/null +++ b/19939-8.zip diff --git a/19939.txt b/19939.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efc139d --- /dev/null +++ b/19939.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14034 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of History Of The Missions Of The American +Board Of Commissioners For Foreign Missions To The Oriental Churches, Volume II., by Rufus Anderson + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: History Of The Missions Of The American Board Of Commissioners For Foreign Missions To The Oriental Churches, Volume II. + +Author: Rufus Anderson + +Release Date: November 27, 2006 [EBook #19939] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MISSIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOARD *** + + + + +Produced by John Bechard (JaBBechard@aol.com) + + + + + + +HISTORY +OF +THE MISSIONS +OF THE +AMERICAN BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS FOR FOREIGN MISSIONS +TO THE +ORIENTAL CHURCHES. + +BY RUFUS ANDERSON, D.D., LL.D., +LATE FOREIGN SECRETARY OF THE BOARD. + +IN TWO VOLUMES. + +VOL. II. + +BOSTON: +CONGREGATIONAL PUBLISHING SOCIETY. +1872. + +Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1872, by +THE AMERICAN BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS FOR FOREIGN MISSIONS, +in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. + +RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE: +STEREOTYPED AND PRINTED BY +H. O. HOUGHTON AND COMPANY. + + + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +CHAPTER XXIV. THE ARMENIANS.--1846-1855. + +Agency of Sir Stratford Canning.--Of Lord Cowley.--Lord Palmerston's +Instructions.--Action of the Porte.--The Chevalier Bunsen.--A +Vizerial Letter.--Further Concessions.--The Firman.--Good Counsel +from Sir Stratford to the Protestants.--Dilatoriness of the Turkish +Government.--Still another Concession by the Sultan.--Agency of the +American Minister.--Greatness of the Changes.--The Divine Agency +recognized.--The Danger.--Why Persecution was continued.--New +Missionaries.--Pera again ravaged by Fire.--The Aintab +Station.--Native Zeal for the Spread of the Gospel.--Activity of the +Mission.--The Patriarch deposed.--Native Pastors.--Death of Mrs. +Hamlin.--Death and Character of Dr. Azariah Smith.--Mr. Dunmore +joins the Mission.--Removal into Old Constantinople.--The +First Ecclesiastical Council.--The Gospel introduced into +Marsovan.--Visited by Mr. E. E. Bliss.--A Persecution that was +needed.--Unexpected Relief.--Changes in the Mission.--Missions by +Native Pastors.--Death of Mrs. Everett.--Death of Mr. Benjamin. + +CHAPTER XXV. THE ARMENIANS.--1855-1860. + +The Crimean War subservient to the Gospel.--Its Origin. +--Providential Interposition.--Probable Consequences of Russian +Success.--Effect of the Fall of Sebastopol.--The Mission in +1855.--Schools.--Church Organization.--Church Building.--The +Printing.--Editions of the Scriptures.--The Book Depository.--Aid +from Abroad.--Greek Students in Theology.--Licentiates.--Accession +of Missionaries.--Death of Mr. Everett.--Miscellaneous +Notices.--Renewed Agitation about the Death Penalty.--The Hatti +Humaioun.--How regarded by the English Ambassador.--Includes the +Death Penalty.--Is recognized in the Treaty of Paris.--How estimated +by the Missionaries.--Indications of Progress.--Aintab.--Death of +Mrs. Schneider.--Girls' School at Constantinople.--Seminary at +Bebek.--Division of the Mission.--Turkish Missions Aid +Society.--Visit of Dr. Dwight to England.--A Remarkable +Convert.--Death of the second Mrs. Hamlin.--Arabkir.--Sivas and +Tocat.--Harpoot.--Geghi.--Revivals of Religion.--Girls' School at +Nicomedia.--Fire at Tocat.--Mr. Dunmore's Explorations.--Church at +Cesarea.--A former Persecutor made Catholicos.--Death of Mrs. +Beebee. + +CHAPTER XXVI. THE ARMENIANS.--1860-1861. + +A Result of the Crimean War.--Religious Opinion in Constantinople. +--Change at Rodosto.--Outbreak at the Metropolis.--A Remarkable +Native Helper.--Great Change in Marsovan.--Changes elsewhere. +--Telegraphic Communication.--The Mission further divided.--First +Native Pastor at Harpoot.--Rise of the Station.--Dr. Dwight's Second +Tour in the East.--Changes since the First Tour.--Triumph of the +Gospel at Marash.--Tribute to the Wives of Missionaries.--Change at +Diarbekir.--Decline of Turkish Population.--Death and Character of +Mr. Dunmore.--The Missionary Force.--Training School at +Mardin.--Other Portions of the Field.--Scripture Translations. +--Publications. + +CHAPTER XXVII. THE ASSYRIA MISSION.--1849-1860. + +Origin of the Mission.--Mosul reoccupied.--Why it had been +relinquished.--Proposed American Episcopal Mission.--The Mission of +the Board reinforced.--Dr. Bacon's Experience in the Koordish +Mountains.--Punishment of the Robbers.--How the Gospel came to +Diarbekir.--Church organized.--Arrival of Mr. Dunmore.--Tomas. +--Persecutions.--Mr. Marsh's Visit to Mardin.--Dr. Lobdell's +Experience at Aintab and Oorfa.--Outrage at Diarbekir.--Descent of +the Tigris.--Diarbekir a Year later.--Congregational Singing at +Mosul.--Dr. Lobdell as a Medical Missionary.--The Yazidees.--Dr. +Lobdell's Visit to Oroomiah.--His Views of the Ecclesiastical Policy +of the Mission.--Return to Mosul.--The Church at Diarbekir +reorganized.--Strength out of Weakness.--Native Preacher at +Haine.--The Gospel at Cutterbul.--Relief at Mosul.--A Special Danger +growing out of the Crimean War.--Excessive Heat.--Death of Mrs. +Williams.--Dr. Lobdell visits Bagdad.--His Sickness, Death, and +Character.--Religious Services at Diarbekir.--The Gospels in +Koordish.--New Station at Mardin.--Remarkable Case of Conversion. +--New Station at Bitlis.--Death of Mrs. Marsh.--Return of Mrs. +Lobdell with Mr. Marsh.--Difficulties in the way of occupying +Mosul.--Great Prosperity at Diarbekir.--Close of the Assyria +Mission. + +CHAPTER XXVIII. THE NESTORIANS.--1851-1857. + +Mr. Stoddard's Reception on his Return.--Death of Judith Perkins. +--Progress in the Mountains.--Progress on the Plain.--The +Seminaries.--A suggestive Case of Native Piety.--Scenes on a +Tour.--Nazee, a Christian Girl, at her Mountain Home.--Elevations of +Places.--A Russian Friend.--Mr. Stocking's Return Home.--A Robbery. +--Another Revival.--Seminary Graduates.--Extraordinary Enthusiasm. +--Books.--Death of Mr. Crane.--Audacity of Papal Missionaries. +--English and Russian Protection.--Mr. Cochran at Kosrova.--Matter +of Church Organization.--Death of Deacon Guwergis.--Hostility of the +Persian Government.--A new Revival.--Gawar vacated for a time. +--Discomfiture of the Enemy.--The Lord a Protector.--The Monthly +Concert.--Mountain Tours.--Search for a Western Station.--An +Interesting Event.--Violence of Government Agents.--How these Agents +were removed out of the Way. + +CHAPTER XXIX. THE NESTORIANS.--1857-1863. + +Death of Mr. Stoddard.--His Character.--Death of his Daughter. +--Retrospective View.--Death of Mrs. Rhea.--Decisive Indication of +Progress.--A Winter in Western Koordistan.--Mosul and its Vicinity. +--The Mountain Field.--An Appeal.--Failing Health.--New +Missionaries.--Death of Mr. Thompson.--Failure of the Plan for a +Western Station.--Failure of Mr. Cobb's Health.--The Nestorian +Helpers.--Tenth Revival in the Seminary.--Literary Treasures of the +Nestorians.--Marriage of Mar Yohanan.--Advance towards Church +Organization.--Death of the Patriarch.--Extraordinary Outburst of +Liberality.--Dr. Dwight's Visit to Oroomiah.--His Opinion of the +Church Policy of the Mission.--Improvements.--Appearance of the +Native Preachers.--Death of Mr. Breath.--Apprehended Aggressions +from Russian Ecclesiastics.--More Revivals.--Death of Mar +Elias.--His Character.--Armenians on the Plain of Oroomiah.--Manual +for the Reformed Church.--Retrospect of the Mission.--Miss Rice in +sole Charge of the Female Seminary.--Care of the English Government +for the Nestorians. + +CHAPTER XXX. THIRTY YEARS AMONG THE JEWS.--1826-1856. + +The First Missionaries.--Arrival of Mr. Schauffler at +Constantinople.--Jews in that City.--Baptism of a German +Jew.--Religious Excitements.--Visit to Odessa.--The Psalms in +Hebrew-Spanish.--Printing of the Old Testament at Vienna.--Whole +Bible in Hebrew-Spanish.--Unsuccessful Opposition.--Generous Aid +from Scotland.--Demand for the Scriptures.--The Grand Difficulty. +--Present Duty of Christian Churches.--The German Jews.--Interest of +Protestant Armenians in the Mission.--The Italian Jews.--Service for +the Germans.--Why so much Preparatory Work.--New Editions of the +Scriptures.--Important Testimony.--Change of Relations to +Constantinople Jews.--Attention turned to the Jews in Salonica.--The +Jewish Population there.--Missionaries to Salonica.--The Zoharites. +--Relations of the Jews to Christ's Kingdom.--The Practical +Inference.--Death of Mr. Maynard.--New Missionary.--The People +without Education.--Their Capacity for Self-righteousness.--Literary +Labors of Mr. Schauffler.--A New Missionary.--Insalubrity of the +Climate.--Dangerous Sickness.--Death of Mrs. Morgan.--Removal to +Constantinople.--Salonica partially reoccupied.--Labors among the +Smyrna Jews.--Labors of Mr. Schauffler.--Why the Mission was +relinquished.--Mr. Schauffler turns to the Moslems. + +CHAPTER XXXI. THE BULGARIANS OF EUROPEAN TURKEY.--1857-1862. + +The Geographical Position.--Moslem Population.--The Bulgarians. +--Their Origin and Early History.--Their Conversion to +Christianity.--Their Ecclesiastical Relations.--Their Aversion +to the Greek Hierarchy.--Danger from the Papacy.--Seasonable +Intervention of Protestantism.--Their Struggle with the Greek +Patriarch.--First Exploration of Roumelia, and Dr. Hamlin's +Report.--The Result.--Division of the Bulgarian Field between +Methodist Missionaries and those of the American Board.--Friendly +Cooeperation.--Report of a Tour by Mr. Bliss.--Commencement of the +Bulgarian Mission.--Papal Opposition.--The Mission enlarged.--The +Accessible Population.--Desire for Education.--Readiness to receive +the New Testament.--Church formed at Adrianople.--Labors of Mr. +Meriam. + +CHAPTER XXXII. THE BULGARIANS OF EUROPEAN TURKEY.--1862-1871. + +Brigandage in Bulgaria.--Mr. Meriam murdered by Brigands. +--Distressing Circumstances and Death of Mrs. Meriam.--Successful +Efforts to Punish the Assassins.--Check to the Brigandage.--Further +Enlargement of the Mission.--School for Girls.--New Station at +Samokov.--Results of a General Missionary Conference.--The Great +Obstacle.--Signs of Progress.--Unexpected Hindrance.--Popularity of +the Schools.--The People not accessible to Preaching.--Awakened +Interest.--Girl's School at Eski Zagra.--Cases of Domestic +Persecution.--A Serious Loss.--Effect of False Reports.--A +Successful Intervention.--Public Celebration of the Lord's +Supper.--Its Significance.--New Missionaries.--Death of Mr. +Ball.--Death of Miss Reynolds.--The Connection with the Armenian +Mission dissolved.--The Mission as thus constituted.--The Bulgarians +Ecclesiastically Free.--First Effect of this Freedom.--Promising +Events.--Death of Miss Norcross.--Removal of the School from Eski +Zagra to Samokov.--A Church organized at Bansko.--Translation of the +Bible into the Spoken Language.--The Mission in its Preliminary +Stage, but ready for an Onward Movement. + +CHAPTER XXXIII. THE ARMENIANS.--1861-1863. + +Dr. Dwight's Visit to the United States.--His Sudden Death.--His +Life and Character.--His Views of Missionary Policy.--The Actual +Call for Missionaries, and the Discretion awarded to them.--Bebek +Seminary to be removed into the Interior.--Its History.--Removal of +Boarding School for Girls.--Its Usefulness.--Exploration of the +Taurus Mountains.--A Beautiful Scene.--A Barbarous Expulsion from +Hadjin.--Murder of Mr. Coffing.--Successful Efforts to apprehend the +Murderers.--One of them executed.--The Result.--Mrs. Coffing remains +in the Mission.--Dr. Goodell's Estimate of Progress in the Central +Mission.--Progress at Aintab.--At Oorfa.--At Harpoot.--Theological +School.--A Native Preacher.--Mosul.--Ordination of a Native Pastor +at Diarbekir.--Contrasted with an Oriental Ordination.--Disturbing +Efforts of Garabed.--Progress at Bitlis.--The Church at Erzroom. +--Progress at Arabkir.--Sojourn of Dr. Wood at Constantinople. +--Accessions to the Mission.--Ordination of Native Pastors. + +CHAPTER XXXIV. THE ARMENIANS.--1864-1865. + +A Reaction.--The Apparent Cause.--Consequent Movements.--Results. +--Position of the Entire Field.--Obstacles to be surmounted. +--Painful Experience at Marsovan.--Accessions to the Mission. +--Working Force at the Metropolis.--Robert College and Bebek.--An +unsuccessful Disorganizing Movement.--Great Fire at Broosa.--New +Missionary Station.--Influence of the American War at Adana. +--Diminished Force in Central Turkey.--Evangelical Progress at +Aintab.--Two Churches formed.--Girls' Boarding School.--High +School.--Graduating Class at Harpoot.--Singular Method of +Opposition.--Progress of Self-support and the Evangelical Spirit in +the Churches.--Death of Mrs. Williams.--General View of the Eastern +Mission.--Methods of Opposition.--Liberal Support of the Gospel. +--Prosperity at Diarbekir.--Death of Mr. Dodd.--Death of Mr. +Morgan.--Death of Hohannes.--Interesting Ordinations.--Reception +of Mr. and Mrs. Walker.--A Native Church in the Absence of both +Missionary and Pastor.--Death of a Native Helper. + +CHAPTER XXXV. THE ARMENIANS--1865-1867. + +Harpoot Evangelical Union.--Other Similar Associations.--Their +Utility.--A Poor Church enriched.--John Concordance, the Blind +Preacher.--His Sermon on Tithes, and his Wide Influence.--Meeting of +the Harpoot Union.--Death of Mrs. Adams.--New Missionaries. +--Multiplication of Newspapers.--The Avedaper, or "Messenger."--The +Reformed Church and Prayer-Book.--Consequent Excitement. +--Bible-women.--Eleven Years at Harpoot.--Week of Prayer at Harpoot, +and Bitlis.--Revival at Bitlis.--Broosa after Seventeen Years. +--First Evangelical Greek Church.--Death of Mr. Walker.--His +Character.--Return Home of Mrs. Walker.--Contrast at Choonkoosh. +--A Foreign Mission resolved upon.--New Revival at Harpoot.--The +Past and Present.--Injurious Effect of Prosperity in a Church.--The +Recovery. + +CHAPTER XXXVI. THE NESTORIANS.--1864-1868. + +Death and Character of Deacon Isaac.--Death and Character of Miss +Fiske.--Death of Deacon Joseph.--Mountain Tours.--The Mountain +Work.--Visit to the Young Patriarch.--The Seminary for Girls.--Great +Usefulness of Dr. Wright.--His Death.--Death of Mr. Ambrose. +--Nestorian Vagrancy.--Death and Character of Mr. Rhea.--Hostility +of Mar Shimon.--Friendly Agency of the English Ambassador.--Royal +Donation.--Success of the Girls' School.--Male Seminary.--A Private +School.--Death of Priest Eshoo.--New Medical Missionary.--Estimates +of Population.--Interesting Armenian Colony.--The Patriarch thwarted +in his Hostility.--Favoring Indications. + +CHAPTER XXXVII. THE NESTORIANS.--1867-1870. + +Convention of Nestorian Churches.--Ordination of a Nestorian +Missionary.--A Satisfactory Tour.--Movement towards Self-supporting +Churches.--Progress of the Reformation.--Retirement of +Missionaries.--What Dr. Perkins had seen accomplished.--Rekindling +of the Ancient Missionary Spirit.--Foreign Missions become a +Necessity.--The Reviving Missionary Spirit illustrated.--Death of +Priest Abraham.--Failure of the Original Plan of Church +Organization.--Mar Yohanan.--Erratic Proceedings of Priest +John.--The best People stand firm.--The Past not to be condemned. +--Separate Churches become a Necessity.--Signs of Revival.--The +Foreign Missionary Field for the Nestorians.--The Missionaries. +--Assignments of Fields.--Transfer of the Mission to the +Presbyterian Board.--Death and Character of Dr. Perkins. + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. SYRIA.--1857-1860. + +Death of Dr. Eli Smith.--The Work performed by him.--Dr. Van Dyck +succeeds him as Translator.--The Missionaries.--Death of Dr. De +Forest.--The Schools.--Progress in Fifteen Years.--Ain Zehalty. +--Church at Hasbeiya.--Attitude of the Maronite Clergy.--B'hamdun. +--Kefr Shema.--A High-minded Christian.--Religious Toleration. +--Prospect of a Native Ministry.--A New Call for the Gospel.--Church +at Alma.--Successful Ministry at Cana.--First completed Protestant +Church Building in Syria.--The Missionary's Wife at Cana. +--Persecution.--The Women at Alma.--Training of Helpers.--Ain +Zehalty again.--Struggles in the Department of Education. +--Accessions to the Churches.--New Protestant Community at Deir +Mimas.--A Cheering Annual Meeting.--Friendly Aid from United States +Ambassador.--Arabic New Testament published. + +CHAPTER XXXIX. SYRIA.--1860-1863. + +Another Civil War in Syria.--The Missionaries Safe.--Massacre near +Sidon.--Mr. Bird at Deir el-Komr.--Destruction of Zahleh.--Massacre +at Hasbeiya.--Massacre at Damascus.--Relief for Suffering +Thousands.--Remarkable Escape of Missionaries and Native +Protestants.--Foreign Interposition.--Effects of the War.--Arabic +New Testament published.--Cooperation of American and English Bible +Societies.--Importance of the Version.--Sales of the Scriptures.--A +Voweled Arabic New Testament.--The Field Brightening.--A Good +Governor.--Further Evidences of Progress.--Persecution.--A +Significant Event.--Evidence of Divine Agency.--Changes in the +Mission.--Growth of Beirut.--Demand for Education.--Proposal for a +Protestant College.--What hindered a more Rapid Progress in the +Mission. + +CHAPTER XL. SYRIA.--1863-1869. + +Personal.--Boarding Schools.--Printing.--Completion of the Arabic +Translation of the Scriptures.--Multiplication of Copies.--Improved +Government of Lebanon.--The Native Ministry.--Druze High School. +--Value of Druze Protection.--Death of Tannus el-Haddad.--Native +Pastor at Hums.--Remarkable Awakening at Safeeta.--Remarkable +Persecution.--Firmness of the persecuted People.--The Persecution +closed.--Decline and Recovery of the Church at Hums.--Native +Missions.--Administration of Daoud Pasha.--Accessions to the +Mission.--Books published.--The Publishing Department strengthened. + +CHAPTER XLI. SYRIA.--1869-1870. + +But few Students in Theology.--Institution of a Theological +Seminary.--Female Boarding Schools.--THE SYRIAN PROTESTANT COLLEGE. +--Demand for a College.--Its Objects.--Range of its Studies.--Why an +Independent Institution.--Its Location and Government.--Its +Endowment.--Its Students.--The Religious Influences.--First +Graduating Class.--The College Edifices.--Transfer of the Mission to +the Presbyterian Board.--Feeling awakened by the Transfer.--RESULTS +OF THE PAST. + +CHAPTER XLII. THE ARMENIANS.--1867-1869. + +New Missionaries.--Revival at Marash.--Revival at Mardin.--Oosee, a +Native Candidate for a Foreign Mission.--Church organized at +Mardin.--Wife of Oosee.--Struggle with the People of Zeitoon. +--Deadly Assault on a Missionary.--The Rescue.--The Gospel gains a +Footing in Zeitoon.--Coast of the Black Sea.--Death of Dr. William +Goodell.--His Life and Character.--Prolonged Tour in Eastern +Turkey.--Meeting of the Evangelical Union at Diarbekir.--Mardin. +--Remarkable Church and Pastor at Sert.--Bitlis.--Extreme Poverty on +the Plain of Moosh.--Oppression by the Priesthood.--Death of Mrs. H. +S. Barnum.--District of Erzroom.--Diarbekir.--Native Mission to +Koordistan.--Native Mission to Moosh.--Seminaries at Harpoot.--Cruel +Persecution at Mardin.--Revival at Oorfa.--Apprehended Doctrinal +Errors.--Reception of Mr. Wheeler on his Return to Harpoot. +--Progress of Civilization at Aleppo.--Death of John Concordance. +--Aintab after Twenty Years. + +CHAPTER XLIII. THE ARMENIANS.--1869-1872. + +Another Revival at Marash.--Another at Bitlis.--New Church and +Pastor at Havadoric.--Great Change in Hadjin.--The Marsovan +Seminary.--Angora.--Erzingan.--Crisis in the Koordistan Native +Mission.--Mr. Wheeler's Visit to it, and Mr. Pond's Visit to Sert. +--Mosul.--Death of Dr. Williams.--His Character.--Women in the +Region of Cesarea.--Missionary Visit to Van.--Death of a Native +Pastor.--Dr. Clarke's Impressions of Cilicia. + +CHAPTER XLIV. THE ARMENIANS.--EDUCATION.--1872. + +Common Schools a Necessity.--The Four Seminaries.--The Female +Boarding Schools.--Tabular View of the Higher Schools.--Marsovan +Seminary.--Harpoot Seminaries.--Marash Seminary.--Mardin +Seminaries.--Training School at Tocat.--High School at Aintab. +--Marsovan Female Seminary.--Harpoot Female Seminary.--Female +Boarding School at Aintab.--Marash Female High School.--The ROBERT +COLLEGE.--Its Origin.--Obstacles to be overcome.--To be a Christian +Institution.--The Founder.--Fully established.--How Obstacles were +surmounted.--The College Self-supporting.--Gifts by the Founder. +--The Demand for Liberal Education.--_Proposed College in the +Interior_.--How the Idea originated.--Interesting Statement from +Aintab.--To be located in Aintab. + +CHAPTER XLV. THE ARMENIANS.--PRESENT CONDITION.--1872. + +Unreasonable Demands on Foreign Missions.--How the Millennium is +made possible.--The Evangelizing Progress.--Changes in the +Metropolis of Turkey.--National Progress.--Influence of the +Protestant Faith.--Reform in Worship.--The Missionaries Hopeful. +--The Degree of Progress.--Illustrations.--The Harpoot Community. +--General Statements.--The Result. + +CHAPTER XLVI. THE MOHAMMEDANS. + +The Mohammedans to be approached through the Oriental Churches. +--Largely of Christian Origin.--Degree of Security for Moslem +Converts.--Mohammedan Susceptibility to Christian Influence +illustrated.--General Character of the Illustrations.--The Gospel +yet in its Incipient Stage of Influence among them.--Why so little +Direct Effort hitherto.--Demand for Laborers of the same Race. +--Experience favors the Plan hitherto pursued.--The Probable +Future.--The Relations of the Missionary to the Moslems.--The Turks +not an Unhopeful Race. + + + + + + +MISSIONS + +TO THE + +ORIENTAL CHURCHES. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1846-1855. + + +Several European governments, and especially England, performed an +important part in securing civil and religious freedom to the +Protestant Armenians.[1] + +[1] This is impressively set forth in the _Correspondence respecting +the Condition of Protestants in Turkey_, published by order of +Parliament in 1851, pp. 154 folio. + +In March, 1846, Sir Stratford Canning, English Ambassador at +Constantinople, reported to his government thirty-six evangelical +Armenians as persecuted by the Patriarch. To this he added personal +efforts to meliorate their condition, which resulted in promises +from Turkish officials and the Patriarch of better treatment, +promises that were by no means fulfilled. + +Upon learning that the Armenian Protestants had been organized into +a church, he transmitted to Lord Palmerston, the Foreign Secretary, +their declaration of reasons for so doing, and their confession of +faith. + +The Hon. H. R. Wellesley, better known as Lord Cowley, on taking, +the place of Sir Stratford during his visit to England, cordially +took up the unfinished work of his predecessor, and urged upon Lord +Palmerston the importance of procuring from the Porte a recognition +of the Protestant Armenians as an independent community. He showed +that, in spite of the liberal assurances extorted from the +Patriarch, they were exposed to daily injury and insult, and would +continue to be so until recognized by the Porte as a distinct +community among its Christian subjects. At the same time, he +forwarded a copy of an able declaration by the American missionaries +of their objects in coming to Turkey, which they had made to the +Porte through Mr. Carr, the American Minister. Lord Cowley was +instructed by Lord Palmerston, "to bring the situation of these +people earnestly under the consideration of the Porte, and urgently +to press the Turkish government to acknowledge them as a separate +religious sect." In December the Porte freed the Protestant +Armenians from the rule of the Armenian Patriarch, so far as +regarded their commercial and temporal affairs, and allowed them to +appoint an agent, who should manage their affairs with the +government; and also to keep separate registers of marriages, +births, and deaths. The Chevalier Bunsen, the well known Prussian +Ambassador in Paris, now entered into the work, and recommended, +that their recognition be as durable and complete as that of the +other Christian nationalities. To this proposal Lord Palmerston +cordially assented; but the Turkish officials were, as usual, +disinclined to go forward. + +On the 19th of November, 1847, Lord Cowley had the satisfaction of +announcing, that the Grand Vizier, wishing, as he said, to do +something that he knew would be agreeable to his lordship, before he +should leave the country, had obtained the Sultan's permission to +issue a vizierial letter in his Majesty's name, which would +establish their independence at once.[1] + +[1] This letter may be found in _Missionary Herald_ for 1848, p. 98. + +At the suggestion of Lord Cowley, the Porte promised to send letters +to five different pashalics where there were Protestants, requiring +them to act in accordance with the letter; in which was granted the +privilege of toleration to all Protestant subjects alike, whether +from the Armenian, Greek, Syrian, or Roman Catholic Churches, or +from the Jews. + +This letter was of great importance under the existing +circumstances; but the privileges it conferred might all be taken +away on a change of ministry. Accordingly Sir Stratford Canning, on +his return to Constantinople in 1850, lost no time in commencing +negotiations for a more stable basis of protection, and succeeded in +obtaining an Imperial Firman with the autograph of the Sultan, in +behalf of his Protestant subjects; giving to their civil +organization all the stability and permanency that the older +Christian communities enjoyed in Turkey. It was issued in November, +1850; and translated into English, reads as follows:-- + +"To my Vizier, Mohammed Pasha, Prefect of the Police in +Constantinople, the honorable Minister and glorious Councillor, the +model of the world, and regulator of the affairs of the community; +who, directing the public interests with sublime prudence, +consolidating the structure of the empire with wisdom, and +strengthening the columns of its prosperity and glory, is the +recipient of every grace from the Most High. May God prolong his +glory! + +"When this sublime and august mandate reaches you, let it be known, +that hitherto those of my Christian subjects who have embraced the +Protestant faith, in consequence of their not being under any +specially appointed superintendence, and in consequence of the +patriarchs and primates of their former sects, which they have +renounced, naturally not being able to attend to their affairs, have +suffered much inconvenience and distress. But in necessary +accordance with my imperial compassion, which is the support of all, +and which is manifested to all classes of my subjects, it is +contrary to my imperial pleasure that any one class of them should +be exposed to suffering. + +"As, therefore, by reason of their faith, the above mentioned are +already a separate community, it is my royal compassionate will, +that, for the facilitating the conducting of their affairs, and that +they may obtain ease and quiet and safety, a faithful and +trustworthy person from among themselves, and by their own +selection, should be appointed, with the title of 'Agent of the +Protestants,' and that he should be in relations with the Prefecture +of the Police. + +"It shall be the duty of the Agent to have in charge the register of +the male members of the community, which shall be kept at the +police; and the Agent shall cause to be registered therein all +births and deaths in the community. And all applications for +passports and marriage licenses, and all petitions on affairs +concerning the community that are to be presented to the Sublime +Porte, or to any other department, must be given in under the +official seal of the Agent. + +"For the execution of my will, this my imperial sublime mandate and +august command has been especially issued and given from my sublime +chancery. + +"Hence thou, who art the minister above named, according as it has +been explained above, wilt execute to the letter the preceding +ordinance; only, as the collection of the capitation tax and the +delivery of passports are subject to particular regulations, you +will not do anything contrary to those regulations. You will not +permit anything to be required of them, in the name of fee, or on +other pretences, for marriage licenses, or registration. You will +see to it that, like the other communities of the empire, in all +their affairs, such as procuring cemeteries and places of worship, +they should have every facility and every needed assistance. You +will not permit that any of the other communities shall in any way +interfere with their edifices, or with their worldly matters or +concerns, or, in short, with any of their affairs, either secular or +religious, that thus they may be free to exercise the usages of +their faith. + +"And it is enjoined upon you not to allow them to be molested an +iota in these particulars, or in any others; and that all attention +and perseverance be put in requisition to maintain them in quiet and +security. And, in case of necessity, they shall be free to make +representations regarding their affairs through their Agent to the +Sublime Porte. + +"When this my imperial will shall be brought to your knowledge and +appreciation, you will have this august decree registered in the +necessary departments, and then give it over to remain in the hands +of these my subjects. And see you to it, that its requirements be +always in future performed in their full import. + +"Thus know thou, and respect my sacred signet! Written in the holy +month of Moharrem, 1267 (November, 1850). + +"Given in the well guarded city Constantiniyeh." + +At the request of Sir Stratford Canning, thirteen of the leading +Protestants called upon him, on the occasion of his procuring this +charter of rights; and for nearly an hour he addressed them on their +duties and responsibilities, in their present position in the +empire. He told them that they ought to thank God that they were the +first to be relieved from the shackles of superstition, and made +acquainted with the pure Gospel of Christ. He told them that many +eyes were upon them, and that they ought to excel all others in the +land in faithful obedience to the government, in a brotherly +deportment to those of other religious opinions, and an example of +uprightness in every relation. Again and again did he exhort them to +act, in all things, according to the principles and doctrines of the +Gospel. + +Three years after this, on the 6th of December, 1853, on his return +to Constantinople as Lord Stratford de Redcliffe, the same noble +friend of religious freedom, wrote to the Earl of Clarendon, that he +had endeavored in vain to obtain the official transmission of the +firman to the Pashas throughout the empire. This was strikingly +characteristic of Turkish procrastination. But he was then able to +state, that the Porte, "out of consideration for his repeated +representations," had officially transmitted the firman to all +Pashas where a Protestant society was known to exist. + +In 1854, his lordship obtained the concession from the Turkish +government, that Christian evidence, in matters of criminal +jurisdiction, should stand on the same footing everywhere in Turkey +as the testimony of Mohammedans; thus removing a great wrong, under +which the rayahs of the empire had labored for centuries. + +While gratefully acknowledging our obligations to the +representatives of other nations, I should also record, that our +brethren, both in the Armenian and Syria missions, were under +continued obligation to Mr. Carr, our Minister at the Porte, for +personal protection as American citizens. He acted with decision +whenever their rights were invaded. In the repeated efforts made to +remove them from the country, his reply to the formal demands of the +Porte was, that he had power to protect the missionaries as American +citizens, but not to remove them; and furthermore, that while papal +missionaries from France and Italy were permitted to reside in +Turkey, Protestant missionaries from America must also have the same +privilege. + +Here we may properly pause, and consider what God had wrought, not +alone through the agency of the churches, but with the cooeperation +of the great powers of the earth. Twenty years before, Messrs. Smith +and Dwight did not find a single clear case of conversion in their +extended travels through the Turkish empire. How many and great the +subsequent changes! First came the national charter of rights, given +by the Sultan in 1840; which, among its other results, destroyed the +persecuting power of the Armenian aristocracy. Next came the +abolition of the death penalty, in 1843, and the Sultan's pledge, +that men should no more be persecuted for their religious opinions. +Then, after three years, came the unthought of application of this +pledge to the Armenian Protestants, when persecuted by their own +hierarchy. In the next year followed the recognition of the +Protestants as an independent community. Finally, in 1850, came the +charter, signed by the Grand Sultan himself, placing the Protestants +on the same national basis with the other Christian communities of +the empire. + +How wonderful this progression of events! So far as the central +government was concerned, missionaries might print, gather schools, +form churches, ordain pastors, and send forth other laborers, +wherever they pleased. Attention had been awakened, and there was a +disposition to inquire, renounce errors, and embrace gospel truths. +There was a progressive change in fundamental ideas; a gradual +reconstruction of the social system; a spiritual reformation. At +least fifty places were known, scattered over Asiatic Turkey, in all +of which souls had been converted through the truth, and where +churches might be gathered. Ten churches had been formed already, +and in part supplied with pastors. Aintab, scarcely known by name +five years before, numbered more Protestants than even the +metropolis, and was becoming one of the most interesting missionary +stations in the world. + +In this remarkable series of results we recognize the hand of God, +who makes all earthly agencies subservient to the great work of +redemption; so that secular agencies come as legitimately into the +history of the republication of the Gospel in Bible lands, as do the +labors of the missionaries. They were among the ordained means; and +the leading agents cannot fail to command our grateful admiration. + +The danger at this time was, that the reformation so auspiciously +begun, would pass its grand crisis before the central lights had +grown bright enough, and a knowledge of the Gospel been sufficiently +diffused in the empire. There was everywhere a curiosity to know +what Protestantism was, and to hear what the missionaries had to +say; but this curiosity, regarded as a national feeling, was in +danger of dying out. In the year 1851, the President of the National +Council of the Armenians said to Mr. Dwight: "Now is the time for +you to work for the Armenian people. Such an opportunity as you now +enjoy may soon pass away, and never more return. You should greatly +enlarge your operations. Where you have one missionary, you should +have ten; and where you have one book, you should put ten in +circulation." Constantinople, Smyrna, Broosa, Trebizond, Erzroom, +and Aintab, were already occupied as stations. It was proposed at +once to occupy Sivas, Arabkir, Diarbekir, and Aleppo. Mr. Adger, +after a laborious and most useful service in the literary department +of the mission, was constrained, by his health, in 1847, to retire +from the field. + +The statement of Lord Stratford, that three years were allowed to +pass before the Sultan's firman was transmitted to the provinces, +will account in part for the fact that persecution did not cease. In +general, whenever evangelical views entered for the first time into +a place, a battle was to be fought, and the first recipients of +these views were sure to suffer more or less from the hands of their +former co-religionists. But relief was almost sure to come on an +appeal to the capital; and thus there was a gradual progress towards +the full protection of the Protestants as a distinct community. + +The accession of missionaries during the time now under review, was +as follows: Joel S. Everett, in 1845; Isaac G. Bliss, in 1847; +Oliver Crane, in 1849; Joseph W. Sutphen, in 1852--who died before +the close of the year; Wilson A. Farnsworth, William Clark, Andrew +T. Pratt, M. D.; George B. Nutting, Fayette Jewett, M. D., and +Jasper N. Ball, in 1853; Albert G. Beebe, George A. Perkins, Sanford +Richardson, Edwin Goodell, and Benjamin Parsons, in 1854; and +Alexander R. Plumer, and Ira T. Pettibone, in 1855. All these were +married men, except Mr. Pettibone. Mary and Isabella, daughters of +Dr. Goodell, returned to the mission within the last two years. + +In June, 1848, Pera was again ravaged by fire, and Messrs. Dwight, +Homes, and Schauffler lost their houses, and most of their effects. + +In October of the same year, seven persons were added to the church +at Aintab, five of whom were women. In this month, Dr. Azariah Smith +returned to that station with his wife, and made it his permanent +abode. + +The church at Aintab had a commendable zeal for the spread of the +Gospel in the surrounding villages; but their colporters were never +suffered to remain long in a place, the Armenian magnates persuading +the Turkish authorities to send them away as vagabonds. They now +resorted to an ingenious expedient for protecting themselves with +the authority of law. Five men, who had trades, went forth to +different towns, with their tools in one hand and the Bible in the +other. Wherever they went they worked at their trades, and at the +same time preached Christ to the people. The experiment succeeded +wonderfully. They could no longer be treated as vagabonds, and the +spirit of religious inquiry spread in all directions. The +congregation in Aintab became so large that two houses were opened +for worship at the same time, and urgent appeals came from Killis, +Marash, Oorfa, Diarbekir, Malatia, Harpoot, Arabkir, and other +places near and remote. + +Mr. Crane succeeded Mr. Schneider at Broosa. Mr. Benjamin made a +missionary tour from Smyrna to the interior of Asia Minor; Mr. +Schneider made one to Aintab, on a temporary mission; Messrs. +Goodell and Everett to Nicomedia and Adabazar; Mr. Peabody into the +province of Geghi; Mr. Homes to Nicomedia; and Mr. Johnston to +Tocat. The building occupied by the Seminary at Bebek became now the +property of the Board. The printing at Smyrna, in Armenian, +Armeno-Turkish, Hebrew-Spanish, and Modern Greek, amounted to +twenty-one thousand copies, and five million five hundred and +eighty-two thousand pages. There was printing done at +Constantinople, but the amount was not reported. Among the works in +process of publication was D'Aubigne's "History of the Reformation." + +The persecuting Matteos had now finished his career as Patriarch. +Before the close of 1848, he was convicted of frauds upon the public +treasury, and of forgery, and was degraded, and passed into +retirement on the shores of the Bosphorus.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1849, p. 42; _Report_, 1849, p. 115. + +Three additional pastors were ordained during the year which closed +with May, 1849; Baron Mugurdich, at Trebizond, Baron Hohannes +Sahakian, at Adabazar, and Baron Avedis, as co-pastor at +Constantinople. The reader is aware that Hohannes received the +greater part of his education in the United States. He possessed a +delightful spirit, and developed far more talent than he was +commonly credited with in America, where he could communicate his +thoughts only through the medium of a strange language. + +The mission suffered a painful bereavement on the 14th of November, +1850, in the death of Mrs. Hamlin, at Rhodes, whither she had gone +with her husband in the hope of relief.[1] + +[1] See an account of her last sickness in _Missionary Herald_, for +1851, p. 82; also in her Memoir, _Light in the Dark River_, by Mrs. +Lawrence. + +Another bereavement occurred at Aintab in the death on the 3d of +June, 1851, of the Rev. Azariah Smith, M. D. Such was his peculiar +adaptation to different fields, that he had labored in many places, +but had a special attachment for Aintab. The uncommonly rapid +development of the active Christian graces at that station was +largely owing, under God, to his skillful efforts, and he wished +there to spend the remainder of his days. In this he was gratified. +He returned from laboring at Diarbekir greatly in need of quiet. But +finding so much to be done in the absence of Mr. Schneider at the +annual meeting in Constantinople, he allowed himself no relaxation. +His labors for the last six weeks of his life were incessant. A +violent fever did its work in a fortnight. At the outset he gave +specific directions as to the treatment of his case, feeling that +soon he would be unable to prescribe for himself; and expressed a +wish that no native physician should be employed, as there was no +competent one to be had at Aintab. While in full possession of +reason, he spoke of his departure with the composure of one on a +short journey, and soon to return. As the native brethren came in +one by one and in companies, he reminded them how often he had +preached to them salvation through Christ alone. "In his lucid +intervals," says his missionary brother, "and even in his delirium, +his soul seemed intent on measures for the good of this people. At +last he appeared to be at the gate of heaven. When no longer able to +articulate words, he would utter faint syllables expressive of his +growing rapture. Then he would move his lips as if in prayer; and, +again, for minutes together, he would attempt to sing. It was a +blessed privilege to be by his side." Mr. Dunmore was present at the +funeral, and says: "The chapel was crowded, and the roofs of the +surrounding buildings were covered. There was abundant proof of the +presence of grief-stricken hearts in gushing tears, and sobs were +heard throughout the assembly. There were six or seven hundred +present, and nearly as many accompanied us to the grave. I scarcely +ever saw in America a more quiet and solemn procession. In the +Protestant burying ground, by the side of his only child, lie the +remains of our dear departed brother." + +The Rev. George W. Dunmore and wife had joined the mission early in +1851, and proceeded to Diarbekir by way of Aintab. Broosa was now +left for a time, as Nicomedia and Adabazar had been, to the care of +a native pastor, under the superintendence of the Constantinople +station; and useful evangelical tours were performed by different +brethren.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_ for 1851, pp. 24-32, 78-81, 160-162, +232-236. + +The law forbidding the residence of foreigners in Constantinople +proper having become a dead letter, two of the brethren took up +their abode near the "Seven Towers," amid an Armenian population, +and a third evangelical church was formed in February, 1852, in the +suburb of Has-Keuy. + +Among the miscellaneous labors of the brethren at the capitol, was +the distribution of letters received at the mission post-office from +the European mails. Not less than fifteen hundred letters were thus +disposed of in the year 1851, as the Turks had no arrangements for +distributing letters that came by steamers. There was also much +other secular labor for the brethren at this central station. + +Difficulties in the church at Trebizond occasioned the calling of an +ecclesiastical council,--the first one convened in the Turkish +empire. Pastor Simon was present from the first church in +Constantinople, pastor Hohannes from Adabazar, and Mr. Dwight from +the mission. Pastor Hohannes was chosen moderator, and pastor Simon +scribe; and Mr. Dwight describes them as managing the case with +admirable tact and prudence. The results were satisfactory. + +Marsovan began now to claim special attention. It stands in one +corner of a lovely plain hemmed in by mountains, and then contained +eight hundred Armenian houses, with twice that number of Turkish +families. The story of the entrance of the Gospel into this place is +so interesting that it deserves to be recorded. Pastor Simon visited +it in September, 1851, on his return from the council at Trebizond, +and learned that, eighteen years before, a respectable inhabitant +made a pilgrimage to Jerusalem, and bought in Beirut a few +Armeno-Turkish tracts, not knowing what they were, only that they +were written in his own native tongue. He read them carefully on his +way home, and liked them so well that he retained them; but not +until Protestants and Protestant books were anathematized in the +churches did he learn their origin. They had been printed in Malta +under the supervision of Mr. Goodell. Soon after this, Der Vartanes, +on a missionary tour through Armenia, spent a night at the convent +in Marsovan. This man was present in the evening, and recognized the +similarity between the teachings of the stranger and his favorite +tracts, but did not dare to speak out before the Vartabed. He +managed, however, to see the good priest alone, and with great +difficulty they contrived to unite in prayer under a tree in the +garden. This was the only evangelical prayer he ever heard till Mr. +Powers visited the place in March, 1851. We need not say how +cordially he was received by the owner of the tracts; nor by him +alone, for the missionary could scarcely get a moment to himself day +or night. No wonder Mr. Powers felt that God had good things in +store for this people. When he returned in July, he was disappointed +in not being met by his friend, till he learned that six weeks +before he had been dragged from his bed at midnight, and sent a +prisoner with four others to Amasia, a town twenty-four miles +distant. There for two weeks they were shut up with the vilest +criminals, and one day they were chained together, two and two. The +charge brought against them by the governor and council of Marsovan +was, that they had made a violent assault upon the court. Nor would +the Pasha of Amasia, who, according to Turkish custom, had "eaten" a +large bribe, listen to any denial of the preposterous accusation. + +The outrages which they suffered at length produced such an +excitement at Marsovan, that the primates hastened to give an order +for their release. The spirit of religious inquiry now greatly +increased, and a large number signed a petition to be set off from +the Armenian Church as Protestants. + +Mr. E. E. Bliss visited Marsovan in October, and was there three +months. His presence was greatly needed. There had been a decline of +piety, and only a small number of the Protestants retained their +interest in spiritual things. Conversation turned not so much on the +truths of the Gospel as on the errors of the Armenian Church; nor so +much on these as on the corruption of their priesthood and the +exactions of the government. All were convinced of the truth of +Protestantism, but its particular charm was in its promise of good +for the life that now is. There was an obvious need of more +persecution. + +During the first month, Mr. Bliss preached every evening in the +week, and twice on the Sabbath. The audiences ranged from fifty to +two hundred and fifty, and there were increasing evidences of +interest in the preaching. Then came tribulation because of the +word. The power of wealth and political influence was enlisted +against the truth. The taxes of those who had joined the Protestant +community were more than doubled, and those who could not or would +not pay them, were thrown into prison. Indeed, former scenes in +Constantinople were now repeated in Marsovan. No mercy was shown, +except on the one condition of leaving the Protestant meetings. When +day after day passed and brought no relief, the feeble began to +yield. One by one they made their submission to the Vartabed, and +received his blessing. Only four stood firm. + +But now the Lord sent a partial deliverance, in an unexpected way. +An authoritative copy of the Sultan's firman was sent from +Constantinople, by a brother who was ignorant of the circumstances. +No such copy had before reached that part of the interior, so that +any official who pleased could ignore its existence. The news of its +arrival brought out the affrighted Protestants from their +hiding-places. Many whose sympathies were with them, were as joyful +as themselves. Before night five or six, who had submitted to the +Vartabed, bore to him a written recantation of what they had done; +and he, having heard of the firman, received the recantation and was +silent. After that there was comparative peace, and the number +attending on the preaching of the missionary increased. + +I have dwelt on these developments at Marsovan, as an illustration +of what, in various degrees, was experienced in other places at this +stage in the reformation; as in Marash, Kessab, Demirdesh, and +Adana. + +Mr. Wood, of this mission, being detained in the United States by +the failure of his wife's health, was elected, in 1852, a +Corresponding Secretary of the Board, to reside in the city of New +York. The widow of Dr. Azariah Smith had remained in active labors +at Aintab, but disease now obliged her to retire from the field. +Miss Maria A. West took charge, with Mrs. Everett, of the girls' +boarding-school at Constantinople; and Miss Melvina Haynes, a sister +of Mrs. Everett, gave herself to a species of labor among Armenian +females, which has since risen to importance in the missionary +field. Mrs. George B. Nutting died at Aintab, July 9, 1854. + +In the Reports of the Prudential Committee to the Board for 1852 and +1853, a hundred important towns and villages are named, into which +the reformation had gained entrance. + +Pastor Simon, of the first church in Constantinople, spent a summer +at Aintab; but his absence was the occasion of serious injury to his +own charge; and so it was at Adabazar. Pastor Hohannes, of that +church, with teacher Simon, of Nicomedia, devoted eight months to a +missionary tour through Asia Minor. Their course was by way of +Smyrna and Beirut, to Kessab, Aleppo, Killis, Aintab, Marash, Oorfa, +Albestan, Cesarea, Marsovan, and Samsun; thence by steamer to +Trebizond; thence to Erzroom, Khanoos, Moosh, Van, Bitlis, and back +again through Diarbekir, Harpoot, Arabkir, Egin, Divrik, Sivas, +Tokat, Amasia, Marsovan, and Samsun. An inspection of the map will +show that these brethren traversed Asia Minor by three lines, +visiting all its most important places. They spent a considerable +time in many of them, and everywhere found ready listeners to their +message. In numerous places there were inquirers, who needed only +leaders to withstand the fire of persecution. + +The mission suffered a sore bereavement in the death of Mrs. Everett +at Constantinople, in December, 1854. She possessed a transparent +and beautiful character, with eminent capacity for usefulness.[1] +Mr. Benjamin also died at Constantinople, the next year, at the age +of forty-four. He was nine years in the mission to Greece. His +labors in the Armenian Mission,--first at Smyrna, and then at +Constantinople,--were mainly through the press, in which he was +eminently useful. He had a clear conviction, in devoting his life to +giving the Armenians an evangelical literature, that he was doing +the work to which his Master called him. Nor did he overrate the +importance of this branch of the work. His missionary experience in +another field was of much value in guarding him against mistakes. At +Pera, in addition to his literary labors, he preached statedly in +modern Greek to a small congregation.[2] + +[1] See _The Missionary Sisters_,--Mrs. Everett and Mrs. Hamlin, +--written by Mrs. Benjamin. + +[2] See an obituary notice of Mr. Benjamin in the _Missionary +Herald_ for 1855, pp. 142-147. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1855-1860. + + +There are times when the movements of armies are evidently made +subservient, in divine Providence, to the progress of the Gospel; +and the history of missions to the Oriental Churches would be +imperfect without some notice of the Crimean war of 1854 and 1855. +The historian of that war has shown, that it originated in the +desire of Nicholas, Czar of Russia, to secure certain rights in the +"holy places" at Jerusalem (in which he was opposed by the Roman +Catholic government of France), and to obtain a formal recognition +of himself as protector of the millions in Turkey professing the +Greek religion.[1] But for the seasonable return to Constantinople +of Lord Stratford de Redcliffe in 1853, there is reason to fear, +that the extraordinary persistence of the Czar might have been +successful, and that the protectorate would have been used to +destroy the evangelical missions.[2] + +[1] See volume first of Kinglake's _Invasion of the Crimea_. He +describes very minutely how the English nation was drawn into the +war; but it is not necessary to go into that subject here. The +nation was doubtless much influenced by its desire to uphold the +Turkish government in order to keep open its communication with +India. + +[2] Some idea of the spirit in which such a protectorate might have +been exercised, may be obtained from two out of a number of kindred +articles of the Russian Penal Law: + +"Article 206. Whoever is found guilty of having induced others to +secede from the Greek Orthodox Confession, and to join another +Christian Church, will be condemned to the loss of the rights of his +social position, to transportation to Tobolsk or Tomsk (Siberia), or +to the punishment of the lash, and one or two years of imprisonment +in the house of correction. + +"Article 207. Whoever endeavors, by preaching or writing, to seduce +members of the Orthodox Church to join any other Christian +community, will be punished the first time, with the loss of some of +his special rights, and imprisonment for one or two years in a house +of correction; the second time, with imprisonment in a fortress from +four to six years; the third time, with the loss of all his personal +and social civil rights and status, and transportation for life to +Tobolsk or Tomsk (Siberia), with imprisonment of one or two years." +--_New York Observer_ for August, 1871. + +The author was in the interior of Asia Minor a short time while the +Crimean war was in progress, and heard of reports among the +people,--circulated, as was believed, by Russian agents,--that if +Nicholas were victorious, he would secure the withdrawal from Turkey +of Protestant missionaries. Exasperation caused by the failure of +his negotiations with the Sultan, brought on the war; and the fall +of Sebastopol was a more direct benefit to the missions, than it was +to the nations that fought against it. But for the result then +obtained, at vast expense of treasure and life, very different might +have been the prospect of a successful republication of the Gospel +in Bible lands. + +The number of missionaries in the Armenian Mission in 1855, was +twenty-six. One of these was an ordained physician, and there was a +physician unordained. There were twenty-eight female assistant +missionaries, three of whom were unmarried. Of the Armenian helpers, +thirteen were pastors and preachers, and sixty-four were +lay-helpers. The stations,--called such because missionaries resided +at them,--were fourteen. Twelve of these were north of the Taurus, +and two were south of that range. + +Constantinople, Tocat, and Aintab had each a training-school for +native preachers and helpers, and there was also a girls' +boarding-school at Constantinople; and thirty-eight free schools +were scattered over the field. Nine years after the organization of +the first evangelical church, the number of churches was +twenty-three. The church at Aintab was the largest, containing one +hundred and forty-one members. Kessab, a long day's journey south of +Antioch, where no missionary had ever resided, had a church of +forty-one members. The first edifice for Christian worship in the +Ottoman Empire, erected on a new site, was the stone church at +Aintab. Prior to this, Christians had only been allowed to repair +their old churches, and to rebuild on the old sites. The obtaining +of this new indulgence was probably owing, in a measure, to the +influence of the Crimean war. The dedication service, early in 1855, +was attended by more than twelve hundred persons, and more than +eleven hundred were present on the following Sabbath. + +The printing reported for this year amounted to thirty-five thousand +volumes, and nearly five millions of pages, in the Armenian, +Armeno-Turkish, Greek, Greco-Turkish, and Hebrew-Spanish, but +chiefly in Armenian. A religious periodical was issued every two +months called the "Avedaper," or "Messenger." Dr. Dwight was editor +of this, but the general supervision of the press, after the decease +of Mr. Benjamin, devolved on Dr. Riggs. + +Octavo and duodecimo editions of the Armenian Bible were going +through the press, as was also an octavo Bible in Greco-Turkish. The +New Testament had been issued in the ancient Armenian, in the Ararat +dialect or Eastern Armenian, in the Ararat and Ancient Armenian in +parallel columns, in the Greco-Turkish, and in the Armeno-Turkish. +The Gospel of Matthew was issued in the Koordish language, and the +Psalms in the Bulgarian. A demand for the Bible in the Turkish +language came from almost every part of the empire. + +The book depository was removed from Pera across the Golden Horn +into the old city of Constantinople, and the Moslems made no +objection. More than twenty boxes of books were sent to a single +place in the interior within the space of a year and a half. At one +time two boxes were ready for Diarbekir, one for Cesarea, one for +Aintab, and another for Jerusalem. + +In this work the mission was liberally aided by the American, and +the British and Foreign Bible Societies, by the London Religious +Tract Society, the American Tract Society, and more recently by the +Turkish Missions Aid Society. Mr. Barker, agent of the British and +Foreign Bible Society, and the Rev. C. N. Righter, of the American +Bible Society (who died not long after at Diarbekir), did much to +promote the work of Bible distribution in the countries around the +Mediterranean and Black Seas; and the Constantinople Bible Society +employed a French and English colporter among the soldiers of the +allied powers. More Bibles and religious books went into the hands +of Mohammedans from the depository of the mission during the years +1854 and 1855, than in all the previous years of its existence. +Twenty thousand copies of the Bible were scattered through Turkey in +that space of time. + +The transfer of Dr. Riggs to the department of the Press made it +necessary to suspend the Greek department in the Seminary at Bebek, +and four of the six Greek pupils were sent to Dr. King at Athens.[1] +Another became a teacher in Demirdesh, and another went to the +United States to complete his professional studies. + +[1] The author regrets being obliged to say, that these all +disappointed the expectations of their benefactors. + +Five Armenian students had been licensed to preach, and sent to +Adrianople, Cesarea, Sivas, Diarbekir, and Kessab. Another, having +the ministry in prospect, was a teacher in the new training-school +at Tocat, under Mr. Van Lennep. A similar school existed at Aintab. + +The accession of missionaries from 1855 to 1860 was as follows: In +1855, Orson P. Allen; in 1856, George A. Pollard, Tillman C. +Trowbridge, and Misses Mary E. Tenney and Sarah E. West; in 1857, +Crosby H. Wheeler, Charles F. Morse, Oliver W. Winchester, Jackson +G. Coffing, George H. White, and Julius Y. Leonard; in 1858, +Theodore Byington, George Washburn, and William Hutchinson; and +Herman N. Barnum, who, being at Constantinople as a traveller, made +an offer of his services, which was accepted in this year; in 1859, +William W. Meriam, Joseph K. Greene, James F. Clarke, George F. +Herrick, and Henry S. West, M. D., and Miss Myra A. Proctor; in +1860, Alvan B. Goodale, M. D., William F. Arms, Zenas Goss, William +W. Livingston, and Lysander T. Burbank. Messrs. Washburn, +Trowbridge, Pettibone, Barnum, Herrick, and Goss came to the mission +unmarried; Mr. Washburn afterwards married a daughter of Dr. Hamlin, +Mr. Barnum a daughter of Dr. Goodell, and Mr. Trowbridge a daughter +of Dr. Riggs. + +Mr. Everett, a devoted servant of Christ, was called to his rest on +the 5th of March, 1856, after a sickness of a few days. His orphan +children returned to the United States in charge of Miss Haynes, the +sister of their mother. Messrs. Isaac G. Bliss and Edwin Goodell, in +consequence of the failure of health, were released from their +connection with the Board. The former afterwards recovered his +health, and returned to Turkey as agent of the American Bible +Society, in which capacity he has rendered very valuable service. +Antioch and Aleppo were transferred from the Syrian to the Armenian +Mission. At Erzroom the war drove away, not only the church-members, +but most of those who were interested in the truth. Mr. Richardson +removed to Arabkir to supply the place of Mr. Clark, who had been +called to the seminary at Bebek; left without a teacher by the death +of Mr. Everett and the temporary absence of Dr. Hamlin. At Marash, +in consequence of the war and the proximity of the rough +mountaineers of Zeitoon, the missionaries were at one time in no +small danger. + +The beheading of a young Armenian, who had rashly declared himself a +Mohammedan, and then repented of his rashness, and the consequent +successful efforts of Sir Stratford Canning, in procuring a pledge +from the Sultan that no person should be persecuted in Turkey for +his religious opinions, were described in the first volume.[1] This +was in 1843 and 1844. Ten or eleven years later, there was another +beheading at Adrianople for a like cause, and another at Aleppo; and +the same high-minded statesman was again aroused to effort, not only +for a more effectual abrogation of the death penalty itself, but to +obtain for the Protestant Christians freedom from persecution, and +for the Christians generally the privileges that were enjoyed by +their fellow-subjects of the Moslem religion. The eighty folio pages +of documents on the subject, which were presented to both Houses of +Parliament in 1856, form an important and interesting chapter in the +history of those times. The principal writers, in addition to Lord +Stratford de Redcliffe and the Earl of Clarendon, were the Earl of +Shaftesbury, Lord Cowley, Sir Culling Eardley Eardley, President of +the Turkish Missions Aid Society, the Rev. Cuthbert G. Young, its +Secretary, and Mehemet Fuad. + +[1] Vol. i. p. 135. + +As the result of all, a Hatti Humaioun, or Imperial Firman, was +issued by the Sultan in February, 1856. When read in public, the +Sheik el Islam, the highest Moslem ecclesiastic, invoked the divine +blessing on the Imperial Edict; but probably without an +apprehension, either by himself or by his government, of the full +significance of the instrument. By many of the Mohammedans it was +regarded us opening the door for them to become Christians. Not a +few of the Armenians and Greeks were displeased with it as favoring +Protestantism; and this fact did not escape the sagacity of +Mohammedans. + +The Imperial Rescript, as translated from the French, is as +follows:-- + +"Let it be done as herein set forth. + +"To you, my Grand Vizier, Mehemed Emin Aali Pasha, decorated with my +Imperial Order of the Medjidiye of the first class, and with the +Order of Personal Merit; may God grant to you greatness, and +increase your power! + +"It has always been my most earnest desire to insure the happiness +of all classes of the subjects whom divine Providence has placed +under my imperial sceptre; and since my accession to the throne I +have not ceased to direct all my efforts to the attainment of that +end. + +"Thanks to the Almighty, these unceasing efforts have already been +productive of numerous useful results. From day to day the happiness +of the nation and the wealth of my dominions go on augmenting. + +"It being now my desire to renew and enlarge still more the new +institutions, ordained with the view of establishing a state of +things conformable with the dignity of my empire and the position +which it occupies among civilized nations; and the rights of my +empire having, by the fidelity and praiseworthy efforts of all my +subjects, and by the kind and friendly assistance of the great +powers, my noble Allies, received from abroad a confirmation which +will be the commencement of a new era, it is my desire to augment +its well-being and prosperity, to effect the happiness of all my +subjects, who in my sight are all equal and equally dear to me, and +who are united to each other by the cordial ties of patriotism, and +to insure the means of daily increasing the prosperity of my empire. +I have, therefore, resolved upon, and I order the execution of, the +following measures. + +"The guaranties promised on our part by the Hatti-Humaioun of +Gul-Hane, and in conformity with the Tanzimat, to all the subjects +of my empire, without distinction of classes or of religion, for the +security of their persons and property and the preservation of their +honor, are to-day confirmed and consolidated; and efficacious +measures shall be taken in order that they may have their full and +entire effect. + +"All the privileges and spiritual immunities granted by my ancestors +_ab antiquo_, and at subsequent dates, to all Christian communities +or other non-Mussulman persuasions established in my empire under my +protection, shall be confirmed and maintained. + +"Every Christian or other non-Mussulman community shall be bound, +within a fixed period, and with the concurrence of a commission +composed _ad hoc_ of members of its own body, to proceed, with my +high approbation and under the inspection of my Sublime Porte, to +examine into its actual immunities and privileges, and to discuss +and submit to my Sublime Porte the reforms required by the progress +of civilization and of the age. The powers conceded to the Christian +Patriarchs and Bishops by the Sultan Mahomet II. and his successors, +shall be made to harmonize with the new position which my generous +and beneficent intentions insure to these communities. + +"The principle of nominating the Patriarchs for life, after the +revision of the rules of election now in force, shall be exactly +carried out, conformably to the tenor of their firmans of +investiture. + +"The Patriarchs, Metropolitans, Archbishops, Bishops and Rabbins +shall take an oath on their entrance into office, according to a +form agreed upon in common by my Sublime Porte and the spiritual +heads of the different religious communities. The ecclesiastical +dues, of whatever sort or nature they be, shall be abolished, and +replaced by fixed revenues for the Patriarchs and heads of +communities, and by the allocation of allowances and salaries +equitably proportioned to the importance of the rank, and the +dignity of the different members of the clergy. + +"The property, real or personal, of the different Christian +ecclesiastics shall remain intact; the temporal administration of +the Christian or other non-Mussulman communities shall, however, be +placed under the safeguard of an assembly to be chosen from among +the members, both ecclesiastics and laymen, of the said communities. + +"In the towns, small boroughs, and villages, where the whole +population is of the same religion, no obstacle shall be offered to +the repair, according to their original plan, of buildings set apart +for religious worship, for schools, for hospitals and for +cemeteries. + +"The plans of these different buildings, in case of their new +erection, must, after having been approved by the Patriarchs or +heads of communities, be submitted to my Sublime Porte, which will +approve of them by my imperial order, or make known its observation +upon them within a certain time. + +"Each sect, in localities where there are no other religious +denominations, shall be free from every species of restraint as +regards the public exercise of its religion. + +"In the towns, small boroughs, and villages, where different sects +are mingled together, each community inhabiting a distinct quarter +shall, by conforming to the above-mentioned ordinances, have equal +power to repair and improve its churches, its hospitals, its +schools, and its cemeteries. When there is question of the erection +of new buildings, the necessary authority must be asked for, through +the medium of the Patriarchs and heads of communities, from my +Sublime Porte, which will pronounce a sovereign decision according +to that authority, except in the case of administrative obstacles. +The intervention of the administrative authority in all measures of +this nature will be entirely gratuitous. My Sublime Porte will take +energetic measures to insure to each sect, whatever be the number of +its adherents, entire freedom in the exercise of its religion. + +"Every distinction or designation tending to make any class whatever +of the subjects of my empire inferior to another class, on account +of their religion, language, or race, shall be forever effaced from +the administrative protocol. The laws shall be put in force against +the use of any injurious or offensive term, either among private +individuals or on the part of the authorities. + +"As all forms of religion are and shall be freely professed in my +dominions, no subject of my empire shall be hindered in the exercise +of the religion that he professes, nor shall be in any way annoyed +on this account. No one shall be compelled to change their religion. + +"The nomination and choice of all functionaries and other employes +of my empire being wholly dependent upon my sovereign will, all the +subjects of my empire, without distinction of nationality, shall be +admissible to public employments, and qualified to fill them +according to their capacity and merit, and conformably with rules to +be generally applied. + +"All the subjects of my empire, without distinction, shall be +received into the civil and military schools of the government, if +they otherwise satisfy the conditions as to age and examination +which are specified in the organic regulations of the said schools. +Moreover, every community is authorized to establish public schools +of science, art, and industry. Only the method of instruction and +the choice of professors in schools of this class shall be under the +control of a mixed council of public instruction, the members of +which shall be named by my sovereign command. + +"All commercial, correctional, and criminal suits between Mussulmans +and Christian or other non-Mussulman subjects, or between Christians +or other non-Mussulmans of different sects, shall be referred to +mixed tribunals. + +"The proceedings of these tribunals shall be public; the parties +shall be confronted, and shall produce their witnesses, whose +testimony shall be received, without distinction, upon an oath taken +according to the religious law of each sect. + +"Suits relating to civil affairs shall continue to be publicly +tried, according to the laws and regulations before the mixed +provincial councils, in the presence of the governor and judge of +the place. Special civil proceedings, such as those relating to +successions or others of that kind, between subjects of the same +Christian or other non-Mussulman faith, may, at the request of the +parties, be sent before the councils of the Patriarchs or of the +communities. + +"Penal, correctional, and commercial laws, and rules of procedure +for the mixed tribunals, shall be drawn up as soon as possible, and +formed into a code. Translations of them shall be published in all +the languages current in the empire. + +"Proceedings shall be taken with as little delay as possible, for +the reform of the penitentiary system as applied to houses of +detention, punishment, or correction, and other establishments of +like nature, so as to reconcile the rights of humanity with those of +justice. Corporal punishment shall not be administered, even in the +prisons, except in conformity with the disciplinary regulations +established by my Sublime Porte; and everything that resembles +torture shall be entirely abolished. + +"Infractions of the law in this particular shall be severely +repressed, and shall besides entail, as of right, the punishment, in +conformity with the civil code, of the authorities who may order, +and of the agents who may commit them. + +"The organization of the police in the capital, in the provincial +towns, and in the rural districts, shall be revised in such a manner +as to give to all the peaceable subjects of my empire the strongest +guaranties for the safety both of their persons and property. + +"The equality of taxes entailing equality of burdens, as equality of +duties entails that of rights, Christian subjects, and those of +other non-Mussulman sects, as it has been already decided, shall, as +well as Mussulmans, be subject to the obligations of the Law of +Recruitment. The principle of obtaining substitutes, or of +purchasing exemption, shall be admitted. A complete law shall be +published, with as little delay as possible, respecting the +admission into and service in the army of Christian and other +non-Mussulman subjects. + +"Proceedings shall be taken for a reform in the constitution of the +provincial and communal councils, in order to insure fairness in the +choice of the deputies of the Mussulman, Christian, and other +communities, and freedom of voting in the councils. My Sublime Porte +will take into consideration the adoption of the most effectual +means for ascertaining exactly and for controlling the result of the +deliberations of the decisions arrived at. + +"As the laws regulating the purchase, sale, and disposal of real +property are common to all the subjects of my empire, it shall be +lawful for foreigners to possess landed property in my dominions, +conforming themselves to the laws and police regulations, and +bearing the same charges as the native inhabitants, and after +arrangements have been come to with foreign powers. + +"The taxes are to be levied under the same denomination from all the +subjects of my empire, without distinction of class or of religion. +The most prompt and energetic means for remedying the abuses in +collecting the taxes, and especially the tithes, shall be +considered. The system of direct collection shall gradually, and as +soon as possible, be substituted for the plan of farming, in all the +branches of the revenues of the State. As long as the present system +remains in force, all agents of the government and all members of +the medjlis shall be forbidden, under the severest penalties, to +become lessees of any farming contracts which are announced for +public competition, or to have any beneficial interest in carrying +them out. The local taxes shall, as far as possible, be so imposed +as not to affect the sources of production, or to hinder the +progress of internal commerce. + +"Works of public utility shall receive a suitable endowment, part of +which shall be raised from private and special taxes, levied in the +provinces which shall have the benefit of the advantages arising +from the establishment of ways of communication by land and sea. + +"A special law having been already passed, which declares that the +budget of the revenue and expenditure of the state shall be drawn up +and made known every year, the said law shall be most scrupulously +observed. Proceedings shall be taken for revising the emoluments +attached to each office. + +"The heads of each community and a delegate, designated by my +Sublime Porte, shall be summoned to take part in the deliberations +of the Supreme Council of Justice on all occasions which might +interest the generality of the subjects of my empire. They shall be +summoned specially for this purpose by my Grand Vizier. The +delegates shall hold office for one year; they shall be sworn on +entering upon their duties. All the members of the council, at the +ordinary and extraordinary meetings, shall freely give their +opinions and their votes, and no one shall ever annoy them on this +account. + +"The laws against corruption, extortion, or malversation, shall +apply, according to the legal forms, to all the subjects of my +empire, whatever may be their class and the nature of their duties. + +"Steps shall be taken for the formation of banks and other similar +institutions, so as to effect a reform in the monetary and financial +system, as well as to create funds to be employed in augmenting the +sources of the material wealth of my empire. + +"Steps shall also be taken for the formation of roads and canals to +increase the facilities of communication and increase the sources of +the wealth of the country. Everything that can impede commerce or +agriculture shall be abolished. To accomplish these objects, means +shall be sought to profit by the science, the art, and the funds of +Europe, and thus gradually to execute them. + +"Such being my wishes and my commands, you, who are my Grand Vizier, +will, according to custom, cause this Imperial Firman to be +published in my capital, and in all parts of my empire; and you will +watch attentively and take all the necessary measures that all the +orders which it contains be henceforth carried out with the most +rigorous punctuality." + +Lord Stratford, in replying to a congratulatory address from the +missionaries, declared his agreement with them in the opinion, that +something great had been gained; though he believed the principles +involved would require persevering efforts to carry them into +practice. He said that he was himself but an humble instrument in +the hands of divine Providence, and that he had never felt the hand +of God so sensibly in any other measure he had carried through, as +in this, which, after he had given it up for lost, had succeeded all +at once, in a way that filled him with astonishment.[1] + +[1] That the Hatti Humaioun was really intended to include the death +penalty, is made exceedingly probable by the official correspondence +which preceded it, and which was in fact its procuring cause. Only a +few brief extracts can be given in this note. + +Referring to the punishment of death as applied to apostates from +Islamism, the Earl of Clarendon, English Minister of Foreign +Affairs, writes thus to Lord Stratford de Redcliffe: "As the Turkish +empire is, by treaty stipulations, to be declared part and parcel of +the European system, it is quite impossible for the powers of Europe +to acquiesce in the continuance in Turkey of a law, and a practice, +which is a standing insult to every other nation in Europe." + +Again, on the 17th of September, 1853, the Earl of Clarendon writes +thus to Lord Stratford: "Her Majesty's Government distinctly demands +that no punishment whatever shall attach to the Mohammedan who +becomes a Christian, whether originally a Mohammedan, or originally +a Christian, any more than any punishment attaches to a Christian +who embraces Mohammedanism. In all such cases the movements of human +conscience must be left free, and the temporal arm must not +interfere to coerce the spiritual decision." + +Referring to the Imperial Rescript, February 12, 1856, Lord +Stratford says, writing to the Earl:-- + +"If no one is to be molested on account of the religion he +professes, and no one to be punished as a renegade, whatever form of +faith he denies, I do not see what room there can possibly be for +any practical persecutions in future within the limits of the +Sultan's empire." See _Correspondence respecting Christian +Privileges in Turkey, in Parliamentary Papers for_ 1856, pp. 15, 24, +25, 33, 55, 60, 66, 67, 77-80. + +The plenipotentiaries of Great Britain, Austria, France, Russia, +Sardinia, and Turkey, assembled in February, 1856, at the close of +the Crimean war, to negotiate what is known as the Treaty of Paris. +It is evident from the Protocols of their Conference, that, having +the Earl of Clarendon and Lord Cowley among them, they were intent +on giving weight and perpetuity to this firman of the Sultan, by a +formal recognition of it in the treaty. This was done in article +ninth, after much deliberation, and with the full concurrence of all +the plenipotentiaries, including the representative of the +Sultan.[1] + +[1] "NINTH ARTICLE. His Imperial Majesty the Sultan, having, in his +constant solicitude for the welfare of his subjects, issued a +firman, which, while, ameliorating their condition without +distinction of religion or race, records his generous intentions +towards the Christian population of his empire, and wishing to give +a further proof of his sentiments in that respect, has resolved to +communicate to the Contracting Parties the said firman, emanating +spontaneously from his sovereign will. + +"The Contracting Powers recognize the high value of this +communication. It is clearly understood, that it cannot, in any +case, give to said Powers the right to interfere, either +collectively or separately, in the relations of his Majesty, the +Sultan, with his subjects, nor in the internal administration of his +Empire." See _Treaty of Paris_, March 30, 1856, in _Parliamentary +State Papers_, vol. lxi. p. 20. Also, appended, _Protocols of +Conferences_, pp. 8, 13, 51, 57, 58. + +The Hatti Humaioun of 1855 was much more than a confirmation of the +Imperial Firman of 1850, nor was it a dead letter. A year afterwards +Dr. Jewett, while admitting that it was inefficient in certain +respects, declared it to have been in an important sense, a +quickening spirit. "Never," he says, "within the same space of time, +has there been as much religious discussion with the Mussulmans as +since the issue of the late firman, and never before, I think, has +there been such a spirit of religious inquiry among Mohammedans, and +readiness to discuss the merits of the Christian religion, as has +been evident during the past year. It has awakened hope of a good +day even for the Moslems." A few years later, Dr. Goodell, speaking +of it says: "To the Protestant communities here, and to all who live +godly in Christ Jesus, this Hatti Humaioun is a boon of priceless +value. Heretofore its principal use was to secure us from the +molestation of these corrupt churches, but we have now begun to test +its importance with reference to the Mohammedans themselves. Only a +few years since, the headless bodies of apostates from the +Mohammedan faith might be seen lying in the streets of the great +city. But now such apostates may be seen at all hours of the day +walking these same streets without any apparent danger, urging the +claims of Christianity even in the very courts of the royal mosques, +and teaching and preaching in the chapel, in the private circle, and +sometimes even in the palaces of the great, that Jesus Christ is +Lord, to the glory of God the Father. And all this wonderful +security is, under God, owing entirely to the Hatti Humaioun." He +adds, "It is said that the Turkish government is sometimes guilty of +violating some of the great principles of that document. And who +that knows anything of human nature, or of the history of our race, +ever supposed they would not be guilty of it? To suppose the +contrary would be to suppose the Turk advanced very much farther +towards perfection than any other nation on the face of the earth." + +A correspondence arose, about this time, in the old Armenian Church, +between those who inclined towards the Papal Church and those who +were opposed, and it was gratifying to see that the principal +Armenian newspaper, published under the sanction of the Patriarch, +drew its arguments almost wholly from the Scriptures, scarcely +anything being said of the Councils, or of the Fathers. + +The out-stations of Nicomedia, Adabazar, Rodosto, Baghchejuk, and +Broosa were prosperous. A Protestant Greek community at Demirdesh +stood firm under persecution, though without a spiritual guide. The +Pasha did little for their protection, but divine Providence had +other instruments for their deliverance. The French Vice Consul, +having to feed immense herds of cattle for the French army, selected +the principal Greek Protestant of the place as the most competent +overseer, and empowered him to employ the needful agents. This +brought to his feet some who had beaten him and even threatened him +with death. He freely employed them and paid them honestly, thus +returning good for evil. + +The training-school at Tocat was composed of pious young men who +made considerable progress in their studies. A footing was gained at +Tarsus and Bitias, south of the Taurus range, and a native pastor +was ordained at Kessab. Here was a Protestant community of more than +four hundred. + +At Aintab and in its neighboring villages, after only nine years of +labor, there were twelve stated religious services, nearly half of +them conducted by native preachers, two thousand Protestants, old +and young, two hundred and sixty-eight church-members, a large +congregation on the Sabbath, three promising young men in the +pastoral office, and two more prepared for that office. The year +1856 was one of unbroken prosperity in all temporal concerns at +Aintab. The influence of this prosperity, however, had its usual +effect in developing a love of the world, and a feeling of +self-consequence, resulting in some perplexities within the church. +Such results are known in much older communities, and ought to be +expected in the early religious life of such a people. Between the +pastor Kara Krikor and his people there was all that could be +expected of mutual confidence and harmony, and his monthly salary +was paid with a promptness unusual in such cases. + +The death of Mrs. Schneider on the 29th of September was a great +loss to the mission. This excellent woman had an earnest desire for +the salvation of every one she met, and old and young listened with +pleasure to her instructions. It became known, soon after her +decease, that three or four small companies of native sisters had +begun of their own accord to hold meetings in various quarters. The +progress among the women of Aintab had been great. When the first +missionary arrived, only one woman was known who was able to read. +It was now ascertained that nearly three hundred could read the New +Testament. + +The boarding-school pupils at Constantinople received a pupil this +year from each of the following places--Trebizond, Diarbekir, +Rodosto, Haskeuy, Scutari, and Baghchejuk. The chief difficulty in +teaching was the want of suitable text-books in the modern language. +In addition to the usual studies, the pupils were allowed an +opportunity to acquaint themselves with domestic duties, and they +did it in most cases with hearty good-will. Dr. Goodell exercised a +fatherly care over the institution. + +During most of the year Mr. Clark had charge of the Seminary at +Bebek. The prescribed course of study embraced four years in the +scholastic department and three in the theological, and was designed +to secure to the pupils a systematic training. The qualifications +required for entering, raised the character of the common schools +connected with the mission. During vacations the students were +required to support themselves. The average number was forty-five, +and it was necessary to reject no less than sixty applicants, mainly +from inability to support them. Among them were Bulgarians, +Albanians, Wallachians, and Servians. Seven students were in the +theological department, and three others went through a part of the +course, one of whom was a Turk, and another a Greek. Dr. Hamlin gave +instruction in this department after his return, assisted by Dr. +Schauffler in Turkish. Nine of the students in the seminary were +church-members, and others gave evidence of piety. + +The growth of the Armenian Mission, along with its great extent, of +territory, required a division for the more convenient +administration of its affairs. Hence a Southern Armenian Mission was +organized in November, 1856, having the Taurus for its boundary on +the north, and embracing the stations of Aintab, Marash, Antioch, +Aleppo, and Oorfa. Its printing was to be done at Constantinople. +The members of this mission were Messrs. Schneider, Pratt, Beebee, +Perkins, Morgan, Nutting, Cotting, and White. The field of the +Northern Mission extended from the Balkans in European Turkey to the +eastern waters of the Euphrates. + +The "Turkish Missions Aid Society" was formed in England in 1854; +"not to originate a new mission, but to aid the existing evangelical +missions in the Turkish empire, especially American." The funds +contributed to the American missions were given expressly for a +Native Agency; and important aid has thus been rendered down to the +present time. The funds of the Society having suffered diminution in +1857, Dr. Dwight was invited to visit England. He arrived in March +of the following year, and visited the principal cities, in company +with the Secretary. "I was everywhere received," says Dr. Dwight, +"with the most overflowing kindness, and my simple story was +listened to with the most intense interest. Clergymen and laymen of +all evangelical denominations were usually present at the meetings, +which were held on week days, and I saw nowhere anything like a +sectarian spirit, but uniformly the very reverse. Ministers of the +Church of England, as well as others, publicly advocated the plan of +aiding the American Mission in Turkey, rather than sending forth a +mission of their own." Valuable as the cooeperation of this Society +has been in the bestowment of funds, its moral influence in Turkey, +as a visible illustration of fraternal feeling among Protestant +Christians of various names and countries has been of far greater +value.[1] + +[1] The aid afforded by the Turkish Missions Aid Society to the +missions of the Board in Western Asia, has averaged about ten +thousand dollars a year. + +An account was given, in a former chapter, of the conversion, in +1842, of a "Papal Armenian.[1] His name was Bedros Kamaghielyan, and +his death occurred in 1857, fifteen years afterward. His conversion +was remarkable, and so was his subsequent life. He was for some +years an efficient helper at Salonica among the Jews, and ever after +that, he was a successful assistant of Dr. Dwight in Constantinople. +Eminently wise to win souls to Christ, it is believed that many, +among the different races in Turkey, will rise up and call him +blessed. The first Turkish convert who became a preacher, received +his first impressions from Bedros at Salonica. Years later, the +missionaries learned that the origin of an interesting work of grace +among the Greeks of Cassandra, in that region, was traceable to him. +Though suffering from bodily infirmity in the later years of his +life, his labors were unceasing for the salvation of souls, and for +the edification of the church. He was noted for his humility and +self-denial, and his piety was a steady glow of light. His views of +the gospel method of salvation were clear, and his manner of +presenting it exceedingly happy. He was eminently a peacemaker in +the church, and his good sense was in constant demand in the +settlement of difficulties. As a deacon in the Yeni Kapoo church he +was constantly looking after the sick and infirm, visiting families +in the Protestant community, and instructing their women in the +doctrines and duties of Christianity. When attacked by his last +sickness, Bedros very soon received the impression that it would be +fatal. Once, in great bodily suffering, he exclaimed, "O, what a +Saviour is my Saviour! He scatters all my darkness, and gives me +peace." At another time, he wished the missionaries might all be +called to his bedside, that he might declare to them his great joy, +and what things the Lord was doing for his soul. A Mohammedan of +some distinction, who had often had religious conversations with +Bedros, called upon him without knowing of his sickness. The sick +man, though in extreme bodily weakness, spoke very faithfully to his +visitor, and told him of his joy in view of death, and his hope of +going to be forever with the Lord Jesus Christ, and added: "This is +the only way of peace and salvation, and Christ is the only Saviour +of sinners for you, and for me, and for all the world." The eyes of +the Turk filled with tears. He had never seen a Christian die +before; and to hear a man talk with so much gladness of his +departure from the world overcame him, and he hurried from the room. +An aged Moslem called, who had known Bedros, and gave some evidence +of being a Christian. Going to his bedside, his eyes streaming with +tears, he embraced and kissed him in the most affectionate manner. +Dr. Dwight closes his statement with the following testimony: "Thus +has passed away one of the choicest spirits this world ever saw. I +feel that I have many lessons to learn from his quiet, humble, and +most useful life; and I trust that his death may be greatly blessed +to all the missionaries, and to all the people." + +[1] Chapter ix. p. 130. See, also, _Missionary Herald_, 1857, pp. +387-390. + +The second Mrs. Hamlin died suddenly, on the 6th of November, 1857. +Though not permitted to give her dying testimony, the record of her +life was that of a meek, lowly, and quiet spirit; diligent, +faithful, and affectionate in every duty.[1] + +[1] See Memoir, _The Missionary Sisters_, written by Mrs. Benjamin. + +The region, of which Arabkir is the centre, was now rising in +importance. The territory dependent on this station for instruction +extended from northeast and southwest, along the western bank of the +Euphrates, one hundred and seventy-five miles, with a population of +one hundred thousand; about equally divided between Armenians and +Mussulmans, with few Greeks, no Roman Catholics, and no Jews. A +large number of the Mussulmans were known as Kuzzelbashes. The field +was first occupied in 1853, and churches had been organized in three +cities and two villages, all of which enjoyed the stated preaching +of the Word. + +Sivas, west of Arabkir, and Tocat on the northwest, were missionary +centres of populous fields, extensively accessible; the former +containing a population of more than a hundred thousand, and the +latter of nearly half a million,--Armenians, Turks, Kuzzelbashes, +Koords, and Greeks. + +Harpoot lies cast of Arabkir, on the other side of the Euphrates. +Mr. Dunmore commenced this station in 1855, and was alone in this +city of twenty-five thousand inhabitants; the failure of his wife's +health having obliged her to return to the United States. He had +been usefully employed here nearly three years,--the last with +Messrs. Wheeler and Allen,--when, having a taste for exploration and +pioneer labors, he was transferred, in 1858, to Erzroom, with +special reference to the region south of that city; and Messrs. +Wheeler and Allen were joined at Harpoot, in 1859, by Mr. H. N. +Barnum. The city is the centre of a population of about one hundred +thousand, and stands on a lofty hill, looking to the distant range +of the Taurus on the south, and scores of villages on the +intervening plain. Northward, across the eastern branch of the +Euphrates, is the still loftier range of the Anti-Taurus; while the +distant horizon to the east and west is shut in by mountains. +Arabkir was occupied for several years by Messrs. Clark, Pollard, +and Richardson, but in 1865 was included in the Harpoot field.[1] + +[1] Mr. Wheeler's _Ten Years on the Euphrates_. + +Geghi is about ninety miles from Harpoot, in the direction of +Erzroom. It was visited by Mr. Peabody and Mr. Bliss in 1848 and +1851. Mr. Peabody found the Vartabed of the place and ten of the +people deeply interested in reading the Scriptures. Mr. Wheeler +visited Geghi in the summer of 1858 and found the truth much +opposed, but taking a firm hold among the sixteen hundred Armenians +of the place. He was touched by their earnest entreaties to remain +with them a few mouths; or if that might not be, that he would leave +his native helper till some one else could come among them. As with +the Apostle Paul at Troas, the eagerness of the people to hear led +him to protract his labors on one occasion, till an hour and a half +past midnight, and on another till the breaking day. + +The year 1859 was signalized by a revival in the Bebek Seminary. At +its commencement, nearly half the students were regarded as +hopefully pious, and these all seemed at once to have new views of +spiritual things. The Holy Spirit not only revived the graces of +such, but put forth a converting power. Within a few weeks nearly +all the students gave credible evidence of piety. There were several +cases, also, of hopeful conversion in the girls' boarding school; +and similar awakenings were reported at Marsovan, Yozgat, +Baghchejuk, Broosa, and Marash. At the last place thirty-seven were +added to the church at one time, making eighty-six by profession +since the beginning of 1858. + +Mr. Parsons had received frequent complaints from the brethren of +Nicomedia, that their girls had not been properly cared for by the +teacher, and from the teacher that the brethren were intermeddling. +He answered by withdrawing all aid until they could agree among +themselves. The effect was immediate. They began to pay a tuition +fee, and made special efforts to render the school attractive. The +number of pupils was increased to seventy-eight, and the school +ceased any longer to need aid. + +A fire destroyed the mission premises at Tocat in 1859. The flames +were so rapid as not only to consume the buildings, but the clothing +and bedding of the pupils, the books and apparatus of the school, a +portion of the furniture of Messrs. Pettibone and Winchester, who +had been recently placed at the head of the school, and all the +effects of Mr. Van Lennep, including a large and valuable library, +and a manuscript Armenian translation of a commentary on the Bible, +made, and to have been printed, at the expense of the Prince of +Schoenberg. In view of this calamity, it was deemed expedient to +close the training-school. A similar one was opened in the fall of +the same year, at Harpoot. Mr. Clark returning to the United States, +Dr. Hamlin renewed his connection with the Bebek Seminary. + +Mr. Dunmore, after describing a tour he had made of twelve hundred +miles from Erzroom to Oroomiah in Persia, and from thence, on his +return, through Russian Armenia, gives the following summary of his +missionary travels: "I have travelled on horseback over six thousand +miles in Turkey, and one thousand in Persia and Russia, between two +and three hundred on goat skins upon the Tigris, and over fifteen +hundred by steamer, without sickness by the way, without accident, +or the loss of an article of value. And I have never taken a guard +when travelling alone, for protection from robbers. Surely we may +safely trust Him who says: 'Believe in God, believe also in me.'"[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_ for 1859, pp. 306-313. + +The missionaries at Cesarea were much encouraged by the progress of +the work there. Mr. Leonard thus writes: "The church, though +constantly dismissing members to other churches, still maintains its +numbers by fresh accessions from without, and is at the same time +evidently advancing in consistent, intelligent Christian character. +Here are some noble exemplars of faith and piety, who search the +Scriptures daily, and adorn their doctrines by a godly life. I have +often wished I might introduce some of our American friends into our +teachers' meetings on a Sabbath afternoon, or to the Sabbath-school +at the intermission of public worship, where nearly the whole +congregation remains, exhibiting a zeal and aptness in the +discussion of religious truths scarcely surpassed in the most +favored churches in New England. The weekly woman's prayer-meeting +is sometimes left entirely in the hands of the native sisters, and +any one of half a dozen is always ready without embarrassment to +take the lead, discoursing very appropriately from her Turkish +Testament. This, I am told, is a rare thing in Turkey, where woman +has been so long held in ignorance and degradation." + +The reader will remember the Patriarch Matteos, and his degradation +in 1849. After ten years passed in retirement, he was elected +Catholikos of all the Armenians, and removed to Echmiadzin. His +election to such a post at this time was significant, but the +probability of his being able then to hinder the reformation did not +create serious apprehension. + +Mrs. Beebee died peacefully at Marash, on the 28th of October, 1858, +after protracted sufferings, and her husband returned some months +after to the United States with broken health, and was released from +his connection with the Board. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1860-1861. + + +The fleets and armies of Europe had retired, and the Turk felt in a +measure freed from a troublesome guardianship; which had, however, +greatly promoted both religion and reform in Turkey. The fact that +the war had materially weakened Russian influence at the Porte, may +have been among the reasons that induced England now to relax its +hold on the government of the Sultan. As a consequence, French +diplomacy was decidedly in the ascendant, and lent its influence to +promote Papal schemes. "The Armenians," writes a well informed +missionary, "accept a declaration of the Bible as ultimate, and as +the Protestant missionaries made the Bible the basis of all their +work, and accustomed the people to refer to it for authority in all +spiritual matters, the Papists have been shut up to the use of +political measures to gain adherents. This they have done by +espousing the cause of any party in litigation on condition that he +should register himself a Roman Catholic. This influence was very +powerful throughout the country, as it was supported by the +intervention of the French embassy, and led to violence and +persecution in various parts of the empire, especially at Mardin, +where the papal power was comparatively strong." + +Anticipating the history, it may be said, that the Franco-German war +changed all this. The Turkish government then no longer feared the +French, and hence no longer lent itself to Papal intrigues. The +dogma of the Papal Infallibility has been also a severe blow to the +Oriental Papacy. + +No one was more competent than Dr. Dwight to testify concerning the +state of religious opinions among the Armenians of the metropolis. +Writing in February, 1860, he said it would be hard to find an +intelligent Armenian in Constantinople, unless among the +ecclesiastics, who did not acknowledge that there were many errors +in the Armenian Church, and that the evangelical system was the +best. + +About the game time, he found a great change for the better at +Rodosto, on the northern shore of the Sea of Marmora. The +evangelical brethren had suffered many indignities from the +Armenians, but now even the magnates were disposed to cultivate +friendly relations with them. This he attributed, in great measure, +to the wise and yet firm demeanor of Apraham, the native preacher, +who afterwards became pastor of the Rodosto church. He was a native +of the place, and was once a deacon in the old Armenian Church, and +a candidate for the offices of vartabed and bishop. His first +knowledge of the truth was gained while in the Armenian monastery at +Jerusalem. From thence he came to Bebek, where he studied theology. +He was an exception to the rule, that a prophet has no honor in his +own country, for without compromising the truth, he had gained the +respect of all. He showed his missionary friend a list of eighty +families, upon which he called in regular order. Though most of them +belonged to the old Armenian Church, they received him kindly. The +missionary called with him upon two of these families prominent in +the Armenian community, in one of which they spent an entire +evening. A copy of the Bible, in the modern language, was in the +house, and was brought forward, read, and commented upon, just as if +this had been a Protestant family. + +Dr. Dwight attended the examination of the Protestant school at +Rodosto. More than half of the pupils were from non-Protestant +families; and an audience of two hundred and fifty expressed very +general satisfaction with the attainments of the pupils. On the +Sabbath he administered the Lord's Supper. A large number not +connected with the church, were present, and gave close attention to +the preaching. Many must have come from mere curiosity, but the +missionary never preached with greater certainty that he had the +sympathies of his audience. + +In the following July, events showed that the new influences had in +some way reached all classes of Armenians in the metropolis. An aged +Protestant died and his body was borne by his friends to an Armenian +cemetery, which hitherto had been open to all bearing the Christian +name. Now, however, a mob, composed of the very lowest class of +Armenians, seized the coffin, and forcibly carried it out of the +burying-ground, where it remained four days. The mob increased to +thousands, and kept possession of the ground day and night. The +American and English Ambassadors were at length roused, and +remonstrated with the Porte and the Patriarch. The burial was +assented to, and the Seraskier, or Minister of War, came with +several hundred troops. A place was selected for the grave within +the cemetery, but the mob, at the first blow of the pickaxe, rushed +forward with a savage yell. The troops were ordered to resist, but +not to fire. After twenty or thirty had been wounded, the mob fell +back. The Patriarch and other dignitaries of the Armenian Church now +came upon the ground, and gave their sanction to the spot selected +for the burial, and the grave was dug. Just then the Seraskier, for +some unexplained reason, ordered the grave to be filled, and another +to be dug outside of the cemetery, in the middle of the public +highway. The Protestants declined taking part in the burial in such +a spot, though entreated to do so by the Seraskier, but remained and +looked on in silence, while Mussulmans dug the grave, put the coffin +into it, and filled it up. As soon as this was done, the mob rushed +forward and trampled spitefully upon it, in the presence of the +Pasha and Patriarch. The representatives of the Protestant powers +now united in a strong remonstrance to the government; and Stepan +Effendi, the civil head of the Protestants, was speedily notified, +that ground would be given them for cemeteries wherever Protestants +were found. + +A native assistant died at Baghchejuk, near Nicomedia, early in the +year, who had from the beginning been intimately connected with the +work in that place, and was called the "prince of colporters," on +account of his success in distributing the Scriptures. Being by +nature an earnest man, when converted he became zealous in +disseminating the truth. As he was respected through all the region, +there was great anxiety among the Armenians to regain him, and an +ex-Patriarch visited Baghchejuk, in the hope of bringing him back. +Promises and threats were equally vain, and the storm of persecution +finally burst upon him. His vineyards and mulberry orchards were cut +down, and much of his property was wrested from him. He was beaten +and stoned, and his name cast out as vile. When they were building +the church he brought a basket full of stones and brick-bats, which +had been thrown through his windows, to be incorporated in the +foundation wall. He described the effect of persecution in his own +case, thus: "The truth in my heart was like a stake slightly driven +into soft ground, easily swayed, and in danger of falling before the +wind; but by the sledge-hammer of persecution God drove it in till +it became immovable." "His working power," says Mr. Parsons, the +resident missionary, "like everything else in his possession, was +consecrated to Christ. With great self-denial on his part, two +hundred piasters a month (about eight dollars) enabled him to give +all his time to street preaching, and the sale of the Scriptures. As +a bookseller he was eminently faithful and successful. Not contented +with sitting in the book-stall waiting for purchasers, he used to +shoulder a basket of books, and go through the streets and lanes of +town and city, offering for sale the 'Holy Book;' the 'Book that +would not lie;' the 'Infallible Guide;' and proclaiming, in +a loud voice, its divine origin, man's need of it, and its +light-and-life-giving power. This he did as time and strength +permitted, from Broosa to Angora, and from Bilijik to the Black Sea. +He everywhere either carried with him, or had near at hand, a supply +of Bibles in the Turkish, Armenian, Greek, and Jewish languages. +Probably not less than one hundred thousand persons have heard from +him the proffer of the word of life." + +"The word of God," continues Mr. Parsons, "was his constant +companion. He was so familiar with it, that he could turn with +facility to any passage desired. He walked with God. He was a man of +prayer. His happiest moments were seasons of devotion--private, +social, and public. I should say, rather, that next to the work of +bringing others to Christ, his delight was in prayer and praise. He +has rested from his labors, but his works do follow him. Before he +died, he could rejoice in a rich harvest from his own sowing, but a +greater harvest is yet to be reaped from the seed so widely +scattered by his hand. He has gone, a sheaf of the first-fruits of +the work in Baghchejuk. He 'came to his grave as a shock of corn +cometh in in his season.'" + +Mr. E. E. Bliss passed through Marsovan on his way to Harpoot, and +found that the rampant hostility of eight years before had died +out.[1] Instead of the hootings and stonings, which then greeted his +arrival, he was met, a long way out, by a goodly company to escort +him to his lodgings. On the Sabbath, in place of the little company +assembled in a lower room of his own house, he now preached to a +good audience, in a large and commodious chapel. + +[1] See chapter xxiv. + +"I spent," he says, "a few days at Sivas, where I was eight years +ago, and found the small room, where ten or fifteen then met for +God's worship, exchanged for a large upper room, filled with an +audience of more than a hundred. And as we went onward to places we +had never before visited, it was a continual feast to see the extent +to which the work of God had spread in the whole country. In almost +every place where we stopped for the night, however obscure the +village, some would gather around us as brethren in the Lord. They +were often coarsely dressed and rude of speech, undistinguishable in +appearance from the mass around them; but a few words of +conversation would show that their souls had been illuminated by the +truth." + +The annual meeting of the Northern Armenian Mission for 1860, was +held at Harpoot, east of the Euphrates, seven hundred and fifty +miles from Constantinople. And it was a significant fact, that the +delegates from the metropolis were able to communicate with their +families over the telegraph wires, destined to connect London with +Calcutta. + +The distance from the capital, and of the stations from each other +was so great, as to render it difficult to assemble in the annual +meetings, that were indispensable for an effective administration. +At this meeting, what had been known as the Northern Mission, was +divided into Western and Eastern, and Erzroom, Harpoot, and Arabkir +composed the Eastern Mission. The Southern Mission then took the +name of the Central; and the stations of the Assyria Mission were +united to the Eastern. It will be convenient to use the names +Western, Central, and Eastern in designating territory, but we +shall, as far as possible, treat the three divisions as constituting +one great mission. + +The church at Harpoot received its first native pastor at this +annual meeting. He was one of several young men, who left Diarbekir +for Constantinople, eight years before, for the purpose of obtaining +a Protestant education at Bebek. They were subjected to many +revilings on their way, and few showed them any kindness. Some who +were in sympathy with them deprecated their removal from Diarbekir, +as the withdrawal from that place of the little light which had +begun to shine. Now, having completed the course of study at the +Seminary, Tomas, one of that company, was preaching the Gospel every +Sabbath in Diarbekir, and was to become pastor there; and Marderos, +another, combining great excellence of character, was made pastor of +the flourishing church at Harpoot. + +Mr. Dunmore, when he commenced the Harpoot station, five years +before, found not a single Protestant in that city. It was now only +three years since the arrival of Messrs. Wheeler, Allen, and Barnum, +and there were thirty-nine church-members, and Harpoot was fast +becoming an important centre of influence. There were schools in ten +of the thirteen out-stations, eleven of which were supplied with +preaching on the Sabbath by the missionaries and students of the +Seminary, and in all the surrounding regions there was an increase +of attendance on preaching. Women learned to read, and groups were +found studying the Bible. In the numerous villages of the Harpoot +plain and outlying districts were many faithful disciples of the +Lord Jesus. The spirit of freedom had gone forth, as was seen in the +growing activity of laymen, and the consequent decline of +superstition and ecclesiastical despotism. Instruction was +communicated to large numbers of both men and women, and it was +beginning to be regarded as disgraceful for adults of either sex not +to be able to read. + +The theological school contained twenty-four pupils, of whom eleven +were from the vicinity and ten were married men. The students +devoted their winter vacation of four months to preaching and +teaching, and in term time they preached at out-stations. + +Mrs. Dwight, after twenty-one years of eminently useful service, +died at Constantinople in November, 1860. Dr. Dwight's family being +thus broken up, he commenced, with the approval of his brethren, a +tour through Syria and Asiatic Turkey, intending to go over much of +the ground he had traversed with Dr. Eli Smith in their explorations +thirty years before. + +How great the changes in the intervening period! Then, for fourteen +and a half months, he was unable to receive tidings from his wife, +whom he had left in Malta. Now, from beyond the Euphrates, he could +have communicated daily with Constantinople by telegraph. Then, no +fellow-laborers were to be found between Smyrna and the little bands +of German and Scotch brethren soon after to be driven away from +Russian Armenia and Georgia, and nowhere did they meet among the +people any religious sympathies in unison with their own. Now, the +survivor found missionaries scattered over the land, and he scarcely +entered a place where some one, at least, did not greet him with a +joyful welcome. Then, the object was to explore an unbroken scene of +spiritual death. Now, it was to confirm living churches, and help +forward a growing spiritual work. + +The tour was extended as far as the Nestorian mission, and occupied +about eight months. Reviewing this journey of almost unprecedented +interest, Dr. Dwight could not refrain from using the language of +Christian triumph: "I have visited," he says, "every station of the +Board in Turkey and Persia excepting those among the Bulgarians. It +has been my privilege to see all the missionaries and their +families,--a rare body of men and women, of whom our churches and +our country may well be proud,--and also to become personally +acquainted with hundreds and thousands of the dear Protestant +brethren and sisters of this land--God's lights in the midst of +surrounding darkness; God's witnesses even where Satan dwelleth." + +Dr. Dwight was at Marash in April, and this is his own vivid +description of what he saw there: "This place is indeed a missionary +wonder! Twelve years ago there was not a Protestant here, and the +people were proverbially ignorant, barbarous, and fanatical. Six +years ago the evangelical Armenian church was organized with sixteen +members, the congregation at that time consisting of one hundred and +twenty. On the last Sabbath I preached in the morning to a +congregation of over a thousand, and in the afternoon addressed +nearly or quite fifteen hundred people, when forty were received +into the church, making the whole number two hundred and +twenty-seven. Nearly one hundred of these have been added since Mr. +White came here, two years ago. One old woman of seventy-five years +was admitted who was converted only four months ago. She was +previously a bigoted opposer, but now she seems full of the love of +Christ. Her emotions almost overpowered her on approaching the table +of the Lord. + +"The church-members here impressed me from the first as men who +thought more of the spiritual than the temporal. The Holy Spirit has +been evidently at work here during the whole of the year, and +especially through the past winter, and conversions are constantly +taking place. The burden of conversation among the brethren is in +regard to praying and laboring for the salvation of souls. + +"On the Sabbath the half of the body of the church was filled with +women packed closely together on the floor. The other half, and the +broad galleries around three sides of the house, were completely +crowded with men. A new church is needed immediately in the other +end of the town. I bless God that He brought me here, and I feel +almost like saying, 'Now lettest thou thy servant depart in peace.'" + +It should be said that this visit to Marash was in the midst of a +revival. The resident missionary, Mr. White, describes the work as +being chiefly among the Armenians and Roman Catholics. "Every night +they met in the houses of the Protestants and spent hours, sometimes +even till near morning, examining the Scriptures and comparing them +with the corrupt teachings of their own churches. Our young men were +very active, laboring both day and night, so much so, that the +Catholic bishop said he could not understand it; that if the young +men were paid for thus laboring, the missionaries had not money +enough; and if they were not paid, they had a love which he could +not understand. Many of his people, however, seemed to comprehend it +better than he did, and are now regular attendants at our church." + +The veteran missionary pays a noble tribute to the wives of the +missionaries at the several stations of the central mission: "I felt +myself rebuked when I saw the earnest, self-devoted spirit of my +missionary sisters, who are laboring in Aintab, in Marash, in +Antioch, in Aleppo, and in Oorfa, for the salvation of their +degraded sex; thinking little of the sacrifices they have made in +leaving America, to live in such a country as Turkey. It would be +difficult to find in Christendom a more happy class than these, our +helpers in Christ Jesus. The holy object which fills their hearts +lifts them above the distracting and embittering influences of +external circumstances." + +The change at Diarbekir, during the score of years since Dr. Grant +and Mr. Homes barely escaped with their lives, had been truly +wonderful. Drs. Dwight and Schneider and Mr. Nutting, on their +approach from Oorfa, were met, eighteen miles out, by a deputation +of Protestant brethren on horseback; and, a few miles further on, by +another detachment, headed by Mr. Walker and the native pastor; and +when near the city, by a third on foot, thus giving them a sort of +triumphal entry. Nor, during their whole stay, was there anything to +awaken a feeling of insecurity, but convincing evidence, that +Protestantism had a strong hold on many minds. + +Dr. Dwight noticed a decline of the Turkish population in the region +of the Euphrates. Several entire quarters in Diarbekir, formerly +Turkish, had passed into Christian hands, and the process was going +on. Armenians, Jacobites, and Protestants were buying Turkish +houses, but seldom did a Turk buy one of theirs; and around the +outskirts of the city there were extensive Turkish quarters all in +ruins. + +Mrs. Dunmore had come to the United States in 1856, in consequence +of the failure of her health, and was never able to return. Her +husband continued his self-denying labors four years longer, until, +seeing no prospect of her recovery, he believed his duty required +him to follow her. It was then a time of civil war in his native +land, and his public spirit led him to accept an invitation from a +regiment of cavalry to be their chaplain. A detachment, with which +he was connected, was surprised early in the morning of August 3, +1861, and he fell, shot in the head before he was fairly out of his +tent.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1862, p. 321. + +In courage, enterprise, tact, and efficacy, Mr. Dunmore stood in the +front rank of missionaries. "He did not write much of what he did," +says Mr. Walker, his successor at Diarbekir. "He cared not to be +known. But he cared for the souls of this poor people, and for +Christ's kingdom. I think that few missionaries are so well fitted +for the work, and very few labor with the same zeal and self-denial. +To few is it given to accomplish so much. There is comparatively +little accomplished in Diarbekir, Arabkir, Harpoot, and Moosh, which +is not, under God, due to this brother. His influence will long be +felt in these parts. Paul was his model, and there are few who come +so near to that exemplar. He had wonderful power in attaching the +natives to him. He could sympathize deeply with them, and aid them +as few can. His heart was in the work here, and it was a very great +trial for him to return to America. His fearless journeys among the +Koords in this land, led us often to feel apprehensive for his life. +The Lord forgive the Texan, whose bullet cut short a life so +valuable." + +In the years 1860 and 1861, the ill health of either husband or wife +deprived the mission of the labors of Messrs. Clark, Hutchison, +Parsons, and Plumer, and their families. Mr. and Mrs. Peabody +returned to their native land, after a faithful service of nineteen +years. Dr. Schauffler also terminated his official connection of +twenty-nine years with his missionary associates, and entered the +service of the American, and the British and Foreign Bible Societies +in the work of Bible translation for the Turkish Mohammedans. Miss +Tenney was married to Dr. Hamlin, who had been released from his +connection with the Board to take charge of a Protestant college in +Constantinople, though without any change in the great object of his +labors. + +Mr. Williams reoccupied Mardin in the year 1861. This was then, as +now, the capital of the Syrian Church, and the natural centre of +operations among the Arabic-speaking people in Eastern Turkey. It +embraced Mosul, and multitudes of towns and villages scattered over +a wide region, and required more than one missionary; though that +one was a man of first-rate abilities and eminent devotion to his +work. It was put in connection with the Armenian Mission, partly +because its missionary policy was the same, and partly because it +seemed necessary to work that whole field from one central station, +and by a small number of missionaries, and because it would require +the moral support of the larger mission in its neighborhood. + +A training-school was commenced at Mardin in the following year, on +the plan of the one at Harpoot, with a class of eight hopefully +pious young men. The congregation had doubled since Mr. Williams' +return and Protestantism had a more favorable position; but as yet +the intellect accepted the truth more readily than did the heart. + +Trebizond had only a native pastor, and the day-school was reported +as one of the best in Turkey. Khanoos, southeast of Erzroom, had +been faithfully cultivated for some time by the native pastor, +Simon, who was now removed to Moosh, where he would have a better +field. Erzroom was again without a missionary in consequence of the +necessary removal of Mr. Trowbridge to the capital. + +In addition to notices of versions of the Scriptures in the +preceding chapter, it should now be stated, that Dr. Goodell had +completed the great work of his life,--the translation of the Bible +into the Turkish language, as written in the Armenian character and +spoken by the Armenians. The version was from the Hebrew and Greek; +the New Testament had received three distinct revisions, and the Old +Testament one. His principal helper, for thirty years, was Panayotes +Constantinides, who died March 11, 1861. "He had greatly desired," +writes Dr. Goodell, "to live to see the end of the revision, and we +pressed on together, returning thanks at the end of every chapter, +that we had got so far on our journey. But his strength failed him +on the way, and when there was but little further to go, he laid +himself down, and the angels carried him to his home in heaven." Dr. +Schauffler had nearly completed a translation of the New Testament +in Turkish, with the Arabic or sacred character, and after much +difficulty had obtained the consent of the government to its +publication. Dr. Riggs had reached the books of Kings, in addition +to the Psalms, in his version of the Scriptures in Bulgarian, and +had also given time to preparing and editing Bulgarian tracts. + +The amount of publication in the year 1860, in the Armenian, +Armeno-Turkish, Bulgarian, and Modern Greek, was 164,500 copies, and +13,296,000 pages. The total expenditure was $15,789, from the +following sources:-- + +American Bible Society $3,473 +British and Foreign Bible Society 1,243 +American Tract Society, New York 2,646 +American Tract Society, Boston 674 +London Tract Society 1,175 +American Board of Commissioners + for Foreign Missions 5,462 +Other sources 1,116 + -------- + $15,789 + +Among the books published were a Reply to Archbishop Matteos in +Armenian, a Commentary on Matthew, Hymn-Book, Theological +Class-Book, and Geography,--the last at the expense of Haritun +Minasiyan, an Armenian printer. The Word of God was more in demand +than any other book. The Armenian Bible, with marginal references, +electrotyped and printed in New York by the American Bible Society, +was highly prized. The American Tract Society had also electrotyped +and printed several works for the mission, which were admired for +their beauty, and were furnished more cheaply than they could have +been prepared in Constantinople. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. + +THE ASSYRIA MISSION. + +1849-1860. + + +Mosul is related to the Syria Mission in language, the written +Arabic being essentially the same in both fields; but there is +considerable difference in the language of preaching and social +intercourse, "Near Mosul, and especially on the east of the Tigris," +writes Dr. Leonard Bacon, after his visit to Mosul, "the language is +Syriac, or as they there call it, _Fellahi_, the peasant language. +In other districts, Turkish and Koordish are spoken by many nominal +Christians. The people in Mesopotamia are very different from those +in Syria. They are of other sects. Instead of the Greek Church, the +Greek Catholic, and the Maronite, we find, as we travel east of the +Euphrates, and especially as we approach the Tigris, the Jacobite, +the Syrian Catholic or Romanized Jacobite, the Nestorian (almost +exterminated), and the Chaldean or Romanized Nestorian. And the +condition of these sects, as it respects the feeling of strength and +pride, is very unlike that of the sects in Syria. The Maronite +Church, and the Greek Catholic, are strong and proud in their +relation to Rome, and in the feeling that they are protected by the +great papal powers in Europe. The Greek Church may be likened to a +Russian colony in the Turkish empire. But the more eastern sects, +remnants of what were once the great Oriental Church, are in far +different relations, ecclesiastical and political. The Jacobites, +like the Nestorians, feel themselves weakened and depressed. The +Syrian Catholic and the Chaldean are not very firmly united to Rome, +and are little affected by European influences. Nor is this all. The +nominal Christians of Mesopotamia are of a very different race and +blood from those of Syria. The Greek element, which characterizes +the Arabic-speaking Christians west of the Euphrates,--an element of +subtlety of disputation, and of intellectual pride,--is not so +prominent in these more Oriental communities. For these and other +reasons, I cannot but think that this field should be occupied by +the brethren of the Mosul station, and be regarded as entirely +distinct from that of the Syria Mission. Mosul, as a centre of +missionary labor, is much more nearly related to Oroomiah, than to +Beirut, or Aleppo."[1] + +[1] _Report of the Board for_ 1851, p. 82. + +The visit of Messrs. Perkins and Stocking to Mosul, in May, 1849, +has been already mentioned.[1] That visit did much to prepare the +way for Mr. Ford, of the Aleppo station, who went there at the close +of 1849. He was kindly received by Mr. Rassam, the English Consul, +and had a joyful greeting from the little band of "gospel men," who +welcomed the return of their long lost privileges of Christian +instruction. Of the fifty who soon called upon him, about twenty +appeared to be decidedly evangelical, and ready to stand by the +Gospel at all hazards, though few of them gave evidence of a work of +grace in their hearts. Twenty more were enlightened and favorably +disposed; and the remaining ten might be regarded as indifferent or +hostile. This little band was the remainder of those who had been +brought under the influence of the Gospel, when our brethren of the +Mountain Nestorian Mission were detained in the mysterious +providence of God, to labor and suffer there. Yet the Lord had not +forsaken them, for Meekha, the ingenious mechanic, who had learned +the truth from Mr. Laurie, had given them the benefit of his +steadfast piety and diligent instruction. + +[1] Chapter xx. + +The reader knows, already, what led to the temporary occupation of +Mosul by the Board, in 1841. Its relinquishment in 1844, was chiefly +in view of the fact, that the Episcopal Church of the United States +had a mission then in Turkey, with the avowed object of laboring +among the Jacobites of Mesopotamia.[1] That mission having been +withdrawn from the Turkish empire, the operations of the Board were +naturally extended again to Mosul, to look after the fruits of +former labors, as well as to meet the exigencies of the mission in +western Koordistan. + +[1] This was first known through Dr. Grant, who forwarded a copy of +a letter from seven of the American Episcopal Bishops to the Syrian +Patriarch at Mardin, as evidence of the fact. After stating the +object in sending the Rev. Horatio Southgate to reside for a time at +Mardin, with the hope of associating two others with him, to which +no exception could be taken, the Patriarch was informed by the +letter, that Mr. Southgate "will make it clearly understood, that +the American Church has no ecclesiastical connection with the +followers of Luther and Calvin, and takes no part in their plans or +operations to diffuse the principles of these sects." + +The Rev. Dwight W. Marsh arrived at Mosul on the 20th of March, +1850, going by way of Beirut, Aleppo, Aintab, Oorfa, and Diarbekir; +from this last place he floated down the Tigris on a raft supported +by inflated goat-skins, in less than four days to his new home. He +describes the river as breaking through between bold precipices, and +scenery delightfully and unexpectedly romantic. Mr. Schneider was +his travelling companion from Aintab to Diarbekir, and Mr. Ford was +at Mosul to greet him on his arrival. The Rev. William Frederic +Williams removed from the Syria Mission to Mosul in the spring of +1851, going in company with Dr. Bacon and his son Mr. Leonard W. +Bacon, then travelling in the East. Salome Carabet, the eldest of +the girls in Mr. Whiting's family at Abeih, went with Mr. Williams, +to take charge of a school of thirty girls. + +Dr. Bacon's visit to Mosul was in compliance with a request of the +Prudential Committee, that he would make his tour of relaxation and +improvement the occasion of visiting the several stations of the +Board in Western Asia. The attempt to proceed from Mosul to Oroomiah +through the mountains by the most direct route, was unsuccessful. +The two travellers, in company with Mr. Marsh, soon after crossing +the Zab, were set upon by Koordish robbers, who had been requested +by an Agha, near Akra, to kill them. So imminent was the peril, that +they united together in prayer to God, led by Dr. Bacon. Some +Moolahs seeing this, interceded for their lives, and though they +could not hinder their being plundered, they succeeded in sending +them safely to another Moolah, three hours distant, who was revered +for his sanctity; and it was through his resolute protection, under +God, that they effected a safe return to Mosul. Mr. Rassam gave +information of the outrage to the English Ambassador, and the Pasha, +in the following year, having received orders from Constantinople, +sent three hundred men, with three cannon, against the robber, who +was compelled to pay the full value of the losses, and much more +besides to the government.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, for 1851, p. 295, and 1852, p. 388. + +The Assyria Mission was so named for geographical reasons. Its most +northern station at this time, was Diarbekir. Dr. Grant passed +through this city with Mr. Homes, in 1839, Messrs. Hinsdale and +Mitchell passed through it in 1841, and Mr. Laurie in 1842. The city +was visited by Mr. Peabody in 1849, when he found several persons +awakened by reading the Scriptures and other books, brought there by +colporters. It was visited again by Mr. Schneider in the following +year, who reported that nearly fifty Armenians were accustomed to +meet on the Sabbath for reading the Scriptures. These were then +subjected to a severe persecution, and they sent to Constantinople +for a vizierial letter, which was granted, but brought little +relief. Dr. Azariah Smith organized a small church at Diarbekir in +the spring of 1851. It included both Armenians and Jacobites; but +only those were to be received who gave satisfactory evidence of +piety. As soon as this restriction was announced, the most +influential Syrians in the congregation resolutely set themselves to +secure admission to the church for all Protestants of good moral +character. For a time their efforts to unite the congregation in +opposition prevented attention to their ordinary business; and but +for the conservative spirit of the Armenian portion, perhaps the +audience, as a whole, would have gone back to their churches. In the +end all were persuaded to listen to a discourse on the subject, by +Dr. Smith, and the character of the young ruler, in Luke xviii. +18-30, was unfolded in connection with Acts ii. 43-47. The +exhibition of a church, as an association of men devoted, body and +soul, time and wealth, to the extension of Christ's kingdom, was new +to them. That repentance involved the ceasing to live for selfish +and worldly ends, and that faith in Christ included the consecration +of our energies to his service, was no part of their old creed. And +though these truths had been previously preached by the +missionaries, the practical connection in which they now came up +made them more impressive. + +Mr. and Mrs. Dunmore, after spending some months at Aintab, arrived +at Diarbekir in November, 1851. They were accompanied by Stepan, a +graduate of the seminary at Bebek. This man, not long after his +arrival, was rudely arrested by a Turkish officer as a Protestant, +and cast into a prison, where he spent the night with vagabonds and +thieves. The Pasha refused Mr. Dunmore a hearing, but at once +ordered Stepan's release. + +Mr. Dunmore had not yet a free use of the Turkish, which was the +language spoken by the Armenians; but an average of more than +seventy persons came on the Sabbath to hear Stepan, and new faces +were seen at every meeting. + +Soon after the arrival of Mr. Dunmore, a young man of talents, named +Tomas, who had long been vacillating, boldly declared himself a +Protestant, and though his bishop offered him the monthly reward of +two hundred piastres for two years, paid in advance, if he would +leave the Protestants, his reply was: "Go tell the bishop that I did +not become a Protestant for money, and that I will not leave them +for money, even should he give me my house full of gold." Tomas was +then nineteen years of age, and had an orphan brother and two +sisters dependent on him. He had been a prosperous silk +manufacturer, but after he became a Protestant, both nominal +Christians and Moslems refused to trade with him, and he was +impoverished. It was decided to send him to the Bebek Seminary, with +his younger brother; and to send his older sister to the Female +Seminary at the same place; while Mr. and Mrs. Dunmore took the +youngest, a bright little girl of six years. In this young man we +have the future native pastor of the church in that city. + +The persecutions inflicted on the Protestants at Diarbekir were +similar to those described elsewhere. But not only were the native +converts, in this remote city, oppressed in every possible way, but +the missionary reports himself as being grossly insulted, and even +stoned in the streets whenever he went abroad. + +About this time Mr. Marsh performed a missionary tour to Mardin, +through Jebel Tour, a branch of the great Kurdish range of mountains +which crosses the Tigris above Jezirah, and goes westward toward the +Euphrates. These rugged, though not lofty mountains, cover fourteen +hundred square miles, and form the stronghold of the Jacobites. +Their ecclesiastical capital is Mardin. "High up the mountain's +side," writes Mr. Marsh, "with a steep descent of six or seven +hundred feet to the plains, the city wall mounts up still higher, +three hundred feet or more; and a large castle on the mountain top +crowns the view." Here he found several persons favorably inclined, +and recommended the place for a missionary station. + +The Rev. Henry Lobdell, M. D., and wife, reached Mosul in May 1852. +They came through Aintab, Oorfa, and Diarbekir. Such was the desire +of the people of Aintab for a missionary physician to take the place +of Dr. Smith, that four hundred and twenty of them signed a petition +in a single evening, requesting him to remain; but he felt +constrained to give them a negative. He speaks with pleasure of his +brief sojourn at Oorfa, which he describes as beautifully situated +on the west side of a fertile plain, and retaining many marks of its +ancient greatness. + +In the ten days which Dr. Lobdell spent with Mr. Dunmore at +Diarbekir, he was impressed by the hold the reformation was taking +in that place. At the same time, he and his missionary brother had a +startling illustration of its hostility to the Gospel. They were +looking at the great mosque of the city, formerly a Christian +church, and in the words of Mr. Dunmore, "As we were standing in +front of it, in the public highway, examining its architecture, +several lads came up and began to insult us and to order us away. We +did not notice them, but went further from the mosque, and stopped +to examine some old marble pillars. Soon, however, we found a rabble +about us, who began to jerk our garments. I then turned and spoke to +them, and they instantly rushed upon us like tigers. They seized Dr. +Lobdell's hat, threw it into the air, and began to beat him. One +ruffian seized me by the throat. By main strength I loosed his +grasp, and was moving off, when two men tried to wrest my cane from +me, but did not succeed. We retreated as last as possible, but when +we got out of the reach of their hands, they resorted to throwing +stones, some of them weighing two or three pounds. One hit Dr. +Lobdell in the side, and we saw no alternative but to run for our +lives. We went immediately to the Pasha, taking one of the largest +stones with us, and made a statement of the facts in the presence of +the council. He refused to do anything more than to send a man to +inquire who was in fault, the ruffians, or we! He said he knew +nothing about us." + +In a tent supported by a raft of one hundred and twenty inflated +goat-skins, Dr. and Mrs. Lobdell floated down the Tigris to Mosul. +"The Arabs, who swam out upon their goat-skins, and the Kurds armed +to the teeth upon the shore, were alike unable to touch us, as the +river was unusually high and swift. I do not remember having enjoyed +four successive days so much. The scenery is grand, equaling that of +the far-famed Hudson. It might not wear as well, but it is unique +and wonderful." Mr. and Mrs. Williams were there to welcome them. + +Mr. Marsh was absent on a visit to his native land, from whence he +returned with his wife in May, 1853. He was accompanied as far as +Aintab by Rev. Augustus Walker and wife, and from thence to +Diarbekir, by Messrs. Schneider and Walker. Mr. Dunmore's +congregation had then risen to nearly two hundred hearers. + +Mr. Marsh was especially struck, on returning to Mosul, with the +greatly improved singing of the congregation, which he thought was +now better there than at Diarbekir, Aintab, Constantinople, or +Beirut. This was due to the unwearied pains taken by Mr. Williams, +though the people seemed to have a better ear for music than +elsewhere in Western Asia. + +Dr. Lobdell found his medical profession a great assistance to him +as a preacher of the Gospel. Jacobites, Papists, and Moslems came in +considerable numbers, and he preached the Gospel alike to all. He +was overworked, and it was perhaps a favor to him that the judge was +stirred up by Popish priests, as the Moslems affirmed, to forbid the +Mohammedans coming to his preaching. The judge was willing that they +should call upon him for medical aid, if he would not preach the +Gospel to them; but the doctor declined administering to the body, +unless he could, at the same time, explain to them "the words of +Jesus" (which all Moslems professed to receive) for the benefit of +their souls. + +Salome Carabet returned to Syria, very much in the manner of Rebecca +of old, to become the wife of the young pastor at Hasbeiya; and the +female school was thus deprived of its teacher. + +A visit by Dr. Lobdell to the Yezidees in October, 1852, developed +interesting and valuable information. Their doctrines he regarded as +a strange fusion of Mohammedanism and Christianity with the +philosophy of the older Persians.[1] + +[1] See _Memoir of Dr. Lobdell_, pp. 213-227; also _Missionary +Herald_ for 1853, pp. 109-111. + +In June, 1853, Dr. Lobdell travelled through Koordistan to Oroomiah. +One of his objects was the improvement of his health; but he greatly +desired, also, to confer with the brethren of the Nestorian Mission, +and to preach the Gospel in the regions between. He took with him a +native, who not only spoke the Syriac and Arabic, but the Turkish +and Koordish.[1] "He came to us," wrote Dr. Perkins, "for the +benefit of his impaired health. Yet was he buoyant as a lark, being +overjoyed to find himself in our happy circle, after his perilous +journey across the mountains." Two days after his arrival he was +seized with a fever which proved severe and obstinate. But he +recovered, and was able to give much thought to the somewhat +peculiar method of proceeding in that mission; in which no separate +Protestant community had been formed, and no church organized; +though the missionaries had the communion by themselves, to which +they invited only those whom they believed to be truly regenerated. +His preconceived opinions had been somewhat adverse to the plan, and +he and his brethren at Mosul had adopted other methods. But he wrote +to the Secretaries of the Board his approval of the main policy of +his brethren in Persia, as justified by their peculiar +circumstances, and ratified by the blessing of Heaven. He specified +some things in which he thought more decided measures might be +taken; but advised that the mission be left to follow the leadings +of Providence, until a crisis should come in the Nestorian Church, +and then to act as they should deem wise at the time. + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1854, pp. 18-22. + +Before returning, Dr. Lobdell made an excursion of three weeks in +the province of Azerbijan, going as far as Tabriz. It was while he +was at Gawar, on his way home, that Deacon Tamo was liberated from +his long imprisonment. Messrs. Rhea and Coan accompanied him to +Mosul. Dr. Lobdell represents the two highest peaks of the Jelu +Mountains as distinctly visible from Mosul. Every step through +Koordistan reminded him of the devotion, courage, and energy of Dr. +Grant. + +Some difficulties existed in the Protestant community at Diarbekir, +growing out of the old leaven of baptismal regeneration, from which +the church itself had not been thoroughly purged. The church then +contained eleven members,--eight men and three women. Six of the men +were Syrian Jacobites, and four of these were formerly deacons in +their church. The difficulties encountered by Dr. Smith in 1851, +when he declared his intention of admitting to the church none but +such as were truly pious, and baptizing only them and their +children, were now revived. + +In view of these things, a meeting of the Assyria Mission was held +at Mosul for ten days, in March, 1854. It was then decided that +Messrs. Marsh and Lobdell should return with Messrs. Dunmore and +Walker, and assist in reorganizing the church at Diarbekir. Out of +twenty candidates whom they examined, eleven were accepted; and, in +the presence of three hundred persons, were organized into a new +church, with a creed and covenant.[1] Dr. Lobdell had a hundred +Christian patients daily while there; but the Pasha still continued +to refuse protection, and the missionaries were still hooted and +stoned in the streets. They believed, however, that the Gospel had +taken such hold in the city as to insure its ultimate triumph. + +[1] I find, in the archives of the Board, an extended analysis of +the baptismal question by these brethren, in its bearing on the +Oriental Churches. + +The church was subjected to a severe trial, immediately after its +reorganization. The Mosul brethren had to return to their own work; +it was necessary for Mr. Dunmore to join his sick wife at Arabkir; +and as it was unsafe for Mr. and Mrs. Walker to be left alone at +Diarbekir, they went to Aintab for the summer. The Koords robbed +them on their way, but they returned in the autumn, accompanied by +David H. Nutting, M. D., and wife. Mr. Dunmore remained at Arabkir +till the spring of 1855, when he commenced the important station of +Harpoot. The missionaries at Diarbekir now enjoyed the very welcome +protection of W. R. Holmes, Esq., the newly appointed English +Consul. Dr. Nutting's professional services to the Pasha, in a +dangerous illness, soon after his arrival, gave him an introduction +to almost all the officers of the government and influential Moslems +in the city, and obtained for him a public expression of the Pasha's +gratitude. Instead of stonings in the streets, without redress, as +under the preceding Pasha, the missionaries received respectful +treatment, and had free access to all classes. Mr. Walker found the +state of things better than he anticipated. Certain disaffected +members of the Protestant community had repented of their errors. +Persecution had not shaken the faith of any in the church. During +the winter the congregation increased to two hundred. In April, +1855, six were admitted to the church, and not less than four +hundred and fifty persons were present. The accessions were not only +from the Armenian and Jacobite Churches, but also from the Catholic +Church, though fierce persecution and imprisonment were the +consequence. A large portion of the Jacobite Church were convinced +of the truth, and of the emptiness of their own rites and +ceremonies. Some openly avowed that they retained their connection +with their old church merely to fight against it, hoping to turn the +whole community to Protestantism. The people demanded that the Bible +should be read in the church in Turkish or Arabic, instead of the +ancient Armenian and Syriac, which were, to most of them, dead +languages; and the Jacobite bishop was forced to yield. Finding, at +length, that this must rapidly undermine the priestly influence, he +secretly removed the Scriptures from the church. But the word of the +Lord was not bound, for the deacons or readers carried their own +Bibles. + +At the out-station of Haine, Stepan, the native preacher who had +come to Diarbekir with Mr. Walker, was enabled by divine grace to +maintain his position. The Pasha at one time ordered him to leave, +but he thought it right to disobey. At a subsequent period, being +stoned and beaten in the streets, he was obliged to flee, and the +Protestants suffered much oppression. Through the energetic efforts +of the Consul at Diarbekir, the persecuting governor was deposed, +and another appointed. + +Across the river from Diarbekir is Cutterbul, a large Christian +village, where were twenty Protestants, with several church-members; +and the missionary, in his occasional visits, gathered almost as +large a congregation as the one at Mosul. The preaching would have +been acceptable in Turkish, or Koordish, though the people preferred +the Arabic. Cutterbul was but a sample of what the villages on all +sides of Diarbekir might have been, were the station fully manned. + +The Protestants at Mosul obtained no relief from their oppressive +taxes until January, 1854; when, through the efforts of Lord +Stratford de Redcliffe, a firman was addressed to the Pasha for +their protection. The Pasha then ordered an equitable rate to be +made for them, which encouraged the Protestants, and disheartened +their enemies. The year was one of progress. Five were added to the +Protestants, and two to the church, while there was a decided +improvement in the attention given to preaching. The boys' school +prospered, with forty pupils. Women were to some extent instructed +in reading the Bible by the scholars, who went from house to house +for the purpose. Thirty adults were taught at their houses, and +thirty others attended the male school regularly. The church-members +gained a reputation for strict honesty, temperance, and general +excellence. The mere existence of a church upon an apostolical +basis, worshipping God in simplicity, told with force against the +corrupt hierarchies. + +The excitements at Mosul during the Crimean war, were often intense. +At one period there was great danger of an outburst of Mohammedan +fanaticism, so that the Christians were in terror for their lives. +Stringent orders from Constantinople aroused the local authorities +to do their duty, and the insolence of those ready for deeds of +blood was checked. Early in May, 1854, a volunteer reinforcement of +two thousand Koords for the Turkish army, was quartered in the city, +and certain outrages indicated an approaching massacre of Christians +and Jews. The evil was averted by the bold decision of the English +Consul, who went to the Pasha, and demanded that the Koords be sent +at once out of the city. They were soon on their way to the seat of +war. + +Mosul was regarded as free from miasma; but the heat of the summer +days was exhausting to the foreigner, and the natives also suffered. +For a hundred days in 1853, the mercury stood, at two o'clock in the +afternoon, as high as 98º; and for eighty days it ranged from 100º +to 114º. The highest point in the shade was 117º. It was much the +same in the following year. + +As the summer advanced, the health of Mrs. Williams declined, and it +became obvious that she could no longer endure the excessive heat. +She was desirous of removing to a cooler climate, and Dr. Lobdell +went with her and her family to the mountains. When they were near +the Zab river, they met Dr. Wright from Persia, who had come with +the hope of conducting them to Oroomiah. The rest is told in the +words of Dr. Lobdell. "We could go no farther, and on the 29th of +June, at sunset, were on our way towards Mosul; our sick friend +being anxious to go there to die, but most of the time unconscious +of the incidents and fatigues. On the last day of June we reached +Akra; a litter was made, twelve Christians bore it, and the next +morning at six o'clock, while moving on the road, that litter became +a bier! An hour farther, and a rough box way made ready for her we +had loved. The children knew not what had happened. At evening, the +box was bound upon a mule, and we rode silently for fourteen hours, +and crossed to the ruins of Nineveh shortly after sunrise. The flag +of the English Consul was thrown over the body as we crossed the +Tigris. A narrow house had already been prepared for it outside the +walls (not even the dead body of a Moslem could have been carried +within the gates); Mr. Marsh had a short service; and there we laid +the wife, the mother, down to her last sleep."[1] + +[1] Memoir of Dr. Lobdell, p. 330. + +The Crimean war inflamed Mohammedan fanaticism all over Western +Asia. Such was its influence in Persia, that the missionaries +requested Dr. Lobdell, in view of his recent visit, to go to Bagdad, +and represent their critical situation with reference to the Persian +government to Mr. Murray, English Ambassador to Persia; who was to +be there in January, 1855, on his way to his post. He accordingly +commenced his voyage down the river on the 10th of January, upon the +customary raft of skins, and on the fourth day reached Bagdad. The +ambassador arriving on the 8th of the following month, Dr. Lobdell +had a satisfactory interview with him, which probably led to the +subsequent visit of Mr. Murray to Oroomiah. His return was by +post-horses in fifty-eight hours. The road made a long curve to the +east to avoid the Arabs of the desert. The nearest route would have +been on the west side of the Tigris. + +Ten days after this, Mr. Marsh and Mr. Williams went to Diarbekir to +attend the second annual meeting of the mission. The next day Dr. +Lobdell prepared a sermon, talked with a crowd of papists, preached +to eighty-five patients, delivered his sermon to the church in the +evening, and went to bed with a chill and fever. On the day +following, he wrote his last letter, and made his last entry in his +journal. He gradually grew worse, and was at times delirious. A +message was sent for the absent brethren, but, owing to the +disturbed state of the country, it was the twentieth day of his +sickness, and only five days before his death, when Mr. Marsh +reached Mosul. As he entered the room, the Doctor threw his arms +about his neck and wept. The church-members prayed earnestly for his +recovery, and were eager to serve as watchers. He passed easily +away, as the Sabbath was closing, on the 25th of March, 1855, to his +eternal rest. His age was twenty-eight. + +Dr. Lobdell's life was short to fill four hundred pages in Professor +Tyler's excellent Memoir, but the volume is none too large. His +life, measured by activities and results, was long. His character +was many sided, and every side glowed with consecrated ardor. He +made the most of himself as a man, a scholar, a Christian, and a +Christian missionary. Like the Apostle Paul, "forgetting those +things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which +are before," he pressed "toward the mark for the prize of the high +calling of God in Christ Jesus." + +He had a strong desire to go as a missionary to China, but the +author, in his official correspondence, though seldom venturing to +oppose such predilections, was so impressed with the difficulties to +be overcome at Mosul, and with Dr. Lobdell's adaptation to that +field, that he called his attention to it, and soon received the +reply that he would go, as soon as he could get ready; and from that +time the new field grew in his affections. That he could or would +have done more for the kingdom of Christ, in any other sphere of +labor, no one who attentively considers his remarkable life will +venture to affirm. + +Dr. Henri B. Haskell succeeded Dr. Lobdell at Mosul, and reached +Diarbekir, with the Rev. George C. Knapp and wife, appointed to that +station, in April, 1856. The Christian worship at Diarbekir had now +assumed a regular form. There were four services on the Sabbath. At +the first, an hour after sunrise, fifty persons assembled for prayer +and praise, and the meeting was conducted by two native teachers; +one reading his own translation of Doddridge's "Rise and Progress" +in Turkish; the other, after having read through Dr. Goodell's +"Notes on Matthew," and a volume of his sermons in Turkish, had +commenced reading discourses of his own. The second was at the time +of "noon cry" from the minarets, when Mr. Walker or Baron Tomas, now +returned for a time from Bebek, preached to about two hundred +persons, who listened more attentively than most American +congregations. At the ninth hour (three o'clock in the afternoon) +Baron Tomas met a Bible-class of sixty or eighty of the more +intelligent Protestants. The last preaching service, at the tenth +hour, was usually attended by a hundred or a hundred and fifty +persons. From forty to seventy persons were present at the Friday +evening meeting. The monthly concert was well attended, and with +increasing contributions. Mrs. Walker had a Wednesday afternoon +meeting for the women, at which from twenty to forty were present. + +The Gospels had been translated into Koordish by the native helper +at Haine, and copies of Matthew had been received from the press in +Stamboul. As soon as the good deacon Shemmas could get the box +containing them from the custom-house, he retired to his room and +poured out his soul in thanksgiving to God for his great mercy, and +prayed that He would now greatly bless his Word in this new tongue. + +The church at Diarbekir was doubled in 1856, and all belonging to +the mission, both male and female, found full employment in +imparting instruction. Baron Tomas returned to Bebek, to spend two +years in the study of theology. + +Excepting the death of the second Mrs. Williams, on the 25th of +December, there was nothing in 1857, specially demanding attention. + +Mr. Williams spent the summer of 1858 in Mardin, intending to occupy +it as a new station, and returned in November to make it his +permanent residence. He found the people, as he expected, +exceedingly bigoted, yet hardy and intelligent. There was an +important advantage in the pure mountain air of the place. The +language was Arabic, as at Mosul. More than half of the twenty +thousand inhabitants were nominal Christians; there were three +Arabic-speaking villages within six miles, and the whole of Jebel +Tour was accessible. He found the Romish Church stronger than he had +expected, having a Papal-Syrian patriarchate just established within +the city. He was received by the ecclesiastics with bitter +denunciations. For a time, no one dared to acknowledge himself a +Protestant, though many Mohammedans called upon him, and seemed to +appreciate his very intelligent and gentlemanly conversation and +manners. + +Subsequently a papal priest, to whom, in former years, he had given +a Bible, joined himself to the missionary, and patiently endured +severe persecution. But the most encouraging case was that of an +influential merchant named Meekha. He was originally an Armenian, +and, thirty years before had become a Papist, and carried over one +hundred houses with him. He was the champion of the papal party. His +conversion was on this wise. The priest just mentioned had sown much +Gospel truth among his disciples, and among them was a son-in-law of +Meekha. At length the old man, provoked by an instance of dishonesty +and falsehood in his bishop, and unable to read himself, sent for +his son-in-law to read to him the Gospel. The young man was kept +reading for three days, until the Gospels and Epistles were all +finished. Amazed to find his religion opposed by the whole spirit +and teachings of the divine oracles, Meekha sent for the priests and +they came. "Prove me your doctrines from the Bible," said he. +Convinced, from their manner of reply, that they had nothing to say, +he ceased from the worship of the Virgin, and declared himself a +Protestant; and his wife was as sincere and earnest as he. Though +father, mother, and three unmarried daughters were excommunicated, +and subjected to continued insults, their souls were overflowing +with joy and thankfulness that the Gospel had come to them. + +Speaking of this family, Mr. Williams says: "I have never witnessed +such amazed eagerness as that with which, for the first time, +they comprehended that salvation is without money and without +price--absolutely free and gratuitous. It was to them _news_--good +news; and when I call to mind Meekha's impetuous temperament, and +see him listen with such docility to Christ's teaching, I cannot but +hope that, though imperfectly sanctified, the 'good work' is begun +in him, which God's grace will complete. He accepts no new truth +without a challenge, and nothing short of a 'Thus saith the Lord,' +will give it currency with him. At one of my evening lectures I +alluded to Isaiah's statement, 'All our righteousnesses are as +filthy rags,' when two or three spoke up: 'What 's that?' On +repeating it they were incredulous, and demanded chapter and verse. +I gave it to them next day, and it has taken hold of them like iron. +I have seen Meekha since throw that verse into a crowd of opposers +with such force as to start them from their seats with an emphatic +'God forbid,' and the most positive denial that such a verse could +be in the Bible. When I turned to the passage, and put the book into +their hands that they might read it for themselves, they could not +believe their own eyes, but continued poring over it, reading +carefully from the head of the chapter; and this very day some of +them came in to ask what it meant, and so changed in their manner I +could hardly believe my eyes. Before, obstinate, dogged, +unreasonable; now, meek, docile, and asking what the will of the +Lord is. One said, 'That went like a dagger to my heart, and I slept +none all that night.' And when to-day, I turned to Rom. iii. 26, +Eph. ii. 8-9, and Rom. iv. 1-4, they listened as children. Truly the +word of the Lord _is_ a sharp sword, piercing to the heart." + +Mr. Knapp's health forbidding a longer residence at Diarbekir, he +commenced, in May, 1858, a new station at Bitlis, a healthy place +several thousand feet above the level of the sea. Dr. and Mrs. +Haskell were with them during the latter half of the summer, and +spent the summer of 1859 at Mardin; but Mr. and Mrs. Marsh and Mrs. +Lobdell decided to remain at Mosul. In May, Mr. and Mrs. Marsh were +called to part with their second and only surviving child. A +fortnight later, Mrs. Marsh herself had a severe attack of fever, +but soon recovered. The fatal attack was three months later, and her +death occurred unexpectedly. The thermometer in the early part of +the night before, stood at 113º. During the day it was 120º; and on +the night of her death it was 100º on the roof, where they slept. +She had had a slight illness for a few days, and it now became a +burning fever, with delirium, and all remedies proved vain. She died +on the 12th of August, at the age of thirty-two, after a residence +of six years at Mosul, as an earnest and faithful laborer. Her +mother and her only sister had died before reaching the age of +thirty, and it is possible Mrs. Marsh might not have lived as long +in her native land, as she did at Mosul. "Yet it is probable," as +her husband wrote at the time, "that the heat, so unusually extreme, +cutting the leaves from the tree in our court by thousands, and +causing many natives of the country to fall dead by the roadside, +was the immediate occasion of her death." + +Mrs. Lobdell found reason, in the necessities of her children, for +returning to America, and in April, 1860, she bade adieu to the +little band of women, who, for eight years, had sat at her feet to +learn of Jesus. She reached her native land in August, in company +with Mr. Marsh. + +Mosul remained unoccupied during the summer, the heat at that season +being found too great for endurance; though the climate is agreeable +for nearly three fourths of the year. The summer retreat prepared by +Dr. Lobdell at Deira, near Amadiah, was distant seventy miles, or +four days' travel, and it required at least nine days to reach +Mardin. + +There were but two or three places in Turkey where missionaries, up +to this time, had had such marked success as in Diarbekir. The +church, at the close of 1859, numbered sixty-one, and after the +April communion, seventy-three. Rarely did a communion pass without +some additions. Protestants were a recognized power among the +people, and their influence was extending. Books were eagerly sought +after and paid for. Illegal taxes had nearly ceased in the city +itself. After a weary struggle of nine years, the assessment of the +tax-roll for the Protestants was made upon a satisfactory plan, +which bid fair to be permanent. The commercial standing of the +Protestants was above that of any other sect, though there were no +wealthy men among them. But the increase of the congregation had +been retarded by the want of sufficient accommodations for public +worship. The lamented removal of Mr. Holmes, the English Consul, to +a more desirable consulate in European Turkey, while it was a great +loss to the mission, threw his house upon the market, and it was +purchased for a place of worship at less than half its cost. It +required only slight alterations, and could be indefinitely +enlarged. The members of the church subscribed a thousand dollars +towards its purchase, and a certain amount was granted by the Board. +The school for boys, and the one for girls, were both eminently a +success. At Cutterbul, half the village was Protestant and the rest +more than half so, and the place of prayer would not hold the +congregation. + +In 1860, the stations of the Assyria Mission were brought within the +field of the Eastern Turkey Mission, and the Assyria Mission ceased +to have a separate existence. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. + +THE NESTORIANS. + +1851-1857. + + +The return of Mr. Stoddard, accompanied by his wife and Mr. and Mrs. +Rhea, was mentioned in the first volume. He thus describes the +manner of his reception: "While crossing the plain of Oroomiah, we +arrived at a village twelve miles from the city, where a company of +our brethren and sisters, with their little ones and many of the +Nestorians, greeted us with tender emotions. A tent had been +pitched, and a breakfast prepared; and we all sat down on the grass, +under the grateful shade, to partake of the repast. Our hearts were +full. During the three hours which we spent at this village, +Nestorians of all classes, many of them our brethren in Christ, were +continually arriving; and when, soon after noon, we set out for the +city, our progress resembled more a triumphal procession than a +caravan of weary travellers. Every mile increased our numbers. Our +way was often almost blocked up by the people who came to meet us, +some on horseback, some on foot; bishops, priests, deacons, village +teachers, members of the seminary, with whom I had many times wept +and prayed, all pressing forward in eager haste to grasp our hands, +and swell the notes of welcome. Three years ago, they followed us +out of the city, holding our horses by the bridle, and begging us +not to leave them, while their mournful looks bespoke the sorrow of +their hearts. Now I was returning to them with restored health, to +identify my interests with theirs. I brought with me the salutations +of many thousand Christians in our native land, and was accompanied +into the harvest-field by new reapers. As I turned from thoughts of +the past, and looked on the animating scene around us, the contrast +almost overcome me." + +This was in 1851. In October of the following year, Dr. and Mrs. +Perkins, going to meet Mr. and Mrs. Crane, and Sarah Stoddard, on +their way from Trebizond, experienced a severe affliction in the +death of their only surviving daughter, a very interesting girl. The +journey was expected to be of advantage to the health of Mrs. +Perkins and to their two children, Judith and Henry; and it was due +to the new-comers that some one, acquainted with the language and +country, should aid them through the long and tedious route from +Erzroom. After a ride of thirty miles, they were unexpectedly +exposed to a pestilential atmosphere at Khoy, where they spent the +night. All went well with them until they had crossed the plain of +Khoy, and the mountain beyond, and passed their last resting-place, +when the beloved daughter showed signs of cholera. They could not +rest there under the burning sun, and there was no water near; so +they were obliged to proceed three or four miles further, to the +Moslem village of Zorava. The nature of the disease was now +painfully certain. The Mohammedan villagers were terrified and +inhospitable. They would not even allow a morsel of bread to be sold +to the faithful Nestorians who accompanied the family, nor even +barley for their tired, hungry horses. And when the limbs of the +child were cold and stiffening under the power of the deadly +disease, they would not sell one stick of wood to warm water for +her; but again and again ordered the heart-stricken travellers to +leave the village with their dying child. As a further aggravation, +after the father had twice administered laudanum, the vial +containing the medicine disappeared from their tent, and could no +more be found. There were all the usual accompaniments of the +cholera, and in that high region the night air was cold. Collecting +dry weeds, they managed to kindle a fire, and heated a stone which +they placed at her feet. + +The spirit of the child was quiet, and beautifully resigned to the +will of God. There had been no doubt as to her piety before her +sickness, and the whole scene was all that could have been expected +of an older person. At length the end came. "Breathing shorter and +shorter for fifteen or twenty minutes," writes her father, "she +gently slept, as we believe, in Jesus, at three o'clock on the +morning of September 4, 1852, aged twelve years and twenty-six +days." + +The bereaved and afflicted family was now a hundred and forty miles +from home; but home was the place for her burial. The mother washed +the corpse with her own hands, and dressed it for the grave. As no +coffin could be obtained, the loved one was sewed in a strong +oriental felt of the size and form of a bed-quilt, and placed upon a +bed, and two willow sticks, cut from the margin of the brook, were +sewed upon the sides of the bed, and it was then bound to the back +of a faithful horse; the panic-stricken villagers calling upon them +all the while, "Depart, depart." With what different feelings were +they received on their return, by their large circle of weeping +friends! One of the Nestorians, who had accompanied the family, +standing by the grave, artlessly described to the Nestorians the +affecting scenes he had witnessed, and all were bathed in tears. "In +all the families of the village," wrote Miss Fidelia Fiske, "Judith +had taken a deep interest, and several of the middle-aged women had +been taught by her in the Sabbath-school. Indeed, she had greatly +endeared herself to all the scores and hundreds of Nestorians who +knew her, and was a universal favorite among the people. A Nestorian +of a distant village said, on hearing of her death, "There was none +like her,--so beautiful, so wise, so pious. She would pray like an +angel."[1] + +[1] See _The Persian Flower; A Memoir of Judith Grant Perkins of +Oroomiah, Persia_. + +The Gospel made its way among the Nestorians amid many +discouragements. Yet there was progress, Even in the mountains of +Koordistan, where the brethren could do little more than watch the +leadings of Providence, there was much that was hopeful. It was an +indication of promise, that the people of Memikan, the mountain +station, notwithstanding their sufferings for the sake of the +Gospel, did not falter in their adherence to it. Strangers, after +listening to the reading and reciting of the school children, +sometimes went away exclaiming, "Glory to God! There is nothing bad +in all this." Religious worship was well attended. Even in the busy +season, when the laborers were in their fields before dawn, and +worked till late, a goodly number attended the daily evening +service. Nor was it here, only, that a listening ear was found. In a +tour among some of the largest neighboring villages, the +missionaries were kindly received. Some sat from morning till the +setting of the sun, giving earnest heed to the preaching. Could the +people have been assured that they had nothing to fear from the +civil power, they would have braved their ecclesiastics. Even as it +was, the missionary pursued his work without molestation, and was +treated with uniform respect by the authorities. + +On the plain of Oroomiah, there was more preaching than ever before, +and the line of demarkation between an evangelical church and a dead +Christianity, was becoming more and more distinct. Mar Yohannan +boldly discarded many customs of his Church, and then seemed +disposed to go as fast in the work of reformation as his people +could be induced to follow; and there was the same spirit among the +helpers of the mission. + +The two seminaries were coming under a stricter discipline, and +aimed at a higher standard of scholarship. About half of the forty +students under Mr. Stoddard were hopefully pious, and some of them +gave high promise of usefulness. One was appointed to succeed the +bishop of the largest diocese in the province. Several were from +different mountain districts, and one was from the valley of the +Tigris. + +The number in the female seminary had increased from forty to fifty, +and it was delightful to witness the intelligent zeal of some +teachers in the Sabbath-schools. The ten who graduated in March were +all hopefully pious, well educated, and quite refined, and most of +them were expected to become teachers in their own villages. + +The description given by Mr. Stocking of a very aged priest, whom he +saw among the hills north of Gawar, encourages the belief that the +Holy Spirit sometimes makes the faintest rays of Gospel light +effectual to salvation. The man was nearly deaf, and bending under +the weight of a century or more, according to the statement of the +people, but was able to converse intelligently about events which +happened two or three generations before. "We were much surprised," +writes Mr. Stocking, "at the correctness of his views in regard to +some of the cardinal doctrines of the Scriptures, and particularly +as to the necessity of an evangelical faith, in distinction from one +that was dead, and of the work of the Holy Spirit in renewing and +sanctifying believers. Though not remarkable for his learning, he +appears to have been taught by the great Teacher himself; for he had +never before seen a missionary. As I left him, to see him no more, +he affectionately took my hand, and said he had one request to +make, which was that we would remember him in our prayers at the +mercy-seat. He also requested a New Testament in the ancient and +modern Syriac, for his village, which we sent to him." + +In August, 1851, Mr. Coan, accompanied by Priest Dunka and Deacons +John and Khamis, visited the districts of Jeloo, Bass, Tekhoma, +Tiary, and Diss, and discoursed to more than four thousand persons. +A part of this ground had never been trod before by a missionary. +The ecclesiastics were, as usual, the greatest opposers, but there +were two pleasing exceptions. In Alsan, a village of five hundred +souls, there was one priest who, at first, seemed reserved, but as +his prejudices were removed, he became, with his people, an +attentive listener. The missionaries tarried four or five hours, +preaching the Word to the hungry multitude. The people, in little +companies, conversed about what they had heard, and publicly +upbraided their priest for letting them remain in such ignorance. He +made humble confession, and expressed a desire to send his little +boy, a bright looking lad, to Oroomiah for instruction. At another +village, they found a decidedly evangelical priest. That his +influence over his large village was good was apparent in the quiet +and orderly behavior of the people, and their attention to the +Gospel. Indeed, they were accustomed to the word of exhortation +daily at their evening prayers. This priest had a small school every +winter, to which several lads resorted from neighboring districts. + +A very different scene was witnessed in the village of Mar Ziah, +which was thronged with ecclesiastics who obtained their livelihood +by begging. "They were dressed," Mr. Coan writes concerning them, +"in scarlet and silk, and were exceedingly haughty in their bearing. +We met the people in the churchyard, but, after a few words, there +arose such a tumult as I hope never to see again. For an hour or +more, the place was like a pandemonium. Some wished to hear what we +had to say; but others, with savage fierceness, flew at them, +yelling at the top of their voices, and looking as if ready to drink +their blood. In the course of an hour or two their rage had spent +itself, and after a few words of solemn admonition, we left them." +At another village, scarcely three miles distant, where was no +priest, a few persons assembled in a room where the missionaries +stopped, and their solemn and tearful attention was very unlike the +noisy scene they had just left. One young man begged, with tears, to +receive a copy of the Gospel. + +Nazee was one of three Tiary girls who came to Oroomiah after the +massacre of the mountain Nestorians, and in the seminary became +hopefully pious. She was now living at Chumba, and having heard of +the coming of her missionary friends, was standing on the bank of +the impetuous Zab, awaiting their arrival. There was no fording the +torrent, but the travellers ventured across on two single string +pieces, bending under them at every step. She greeted them joyfully, +and hastened to prepare a place for their lodging. While she was +gone, the Malek came and took them to his house. Nazee was +disappointed, but followed, eager to hear every word. During the +address to the villagers assembled on the roof, it was affecting to +see the eagerness with which she listened. Though others left she +could not leave, and not till near midnight did she bethink herself, +and apologize for keeping Mr. Coan up so late after a fatiguing +day's journey. She was a light in her village, by which the deeds of +the wicked had been reproved, and she had consequently suffered much +persecution. Some friends in America, interested in the account +which had been given of her while in the seminary, had sent her +articles of dress; but her neighbors assembled and maliciously tore +them into fragments before her eyes. She bore it meekly, and only +prayed for them. She expected fresh insults because of the kindness +shown her in the present visit. Long before light, on the day they +were to leave, she was with the visitors, anxious to improve the few +moments left for Christian conversation; and she followed them, +lonely and sad, to the river's side. There they kneeled by the +roaring stream, and commended her to the Great and Good Shepherd. + +Mr. Stoddard mentions the visit of Mr. Khanikoff, a Russian +scientific gentleman, in the summer of 1852, to obtain information +concerning the elevations and climates of these districts. Lake +Oroomiah was ascertained to be about four thousand one hundred feet +above the ocean, and the city four thousand five hundred feet, the +plain sloping down gently towards the lake. Mount Seir rises two +thousand eight hundred and thirty feet above the city, and seven +thousand three hundred and thirty feet above the ocean; differing +not greatly, in real height, from the White Mountains in New +Hampshire. The mission residence, on the mountain side, is a +thousand feet above the city. The mountains of Koordistan, some of +which are capped with snow through all the year, often rise to the +height of twelve thousand feet, and one peak is supposed to be +fourteen thousand feet above the sea. Mr. Khanikoff afterwards +became Russian Consul General at Tabriz, and proved himself a +sincere and valuable friend to the mission. + +Failure of health constrained Mr. Stocking to return, with his +family, to the United States, and he was never able to resume his +missionary labors. Since his lamented decease, a son has taken his +place among the Nestorians. + +It should be gratefully acknowledged, that violence towards +missionaries has almost everywhere been the exception, and not the +rule. It has been so even in Koordistan. But Mr. Cochran, while +travelling with several Nestorians through Nochea, was assailed by +five robbers in the employ of a Koordish chief, named Seyed Khan +Bey. As Moslems the assailants were of course reckless of the life +of Christians; and, for a time, the party were apprehensive of being +murdered. But at last, while the freebooters were intent on their +prey, the company fled up the steep mountain side, leaving their +effects. Their horses were afterwards recovered. + +The year 1854 opened with a revival in both the seminaries. At the +commencement of it, scarcely half the students in either of the +institutions gave evidence of piety, which was an unusually small +proportion. The thought of this, and especially that several of the +senior class were about going forth into the world without Christ, +led to earnest prayer, and to efforts which were followed by an +immediate blessing. The special religious interest continued several +weeks, and extended to the large village of Geog Tapa, but the +results appear not to have been distinctly reported. + +The eighteen young men who graduated in 1854, were of higher promise +than any previous class. Several of the performances at their +graduation were very gratifying, particularly the valedictory +addresses, pronounced by a young man of eighteen, which would not +suffer in matter or manner, Dr. Perkins thought, by the side of +similar addresses at any American college. Nearly all were hopefully +pious, and were returning to homes widely distant from each other. + +In some parts of the field there was much enthusiasm. In Geog Tapa, +for example, about seventy adults had commenced learning to read. +The mode pursued there and elsewhere, was to induce teachers, +scholars in the village schools, and other readers to teach adults, +by the promise of a Bible, Testament, or other book, if they were +successful. At an examination, the forenoon was devoted to the +girls' school, taught by two graduates of the female seminary, and +the afternoon to the Sabbath-school. Such a crowd of Nestorians was +present, that it was necessary in the afternoon, to meet in a grove. +The first class examined in the Sabbath-school consisted of men from +twenty to seventy years of age, headed by the chief man of the +village. Then followed a class of women, fifty or sixty in number, +from forty to fifty years of age. These classes, not being able to +read, had been taught orally. Next came a class of men, about twenty +in number, and a class of twenty-three women, who had recently +learned to read. These had been taught individually by boys +connected with the village schools, each of whom received a copy +of the Old Testament as a reward. On the plain of Oroomiah +seventy-three free schools were reported, with more than a thousand +boys, and one hundred and fifty girls and women as pupils. + +In Gawar, two schools embraced fourteen boarding and thirty-two day +scholars. Fourteen of these were from Jeloo, Bass, and Tekhoma +districts. Among them were four deacons, four from the family of the +bishop of Jeloo, and nearly all were from prominent families. They +were wild mountaineers, and in some thing's difficult to manage, but +they acquired knowledge rapidly and with delight; and the constant +study of the Bible wrought a perceptible change in them. In the +Bootan districts, hitherto inaccessible to missionary influence, +there was now a strong desire for schools, and for the labors of +evangelical teachers. + +The New Testament in the modern language was beginning to be +circulated among the people; a much enlarged edition of the hymn +book had been issued, and a volume, entitled "Scripture Facts," had +a wide circulation. Mr. Perkins had completed a translation of +Doddridge's "Rise and Progress," and was engaged in translating +Barth's "Church History." + +Mr. Crane died at Gawar on the 27th of August, 1854, at the +commencement of a career of bright promise. So ardently was he +beloved by the people there, that at the funeral service the whole +assembly repeatedly broke forth into weeping. The afflicted widow +was called, within a week of her husband's death, to mourn also the +loss of a beloved son, and removed to Mount Seir, where she was a +valued helper in the mission. She returned home in 1857. Mr. Rhea +and Miss Harris were united in marriage in October, and spent the +winter at Gawar. + +The audacity of the papal missionaries, backed by the French +embassy, was marvelous. The American mission having been importuned +to open a school in the large village of Khosrova, in Salmas, where +popery predominated, two young men, graduates of the seminary, were +successively sent thither. The first was several times driven away, +through the instigation of the Lazarists, and those who were +friendly to the mission also became objects of persecution. The +second was assailed by the mob, headed, by the French chief of the +Lazarists, and by a bishop. These two men, with their own hands, +threw him into a canal, and called on the people to drown or kill +him. He was mercifully delivered, but narrowly escaped with his +life. The matter being reported to Mr. Abbott, the English Consul at +Tabriz, the chief of the Lazarists, with some fifteen of his +satellites, went thither, and apprehending a cool reception from the +Consul, whose protection the Lazarists enjoyed in common with the +American missionaries, he applied for assistance to the Russian +Consul, proposing to transfer his passports to his hands. Mr. +Khanikoff refused, and severely rebuked them for their conduct. Mr. +Abbott obtained an order from the Governor of Azerbijan to lay heavy +fines on the Mussulman deputies of Khosrova for withholding +protection, and on the principal papists for their acts of violence, +with the requirement of bonds for future good behavior. + +Messrs. Abbott and Stevens, English consuls at Tabriz and Teheran, +kindly exerted their protecting influence, and Mr. Cochran +subsequently spent a week at Khosrova, and had his house thronged +every evening with from fifty to a hundred and fifty people, eager +to listen to the preaching of the Word. The ecclesiastics raged, and +stirred up the agent of the master of the village (who lives in +Tabriz) to endeavor to drive our brother away; but the attempt +failed. Sixty houses gave their names and seals, wishing to become +Protestants. They were exceedingly desirous of having a missionary, +and even threatened, good-naturedly, to take one by force to live +among them. + +The reader may remember what Dr. Lobdell said of the course of this +mission in respect to the forming of distinct churches.[1] Dr. +Perkins, writing in May, 1855, gives the following account of the +progress of the reformation towards that result: "Our communion +occurred about two weeks ago, and nearly one hundred communicants +sat down to the table of the Lord, including our mission. It was a +solemn and delightful season. Among the native brethren present were +Mar Yohannan and Mar Elias; and most of the others, of both sexes, +were educated and quite intelligent; but, what is of far greater +importance, they were, as we trust, true Christians. It would be +easy at once to triple the number from those who, in the judgment of +charity, are the children of God; but we think it better to +introduce them somewhat gradually and cautiously to the ordinance; +while, at the same time, we would not too long allow any of the +sheep and lambs of Christ's flock to suffer for want of this +important means of grace. It is exerting a powerful influence on +those who participate in it, and on many others; and it cannot fail +ultimately to produce the effect either of redeeming the ordinance +from abuses, as administered in Nestorian churches, or drawing off +the pious part of the people to a separate observance of it. We are +quite willing that the scriptural administration of the ordinance to +the pious Nestorians should work out either of these results, in the +legitimate time and way, or both of them, as the Lord shall direct." + +[1] Chapter xxvii. + +Some months later, notice was given that, in the future, instead of +personal invitations, the door would be thrown open for all who +should consider themselves worthy candidates. Uniting with the +missionaries would thus seem more like a voluntary and public +profession of religion. None were to be received, however, to the +communion without a private examination. On one sacramental occasion +about one hundred united with the missionaries, and more than thirty +of them for the first time. A large number were also present as +spectators, many of them deeply interested. + +Deacon Guwergis of Tergawer, the well known "Mountain Evangelist," +died on the 12th of March, called suddenly from earnest and most +useful labors to his reward. + +The course of the Persian government towards the mission and its +friends, at this time, was very unsatisfactory. Asker Khan, a +general in the Persian army, was appointed to investigate the truth +of certain charges brought by the papists against the American +missionaries, and early evinced a most unfriendly feeling towards +them, and a partiality for their accusers. Indeed, he took no pains +to conceal his hostility, and did all he could to stop the schools +and other evangelizing agencies. But the missionaries had the aid, +as far as aid could be rendered, of the Hon. C. A. Murray, the +English Ambassador, and of Mr. Abbott at Tabriz, and Mr. Stevens at +Teheran, and also of Mr. Khanikoff, the Russian Consul General at +Tabriz. The disturbed state of political relations, and especially +the want of harmony between the English and Persian governments, +made it impossible for these friends to accomplish what they desired +to do in their behalf. After withdrawing from Teheran, Mr. Murray +visited Oroomiah, and the correspondence which then passed between +him and the missionaries, showed his desire to aid both the +suffering Nestorians and the missionary work. In his absence, the +Russian Consul General became their protector,--"at first," as he +said, "unofficially, but with very good heart; and officially, +whenever he should have the right so to do." It is remarkable, and +reveals a protecting Providence, that no department of labor, with +the exception of village schools, very materially suffered at this +time. + +In February, 1856, there began to be indications of the special +influences of the Holy Spirit in some of the villages occupied by +native helpers; and very soon there were marked indications of +another work of grace in the two seminaries. The feeling in both the +schools became very general. The voice of prayer was heard on every +side; and a large proportion of those who were not pious, appeared +to be seeking in earnest the way of life. On the 30th of March, Mr. +Cochran reported that, with the exception of those most recently +admitted, nearly all were hoping that they had passed from death +unto life. In the villages, also, there were cases of peculiar +interest. + +Mr. and Mrs. Rhea were alone in Gawar. In the autumn it was deemed +advisable, in view of the insurrectionary state of Koordistan, that +they should withdraw for a time. They at first felt it their duty to +remain; but the progress of events soon made it plain that Gawar was +an unsuitable place for a lone lady, especially when winter should +render it impossible for her to remove. Mr. Rhea, while at Oroomiah, +continued, as far as possible, to superintend the labors of the +native helpers in Memikan, and he returned the next summer, with +Mrs. Rhea, to their mountain home. The Koordish chieftains, who had +proudly boasted, that they would put their heels upon the necks of +the poor Christians, were soon fleeing in dismay before the +advancing Ottomans. + +Mr. Stoddard wrote, in September, 1856, that for six months, in +consequence of the withdrawal from Persia of the English Ambassador, +the missionaries had been without any political protection, and at +the mercy of a hostile government, yet there was perhaps never a +time when their work presented a more cheering aspect on the whole. +The seminaries, being on the mission premises, suffered less +annoyance than did the village schools, which were scattered widely +over the plain. The teachers in these schools had many of them been +educated in the seminaries, and were altogether superior as a class +to what they were a few years before; and thus the standard of +instruction was raised, and more religious influence was exerted +over the pupils. Nor was there ever a time when more people were +brought within the sound of the gospel, or when there were more +stated attendants on preaching. And much use was made of the Monthly +Concert on the first Monday of the month. The whole day was devoted +to the natives. "Early Monday morning," writes Mr. Stoddard, "some +of our friends arrive from the nearer villages, and others are +continually dropping in during the forenoon. At about the dinner +hour, nearly all are assembled. We occupy considerable time with +them in private, or in little companies, each one attending to the +helpers under his care, in hearing the monthly reports of their +labors and trials, their hopes and fears, and intermingling the +reports with religious conversation and prayer. At three in the +afternoon we assemble, and spend an hour or two in public religious +exercises. In the evening a similar meeting is held, when the +natives not only speak freely, but often occupy nearly the whole +time, leaving the brother who has charge of the meeting little to +do. It very often happens, also, that after the meeting has been +together two hours, there are several who feel that they want to be +heard, if but for a few moments." These monthly occasions Mr. +Stoddard enjoyed exceedingly, and came to look upon the "First +Monday" as the great day of the month. + +In October, Messrs. Stoddard and Cochran and Miss Fiske made a tour +of three weeks in the mountains of Koordistan. At Gawar they were +joined by Mr. and Mrs. Rhea, and visited the districts of Ishtazin +and Bass. From that point Messrs. Cochran and Rhea extended their +journey to Amadiah, and returned to their party at Tekhoma, a week +later. Thence they passed through the districts of Tal, and up the +Zab to Gawar. The fact that American ladies traversed in safety the +gorges and precipices of central Koordistan, was an encouragement to +native helpers and their families to reside in those difficult +regions; but such tours were too fatiguing, probably, to be often +repeated. + +The object of the visit to Amadiah was to make further explorations +with reference to the formation of a station on the western side of +the mountains. The mass of the people were on that side, and could +not be advantageously reached from Oroomiah. The eastern district +was fast becoming supplied with pious helpers, and it seemed very +desirable for that section of the country to share in this +initiatory work, before anything occurred to hinder it. The +convictions of the brethren as to the desirableness of commencing a +station there were much strengthened, and Mr. Cochran offered his +own services for that purpose. + +November was ushered in by an event deeply interesting to the +mission families; a public profession of religion by the three +eldest children of the mission; and hope was entertained as to the +piety of some of the younger. + +Asker Khan, agent of the Persian government at Oroomiah, now became +more troublesome than ever, resorting to every form of annoyance in +his power. At the instance of Mr. Khanikoff, Dr. Wright and Mr. +Stoddard visited him at Tabriz, to see what could be done to induce +the government to check the doings of its agent. But in this they +failed, though the Consul did all he could to assist them. Even the +Turkish Consul volunteered his aid, but almost in vain. Through Mr. +Khanikoff, they learned that the orders from Teheran to the Kaim +Makam required him to forbid the labors of the missionaries in the +province of Salmas; to see that no school was established save in +the two places where missionaries resided; and that the number of +the schools should not exceed thirty, nor the number of pupils one +hundred and fifty. He was to require that no girl receive +instruction, at all events, in the same school with boys. The +missionaries were not to induce any person to change his religion, +and were to enter into a written engagement not to send forth +preachers. Books conflicting with existing religions in Persia were +not to be printed, and native teachers and preachers were to be +approved by Mar Yoosuf and Mar Gabriel, two unprincipled and bitter +opposers of evangelical religion. Such were the orders issued, it is +believed at the instigation of the French, by the Prime Minister of +Persia, and Messrs. Stoddard and Wright, unable to secure even delay +in carrying them out, returned to Oroomiah. The mission now, at the +suggestion of the Consul, made a formal application for protection +to the Russian Ambassador at Teheran. + +Asker Khan was assassinated six days after the return of the +brethren from Tabriz, by a Koordish chief at Mergawer. But his +coadjutor, Asker Aly Khan, governor of the Nestorians, pursued the +same persecuting course, urged on by the Kaim Makam at Tabriz. The +career of the Kaim Makam, however, was now short, for in January, +1857, the populace of that city, exasperated by his oppression, rose +in a body, broke into his palace, plundered it, and compelled him to +flee for his life. He was subsequently summoned to Teheran, and on +his approach to that city, was stripped of his honors, mounted on a +pack saddle, and thus led to prison, while a fine was imposed on him +of a hundred thousand tomans. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. + +THE NESTORIANS. + +1857-1863. + + +The sojourn of three weeks at Tabriz had been a source of constant +anxiety to Messrs. Stoddard and Wright, and the former had +premonitory symptoms of fever on his way home. But he was not +apprehensive on that account, and finding Mr. Cochran and two of the +native teachers disabled by sickness, he devoted much time and labor +to the Seminary, and to the correspondence which had accumulated in +his absence. Yet fever was threatening, and on the 22d of December, +ten days after his return, he became decidedly ill. On the 25th he +was confined to his bed, where he lay for two and thirty days, while +the fever ran its fatal course. He died in great peace January 26, +1857, in the thirty-ninth year of his age. The public funeral +services were in Syriac, and his remains were borne to their last +resting-place by graduates of the seminary, whose conversion dated +back to the first revival. + +The mind of Mr. Stoddard was cast in a fine mould. The older members +of the Board remember him at the Annual Meeting in Pittsfield in +1849. My own thought at the time was, that were an angel present in +human form, his appearance and deportment would be much like those +of Mr. Stoddard. A calm, seraphic joy shone in his face, and all +that he said and did was just what all delighted to hear and see. +His presence did much to give a character to that meeting. Mr. +Stoddard had a frail body, and an almost feminine grace of person, +like the popular impression of that disciple who leaned on the bosom +of his Lord; but, like that disciple, he had strength of principle +and inflexibility of purpose. His consecration to the missionary +work was no sudden impulse. It was the result of repeated, and +sometimes unexpected, meetings and conferences with Dr. Perkins, +whose sagacious eye had marked him for a missionary. But the +question once settled, it was settled for life. He went whole-souled +into the work, and never doubted that his call to it was of God. His +talents, which were of a high order, and his learning, which excited +the admiration of Persian nobles and princes, were unreservedly +consecrated. "He goes among the churches," said the lamented +Professor B. B. Edwards, of the Andover Seminary, "burning like a +seraph. So heavenly a spirit has hardly ever been seen in this +country." + +Mr. Stoddard's daughter Harriet followed him to the grave within two +months, at the age of thirteen, a victim to the same disease. She +was sustained by the same calm trust in Christ, which lighted up the +last hours of her excellent father. + +Dr. Perkins wrote in 1857, that when the mission was commenced, +twenty-four years before, hardly a score of Nestorian men were able +to read intelligently, and but a single woman, the sister of the +Patriarch. The people had no printed books, and but few copies even +of portions of the Bible in manuscript, and these were all in the +ancient Syriac, and almost unintelligible. Their spoken language, +the modern Syriac, had not been reduced to writing. Their moral +degradation was extreme. Still there was a remarkable simplicity in +their conception of religious doctrines, and a remarkable absence of +bigotry in their feelings, as compared with other oriental sects, +and they were very accessible to the missionaries. The change had +been great. Of the fifty-six in the male seminary when he wrote, +thirty were hopefully pious; and so were ninety-one of the one +hundred and fifty who had been connected with it. These were the +fruits of seven revivals. Of the one hundred and three who had been +connected with the female seminary, sixty, or more than one-half, +gave good evidence of conversion; and the same might be said of +three fourths who were then in the school. A large portion of the +young men who had left the seminary, were either preachers of the +gospel, or very competent teachers in the village school; and the +greater part of the religious graduates of the other seminary were +married to those missionary helpers. This seminary had been blessed +with eight revivals. The instruction in both institutions had been +almost wholly in the native tongue. + +The entire Bible had been translated into the spoken language, which +the mission had reduced to a written form; and two thousand +intelligent readers, the result of the schools, had been supplied +with the sacred volume. Indeed, the Scriptures had been printed and +given to the people in the ancient Peschito version, as well as in +the spoken tongue. To these were added valuable works on +experimental and practical religion, for the use of the schools, and +to meet the wants of a community in the early stages of a Christian +civilization. + +Though separate churches had not been organized, none but pious +Nestorians, for the last two or three years, had been admitted to +communion with the mission church. The number who had thus communed +was about two hundred, and it was thought that from one hundred and +fifty to two hundred more were worthy of a place at the Lord's +table. + +The French Jesuits and their emissaries had been a sore trial, but +their success had not been great; and they had probably been useful, +by stimulating the mission and the pious Nestorians in their +Master's service. + +Mrs. Rhea had been two years a member of the mission as Miss Harris, +and three as Mrs. Rhea. Her active and useful life closed on the 7th +of December, 1857, at the age of twenty-nine years and five months. +"Her sick room," says Dr. Wright, "was a hallowed place, where the +Sun of Righteousness shone with wonderful brightness." + +Another revival of religion occurred in both the seminaries, at the +opening of the year 1858, which was extended to Geog Tapa and other +villages. Miss Fiske, in charge of the female seminary, relates a +fact of much significance. She writes: "Some of the girls' pious +friends came to pray with them yesterday, and I was led to inquire +how many of them have a pious father or mother (or both), or older +brother or sister; and I was surprised to find, as I think you will +be to know, that about two thirds of them have such praying friends. +I contrast this with the facts respecting their friends in 1846, and +feel that we ought to be thankful and humble before our God, for +what he has done for them." + +Mr. Rhea spent the winter of 1857 and 1858 on the western side of +the Koordish mountains, and everywhere found an open door for +preaching to the rude dwellers among the rocks. In Shermin, Usgan, +and Argin, Nestorian villages southwest of Amadiah, he was cordially +welcomed to their houses and churches, and had large congregations +that gave earnest attention to his preaching. Snow fell eleven out +of fifteen days, and when ready to return to Amadiah, he found the +way entirely blocked up. Mr. Marsh having joined him from Mosul, +they spent a number of days among large papal villages in that +region, where they found ample opportunity for preaching the Gospel; +and several individuals seemed earnest inquirers after the way of +salvation from the power of sin. With reference to Mosul and +vicinity, Mr. Rhea writes: "I am deeply impressed with the evidence, +that the labors of the mission here have not been in vain, and that +their results are not to be measured by the number of names on the +church roll. The Jacobite Church here is now shaken to its +foundations; and it cannot be doubted, that whatever of feeling +after something better exists among many of its members is owing to +the steady light of the Protestant church streaming in upon its +darkness." He was absent six months, and for one third of this time +was in Mosul. He regarded the proper field of the mountain branch of +the Nestorian Mission as extending from Amadiah on the north to +Mosul on the south, and from Akra on the east to Bootan on the west; +including the mountain districts between Gawar and Amadiah. The +Christian population was one in respect to nationality and language, +and was a remnant of the once great Syrian Church. The language was +the same substantially as that spoken in the eastern districts. + +As the result of these explorations, Mr. Rhea made an eloquent +appeal for more effective labor in Western Koordistan, which was +published in the "Missionary Herald," but cannot be sufficiently +condensed for these pages.[1] His health had suffered in his +mountain tours, which resembled those performed by his eminent +predecessor, Dr. Grant. This rendered it necessary for him to spend +a year for recovery in his native land, where his missionary +addresses were well received. Two other members of the mission, +second to none in the field,--the venerable Dr. Perkins, and Miss +Fidelia Fiske,--were obliged to visit the United States in 1858; the +former to care for the health of Mrs. Perkins, who, after burying +six of her children, had accompanied Mrs. Crane to America, taking +her only surviving child; and the latter, in consequence of a +disease, which proved fatal after a few years. Dr. Perkins was also +accompanied by Mrs. Stoddard, and three children of the mission. + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1858, pp. 317, 318. + +Mr. Rhea's appeal had not been without effect. The Rev. Thomas L. +Ambrose joined the mission near the close of 1858, the Rev. John H. +Shedd and wife in 1859, and the Rev. Henry N. Cobb and wife in 1860, +with direct reference to the mountain field; and the Rev. Amherst L. +Thompson and Rev. Benjamin Labaree, with their wives, and Frank N. +H. Young, M. D., in 1860, to strengthen the force on the plains, +together with Misses Aura Jeannette Beach and Harriet N. Crawford. +Mr. Thompson had given much promise of usefulness, but died at Seir, +August 25, 1860, only fifty-four days after his arrival. Miss Beach +was to be associated with Miss Rice, who had rendered efficient +service in the girls' Seminary as the associate of Miss Fiske, but +was then alone and overburdened. + +The unexpected but providential withdrawal of so many older +laborers, at this juncture, was not favorable to a more enlarged +occupation of the field; and the plan of forming a station on the +western side of the mountains, was not carried out. The height of +Amadiah above the plain of Mesopotamia, and its salubrity in summer +were found to have been overestimated; and further researches made +it evident, that the demands of so trying a mountain field were more +than the average health of missionaries would be able to endure at +any season of the year. Indeed, impaired health obliged Mr. and Mrs. +Cobb, who had been specially designated to the mountain district, to +return home within two years; and, to their own great regret and +that of their associates, they have never been able to rejoin the +mission. + +The Nestorian helpers, as a class, were pronounced able and faithful +men, remarkably so for Orientals. But they could not fully take the +place of missionaries. "They do nobly," wrote Mr. Coan, "if properly +directed and watched over, better perhaps, in some circumstances, +than we can; but it is not the work of a day, nor a year, thoroughly +to eradicate the habits of life of those who are brought up in gross +superstition." + +Early in the year 1859, the seminary for young men was blessed with +its tenth revival, in which a third of its pupils were hopefully +converted. There had then been eleven such spiritual refreshings in +the seminary for girls. In most of these outpourings of the Spirit, +as now, the villages were more or less favored. The effects of these +revivals were by no means limited to the souls converted. An +enlightening, softening, elevating influence affected the masses. +The young men from the seminary were generally of good abilities, +having been selected from a large number of candidates, and many of +them were distinguished for piety; and quite as much might be said +of the other seminary. + +More than fourteen millions of printed pages had been distributed +among the Nestorians. The Old Testament with references formed a +part of this literary treasure; and the New Testament was about +being issued in that form. + +Among the novelties to be recorded was the marriage of Mar Yohanan, +in violation of the canons of the Nestorian Church. The bishop had +been connected with the labors of the mission from the beginning. He +pleaded the example of Luther and the Apostles. The step was one of +his own choosing, and taken in the face of many threats, as well as +the imputation of unworthy motives; but the "evangelicals" almost +universally approved his course. The excitement was much less than +had been apprehended; and another of the bishops, after some time, +followed his example. + +In 1860 the observance of the Lord's Supper, instead of being +confined to the missionary stations; was held, once in four months, +in the various villages where the converts resided, and about a +score of virtually reformed churches were thus planted and watered +in as many different places. The native pastor was held responsible +for the persons whose names were presented to the missionary, as +suitable to be admitted to the Lord's table. Mr. Coan speaks of +those little churches, as being such in fact, "scattered in the +different villages, as so many moral light-houses in the surrounding +darkness." + +Mar Shimon, the Nestorian Patriarch, died near the close of 1860, at +the age of fifty-nine, and after having been thirty-five years in +office. His successor was a nephew, eighteen years old, and a youth +of amiable disposition. The patriarch had stood variously affected +towards the mission, but was, for the most part, unfriendly. The +effect of the Gospel in diminishing the superstitious reverence of +the people for him, was one of the causes of his hostility. + +About this time, a spirit of unlooked-for liberality was manifested +among the Nestorians. It should be borne in mind that the people are +poor, that the man worth five hundred dollars is counted rich, and +that probably no Nestorian is worth two thousand dollars. The +indications in our own country were at that time very unpromising; +and when the prospective embarrassments of the Board were stated at +the monthly concert in Geog Tapa, John, the pastor, urged the people +to support their own missionary in the mountains, and one of the +audience rose and pledged nearly a month's support. Others +contributed unwonted amounts, and soon the whole congregation was in +a blaze of enthusiasm. Those who could command money gave money, +others contributed wheat, or other produce, and even women took off +their ornaments and gave them. At the monthly concert the next day +in the city, the people were more aglow than at Geog Tapa, and gave +on a larger scale, though frequently reminded that they were poor, +and urged not to give more than their cooler judgments would +approve. The amount contributed was five hundred dollars. They +seized upon the figure of "a bride"-- more forcible in Persia than +in America,--which Mr. Coan had used in his address; and one and +another contributed for her "shoes," "dress," and other things, +until the "church," the "Lamb's wife," had a very comfortable +outfit. + +This outburst of benevolent effort was too sudden and excessive to +last in the same measure. The advantage gained by the elevation thus +reached, was the practicability of keeping the converts up to giving +according to their ability, which is the Gospel standard. Dr. +Perkins, writing two years later, thought there was a real gain by +this effort, though it had reacted somewhat. Most of the pledges +were redeemed after the next harvest and vintage. + +Dr. Dwight was eighteen days at Oroomiah during his Eastern tour in +1860 and 1861. Mr. Wheeler had accompanied him from Harpoot. Some +important changes in the practical working of the mission, made at +the Annual Meeting, threw a greater responsibility on the native +pastors. They were to have the responsibility, not only of +administering baptism, but of the Lord's Supper; and the children of +none except communicants were to be baptized. The relation of pastor +and people was thus made more prominent and distinct. Dr. Dwight +declares himself satisfied by what he saw at Oroomiah, that nothing +more than this was needed to complete the organization of the +reformed church. He had had the impression, for years, that sooner +or later the converts among the Nestorians, like the same class of +persons among the Armenians, would be organized into separate +churches, wholly distinct from the Nestorian Church. The +excommunications and persecutions that had led to that result among +the Armenians, he seemed to think would not occur among the +Nestorians; and it was evident to him that the old ceremonies of the +Church were silently vanishing away, and that reformed services were +taking their place, as the result of a fundamental change in the +minds of the people. A distinct theological class was to be formed +in the seminary of promising young converts, and no more men were to +be educated in that school than could afterwards be profitably +employed. The conclusion was also reached, in view of past +experience, that the mountain regions should not be occupied by +American families; reserving them as the peculiar field of the +reformed church of the plain; as a training-school for their +missionary spirit, and a necessary outlet for their pious zeal. + +The native preachers and helpers held a two days' meeting at +Oroomiah while Dr. Dwight was there, in which several important +subjects were discussed. He liked their appearance, admired the +spirit of many of them, and was greatly moved by the extraordinary +fire of their eloquence, though he understood them only through an +interpreter. He was specially impressed by the childlike piety of +the venerable Mar Elias. + +Mr. Breath, the ingenious and efficient missionary printer, died of +cholera on the 10th of November, 1861. He had so far succeeded in +training native printers and book-binders, that there was no further +call for such workmen from the United States. Mrs. Breath returned +home, with her three children, in the following year. + +Some uneasiness was created about this time by rumors, that priests +of the Russian Church were coming to Oroomiah to proselyte +Nestorians. They did not come; but emissaries were sent by them +secretly, who made large promises, that deceived many; yet the +evangelical party, with two or three exceptions, kept aloof from the +affair. The proposal was that the Nestorians should renounce their +religion, and receive the seven sacraments of the Greek Church; the +inducements held out being such as the payment of their taxes for +some years, and salaries to all ecclesiastics and head men of the +villages. The Persian government at length became somewhat alarmed +by these proceedings, and the English Consul, Mr. Abbott, having +demanded the official interference of the authorities at Tabriz, +measures were adopted promising some degree of relief to the +oppressed and therefore discontented Nestorians. + +I have passed in silence, for the most part, the long series of +efforts by the Persian government to embarrass the mission, since +they appear to have been generally prompted by bribes from +emissaries of the Papal Church, and proved strangely inoperative. + +Another interesting revival of religion occurred in the two +seminaries in February, 1862. It seems to have been marked rather by +an increase of grace in the church-members, than by the number of +converts. The first months of 1863 and 1864 were also distinguished +by special religious interest, extending to many of the villages on +the plain. + +On Sabbath morning, December 6, 1863, the good old Mar Elias died, +more than four score years of age. Until within a week of his death, +he was accustomed to walk to town to attend the monthly concert, a +distance of five miles, and for many years he had visited the +villages of his diocese on foot. He was sick only three days, and +his mind was clear. When asked by the young men about him for his +dying charge, it was, "See that ye hold fast to God's Word." An +immense concourse gathered from the surrounding country to do honor +to his memory; and Dr. Perkins preached from the text: "My father, +my father! The chariot of Israel and the horsemen thereof." + +As a most cheering illustration of what Nestorians may yet become, +through the grace of God in the Gospel, I quote largely from an +account of the venerable man, by Mr. Rhea.[1] "While our good old +bishop was not an educated man,--his knowledge in books extending +little beyond the Word of God,--and had but ordinary intellectual +ability, he was still one of the most interesting characters among +the Nestorians. There is no name among them that will be more +fragrant; none that deserves a more honored place in the annals of +his Church. The singularity of his position here, thirty years +ago,--devout, spiritual, God-fearing, and active, when a deep night +hung over his whole people,--like a mountain beacon, whose summit +had caught the first beams of the sun, which was soon to flood all +below with its glory; his prophetic anticipation of the coming of +missionaries; his joy in welcoming them; his peculiar attachment to +them and their families; his true-hearted devotion to them as God's +ministers, and to their work, through all kinds of vicissitudes; the +charming guilelessness of his character, ingenuous as a child; his +wonderful love for the Word of God, making it his meditation by day +and by night,--not able to pass two or three hours consecutively, +without drinking from this well-spring of life; the child-like +gentleness of his character,--though, when stirred in God's behalf, +he showed a lion-hearted courage, tearing down the pictures and +images which Papal hands had stealthily hung on the walls of his +church, and pitching them indignantly from the door; his love of +sound doctrine, holding forth the word of life in his humble way, +always and everywhere, his face never so full of spiritual light as +when rehearsing a conversation he had just had with some Mussulman +friend, to whom he had opened the Scriptures, and talked of the +kingdom yet to fill the whole earth,--the brotherhood of all +races,--the one flock and the one shepherd; his silent patience, in +a land of cruel wrong, under heavy burdens, borne uncomplainingly +for many years; his wonderful spirituality, all things earthly being +but the types of the heavenly,--the one, by resemblance or contrast, +constantly suggesting the other, so that he could not be reminded +that he was late to tea without the quick reply, 'May I not be late +at the marriage supper of the Lamb,' or 'Jesus will gather us all +in, in season;' all these traits of Christ-like beauty combined to +make a character which, in this weary land, was a constant rest to +the toil-worn missionary,--an influence for good, continually +streaming forth into the darkness of spiritual death around him. +God, who accurately weighs all men, only knows how much his kingdom +in Persia has been advanced by Mar Elias, than whom the Nestorian +Church never had a more spiritual and evangelical bishop." + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1864, pp. 146, 147. + +Almost five thousand Armenians inhabit the plain of Oroomiah, and +the attention of the mission was gradually turned towards their +spiritual enlightenment, with a prospect of ultimate success. + +At a general meeting of native helpers, in March, 1863, a Church +Manual, or Directory was adopted; "in the observance of which," Mr. +Cochran writes, "we have all that is essential to a reformed church, +with reformed pastors; and in the possession of the substance, we +can afford to dispense with the shadow of new organizations.....The +prospect, we believe, was never brighter than at present for the +ultimate evangelization of the old Church." + +During the thirty years from the arrival of Dr. Perkins, five of the +twenty men and seven of the twenty-four women, who had joined the +mission, had died; and five men and nine women had for various +causes been obliged to retire from the field, leaving in the mission +seven male and nine female laborers. In this time, the vast unknown +of men and things where dwelt the primeval race, had become well +known. A great work of exploration had been performed. So far as +knowledge of the field was concerned, many a valley had been +exalted, many a hill brought low. This was indeed preliminary work, +but it was indispensable, and was no small share of what is involved +in the conquest of the country for Christ. The seven missionaries +then in the field had more than fifty Nestorian fellow-laborers in +the gospel ministry, graduates of their seminary, and the nine +female missionaries rejoiced in scores of pious young women from +their seminary, abroad as wives, mothers, and teachers, doing a work +perhaps not second in importance to that of the pious graduates of +the other school. Nor should we overlook the reduction of the spoken +language to writing, the translation of the Holy Scriptures into it, +and the multiplication of books to the extent of seventy-nine +thousand three hundred volumes, and more than sixteen millions of +pages. Of the half a score and more of revivals in the seminaries, +Dr. Perkins affirms that they would compare with the purest revivals +he had ever witnessed in America. + +The return of Miss Beach to the United States threw the whole care +of the female seminary on Miss Rice. She was afterwards materially +aided by Mrs. Rhea, and from time to time by other members of the +mission. + +The interest taken by the English government in the oppressed +Nestorians, should be gratefully acknowledged. Mr. Taylor, English +Consul at Diarbekir, was sent early in 1864 through the Nestorian +districts of Koordistan, to ascertain their grievances, and report +to the Ambassador at Constantinople; and Mr. Glen, a pious attache +to the British Embassy in Persia, spent several months on the plain +of Oroomiah for a similar purpose. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXX. + +THIRTY YEARS AMONG THE JEWS. + +1826-1856. + + +The first missionary sent by the Board to the Jews in the Levant, +was the Rev. Josiah Brewer, who, while connected with the Board, was +supported by the "Female Society of Boston and Vicinity for +promoting Christianity among the Jews." Sailing from Boston, +September 16, 1826, he proceeded to Constantinople by way of Malta +and Smyrna, expecting there to find every facility for learning the +Hebrew-Spanish language, spoken by the Spanish Jews. But +disturbances, growing partly out of the Greek revolution, so +hindered his gaining access to the Jews, that he deemed it his duty +to turn to some more open field of missionary labor. + +After the retirement of Mr. Brewer, the ladies assumed the support +of the Rev. William G. Schauffler who became his successor. He was a +native of Stuttgart in Germany, but early removed, with his parents, +to a German colony near Odessa. He came to this country through the +agency of the Rev. Jonas King, and spent several years at the +Theological Seminary in Andover, to prepare himself for a mission to +the East. He was ordained at Boston in November, 1831, and embarked +soon after, going by way of Paris, where he attended the lectures on +the oriental languages and literature, for which that city was then +distinguished. He had been familiar with the French language from +his youth, and, having an aptitude for such studies, applied himself +successfully to the Arabic and Turkish. His health beginning to fail +after some months, and the cholera making ravages in the city, he +resumed his journey through Germany to Odessa, and thence by water +to Constantinople, where he arrived on the last day of July, +1832.[1] + +[1] For Mr. Shauffler's account of his residence at Paris and this +journey, see _Missionary Herald_ for 1833 and 1834. + +The greater part of the Jews in Constantinople are descendants of +the eight hundred thousand who were expelled from Spain in 1492, and +their language is the Hebrew-Spanish; or the Spanish with a mixture +of Hebrew words, all written in the Spanish Rabbinical alphabet. As +soon as Mr. Schauffler had acquired this language, he began the +careful revision of a Hebrew-Spanish translation of the Old +Testament, already in print, but not intelligible to the common +people. He found the Jewish mind in an unquiet state. Eight years +before, as many as a hundred and fifty had renounced Judaism at one +time, but nearly all were soon driven back by persecution. Several +of these now requested baptism, and were ready to suffer for the +sake of becoming Christians; but they seemed incapable of +understanding that anything more could be required of them than an +exchange of external relations, and gave little evidence of piety. + +Near the close of 1834, Mr. Schauffler baptized a German Jew, whom +he named Herman Marcussohn, having formed his acquaintance in South +Russia, sixteen years before. As he could not there profess +Christianity except by joining the Greek Church, he had come to +Constantinople, bringing letters to Mr. Schauffler, and was engaged +by him as a literary assistant. + +Religious excitements were not wanting. Three young Jews became +anxious for Christian baptism, and both the Greek and Armenian +Patriarchs refusing it, they fell into the cold embrace of the Papal +Church. Three others expressed the same desire; and ten young men +took advantage of the death of the civil head of their community to +flee, as was supposed, for the sake of greater freedom in religion. +Mr. Schauffler's varying and perplexing experience constrained him +to believe, that private charity, and sacrifices for individual +Jews, should be employed very sparingly. + +The year 1835 was chiefly employed in revising the Hebrew-Spanish +version of the Old Testament, and in preparing a Lexicon in the two +languages. He also commenced a series of tracts in Hebrew-German. To +some extent there was among the Jews a hearing ear, and to a greater +extent the absence of an understanding heart. The German and Polish +Jews were less bigoted and more intelligent than the Spanish Jews, +but were more greedy of gain, and more indifferent to religion. On +the great day of atonement they allowed Marcussohn to address them +in their synagogue on the Christian religion; the rulers of the +synagogue having first given him a seat on the platform among +themselves, where they read their Scriptures and prayers, and where +sermons were delivered. + +A visit of some months made by Mr. Schauffler among his friends at +Odessa, in 1836, resulted, through divine grace, in a revival, as +has been already stated, among the German population, and was not +without good effects upon the demoralized Jews of that city. During +his absence, his revision of the Psalms in Hebrew and Hebrew-Spanish +was printed at Constantinople, under the superintendence of Mr. +Farman, a missionary of the London Jews Society. A relative of the +chief rabbi called on Mr. Schauffler after his return, and took a +hundred copies for distribution, and he thought his chief might be +induced to give his _imprimatur_ to the contemplated edition of the +Old Testament; but from some unknown cause, the chief rabbi became a +fierce opposer of the Psalms, and prohibited the use of the edition. + +In May, 1839, Mr. Schauffler left for Vienna, to superintend the +printing of the Old Testament for the Spanish Jews. As he was +leaving, the caique, in which himself and family, including an +infant child, were going off to the steamer, upset, and the whole +party narrowly escaped drowning. His visits to Odessa, in going and +coming, were the occasion, as before, of spiritual blessings to the +people. His family expenses were paid by the Board, but the printing +was at the charge of the American Bible Society. He was absent +nearly three years, returning in August, 1842; and in that time +carried through the press three thousand copies of the Old Testament +in Hebrew-Spanish, in two volumes quarto, containing fifteen hundred +pages. The Hebrew occupied every alternate page. He also printed +five hundred copies of the Hebrew-Spanish Pentateuch, in two +volumes, 16mo., with the Hebrew on the opposite page. The Sefardim, +or Spanish Jews, having the New Testament previously, were now +favored with the whole inspired volume in their vernacular tongue. + +Notwithstanding the anathemas of Jewish rulers, the three thousand +copies of the Psalms, printed in 1836, were nearly exhausted in +1844, and the book was in great esteem among the people. A vain +effort was made by the rabbis to suppress the Vienna edition of the +Old Testament. Only a few of the hundreds of copies in the hands of +the people were delivered up, and it was believed that those +confiscated by the rabbis found their way again into circulation. + +About this time, the "Committee of the General Assembly of the +Church of Scotland on the Scheme for the Conversion of the Jews," +made a grant of L2,162 (about $10,000) to this mission for the +circulation of the Hebrew Scriptures, the purchase of rabbinic type, +and the publication of school-books and tracts for the Jews. This, +while it generously enlarged the operations of the mission, afforded +no relief to the treasury of the Board. + +Such were the calls for the Hebrew-Spanish Old Testament, that more +than twelve hundred copies went into the hands of the Jews previous +to June, 1843. One rabbi requested twenty copies for poor Jews in +Roumelia; another, and he the chief rabbi, asked for ninety copies +for six destitute places; and another, the rabbi of Orta Keuy, made +repeated solicitations for thirty copies for schools in that suburb, +and for twenty additional copies to place in reading rooms, where +Jews come together in a social manner, on their Sabbath, to read the +Bible. + +Calls for religious conversation were frequent, but there was +painful evidence, that in most cases the object was more selfish +than spiritual. There appeared to be a general dissatisfaction with +Judaism, but no proper knowledge of Christianity. Poverty and +distress were the principal occasions of these calls. A few appeared +to be interested in more fundamental truths; and they attentively +read McCaul's "Old Paths," a controversial work that exposes the +absurdity of rabbinism. The chief difficulty with all was in respect +to the divine nature of the Messiah. + +The Spanish Jews, numbering seventy or eighty thousand souls in +Constantinople, afforded a field for the faithful sower, rather than +the cheerful reaper. The tyrannical rule of their rabbis rendered +them less accessible, perhaps, than any other people in Turkey, the +Moslems alone excepted; and intellectually they were among the most +degraded races in the East. Yet they stood higher in their morals +than did the Turks. They had but few books; and until the issue of +the edition under Mr. Schauffler's superintendence, they had no copy +of the Old Testament in their vernacular tongue, that was accessible +to the people at large. Two editions of the Old Testament, in +Hebrew-Spanish and Hebrew and Chaldee, with Rabbi Solomon Jarchi's +commentary in opposition to Christian doctrines, had been published +in 1816, at Vienna, in six quarto volumes. Now the Christian church, +while waiting for a wider entrance among the people, was called on +to provide the books that would be indispensable when that entrance +should be secured. Among those most needed now, were a Hebrew and +Hebrew-Spanish vocabulary of the Old Testament (then in +preparation); a Spelling Book for schools; a short Hebrew Grammar; a +brief Arithmetic; a Geography of the Bible, and a Natural History of +the same; various religious tracts and essays on prophecies, +especially those concerning the Messiah; and a translation of +McCaul's "Old Paths" into Hebrew-Spanish. + +The Ashkenazim, or German Jews, were only about two thousand, and +were chiefly young men driven from Moldavia by the Boyars, and from +Russia by the law of conscription that threatened them with the +hardships and perils of a soldier's life. This department was under +the charge of Mr. Allan, a missionary of the Free Church of +Scotland, in connection with Mr. Schwartz, a converted Jew. + +The Protestant Armenians showed a deep interest in efforts for the +conversion of the Jews, and were forward to render their aid, Nor +could Jews or Mohammedans be wholly uninfluenced by the change then +going on in the Armenian churches of the metropolis in respect to +the use of pictures; the greater part of which had been removed, and +the patriarchal church, in place of them had set the example of +having passages of Scripture painted in large letters on the walls. + +Besides the Spanish and German Jews in Constantinople, there was a +small body of Italian Jews who were generally destitute of all +religion. Then as there were many Germans in the city, Mr. +Schauffler held a stated service for them, in which his labors were +blessed to the hopeful conversion of some. The attendance was often +composed largely of Israelites. In the closing month of the year +1844, he baptized a Jewish physician. + +The Jews are probably more strongly prejudiced against the Gospel, +than any other people. Their whole literature is anti-Christian. So +are their education and internal religious policy. The great effort +of Jewish learning for fifty generations, has been to prevent the +Old Testament from suggesting Christian ideas to the Jewish mind. +Hence a Jewish mission requires an extraordinary amount of +preparatory work, in the first instance; though its main objects and +duties afterwards will differ little, if at all, from those of other +missions. + +Mr. Schauffler was specially adapted to the preliminary work in +Jewish missions, growing out of the peculiar state of the national +mind. What this was, up to the year 1845, has been sufficiently +indicated. In that year, a second edition of the Pentateuch, in +Hebrew and Hebrew-Spanish, was printed at Vienna; and a new edition, +of five thousand copies of the Old Testament in the same languages, +was commenced at Smyrna. The American Bible Society, which bore the +expense of these editions, also authorized the printing of a Hebrew +and Hebrew-German version of the Old Testament, for the German Jews. + +The testimony of Mr. Schauffler is so explicit on a point of great +importance in a mission of the Jews, as to justify the following +quotation:-- + +"My own observation from the first, has established this fact, that +whenever a Jew is truly converted, the hope of seeing all Israelites +settled in Canaan sinks to the level of many other secondary ideas; +and Christ and him crucified,--Christ risen, ascended, and reigning +in glory, Christ and his kingdom, wherever its centre may +be,--becomes the all-absorbing theme. In other words, such Jews I +have always observed to be just what true converts among ourselves +are; differing from us only in this, that they cherish that desire +for the conversion of Israel, which we ought also to cherish, and of +which Paul has left so splendid an example. Half-converted men, in +whom the carnal pride of the old Pharisee has never been broken down +by a divinely wrought sense of the guilt of unbelief in Christ, who, +when they were baptized, thought they did Christ and his people an +honor; these, of course, never fail to consider themselves as +something special in the kingdom of Christ, and they expect to be +treated by Him accordingly. These make an exception. There are, +also, truly converted men among the proselytes, who cherish that +notion. They are those who have been under the influence of +missionaries, who make them a 'royal race,' amid the divinely +designated 'royal priesthood' (than which nothing can be higher) of +Christ's true people. We are all apt to believe what magnifies +ourselves. But I have observed no inherent tendency that way among +truly converted Jews, and never found it necessary to make efforts +to eradicate such carnal hopes." + +The particular relations of the Board to the Spanish Jews in +Constantinople underwent an unexpected change in the year 1846. +Owing to the protracted and unavoidable delay in providing +associates for Mr. Schauffler, the brethren from the Free Church of +Scotland had so far taken possession of the ground, as to render +another mission in that city inexpedient. Whatever cause there may +have been for regretting this after the Board had obtained the men, +no blame was attached to our more zealous brethren of the Scotch +Church. Mr. Schauffler would continue to reside in Constantinople, +and would render valuable aid to all the missions to the Jews in +those parts. + +Attention was now directed to Salonica (the ancient Thessalonica), +which had been visited by Messrs. Schauffler and Dwight some years +before. The city was visited again by Mr. Schauffler in July, 1847, +and he urgently recommended occupying it as a Jewish station. The +number of rabbinical Jews residing there was estimated at +thirty-five thousand, or about half of the whole population. The +number of their synagogues was fifty-six. The Jews were diffused +throughout the city, and not confined, as in Constantinople, to +certain quarters. There was, therefore, a good degree of +intermingling in civil life with other people. The natural +consequence was, that a Salonica Jew did not evince the shyness so +common elsewhere, in approaching Christians, or in entering their +houses. They were thankful for the gift of the Old Testament in a +language they could understand. Moreover, the centre of rabbinical +learning was at Salonica, and not at Constantinople; which made the +assent given by the Salonica rabbis to the correctness of the +Hebrew-Spanish version, the more influential. + +The Rev. Messrs. Eliphal Maynard and Edward M. Dodd, appointed to +this mission, reached Salonica, with their wives, in April, 1849, +going by way of Constantinople. Mr. Schauffler was to remain at the +metropolis, but accompanied them to Salonica and was with them seven +weeks, helping them much towards a successful entrance on their +work. Both of the brethren devoted themselves to the Hebrew-Spanish. +Mr. Dodd gave, also, some attention to the Turkish, with a view to +the Zoharites, or Moslem Jews, numbering about five thousand; all of +whom seemed to rejoice that missionaries had come there to reside. +He describes them as among the noblest of the inhabitants of the +city, and as very ready to talk on religious subjects, with less +self-conceit than the rabbinical Jews. + +The Prudential Committee, on sending forth these brethren, stated +the more important facts, principles, and usages, which should be +kept constantly in mind in their mission to the Jews.[1] The +relations of that people to Christ's kingdom were believed to be the +same with those of all other people; and they were no more shut out +from that kingdom by a "judicial blindness," or more really "cast +away," than any other perverse and wicked nation. The obstacles to +be overcome among them were substantially the same with those in the +Oriental Churches. The relations sustained to the spiritual +blessings of the Abrahamic covenant being no longer of blood, but of +faith, these blessings must be common alike to believing Jews and +Gentiles. Never again, in the spiritual kingdom of God, will there +be circumcision or uncircumcision, Greek or Jew. Never again will +there be a need of bloody rites, a mediating priesthood, and a showy +ritual. Never again will there be a theocracy with a sensuous +external economy, limited to a single nation. Never again, in the +kingdom of God, will he be accounted a Jew, in the evangelical +sense, who is one outwardly, nor that be accounted circumcision +which is outward in the flesh; but he will be a Jew, who is one +inwardly, and is, of course, heir to all the spiritual promises made +to the Jews in the Old Testament; and circumcision is of the heart, +in the spirit, and not in the letter. On these broad, fundamental +Scripture principles, rested the whole superstructure of our mission +to the Jews. + +[1] More fully stated in the _Missionary Herald_ for 1849, p. 101. + +The prevalent idea, that judicial blindness came upon Israel in +consequence of their crucifixion of the Son of God, precluding their +conversion as a people until the arrival of some great prophetic +era, seems without any proper Scripture warrant. They were blinded +only "in part;" only "some" of the branches were broken off; they +are not "cast away" as a people; and when the rest of mankind shall +embrace the Gospel, and come into the kingdom, the Jews will do the +same. + +The practical inference drawn from all this was, that the same +general course should be pursued in Jewish missions, which is proper +in missions to any other unevangelized people. They must be +instructed as to the oneness of Christ's body, the church, and the +equal membership of all true disciples. If a church be formed of +Jewish converts alone, it should be in full communion with all other +Christian churches. + +Manual labor schools and hospitals for the Jews, employing converts +merely for the sake of giving them employment; boarding-schools to +serve as houses of refuge for the children of converts; expenses +incurred for shielding converts from persecution or for teaching +them trades; were not regarded as within the range of missionary +work; but the converts were, in general, to be left, as the Apostles +left them, to meet the consequences of their conversion upon their +persons, their families, and their business, as God in his +providence and by his grace should enable them. + +Mr. Maynard was removed by death from his labors within five months +after his arrival. In company with a New England clerical friend, he +made a tour into the delightful region of Thessaly for relaxation +and health. Unconsciously they exposed themselves to malaria, and +both took the same fever; of which Mr. Maynard died at Salonica, and +his friend at Athens. Mrs. Maynard soon afterwards returned home. +The place thus early vacated was filled, in the following summer, by +the Rev. Justin W. Parsons, who was accompanied by his wife. + +The Salonica Jews had scarcely more than the shadow of education. A +school taught in the principal synagogue contained about a thousand +pupils, but with the least possible intellectual value in the +instruction. Half as many more were in private schools, where Hebrew +and Hebrew-Spanish were taught, but nothing like Grammar, Geography, +or History. In a small select school, supported by rich Jews, +Italian (the commercial language) and French were taught. +Familiarity with the Talmud was regarded as the perfection of +knowledge, so that a man needed to know nothing else. "Oh," said a +beardless youth to a missionary, "if you had only read our Talmud, +you would throw all your books into the fire." Salonica was famous +for its books, but they were servile imitations of the Talmud. The +spoken language was essentially Spanish, but, with a deficient +vocabulary, and greatly corrupted with Turkish and Hebrew words, +while subject to constant change. Consequently the many books and +tracts in Hebrew-Spanish, which were published by the English +missionaries in Smyrna, were comparatively useless at Salonica, +because of the difficulty of understanding them. These Jews +therefore needed missionary schools. + +The excessive self-righteousness of this people, as described by Mr. +Dodd, disclosed a serious obstacle to missionary success among them. +"Two thousand years of punishment," he says, "have not destroyed the +feeling, that they are the beloved of heaven. They pray, morning, +noon, and night, and that too in the holy language. They always ask +a blessing on their food. They neither eat nor touch any unclean +thing. Except they wash their hands oft, they eat not. When they +fast, it is by entire abstinence from food. They read the Word of +God almost continually. In passing through the bazaars, you may see +the shop-keepers taking up the Bible to read in their leisure hours; +and if a visitor has to wait for you a few minutes, with a Bible +within reach, you will certainly find him reading it, though it be +in an unknown tongue; and once a year they sit up all night to read +through the law. Their recognition of Providence is excessive. Every +event is referred to God. He is thanked for every good; submission +to his will is expressed in every trial. Every hope is uttered +conditionally, in dependence on him; and his aid is invoked in +trouble as frequently, and with as little meaning, as many +Christians speak of fortune, or luck. As to the outward semblance of +piety and devotion, I do not think another such people can be found. +Like their fathers, they seek God daily, and delight to know his +ways. As a nation, they take delight in approaching God. 'Is not the +Lord among us?' 'No evil shall come upon us.' Talk to them of God's +glory, and they will answer by quoting some beautiful Psalm of +David. Talk of man's sinfulness, and they will repeat Psalm 51st, +with seeming penitential devotion. Speak of God's wrath against sin; +they will assent readily, but add, that he is pitiful, remembering +that we are dust. Thus the missionary is baffled. Let him search the +Word of God to find expressions that shall penetrate to their +consciences; the Jew is familiar with them all, and repeats them +every day in his prayers. They either mean nothing, or through a +talmudic gloss, aided by self-righteous blindness, they foster his +confidence in the mercy of the God who is his peculiar friend, and +loves him more than he loves the Gentile world, or even his own +justice and truth." + +Mr. Parsons also says, after a visit to Seres, a city fifteen miles +northwest of Salonica: "The Jews of Seres have the same blind +submission to the rabbis, the same prejudices, the same evasions of +the truth. Gold is their God, and traffic is their religion,--one +would say, who should meet them only in their fair. But in their +prayers, and their Sabbath observance, the deceiver makes them +appear to themselves the holy favorites of heaven, separate from the +nations." + +Mr. Schauffler had now printed his Hebrew grammar, and commenced the +printing of his Hebrew lexicon. The edition of the Pentateuch was +nearly exhausted. + +The Rev. Homer B. Morgan and wife reached Salonica in February, +1852. The brethren were of the opinion, that while for two thirds of +the year the climate of that city was tolerably healthy, the low +portions, where the Jews and Greeks chiefly resided, were subject to +malaria. The missionaries, therefore, would have resided in the more +elevated parts occupied by the Turks, but could neither hire nor +purchase houses in that quarter. The best they could do was to live +in the upper stories of their houses. Mr. Dodd suffered from a +bronchial affection, and sought to recruit his health by an +excursion into Thessaly, where he enjoyed some excellent +opportunities for preaching the gospel, both to Jews and +Gentiles.[1] Mr. Parsons visited the part of Macedonia, which lies +northwest of Salonica, and then extended his journey to Sophia, the +capital of Bulgaria.[2] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_ for 1852, pp. 235-238. + +[2] _Ibid_. pp. 78-83. + +The health of Mr. Dodd did not improve, and he repaired first to +Malta, and then, with the consent of the Committee, to the United +States. In August, 1852, a mouth after his departure, Mr. and Mrs. +Parsons, and Mr. and Mrs. Morgan were all prostrated by intermittent +fever. Mrs. Morgan did not yield to the disease, till she had +exhausted her strength in caring for the others; and then, after a +short illness, during most of which she was unconscious, she was +removed to her heavenly home. Mr. Parsons was at one time very low; +and the three survivors were subjected to such frequent returns of +fever during the winter, that they were advised by physicians to +spend the spring and summer on the Bosphorus. They left the station +in charge of native helpers, and removed to Constantinople. Until +sickness came, their labors had been uninterrupted. Their circle of +acquaintance was constantly increasing, and they were generally +regarded by the Jews as their sincere friends. They were expected in +their visits to declare and make personal applications of gospel +truths. A little volume upon the inspiration of the Old and New +Testaments, by Mr. Dodd, was favorably received by many of the Jews. + +It was not deemed expedient for the brethren to resume their +residence in Salonica. Mr. Morgan and Mr. and Mrs. Parsons removed +to Smyrna, where they shared with their English brethren in labors +among the Jews. They hoped to continue to occupy Salonica through +Armenian native helpers, and to visit it themselves in the healthy +season. Mr. Morgan was married to Mrs. Sutphen, of the Armenian +mission, at the close of 1853, and on the return of Mr. and Mrs. +Dodd to Smyrna in the autumn of 1854, they went to Salonica, +expecting to remain there during nine months, and then to retire +before the miasma of summer. Mr. Morgan was welcomed by his Jewish +acquaintance, and found that the spirit of inquiry had spread, and +that there was greater boldness on the part of a few. But whatever +their secret conviction of the truth, none confessed the Saviour +openly. The first fruits ripened elsewhere. A family of three fled +to Malta, and were baptized there; another, a converted rabbi, came +to Smyrna, and became a teacher. There had been a considerable +advance in female education, since Mrs. Dodd had, with great +difficulty, persuaded a Jewish girl to encounter the odium of +learning to read. Some prominent rabbis were teaching their +daughters, and the tide seemed evidently turning. + +The Jews of Smyrna were found to be more worldly, and less given to +religious thought, than the Jews of Salonica. But an avowedly +Christian school of near twenty pupils was sustained during the year +1854, and taught by the converted rabbi above mentioned. The teacher +was known to be a proselyte. The New Testament was read daily, and +biblical instruction occupied a large place. It was hopeful that +Jews were found willing to place their children in such an +atmosphere. A boarding-school was opened for a few of the more +promising boys belonging to the day-school. The parents of five +actually signed a contract binding them to the missionaries for +three years. This they did after the most explicit declarations, +that while the boys would be trained for the highest usefulness and +happiness in this world, they would be carefully instructed in the +way of salvation through Jesus of Nazareth. The experiment could not +proceed without opposition. The chief rabbi interposed. The eldest +boy in the school manifested an inclination to embrace the Christian +religion, and was beaten, dragged to the synagogue, and compelled to +go through the form of worship. He was then put in irons procured +from the mad-house. He afterwards fled to Constantinople, where he +was baptized by one of the Scotch missionaries. The teacher was also +thrown into prison, on a false accusation. A young Jewish physician +appeared fully to embrace the truth, and was not moved by the most +cruel threats, or flattering promises. Mr. Parsons was greatly +encouraged. + +The instruction of inquirers at Constantinople had passed mostly +into the hands of English and Scotch missionaries to the Jews, while +Mr. Schauffler's labors were chiefly literary. He was preparing a +new translation of the Psalms into Hebrew-Spanish, in a more popular +style; but could hardly expect entire success, owing to the +peculiarities of the language as spoken by the common people in +different places. His translation of the Old Testament into +Hebrew-German, after revision by Mr. Koenig, of the Scotch Free +Church Mission, was printed by the American Bible Society. He was +able to preach in various languages, and did not neglect employing +his talent in that direction. The printing of his Hebrew Lexicon was +completed in 1854. + +The reader will scarcely be prepared for the relinquishment of this +mission, which took place early in 1856, though not in consequence +of failing success. The Armenian and Jewish missions, at their +united annual meeting in the spring of 1855, recommended that the +Board relinquish to some other society the Jewish stations of +Salonica and Smyrna. Constantinople, as such a station, had been +practically relinquished some time before. At a conference of +missionaries in Constantinople in November of that year, on occasion +of a visit from the Foreign Secretary of the Board, the subject was +carefully considered, and the question was decided according to the +personal convictions of the brethren in the Jewish mission. The +result was in favor of relinquishing the Jewish field to the English +and Scotch Societies; and of the younger members of the mission +devoting their strength to the Armenian field, the exclusive right +to which had been conceded to American missionaries by the general +consent, as it were, of Protestant Christendom. It had become +certain that the Board could not command laborers enough to do +anything like justice to both fields; while the English and Scotch +churches manifested a special interest in laboring for the +conversion of the ancient people of God; and there were both English +and Scotch missionaries in Constantinople, and English missionaries +in Smyrna; and others from the Established Church of Scotland were +ready to occupy Salonica. + +Mr. Schauffler subsequently devoted himself to labors for the +Moslems, many of whom were becoming interested in the spiritual form +of Christianity presented in the Protestant Armenian communities, +that were springing up throughout the empire. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. + +THE BULGARIANS OF EUROPEAN TURKEY. + +1857-1862. + + +The geographical position of European Turkey brings it directly in +contact with European civilization. Its interior may easily be +reached from the Bosphorus, the Sea of Marmora, the Dardanelles, the +Grecian Archipelago, the Adriatic Sea, and from the Danube flowing +down from the heart of Europe. The Mohammedan population is +estimated at four millions, and three fourths of these are supposed +to be of Christian origin, and less firmly wedded to the Moslem +faith than the remaining million of Osmanly Turks. And even these, +born and educated on the borders of Europe, in the midst of divers +Christian races, must form a character different from that of the +Asiatic Turks in other parts of the empire. + +Of the various races in European Turkey, the Bulgarians, properly so +called, who are estimated at four millions, speaking the Bulgarian +language, claim our first attention. They inhabit not only Bulgaria +proper, extending from the Danube to the Balkan Mountains, but also +an extensive region south of these mountains, reaching to the +Bosphorus, the Marmora, and Albania; and embracing a good part of +ancient Thrace, Albania, and Macedonia.[1] + +[1] On the map, this country is called _Bulgaria_, _Roumelia_, and +_Macedonia_. _Roumelia_, formerly called Moldavia and Wallachia, +north of the Danube, is peopled by a race supposed to be descended +from the old Roman military colonies. The language has an affinity +to the Latin. _Servia_ is peopled by Slavs, who speak substantially +the same language with the Bulgarians. The population of Roumania is +estimated at 3,864,000, and that of Servia at 1,078,000. + +The Bulgarians are of Slavonic origin, and their race is among the +oldest in Europe. In the latter part of the fifth century they +crossed the Danube, and gave their name to the country between that +river and the Balkan Mountains. In subsequent ages they extended +their conquests into Thrace and Macedonia, and, encamping before the +walls of Constantinople, sought to drive the Byzantine emperors into +Asia Minor. In 712, the Bulgarian troops defeated the armies of the +Eastern Roman Empire, and laid siege to Constantinople. Three years +later their king concluded a commercial treaty with the Emperor +Theodosius III. which is said to have remained in force for a long +time. In the year 814 the Bulgarians again invaded the Roman Empire, +captured Adrianople, and carried a bishop named Manuel, with others +of the citizens, into captivity. This person formed the companions +of his captivity into a church, and they remained true to their +faith, and labored earnestly for its spread. Having made proselytes +among the Bulgarians, the bishop and many of the captives suffered +martyrdom. Somewhat later, a captive monk, named Constantine +Cypharas, endeavored to carry forward the work thus commenced; but +the Greek empress, Theodora, for some special reasons, was led to +redeem this monk, and procure his return to his native country. At +this juncture, a sister of the Bulgarian king Bogoris was residing +at Constantinople, whither she had been conveyed as a captive in +early youth, and where she had been educated as a Christian, and the +effort to secure the return of the monk resulted in her being sent +back to her friends. She now labored to gain over the king, her +brother, to the Christian faith. Circumstances at length favored her +pious efforts, and she sent for Methodius of Thessalonica, a monk +and a skilful painter. He was afterwards joined by his older brother +Constantine, or Cyrill, surnamed the Philosopher, on account of his +learning. Cyrill reduced the Slavonic language to writing, taught +the barbarous nation the use of letters, and translated the +Scriptures into that language. In the year 861 he baptized king +Bogoris. The king undertook to force his people to change their +religion and they revolted. He succeeded in suppressing the +rebellion, and showed the superficial nature of his Christianity by +the cruel revenge he took on the leaders of the revolt. Then the +nation followed the lead of their king, and has ever since been +nominally Christian. Neander says, that Cyrill was distinguished +from all other missionaries of that period, by not yielding to the +prejudice which regarded the languages of the rude nations as too +profane to be employed for sacred uses, and by not shrinking from +any toil which was necessary to master the language of the people +among whom he labored. + +The Bulgarians wavered for a time, according to the sway of their +political interests, between the Greek and Latin Churches, until +finally they decided wholly in favor of the former, and a Greek +archbishop and bishops were set over them.[1] + +[1] Neander's _Ecclesiastical History_, vol. iii. pp. 307-316, +Torrey's Translation; and Dr. Murdock's Note to p. 51 of Mosheim's +_Institute of Ecclesiastical History_, vol. ii. + +In the year 924, Simeon, the Bulgarian monarch, compelled the +Byzantine Emperor, Romanus I., to recognize the National Church of +Bulgaria as wholly independent of the Greek Hierarchy. This +independence, after about fifty years, was partially destroyed by a +Greek Emperor; and in 1018, Basil II. restored the supremacy of the +Patriarch of Constantinople. The kingdom was revived in the latter +part of the twelfth century, but was again overthrown in 1393, by +the Sultan Bajazet I. Mohammed II., when he subverted the Eastern +Empire in 1453, made the religious chiefs of the Christian sects +responsible, not only for the spiritual administration of their +respective flocks, but also for that of a large share of their +temporal affairs,--such as public education, civil suits, contracts, +wills, and the like. The Bulgarians appear for a time not to have +been formally recognized by the Turks as belonging to the Greek +Church, and of course were not subject to its Patriarch; but the +Fanariote Greeks succeeded at last in making the Porte believe that, +being of the same religion with the Greeks, they should be placed +under the direct authority of the Patriarch of Constantinople; and +this was effected in the year 1767. Thus the Bulgarians lost their +religious independence. + +Since then, they have ever cherished an intense dislike of the Greek +bishops, whose aim has always been to extinguish every remnant of +national feeling, and obliterate all traces of their origin. They +earnestly desired to have the Bible and the church-services in their +own vernacular language, while the Greek Patriarch and his bishops +insisted upon using only the ancient Greek. The people desired to +have their children taught in the schools through the language of +their own homes, while the bishops insisted that the instruction +should be in the Greek language. They desired that their bishops and +other ecclesiastics should be chosen from among themselves; but the +Patriarch forced upon them Greek bishops, men of a foreign tongue, +and foreign habits and sympathies, whose whole aim was to keep the +people under the galling yoke of ecclesiastical tyranny.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1858, p. 322. + +What the Bulgarian people specially desired was ecclesiastical +independence; and, in order to be freed from their forced dependence +on the Greek Patriarchate, their leading men sometimes inclined to +go over to the Pope. This of course was favored by the intrigues of +the Jesuits, and politically by all the power of France. This +awakened state of mind led many to examine the teachings of +Scripture, and compare them with those of the Greek and Papal +Churches; and some made inquiries of the missionaries at the several +stations, as to Protestantism; and the question naturally arose, +whether it would not be as well to become Protestants, as Roman +Catholics. + +The Greek Patriarch was decided and bold. In 1861, he summoned the +Bulgarian bishops to appear and answer for themselves before his +great ecclesiastical Council at Constantinople; but they refused, +declaring that they owed him no allegiance. The summons was thrice +repeated, but in vain; whereupon the bishops were anathematized, and +it was resolved to banish them to Mount Sinai. This was prevented by +the interference of the Protestant Ambassadors, and the Bulgarians +rallied to the defense of their bishops. Three thousand of them +gathered at one time in one of their churches in the metropolis, and +were prevented from proclaiming a Free Bulgarian Church only by the +intervention of the Turkish government. Meanwhile the Bulgarian +nation was agitated with the discussion of religious doctrines and +ecclesiastical relations, and the Papists flooded the land with +their publications. When the anathema against the bishops was sent +to the Bulgarian towns, the people in some places would not allow it +to be read, and publicly burnt it. They even caused a counter +anathema to be read against the Greek Church. They doubtless +regarded this matter as wholly a religious one; but, in an +evangelical point of view, it was little more than a national +movement for securing their rights. Sentiments were sometimes +uttered, however, which strongly reminded one of the commencement of +the Reformation in Germany. "The religion of the Greeks," says Mr. +Crane, "has been denounced as contrary to the Bible, and the +Scriptures eulogized and recommended to the people. In their printed +speeches we have seen no instance, in which they have called upon +Mary and the saints for protection, but many in which they have +called upon God to vindicate their cause." + +Roumelia was partially explored in 1857 by Dr. Hamlin, accompanied +by the Rev. Henry Jones, Secretary of the Turkish Missions Aid +Society, then visiting our missions in Turkey. From Rodosto to +Adrianople, a distance of seventy-two miles, they saw but few +Bulgarian villages. Yet what came within their observation was of +special interest, "Wherever we saw flocks, we saw Bulgarian +shepherds; and wherever we saw cultivation, we saw Bulgarian +laborers. They are indeed spread all over Roumelia, as laborers and +shepherds, and the industry of the country is in their hands. The +land is generally of excellent quality. It lies spread out in +beautiful levels, and undulating, gently rising hills. In the +neighborhood of villages it is covered with rich fields of grain, +but elsewhere, for successive miles, it is roamed over by flocks of +sheep, which, however, cannot crop a tithe of the grass. It is a +beautiful region, waiting for the taste and intelligence of virtuous +industry to make it a paradise." + +We have also a charming view given us of the hundred miles of +country between Adrianople and Philippopolis, as it presented itself +to the travellers in the opening of spring. "The Greek race +disappears entirely from the soil, and the predominant race is the +Bulgarian. So entirely unconscious are the people of the Balkan's +being the boundary, that when I spoke of Bulgaria, I was repeatedly +corrected by the remark, 'You are now in Bulgaria.' The soil along +our route is of the finest quality, and large villages were +occasionally seen on our right and left, with magnificent views of +cultivated lands and vast pastures, the snowy Balkan summits +bounding the north, and lower ranges of hills the south. The fields, +clothed in the brightest verdure of spring, gave promise of +unsurpassed abundance; and in view of the inspiring scenes before +us, we could not forbear exclaiming, with the Psalmist: 'Thou +crownest the year with thy goodness, and thy paths drop fatness. The +pastures are clothed with flocks; the valleys also are covered over +with corn; they shout for joy, they also sing.'" + +Dr. Hamlin speaks thus of the people: "In the midst of this +fertility, we had only to cast the eye upon one of the villages in +order to feel that cruel oppression and spiritual darkness are upon +the people. In some of the Bulgarian villages we saw no window, nor +even a place for one, in a single house. The country being destitute +of forest trees, there is no timber, except what is brought from a +great distance, and so they construct their dwellings of the +lightest material possible. They are generally of wicker work, +plastered within with mud. A large mud chimney and a door are the +only openings. And yet the Bulgarians, in these miserable cottages, +are the cleanliest people in the world. Excepting the rice +cultivators, who dress expressly for their muddy work, we saw not a +ragged Bulgarian between Adrianople and Philippopolis. Their clothes +are of home manufacture, coarse, strong, whole, and clean. The +unembarrassed, kind, respectful bearing of the people, men, women, +and children, must impress the most cursory observer. An impudent +laugh, an over-curious gaze, or a rude remark, we did not meet with +from old or young. We could hardly say this after going ten steps +into a Greek or Turkish village." + +The favorable report made by Dr. Hamlin to his mission, awakened +much interest, and it was resolved, "That the Bulgarian and other +Slavonic races inhabiting European Turkey, call loudly for immediate +and vigorous missionary efforts; and being providentially thrown +upon the American churches as the chosen instrumentality for +evangelizing them, are worthy of their most devoted patronage." + +The mission was commenced with the understanding, that the +operations of the American Board would be in the country south of +the Balkan Mountains; while the missionaries of the American +Methodist Episcopal Church were to occupy stations north of these +mountains. The Methodist brethren desired the aid of one of the +older missionaries at Constantinople in the selection of their first +station, and Mr. E. E. Bliss accompanied them. They visited Varna, +Shumla, Rasgrad, and Rustchuk, and decided upon occupying the first +and second of these places. The acquaintance thus formed between the +two missions was ever after a source of mutual pleasure and profit. +Mr. Bliss thus concludes a report of his visit:-- + +"This, my first acquaintance with the Bulgarians, has given me a +very favorable opinion of them. Others have expressed a different +opinion, but I should rank them before the Armenians in native +intelligence and cultivation. Certainly a higher degree of +civilization prevails among them, than among the Armenians of Asia +Minor. They have better homes, better vehicles, better implements of +husbandry. Wherever we went, we found much to remind us that we were +in Europe, and not in Asia. Our road from Varna to Rustchuk was +bordered by the posts and wires of the telegraph. Every town had its +telegraphic station and corps of operators--French, English, and +Polish gentlemen. More than once, through their unsolicited +kindness, our approach to a stopping place was announced by the +wire, and we found lodgings made ready against our coming. This, to +me, was quite a strange feature of missionary travelling, very +unlike my experience in Asia Minor." + +The Rev. Charles F. Morse, who joined the Armenian mission in 1857, +was appointed to commence the mission. Leaving his family at +Constantinople until he had completed his arrangements, he proceeded +to Adrianople in March, 1858, with Hagopos, a graduate of the Bebek +Seminary, as an assistant. The population of Adrianople was then +estimated at one hundred and forty thousand, of whom forty thousand +were supposed to be Turks. The books in the Turkish language found +in Mr. Morse's baggage, including a large number of New Testaments, +were at first detained at the custom-house, under instructions from +the Porte, but were released upon application of the American and +English Consuls. His bookseller obtained a firman for the sale of +books, and freely exposed the Turkish Testament, and Mr. Morse was +himself allowed free access to the largest and finest of the +mosques,--a favor not granted at the capital. + +The most formidable opposition apprehended was from the Romish +missionaries. They had been quick to see a double advantage in the +disaffection of the Bulgarians with the Greek Church, and the fall +of the Russian Protectorate, and had already erected a fine church. +The French residents, their consul, and even the English consular +agent, were Catholics. An intelligent Bulgarian expressed the +opinion that Protestant missions furnished the only possible +safeguard against Rome in that country, and one of the best informed +of the American missionaries declared his belief, that the greatest +contest of Protestantism with Rome, since the era of the +Reformation, would be in Turkey. + +The Rev. Theodore L. Byington and wife joined the mission in 1858, +and were stationed at Adrianople. In the next year, the mission was +strengthened by the arrival of Rev. Messrs. William W. Meriam and +James F. Clark and their wives, who commenced a station at +Philippopolis, in ancient Thrace. The Rev. William F. Arms and wife +arrived in 1860, and were associated with Mr. Byington in a new +station at Eski Zagra, seventy-five miles northwest from Adrianople, +sixty northeast from Philippopolis, and twenty miles south of the +Balkan Mountains. Mr. Oliver Crane was transferred from the Western +Turkey Mission to Adrianople, in 1860. The population of +Philippopolis was estimated at about sixty thousand, of whom twenty +thousand were Bulgarians, sixteen thousand Mohammedans, fourteen +thousand Greeks, and five thousand Jews. Surrounding the city, there +were, within a circuit of thirty or forty miles, more than three +hundred villages, including a large population, mostly Bulgarians. +These villages were easy of access, and some of them would afford a +healthy retreat in summer. There were numerous mosques, and five +Greek and three Bulgarian churches. The Romanists were building a +large church edifice. The situation of Eski Zagra was at the +northern extremity of a luxuriant and beautiful plain, and contained +ten thousand Bulgarians and eight thousand Turks. + +Mr. Byington found a remarkable zeal for education. There were in +the town six Bulgarian schools for boys, with eight hundred +scholars, and four for girls with one hundred and thirty-five +scholars; and in the surrounding villages there were eleven schools, +with three hundred pupils. For the two principal schools they had +spacious buildings, that would grace a New England town. The +teachers were gentlemenly men, and enthusiastic in their work. This +class of teachers had generally received their education abroad, for +the most part in Russia, where they could secure it without expense. +They were earnest in their efforts to introduce a higher +civilization, and gave the missionaries a cordial reception. It was +otherwise with the priests. + +The readiness of the Bulgarians to receive the New Testament in +their spoken language, is deserving of special note. An English +gentleman, at one of the fairs in 1857, sold four hundred copies, +which was all he had. Several editions were printed under the +direction of the British and Foreign Bible Society, and were +exhausted in 1859. At least fifteen thousand copies had been +distributed, chiefly by sale, and the demand did not seem +diminished. Mr. Byington reports at Eski Zagra in September, 1860, +that, at the examination of one of the schools, each of twelve +members of the most advanced class was presented by the Trustees +with a handsome copy of the Bible Society's edition of the New +Testament. Subsequent experience tended somewhat to diminish the +value of such facts. + +A church was formed at Adrianople, on the first Sabbath in 1862, +with a mixed membership. Pastor Apraham, already known to the reader +in connection with the church at Rodosto, came by invitation, with +one of his deacons, to assist in its formation; as also did the +missionaries from Eski Zagra. + +Mr. Meriam at the close of 1861, stated as the results of +observations in his recent tours, that in villages and towns where +colporters had penetrated with the Word of Life, the people were no +longer afraid of Protestants, but respected and confided in them; +while they venerated and clung to their own form of religion; and +that the obvious way to benefit the people, spiritually and +temporally, most thoroughly and speedily, was to have suitable +native helpers quietly settled in such villages. His account of some +of the incidents on these tours will prepare the reader to +sympathize with this excellent missionary, and his estimable wife, +in the sad events soon to be narrated. + +"On reaching Tatar Bazarjik, the family of one of our boarding +scholars would not permit me to go to a public khan, but insisted +that I should go to their house. I accepted the kind invitation, and +while with them, at their request, conducted family worship, morning +and evening. Visited a dozen families and was cordially welcomed by +all. In walking the street, one morning, I heard a voice from a shop +inviting me to come in, and on entering found a company of +Bulgarians, with their faces all aglow with the questions they had +to ask. A number of persons collected from other shops, and after an +hour, all seemed still unwilling that the conversation should be +broken off. Their questions showed an intelligent desire for light +on the true way of salvation." + +"Early Sabbath morning, a number of Bulgarians came to our room at +the khan (at Otluk-Keuy), and began to ask questions about Christ, +the Virgin Mary, the New Testament, Popery, Protestantism, the +ceremonies of the Greek Church, etc., etc. The number of persons +increased until we had an audience of forty. They gave us no time to +eat until nightfall; and in the evening nine more came, and seemed +convinced of the truth. We spent a week in this village. Wine is +drank largely, and most of the young men are very wild, but we found +some whose conversation encouraged us much. For example, there are +three who hold regular meetings for the study of the New Testament +on Sabbaths and fast days. Such questions as they cannot solve for +themselves they reserve, until some one who can, passes through +their village. They have become fully aware, by their study of the +New Testament, that the Greek Church is not the one established by +the Apostles. One of their earnest questions was, 'Can we find +salvation in the Greek Church?' We found one enlightened priest in +this village, and spent a half day conversing with him. He informed +us that he was endeavoring to have the church service in the vulgar +tongue, so that all might understand. He quotes Scripture readily, +and is doing much good. All the other priests are miserable wine +drinkers. On my refusing the invitation of one of these to drink +with him, he exclaimed in astonishment, 'What! are you not a +Christian'?" + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. + +THE BULGARIANS OF EUROPEAN TURKEY. + +1862-1871. + + +Brigandage has at times prevailed in some parts of Bulgaria, +especially in the Balkan Mountains. In the spring of 1862, the roads +were more or less infested with highwaymen, but the one from +Philippopolis to Adrianople, and thence to Rodosto, being constantly +travelled, was deemed safe. By this road Mr. Byington, and Mr. +Meriam with his wife and child, went to Constantinople, to attend +the annual meeting of the Western Turkey Mission. Returning, Mr. +Byington started a week before Mr. Meriam, and reached Eski Zagra +safely, going from Adrianople to Philippopolis alone. Mr. Meriam +passed over the same route with his family. Nothing noticeable +occurred till they reached Hermanli, twelve hours from Adrianople, +at noon, July 3d. Here they found a company of half a score or more +of men, with four wagons, hesitating to proceed on account of a band +of mounted brigands, said to be lying in wait to rob them. +Unfortunately the courageous advice of Mr. Meriam decided them to +proceed, accompanied by two armed guards. After they had started, +Mr. Meriam became convinced that it would have been safer for him +and his family to have gone alone; and such was the fact, for the +robbers did not know of his presence, and designed only to plunder +the rayahs. The brigands came upon them about three o'clock in the +afternoon. The faithless guards fled at once, and some valuable +horses were seized. The drivers of the two forward talaccas, of +which Mr. Meriam's was one, then increased their speed, endeavoring +to escape; when the robbers pursued, firing rapidly upon the wagons, +piercing the covering of Mr. Meriam's, and killing or wounding two +or three occupants of the next vehicle. The missionary and his +family were shielded for a time by the boxes in the hinder part of +the carriage, till the fall of one of the horses wheeled it round, +so as to face the assailants. Mr. Meriam sprang out to protect his +wife and child, and immediately fell, pierced by two balls. When the +agonized wife expostulated with one of the brigands, saying, that +"he loved the Osmanlees, and wished to do them good," he replied, +"Why then did you flee"? Had they quietly waited, though they might +have been robbed, life would probably have been spared. + +Mrs. Meriam retained her presence of mind, and placing her infant +upon the ground, carefully collected the papers and other articles +which the robbers had scattered about, and then sat down to watch +the lifeless remains of her husband. The Turkish authorities of the +next village sent a conveyance to take her and her precious treasure +to a khan. When the moodir saw her in her little room, with her babe +and the corpse of her husband, he was much moved, and did what he +could for her comfort. He sent a telegram to the governor of +Philippopolis, designed for Mr. Clarke, but Mr. Clarke received no +notice, and consequently no friend came to meet her. She conveyed +the body in her own carriage; and spent the whole of the next night, +with her babe, watching the talacca in the open air, vainly +listening for the coming of the messenger whom she had so much +reason to expect. On the next and last day, she prevailed on a +Bulgarian boy to hasten on with a message, which brought Mr. Clarke +to her relief, but only just before she entered the city. An +immediate burial was necessary. The Austrian, Greek, and French +Consuls were very kind, and the Bulgarian church was offered for the +funeral. + +Mrs. Meriam possessed an excellent constitution, but the strain had +been too much for her. A premature confinement followed, and fever, +which assumed a typhoid form, closed her earthly career, July 25, +about three weeks after her husband's murder.[1] + +[1] A statement, made at the time, that Mr. Meriam fired on the +assassins was afterwards found to be untrue. Nor did Mrs. Meriam +receive any injury at the time of the murder. Nothing was taken from +her personally, and no violence was offered her. _Missionary +Herald_, 1863, p. 143. + +It was necessary that an example should be made of the murderers. +Mr. Seward, Secretary of State at Washington, took Mr. Webster's +view as to the rights of missionaries, and removed the doubts of Mr. +Morris, the American Minister at the Porte, which had occasioned an +unfortunate delay; so that he, with Mr. Goddard the Consul General, +put matters in train at Adrianople, which led the Pasha of that +province to offer four hundred dollars, and soon after as much more, +for information that would insure the detection of the assassins, +and to distribute bands of soldiers over the country. Mr. Blunt, the +English Consul at Adrianople, offered a reward of ninety dollars on +his own responsibility; and with him the Austrian Consul, Mr. +Camerlobe, actively cooeperated. + +These efforts resulted in the arrest, conviction, and execution of +three of the five engaged in the murder. The remaining two met with +an ignominious and violent death; one having been assassinated, and +the other shot down while committing highway robbery in an adjacent +province. + +A very effectual check was thus put to the brigandage so prevalent +before, and the attention of all classes was drawn to the character, +position, and aims of the missionaries. + +Scarcely a year had elapsed, since Mr. Coffing had fallen by the +hands of assassins in Central Turkey; and who can tell how much the +punishment inflicted on the murderers of these missionaries, has +contributed to the safety of their brethren, or how much it will be +instrumental in preventing future massacres of native Christians, as +well as missionaries, by fanatical Mohammedans. + +The Rev. Henry C. Haskell and wife joined the mission in the autumn +of 1862, and assisted Mr. Morse in forming a new station at Sophia, +about four days' journey northwest of Philippopolis. In the +following year, Miss Mary E. Reynolds took charge of a school for +girls at Eski Zagra, which had been successfully commenced by a +young woman from Catholic Bohemia, who spoke the Bulgarian like a +native, and gave good evidence of piety. The school was designed for +the education of female teachers. The health of Mrs. Crane obliged +her and her husband to return home, and ask for a release from their +connection with the Board. Adrianople was thus left, for a time, +without a missionary. The death of Mr. and Mrs. Meriam stirred up +several young men in the school at Philippopolis who became active +and successful colporters in the surrounding villages. Many of the +people in Sophia were found to possess the Scriptures, and a +considerable number were known to read them with interest; but as +soon as the fact became known to their acquaintance, they were +subjected to persecution. + +At Samokov, a pleasant town nine hours to the southeast of Sophia, +with a Bulgarian population of ten thousand, there were encouraging +indications, and that place proving to be more healthful and a +better centre than Sophia, the station was removed thither in 1869. + +In 1863, the missionaries of the American Board and the Methodists +working in this field held a meeting at Eski Zagra, for cultivating +the friendly relations already existing between them. Dr. Wood and +Mr. Isaac G. Bliss were present from the Armenian Mission. They +found themselves in substantial agreement as to the methods of +missionary labor, and also as to the nature of the field. "While +some facts of a more or less hopeful nature," writes Mr. Byington, +"were reported, the general feeling seemed to be, that the +Bulgarians were a very different people from what they were supposed +to be, six or eight years ago, and that in our efforts for their +good, patience must have her perfect work. They cannot be said to be +a particularly depraved people; they are not probably addicted to +the grosser sins in any unusual degree; but there seems to be among +them a great want of impressibility. When the truth is presented, +they at once assent to it, but without any apparent impression on +the heart. The brethren generally spoke of the pleasant social +intercourse which they enjoyed with the people, but upon religious +matters a very painful indifference was manifested." + +One great obstacle to the reception of evangelical truth among the +Bulgarians, was the attachment of all classes to their national +unity. The same had been found among the Armenians and Greeks. Men +objected to the examination of evangelical doctrines, lest the +result should be a schism in the nation; not being able to see how a +change in religious belief could consist with national loyalty. Yet, +though the progress of the work had not equaled the expectations +awakened at the outset, it was obvious that increasing acquaintance +with the missionaries was perceptibly removing prejudice. The +conviction was gaining strength with many, not only that Protestants +had a Christian faith, but that it was purer than their own. The +girls' school at Eski Zagra had thirty pupils in regular attendance, +and a score of applicants were refused for want of room. Mr. Clarke +having been overworked, it was necessary to secure aid for him, and +Mr. Haskell removed to Philippopolis. Mr. Ball, after a long +detention at home by the decline of his wife's health, joined the +Adrianople station in 1865. Some new prejudice against the +missionaries was now created by accusations transferred from English +newspapers, made in defense of the intolerance of the Turkish +authorities, and of what certainly seemed an unfriendly policy in +Sir Henry Bulwer, the English Ambassador. + +But the school for young men at Philippopolis, and that for girls at +Eski Zagra, conciliated favor. The former had fourteen pupils, who +made good improvement in mental and moral character, and manifested +a good degree of religious feeling, a spirit of benevolence, and a +readiness to labor for the good of others. During vacation, six of +them were employed as colporters. Nearly all the older students +seemed ready to take their stand on the Bible, and did not fear the +name of Protestant. The girls' school numbered about thirty pupils, +whose progress in study had been gratifying, and there had often +been deep feeling under religious instruction. Members of the common +council of the town, and others who witnessed an examination of the +school, sent to Mr. Byington a letter of thanks, and assured him +that the missionaries would yet be recognized by the Bulgarians as +benefactors of their nation. + +The people could not, as yet, be drawn, in any numbers, to attend +the regular religious services of the missionaries. They were banded +together against receiving spiritual truth. Still something could be +done by personal conversations and the circulation of books and +tracts. Touring in the villages was often attended with +encouragement. + +The year 1867 was one of peculiar promise. The moral stupor, which +for so many years had taxed the faith of the mission, seemed to be +yielding to the awakening power of the Word of God, and Gospel truth +was not only better apprehended by the intellect, but also was +impressing the heart and conscience. Though the awakening was +neither as extensive, or thorough, or spiritual as was desired, it +was real, and indicated the entering upon a new stage of the work. + +Miss Roseltha A. Norcross became the associate of Miss Reynolds in +the school at Eski Zagra. The arrival of a new teacher and many +applications for admission, led to an enlargement of the school. Two +sisters, however, who were among the most interesting pupils, were +called to severe trials. One of them left in 1866, but the other +remained, and was the best scholar in the school. Both possessed +more than ordinary intelligence and amiability, and for more than +two years had been heartily devoted to Christ. "The younger who had +left the school," says the report of the mission, "was taken, a few +days since, into a room where many of her relatives and a priest had +assembled, to extort from her a renunciation of her faith, and was +told that she would either have to give up, or die; that they would +give her no peace so long as she persisted in her present course. +But the Lord sustained her. They resorted to entreaty, and besought +her merely to make the sign of submission, telling her that she need +not in her heart change her belief. But their seductions were as +unavailing as their threats. It is more than a year since she left +the school, and though, during this time, her closet, her Bible, and +the conversation of her sister have been her only means of grace, it +is evident that, in the midst of this wearing domestic persecution, +a Christian character of unusual loveliness is being developed. She +is as frail as a lily, but the strength of the Lord rests upon her." + +Another case was that of a pupil who had left a year and a half +before, to teach a Bulgarian school. "Unaided," says the mission, +"except from on high, she has fought a good fight during the past +year. The parents of her pupils complain because she will not +conform to the rites of their Church, but the trustees of the +school, not wishing to lose her services, have been wise enough not +to make conformity a condition of remaining in their service. Her +parents have forbidden her visiting the missionary premises, but +they have not been able to separate her from her Lord, nor to +prevent her laboring for the spiritual good of her pupils. Although +she has been occupying, for more than a year, a position beset with +temptations, and has been in a great degree deprived of the sympathy +and advice of Christian friends, we still hear from her that she is +kept by the power of God." + +The mission suffered a most serious loss in the return of Mr. and +Mrs. Byington to their native land, in consequence of the failing +health of the latter. + +The great complaint of the missionaries had been of the indifference +of the people. But after the departure of Mr. Byington, there was no +ground for this at Eski Zagra. False reports were circulated with +such effect, that the day-scholars were taken from the school, and +the boarding-school was reassembled with difficulty. The oldest +assistant teacher was forcibly abducted, but escaped and returned. A +mob soon gathered, broke open an outer door, cut away some of the +bars to the windows, and broke sixty panes of glass with stones. The +proprietor of the house now sent for the police, which dispersed the +rioters. Such outrages could not be allowed, and representations +were made to Mr. Morris, the American Minister at Constantinople, +and to Mr. Blunt, the friendly English Consul at Adrianople. Their +prompt efforts were effectual. More than a score of the offenders +were sentenced to imprisonment of different lengths, but were +pardoned at the request of the missionaries. This act of clemency +had a happy influence on the people, and the persecution had a good +effect on the school. + +A young man who had been for five years a student at Philippopolis, +was licensed to preach the gospel on the 24th of July; and on the +following Sabbath, ten Bulgarians, six of whom were girls in the +school, sat down at the Lord's table, in the presence of forty +spectators. This was the more significant, as the Bulgarian council, +a month before, had enjoined upon the different "trades" of the city +and neighboring villages, to have no dealings with two individuals +whose names and places of business were specified, nor with any +others who were known as inclined to Protestantism. Such persons +were therefore refused bread, or the right of baking at the public +ovens, and some were reduced to great distress. The missionaries +talked seriously with the leading men of the city in favor of +religious _freedom_, but only a few of them conversed reasonably on +the subject, and the masses were wholly opposed to it. Three men, as +a means of asserting their religious liberty, went before the +Turkish authorities and declared themselves Protestants, which +seemed to be the beginning of a Protestant Bulgarian community. The +missionaries were sometimes threatened with personal violence, but +the Turkish government was ready to defend them. + +In January, 1869, four Bulgarians were admitted to the communion at +Eski Zagra, two of them pupils in the school, and two married men. +The number of Bulgarian communicants in that place was now eleven. + +The mission was strengthened, in 1868, by the arrival of Messrs. +Lewis Bond, William Edwin Locke, and Henry Pitt Page, all ordained +missionaries, and their wives. Mr. Bond was stationed at Eski Zagra, +and Miss Esther P. Maltbie came thither as a teacher in 1870. Mr. +Haskell welcomed the arrival, at Philippopolis, of Miss Minnie C. +Beach, in 1869, and Messrs. Locke and Page commenced a new station, +before noticed, at Samokov, in ancient Macedonia. Mr. and Mrs. Ball +of Adrianople and Miss Reynolds of Eski Zagra found it necessary to +return to the United States on account of their health; and it soon +appeared that it was too late for them to recover. Mr. Ball died at +Grand Rapids, Wisconsin, June 6, 1870, after a useful connection of +seventeen years with the missionary work, and Miss Reynolds, at +Springfield, Massachusetts, June 1, 1871, just eight years from the +day of her sailing for Turkey, and after a life of singular +devotedness and success.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1871, p. 247. + +Previous to the year 1870, the missionaries to the Bulgarians had +sustained a nominal relation to the Western Armenian Mission. This +connection was now dissolved, and the associated brethren took the +name of the EUROPEAN TURKEY MISSION. Its stations were Eski Zagra, +Philippopolis, Samokov, and Adrianople; and Dr. Riggs was reckoned +as a member of it, though he continued to reside in Constantinople, +his labors being chiefly for the Bulgarians. The Rev. Henry A. +Schauffler, then in the United States, was also transferred from the +Western Turkey Mission, and was expected, on his return to the +field, to go to Philippopolis, where he would use the Turkish and +Greek for the benefit of those who spoke these languages; and with +the expectation that the work among the Bulgarians would everywhere +connect itself, as soon as possible, with that of the large +Mohammedan and Greek population, with whom they were intermingled. + +The Sultan, having confirmed the appointment of Bishop Anthimas, of +Widdin, to be Exarch of Bulgaria, the Bulgarians thus virtually +acquired their ecclesiastical independence, and so both their +national spirit and their unwillingness to allow Protestantism to +come in as an element of apprehended division, acquired strength. +Few were yet able to see how one could be both a Bulgarian and a +Protestant, and no general movement on the part of rulers and +ecclesiastics towards Protestantism, was to be expected. But the +Scriptures and evangelical publications were extensively circulated. +Thoughtful minds were reached, and examples of what the Gospel could +do to regenerate character and give peace to troubled spirits were +beginning to attract attention. There was not such liberty to +persecute as there had been in Asiatic Turkey. Truth was gaining a +hold in cities and villages. The girls' school at Eski Zagra, under +Miss Norcross, numbering twenty-six pupils, contained several who +gave evidence of spiritual renewal, and applications for teachers +had come from several towns and villages, accompanied by +comparatively liberal subscriptions for their support. The hope, at +Philippopolis, of getting helpers from the high school for young +men, had been much disappointed, but some of its pupils were doing +good. An influential merchant in Samokov was an active convert, and +there was much to encourage in that region. + +Early in the autumn of 1870, Miss Norcross sickened, and on the 4th +of November died, greatly to the grief of her pupils and of the +whole mission.[1] Miss Maltbie arrived in less than a month after +she had passed away. It was soon resolved to remove the school to +Samokov, as a more healthful place, and more eligible on other +accounts. A regular Sabbath service was held at this station, and a +weekly prayer-meeting. The audiences were very small, and but five +persons were deemed worthy to be received to church fellowship. At +the out-stations, though there had been no striking success, there +were everywhere signs of an advance. The native helper in the +beautiful town of Bansko had a school of twenty-two pupils, and a +congregation of sixty-five, and the little company contributed to +Christian objects, during the year, nearly two hundred dollars, +including the purchase of a site for a house of worship. The cause +was greatly advanced by the labors of an earnest and devoted +Bible-woman, whom the women of Bansko helped to support. + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1871, p. 53. + +Bansko will have the ecclesiastical distinction, hereafter, of being +the place where the first evangelical Bulgarian church was formed, +and fully organized. This was in August, 1871. The candidates were +fifteen, nine men, and six women. In accordance with a written +invitation from the people, Messrs. Locke, Bond, and Page started on +Tuesday, August 22d, and went by a circuitous, though a pleasant, +picturesque and easy route, passing through two cities, where they +found several who were examining the truth, and reached their place +of destination on the 24th. The brethren at Bansko had arranged +liberally for the brethren and their horses, at their own houses, +and gave them a hearty welcome. The candidates for church-membership +were all examined, and answered the questions put to them more +clearly than the missionaries had thought possible, considering the +advantages they had enjoyed. The candidate for ordination as pastor, +Mr. Evansko Touzorve, was examined on Saturday afternoon. He had +been preaching there as a helper of the mission, and the examination +was quite satisfactory, especially on the evidences of Christianity, +just then a subject of special importance in that field, owing to +the influx of German and French infidelity. + +Sabbath, August 27th, was devoted to the organization of the church, +and the ordination of the pastor. A deacon had been previously +chosen. The service was concluded with the Lord's Supper. The people +were to have the services of the pastor eight months in the year, +and to pay half his salary for that time, and the mission was to +employ him the other four months in another part of the field. The +new church could not then pay more towards the salary, having bought +a lot of land, on which to build a church. The little flock was +jubilant and of good courage. "What a contrast," exclaims the +missionary, "between this state of things, and that two years ago, +when the people seized our horses, and drove us from the village!" + +One of the most important results of the mission to the Bulgarians, +has doubtless been the translation of the whole Bible into their +present spoken language.[1] This was published for the first time, +in the year 1871. "Methodius and Cyril, who first preached the +gospel to the Bulgarians a thousand years ago, gave them the +Scriptures in their then spoken language, the Slavic. But this +ancient tongue, the mother of the modern Russian, Bulgarian, +Servian, Polish, Illyrian, etc., has long since ceased to be the +vernacular of any of the nations. Hence the necessity of new +translations of the Word of God in all these dialects." One of the +earliest results of the waking up of the Bulgarian people, was a +translation of the four Gospels by Messrs. Seraphim of Eski Zagra, +and Sapoonoff of Trevna, published at Bucharest in 1828. The first +edition of the whole New Testament in Bulgarian was issued at +Smyrna, in 1840, at the expense of the British and Foreign Bible +Society; but the literary labor was performed by a Bulgarian, the +Rev. Neophytus P. Petroff, of Rila, with the aid of Hilarion, the +Metropolitan Bishop of Ternovo. This edition was well received, and +sold rapidly. It was faithfully, carefully, and ably prepared. + +[1] See Dr. Riggs' statement in the _Missionary Herald_, for 1872, +pp. 76-79. + +The British and Foreign Bible Society published seven editions of +this Testament, or about forty thousand copies, and authorized the +preparation of a translation of the Old Testament. Mr. Constantine +Photinoff, of Smyrna, to whom this work was committed, just lived to +complete the first draft of a translation of the Old Testament, and +died in 1858, only a few days after having removed from Smyrna to +Constantinople, in order to revise it for publication, with Dr. +Riggs. + +Meanwhile a rapid change had been going on in the Bulgarian +language, and it had become manifest that the work must have a +thorough revision. The translations of both the Old and New +Testaments had been made in the Western, or Macedonian dialect; but +the Eastern, or Slavic, was now taking the lead, and the language +was evidently to be mainly moulded after that model. + +It is an interesting fact, stated by Dr. Riggs, that the government +censor for Bulgarian publications called on him, the day after Mr. +Photinoff's death, and expressed his hearty interest in the work of +translating the Scriptures, and his hope that it would not be +delayed. + +In the preparation of this work, Dr. Riggs was aided by two of the +best Bulgarian scholars, the one trained in the use of the Western, +and the other of the Eastern dialect. In the revision of the New +Testament, he was also aided by the Rev. A. L. Long, D. D., of the +Methodist Bulgarian mission. With such assistance, it is believed +that this translation of the Bible will become a standard work. The +first edition was printed in an imperial octavo volume of one +thousand and sixty pages, with the references of our English Bible, +which will be of special value to a people having as yet no +Concordances, Bible Dictionaries, or Commentaries. Dr. Riggs brought +to the annual meeting of the newly organized mission, in 1871, the +first copy received from the binders. + +It should be borne in mind, that only preliminary work has been done +as yet in this most inviting field. Scarcely fourteen years have +elapsed since the field was first explored, and only twelve since +stations began to be occupied. It is not time to expect any other +results than first fruits. The missionaries have become thoroughly +acquainted with the field, with its wants, and its strategetic +points, and are ready to move forward as fast as they shall receive +the needful aid. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1861-1863. + + +Dr. Dwight having completed his eastern tour, visited the United +States, where he arrived in November, 1861. It was arranged, that he +should prepare and publish the results of his extended missionary +observations. But the Head of the Church had ordered otherwise. On +Saturday, January 25, 1862, while passing in the cars through +Shaftsbury, Vermont, on his way to spend a Sabbath at Middlebury +College, "the stormy wind, fulfilling His word," lifted the car from +off the rails, and tossed it down a steep embankment; and one of the +heavy trucks, following and dashing through it, at once set free the +sanctified spirit of our brother, and gave him a sort of translation +to the regions of the blessed. It was a sudden and unexpected close +of a most useful life. + +Dr. Dwight was born at Conway, Massachusetts, on the 22d of +November, 1803. His family removed to Utica, New York, and there, at +the age of fifteen, he was hopefully converted during a revival of +religion, and united with a Presbyterian church. He graduated at +Hamilton College in 1825, and, while in the Theological Seminary at +Andover, became deeply interested in the missionary work, and took +great pains, along with some fellow-students, to illustrate the +beginning of foreign missions from the United States. In his last +year at the Seminary he offered himself to the American Board, and +was appointed one of its missionaries. After completing his studies, +he entered upon an agency for the Board, which continued until 1829. +From this time, through more than thirty years, the events of his +life form an important part of the history of the mission to the +Armenians. That mission grew, in his time, from a single station at +Constantinople to twenty-three stations, and eighty-one +out-stations, extending over the greater part of Western Asia; and +whereas, at the commencement of his labors, he did not know of a +single convert in the whole country, at their close, there were +forty-two churches, with sixteen hundred members, twelve ordained +native pastors, forty-three licensed native preachers, thirty-four +catechists, fifty-five teachers, and thirty-nine other helpers. + +He was made to be a leader in the Lord's host. There was in him a +rare combination of sound common sense, piety, resolution, firmness, +candor, and courtesy, and withal an honest simplicity, a godly +sincerity, and a practical tact, that seldom failed to secure for +him a commanding influence; and the mission, of which he was so long +a member, was sufficiently eventful to give full exercise to all his +powers. + +It affords much pleasure to the writer, that he is unable to recall +an instance, in all the thirty years, where Dr. Dwight's opinions +were seriously at variance with those of the Committee and +Secretaries of the Board. It may be that, under the influence of a +more extended correspondence, there was sometimes greater progress +in their opinions on questions of missionary experience, than in +his; but there was never any collision of thought; and it was most +gratifying, on his arrival in this country, after his instructive +and interesting tour of observation among the missions and mission +churches, to find this eminent servant of Christ in full accord with +his Committee on all the great points of missionary practice. The +prominent trait, however, in his character was spirituality. This +was in him an ever-growing quality. From day to day, from month to +month, from the commencement of his missionary life until his death, +he was wholly devoted to the kingdom and glory of his Redeemer. He +walked with God, and was not, for God took him. + +It will be appropriate, at this stage of the history, to quote some +of the views of Dr. Dwight on missionary policy in Turkey, as they +were embodied in a circular letter to the brethren of his own +mission, and substantially communicated to the Secretaries in their +personal intercourse with him just before his lamented death. Coming +from such a man, after so long and varied an experience, they +deserve thoughtful attention. He speaks first of the education of a +native ministry. + +"I am inclined to think that we have made our education at the Bebek +Seminary too comprehensive, considering the actual circumstances and +wants of the people. True, our course of study is nothing compared +with that of American colleges; but it is much, compared with the +amount of education existing in this country; and it seems to me we +are in danger from two sources; namely, first, that our native +preachers will be educated too far above their people; and, +secondly, that they will require much more for their support, in +consequence of their education, than their people can give. The plan +of removing the Bebek Seminary to the interior, strikes me very +favorably." + +Again, as to the support of the native ministry: "I think it very +evident, that the past system is fraught with too many evils to be +continued. I would not favor any sudden change, but it seems to me, +that the experience we have gained, by the working of the past, +would lead us to begin immediately on a new plan; and the providence +of God, in restricting our means, is giving us an admirable +opportunity for so doing. We may urge with great weight upon the +churches the support of their own pastors, and leave the +responsibility there, even when the treasury of the Board shall be +relieved. I begin to question, whether we ought even to give regular +aid from our funds, for the support of settled pastors, or even +stated supplies of churches fully organized. Would it not simplify +our relations to those churches, as well as call forth much more +efficient effort from themselves, if we were to leave them, as the +Apostles did their native churches, to take care of their own +pastors, after such have been ordained? The native churches should +be expected and encouraged to take, as fast as possible, the work of +evangelizing surrounding districts upon themselves; and it will be +better to leave them to choose and support wholly their own +laborers. The plan of having such men supported partly by the +mission and partly by the native churches, does not work well. If it +is necessary for the mission to assist the churches in this work, I +would do it irregularly, and without any pledges as to the amount or +frequency of such aid." + +These views had been already exemplified, substantially, in the +Central mission; and they have since had a more full practical +development in the Eastern mission; as will appear in the progress +of the history. + +It was not found easy to determine the number of stations or of +missionaries desirable in Eastern or Western Turkey. The early +theories in relation to this matter have been considerably modified +by experience. It was natural to suppose, that many missionaries +could labor among the million of people in Constantinople, without +interfering with each other, or standing in the way of a native +ministry. And so they might, could they at once have access to a +considerable part of the population. But this was not true in fact, +either as to missionaries, or the native ministry. It has been +found, that it results in loss to place more preachers on the +ground, than can find full scope for their ministry. Even should the +overcrowded ministry be of the same denomination, it works badly, +but far worse if made up of rival sects. For a time at least, all +must operate upon nearly the same persons. In the rural districts, +the missionaries reside in the centres of population, and generally +where two families can dwell together, and where each missionary can +have a distinct field of labor. But even there it is deemed +expedient for the churches to have native pastors; nor there alone. +The aim is to have constellations of churches with native +office-bearers, around every missionary station. Not otherwise can +the whole country be permeated by evangelical influences. + +It is plain that in a work so unlike anything at home, missionaries +ought to have large discretion as to the time and manner of +organizing native churches. Nor, since these infant communities are +only partially enlightened and sanctified, is there reason for +discouragement should they sometimes be not perfectly harmonious +with their missionary fathers. It was so for a time with one of the +first churches formed at the metropolis. The missionaries had of +course the sole responsibility of determining what use should be +made of the funds remitted by the Board. But the pastor and a +portion of the church thought they ought to have a voice in their +disposal. As this could not be, dissatisfaction arose, and +complaints were publicly made against their American brethren. But +these misunderstandings have in good measure passed away.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1862, p. 300, 1863, p. 268; and Report +of the Board for 1871, p. 23. + +The Western Turkey Mission resolved, in 1862, to suspend the Bebek +Seminary, with the expectation of reviving it at Marsovan. This +institution was commenced by Dr. Hamlin, in November, 1840. It was a +boarding-school, with a course of study believed to be adapted to +the great ends of the mission, and soon became a very efficient +means of gaining access to the people. Its third year, ending +November, 1843, was called the "year of a thousand visits," because +so many came desirous to learn the religious belief of the +missionaries. The Principal was obliged to stop their coming, in +order to save the school; but the work among the Armenians then +received an impulse which it never lost. Dr. Hamlin continued in +charge of the Seminary till the year 1857; aided, at different +times, by most of his brethren. Messrs. Clark, Bliss, and Pettibone, +had charge of it afterward. The building at Bebek, which had been +some time occupied on a lease, became the property of the Board in +1849. In 1853, the number of students was fifty, of whom fifteen +were Greeks, under the instruction mainly of Dr. Riggs; and there +was then a theological class of eleven Armenians. The Greek +department was suspended in 1855. The students were very useful as +evangelical laborers within and around Constantinople; and not a few +of the graduates occupy, and have occupied, important posts of +usefulness in different parts of the empire. It is recorded that, in +1857, sixty applicants were rejected for want of means to support +them; and it was believed that, with adequate pecuniary means, one +hundred could have received instruction as easily as fifty. + +The metropolis was not found the best place to train men for the +seclusion and small salaries of interior pastorates; but the school +was nevertheless a most important instrument for good, and quite +essential in the early progress of the mission. Of the forty-five +students in the five years from 1857 to 1861, for which the Seminary +was fairly held responsible, seven were preachers at the opening of +1862, and thirteen were members of the theological class. + +The expediency of continuing the Seminary at the metropolis, had +been discussed in the mission for several years. The other missions +preferred training their native ministry within their own bounds; +and the interior stations of the Western mission had strong +objections to sending their pupils to be educated where expensive +habits were almost necessarily acquired. + +It was resolved, in the same year, to discontinue the +boarding-school for girls at Constantinople, with the expectation +of reviving it, also, at Marsovan. It was commenced in 1845. The +whole number of pupils had been one hundred and twenty-eight, of +whom one half became members of the church. Eighty-three were from +Constantinople and vicinity, and forty-five from the interior. +Thirty-seven completed the course of four years. Two of the older +graduates were teachers of self-supporting schools at Nicomedia; +another, whose parents lived at Trebizond, taught at Marsovan; a +fourth, since married to a graduate of the Bebek seminary, devoted +herself to teaching the girls in a day-school at Adabazar, in charge +of the native pastor; another was mistress of a school of forty +pupils at Baghchejuk; and still another had a school of forty-five +girls at Diarbekir, and was otherwise a shining light. Five were +wives of pastors,--at Constantinople, Broosa, Bilijik, Harpoot, and +Diarbekir; three of preachers,--at Nicomedia, Bandurma, and Aidin; +and several of helpers in different places. The school was located +successively at Pera, Bebek, and Hass-Keuy; and its teachers were +Miss Lovell, Mrs. Everett, and the two Misses West. + +The summer heat at Adana was supposed to be too intense for the +health of a missionary family. Mr. Coffing was therefore +commissioned, by his brethren, to explore the Taurus Mountains, west +and north of Marash, for a suitable summer residence. He performed +this service in the autumn of 1860, accompanied by Mrs. Coffing and +Deacon Sarkis. An interesting account of the tour may be found in +the "Missionary Herald," for 1861.[1] Mr. Coffing requested +permission, on his return, to occupy the new field, and left Aintab, +with his family, for this purpose, in July, 1861; intending to +reside at Hadjin, or Nigdeh in the mountains during the summer heat, +and in the winter at Adana. As they went forth from Aintab, nearly +the whole Protestant population, about fifteen hundred, stood on +both sides of the road to bid them farewell, and as they passed, +sang,-- + + "How sweet the tie that binds + Our hearts in Christian love;" + +and also an original hymn, expressive of their feelings on parting +with this mission family. More than a hundred persons accompanied +them during that afternoon, returning the next day; and many were +the prayers offered for them, and for the dark town in the mountains +whither they went. Their road through or rather upon the Taurus +Mountains, was difficult, and in some places dangerous; but without +serious accident they reached Hadjin on Saturday, July 14th. There +they were kindly welcomed by the people, and commenced their labors +with pleasant prospects of success. But, after a few weeks, the +Moslem governor and the Armenian priests commenced a cruel +opposition, scarcely paralleled in the missionary experiences of +Turkey, and drove them from the place, with much loss and suffering. +Arriving at Adana, where the native brethren gave them a kind +reception, Mr. Coffing sought redress from the government, but in +vain, as the Pasha was unfriendly; and the native Protestants of +that city were subjected to many outrages during the winter. + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1861, pp. 169, 170. + +After six months, Mr. Coffing left Adana to attend the annual +meeting of his mission at Aleppo, going by way of Alexandretta. The +road being dangerous around the head of the gulf, he took a guard of +three soldiers; but in the latter part of the route, he dismissed +two of them, going on with the other, two muleteers, and a pious +Armenian servant. When three miles from Alexandretta, he was fired +upon by two men concealed in a thicket near the road. Two balls +struck his left arm above the elbow, shattering the bone and +severing an artery, and one entered the body. Though severely +wounded, he rode on two miles further; and then, from loss of blood, +sunk down upon the beach, not far from Alexandretta, and sent to +that place for help. It was promptly rendered by Mr. Levi, the +American Vice Consul, Arthur Roby, Esq., the English Vice Consul, +and other gentlemen, and the fainting missionary was taken to the +house of Mr. Levi, where he died the next morning, March 26th, 1862. +The Armenian servant died four days later from his wounds, and +another, who was wounded, recovered. + +Mr. Johnson, United States Consul at Beirut, took energetic +measures, in connection with Mr. Morgan at Antioch, for apprehending +the murderers. They had the cooeperation not only of the gentlemen +above mentioned, but also of Capt. Hobart of H. B. Majesty's Ship +_Foxhound_, Capt. Simon, of the French Frigate _Mogador_, and Col. +A. S. Frazer, H. B. M. Commissioner to Syria. The Turkish +authorities acted with commendable decision, and two young Moslem +robbers of the mountains, to whom the crime was traced, were finally +captured; though one of them afterwards escaped, and was protected +by the Pasha of the district. The other was executed in September, +1862, and the offending Pasha was removed from office. Robbery was +evidently no object with the assassins, and it was believed, that +they were instigated by others. The hostile Armenians of Hadjin and +Adana were, for a time, under great apprehension, and were so much +impressed by the forbearance of Mr. Johnson and Mr. Morgan, that +they assured the latter of their readiness to receive any preacher +he might choose to send among them. The sorely afflicted widow +resolved to remain in the mission, where she is still very usefully +employed among her own sex. It should be added, that this is the +only instance in the history of the Board, in which a missionary has +suffered a violent death, inflicted because he was a missionary, +from the hands of the people among whom he labored. + +Dr. Goodell attended the annual meeting of the Central mission in +1862; and so strong were his impressions that the appropriate work +of the missionary was nearly accomplished at some of the stations, +that he apprehended there might be more danger of the missionary's +staying too long, than that he would go too soon. + +At Aintab, for example, he found the church supporting its own +pastors and common schools, and taking upon itself the supply of +nearly all its out-stations. No appropriations were asked of the +Board, except for the theological class, the female boarding-school, +and one out-station; for all the rest the church provided. For these +objects, for their own poor, and for their taxes to government, the +sum total raised by the Protestants, in the then closing year, had +been two thousand five hundred and fifty-six dollars, averaging one +dollar and a quarter for every man, woman, and child in the +community. The congregation being too large for one pastor, +arrangements had been made to form a second church, and thus to have +two churches instead of one. The theological school was on the point +of being removed to Marash, and it was his opinion that, were it not +for the female boarding-school, which would probably remain, the +missionaries at Aintab should be preparing to withdraw from that +place, and go to "regions beyond." While he deprecated too sudden +changes, he thought the great question for the brethren at that +station was: "How can we, in the most graceful manner, set up in +life this first born child of ours, now come of age, and ready to +act for itself?" + +Dr. Goodell speaks of Oorfu, along with Aintab and Marash, as +advanced in Christian knowledge. About the year 1851, a native +helper from Aintab spent three years in Oorfa, working at his trade +as a weaver, but receiving a partial support from the mission, and +reading and explaining the Scriptures to all that came. Mr. +Schneider visited this place in 1854; a church was organized by Dr. +Pratt in December, 1855, and Mr. Nutting commenced his residence +there in 1857. Mr. White was also there a year or more, till 1859. +The church was then small, and very partially sanctified. The number +of church-members, in 1861, was fifteen, and nearly all the members +were active, working Christians; and the real progress had been +greater than the statistics indicated. Protestantism had become +known, and was exerting a good influence. The congregation supported +three schools, containing ninety-four pupils, of whom thirty-one +were from non-protestant and non-paying parents, and thirty were +girls. The Oorfa church regarded the evangelization of Germish, a +neighboring Armenian village of a thousand souls, as their +appropriate work. + +The report of the Harpoot station for 1862 states, that there was +an increasing number in the city, and at nearly all the fifteen +out-stations, who gave serious attention to the truth; and that +there was a growing agitation among those who kept aloof from the +preaching. A reform party among the old Armenians was rapidly +acquiring influence; and to satisfy their demands, mid-day Sabbath +services, for expounding the Scriptures in the modern tongue, were +held in the churches of several villages. In the city, the party had +formed a society for mutual improvement, and one of its rules was, +that the Bible should be read in all their meetings. The sale of +Bibles, or portions of it, in two years, exceeded two thousand, and +the same was true of other volumes. The Theological school contained +thirty-nine pupils,--twenty-one in the first class, and eighteen in +the second. It occupied the upper story of a substantial building, +erected chiefly by the aid of friends in America; while the lower +story furnished a neat and well lighted place of worship. Mr. +Wheeler writes: "Supplied as it is, without expense to the Board, +with solar reflectors and two neat pulpit lamps, it is exerting an +influence for good in the villages. Already the people of three +villages have covered the black mud walls of their chapels with a +neat white plaster, and four villages have each purchased one of the +'wonderful lamps, by the light of which a man can read on the +opposite side of the room.' At their own expense they are also +furnishing their places of worship with clocks, and are beginning to +learn that (to an oriental) very difficult lesson, to be prompt, and +to value time." A girls' boarding-school was opened in 1862. + +Hadji Hagop, an old and valued helper at this station, went one +Sabbath to Hulakegh, an out-station, to preach. On leaving the +Protestant chapel, he met the teacher of the Armenian school with a +Bible under his arm, going to the church, where they were to have a +"preaching meeting,"--as was the case in several villages where the +mission had congregations, partly in imitation of the mission, and +partly to counteract its influence,--and he asked Hagop to go with +him. He went, and the leading men urged him to preach, which he +consented to do. The news spread through the village, and the +congregation almost immediately swelled to two hundred and fifty. He +preached Christ and Him crucified for about an hour, securing most +fixed attention, and it is said the women were nearly all moved to +tears. + +Mr. Walker, the resident missionary at Diarbekir, visited Mosul in +1861, and found the congregation in that city about as it was when +the missionaries left. Subsequently, when visited by Mr. Williams, +the Mosul church sent an earnest plea for a missionary to the +Prudential Committee. Mr. Williams was with them three months, +married three couples, baptized several children, and admitted one +to the church. + +Mr. Walker's tour was extended more than a thousand miles, and he +found much that was very painful, and yet much that was encouraging, +among the Arabic-speaking people in Eastern Turkey. + +The church in Diarbekir numbered eighty-four members in 1862, and +the pupils in the Sabbath-school were two hundred and eighty-four. +At Cutterbul a house had been built, to be occupied as a place of +worship on the Sabbath, and for a school-house during the week, and +there were hopeful indications in places near. At the annual meeting +of the mission, in the following year, Baron Tomas Boyajian[1] was +ordained as pastor of the first evangelical church in Diarbekir. His +examination was well sustained. The ordaining services were +necessarily in the open air, and were conducted in Armenian, +Turkish, and Arabic. More than a thousand, adults were present, +besides hundreds of children, and the interest was sustained to the +end. The members of the church pledged themselves to furnish nearly +half the salary. Thirteen members, heretofore connected with that +church, were formed into a separate organization at Cutterbul. + +[1] Known to the reader as _Tomas_. _Baron_ is equivalent to _Mr_. + +These services were like our own; and how much more rational and +appropriate must they have appeared to the people, than the +ordination services prescribed in the Liturgy of the Armenian +Church, as described by Mr. Goss. "In the first place, the exercises +are all performed in an unknown tongue, the old Armenian. The bishop +sits at one end of the church, the candidate enters at the other, +walking on his knees, and thus proceeds to the altar. The skirt of +the bishop is thrown over his head, and the bishop asks a few +general questions, which are answered by a third person, either +priest or deacon. They are such as these: 'Does this man understand +the Scriptures'? 'Is he the child of a lawful marriage'? etc. An +affirmative reply is given, when perhaps the man cannot read. He is +then asked, if he is a disciple, not of Christ, but of certain +church fathers. Also, if he will pronounce 'Anathema maranatha' upon +all heretics. Then Arians, Nestorians, and other heretical sects are +mentioned, and the sweeping question is put,--'Will you pronounce +all accursed who do not acknowledge Mary to be the mother of God?' +The candidate repeats the names of these sects, and curses them all. +Then follows the re-baptism, with the sacred oil, according to the +Armenian custom with infants. The hands of the new priest are then +bound together and oiled, and he is made to stand outside of the +church, when the congregation come, and, kissing his hands, put +their paras[1] on a plate, which is near by to receive them. The +priest is then imprisoned forty days in the church, with the cuffs +of his sleeves and his trousers sewed close to his limbs. In this +condition, he is not allowed to brush off an insect, or to relieve +his body from any unpleasant sensation whatever. He cannot change +his clothes during the whole time, and his food is of the coarsest +quality. His wife passes through a similar ordeal at home." + +[1] About a mill of our money. + +Considerable annoyance was felt, about this time, growing out of the +efforts of an Armenian, named Garabed, to form a church at +Diarbekir, which should admit persons to the sacrament of the Lord's +Supper without requiring evidence of piety, and baptize the children +of any who might desire it. He made similar efforts at Aleppo, +Aintab, and Marash. He visited Jerusalem, and so far gained the +confidence of English missionaries residing there, that the +excellent Bishop Gobat was induced to give him ordination. But he +failed to secure the confidence of the missionaries and native +pastors in Central and Eastern Turkey, where he was better known; +and the evidence at hand constrains me to add, that the missionaries +at all the stations anticipated nothing but evil from such +intrusions, at this stage of the missionary enterprise in Turkey.[1] + +[1] "We desire to call your attention to the efforts of our English +(Church) brethren to obtain a foothold in Aintab. It seems that +large sums of money have been appropriated under the direction of +Bishop Gobat, of Jerusalem, for this purpose; and a large and costly +church building is being begun under the superintendence of the +English Consul at Aleppo. We are surprised and grieved at this +breach of courtesy on the part of these English friends, especially +so soon after the earnest protests of the officers of our Board +against such interference by other missionary societies."--_Letter +written in_ 1872. + +The congregations at Bitlis were composed mostly of young men, +apparently drawn together by love for the truth. About twenty were +known as Protestants, and five of them had gone through a fiery +trial of persecution. The Bible class, which had been broken up by +that means, was now regularly attended by about thirty young men, +some of whom developed rich natural endowments, and gave promise of +future usefulness. Sabbath-school instruction was found a valuable +auxiliary to the preaching of the missionaries, on account of the +opportunity it afforded for free and familiar illustration and +personal application of the truth. It also made the missionary +acquainted with the superstitions and errors of the Armenian +religion. The women's meeting, conducted by Mrs. Knapp and Mrs. +Burbank, was well attended and influential. A school for girls, +taught by the wife of the helper, was broken up by the violence of +Armenian ecclesiastics. The missionaries appealed to the Pasha, and +to Mr. Dalzell, the friendly British Consul at Erzroom. The result +was that the priests commenced a free school for boys and girls, and +also a preaching service, hoping thus to deter the people from +becoming Protestants. The Porte had given orders that the +Protestants in every city should have a suitable cemetery, but every +effort to secure one at Bitlis had been without success. + +Dr. Dwight was much interested in this city. Its population was +thirty thousand, and one third were Armenians; the rest were Koords +and Turks, and there were hundreds of villages within the district. +The place was proverbial for salubrity, and he saw enough to +convince him that the leaven of the Gospel was working powerfully +among the people. Moosh, an out-station of Bitlis, was occupied by +the native pastor Simon. The truth had taken some hold there, but +the people were more degraded than at Bitlis. + +Erzroom had several changes of missionaries in the six years +previous to 1862. Being near to Russia, it suffered greatly during +the Crimean war. The church was disbanded, but was reorganized by +Mr. Trowbridge. Mr. Pollard removed thither from Arabkir, and was +received with unexpected favor. The government now granted an +eligible cemetery; and the Armenian Bishop, having had the benefit +of a two years' residence in the United States, was friendly towards +the American missionary. + +The removal of Mr. Pollard left Mr. Richardson alone at Arabkir. His +report for 1862, shows that there was much to encourage him. Turkish +women came to the female prayer-meetings; and the opening of +Protestant schools had led the Armenians to establish schools for +their own children, in some of which a large proportion of the +pupils were girls, though but a few years had passed since it was +considered a shame for females to learn to read. Eleven young men +from seven different cities and villages in this district, were +connected with the Harpoot Seminary, giving the prospect of an +improved class of helpers. Yet most of the former helpers had proved +themselves sincere and pious; and after having done what they could +to bring forward younger men of higher attainments, they were +themselves humbly and gracefully returning to their former trades +and callings, and laboring for the advancement of the good cause as +Sabbath-school teachers and private Christians. + +At the close of 1862, Dr. Wood, the Corresponding Secretary of the +Board at New York, in consideration of his former experience and his +familiarity with the Armenian language, was requested by the +Prudential Committee to reside at Constantinople for a year or more, +laboring in connection with the mission to Western Turkey. This was +necessary in consequence of the sickness of several missionaries, +and the special demand, at that time, for labor at that important +post. He returned in the summer of 1864, after having rendered +important service to the mission. + +The clerical accessions to the mission, in 1862 and 1863, were +Messrs. John Francis Smith, Moses P. Parmelee, and Giles F. +Montgomery, with their wives; and their respective assignments were +to the Western, Central, and Eastern missions. In addition to these, +Miss Arabella L. Babcock went to Harpoot, Miss Ann Eliza Fritcher to +Marsovan, and Miss Mary E. Reynolds to the Bulgarian Mission. + +In May, 1863, native pastors were ordained at Antioch, Bitlis, +Adana, and Tarsus. In June, a fifth was ordained at Killis, the +officiating clergy in this last case, with a single exception, being +natives. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1864-1866. + + +A reactionary movement took place among the Mohammedans of the +capital in 1864. The government had encouraged the introduction of +European science. Men high in civil positions had delivered courses +of lectures on history and other topics, in a surprisingly liberal +spirit, and to audiences embracing hundreds of Turks. A "Literary +and Scientific Gazette," published monthly under the auspices of a +native "Oriental Society," discussed questions of political and +social economy from an occidental stand-point; and the press was +active in issuing pamphlets and books by native writers, indicating +and promoting a new intellectual life. All this the devotees of the +"Old School" regarded with suspicion. They were even more alarmed by +the religious liberty, which had been successfully claimed for +converts from Mohammedanism, who had been openly baptized, and lived +unmolested as Christians. The government had some time before been +led to discourage Christian education by missionaries and other +foreigners, when they could do this indirectly and under plausible +pretexts; and they were somewhat rigid in their censorship of the +religious press. The Scriptures, however, were allowed to be printed +and circulated in the Arabo-Turkish, or sacred character, and no +objection was made to simple expositions of Christian truth in that +language. + +But when copies of Dr. Pfander's book[1] were brought to +Constantinople, which defended Christianity against Mohammedanism, +and assailed the latter, it was detained at the custom-house; yet +copies got abroad in some way, without foreign agency, and were +sought by Mohammedans who were interested in the great question it +discussed. A Moslem published a bitter reply; and in July, the +manifest increase of both Christian ideas and pantheistic infidelity +among the people, and the growing excitement among the fanatical +party, began to alarm the government. There was believed to be a +somewhat large body, who wished to reform the Mohammedan faith; and +it was said that a petition was presented to the government, by some +Moslems calling themselves Protestants, for a mosque in which to +worship in their own way. + +[1] Dr. Pfander, was a highly respected missionary of the (English) +Church Missionary Society. The work was printed in London. + +The fears of the Sultan were aroused. For several weeks spies beset +the missionaries at every step. Finally, on a set day, several +Turkish converts were arrested, and cast into prison, some of them +being treated with great indignity. On the next day, the printing +presses used by the missionaries were seized and put under seal, and +rooms occupied by English missionaries, and the bookstore of the +American mission and the two Bible Societies were also closed by the +police. + +These proceedings, being in direct violation of rights secured by +treaty, were at once met with a decided protest from Mr. Brown, who, +in the absence of the American Minister Resident, was the +representative of his government; and after some delay, the British +Ambassador, Sir Henry Bulwer, also sent in a remonstrance. An +examination of the bookstore discovered no prohibited publications; +and after two days it was allowed to be re-opened. The printing +offices were likewise restored. A correspondence followed between +Sir Henry Bulwer and the Turkish authorities, and between him and +the missionaries resident at Constantinople. The Mohammedans +professed not to oppose their people's embracing the Christian +religion, but only such reckless proselytism, as endangered the +public peace; and they declared their willingness to release the +imprisoned converts if it could be done consistently with their +personal safety. But the missionaries believed that the intention of +the Turks, and also the tendency of Sir Henry's movements, were +seriously to curtail their own liberty and that of their converts, +and greatly to embarrass the propagation of the Gospel, as well +among all the nominally Christian sects, as among the Moslems. + +The immediate effect of these things was to prevent attendance by +the Turks on preaching, the circulation of Christian books, and +personal intercourse with the missionaries. + +The position of the entire field, at the opening of 1864, from +Constantinople to Diarbekir on the East, and to Antioch on the +south, was one to interest the intelligent observer. The laborers +employed in this wide and populous region, not including the +Bulgarians, were-- + +Missionaries 36 +Missionary Physicians 2 +Female Assistant Missionaries 41 +Native Pastors 20 +Licensed Native Preachers 43 +Teachers 83 +Other Helpers 58 + --- + Total 283 + +The printing was done at Constantinople for all the missions; and +that reported for the year 1863 was as follows: + +In Armenian 1,821,000 pages +In Armeno-Turkish 1,128,000 " +In Arabo-Turkish 264,000 " +In Greek 6,000 " +In Bulgarian 1,896,000 " + --------- + Total 5,115,000 " + +Of Turkish Scriptures twice as many copies had been distributed as +in previous years. More than twenty-five thousand copies of the Word +of God went into circulation, in at least twenty different +languages. The following is a statement of the Scriptures prepared +and printed, under the supervision of the missionaries of the Board, +from 1840 to 1863: + +In Modern Armenian 37,500 +In Ararat 8,000 +In Armeno-Turkish 6,500 +In Greco-Turkish 55,000 +In Koordish 13,000 +In Bulgarian 4,000 +In Hebrew-Spanish 23,000 +Armenian Psalms 14,000 + ------- + Total 161,000 + +Of these, there were published at the expense of the British and +Foreign Bible Society, 100,000; of the American Bible Society, +54,000; and of the American Tract Society (New York), 7,000. In +addition to the above printed in Turkey, 10,500 copies of the modern +Armenian version were printed in New York, from electrotype plates +of the American Bible Society; and 5,000 copies of the same version +were printed in London, by the British and Foreign Bible Society. + +The number of churches was forty-seven, with one thousand nine +hundred and thirteen members. There had been received from the +beginning two thousand three hundred and thirty-seven. The efforts +to bring the churches to the point of self-support were not always +appreciated. The people were poor, and sometimes felt their poverty +more than they should, and in almost every church there were members +who were ready to resent any transfer of pecuniary responsibility +from the mission treasury to themselves. Moreover, it was sometimes +not easy for a native pastor, with the tastes acquired during his +education, to live in a manner that would put him in sympathy with +his people, and encourage the hope of their soon assuming his +support. Nor was it easy for the native pastor, from his different +stand-point, to appreciate the responsibilities of the missionary. A +union of the churches was needed, but had been delayed by their +distance from each other and their poverty. + +It has been already stated that the Western mission resolved, in +1862, to remove the two seminaries from Constantinople to Marsovan. +Mr. Leonard and his wife and Miss Maria A. West were already there. +Mr. Dodd and family, Mr. and Mrs. Smith, and Miss Fritcher now +removed thither. The delightful harmony and Christian zeal which +existed at this station when the mission passed the resolution, had +been followed by painful disagreements. Through the mistaken zeal of +a young school-teacher, anxious to effect some changes in the +school, the community were betrayed into an attempt to obtain +exclusive control of the funds of the Board appropriated to +education. This eventually led to a struggle with the mission for +the possession of the meeting-house and a dwelling-house connected +with it, which had been purchased by the Board a few years before. +Much ill feeling existed both in the church and the community while +this was in progress, and for about six weeks a large number +withdrew, and set up public worship in a private house, with the +teacher at their head. This separate movement was then given up, and +there was soon a return of peace and mutual affection; but neither +of the schools were opened before the next year. + +The accessions to the missions in Turkey, in the time now under +review, were Messrs. Walter H. Giles, Henry A. Schauffler, Lucien N. +Adams, and Albert Bryant, with their wives; also Miss Clarissa C. +Pond. + +The working force of the mission at Constantinople, consisting of +Drs. Goodell and Riggs, and Messrs. Trowbridge, Herrick, and +Washburn, was quite too small for the demands of that great +metropolis, and for the general work of the mission which had to be +performed there. The Rev. Isaac G. Bliss, agent of the American +Bible Society, rendered valuable assistance in the care of the book +department. Dr. Hamlin was no longer able to render the services he +had performed. Robert College was allowed the use of the Seminary +building at Bebek, belonging to the American Board, until another +building could be erected. Its twenty students paid forty pounds +each year for board and tuition. Its successful beginning in 1862, +under the munificent patronage of its founder, and the care of its +President, Dr. Hamlin, and Professors Perkins and Henry A. +Schauffler, was a subject for general congratulation. + +The unhappy dissensions of the Protestant civil community had in +some degree subsided; but the Pera church, maintaining its attitude +of disaffection, sought patronage from the English Bishop of +Gibraltar, offering to receive Episcopal ordination for the pastor, +and to become a "Reformed Armenian church," which should reject the +grossest errors of the Armenian Church, while it approximated +closely to it in government, worship, and usages. Inquiries were +instituted by the proper ecclesiastical authorities, and +encouragement was withheld from the movement. + +It is painful to state that Vertanes, so often favorably mentioned +in the early history of this mission, and frequently actuated by a +zeal which the missionaries judged too ardent, became now +disaffected, and it was necessary to dismiss him as a helper. + +The Pera church, at the time of writing this history, is in full +fellowship with the missionaries and its sister churches. + +The Protestant community at Broosa suffered severely in a +conflagration, which consumed nearly the whole Armenian quarter of +the city. The neat Protestant church edifice, and the dwelling of +the native pastor, happily escaped. + +A railway connects Smyrna with Aidin, a city of about fifty thousand +inhabitants, eighty miles distant. A church had been formed there +previous to 1865; four persons were added to it in that year, and +the brethren were grateful for their native pastor, but desired a +missionary who could preach in Greek, as they could reckon up scores +of Greeks who seemed ready to receive the truth. + +Adana remained unoccupied after Mr. Coffing's death, until March, +1863, when Mr. Goss arrived, and, afterwards, Dr. and Mrs. Goodale. +The native pastor was faithful and intelligent. Though neither +church nor congregation was large, there was an advance in the +observance of the Sabbath, also in self-support and general +benevolence. The increased price of the cotton grown on its +magnificent plain, as the result of the war in America, had given an +extraordinary impulse to the business of the place, and to the +spirit of commerce. There was much to encourage hope in respect to +this important station. + +Dr. Nutting, being transferred from the Eastern to the Central +mission, was stationed at Oorfa, where his brother was laboring; Mr. +and Mrs. Montgomery were added to the Central mission; but the +return home of Mr. and Mrs. White and of Dr. and Mrs. Goodale, by +reason of a failure of health, made the number of missionaries in +that field less than it had been the year before. + +Yet such was the advance in Aintab, that the mission resolved, at +its annual meeting in 1864, that there was no longer a call for the +residence of a missionary in that city. The church had increased to +three hundred and fifty members, and had two native pastors, both of +decided ability, sound judgment, harmonious views, and deep-toned +piety; and it was thought that the proper development of the +pastoral relation, and the most economical disposal of missionary +strength, would be promoted by leaving the station to native +cultivation, with occasional visits of missionaries. As, however, a +second church was to be formed, and a new house of worship to be +built, mainly with funds from England placed under Dr. Schneider's +direction, the mission approved of his remaining there till these +things were done, when he was to go--as he has since gone--to +another field, where he might hope, with his uncommon power as a +preacher in the Turkish language, to reap a harvest like that which +had resulted in the truly wonderful ingathering of souls at Aintab. + +The division of the church took place in the following year. When +the time had fully come for it, the senior pastor proposed that each +head of a family choose between them. The result was, that the two +churches, thus formed, each contained about one hundred and fifty +members. The number in each congregation, small and great, was +between eight and nine hundred. The preponderance was slightly in +favor of the first church and congregation, of which Baron Avedis +was pastor. Baron Krikore became the pastor of the new church. + +On the Sabbath when the formal separation took place, the customary +services were exchanged for addresses suited to the occasion by the +pastors and Dr. Schneider, and there was the same intermingling of +joy and sorrow which is sometimes witnessed on similar occasions in +our own land. Those who went out made the sacrifice cheerfully. In +the afternoon they assembled in their place of temporary worship, +which was filled to its utmost capacity. "Though uncomfortably +crowded, pleasure beamed in every countenance. The Confession of +Faith and the Covenant were read and adopted anew by the church, all +the members standing. Then they were addressed on subjects +appropriate to their circumstances, with a view to rousing them to +new zeal and activity. When all was over, little groups were engaged +in lively conversation over the whole house, showing that all were +especially interested in what had transpired." + +The Female Boarding-school at Aintab, under the care of Miss +Proctor, was now firmly established, having overcome much prejudice +against female education, and against the regulations necessary in +such an institution. It had fourteen pupils, who acquitted +themselves well at a public examination in the presence of a deeply +interested assembly. + +In the high school for young men at the same station, under the very +competent instruction of Baron Alexan, twelve candidates for the +ministry were taught in secular branches, to whom lectures were +delivered in the departments of theological study by Drs. Schneider +and Pratt. At an examination of this school in the church, in the +presence of several hundred persons,--including six Moslems of +prominent social positions, most of whom listened for several hours +with the deepest interest,--the scholars gave highly satisfactory +proofs of mental ability and discipline; while the simplicity of +their piety, and their readiness to labor where divine Providence +should call them, gave good promise of their future steadfastness +and usefulness. It was then resolved to remove the Theological +School to Marash, and place it under the instruction of Dr. Pratt +and Mr. Goss, assisted by Baron Alexan, and that none but pious +young men should be admitted. The course of study was to occupy +three years; and so much of their own personal expenses were to +devolve upon the students, or their friends, as might test their +character, and furnish a healthful stimulus to the Protestant +community on the subject of education for the ministry. + +The Theological Seminary at Harpoot sent forth its first class of +eighteen young men near the close of 1863. Eight of these had been +licensed as preachers of the Gospel, and nearly all the rest were +employed at out-stations, as catechists and teachers. Some were +expecting to be soon ordained as pastors. The demand for additional +laborers was urgent, because of the very general increase in the +size, as well as number, of the congregations. + +Social meetings for the study of the Scriptures were found to be so +influential for good in the Harpoot district, that the Armenian +ecclesiastics of the Old Church sought to counteract their influence +by the same expedient; but the result disappointed their hopes. In +Malatia, they appointed a meeting for such readings every evening in +the week, in each of the twenty-four wards of their part of the +city. Their intention was to have the Scriptures and the church +books read in the ancient language; but the people insisted on +having the Bible alone read, and read in the spoken language. So +every night the Word of God, in the vernacular, was read and +commented on in twenty-four assemblies of from forty to sixty +persons. + +Of more significance was the fact, that many of the local +communities, besides the one at Harpoot, were taking upon themselves +the support of their pastors and preachers, and were beginning to +relieve the Board of the expense of their schools. A missionary +spirit was also springing up. The churches in the cities were +beginning to care for the villages. Missionary societies were +formed. In one of the out-stations of Harpoot, the school boys had +an evangelical society. On Saturdays they met and had prayers, +singing, and the reading of a tract; and the next day they went out, +two and two, to the houses of such Armenians as did not come to the +Protestant place of worship, and asked the privilege of reading from +the New Testament. Being children, they often found a hearing where +older persons could not. A boys' missionary society in Diarbekir +bore the expense of a scripture reader in a large Armenian village +nine miles distant. A like association of men paid seven eighths of +the salary of a helper in another village. Subsequently, a door +being found open in an unhopeful village near the city, the native +brethren hired a house, and each Sabbath sent one of their own +number to spend the day as a scripture reader. A similar zeal was +manifested at Bitlis by a number of young men, who were studying at +their own charges. + +But there were trials. Some of the young men in the Harpoot Seminary +refused to exercise the self-denial necessary to live on the means +allowed for their support, and returned to their homes; and a few of +the graduating class preferred to enter secular business, rather +than accept the salary offered. This was not without its uses, as it +confirmed a wholesome principle, and was the means of bringing some +men, after a time, into the service under a more just apprehension +of the true value of the ministry. + +The Eastern Turkey Mission was painfully afflicted in 1865 and 1866. +The three families at Harpoot each lost two children; and Mrs. +Williams was called to her rest, depriving the mission of a highly +valued and beloved member, and leaving her husband alone, in the +sole charge of a difficult station. Mr. and Mrs. Richardson were +obliged by illness to visit their native land, and the Arabkir field +was placed under the permanent care of the Harpoot station. + +The Eastern mission had now ten missionaries, with as many female +assistant missionaries, six native pastors, seventeen licensed +native preachers, twenty-five native teachers, and thirty-two other +helpers. The out-stations had increased to forty-seven, eighteen of +which were connected with Harpoot. The average attendance at the +regular religious services was over two thousand and two hundred; +and many more heard the informal preaching of colporters and other +assistants. Twenty-two Sabbath-schools embraced one thousand and +four hundred pupils. There were sixteen churches, with a membership +of four hundred and fifty, of whom sixty-eight were admitted on +profession of faith in 1864, and one hundred and twenty were women. +The number of registered Protestants was three thousand five hundred +and thirty. Besides four hundred adults receiving instruction, there +were one thousand five hundred children in fifty common schools, of +whom more than five hundred were girls. The girls' boarding-school +at Harpoot had forty-two pupils. The Misses West and Fritcher, from +Marsovan, had been very usefully connected for a time with this +school, in consequence of the return home of Miss Babcock. Miss +Clarissa C. Pond was now connected with the school, and early +succeeded in gaining the language. The mission was much encouraged +by a growing interest in education, especially among the women. +Parents who, a few years before, thought it wholly unnecessary, if +not a disgrace, for their daughters to read, and who could hardly be +induced to allow them to attend school, now gladly paid considerable +sums for their tuition. This advancing spirit of intelligence was +seen, not only among those who were brought directly under the +influence of missionary labor, but also among the Armenians +generally, compelling their ecclesiastics, in some places, to open +schools of their own. So, also, to keep the people away from the +Protestant chapels, extra services were established in Armenian +churches, in which the Bible was read and explained, and prayer was +offered in the modern or spoken language. In the village of Ichme, +they even went so far as to open an opposition prayer-meeting, a +female prayer-meeting, and an evening meeting; and societies were +formed in several places professedly to carry the Gospel to +neighboring villages. + +There was much suffering from poverty, this year having been one of +special trial in this respect, but there was great liberality on the +part of the churches. In the Harpoot district, "there was a +promptness in paying their pastors, preachers, and teachers," says +the report of that station, "which would put to shame some richer +and more enlightened communities, even in Christian America. The +sums paid by the people for the support of pastors, schools, chapel +building, the poor, and for other benevolent objects, amounted +during the year to $1,224 (in gold), and would have been larger had +not the mass of the people been unusually poor, even for them." Two +things are noted that were especially cheering in regard to them: +"First; so soon as they become interested in the truth, they +earnestly desire a pastor of their own, and, _when necessary_, are +willing to pay according to their ability for his support. Secondly; +they are easily pleased, and are not fickle minded; do not desire, +but rather oppose change. The preacher who has once been given to +them, almost without exception they learn to love; and having +learned this, they do not wish to part with him." + +Mr. Williams was at Diarbekir in February, and found the church in +great prosperity under the pastorate of the Rev. Tomas Boyajian. For +a year the station had had no missionary; and it was a year of high +prices, almost a famine, and great stagnation in business throughout +Eastern Turkey. At the same time, owing to the trouble in +Constantinople, the Turkish officials were more averse to +Protestants than ever before. Sickness, too, had prevailed, +thirty-three having been buried at Diarbekir from the congregation +over which the young pastor was settled. "Yet," says Mr. Williams, +"the city work is in advance of any _one_ thing at Harpoot. The +congregation at the Sabbath-school, three fourths of whom are +adults, numbered three hundred and thirty-nine, and I wish those +whose contributions have aided in planting this vine, could have +looked upon the clusters of faces which were studying the Book of +Life, and heard the hum of voices asking and answering questions! +They would have felt that there are some places where the missionary +work is _not_ a failure. The figures I have not by me, but since Mr. +Walker has been absent, the church has increased, the congregation +has increased; and that it is not an idle increase is shown by the +fact, that this one congregation has, in the year of the +missionary's absence, contributed four hundred dollars for the +support and spread of the Gospel; for schools, two hundred and +forty; for the poor (a year of high prices and great want), two +hundred and seventy-five; and for the national head at +Constantinople, forty." + +The year 1865 was signalized by the death of two very useful +missionaries,--Rev. Edward Mills Dodd, and Rev. Homer Bartlett +Morgan. Mr. Dodd died of cholera at Marsovan, on the 19th of August. +He was a native of New Jersey, and his first labors were among the +Jews of Salonica, commencing in April, 1849. In 1863, he was +transferred from Smyrna to Marsovan. Mr. Barnum, of Harpoot, who was +there at the time of his death, speaks of him as a sincere Christian +and an earnest missionary, working up to and often quite beyond the +strength of his feeble constitution. "His first missionary language +was Hebrew-Spanish, of which, I have been told, he had a fine +command. When he was transferred to the Armenian work he learned the +Turkish, which he used with much more than ordinary correctness; and +some of the best sermons which I have heard in that language were +from him. He devoted considerable attention to Turkish hymnology, +and many of the best of the Turkish hymns now in use were +contributed by him."[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1865, pp. 380-383. + +Mr. Morgan died at Smyrna on the 25th of August, at the age of +forty-one. He was from the State of New York, and obtained his +education at Hamilton College, and at the Union and Auburn +Theological Seminaries. He joined the mission to the Jews at +Salonica in 1852. After that mission was relinquished, he removed, +in 1856, to Antioch. Seven of the remaining nine years of his life +were spent in that place, whence the great Apostle went forth on his +first foreign mission; and the last two at Kessab, in a perfectly +successful effort to restore unity to a divided church. The failing +health of Mrs. Morgan rendered a visit to her native land +imperative. Being detained ten days in the malarious atmosphere of +Alexandretta by the non-arrival of their expected steamer, Mr. +Morgan took the fever. Supposing it to be only an intermittent, they +embarked for Marseilles, but on reaching Smyrna he was too ill to +proceed farther. There, in a missionary family, he had the best of +attendance, and after a week of delirious wanderings, he finished +his earthly course, and was laid to rest in the cemetery of the +Dutch hospital. His first wife was taken from him at Salonica, his +first-born at Antioch, a second child at Bitias, and a third at +Kessab; and the father sleeps in Smyrna, his old home. + + "Far from thee + Thy kindred and their graves may be,-- + And yet it is a blessed sleep, + From which none ever wakes to weep." + +Repeated bereavements chastened the strong and decided character of +Mr. Morgan. He grew in the grace of patience, and in spirituality +and self-abnegation. He was an indefatigable worker, and was fitted +to exert, as he did, a commanding influence on the policy of the +mission. He soon made himself familiar with the Turkish language, +and never wearied of studying its beautiful structure, and wrote +some of the best Turkish hymns. The well known hymn,--"Not all the +blood of beasts"--he clothed with not a little of the strength and +power of the original.[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1865, pp. 383-385. + +The year was also signalized by the death of Rev. Hohannes Der +Sahagyan, pastor of the church in Nicomedia, and widely known as one +of the two young men who first attached themselves to the teaching +of the missionaries in Constantinople, also for his consistent +piety, earnest zeal, and the severe persecutions which he suffered +at different periods, as a follower of the Lord Jesus. + +A scene at the ordination of a native pastor at Perchenj, a village +two hours from Harpoot, graphically described by Mr. Williams, has +its chronological place here. It was in a large garden, with the +pulpit under the wide-spreading branches of a mulberry-tree, and +mats and carpets spread out in front. "Around the pulpit sat the +council,--lay and clerical delegates, representing most of the +evangelical ministry in this part of Turkey; then the regular +Protestants of Perchenj, Harpoot, and the villages about, to whom it +was a 'festa,' as was evident from their dress. Outside these were +the partially committed ones, who, though they did not 'dress up' +for the occasion, seemed to have taken the day for it; and again, +outside that company, were men drawn in by the interest of the +occasion from their work, with their field dresses on, tools in +hand, leaning on their long handled spades, bending forward to catch +question and answer, wholly unconscious of the picturesque finish +they gave to the scene. + +"In the afternoon exercises, the pastor of Ichme and the pastor of +Harpoot took prominent parts. The same was expected also of the +pastors from Arabkir and Shapik, but unfortunately they were not +present. The sermon was by Mr. Allen, and was moving and effective. +It was very difficult to count the audience, at least from where I +was. If I could have exchanged places with some of the boys, and +hung myself among the mulberries, perhaps I could have succeeded +better. Nothing in all the exercises seemed so American as the +natural way in which the boys took to the trees. We judged there +were, in the forenoon, about seven or eight hundred, and in the +afternoon, six or seven hundred. To the last, everything was quiet, +and all went off pleasantly. As you know, the community furnish half +the pastor's salary from the start." + +In October, four months later, there was an ordination of much +interest at Cesarea, where the churches in Constantinople, Marsovan, +Sivas, and Yozgat were represented. It was in one of the most +important centres of influence. Gregory the Illuminator was ordained +in Cesarea, and he went forth from that place to his great work of +Christianizing the Armenian nation nearly sixteen hundred years ago. +There were born the great church teachers of Cappadocia, Basil of +Cesarea and his brother Gregory of Nyssa. In the middle of the third +century, the bishop of Cesarea protested against the usurpations of +the bishop of Rome. + +"Wednesday morning the council met and organized. The whole day was +given to the examination of the candidate, which was held in the +church, and was attended by from two to three hundred persons. The +candidate occupied three fourths of an hour with a statement of +personal experience and reasons for entering the ministry. This he +made in a manner so clear, forcible, and satisfactory, that the +council felt the need of asking scarcely a question. To the +congregation it was especially impressive, showing how far removed +from the religion of forms, to which they have so long been bound, +is that faith which works by love. Three hours were then devoted to +an examination of his theological views, and he gave unmistakable +evidence of being a man accustomed to think for himself,--one who +has well-defined opinions, and is prepared to defend them."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_ for 1866, p. 53. + +Mr. and Mrs. Walker, having recruited their health in their native +land, were once more at their post in Diarbekir. What a change since +the arrival of Mr. Dunmore among that people in the year 1851. Mr. +Walker thus describes his reception: "When two or three hours +distant from the city, we began to be met by companies on horseback; +and farther on by those on slower mules and donkeys, and as we +neared the city, a great company of men, women, and children gave us +their hearty 'Hoshgelden' (word of welcome); and the children of one +of the schools stood in line by the side of the road and sung +theirs. Thus we were escorted by two hundred or more, through the +gates of the city, and to our own home, which was swept and +garnished for our coming." + +The church, during a part of Mr. Walker's absence, had been without +the services of its native pastor, he being at Constantinople; but +one of their own number, who had been educated at the Harpoot +Seminary, was engaged to supply the pulpit, and not a service had +been omitted. The Sabbath-school never fell below one hundred and +forty. Divine goodness spared the lives of the Protestants, with a +single exception, while fifteen hundred persons were dying in the +city of the cholera. The active piety of the church seemed to be +quickened by their trials; and thirty, out of one hundred and one +members, were wont to go out two by two, by appointment, to spend +Sabbath evenings in religious conversation at different houses. The +result was that their place of worship became over-crowded, and a +new building was prepared for a second congregation that would seat +four hundred and fifty persons. + +Miss Maria A. West, of the Western Turkey mission, spent the winter +in the family of Mr. Walker, and took a very active interest in the +success of the women's weekly prayer-meetings. The attendance at +these meetings sometimes arose to seventy, and the results of labor +in this direction can hardly be over-estimated. + +Ararkel, a very valuable helper at one of the Bitlis out-stations, +died in August, 1865. He was a most active opposer of the truth when +the gospel was first preached in Moosh, but one of the first to +accept it, being convinced by reading the Scriptures. He was +persecuted unto imprisonment, but bore all patiently. Being +naturally gentle and discreet, he was peculiarly fitted to be a +pioneer, and was sent as a helper to Havadorik, a village on the +mountains, among Koords, known as the dwelling-place of thieves and +robbers. He there labored for two years, until his death, with much +success. "His mouth," says Mr. Burbank, "was always full of +evangelical doctrines. His prayers were mingled with tears, and his +Bible was wet with them." He died of fever, leaving two little +orphan boys and an aged mother without any means of support. The +Armenians cheerfully granted him a burial in their own cemetery. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1865-1867. + + +An association of native churches and pastors, called the Harpoot +Evangelical Union, was formed at Harpoot near the close of 1865. It +was to serve the purpose of a Home and Foreign Missionary Society, +also of an Education and Church Building Society. It could form new +churches, ordain and dismiss pastors, grant licenses to preachers, +and depose the unworthy. It was to hold an annual meeting, and such +other meetings during the year as circumstances might require. +Aggrieved church-members might appeal to it under certain +limitations. + +A similar association had been formed, September, 1864, by the +churches in the Broosa and Nicomedia districts, called "The Union of +the Evangelical Armenian Churches of Bithynia," embracing eight +churches, and afterwards including the churches of Constantinople. +Another was formed at Marsovan, at the close of 1868, and called +"The Central Evangelical Union," and another in Central Turkey, +called "The Cilicia Union." + +The effect of these organizations has been to enlarge the views of +churches and ministers, and make them feel that the work of +evangelizing the people around them belonged naturally to +themselves. It also greatly developed a spirit of self-denying love +for their work among the pastors and preachers, and a spirit of +unity and independence among the churches. "Five years ago," writes +Mr. Wheeler in September, 1866, "the pastor of the Harpoot church, +now President of the Union, when we put upon his people an increased +amount of his salary, inquired, 'By what right do these men put this +burden on my church?' But when, in this meeting, a proposition was +made to get the pastor's salaries from other sources than their +churches' treasury, this same man, aided by the pastor at Arabkir, +so conclusively showed the folly and hurtfulness of the proposal, +that the mover of it dropped it in shame. The Arabkir pastor said: +'This is to enable the pastor to be independent of the people, and +to say, What have you given me that I should be your servant?' The +force of this pithy argument is felt here, where ecclesiastics rule +and devour the people, and where the tendency in that direction is +so strong that we need to guard against it in laying the foundations +of the churches. He then went on to show that it would be for the +good of the churches to support their pastors. They would thus love +and heed them more. 'The pastor,' he continued, 'who should get his +support from any source outside of his own people, would be beyond +their control.' In a subsequent discussion on supporting the poor of +the church, he said: 'I am fully persuaded, that every church is not +only able to support its poor, but its pastor too.'" + +The truth of this last remark was strikingly illustrated by the +church in Shepik, the poorest and feeblest in the field, which for +thirteen years had paid almost nothing for preaching, and was +supposed to be a permanent pensioner on missionary bounty; but all +at once it raised enough for the support of the preacher, besides +nearly two hundred dollars in gold for the building of a house of +worship. A blind preacher from the Harpoot Seminary had been the +means of this unexpected result. He was known as John Concordance +(Hohannes Hamapapar), on account of his wonderful readiness in +quoting Scripture, chapter and verse. He was sent to Shepik, and +hearing the complaints of the people about their poor crops and +poverty, replied: "God tells you the reason in the third chapter of +Malachi; where he says, 'Ye are cursed with a curse, for ye have +robbed me.'" Then taking for a text, "Bring ye all the tithes into +the storehouse," etc., he inculcated the duty and privilege of +setting apart _at least a tenth_ of their earnings for God. The +people were convinced, and after paying half of their crops, +according to usage, to the owner of the soil for rent, and a tenth +to the government for taxes, as they must needs do, they gave +another tenth to the Lord's "storehouse,"--a room they had set apart +for receiving the tithes. And the sermon of this blind preacher, and +the example of these poor people, have wrought wonders in the +land.[1] + +[1] Mr. Wheeler's _Ten Years on the Euphrates_, chap. x. For an +abstract of John Concordance's sermon on _Tithes_, preached at +Harpoot, see, _Missionary Herald_ for 1868, pp. 308-312. + +During the year and a half after its formation, this union held five +general meetings. The last of these was the most interesting. Eleven +native pastors were present,--from the Harpoot district, and from +Cesarea, Tocat, Adiaman, and Cutterbul. Nearly all the helpers of +the Harpoot, Diarbekir, and Mardin fields were there, with twenty +delegates from churches and from congregations that expected soon to +have churches. There were also present the members of the +Theological school, Mr. Livingston from Sivas, and Mr. Williams from +Mardin, who had brought his students to spend the summer in the +school at Harpoot. + +On the 15th of November, 1866, Mrs. Adams died at Aintab, of +consumption, much lamented.[1] Mr. Richardson, on his return from +America, joined the Broosa station. Mr. Williams was then alone amid +the multitudes using the Arabic that centered around Mardin and +Mosul; and Mr. Walker was the only missionary at Diarbekir, with at +least a thousand towns and villages in his district. Yet it was a +year of decided progress in Turkey. The missionary force received an +unwonted accession in the years 1866 and 1867. Five ordained married +missionaries arrived in the last of these years, namely, Messrs. +Henry T. Perry, Theodore Baldwin, Henry S. Barnum, Charles C. Tracy, +and Lyman Bartlett, with as many unmarried female assistant +missionaries,--Misses Roseltha A. Norcross, Mary E. Warfield, +Harriet Seymour, Sarah Ann Closson, and Mary G. Hollister. Mr. Henry +O. Dwight, son of the distinguished missionary, Dr. H. G. O. Dwight, +arrived at Constantinople as secular agent, with his wife, a +daughter of Dr. Bliss. Miss Mary D. Francis arrived in 1866, and was +afterwards married to Mr. Adams. + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_ for 1867, p. 98. + +Among other signs of progress was the increase of newspapers in +Constantinople, and one or two other cities of Turkey. In +Constantinople, five years before, a newspaper was rarely seen in +the hands of any one of the thousands of persons passing up or down +the Bosphorus and Golden Horn in the steamers which take the place +of the street cars of Boston or New York. Now it had become a common +sight, and newsboys thronged the thoroughfares with their papers, in +Turkish and other languages. The standard of journalism was not +high, but the thoughts of men were stirred. The influence of these +papers was generally adverse to the missionary work. Partly to +counteract this influence, the missionaries published, once a +fortnight, a small newspaper called the "Avedaper," or "Messenger." +It appeared alternately in the Armenian and Armeno-Turkish +languages, and had fifteen hundred subscribers scattered over +Turkey. Mr. E. E. Bliss, the editor, estimated the aggregate of +readers at ten thousand. One incident may illustrate its influence. +A villager living on the Taurus Mountains was so impressed with one +of the sententious speeches of President Lincoln, translated in the +paper, that he committed the whole to memory, that he might teach to +others its lessons of "malice toward none, and charity to all."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, for 1867, p. 82. + +The general progress towards right religious opinions, had led to a +division of the Armenians who remained in the Old Church into two +parties, called the "Enlightened" and the "Unenlightened." The +former was continually increasing, and had sharp contests with the +Unenlightened on questions of clerical control in civil affairs. +Their failure to secure even the partial reforms they sought +convinced them of the necessity of more radical changes; and an +Armenian paper announced a movement for the formation of a Reformed +Armenian Church; on the principle of restoring the purity of +doctrine and simplicity of worship, which they supposed existed in +their Church at the beginning. The same paper advocated the complete +separation of civil and ecclesiastical affairs; and announced that a +book would soon be published, setting forth the doctrines and +proposed form of worship for this new church. The new Prayer-book +made its appearance early in 1867. It contained a Creed; a Ritual +for Baptism, the Lord's Supper, Ordination, etc.; Forms for Daily +Prayer in the churches; and Hymns and Songs. Judged by the standard +of the New Testament, the book contained not a few errors of +doctrine, and sanctioned many superstitious practices; yet it was a +decided improvement upon the books in use in the Armenian Church. +The Armenians of the Old Church regarded the changes as very +radical, and the Patriarch denounced the book officially, and warned +his people against it. + +"The most noteworthy part of the book is its Preface, which was +printed last, and may be regarded as the platform of the reformed +party. After giving a sketch of the history of the Armenian Church, +its original purity of doctrine and worship, and the subsequent +introduction of error and superstition, through the influence of the +Greek and Roman Churches, it declares that the Armenian Church has +come at last to be a mere 'satellite of Rome,' and that the time has +come to assert its independence, to cast off the 'ultramontane +influence,' to rescue the Church of their fathers from the 'Papal +claws.' Three particulars are then set forth in which a +'reformation' is needed. First, in reference to doctrine. 'The +Armenian Church has,' it is said, 'doctrines introduced from abroad, +which place faith in respect to salvation upon a wrong foundation, +transferring man's hope from God to things created and material. +Means are confounded with ends, and ends with means, and thus a +thick veil is interposed between the eyes of the people and the +simple doctrines of Christianity.' Secondly, 'The Church has now +rites and ceremonies (unknown in purer times), which are a +laughing-stock to the unbelieving, a grief to the truly pious, an +offense to all enlightened men, and which have converted our +churches into theatres, deprived worship of its spiritual character, +and made it like the shows of a fair.' In the third place, 'The +present relations of the clergy to the people are opposed to the +spirit and substance of Christianity. Instead of being teachers, +pastors, and fathers to the people, they claim to possess +supernatural authority, rule by the terrors of that authority, teach +the people only that which serves their own purposes, and are an +obstacle to every good work.'"[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1867, pp. 237-239. + +For twenty years there had not been such a religious ferment in +Constantinople, as there was at the time of issuing this Reformed +Prayer-book. It was not a revival of religion. The question was not, +"What must I do to be saved?" but "What did our Church teach in the +days of its purity?" and "What are the doctrines of the Word of +God?" Meanwhile the advocates of reform were continually driven to +take higher ground; and such was their progress while carrying their +book through the press, that they were obliged to reprint some of +the first sheets, to make them conform to their new convictions. It +may be stated as an illustration, that baptismal regeneration was +taught in one of the original sheets, but in the reprint it was +omitted.[1] So far as is known, this book has never been used in any +church; but it is an index of the reform movement, and it has been +useful in awaking inquiry. + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1867, p. 238. + +Bible-women began to be employed in Constantinople early in 1866. +Five such women were supported by funds derived from the American +Bible Society, and were kindly received in Armenian families. They +sold many copies of the Scriptures, and met with much encouragement +in their work. At this time, wherever missionaries labored in +Turkey, large numbers of women were learning to read the Bible; and +the majority of them were usually found at the women's prayer +meeting. + +The progress at Harpoot, only eleven years from the commencement of +the station, as described by Mr. Allen, is worthy of special +attention. The leaven of the gospel was permeating the mass of the +people. Many who persistently refused to be called by the unpopular +name of "Protestant," were evidently under the influence of +evangelical doctrines. The rising generation was growing up with +enlightened views. Many young men would have taken a stand at once +on the side of truth, but for the difficulty of separating from +their parents. Societies had been formed, consisting of several +hundred men not reckoned among the Protestants, for the purpose of +having good schools for their children, and plain practical +preaching in their churches. The magnates of one church had closed +its door against the native evangelical preachers, and placed two +Turkish soldiers to guard it. At another church the people were more +resolute, saying, "We built this church, and we will be martyred +upon its threshold, if necessary to defend our right to have the +Gospel preached to us." At this the chief men gave way, contenting +themselves with reporting the matter to the Patriarch at +Constantinople. As an additional motive, the party of progress +threatened to attend the services of the missionaries, if not +allowed to have a service of their own.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1866, pp. 169-171. + +Quite a number of the young men and women in the Protestant city +congregation dated their conversion from the "Week of Prayer." This +week was duly observed at Harpoot from the first, and in 1866, with +deeper religious feeling, than had ever been seen before. The +morning and evening prayer-meetings were kept up till the close of +May, when it was decided to discontinue the morning meetings, and to +sustain the others every day, one hour before sunset. Three fourths +of the congregation attended them regularly, and an earnest and +tender spirit was manifest in the remarks and prayers. + +During this same week of prayer, Messrs. Burbank and Knapp, at +Bitlis, aided by the native preacher Simon, afterwards pastor of the +church, commenced a prayer-meeting at the dawn of day, which was so +crowned with spiritual blessings, that it was continued, daily, for +more than six months. The attendance increased from twenty to sixty, +and was at one time nearly a hundred. The church had then only five +members; and at the communion season in March, each of these five +men publicly confessed his sins, and formally renewed his covenant. +Many were in tears. Some in the congregation, who had thought +themselves Christians, when they saw the church thus making +confession, were amazed, and felt that they were themselves lost, +and literally cried, as did the publican, "God be merciful to me a +sinner." + +This was the commencement of the first revival of religion in +Bitlis. Two meetings were held weekly for inquirers, at which +between forty-five and fifty were usually present, of whom from +fifteen to twenty-five were women. "Among the latter, was one over +seventy years of age, who, being in the previous winter too feeble +to walk through the deep snow to attend the meetings, had been +carried by her stalwart son. Now she was a weeping penitent, seeking +salvation at the foot of the cross, and that son was rejoicing in +the hope of salvation." Forty men usually attended the sunrise +prayer-meeting. Not as many of the fruits of this revival were +gathered into the church as might have been anticipated, because of +the very high standard--too high it would seem--which was required +for admission. + +There had been great progress at Broosa. When Dr. Schneider left +that place in 1849, on his removal to Aintab, no church had been +formed, and his audience never exceeded fifteen natives, and +sometimes it was not more than eight. No Protestant community had +been formed, and in those days of fierce opposition very few were +ready to face the consequences of an open acknowledgment of what +they were convinced was the truth. But he found all this passed +away, on his visit there in 1866. There was then a church of fifty +members, and a Protestant community of one hundred and fifty, +chiefly young men of enterprise, and a Sabbath congregation of one +hundred and fifty. They had a beautiful house of worship, a +prosperous day-school, and an excellent native pastor. There were +many whose beards made them venerable. Dr. Schneider believed that +half the Armenians in the city were convinced of the truth. + +The first evangelical church in Turkey, composed of Greeks, was +organized by the Union of Bithynia at Demirdesh, in November, 1867. +Mr. Kalopothakes was present from Athens. The church was composed +exclusively of evangelical Greeks, and six of its thirteen members +were women. Pastor Hohannes of Bilijik, on behalf of the Union, +welcomed them to the fellowship of the churches; which he said had +been lost through the departure of the Greeks and Armenians from the +gospel, but was now recovered. The preacher was a Greek, and a +native of the place.[1] + +[1] The members of the church formed at Hasbeiya in 1851 (p. 376 of +vol. 1st) were seceders from the Greek Church, but were regarded by +the Syrian mission as of the Arab race. + +The mission was sorely afflicted in September by the sudden death of +Mr. Walker of Diarbekir. The cholera was prevalent in that city, and +seemed to follow no laws. In the previous year, it had been almost +wholly among the Mohammedans; but this year, it prevailed most in +the Christian population. Mr. and Mrs. Walker removed to a khan +outside the walls. "His last sermons were from the texts 'The Master +has come, and calleth for thee;' and 'Except ye repent, ye shall all +likewise perish.' On Monday, September 10th, he went into the city, +spending some time over one stricken with cholera, besides customary +duties. Tuesday morning, after a somewhat restless night, he rose as +usual, and proposed a mission excursion to Cutterbul, but was +persuaded to remain at home and rest. The premonitory symptoms soon +appeared, but nothing peculiarly alarming, and as he had been held +back from over-exertion, and been very careful in diet, all were +full of hope. At the first whisper of illness the Christians +gathered to aid, and the faithful Shemmas, without Mrs. Walker's +knowledge, telegraphed to Mr. Williams, who started from Mardin at +one o'clock, P. M., on Wednesday, and riding all night reached +Diarbekir after sunrise to find that six hours before, September 13, +1866, his brother had gone 'to be with Christ.'" His age was +forty-five. + +"Diarbekir was filled with mourning. Not Protestants alone, but +Moslems and Armenians, all were stricken. Such a funeral, as of one +who was a father to all, was never witnessed there before. The +native preacher conducted it appropriately and tenderly, praying not +only for the stricken there, but for those in his native land who +would so feel the loss."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1867, pp. 33-37. + +Mr. Walker was one of the best of missionaries. "His warm and +affectionate nature," says Mr. Barnum, "quickly gained the hearts of +the people wherever he went. His great desire was to see men coming +to Jesus; and this he never forgot, whether at home or abroad. I +have been with him not a little, and seldom have I seen an +opportunity for a personal appeal, though only for a moment, pass +unimproved." + +The tribute to Mr. Walker's memory from his brother Williams, of +Mardin, who knew him well, and has so lately followed him into the +eternal world must not be omitted. + +"His peculiar gifts were three:--1. He remembered faces, and +recalled the names which belonged to them. He knew everybody. +Ordinarily he needed to meet a man but once to recognize him ever +after. And this pleases men; it appeals to their self-appreciation; +they feel that they have made a permanent impression. Especially is +this a power among a people who look up to the missionary as +occupying a higher plane of civilization. It gives him a vast +influence over them. + +"2. Partly as the result of this, but still distinct and beyond it, +he had a marvelous faculty of making every man feel that he was +especially an object of personal interest. Perhaps not that he alone +was such, but that he was one of those taken into the inner sanctum +of his affections. Love begets love, and believing that they were so +dear to him, he was soon very dear to them. And he was never lacking +in the outward expression of love. He was not afraid they would +think he loved them too much. + +"3. He always had something to say. I suppose there is some good +done by public preaching, but it is the preacher who is ready, in +the face-to-face opportunity, who comes home laden with sheaves. Mr. +Walker was always ready. Meet a man when he might, where he might, +just the right word was on his tongue. And that warm grip of his +hand, into how many souls has it infused a new and spiritual life. +So he begot his children in the gospel; and by his sermons, which +were always thoughtful, he built them up into Christian characters, +as a workman who needeth not to be ashamed. Our Cutterbul deacon +says to me since his death, 'I _never_ saw such a man.' When he left +for Constantinople in 1859, perhaps one hundred men waited upon him +out of the city, and he spoke to every one, and repeated nothing, +but had a special word for each, exactly adapted to his case." + +Mrs. Walker returned to the United States, with her four children, +in the following summer, and has since been recognized,--in +connection with a benevolent lady in New York city,--as sustaining +a relation of maternal guardianship to returned children of +missionaries. + +At the close of the year Mr. Wheeler and others made a visit to +Choonkoosh, two days' journey from Harpoot. Many of the people came +several miles to welcome them, and crowds escorted them into the +city. "Nine years ago," says Mr. Wheeler, "I made my first visit +here in company with brother Dunmore, and we were hooted at, stoned, +and at last driven from our room, in the pouring rain and splashing +mud of a dark night." Now, every house seemed open to receive them. +"Their new place for Protestant worship testified to the remarkable +change. The men had brought all the timber, by hand, a distance of +from three to five miles, and it sometimes required thirty men to +bring one piece. Women and children brought water, earth, and +stones; and women were still busy in plastering the walls, so that a +meeting might be held there before we left!"[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1867, p. 108. + +The foreign missionary spirit was being developed. The Harpoot +Evangelical Union resolved at Diarbekir, in 1866, to send a mission +into the wild region eastward of that city, where the Armenians, +living among the Koords, had lost all knowledge of both the Armenian +and Turkish languages, and were in the grossest darkness. A dozen +small churches, with a membership of hardly more than five hundred, +undertook to educate seven young men to go as their missionaries, +and the movement excited much enthusiasm. At the same time, the home +missionary spirit received strength. The brethren at Harpoot were +endeavoring to occupy fifty or more stations, within their home +field, at most of which there were a few persons somewhat +enlightened and more or less desirous of instruction. + +A blessing followed. The week of prayer, in the opening of 1867, was +signalized by a revival at Harpoot.[1] There were indications of +deep feeling in the church; and on one of the last days of the week, +three of the most prominent men in the community openly identified +themselves with the Protestants. One of these, named Sarkis Agha, +became a very active and useful Christian. Feeling that he had been +a stumbling-block to others, he lost no time in going to the market, +and inviting twelve or fifteen of his most intimate friends, all men +of influence, to his place of business, and telling them of his +change of feeling. He expected only ridicule, but the majority were +affected to tears, and requested him to read the Bible and pray with +and for them. + +[1] An interesting account of this revival, by Miss Maria A. West, +may be found in the _Missionary Herald_ for 1867, pp. 139-142. + +It was winter, and the travelling was very bad, so that they could +not reach the more distant out-stations; but the members of the +church visited the principal ones on the plain. Among these was +Hooeli, about ten miles distant, where Mr. Barnum spent two days. +The whole congregation appeared to be interested, prayer-meetings, +morning and evening, were attended by from a hundred and twenty to +two hundred persons; and through the entire day, till nearly +midnight, the room of the missionary was thronged with inquirers. A +large number of those with whom he conversed, appeared to be truly +regenerated. Mr. Wheeler, on the following Sabbath, found the +interest more widespread. Four hundred persons crowded into the +chapel, and listened with fixed attention. + +Three years before, there was not a Protestant in the place. One +year before, at the dedication of the chapel, when three hundred and +fifty persons were present, the audience was so rude that there was +the greatest difficulty in preserving quiet.[1] Both men and women +were now quiet and serious listeners. A still larger attendance was +reported on the following Sabbath, when more than a hundred failed +of getting into the house of worship. There was also a revival of +considerable power at Perchenj, another out-station, seven miles +from Harpoot. + +[1] Mr. Barnum thus describes Miss Fritcher's meeting with seventy +or eighty females in this place, two years before: "The chapel was +nearly full of women, all sitting on the floor, and each one +crowding up to get as near her as possible. They were very much like +a hive of bees. The slightest thing would set them all in commotion, +and they resembled a town meeting more than a religious gathering. +When a child cried it would enlist the energies of half a dozen +women, with voice and gesture to quiet it. When some striking +thought of the speaker flashed upon the mind of some woman, she +would begin to explain it in no moderate tones to those about her, +and this would set the whole off into a bedlam of talk, which it +would require two or three minutes to quell." + +Human nature is everywhere essentially the same. The people of +Hooeli being thus strengthened, they, with a little aid from abroad, +erected a larger and finer house of worship, and then began to +desire a new minister. Their humble and earnest but not eloquent +preacher, whose labors God had so blessed among them, would do, they +said, to gather the lambs, but not to feed the sheep. Contrary to +the advice of the missionaries, they called two popular men of the +graduating class, one after the other, but both declined, choosing +harder fields. + +"Meanwhile their preacher was called to another place, and the +people came to the city, with their donkeys, to take him and his +family home. These were quietly sleeping at his house, expecting to +start on the morrow, when, at midnight, nine of the principal men of +Hooeli roused him from sleep, and began to beg pardon for their +rejection of him, saying, 'Come, get your goods in readiness, and go +with us.' It seems that they took their failure to secure the others +as a rebuke from God for their pride; and having met to pray, sent +these nine men to ask pardon of Garabed in person, while others +wrote letters asking his forgiveness, and begging him to come back. +Both parties then appealed to the missionaries, who declined to +interfere, advising them to pray and decide the matter among +themselves. They agreed to accept the preacher's decision as God's +will, and he after prayer and reflection, decided to return to his +old people. In the mean time, twenty of the women of Hooeli, +impatient at the delay, met also for prayer, and with difficulty +were prevented from going in a body to take their old pastor home. +But the brethren kept them back, and when at length he reached the +village, no other preacher ever had such an ovation in all that +region, within the memory of man."[1] + +[1] _Ten Years on the Euphrates_, pp. 278-280. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI. + +THE NESTORIANS. + +1864-1868. + + +Deacon Isaac, brother of the Patriarch, died in the early autumn of +1864, universally lamented. In character, as well as position, he +was a prince among his people. I abridge the account of him by Mr. +Rhea, who loved him as a friend.[1] Seen in his plain dress and +Simple manners, no one would have thought of him as once the +mountain chieftain, ready to break a lance with Koordish robbers. +Growing up amid some of the grandest scenery in the world, it had +its effect on his character; and that character the grace of God +moulded into symmetry and beauty. His intellect was strong, his +insight into human nature remarkable. The wily Persian official, +baffled by him and mortified, exclaimed: "We cannot manage _him_." +While he was accessible to little children, and poor distressed +women, there was a dignity which prevented undue familiarity. The +Patriarchal family were proud of him. He grew up in a land where it +was no shame for noblemen to lie, yet always spoke the truth. He +lived where bribery was practiced unblushingly, and his house was a +court-room for the settlement of numberless cases of litigation, yet +he took no reward for his services, much less to pervert justice. +"He grew up where little deference was paid to woman; yet took pride +in showing his respect for his wife Marta,--mentioning her name, +quoting her opinions, and treating her with the utmost kindness. +Their relation was a beautiful example of conjugal attachment, of +untold worth in such a land and among such a people. He was +naturally of a proud spirit, that could not brook an insult. Once, +when insulted by a French Lazarist, he sprung to his feet, and put +his hand to the hilt of his sword; but from that day he never wore +the sword again." + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1865, p. 45. + +Miss Fidelia Fiske died at Shelburne, Massachusetts, the place of +her birth, July 26th, 1864, at the age of forty-eight. She both +studied and taught at the Mount Holyoke Seminary, and partook +largely of the spirit of its founder, the well-known Mary Lyon. She +embarked at Boston in March, 1843, in company with Dr. and Mrs. +Perkins, Mr. and Mrs. Stoddard, and some others, and reached +Oroomiah in June. After laboring there with unprecedented success as +the Principal of the Seminary for fourteen years, the state of her +health constrained her return to the United States in 1858. + +Up to her arrival at Oroomiah, the school had only day scholars, and +the pupils were of course in habitual contact with the vice and +degradation of their homes. She sought to make it a boarding-school; +and after two years the prejudices of the people had been overcome, +and the day scholars were all dropped. Her grand object was the +salvation of her pupils, and of their relatives who visited the +institution. After the first revival, in 1846, the school became the +centre of holy influence for the women. She, and her worthy +associate Miss Rice, found enough to do, day and night. When they +went to a village, the women expected to be called together for +prayer; and when these women returned the visit, they asked to be +prayed with alone. There was a revival almost every year of her stay +at Oroomiah; and probably few servants of Christ have had more +occasion for gratitude, in being the means of bringing others to +him, than Miss Fiske. When leaving Oroomiah on her return home, the +many women and girls who gathered around to bid her farewell, asked +"Can we not have one more prayer-meeting before you go, and in that +Bethel?"--meaning, her own room. There they prayed, that their +teacher "might come back to mingle her dust with her children's +dust, hear the trumpet with them, and with them go up to meet the +Lord." They were accustomed to style her "mother," and themselves +her "children." + +Her usefulness after her return to the United States, was probably +as great as it ever had been. This was not owing to the predominance +of any one quality in her character, but to a combination of +qualities of mind and heart surpassing anything I have ever seen in +any other person. Her emotional nature was wonderfully sanctified, +and each of her powers being well developed, and all nicely adjusted +one to another, the whole worked with regularity and ease. Hence +that singular accuracy of judgment, and that never-failing sense of +propriety, for which she was distinguished. Hence the apparent +absence of fatigue in her protracted conversations and +conversational addresses. Hence the habitual control of her +sanctified affections over her intellectual powers, so that she +seemed ever ready, at the moment, for the call of duty, and +especially to meet the claims of perishing souls. She seemed to me +the nearest approach I ever saw, in man or woman, in the structure +and working of her whole nature, to my ideal of the blessed Saviour, +as he appeared in his walks on earth. + +The amount of her usefulness was as extraordinary as her character, +and probably the tidings of no death have awakened so many voices of +lamentation over the plain of Oroomiah, and in the glens of +Koordistan.[1] + +[1] See _Woman and her Saviour in Persia_, by Dr. Thomas Laurie, and +_The Cross and the Crown, or Faith working by Love, as exemplified +in the Life of Fidelia Fiske_, by Dr. D. T. Fiske. + +Another death occurred this year, which was also sensibly felt by +the mission. It was that of Deacon Joseph, of Degala. Dr. Perkins +lamented the loss of his services in connection with the press, a +kind of labor for which his qualifications were unequaled among the +people. His well-balanced mind, his fine scholarship, the solidity +of his Christian character, his eminent services in this department, +especially the very important assistance he rendered in translating +the Old Testament from the original Hebrew, would have secured him +an honorable position in more enlightened lands. + +In 1863 and 1864 Mr. Shedd made extended tours in his mountain +field. In the first, he crossed to Mosul, and from Oroomiah to +Amadia he travelled mostly on foot, in native snowshoes and +moccasins, with much fatigue and exposure. At Mosul, he enjoyed the +hospitality of Mr. Rassam, and had conferences with Mr. Williams of +Mardin. The second tour was in the autumn, and extended as far as +Tiary.[1] The mountaineers may be viewed, he says, in two very +different lights; first, as feeble, unreasonable, and lawless; +poverty stricken, and lacking in self-respect, and self-reliance; +connecting their interest in spiritual things too often with the +hope of temporal benefits. Then there are constant feuds between +villages, clans, and chiefs. The hopeful side is in the great +preparatory work that has been accomplished, the general +friendliness of the people, and the growing influence of the mission +helpers. The following tabular view will give some idea of the +mountain work in its incipient state, for, in some important +respects, it was in that state as late as the year 1863:-- + + Occupied Districts. + Gawar Tekhoma Amadia Rakan Nerwa Jeloo Berwer Total +No. of Christian + Villages. - 6 6 3 4 - - - +Estimated + Christian + Population. - 4000 - 250 300 - - - +When first + occupied by + Helpers. 1852 1856 1857 1861 1862 1862 1863 - +No. of Helpers + the Past Year. 4 4 2 1 1 4 2 18 +No. of Villages + visited by + Preachers the + Past Year. 20 6 5 3 3 9 10 56 +No. of Villages + with stated + Congregations. 5 3 3 1 1 2 1 16 +No. of Persons in + Congregations. 88 55 55 15 10 90 35 348 +No. of Sabbath + Schools. 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 11 +No. in Sabbath + Schools. 42 25 25 8 7 75 25 207 +No. of Regular + Day Schools. 2 - 1 - - 1 - 4 +No. of Scholars. 21 10 8 5 5 28 3 80 +No. reached by + Family + Visitation. 550 250 100 50 50 560 100 1660 +No. of + Communicants. 20 7 4 1 1 9 - 42 +No. of Candidates. 2 1 9 - 1 2 - 15 + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1863, pp. 358-363; 1864, p. 231. + +Mr. Shedd visited the young Patriarch, in his second tour. The +leaders whom he met there from different mountain districts, were +surprised by the friendship shown to the missionaries by Mar Shimon, +and that they heard not a word against them in the Patriarchal +mansion. There were frequent interchanges of visits, and Mr. Shedd +was assured that the young Patriarch was well disposed towards the +mission and its labors. But there was no evidence that he had any +real conviction of the truth. + +The seminary pupils were now working on a higher level. To a large +extent, the pupils were daughters of Nestorian helpers and other +pious parents, who had given them a Christian training. The contrast +was striking between their general appearance and that of the +earlier classes in that favored school. A considerable part of the +expense was now met by the parents of the pupils. + +The Rev. Austin H. Wright, M. D., was the immediate medical +successor of Dr. Grant, at Oroomiah,[1] where he arrived July 25, +1840. To be thoroughly furnished for his work, he determined to +master the Turkish, Syriac, and Persian languages; and it was +doubtless his perfect acquaintance with these, coupled with his +knowledge of medicine, and the gentle courtesy of his manners, that +gave him so much influence among all classes of the people. "The +influence of Dr. Wright in Oroomiah," said an intelligent Nestorian, +"is that of a Prince." He is said to have spoken each of the +languages above named with a precision, fluency, and grace, rarely +equaled by a foreigner. In consequence of this proficiency, the +intercourse with the higher classes was to a great extent in his +hands. Persian gentlemen, polite and courteous in the extreme, +appreciated the dignified yet simple ease and grace with which he +met them. Having gone out alone, he was united in marriage June 13, +1844, to Miss Catherine E. Myers, who joined the mission in 1843, +and was then engaged in teaching. After twenty years his health and +the interests of his family demanded a visit to his native land. +Here he remained four years, devoting the latter half of that time +to a revision of the Syriac New Testament, preparatory to its being +electrotyped and printed in pocket form by the American Bible +Society. To this the Psalms were afterward added. Mrs. Wright and +four of the children remained in this country; but taking with him +his eldest daughter Lucy, he returned to Oroomiah in September, +1864. His return was joyful to him, and to the mission, and no less +so to the Nestorians; but in three short months the summons came, +calling him to a higher service. + +[1] For a biographical account of Dr. Wright, see _Missionary +Herald_ for 1865, pp. 129-134. + +It had been arranged that he and Mr. Rhea, should translate the +Scriptures into Tartar-Turkish for the benefit of the Mussulman +population of Azerbijan and the regions beyond; but Dr. Wright's +work was finished. His disease was typhoid fever, and during much of +his sickness he was unconscious. + +In the twenty-five years of his service, he performed a great +variety of labors,--as a preacher, a physician, a co-laborer in the +department of the press, and, not least, as a shield to the poor +oppressed Nestorians; for he was greatly respected by their +Mohammedan rulers. And these duties he performed with marked +ability, scrupulous fidelity, and an almost unerring judgment. + +In this year, also, died the Rev. Thomas L. Ambrose, on the 19th of +August. The three years he spent in the mountains were to him years +of suffering, the result of an ardent mental and moral temperament, +as well as of the labors he performed. He returned home in 1861, +hoping to resume his missionary work; but feeling that his country +had claims upon him, and receiving an unsolicited appointment as +chaplain of a New Hampshire regiment, he entered the service, was +wounded while passing from entrenchments to a hospital, and after a +few weeks died in the General Hospital at Fortress Monroe. In his +relations to the mission and the Nestorian people, he beautifully +exemplified the spirit of his Lord, in not desiring "to be +ministered unto, but to minister." + +The harvests of 1865 were abundant, but there had been a famine in +several of the previous years; and this had given a stimulus to the +vagrancy, so frequent and annoying among the Nestorians. "Of the +four thousand vagabonds," writes Dr. Perkins, "from the less than +forty thousand Nestorians of Oroomiah, who made want their pretext +for scattering themselves over Russia and other parts of Europe, as +common beggars, hardly less greedy for lucre and for vice, than are +locusts for every green thing, only a moiety return; many dying in +those distant regions, from diseases induced by strange climates, or +oftener by criminal indulgence; and many who survive, lying in +prison for crimes, or preferring their vagabond life to the decent +restraints of home. Many who do return are worse than lost to their +people; coming only to spread a moral pestilence, being thoroughly +demoralized; recklessly squandering their ill-gotten treasures till +hunger drives them off again to beg. Happily they are now shut out +of Russia by the government, and they have little hope from England. +But Germany is still a golden land to them." + +Mr. Rhea, another very able member of the mission, was suddenly +removed from earth on the 2d of September, 1865. He was on his +return from Tabriz, with his wife and children. The whole scene, as +described by Mrs. Rhea in the Memoir of her husband, is one of the +most touching in missionary history.[1] He was ill when they left +Tabriz, and not until they had gone too far to return did his wife +awake to the alarming fact, that his disease was cholera. + +[1] See _The Tennesseean in Persia and Koordistan, being the Scenes +and Incidents in the Life of Samuel Audley Rhea_, by Rev. Dwight W. +Marsh, for Ten Years Missionary in Mosul, pp. 338-349. + +She then hoped to reach Ali Shah, a village four hours from +Oroomiah. It was necessary to put the bedding on one of the loaded +horses, and then to place Mr. Rhea upon it, and for two men to hold +him on; which was done by the faithful Nestorians, Daniel and +Guwergis. The motion of the horse extorted frequent, though gentle, +groans of pain. He was very thirsty, and both the children were +crying for water. There was none. At a brackish brook he had tried +to drink, but spit out the bitter draught in disgust. + +"At length the moon rose, and the children became quiet. Daniel +passed a rope around Mr. Rhea's back, and over his shoulders, to +keep him from shaking about on the horse; and, taking off his hat, +protected his head with a flannel. He grew quiet, and I said, 'He +sleeps.' So we rode on and on in the still night; no sounds except +from the horses' feet, or an occasional word about the precious +load. 'Will the village never appear?' They said it was very near. +O, how long the way seemed! + +"My mind was very active, picturing that comfortable room where we +should rest, the refreshing water, the quiet rest, the soft bed for +the dear invalid, the quick cup of tea, his sweet words, our +subsequent journey home in the takhterawan, our safe arrival there. +All this time my eyes were on him, and my ears strained to catch a +sound. 'How long he sleeps! How still he is!' + +"At length the weary, weary road was passed. We reached the village, +and stopped at a house where they said we could find a room. Daniel +and I ran in to see it first, opened the windows, and spread down +the shawl and pillows where he could rest; then went back to the +gate, and I charged the men not to let him exert himself at all, but +to take him down like a little child, and carry him carefully in. I +ran forward then, opened my satchel, and got out the wine and +camphor, and spreading a pillow on my lap, received him in my arms. + +"Just as they deposited him in my arms he drew one long, deep sigh. +I wet his lips, bathed his face, spoke to him, called his name, +raised him up, kissed him, and entreated him to speak. I chafed his +soft, warm hands, felt his heart, his pulse, his temples, his neck, +seeking everywhere for signs of life. In vain. He was dead!" + +Help came at length from the mission, and the mortal remains of Mr. +Rhea, found their resting place at Seir, by the side of loved ones +who had gone before him. + +Mr. Rhea died at the age of thirty-eight, in the very height of his +usefulness. His mental abilities were very superior, and so were his +acquirements, especially in Oriental languages. During his first +winter's residence in Gawar, in addition to a systematic course of +reading in Church History, and his study of Syriac, he went +thoroughly through his Hebrew Bible. The Modern Syriac he spoke with +great accuracy and fluency, and he preached with acceptance in the +Tartar Turkish. He had also made progress in the Koordish language. +"As a preacher," writes Mr. Coan, "he was earnest, faithful, and +pungent; the glowing words leaped from his lips, while the Word of +God seemed a fire shut up within him. He poured out his whole soul +in the messages he delivered. I have seldom been edified by the +discourses of any one as I have been by those of this dear brother. +These discourses, whether in the pulpit, the social prayer-meeting, +or at family devotions, seemed drawn from his own experience of the +inexhaustible treasures in Christ. They were eminently fitted to +make men better." Dr. Perkins said of him, "He is one of the finest +preachers I ever heard, whether in English or in the Nestorian +language. The Nestorians denominate him Chrysostom, from his +remarkable powers as a preacher." He was excelled by few men in the +beauty and eloquence of his address on public occasions, of which +there was a fine illustration on the Fourth of July, 1865, the last +before his death. Though a native of Tennessee, his heart was poured +out in thanksgiving that the war was really over, and that the right +had gained the day. + +The reader will not be surprised to hear that the young Patriarch, +influenced by his nearest relatives, was following in the footsteps +of his predecessor. In Gawar, he tried persuasion, blandishment, and +compulsion; but the authorities gave him to understand that there +could not be persecution. The independent tribes of the mountains +were, civilly, under his power, and he was determined to keep his +mountain diocese in its ancient ignorance. He diffused a vindictive +spirit. No ecclesiastic ever had stronger motives to enter upon a +path of reform, or fewer obstructions. But, refusing all fellowship +with the gospel, he showed that the Nestorian Patriarch could no +more adjust himself to the coming age of light and liberty of +conscience than the Pope of Rome. + +Mr. Alison, English Ambassador at the Persian Court, seasonably +interposed when there were powerful combinations to effect the ruin +of the mission, headed by the bigoted Minister of Foreign Affairs. +The Papal party had seized upon the Nestorian church at Ardeshai, +and rebuilt it; and the Shah, upon the representation of Mr. Alison, +granted a site for a new church, and subscribed L100 towards its +erection. + +This royal donation was in December, 1865. In the April following, +the mission had a friendly visit from his Royal Highness, Prince +Ahmed Meerza, the governor of Oroomiah, and uncle of the King. He +had come to the province strongly prejudiced against the mission, +but had been becoming better informed. He was on the mission +premises two hours and a half, and saw everything that could be +shown him, in the way of schools, printing, type founding, +sewing-machines, and medical dispensary. The last seemed to impress +him most as to the benevolent character of the mission, and he left +with strong expressions of good will. + +The examination of the female seminary, at the close of its term, +was highly satisfactory, especially in the Bible and in theology. In +the other seminary, superintended by Mr. Shedd in the absence of Mr. +Cochran, there had been much religious interest. Many of the pupils +being from the mountains, Mr. Shedd's labors in the seminary had a +direct bearing on his particular portion of the field. Geog Tapa had +a very fine school, entirely supported by the people themselves, +which almost vied with the seminaries. + +The mission suffered another severe loss in the death of Priest +Eshoo, already known to the reader, on the 19th of April, 1866. +Thirty-one years before, the Koords plundered his native village on +the plain of Gawar, and he removed to Degala, near Oroomiah. He was +then about thirty years of age, a sedate, dignified, upright man and +very righteous in his own eyes. Gentle and unassuming, he yet +commanded the respect of all, and his reputation as a scholar soon +secured for him the place of a teacher in the incipient male +seminary. For many years he was its first teacher, and down to the +close of his life sustained a relation to one or the other of these +institutions. He and his lovely daughter Sarah were among the first +converts in the revival of 1846. While remarkable for humility, he +was firm in defense of the truth. His judgment was cool and +discriminating, and he was known as a safe counselor. He was a good +preacher, and several volumes of his sermons, neatly written by his +own hand, showed that they were carefully studied.[1] + +[1] See vol. i. pp. 326-329. + +Dr. Van Norden and wife entered the mission in October, 1866, taking +the place of Dr. Young, who had left three years before. + +Mr. Labaree communicates the result of careful inquiries by Mr. +Thompson, of the British Legation, who had been spending some time +at Oroomiah. Mr. Thompson estimated the Nestorians in Oroomiah, +Tergawer, Sooldooz, and Salmas, at twenty thousand; the Armenians in +Oroomiah alone at about two thousand eight hundred; the Papal +Chaldeans in Oroomiah, Tergawer, and Sooldooz at six hundred and +twenty-five; but the Chaldean and Armenian population of Salmas he +did not learn. He thought that the population of Persia could not be +more than from five to seven millions, and his opinion was deemed of +great weight, as he had made himself familiar with the civil and +political affairs of Persia during a long residence, and had +travelled extensively through the country, with a very observant +eye. + +Among the new lights breaking forth in Western and Central Asia, was +a community of evangelical Armenians in the Russian province of +Sherwan, near the Caspian Sea. A Nestorian brother had been sent to +inquire into their condition early in 1862, and there had been +occasional intercourse ever since; but cautiously, lest their cause +should be jeoparded. They had suffered sore persecution, and had met +in glens and deep recesses of the mountains, for the worship of God +and the study of his Word. Their leader, Varpet Sarkis, had been +exiled, their children left unbaptized, their young people +unmarried, their dead denied the right of burial, and they the +privilege of commemorating the death of their Lord. In August, 1866, +an Imperial Ukase was brought them by a Lutheran clergyman from +Moscow, granting them full liberty to worship God publicly as their +consciences should dictate, and restoring to them all their +privileges. Pious Nestorians, who had gone there from Oroomiah, +reported that the Lutheran clergyman remained there a week, +organized a church, received a hundred and six persons to Christian +fellowship, and performed the necessary baptisms and marriages; and +that they were expecting the return of their beloved guide and +teacher from exile. Nearly two thousand copies of the Scriptures +were sold among this people within three and a half years, besides +many other good books and tracts. + +Mar Shimon, acting under the evil advice of his father and uncle, +issued an order for the expulsion of all the helpers of the mission +from Tehoma, and threatened not to leave one in all the mountains. +Events providentially occasioned delay, and meanwhile Mr. Rassam, +the British Vice Consul at Mosul, hearing of Mar Shimon's +proceedings, addressed him a very strong letter of remonstrance, +assuring him that the American missionaries were the truest and most +efficient friends of the Nestorians, and urging him to invite their +preachers back with the same publicity with which he had ordered +their expulsion. The letter, coming from one to whom the Nestorians +were greatly indebted, had the desired effect, and they were quite +abashed by receiving such an emphatic rebuke from such a quarter. In +addition to this rebuff, another was received, soon after, quite as +mortifying. The Patriarch had written to Mr. Taylor, British Consul +at Erzroom, offering to make over his people to the English Church, +if the English government would extend to them its protection from +Turks and Koords. The reply of the Consul was a decided rejection of +the proposal, couched in language not at all flattering to the +Patriarch. Thus baffled and censured, he privately signified his +willingness that our preachers should remain at their places without +molestation. + +The mission commenced the year 1868 with the encouraging fact, that +one hundred Nestorians had been received to the communion during the +previous year, which was a larger number than had been admitted in +any one year before. This number embraced the fruits of revivals in +several villages on the plain of Oroomiah, and in the two +seminaries, with individuals scattered through the Koordish +mountains. Mar Yooseph, the helper in Bootan, on the Tigris, +reported, that he had held his first reformed communion in that +distant region, and that seven came to the table of the Lord. There +had been no opposition. The native preaching force in the mission +was then sixty-two, of whom eighteen were in Koordistan, under the +care of Mr. Shedd; and there were seventy-eight regular preaching +places. Connected with nearly all these congregations were +Sabbath-schools and Bible-classes, and in not a few instances the +entire congregation was connected with them. The habit of giving was +very generally established, affording evidence that the people might +be expected eventually to support their pastors. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII. + +THE NESTORIANS. + +1867-1870. + + +The annual convention of helpers and representatives of the +Nestorian churches occupied three days of October, 1867. Ninety +members were in attendance. Mar Yohanan was elected moderator, and +Priest Yoosep of Dizza Takka, the former moderator, preached the +opening sermon. The aged preacher lamented the prevailing +worldliness of the church, and earnestly enforced the duty of prayer +as the great remedy. He alluded feelingly to the destruction, by a +Koordish chief, of one of their oldest and best churches, which +dated back more than a thousand years. A part of the materials had +been used to construct a fort, and a part to build a mosque upon the +site of the church. The recent increase of wine drinking, among some +of the communicants, received a faithful rebuke. Carefully prepared +papers were presented on practical subjects, such as education, +benevolence, temperance, family worship, and the means for promoting +the spiritual efficacy of their body as a communion, and these were +followed by free and animated discussions. The duty of assuming more +fully the support of the gospel and of schools among the entire +people, was earnestly enjoined; and during the discussion the spirit +of self-denying benevolence rose to an unusual pitch. Several +pledged a tenth of their income, and the contributions on the plain +rose higher than ever before. + +There were pleasing episodes during these deliberations,--in the +reports of Deacon Yacob, a seminary graduate, of two and a half +years' colportage in Russia, and of Deacon Eshoo concerning his +successful labors for some years in Tabriz. Deacon Yacob reported +the sale of nineteen hundred Bibles and Testaments, and many other +books and tracts, in Modern Russian, German, and other languages. He +also spoke of revival scenes, resulting in the hopeful conversion of +several adherents to the Greek Church. The Emperor of Russia, he +said, encouraged the circulation of the Scriptures in the spoken +language, allowed free passports to colporters, and exacted no +duties for the largest sales. + +"The subject of wine drinking," writes Mr. Cochran, "the greatest +bane of the people in the wine-making districts, was discussed with +vigor, and, with one or two exceptions, in the spirit of a +determined purpose to urge forward a reform. It was manifest that, +on the whole, there had been a decided growth of conviction, that +total abstinence is the only safe remedy for the evil. It was +gratifying to hear no complaints of the use of stronger drinks, +except among those outside of our communion." + +Several churches, as well as the seminaries, had enjoyed special +seasons of revival. A sunrise prayer-meeting of an hour was held +each day of the session, was well attended, and characterized by +much fervor and importunity in prayer, and the last evening was +spent in devotional exercises. The burden of prayer seemed to be for +the outpouring of the Spirit on the churches and the conversion of +souls, and many of the congregation were at times deeply moved. + +Deacon Yacob was ordained in the month following, that he might be +able to administer the ordinances to the converts among the Malakans +of Russia. Mr. Shedd wrote of him as "a man whom we delight to have +among us, so full is he of the Holy Ghost and of faith." One other +person was also ordained as an elder or priest, and four as deacons, +in connection with meetings of district conferences composed of +preachers and delegates. + +In the first week of 1868, the "week of prayer," Mr. Labaree made a +tour in five villages, and never passed that interesting season more +delightfully, finding in each village cheering evidence of the +special presence of the Lord. The Christians were induced to pray +and labor earnestly for the unconverted around them. In each village +two meetings were held each day, and were attended by considerable +numbers outside of the church. Indeed that week was observed, +generally, among the evangelized Nestorians, and there were +indications of a blessing in the two seminaries, and in several +villages. + +It is an important step towards the support of religious +institutions, when a people have once acknowledged such support to +be their duty; and this admission will be the more effectual when +organizations exist that can attend to the performance of the duty. +In the progress of events there had grown up four ecclesiastical +bodies, called _Knooshyas_, that is, assemblies, three on the plain, +and one in the mountains; which had their confession of faith and +rules of discipline. The local assemblies sometimes met together as +one body. As in kindred bodies among the Armenians, the missionaries +were admitted for counsel, but not to vote. At a meeting of one of +these bodies, the duty of self-support was fully acknowledged, and +the desire was strongly expressed to show their gratitude to the +American churches by assuming the entire support of the gospel among +themselves, and sending it to regions beyond, as did their fathers. +The following resolution was adopted, namely: "That it is the duty +of every member of the church, as he has received spiritual benefits +from his pastor, to aid in the temporal support of the same; and +also to aid in meeting the necessary expenses of the church +according to his ability." + +It was recommended that pastors preach on the subject of these +resolutions; and that the pastor and lay-delegates, on their return +home, use their influence with the brethren and congregations of +their respective villages to bring the people up to their duty in +these matters. + +The following reflections by the venerable Dr. Perkins, written +about this time, will be refreshing to the reader: "The progress of +our work," he says, "is steadily onward, and is probably as rapid as +would consist with its highest prosperity. This progress is not +always in a uniform current. It often resembles a succession of +circling eddies, caused generally by obstacles in the stream, but +sometimes by the accelerated speed of the current, which, but for +these self-regulating checks, might bring upon the work serious +disaster. Such eddies are often our best missionary regulators, +correcting mistakes or undue haste, and giving to our converts +occasion and time to examine the foundations of their faith." + +Miss Nancy Jane Dean joined the mission in October, 1868, to labor +in the female seminary. Miss Rice and Mrs. Rhea had left Oroomiah in +the previous May, with Dr. Perkins, and arrived at New York in +August. Miss Rice had been connected with the female seminary +twenty-two years, and her good influence was felt in hundreds of +Nestorian homes on the broad plain and in the wild glens of the +mountains. Mrs. Rhea's return was due to her children, but, like +that of Miss Rice, it was a sad loss to the mission circle, and to +the women of Persia. The return of Dr. Perkins, the father of the +Nestorian mission, seemed like a removal of the foundations. "It is +difficult," wrote Mr. Shedd, "to over-estimate his labors, continued +now for more than a third of a century, or the value of his +experience. It is a gratification to him, and to us all, that he can +leave us in the atmosphere of revivals; and that, after he is gone, +the many works from his pen will continue to speak to the people +whom he loved. But many will sorrow at his leaving Persia, and most +of all that they shall see his face no more." + +Dr. Perkins had seen much accomplished in the thirty-six years of +his connection with the mission. From eighty-five centres, and to +congregations averaging nearly two thousand four hundred, the gospel +had come to be proclaimed, by more than a hundred native helpers, of +whom fifty-eight were fully recognized preachers; and more than nine +hundred persons had professed their faith in Christ, of whom seven +hundred and twenty were then connected with the evangelical +communion. The seminaries had educated hundreds of youth, whose +influence was seen in the general social and moral elevation of the +people. In the common schools there were more than a thousand +pupils; and from the press more than half a million of pages had +gone forth in the year preceding his departure; making an aggregate +of nearly nineteen millions (18,996,450) from the beginning. + +The mission was commenced with the expectation that the revival of +gospel light and influence among that people would rekindle their +ancient missionary spirit. Extreme oppression and poverty have made +the development of this spirit very difficult. But we have already +seen among them as fine specimens of it, probably, as there ever +were in the olden times. Witness the venerable Bishop Elias, Tamo of +Gawar, Guwergis of Tergawer, Isaac of the Patriarchal family, Joseph +the translator, Priest Eshoo of the Seminary, Oshana of Tehoma, and, +more recently, Yacob, among the Malakans of Russia, and Deacon Eshoo +in the commercial capital of Persia. These were really missionary +men; and there seems also to have been even a greater development of +the genuine missionary zeal among the Nestorian women. There were, +and doubtless there are now, men and women, who would have +resolutely carried the gospel into Central Asia, had the door been +open. + +The time had now come, when it could be no longer safe for the +reformed Nestorian churches to defer entering upon incipient foreign +missions. The healthful reaction of such missions had become as +indispensable as it was when the churches at the Sandwich Islands +were providentially led to send missionaries to Micronesia and the +Marquesas. The churches at the Islands, living under a free +constitutional government, were indeed able to support their +missionaries, and the oppressed and impoverished Nestorians are not; +but it was a great thing to have messengers go forth from among +themselves to make the gospel known to less favored peoples. + +And here, to illustrate the high-toned missionary spirit of the +Nestorians of our day, I will quote from the correspondence of +Sarah, a daughter of Priest Abraham, of Geog Tapa. She was a convert +of the first revival in 1846, and one of the earliest graduates of +the female seminary. She seems to have gone, after graduation, to +reside with her father, then laboring at Ardishai, one of the most +wicked villages of the plain; where she persuaded her father to go +and work for Christ. She was afterwards married to Oshana, one of +those named above; and the following letter, written two years after +to Miss Fiske, then in the United. States, will give a good idea of +her spirit. She is giving an account of her visit to Tehoma, with +her husband, Oshana, and her two little children: + +"Through the favor of our heavenly Father, I have made a journey +into these mountains, rejoicing in the opportunity to labor for my +people. I am very happy that my father and friends brought me on my +way in willingness of soul. From the day that I left my own country, +in every place that I have entered, until now, my heart has been +excited to praise my Guide and my Deliverer, and I have also been +grateful to my teachers, who brought me to labor in a desolate +vineyard joyfully; I, who am so weak, and such a great sinner. In +all the various circumstances through which I have passed, your +counsels have been of great benefit to me. + +"I think you will be glad to know, that the gospel door is wide open +here. You and your friends will pray, that the Lord of the harvest +would send forth laborers into his harvest. + +"We left Oroomiah, May 6th, and on May 8th we reached Memikan, and +remained there three days. It was our first Sabbath in the +mountains, and I met that company of women, for whom our departed +Mrs. Rhea used to labor. May 12th we left Memikan, and went up to +the tops of the snowy mountains of Gawar. The cold was such that we +were obliged to wrap our faces and our hands as we would in January. +As we descended the mountain, we found it about as warm as February. +That night we spent in the deep valley of Ishtazin, in the village +of Boobawa, where Yohanan and Guly dwell. The people here are very +wild and hard. Yohanan and Guly were not here, having gone to visit +Khananis. Only a few came together for preaching. The people said, +'Yohanan preaches, and we revile.' May 13th, we left Boobawa, and +soon crossed the river. Men had gone before us, and were lying in +wait there. They stripped us, but afterwards of themselves became +sorry, and returned our things. As we were going along this +wonderful, fearful river, and beheld the mountains on either side +covered with beautiful forests, we remembered Mr. Rhea, the composer +of the hymn, 'Valley of Ishtazin.' And when filled with wonder at +the works of the Great Creator, we all, with one voice, praised him +in songs of joy fitting for the mountains. Here the brethren +reminded me, that our dear Miss Fiske had trodden these fearful +precipices. This greatly encouraged me in my journey. This day we +went into many villages, and over many ascents and descents. At +evening we reached Jeloo, and remained over night in the pleasant +village of Zeer, which lies in a valley made beautiful by forests +and a river passing through it. They showed great hospitality here, +and were eager to receive the word of the Lord. May 14th, we left +Zeer, and went to Bass. It was Saturday night, and we remained over +the Sabbath in the village of Nerik. I shall always have a pleasant +remembrance of the Sabbath we passed there. From the first moment +that we went in till Monday morning, we were never alone, so many +were assembling to hear the words of the Lord. With tearful eyes and +burning hearts, they were inquiring for the way of salvation. They +would say, 'What shall we do? We have no one to sit among us, to +teach us, poor, wretched ones.' Truly a man's heart burns within him +as he sees this poor people scattered as sheep without a shepherd. +May 16th, we mounted our mules, and went on our way. Half an hour +from Nerik we came to the village of Urwintoos. An honorable, +kind-hearted woman came out, and made us her guests. This was +Oshana's aunt. As soon as we sat down, the house was filled with men +and women. They brought a Testament themselves, and entreated us to +read from that holy book. Did not my heart rejoice when I saw how +eagerly they were listening to the account of the death of our Lord +Jesus Christ! When the men went out, the women came very near to me, +entreating for the word of the Lord, as those thirsting for water. +Then I read to them from the Book. + +"There are many sad deeds of wickedness among these mountain +Nestorians; and when Christians hear how anxious they are to receive +the words of life, will they not feel for them? We reached Tehoma +May 17th. Now, from the mercy of God, we are all well and in the +village of Mazrayee. I am not able to labor for the women here as I +desired, because many of them have gone to the sheep-folds. It is so +hot we cannot remain here, and we will go there also, soon. I trust, +wherever I am, and as long its I am here, I shall labor for that +Master, who wearied Himself for me, and who bought these souls with +his blood." + +Sarah returned to Oroomiah in the spring of 1860, and left in 1861 +for Amadiah. During the winter of 1861-62, no messenger could cross +the snow-covered mountains between Oroomiah and Amadiah, and she +thus wrote in March, 1862, to Miss Rice. + +"I did greatly long for the coming of the messenger. We were very +sad in not hearing a single word from home. Now I offer +thanksgivings to Him, in whose hands are all things, that He has +opened a door of mercy, and has delighted us by the arrival of +letters. They came to-day. Many thanks to you and your dear pupils! +The Lord bless them, and prepare their hearts for such a blessed +work as ours. + +"Give Eneya's salutations and mine to all the school. I think they +will wish to hear about the work of the Lord here. Thanks to God, +our health has been good ever since we came, and our hearts have +been contented and happy in seeing some of our neighbors believing, +and with joy receiving the words of life. Every Sabbath we have a +congregation of thirty-five, and more men than women. For many weeks +only the men came; but now, by the grace of God, the women come too, +and their number is increasing. I have commenced to teach the life +of the Lord Jesus from the beginning. I have strong hopes that God +is awakening one of them. His word is very dear to her. Her son is +the priest of the village, and a sincere Christian. Four other young +men and five women are, we trust, not far from the door of the +kingdom. We entreat you, dear sisters, to pray in a special manner +for these thoughtful ones, that they may enter the narrow door of +life. + +"From the villages about us we have a good report. They receive the +gospel from Oshana and Shlemon, who visit them every Sabbath. In my +journeys through these mountains, I have seen various assemblies of +men and women listening to the gospel; poor ones, exclaiming, 'What +shall we do? Our priests have deceived us; we are lost, like sheep +on the mountains. There is no one to teach us.' They sit in misery +and ignorance. They need our prayers and our help. I verily believe +that if we labor faithfully--God help us to labor thus--we shall +soon see our Church revived, built up on the foundation of Christ +Jesus, and adorned for Him as a bride for her husband. With tears of +joy we shall gaze on these ancient ruins becoming new temples of the +Lord. Soon shall these mountains witness scenes that will rejoice +angels and saints. Those will be blessed times. Let us pray for +them, and labor with Christ for their coming."[1] + +[1] _Woman and her Saviour in Persia_, pp. 216-221. Similar +illustrations could be multiplied from this remarkable volume, some +of them scarcely less interesting than the above. + +Priest Abraham, the father of this excellent woman, died in 1871. He +was one of the first to cooeperate with Dr. Perkins, and was faithful +unto the end. + +There was the more call for some new missionary movement from the +fact, that, whatever may be affirmed as to the wisdom of the plan +adopted for reforming the Nestorian Church, in the earlier stages of +the mission, experience had shown that the Old Church, as such, +could not be reformed. It was proper that, from time to time, the +favorable facts on this subject should be stated in this history, as +they appeared to the men then on the ground,--to Dr. Lobdell;[1] to +Dr. Dwight;[2] to Mr. Coan;[3] to Dr. Perkins;[4] indeed to the +whole body of the mission. But the experience of six and thirty +years had shown, that the dead Church could not be galvanized into +spiritual life. There was no way for the truly enlightened but to +leave it, and form reunions on the Apostolic basis. + +[1] Chapter xxvii. + +[2] Chapter xxix. + +[3] Chapter xxix. + +[4] Chapter xxviii. + +The necessity had become obvious, but it was a trying process. It +was too much for Mar Yohanan. He must be spoken of kindly, for he +had long stood in friendly relations with the mission, though the +evidence of his piety was never entirely satisfactory. + +Priest John, of Geog Tapa, gave unquestioned evidences of piety in +early life. But in 1868, if not earlier, his gold had become dim, +and his proceedings and their consequences must have a place in this +history. + +Becoming extravagant in his habits, and thus involved in debt, he +was disaffected because the mission could not accede to exorbitant +demands, and relieve him from pecuniary embarrassments. So he went +abroad to collect money for this purpose, and made his way to +England, where he succeeded in interesting several of the +dignitaries of the Established Church. Returning home in the autumn +of 1869, he made such a report of his visit, and excited such +expectation of the coming of Episcopal clergymen, and large +patronage for ecclesiastics and civil protection for all classes, +that many of the simple-hearted people were carried away. The +mission had been hoping to get some of the evangelical churches, ere +long, upon a self-supporting basis; but the hopes thus excited of +their burdens being assumed by the Church of England, put back for a +time this work of self-support. + +The narrative is continued in the language of Mr. Cochran: "Priest +John returned from England flushed with the apparent success of his +mission. At Geog Tapa, the next Sabbath after our communion, at +early dawn he baptized fifteen children with much display. More than +two hours were spent in reading the English Liturgy, chanting +Psalms, and explaining and vindicating the usages of the English +Church. He announced his intention to give the communion to all who +desired it. This innovation upon the evangelical usage of more than +a dozen years (though he had once previously practiced +indiscriminate baptism), was not inappropriately followed by the +suspension of the Sabbath-school and preaching service, and the +turn-out of the whole village, headed by Malek Yonan and Priest +John, to meet the son of the master of their village, who happened +to return on that day from a long absence in the army. In the delay +of the young Khan's arrival, a young deacon, more zealous than +discreet, proposed a service by the roadside, but many voices cried, +'We have become Episcopalians, and don't want any more preaching.' +This public and flagrant violation of the Sabbath, headed by the two +leading Christians of the village, painfully illustrates the +material found there, and sadly contrasts with the better days of +the excellent and lamented Malek Agha Beg and Mar Elias. + +"We have heard nothing from friends in England, but from other +sources infer the probability of at least a visit of Episcopalians +to Mar Shimon, and possibly to Oroomiah, the coming spring. Priest +John states, that Dr. Perkins did him harm in England by his +published statement, that he (Priest John) had come, not as an +accredited agent to secure Episcopal interference, but rather on a +private and personal begging expedition (the truth of which is well +known in Oroomiah, and confirmed by a written stipulation lodged +with friends here, that his companion should receive one third of +the avails of the excursion). To destroy the force of Dr. Perkins' +statement, Priest John has secured the signature of a large number +of names, including Patriarchs, Bishops, Maleks, and principal men +among the people. The paper was circulated privately, but we learn +that only one of our employees, and very few, if any, of our +communicants, could be persuaded to sign it. + +"If asked, what is the true state of feeling among our communicants, +an extensive and familiar acquaintance with them enables me to +testify with great confidence, that, with the exception of a very +small high-church party, headed mainly by Mar Yohanan, I discover no +special tendency to Old Churchism of any kind, and if let alone, +they are more than satisfied with the gospel simplicity and +spontaneity of worship." + +Under date of January 10th, 1870, Mr. Cochran adds, "Geog Tapa +continues to witness novel scenes under the eccentric and reckless +Priest John. At the close of the fast of the nativity, the communion +was administered to the whole village, and numbers from surrounding +villages were also invited in. Many who had not communed for from +ten to thirty years, as well as the more superstitious and the +lowest rabble, participated. Four priests, all of whom are of +doubtful piety (though two were in our communion), officiated, +clothed in white. The whole Old Church service was read in ancient +Syriac, and long Psalms were chanted in the same. The baser sort +were exultant, but the thoughtful, even of those not with us, were +sad. Every artifice was used to draw in our communion, but we were +rejoiced to find that all except ten,--consisting of the family of +Priest John, and the priests and deacons who officiated,--refused to +partake with them. + +"I have preached there three times since. Yesterday was our +communion. The house was crowded at both services. It was judged +that seven hundred were inside, and not less than one hundred and +fifty outside. I preached in the morning on the spiritual character +of a true church, and newness of life as the condition of admission, +and that the ordinances belong exclusively to the church, and not to +those outside. All listened attentively, though a disturbance was +feared. In the afternoon I 'fenced' our communion fully, but Priest +John had the effrontery to partake. I have since learned that had it +been withheld, he, with the rabble, would have taken it by force. A +perfect separation seems called for, and with it a casting out of +unworthy members from the church. But the heart of the body is +right, and will, I trust, stand by the truth." + +"Enlightened villagers," adds Mr. Shedd, under date of January 20, +1870, "besides members of the evangelical communion, did not +partake. It shows the movement for high-church aid in its true +colors. Such aid on the part of the English bishops is nothing more +nor less than salarying Mar Shimon and his ecclesiastics, for +reading their old prayers and using their dead forms and rites, as +they have done for ages past. We rejoice in so simple an issue, and +are sure it can do no injury to vital Christianity."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1870, p. 190. + +The time having come for separate and independent church +organizations, these painful occurrences seem to have been +providentially designed to promote that result. + +Mr. Cochran thus writes: "The progress of the gospel and +providential occurrences, are bringing us into many new relations to +the old Nestorian Church, and grave questions, affecting the purity +and future growth of our churches, are now forcing themselves upon +us. So long as the Old Church did not oppose evangelical labors, so +long as she freely opened her doors to our services, consenting to a +separate administration of the ordinances for the hopefully pious, +and silently tolerating many ecclesiastical and social reforms, and +an abandonment of the liturgical service; in short, so long as we +could see, under the preached gospel, the hold on the old +superstitions steadily lessening, and the masses being leavened with +evangelical truth, we were more than content to labor on without a +separate church organization. + +"But experience in other fields, as well as our own, has proved that +such labors can only be prosecuted for a time. From year to year we +have found the old ecclesiastics more restive under their loss of +support, and more jealous of the progress of spiritual life. Mar +Shimon, as you are informed, has for years openly opposed the +gospel, and now so intimidates the interior mountain districts under +his immediate control, that it seems preposterous to attempt to +prosecute labors there, unless on a separate foundation. And we now +find the opposition on the plains, and all over the field, not less +positive, and daily becoming more concerted and potent. + +"Mar Yohanan has also, for years, secretly, and often openly and +most offensively, opposed spiritual and reformatory labors. Priest +John, a most untiring and reckless man, is arousing a furor of zeal +for Old Churchism,--a fanaticism that will not be likely to subside +with the spasmodic efforts he may make. He and others are now +administering the communion every few weeks to the whole people, +without distinction of character. They also enjoin the fasts and +saints' days, resume the use of the liturgy in ancient Syriac, burn +incense daily, bow before the altar, and make the sign of the cross; +though some, as yet, refuse to come into all these measures. + +"With the return of these old superstitions, there is also a painful +throwing off of moral restraint, and intemperance and kindred vices +have greatly increased. + +"In these circumstances the question has arisen, first in Geog Tapa, +and subsequently in other places; Can 'the evangelicals' further +unite in the morning and evening service conducted by priests--and +there happen to be five or six in that village--who are reviving +these superstitions? Almost the whole church are surprisingly united +in the decision to withdraw. This has been done for the last two +months, and we find upwards of one hundred members there, who are +firm, and daily waxing stronger in faith and opposition to the old +superstitions." + +These and other distractions seriously hindered the spiritual growth +of the churches in the winter of 1869 and 1870. But in the spring, a +very thorough work of grace was enjoyed at Degala, and it was +believed that there were more than twenty genuine conversions, +mostly among the aged and middle-aged. The church in that place paid +half the salary of its pastor, and was expected soon to pay the +whole. Mar Yooseph, the young bishop at Bootan, wrote that his +congregation had increased to one hundred and fifty, and that, for +much of the time, Christ and his salvation formed the only theme of +conversation. He had hopes concerning considerably more than a score +of new converts. Deacon Toma, who had spent a year in the Seminary, +was with him as a helper, and promised to become another Deacon +Guwergis. + +The immediate foreign mission field of the Nestorians, is among the +Armenians in Russia, and the same people at Tabriz, Hamadan (the +ancient Ecbatana), Teheran, and Ispahan in Persia, with the numerous +villages in the intervening regions; descendants, to a great extent, +of Armenians carried captive, in the year 1605, from the regions of +Ararat by Shah Abbas the Great. They furnish the field +providentially offered to the Nestorians, as the Koords do for the +Armenians in Turkey. Hamadan is about three hundred miles southeast +of Oroomiah, on the great caravan road between Tabriz and Bagdad. On +the 28th of May, 1870, the mission resolved, that they considered it +a duty urged upon them to embrace at once within their efforts the +Armenians and the Mussulman sects of Central Persia, by planting a +station at Hamadan; and they expressed the hope that the Board would +heartily endorse this action, and help them to carry it out without +delay, and also to occupy Tabriz. + +The members of the mission, in the spring of 1870, were the Rev. +Messrs. Coan, Labaree, Cochran, and Shedd, and Dr. Van Norden, with +their wives, and Miss Dean, principal of the female seminary. The +mission was now known as the "Mission to Persia," in view of plans +to reach the entire population of the country. To Mr. Cochran was +assigned the superintendence of twenty out-stations in Oroomiah, +Sooldooz, and Tergawer, and the field outlying these, together with +the male Seminary, To Mr. Coan was committed the press, the editing +of the "Rays of Light," care of the treasury, and the oversight of +the city church, and of two out-stations. To Messrs. Shedd and +Labaree, jointly, was given the care of twenty out-stations in +Oroomiah and Salmas, besides Tabriz and Hamadan, with the Armenian +work in general; and, separately, to Mr. Shedd the mountain field, +and to Mr. Labaree the Mussulman work. Dr. Van Norden was to carry +on his medical department, and to translate the Gospel of John into +Turkish. + +In the autumn of this year the Mission to Persia was formally +transferred to the care of the Presbyterian Board of Foreign +Missions; reserving, however, the Armenian work in the northern +portion of the field, from its intimate connection with the mission +to the Armenians of Turkey. + +It remains only to speak of the honored founder of the mission. + +Dr. Perkins lived through the entire connection of the mission with +the American Board, and died at Chicopee, Massachusetts, on the 31st +of December, 1869, when he had nearly attained the age of +sixty-five; having been born on the 12th of March, 1805. He +graduated at Amherst College in 1829, taught the next year in +Amherst Academy; spent the two following years in Andover Seminary; +and was tutor in his Alma Mater for the greater part of another +year. The engagement last named was shortened by his call to +commence the mission among the Nestorians. His life, from the time +of his sailing from Boston, with Mrs. Perkins, in September, 1833, +for six-and-thirty years, is largely the history of the Nestorian +mission. + +The careful reader of this history will not need a portraiture of +his character. He was evidently made for the position he so long +occupied. He was an acknowledged leader in the Lord's host; a Moses +and a Joshua, with traits of character resembling those both of +Elijah, and of the Apostle Paul. To idleness, vagrancy, and +drunkenness, besetting sins of the Nestorians, he was the old +prophet; and in his longing desire to make them savingly acquainted +with the gospel, he was the apostle. Their spoken language he +reduced to a written form, and gave them, in their vernacular, the +Scriptures of the Old and New Testaments; with a commentary on +Genesis and on Daniel. Is it too much to pronounce him the Apostle +to the Nestorians? He came to his end as a shock of corn fully ripe; +and glorious results of his self denying, and in some respects +suffering mission, he will assuredly behold in the heavenly world. +Where in his native land could he have labored, with the prospect of +so large a spiritual harvest, taking no account of the widely +reacting influence of his labors on the churches at home? And we +might propose the same inquiry with respect to the departed +Stoddard, and Rhea, and Grant, and Fidelia Fiske, and others, both +among the dead, and the living. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. + +SYRIA. + +1857-1860. + + +Dr. Eli Smith, whose name has an honorable place among the +translators of the Scriptures, died at Beirut, Sabbath morning, +January 11th, 1857.[1] Thirty years had elapsed since his first +arrival in Syria, and he had before been connected for several +months with the press at Malta. In 1829, he made an exploring visit, +with the author, to the Ionian Islands, the Morea, and the Grecian +Archipelago; and the next year, he and Dr. Dwight explored Armenia, +and a part of the Nestorian country. The other more important events +of his life are so far known to the reader, that they need not be +repeated. + +[1] Dr. Smith expressed a decided opinion, in his last sickness, +that no memoir of his life and labors should be published, since he +had never kept a journal, and there were not sufficient materials. +In this he was probably correct, considering what the public would +have expected. A well written obituary, somewhat extended for that +publication, may be found in the Missionary Herald for 1857, pp. +224-229. See, also, pp. 123-125. + +The mind of Dr. Smith was rich in general principles, and in +well-considered applications of them to the missionary work; though, +in this latter respect, he was restricted more than his brethren +among the Armenians, by the less pliable nature of the materials on +which he was called to operate. After having explored countries +which others were to occupy; after contributing largely to the +accuracy, variety, and value of Dr. Robinson's "Biblical +Researches"; and after securing the formation of type that would be +acceptable to the most fastidious Arab; he set himself to prepare a +new translation of the Bible into the Arabic language. With this in +view, he pursued the study of Arabic and kindred languages to a +greater extent than was necessary to become either a good speaker, +or a good preacher. His learning was both extensive and accurate, +and he was continually adding to his stores by a wide range of +judicious reading. To a good knowledge of the ancient classics, he +added an acquaintance, more or less perfect, with the French, +Italian, German, and Turkish languages. With the Hebrew he was +familiar; and the Arabic, by far the most difficult of all, was to +him a second vernacular. + +Dr. Smith was eminently a man of business, and was accustomed to +give attention to the minutest details. He spent much time in +superintending the cutting, casting, and perfecting of the various +fonts of type, made from models that he had accurately drawn from +the best specimens of Arabic caligraphy.[1] For many years he read +the proof-sheets of nearly every work that was printed at the +mission press; and he bestowed much thought and labor upon the +mechanical apparatus and fixtures of that establishment. + +[1] See. vol. i. p. 233. + +To him every pursuit was subsidiary to a faithful translation of the +Word of God into the Arabic language. Yet he did not neglect the +regular preaching of the gospel, which he regarded as the first duty +of every missionary; and having early become a fluent speaker in the +Arabic, this was ever his delight. "Almost as a matter of course, +his preaching was expository and didactic. In clear, lucid, logical +exposition of divine truth, he had few equals. His language, though +select and grammatical, was always simple, and within the +comprehension of the humblest of his hearers. In regard to matter, +his discourses were eminently Biblical, sound, and evangelical. In +form and costume, his theology was that of Edwards, and Dwight, and +Woods,--the theology of the Puritan fathers of New England. Upon +this system of divine truth his own hopes of eternal life rested, +and it was this which he earnestly labored, for thirty years, to +infuse into the Arabic literature, and transplant into the hard and +stony soil of Syria's moral desert." + +The author, having had the best opportunities for knowing Dr. Smith, +bears testimony to his excellent judgment, and to the great value of +his correspondence with the executive officers of the Board, in the +forming period of the missionary work. + +It did not please the Lord to grant the earnest desire of Dr. Smith +to live and complete his translation of the Scriptures; and it must +be admitted, that his ideal of perfection in the work was such, that +it is doubtful whether he ever could have been satisfied that his +entire translation was ready for publication. Only Genesis, Exodus, +and the first sixteen chapters of Matthew, had received his final +revision, and were acknowledged by him as complete. But, with the +help of Mr. Bistany, his assistant translator, he had put into +Arabic the entire New Testament, the Pentateuch, the Historical +Books of the Old Testament, and the books of Isaiah, Jeremiah, +Lamentations, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah, and Nahum. +He had revised, and nearly prepared for the press, the whole of the +New Testament, and all except Jeremiah, Lamentations, and the last +fourteen chapters of Isaiah, of the books named in the Old +Testament. With these finished specimens, and with so large a +portion of the remainder translated and carefully revised, together +with the helps to translation which he had accumulated, his brethren +believed that he had laid the foundation for one of the best +versions of the sacred Scriptures to be found in any language. + +Dr. Van Dyck had been connected with the mission since 1840, and +very soon made himself master of the spoken Arabic, in which he +greatly excelled as a preacher. It soon appeared, that he was the +man to succeed Dr. Smith as translator of the Scriptures, and the +mission arranged his removal, for that purpose, from Sidon to +Beirut; so that in due time he was enabled to bring the great work +to successful completion.[1] + +[1] See chapter xl. + +Mr. Aiken had joined Mr. Wilson at Hums, a new station north of +Damascus, where he was bereaved of his wife before she had been six +months in the field. The arrangement for 1857 was that Beirut should +be occupied by Messrs. Van Dyck and Ford, and Mr. Hurter, the +printer; Abeih by Messrs. Calhoun and Bliss; Sidon by Mr. Eddy; Deir +el Komr by Mr. Bird; Bhamdun by Mr. Benton; Tripoli by Messrs. +Jessup and Lyons; and Hums by Mr. Wilson. Dr. Thomson and Mr. Aiken +were in the United States; the latter with health so impaired as to +forbid his resuming his mission. He had previously married Miss +Cheney. In the following year, Miss Jane E. Johnson and Miss Amelia +C. Temple arrived to take the care of a girls' boarding-school at +Suk el Ghurb, on Mount Lebanon; but the former was soon found unable +to endure the climate. Dr. Thomson, while in this country, published +a valuable work on Biblical literature, in two volumes, entitled +"The Land and the Book." Dr. and Mrs. De Forest had come to this +country in the hope of a restoration of his health; but on the 24th +of November, 1858, this excellent missionary was released from long +and severe physical sufferings by a peaceful death. + +The health of Mrs. Wilson made it necessary, for a time, to leave +Hums without a resident missionary. The principal operations, both +here and at Deir el-Komr, were through schools for both sexes, which +had been embarrassed by Syrian and Greek opposers, but in no case +suppressed. The female department of the school at Deir el-Komr +commenced with a dozen pupils, but in six months the attendance +exceeded fifty. When Mr. Bird came to that place, he thought there +were not six females in the nominally Christian population, who +could read; but a year had not passed before half the pupils in his +girls' school could read their Bibles. There were other mountain +schools under the care of the station, and in one there were more +than sixty pupils. + +The following contrast of the state of things in 1857 with what it +had been fifteen years before, indicates a preparatory work in no +small degree encouraging. "Then, the missionary could hardly +purchase here the necessaries of life; and when he left, he was +followed by stones and execrations. Now, he is welcomed and honored. +Then, fear kept even his friends from venturing to visit him; now, +priests and even a bishop are ashamed not to return his calls. Then, +the Protestant sect could not be vilified enough; now, it is spoken +of with favor in public and in high places. The old Emir Beshir, +once the persecutor and terror of Protestants, has passed away, and +his dilapidated palace is used as barracks for Turkish soldiers. His +prime minister, or secretary, who did much injury to the cause of +evangelical religion, and whose mansion was, as it were, the +stronghold of the enemy, is no more. What remains of this +Ahithophel's house is the abode of the missionary, and furnishes +apartments for Scripture schools, and a Protestant chapel. His +sons-in-law were leaders in the movement which brought us to Deir +el-Komr, and are among our firmest friends. His grandchildren learn +the folly of popery by the knowledge of the Bible they acquire in +our schools. + +"Time was, when every one trembled at the anathema of the clergy. +Now, the latter dare not show their impotence by pronouncing it. +Some of the people would be glad to be thus dissevered from a church +which they abhor, for they would thus not only gain their end, but +retain the sympathies of many who would else oppose them. Those who +send their children to our schools, have been refused admission to +the confessional and the eucharist; the Maronite bishop, however, +has at length yielded the point, and tries to win, rather than +compel. Their high school he has made free of charge, and has +promised to open a girls' school beside. In the Greek Catholic +communion, on the other hand, the men and some of the women remain +"suspended;" yet they are of good courage, some glad of so excellent +an excuse to get rid of the confessional, and others incensed at the +glaring injustice that would admit the drunkard and the notoriously +vicious, but exclude the respectable and the moral. We have here the +anomaly of those being thrust out of the church, who are still its +very pillars, its substantial supporters, whose names are known, and +whose influence is felt, throughout the region. + +"We have reason to thank God and take courage. Still we long to see +a work more purely spiritual. Light is being diffused, but there is +not the corresponding religious interest. The truth is viewed by +many as a beautiful theory, the heart remaining a flint. We have to +regret the fact, that some of the best minds in the place are tinged +with skepticism. Happily the most influential are, notwithstanding, +our firm friends, and are in favor of good education and good +morals." + +Ain Zehalty, a village situated in the heart of Lebanon, has been +already mentioned.[1] Mr. Bird says, "We now have there five +church-members. There have been regular Sabbath services under the +charge of the native helper, Khalil. The audience has been on the +increase, and is now not only larger than that in Deir el-Komr, but +is composed of better materials. Those who come desire instruction, +and are regular attendants and declared Protestants." An Ain +Zehaltian, when out of his village, if not a Druze, was set down at +once as a Protestant. The day school in that place had forty +scholars, and half as many attended the evening school for adults. +This school was for the special purpose of studying the Bible, and +the pupils had gone through the historical books of the Old and New +Testaments. Their custom on Saturday and Sabbath evenings was to +read the devotional parts, and hold a prayer meeting. + +[1] Vol. i. p. 383. + +Mr. Ford made a visit to Hasbeiya in February, 1857, with Mr. Jones, +Secretary of the Turkish Missions Aid Society. He had never before +been in that region, and speaks highly of the native laborers. Of +the church-members he says: "When compared with the rock from which +they were hewn, and the hole of the pit from which they were digged, +they show the genuineness of the work of grace in their hearts." +"The signs of the times," he adds, "in the community around, are +most encouraging. I will only refer now to a remarkable stirring up +of the Maronites to defend themselves against the inroads made by +the gospel upon their hitherto solid ranks. Their ecclesiastics have +always maintained an attitude of proud contempt, as though conscious +of the strength of their hold upon their people, and they have +rarely deigned to come into personal contact with the despised +preachers of the gospel. But the serious diminution of their numbers +in various parts south of us, and the diffusion of spiritual light +among the rest of their flocks, have forced them down from their +assumed elevation, and now they select the ablest of their priests, +ordain him bishop, and send him on a crusade through Deir el-Komr, +Hasbeiya, Merj Aiun, and so on to Alma, where the spirit of Asaad +es-Shidiak, the modern martyr of Syria, seems to be revived in the +hearts of a simple people, preparing them to brave death itself for +the Gospel's sake. This bishop has sought public discussions with +Mr. Bird, at Deir el-Komr, and also with Mr. Wortabet, at Hasbeiya. +In the latter place there had been two such discussions held just +before we arrived. In the first, the bishop was effectually caught +in his own craftiness, and so completely worsted, that he and his +friends came to the second session prepared to regain by violence +the advantage they had lost in argument; and the result was a stormy +debate, terminated abruptly by an assault upon some of the +Protestants present." + +Kefr Shema, a promising out-station, became a station by the removal +thither from Aleppo of Mr. and Mrs. Eddy. No objection to their +residence was made by the people, though it was not four years since +they had combined in a desperate attempt to drive all Protestants +from the village. The missionaries were visited and welcomed by +many. + +Honorable mention is made of Antonius Yanni, the only native +Protestant in Tripoli, who had been two years connected with the +mission church, and had suffered much for the cause of Christ. He +had refused the honorable and highly lucrative post of vice-consul +for Russia, because its acceptance would necessarily have made him +subservient to the corrupt Greek Church, and an attendant upon its +services. + +There had been preaching for several years at Aramon, three miles +from Abeih. But the congregation was broken up in midsummer by a +mob. Mr. Calhoun, who was regarded with great respect by the people, +visited the place, and in a very kind, gentle manner, told the +people that religious freedom was guaranteed to all, and that they +of the mission should be allowed to worship in their own hired +house. The people listened with attention. On Monday Mr. Calhoun +referred the case to the English Consul-general, and to the acting +Consul for the United States. Late in the week, two officials from +the government in Beirut, and two from the governor of the mountain +district, met Mr. Calhoun at Aramon. "When the time for service +arrived, the officials publicly stated, that there is to be perfect +religious freedom for all;--to-day, to-morrow, this year, next year, +and for all time. This they repeated over and over again, as the +will of the Sultan, and then ordered some one to go upon the +house-top and proclaim aloud, after the manner of the Mohammedans, +_that it was time for prayers, and that all who wished to come might +come_. Services were then conducted as usual, with an attentive +audience; and at the close, in a place appointed, the officials +demanded that the persecutors should ask pardon of the persecuted, +which was accordingly done, many kissing the hand of the man whose +house they had entered, and which we had hired. The governor also +called some of the men to his own village, and threatened them with +severe punishment if they should again molest any one on account of +his religion. He then, Mohammedan as he was, repeated, in substance, +the sentiment advanced, in the presence of his officers, by Mr. +Calhoun, that religion pertains to the individual conscience and to +God alone." Henceforward Mr. Aramon, the first teacher in the +seminary, met with no opposition in a regular preaching service. + +The number of pupils in the Seminary, at the close of the year, was +twenty-five, and some of them were of unusual promise. A theological +class, of four middle-aged, married men, was kept up during the +summer, and then they went forth preaching the gospel, or laboring +as teachers and colporters. Thoroughly-educated young men, otherwise +qualified to preach the gospel, could only be obtained to a limited +extent. But men of riper age, of good common sense and +simple-hearted piety, could be fitted, by a few months of direct +Biblical training annually, to preach to the uninstructed +peasantry,--a labor for which there was the loudest call. + +On the 12th of January, 1858, a deputation of four young men was +received by Mr. Eddy, at Sidon, from a large village east of Tyre, +called Cana. These brought a letter, signed by twenty-six persons, +professing their dissatisfaction with their own corrupt Church, in +connection with which they obtained no knowledge of God or of +heaven, and asking that a preacher might be sent to them at once, +and a teacher for their children. They denied being actuated by any +worldly motive, and were sent back with two New Testaments, and the +assurance that some one would be sent to instruct them as soon as +possible. They were, accordingly, visited by Daher Abud, a faithful +native helper, who was much gratified with the zeal and interest he +found among them. In February, Mr. Eddy went himself, and was warmly +welcomed. About forty men attended his preaching, whose eagerness to +hear and converse detained him over the next day. + +From thence he went to Alma, a village of five hundred inhabitants, +a long day from Cana, beautifully situated upon the summit of a high +range of hills, two miles from the sea. The evangelical movement had +commenced there two years before, and there was a Protestant +community of about forty, including nine members of the church. +"This was considered, in some respects," writes Mr. Eddy, "one of +the brightest spots in the Syrian field. The great adversary of +souls tried in vain, by the terrors of persecution and the +seductions of flattery, to recover the people to himself. Failing in +this, he sought to sow discord among brethren, and thus to conquer +them; and for several months past he has rejoiced in seeing this +'house divided against itself.' I felt much anxiety as to the issue +of my visit, and had made it the subject of special prayer. I spent +three days among the people, one of which was the Sabbath. The +conversation and the preaching were mainly directed to the end of +securing peace, and a day of fasting and prayer was observed. On the +morning of the fourth day the clouds parted, and the Saviour +revealed himself in love. Then, amid tears, and confessions, and +promises, and prayers, the covenant of peace was signed, and +thanksgiving offered to God, and we separated." + +Mr. Eddy visited Cana twice in the summer, and found the people, +young and old, eager to be instructed in the Word of God. So many +children attended the school from Catholic families, that the priest +sent word to the bishop in Tyre, that if he did not interpose his +authority, all the village would turn Protestant. Accordingly the +bishop came, bringing with him several wealthy and influential men +of the city. The Protestants were all invited to assemble at the +house of the head man of the village, and then these friends of the +bishop, in company with the head man and the priest, labored most of +the night to induce them to return to their church. It would have +been beneath the dignity of the bishop to have interceded directly +with them, especially if he had not succeeded. The effort was a +failure. Next the Prior of all the convents in that part of the +country, hearing of the bishop's ill success, came, and sought to +obtain, by love and promises, what the bishop had failed to +accomplish by threats. But he too returned disappointed; and +coincident with his departure, two persons came out from the +Catholic Church and joined the Protestants. + +The month of November found Mr. Eddy again at Alma, to dedicate the +first completed Protestant church in Syria. The enrolled Protestants +numbered then about fifty. Dr. Van Dyck, before leaving Sidon, had +selected a site for the building and seen the foundation laid, and +had since collected from native Christians and foreign residents +nearly the amount required for the church, which was of stone, +thirty-two feet long and twenty-two feet broad, and capable of +holding from one hundred and fifty to two hundred persons. It cost +about three hundred dollars; thirty of which were contributed by the +people of Alma out of their deep poverty, besides a large amount +freely bestowed in labor. No opposition was made by the government +to its erection. + +After the dedicatory sermon, the Lord's Supper was administered to +the nine church-members, who renewed their vows to the Lord; and +these, with other appropriate services, made it a Sabbath long to be +remembered. + +In the summer of 1859, Mr. Eddy again visited Cana, taking Mrs. Eddy +with him to secure access to the women. He pitched his tent, the +first night, on the banks of the ancient Leontes, six or seven miles +north of Tyre, and the next day at noon they were at Cana. The poor +women, ignorant, yet eager to be taught, had never before enjoyed +such an opportunity, and prized it exceedingly. + +The people had passed through severe sufferings. Several of the +women had been beaten, and the men had a bitter tale to tell of +oppression by their governor. He demanded a duplicate payment of +taxes, and when the head man of the Protestants respectfully showed +him a receipt, with his own seal affixed, he ordered him to be +severely beaten and placed in confinement. He then sent officers to +bring others of the Protestants before him, but, suspecting his +intention, all except two fled into the open country. These two, +when brought, were thrown down upon the ground before the governor, +and beaten with staves without mercy upon their backs and feet, he +encouraging his servants to deal harder blows with commands and +threats. Thus beaten till their backs were livid and swollen, they +were wounded also by being kicked and stepped on by those who beat +them, to make them lie still. When hardly left alive, chains were +placed upon their necks and feet, their hands were placed in wooden +stocks, and they were cast into prison, where they spent the night +with companions who had been previously beaten. Next morning they +were brought before the governor, and two of them were again beaten, +when they were dismissed with a threat, that if they left the +village he would pull down their houses. They however, despite his +threats, made their way to Tyre, whence they embarked in a vessel to +Beirut, to seek redress from the Pasha, and sympathy from the +missionaries. When they appeared before the Pasha's court, their +backs were ordered to be uncovered, and their wounds exhibited; and +the greatest indignation was expressed by the members of the council +against him who had so barbarously treated them, in violation of the +laws of the realm." + +The governor was sent for, and the indications were, that he would +be expelled from office. But he was not. The Pasha suddenly changed +his tone towards the Protestants, ordered one of them to be cast +into prison on a false charge by the governor, and forbade the +council to proceed further against him. The Cana people were +detained two months from their homes. The proffered interposition of +the English Consul was rudely rejected, and their release, when it +was effected, was with no regard to the claims of justice. The visit +of Mr. and Mrs. Eddy at that time must have been very seasonable and +acceptable. + +From Cana they proceeded to Alma, where they remained about a week. +The women here, being more numerous and more enlightened, and some +of them members of the church, were prepared to receive greater +benefit from the instruction of a Christian sister. Three additions +were made to the church. The people, though poor, had here also been +compelled by their governor to pay their taxes twice. + +The Seminary at Abeih was now made more directly a training school +for native preachers and helpers; and a female boarding-school was +opened at Suk el-Ghurb, a village six miles north of Abeih, under +the direction of Miss Temple. The training of female helpers was its +leading object, and the removal of Mr. Bliss thither made a home for +the pupils. + +Ain Zehalty continued to be a marked village, and the papists made +great efforts to reclaim it. A Maronite bishop at one time, and a +wily Jesuit at another, repaired thither, at the urgent request of +the papal party, to uproot the dangerous exotic. The coming of the +bishop was with great boasting on the part of his adherents, but, +much to their chagrin, he declined commencing a controversy with +Khalil, the native helper there; and was afterwards so hotly plied +with texts of Scripture by some of the church-members whom he +ventured to attack, that he fled for refuge to the more +accommodating "traditions of the elders." It was supposed that the +disciple of Loyola would carry all before him; but the undaunted +Bible-men were more than ready to meet him, which they did +effectively; and his visit was productive of more good than harm. + +The report of the mission for 1858, furnishes many striking +evidences of the influence exerted, especially in the department of +education. Soon after the opening of the first Protestant school at +Tripoli, the Greeks opened a school for boys, which soon became +large and prosperous. And when the Protestant girls' school became a +success, a board of directors was organized, under the direction of +the Greek bishop, to break up the other, if possible. Not finding an +educated woman in Syria who was not a Protestant, the Greeks applied +to two Protestant young ladies to take their school, but without +success. To secure the needful pecuniary means, they constrained the +Patriarch to surrender a part of the convent revenues for this +purpose. The Russian government, moreover, took up the subject of +education in Syria, and remitted twelve thousand piasters (four +hundred and eighty dollars) to the Greek school directors in Tripoli +for the city schools; but with the injunction, that the tenets of +the Greek Church should be the chief subject of instruction. + +Nineteen persons were added to the churches of the mission during +the first half of the year 1859. This of course involved various +local indications of progress, for which the limits of this history +afford no space. A new place, however, is brought to our notice by +Mr. Eddy, named Deir Mimas, a large village on the river Litany. A +few had here professed Protestantism about two years before, and had +encountered a storm of persecution from members of the Greek Church, +and from the Mohammedan governor of their district. Yet they had +constantly increased in numbers and strength. The missionary +spending several days there, was delighted to find an audience each +evening of more than one hundred, after their severe labors, all +eager to hear. The number of men professing Protestantism was above +sixty, and counting the women and the children, the number was one +hundred and fifty, the largest in Syria. Their enemies were on the +alert, and it was a sad fact, that no competent native teacher could +be found to reside among them. They were then dependent on a native +teacher, who came to them each Sabbath from a distance, having first +preached in his own village. + +The annual meeting of the mission in this year was one of unusual +interest. "From the beginning to the end of the meeting, it was +apparent that there was much of a spirit of prayer among the native +brethren. The native female prayer meeting in Beirut was more fully +attended than usual; and the union meetings in Arabic and English, +held in the chapel, in which the missionaries and native brethren +united and large audiences assembled, were occasions of deep +interest. The statements made in the meeting when the annual reports +were read, at which W. A. Booth, Esq., of New York City, and Hon. +Alpheus Hardy, of Boston, a member of the Prudential Committee, were +providentially present, filled the minds of all with the conviction, +that never before in the history of the Syria mission have we had so +much encouragement, or such strong proofs that God is with us, and +that the work is going forward in this land." + +Before this meeting, the mission had been favored with a visit from +the Hon. James Williams, United States Ambassador at Constantinople, +whose friendly and most useful agency was duly acknowledged by the +mission. His reply to them may be found in the "Missionary +Herald."[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_, 1860, p. 163. + +The translation of the New Testament was now completed and published +under the care of Dr. Van Dyck. The pocket edition was admitted to +be one of the most beautiful books, in its typographical execution, +in the Arabic language. It had this advantage, that it could be +carried and read without attracting notice; which was something in a +land where Bible readers met with so much determined opposition. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIX. + +SYRIA. + +1860-1863. + + +The year 1860 was noted for a civil war in Syria, and for savage +massacres on Lebanon, at Hasbeiya, Damascus, and elsewhere, which +awakened the indignation of the Christian world. The Druzes were +prominent in these massacres, and so suffered greatly in character; +yet the Turks were believed to have been the instigators. The war +commenced in June; but the government for months had foreborne to +check private assassinations and angry collisions, until the +condition became unbearable. + +All the Greek and Papal Christians united against the Druzes, with +the declared purpose of not leaving one of them on Lebanon, but they +had miscalculated their power. The Protestants decided to take the +side of neither party. It was believed at Beirut, that the main +object of the foreign Jesuits and native Catholic clergy was to +exterminate the Protestants, who had their homes chiefly among the +Druzes. The Druzes were aroused to desperation, and thirty or forty +Maronite and Greek villages were burned early in June. The +inhabitants who escaped massacre fled to Beirut. Not one of these +fugitives was a Protestant. + +The missionaries at Abeih, Deir el-Komr, and Suk el-Ghurb were not +molested, and Messrs. Calhoun and Bird and their families remained +at their several stations. It was thought best for those at the Suk +to descend to Beirut. Disturbance having arisen at Sidon, an English +war steamer was sent thither to look after the foreigners. The +steamer brought Mrs. Eddy and her children to Beirut, but Mr. Eddy +and Mr. and Mrs. Ford decided to remain at Sidon. + +In the country and gardens near that city, hundreds of unarmed men +and defenseless women and children, many of whom had fled thither +for their lives, were afterwards savagely butchered by Moslems and +Druzes. The missionaries then asked for a guard from the city +governor, which he refused until the American Consul in Beirut +demanded it. + +Mr. Bird, at Deir el-Komr, supposing that all was quiet around the +city, left home to look after the little company of Protestants in +Ain Zehalty. In his absence, the Druzes attacked Deir el-Komr on +every side, and when Mr. Bird returned towards evening, he saw the +town in flames, but could not enter. One of the more than one +hundred houses burned, was a school-house belonging to the mission. +The Druze Begs declared it was a mistake, and promised to rebuild +it. The Christians had fought until their ammunition was exhausted, +and then surrendered. Mr. Bird found his family unharmed, though the +fighting and burning had been very near them. The Pasha coming up +from Beirut made such arrangements that Mr. Bird and family decided +to remain. + +The Druzes were now masters of Mount Lebanon south of the Damascus +road, and there was no power left in that district to oppose them, +save in the town of Zahleh. It was from this town that a company of +horsemen went to Hasbeiya, sixteen years before, to compel the +Protestants there to recant; and from this same town, not many +months before, Mr. Benton and his family had been expelled with +great violence by a mob. Its time had now come. Mr. Lyons passing +that way in October, with relief for the survivors of the massacre, +thus speaks of Zahleh: "It presents one of the saddest spectacles in +all the wide field of desolation. Only a few months before, I had +seen this then flourishing town in all its beauty and pride. Now, +nothing remained but a vast collection of roofless houses, with +blackened, shattered walls, and shapeless heaps of stones and +rubbish. Shops, magazines, costly dwellings, and elegant churches, +all had shared in the common ruin." + +The Protestants in Hasbeiya began to be troubled, early in the year, +by premonitions of a coming storm. Mr. Eddy was there in May, +accompanied by Mrs. Eddy and Miss Temple, who devoted themselves to +labor for the spiritual good of the women in that community. Hardly +had they returned to Sidon, when Hasbeiya was surrounded by hostile +Druzes. They were driven off at first, but on the 3d of June the +commander of the Turkish soldiers told the Christians to retire +within the palace, and he would protect them. On the 11th the Druzes +surrounded the palace, and the Turkish commander opened the gates, +and allowed the Druzes to cut them in pieces. Some saved their lives +by crawling under the dead bodies, and others by escaping over the +walls. The Protestant church was partially destroyed, but not +burned; its walls and roof remaining uninjured. At Rasheiya the +Druzes told the Christians to give up their guns, and they would be +safe. In the night, they set fire to the houses, and killed nearly +all of one hundred and thirty men. More than one thousand persons +were murdered in Hasbeiya and the surrounding region. Of these only +nine were Protestants. + +At Damascus, on the 9th of July, the wild Moslems, from one of the +suburbs of the city, with Koords, Druzes, and Arabs, burst upon the +Christian quarter, plundering, butchering, and burning; not opposed, +but aided, by the Turkish soldiers, who could have suppressed the +insurrection at any time. The slaughter continued several days, and +the killed were estimated at five thousand. The whole Christian +quarter of the city was plundered of its great wealth, and the +houses and churches were laid in ruins. + +Those who escaped these massacres fled towards Beirut and Sidon, +destitute of everything. Appeals were at once made to the Christians +of England and America, and the missionaries, acting for the +"Anglo-American Relief Committee," were the chief almoners. The +expenditure in August for food, clothing, bedding, shelter, +hospital, and soup, was at the rate of about sixty thousand piasters +a week, or two thousand four hundred dollars, and yet it seemed to +make little impression on the mighty mass of misery. Dr. Thomson had +the especial care of the clothing, bedding, shelter, and +soup-kitchen, Dr. Van Dyck of the hospital and the sick in general, +Mr. Jessup of the distribution of bread to about six thousand +persons daily, and Butrus Bistany and Michael Aramon, two of the +native brethren, had the daily distribution among about two thousand +five hundred poor. The funds up to this time had come chiefly from +the people of England, and English merchants at Beirut gave much +time to managing the large financial business connected with so vast +a charity. Dr. Thomson declares that the male children were +generally murdered, and that the killed were largely mere boys; and +who, he asks, were to support the thousands of widows, with their +fatherless daughters? The country had no factories, and scarcely any +kind of business by which such widows could gain a support. The +silk, grape, and wheat harvests had been destroyed, the olive was +likely to perish from neglect, there were no animals for the plough, +no implements for husbandry, nor was life safe in the fields. He +adds: "There was never, perhaps, a darker hour for missions in +Syria; yet we are becoming acquainted with the people more rapidly +than ever, and should we be permitted to visit them months hence, we +shall have a most friendly welcome." + +Rasheiya and Deir Mimas were burned. Cana and Alma, being far from +the Druze district, were not invaded. Tripoli was undisturbed. The +destroyers in the neighborhood of Baalbec were not Druzes, but +Moslems and Metawales. It is a remarkable fact that, excepting +perhaps in Damascus, no injury was offered to a missionary; and +Protestants, when recognized as such, were generally safe. The +arrival of ships of war and a detachment of the French army at +Beirut, with apprehensions of an alliance of Christian powers for +the protection of the Christian population, had, at first, a +restraining, and finally, a controlling influence, on the Turkish +government. The Prime Minister was sent to Damascus, and inflicted +terrible justice on one or two hundred of the guilty there. + +The direct effects of the war upon the missionary work were +doubtless injurious. Immorality increased, the baser passions were +aroused, and the hearts of many were hardened through suffering. But +priestly and feudal power, the two greatest obstacles to the Gospel, +were weakened, and new civil rights were secured to the Protestants. +The respect for Protestant Christianity was increased, and +prejudices were dissipated by witnessing its beneficent fruits; +while multitudes were brought within the reach of the Gospel, who, +but for these troubles, would never have heard its messages. + +The connection of Mr. and Mrs. Benton with the Board and the mission +terminated in June, 1861, though they remained in Syria some time +longer. + +The Arabic New Testament having been completed and published, the +mission resolved to proceed, as soon as possible, with the +translation and publication of the Old Testament, under the +direction of Dr. Van Dyck. The British and Foreign Bible Society +requested permission to adopt this version; instead of the one +formerly issued by them. The result of a friendly negotiation was, +that the American and the British and Foreign Bible Societies agreed +to publish the version conjointly, from electrotype plates furnished +by the former. The price of the reference edition was fixed at ten +piasters, and of the pocket edition at five, or about forty and +twenty cents, which placed them within reach of nearly all who could +read. + +The importance of this work cannot easily be overestimated. +Imperfect translations, and type which seemed to caricature their +alphabet, had done much to prejudice Arabic scholars against the +Christian Scriptures. By the labors of the mission, these objections +were now removed. The educated Arab finds a book printed in +characters modeled after the most approved specimens of Arab +caligraphy. He soon perceives the style to be that of a man who is +master of this wonderful language in all its grammatical and +idiomatic niceties and rich resources. As a literary work it secures +his respect, and thus invites a candid perusal. If he reads it, he +finds the truths of Christianity clearly and correctly stated. Its +beneficial influence will yet be felt, it is hoped, not only by the +Christian sects of Mount Lebanon and Syria, but by the many millions +who speak that language in other parts of the world. This work +alone, worth many times what the mission had cost, could not have +been accomplished, except by Christian scholars residing permanently +among Arabs, and for substantially missionary purposes. + +The sale of the Scriptures, notwithstanding the poverty of the +people, was unprecedented. In 1859, it amounted to four hundred and +forty-eight copies; in 1860, to four thousand two hundred and +ninety-three,--a nearly ten fold increase. + +Dr. Van Dyck was preparing a voweled edition of the New Testament, +suitable for Mohammedans, written in the style of the Koran, which +required much care and labor. This was completed in 1863. + +The field manifestly brightened in the two or three years after the +war. There was an interesting development of the missionary spirit. +Not less than six different missionary societies were formed, +embracing nearly all the Protestants of the various towns and +villages, and a commendable degree of liberality was shown by the +natives in collecting and contributing. A hundred dollars thus +raised will not appear a small amount to any one, who knows the +extreme poverty of most of the congregations. There had been a great +influx of population at Beirut, and preaching services, during some +months, were held daily. The Sabbath-school numbered two hundred, +and the children sang the same songs in Arabic, which American +children love to sing in their own language. The mountain stations +reported unusually large and attentive audiences. Ain Zehalty was +wholly under Protestant influences. Its civil ruler was a member of +the Protestant church, and its church edifice, purged of its altar +and pictures, was no longer used for the idolatrous Greek service. +The Gospel was preached in nine places in connection with the Sidon +station, the congregations had doubled their number, and schools of +both sexes were demanded. There were cases of unusual interest among +the young men. Hasbeiya and Rasheiya were not yet safe for the +return of their people, but their Protestants retained an ardor in +the cause which was very encouraging. Ibl and Deir Mimas were still +centres of evangelical light, and the people of Boaida, numbering +one hundred, were all professed Protestants, and placed themselves +under Biblical instruction. Mr. Ford and his family spent the summer +in the district of which Deir Mimas is the centre, and more than +thirty women were taught to read by Mrs. Ford. The field was open +for schools, for preaching, and for influencing individuals, +families, and communities. The only drawback was the want of +laborers. + +Brief extracts from a letter of Mr. H. H. Jessup, written in March, +1863, portray the work at that time. + +"Delegation after delegation, of men from various villages and +different sects, call upon and write to us, entreating us not to +neglect them. They ask for preachers, and we have none to send. They +ask for schools, and we have not the means to support them. We are +in _great straits_, and lay the case before our Christian brethren +at home, throwing the responsibility upon those to whom God has +given the means, and especially upon the young men in a course of +preparation for the ministry." + +"The people of the village of Ain Kunyeh, near the Lake of Merom, on +the upper waters of the Jordan, have with one consent turned away +their priest, shut up their place of worship, and are entreating one +of our Protestant helpers to come and teach them the way of life." + +"A few Sabbaths since, while we were assembled for divine service in +the Beirut chapel, a crowd of thirty men came in, and with +difficulty found seats, so full was the chapel already. Upon +inquiry, after service, we learned that they are from the village of +Rasheiya-el-Wady, north of Mount Hermon, and are a part of the +residue of the people who escaped the massacre in that place in +1860. They ask for a teacher, or native preacher, but we can give +them only the most indefinite promises." + +"Twenty men from the village of Koryet-el-Hosson, near the famous +castle Kolat-el-Hosson, halfway between Tripoli and Hums, write that +they too have seen the light, and wish some one to come and instruct +them; but what can we do for them, when the twenty-five men of +Sheikh Mohammed, who petitioned us some time since, have been sent +away empty?" + +"This morning a white-bearded priest called, with his aged brother, +and several younger men. They declared their wish to become +Protestants, and beg most earnestly for a school. They belong to a +large and powerful family, and the Lord may use them as the entering +wedge, to open that strong Greek district to the gospel. What shall +we answer them?" + +Daoud Pasha, the new papal Governor, secured in 1862 by foreign +intervention for Mount Lebanon, was at first supposed to be a bigot, +and a tool of the Jesuits, but he soon proved himself an impartial +and excellent ruler. He had several Protestants in office about him, +in very important situations. Instead of objecting to missionaries +establishing schools, he encouraged all efforts to educate the +people. + +Among other evidences of an advance it may be stated, that in Hums +two hundred and fifty persons avowed themselves Protestants, and +sought earnestly for a Christian instructor. It was immediately +decided to send them Suleeba Jerwan, who had lived two years in that +place with Mr. Wilson, and was well acquainted with the people; and +the native missionary society at Beirut decided to support him as +their first missionary. This was done with a cordiality and +earnestness that was most promising. Hasbeiya women and girls +pledged weekly contributions for the spread of the Gospel, some +promised two cents a week, and some half a cent; but even these +small sums were large for them, and they gave with a hearty gladness +that was most cheering. Two hundred and thirty Maronites in Bteddin +had for months adhered steadfastly to the Protestant faith, and a +flourishing school existed among them. In Cana the Protestant +community had been augmented threefold, and the same was true of +Deir Mimas. There had never been a time when so many were inquiring +on the subject of religion; and a greater number avowed themselves +Protestants within twelve months, than in the whole previous forty +years. A new church edifice was built in Merj-Aiyun, costing about +five hundred dollars, without drawing from the resources of the +Board, and a new church had been formed in that district of +seventeen members, most of them from the Hasbeiya church. In the +Sidon field six persons had been admitted to the church, and there +were twenty-two hopeful candidates. In Beirut and Abeih, there were +seventeen such candidates, besides nine admitted to the communion. +Bible classes were largely increased, and an unusual number of +adults were learning to read, that they might study the Scriptures. +Thirty of the best Sabbath-school songs published in America, had +been translated into Arabic, and published at the expense of a +sewing society at Beirut, and thus gospel truths, in an attractive +form, were reaching the children all over the land. + +The president of the missionary society at Beirut stated in May, +1862, that in the two previous months, they had not only sent a +missionary to Hums, but had sent also a colporter to Jezzin, +maintained religious meetings every Sabbath at Kefr Shima, and +employed a city missionary in Beirut. + +But with these signs of prosperity, there seems to have been a need +of chastening. The clergy of the Greek church at Hums, excited, as +was supposed, by foreign influence, set their people so against the +Protestants, that it was feared few would be able to stand. The +native brethren were stoned and beaten in the streets, and abused by +all classes. Quite a large number returned, nominally, to the Greek +church; but many of these commenced a Bible class in the Greek +church itself, thus bringing the truth to many, who would not +otherwise have heard it. About fifteen men stood firm, and met +nightly with Suleeba, for reading the Scriptures, prayer, and +conference. The priests had expected the utter overthrow of +Protestantism, and were enraged at the firmness of these brethren, +and forbade all dealings with them. Letters to Suleeba from the +missionaries were taken from the mail, read, and destroyed, and the +Protestant places of meeting were assailed with stones. In the midst +of these trials, Suleeba wrote expressing his gratitude to God for +sustaining grace. Some alleviation was experienced through the +efforts of Colonel Fraser, Her Britannic Majesty's Commissioner, so +that the Protestant community became regularly organized, with a +representative in the Mejlis, and a tax roll distinct from other +sects. + +The Protestants in Ain Zehalty were also called to suffer. An order +having come from Constantinople, requiring the restoration of all +church edifices to their original sects, Daoud Pasha issued an order +for giving up the edifice at Ain Zehalty. He must have acted under a +misapprehension, since the building had never been the property of +the bishop, but was built and still owned by the family of Khalil, +the Protestant preacher. The Catholics were a very small minority in +the village, yet the edifice appears not to have been recovered. +Another convenient house of worship was soon after provided by +Protestant friends. + +Mr. H. H. Jessup wrote respecting Hums:--"Quite recently, one of the +more enlightened among the Greeks was taken ill, and sent for +Suleeba, the native helper. He went, and found quite a company of +relatives and friends. The sick man asked him to read a portion of +Scripture. The passage selected contained the ten commandments, and +while he was reading the _second_, the wife of the sick man +exclaimed,--'Is that the Word of God? If it is, read it again.' He +did so, when she arose and tore down a wooden picture of a saint at +the head of the bed, declaring that henceforth there should be no +idol worship in that house; and then, taking a knife, she scraped +the paint from the picture, and took it for use in the kitchen. This +was done with the approbation of all present. The case is the more +remarkable, as it was the first instance in Syria, in which a woman +had taken so decided a stand in advance of the rest of the family." + +The manifest agency of the Holy Spirit is the highest encouragement +in the missionary work. "One of the members of the Beirut church," +Mr. Jessup writes, "has passed through an interesting religious +experience this summer. He was for a time troubled with blasphemous +thoughts, till he gave himself up as lost. His language was not +unlike that of Bunyan in his "Grace Abounding;" and only after +protracted struggles in prayer, the study of God's word, and finally +resolving to go forward and do his duty in both light and darkness, +did he find relief. The case was interesting as indicating the +presence of God's Spirit, in leading him through a most severe +struggle into ultimate peace in believing. Several young Protestants +of Hasbeiya, resident in Beirut, are now passing through very deep +conviction of sin. I have rarely seen persons so completely broken +down by a sense of their lost condition. On Monday I spent several +hours with two young people, who were passing through deep waters. +They burst into tears, exclaiming, "We are lost, we are lost!" The +Spirit of God was striving with them. Never have I felt more deeply +the need of Divine aid, than when trying to lead these heavy-laden +ones to Christ. Yet the missionary can have no more delightful labor +than this." + +The mission was strengthened, in 1863, by the arrival of Rev. +Messrs. Samuel Jessup, Philip Berry, and George Edward Post, M. D., +and their wives. Miss Temple retired from the mission in consequence +of the obstructions to the higher education of girls growing out of +the massacres, but with the esteem of all her associates. Mr. Lyons, +broken down by overwork, was also under the necessity of withdrawing +from the field. The girls' boarding-school had been transferred from +Suk el Ghurb to Sidon, where it was under the care of Miss Mason. + +The population of Beirut was now not less than seventy thousand. A +bank, a carriage road to Damascus, steamers plying to almost every +maritime country in Europe, telegraphs in several directions, +numerous schools and hospitals, and three printing presses, made it +the commercial and intellectual capital of Syria. + +The tendency was to intellectual rather than spiritual progress, and +there was a growing demand for education. The Jesuits were striving +to reap the benefit of this, by opening colleges and seminaries in +various parts of the country; nor could the fact be overlooked, that +zealous Protestant educators, from different parts of Europe, were +becoming so numerous at Beirut as to embarrass the mission in its +natural development. The exigency at length constrained the mission +to consider whether advantage should not be taken of the offer of +Christian friends at home to found a Protestant College at Beirut. + +This was well, as will appear in the sequel. But it is impossible +not to see, that the progress of the mission, in the years +immediately following 1863,--in the increase of converts, and the +multiplication of churches, with native preachers and pastors,--was +not such as the facts already stated gave reason to expect. This the +brethren on the ground foresaw, and their anxious appeals for help +abound on the pages of the "Missionary Herald," and were enforced by +appeals from the Prudential Committee. The "Annual Report" for 1863 +thus states the deficiency of laborers at that time:-- + +"The field north of Beirut, a hundred miles long and fifty wide, has +no missionary, although hundreds in Hums, and the large district of +Akkar, are looking to the mission for instruction. A score of +villages, in each one of which a faithful preacher would find an +audience, do not receive a visit once a year from a gospel minister. +Mount Lebanon, with its four hundred thousand inhabitants, scattered +through its thousand villages, into nearly every one of which more +or less light has penetrated, and from which cries for help +constantly come, has but two missionaries; and one of them is +confined, for the most part, to the Abeih Seminary. The southern +district, comprising one half of the Syria mission field, with its +ten regular preaching places, crippled by the disability of its +oldest native helper and by the death of another, has but two +missionaries, one of whom is just commencing to learn Arabic. Within +the last eight years, thirteen missionary laborers, male and female, +have entered the Syria field, while twenty-five have left it. During +this period, the work has increased tenfold. Many who have fallen +asleep took part in sowing, where now the harvest is so great that +the few who remain cannot gather it; and unless the Lord of the +harvest send more laborers, much precious fruit will be lost." + +It is painfully evident, that the degree of missionary spirit in the +churches at home then fell short of the providential calls for +evangelical labor in this field. Yet it is by no means certain what +would have been the effect of a very large, sudden increase in the +working forces. Without the restraining grace of God, it might have +been the occasion of a fierce and malignant outbreak of opposition. + +The deficiency of laborers sufficiently accounts for the slow +progress, and even the decline there was in not a few of the places +named; as in Tripoli, and Hums, not to speak of promising villages +in the western and southern sections. Churches, towns, cities in the +most favored portions of New England would suffer a decline in +religion and morals, if left, as these places necessarily were, with +no more of the means of grace. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XL. + +SYRIA. + +1863-1869. + + +Mrs. Henry H. Jessup died at Alexandria, after a prolonged sickness, +on the 2d of July, 1864, whither her husband had taken her on his +way to the United States. Mr. George C. Hurter, after laboring +twenty-three years as printer and secular agent with great +usefulness, found himself constrained by domestic circumstances to +withdraw from the mission. Mr. Bird was prostrated with a dangerous +sickness for several months at Abeih, but a merciful Providence +spared his valuable life. + +A boarding high-school was established at Beirut by Mr. Butrus +Bistany, with nearly a hundred and fifty pupils. The charge for +tuition and board was large for that country, yet the school was +self-supporting. The pupils were made up of Greeks, Maronites, +Greek-Catholics, Druzes, Moslems, and Protestants. A girls' +boarding-school in the same city, under native instruction and +government, promised also to be soon self-sustaining. The common +schools of the mission were twenty-five, with five hundred and +forty-eight pupils. The Seminary at Abeih had thirty-three pupils, a +larger number than ever before. Five were in the theological +department, and several others gave good evidence of piety. The +graduates of this institution were now scattered over a wide region. +The boarding-school for girls at Sidon, under Miss Mason, had ten +pupils, and was making a favorable impression. It became evident, +however, that pupils could not be obtained there sufficient to +warrant so large an outlay, taking also into view the unhealthiness +of that climate, and Miss Mason returned home, though with great +reluctance. The girls' boarding-school at Beirut, under the care of +Mr. Aramon and Miss Rufka Gregory, was prosperous. + +The printing, in 1862, amounted to eight thousand volumes and nine +thousand tracts, making an aggregate of 6,869,000 pages, more than +two thirds of which were Scripture. The number of pages from the +beginning, was about 50,000,000. Somewhat more than six thousand +volumes of Scripture were distributed during the year. + +The translation of the Scriptures into Arabic was completed on the +22d of August, 1864, and the printing of the whole Arabic Bible in +March of the next year. This event, of the highest importance to a +large portion of the human race, was appropriately celebrated by the +missionaries and their native brethren. In the upper room where Dr. +Smith had labored on the translation eight years, and Dr. Van Dyck +eight years more, the assembled missionaries gave thanks to God for +the completion of this arduous work. "Just then," writes one of +them, "the sound of many voices arose from below, and on throwing +open the door, we heard a large company of native young men, +laborers at the press and members of the Protestant community, +singing to the tune of 'Hebron' a new song, 'even praise to our +God,' composed for the occasion by one of their number in the Arabic +language. Surely not for many centuries have the angels in heaven +heard a sweeter sound arising from Syria, than the voices of this +band of pious young men, singing a hymn composed by one of +themselves, ascribing glory and praise to God, that now, for the +first time, the Word of God is given to their nation and tongue in +its purity." The hymn was composed by Mr. Ibrahim Sarkis and +translated by Dr. H. H. Jessup, as follows:-- + + "Hail day, thrice blessed of our God! + Rejoice, let all men bear a part, + Complete at length thy printed word, + Lord, print its truth on every heart. + + "To Him who gave his precious word, + Arise and with glad praises sing; + Exalt and magnify our Lord, + Our Maker and our Glorious King. + + "Doubting and darkness flee away + Before thy truth's light-giving sun, + Thy powerful word, if heeded, may + Give guidance to each erring one. + + "Lord, spare thy servant, through whose toil + Thou giv'st us this, of books the best; + Bless all who shared the arduous task, + From Eastern land, or distant West. + + "Amen! Amen! lift up the voice; + Praise God whose mercy 's e'er the same; + His goodness all our song employs, + Thanksgivings then to His Great Name." + +Ten different editions of parts of the Scriptures were printed as +the version was gradually prepared for publication, and over thirty +thousand copies had been put into circulation, nearly all by sale. +The demand for the volume, in one form or another, after the version +was completed, was greater than the mission presses could meet, +though worked by steam. The American Bible Society wisely undertook +to electrotype several editions of different sizes, and Dr. Van Dyck +came to New York to superintend the work. But after the royal octavo +edition had been stereotyped, it was thought best for him to return +to Syria, with the understanding that the Bible Society would enable +him to electrotype the version in other forms, at Beirut. + +The press was now unable to meet the demand which had arisen for the +books, as well as for the Bible. The issues were called for on the +southern and eastern coasts of Arabia, and in India, and a box of +them was sent to the interior of Africa. + +The administration of Daoud Pasha, the Christian Governor of Mount +Lebanon, continued to be marked by commendable justice, vigor, and +liberality, and there was a sense of security to which the land had +long been a stranger. Industry and thrift began to appear, and all +the interests of society received an impulse. Much, however, +depended on the foreign Protestant Powers exerting a proper +influence on the councils of the Turkish government in favor of +religious liberty. + +The only ordination of a native preacher by the mission, up to this +time, was that of the Rev. John Wortabet, in 1853, afterwards pastor +of the Hasbeiya church. On the 10th of May, 1864, Mr. Suleeba Jerwan +received ordination at Abeih. He had gone successfully through a +four years' course of study in the Seminary, and had for some time +proved himself faithful and efficient as a teacher and preacher. + +The Druzes had a prosperous high school at Abeih, under the special +patronage of His Excellency Daoud Pasha, supported by the income +from their religious establishments. Both of the instructors were +Protestants and graduates of the Abeih Seminary. Though not a +religious institution, such a school must have had an important +bearing on the future of that singular people. In 1866, the +Principal left, and was succeeded by another Protestant, also a +graduate of the mission Seminary. Referring to the Druzes, the +brethren of the Abeih station close their report for the year 1864 +with the following remarkable declaration:-- + +"While it is true that the government of the mountain was never +better, and we are free to open schools wherever parents dare send +their children, it is no less true that the Protestants are a small +and hated minority. Providence has made the Druzes a wall of +defense, for the present. To them, under God, it is due that we +pursue our labors on this mountain." + +Tannus El Haddad, the oldest and most esteemed native helper in the +mission, died in 1864, after more than thirty years of efficient +labor. "A guileless, spiritual man, whose lovely spirit disarmed the +enmity even of those who hated his religion. The church of Christ in +Syria owes much to the holy life and faithful teaching of this man +of God. The missionaries owe much. He long upheld their hands by the +strength of his affection and sympathy." + +The installation of Suleeba Jerwan as pastor of the church in Hums, +occurred in 1865. The Protestants there had long resisted the +settlement of a native pastor, hoping to obtain the residence of an +American missionary, but their welcome to the native pastor was now +cordial. His wife was an excellent young woman, formerly a pupil in +Mr. Bird's family, and his assistant in the instruction of her sex. +Both pastor and people had a varied experience in after years, not +unlike what is often seen in Christian lands. + +In the spring of 1865, the oppression of the Turkish government +became so unbearable at Safeeta, in the district of Tripoli, that a +large number of the people resolved to seek relief in Protestantism. +A deputation of sixty heads of families, representing nearly five +hundred souls, was accordingly sent to the missionaries at Tripoli. +Their motives were wholly secular, and they were not at all aware of +the spiritual object of the missionaries. This had to be explained, +and they were told, that it was beyond the power of the mission to +afford civil protection. The government allowed them to register +their names as Protestants, and they listened with marked attention +to the spiritual instructions of Dr. Post; Mr. Samuel Jessup, the +other missionary, being then at Hums. On leaving, they asked for +books, and to be more thoroughly inducted into the new way. + +The region of Safeeta was new to Protestant missions, but was +populous and fertile, and bordering on the Nusaireyeh. Among the +names handed to Dr. Post, as interested in this movement, were one +hundred and fifty of this strange people, and there were a number of +them in the deputation; but all of this class soon fell away. Dr. +Post visited Safeeta in May, and arrangements were effected with the +government, which opened the door for Christian teaching. He had +audiences of one hundred and fifty every night, listening with +reverent attention to words they had never heard before. "I taught +them hymns," he writes, "and heard them repeat passages of Scripture +and answer religious questions. On Sunday they commenced coming at +five, A. M., and kept pouring in upon me all day long, till ten P. +M.,--just allowing me time to eat, and not even leaving the room +while I did that. Our large meetings in the evenings were by the +light of the moon, as an open light would have been extinguished, +and we had no lantern. A most interesting feature was the number of +women in the audiences, an exceptional thing in all new religious +movements in Syria." Two horsemen came from distant villages, to +inquire about the new faith and sect. The motive was doubtless +secular, but there is always hope where the Gospel gains a hearing. + +The fires of persecution soon began to burn with fury. The Greek +bishop bribed the Turkish government, and the people were driven +from their homes; everything was broken that could be broken, +everything eaten that could be eaten, and women were left to the +brutal lusts of the Turkish soldiers. It was surprising with what +tenacity the people held out against all this. A few had become +earnest inquirers; but without a more general acquaintance with the +truth they could not be expected long to stand such an onset. Some +relief came after a few weeks, through the death by cholera of the +Greek bishop. + +Failing to find relief from English intervention, the newly made +Protestants went _en masse_ to the governor of Tripoli; and failing +to meet him, they then crossed the mountains to the Governor-general +at Damascus, taking with them their wives, that the sight of their +distress might move the heart of the Moslem ruler. At last they +secured a hearing from him, and he promptly removed the oppressive +tax-gatherer at Safeeta, and gave the poor people some money in +token of his sympathy. But returning to their homes, they were still +oppressed by their local governor. Mr. Samuel Jessup writes in +October, that poverty and want had come upon them beyond anything +seen elsewhere in Syria, excepting at Hasbeiya. Some had no means of +buying their daily bread. They were promised a restoration of all +that had been taken from them, if they would return to their old +faith, but they stood firm. They desired a school for their girls, +and a married teacher was sent them for a boys' school, so as to +accommodate a female teacher in his family. + +Some months later, the cattle of a Protestant strayed, and while +driving them home he was met by one of their persecutors, of the +house of Beshoor, who, with some savage Nusairiyeh, threw him on the +ground, stamped upon him, and drew a sword, threatening to kill him +if he did not desist from his unclean religion. They dared not do +more through fear of witnesses. Again, the plowmen of this same +house plowed up the wheat belonging to the Protestants, ruining +their hopes of a coming harvest, and leaving them without means to +pay their taxes; which they must pay or go to prison. They also +gathered all the olives of the Protestants, reducing them to the +greatest straits for the means of living. The Moslem governor +received large bribes to exterminate the sect, and would give them +no hearing, but quartered his soldiers on them, who ate up all their +scanty food, and distrained even their miserable cooking utensils, +that they might sell them for barley for their horses. Many lived +from day to day on what they could beg, or borrow. Still, after a +year of such trials, they remained firm; which is the more +wonderful, as only a few of them gave evidence of piety, and the +time had not come for organizing them into a church. The school was +doubtless helpful, being a decided success. Even the shepherds took +tracts and primers, and studied them while tending their flocks. + +In January, 1867, the whole Protestant community of Safeeta were +arrested, men, women, and children, and imprisoned in a small room, +and a fire of cut straw was made on the floor to torture them with +smoke. This wanton cruelty was based on a false demand made on them +for money. Their sufferings were so great that they were finally +released. In the evening, while assembled for worship, with their +native preacher, government horsemen broke open and plundered their +houses, and in the night drove them all, old and young, mothers and +children, boys and girls, into the wilderness. + +The terrible experience of this people in the summer of 1869, +somewhat more than two years later, is too suggestive and +interesting to be passed in silence. I give the facts as related by +Mr. Samuel Jessup. + +"For four years, a large number have been Protestants, and the +oppressors have added persecution to oppression. Many fell away at +first, but since then we have seen no special signs of apostasy +until lately. Their enemies recently made a desperate effort to +crush out Protestantism from that region. They took the leading men, +one by one, and led them through fire and perils of all kinds; +promising, at every step, to give immediate relief, if they would +only return to the Greek Church. They fulfilled their promises to +some who yielded, and then increased the pressure on the others. At +length, seizing the opportunity when our teacher was absent, they +made another grand onset. On Sunday morning, the Greek bishop and +the abbots of the neighboring convents, with priests and people from +all the region around, together with a great number of horsemen and +footmen, made a grand parade, and came down like locusts upon the +Protestants. Their former oppressor is dead, but his son, Tamir +Beshoor, is making his little finger thicker than his father's +loins. He headed a grand parade, and brought with him a supply of +new garments, which he had purchased as bribes for the occasion. +With the bishop and others, he entered the house of every +Protestant, and by bribes and promises, followed by fiendish +threats, carried off many captives. Some few had previously sold +themselves, and agreed to take their stand on this occasion, and +then they headed the crowd, and declared that every Protestant had +decided to return, and that Protestantism was dead. Where they found +a house locked, they forced it open, and sprinkled holy water in it. + +"But though their success was far too great, it was not complete. +They succeeded in taking with them, that morning, twenty-one males. +Eleven of them have not been to the Greek church since that time, +but continue to meet with our brethren for prayer; and though it is +now an important Greek fast, they do not observe it. The other ten +either dare not or care not to come back to us, though all came to +see me. + +"Before finishing their work that Sunday morning, they sent men to +our school-room, broke it open, sprinkled it with holy water, and +stole our bell." + +The firmness of some of the church-members is thus described: "After +exhausting their catalogue of promises and threats on one, he said +to them,--'Take my property, my house, my clothes, my family, even +my body, and do with them what you will, but my soul you cannot +have, and nothing will induce me to leave Christ.' Another said, +when they came to his house,--'Come in, and let us read in the New +Testament together, and perhaps you will see that we are right.' One +girl, who had been two years in the Sidon school, saw her parents +and relatives all fall into the procession; but when special effort +was made to induce her to yield, she said,--'Though you should cut +my body in pieces, I will never go with you.' + +"I reached Safeeta a few days after, and found that those who had +stood firm had been obliged to flee for safety, and did not dare +return until I went there. The wrath of their persecutors seems to +have reached its height, and the poor people know not what to do. +Appeal to the government seems useless, for it is from the +government that their chief oppressor gets his power to persecute. +All who went back came to call on me, and most of them attended the +services. They said, in palliation of their course, 'We are flesh +and blood, and have families to support. We have waited for +deliverance for years, and now Tamir (the chief oppressor) says, +Come back and I will restore to you all; remain as you are, and I +will strip you of the little you have left, and drive you out of the +country. And so we went back, but our hearts are with you, and we +will come here too, though they compelled our bodies to go with +them.' One woman showed a striped gown, threw it on the ground, and +trampling on it said, with tears in her eyes, 'With that they bought +my husband.' Some of the women, with tears and entreaties, tried to +keep their husbands and friends from going, telling them that death +was better."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1869, pp. 407-409. + +Twenty men were standing firm at Safeeta in February of the +following year, though there had been little abatement of +persecution. In April Dr. Jessup wrote, that it had just terminated, +and the brethren at the Tripoli station had good hopes that there +would be peace in that long persecuted community. This was owing, in +great measure, to the interference of the American and English +Consuls-general, and their influence with the Governor-general of +Syria. + +The people of Hums becoming dissatisfied with their pastor, Suleeba, +his connection was dissolved, three years after his settlement. The +church remained in a divided condition for a year or more, without +any celebration of the Lord's Supper. In the summer of 1869, Mr. +Samuel Jessup visited the city, and finding the Protestants in a +better state of feeling, invited the communicants to assemble at the +Lord's table. All came and seemed to enjoy it as a season of rest +and refreshment, after a long and weary wandering. They were ready +to take a native pastor who suited them, and pay the larger part of +his salary. They needed one well acquainted with the historical +defenses of the Gospel, because of the inroads of European Jesuits +and French infidel literature. Suleeba found demands for his +faithful labors in other places. "The news," says Dr. Jessup, "from +'scattered and peeled' Safeeta and from distracted Hums, is alike +cheering, and indicative of progress in the right direction." + +The Tripoli station sent forth two of the Safeeta church-members as +missionaries to visit the villages to the north and east, sending +two together, as it would not be safe for one to go alone. The +native missionary society at Beirut employed a zealous colporter, +whose tours took a wide range, from Acre on the south to Hamath and +even to Aleppo on the north, and his monthly reports showed that, +throughout the country, there was not only urgent need of such +labor, but also an increasing number prepared to profit by the +visits of the gospel messenger. During the latter part of the year, +another person was employed in similar work near Beirut. He also +testified to a great increase of desire among the people for +religious instruction. + +Daoud Pasha, alter inaugurating important reforms and improvements +on Lebanon, was promoted to a seat in the cabinet at Constantinople. +He had started a newspaper, "The Lebanon," established telegraphic +lines, commenced a carriage road, encouraged education, and made his +pashalic the safest in the empire for travelling. His successor was +Franco Pasha, a Latin Catholic. The Beirut Arabic official journal, +in speaking of his arrival, says, that "although attached to his own +religion, he is free from bigotry, and will guarantee liberty of +conscience to all." + +The mission was strengthened in 1867 by the arrival of Samuel S. +Mitchell and Isaac N. Lowry, and their wives; and in 1869, of James +S. Dennis, and Misses Eliza D. Everett, and Nellie A. Carruth. +Messrs. Berry and Mitchell were constrained, by the failure of +health after a short service, to leave the mission. Miss Carruth, +also, though deeply interested in the work, and after valuable +service in the girls' school, felt constrained soon to return to the +United States. + +Among the books printed in this time, were Edwards' "History of +Redemption;" Bickersteth's "Scripture Hand-book," with additions by +Mr. Calhoun; a large Psalm and Hymn Book; Curwen's "New System of +Musical Notation;"[1] a Children's Hymn Book; Bistany's Arabic +Dictionary, and his Elements of Grammar; and an Arabic Almanac, +probably the first ever printed in Arabic, although "Al-Manakh" (the +climate) is an Arabic word. The press was now under the direction of +Mr. Henry Thomson, a son of Dr. Thomson, who relieved the Beirut +station of a heavy burden of care. The necessary preparations were +completed in 1868 for electrotyping the Arabic Scriptures in Beirut. + +[1] By this, musical notes written in a syllabic form can be given, +like the Arabic, from right to left. The staff, notes, and +signatures are dispensed with, and single letters are arranged in +succession, with separations by dots and marks. As a result, the +ordinary Arabic types can be used to print the most intricate music. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLI. + +SYRIA. + +1869-1870. + + +Though the Seminary at Abeih had a few students preparing for the +ministry, under Mr. Calhoun, it could not properly be called a +Theological Seminary. Only at Hasbeiya, Hums, and Ain Zehalty had +native pastors been found for the churches. There were five churches +without pastors. The eight churches had two hundred and forty-five +members. The thirty-one common schools numbered a thousand male and +one hundred and seventy female pupils. Eight of the teachers were +church-members, and four of these were females. The demand for +education was beyond the ability of the mission to supply. + +At the recommendation of the Prudential Committee, a Theological +Seminary was commenced at Abeih in May, 1869; and Dr. Jessup from +Beirut, and Mr. Eddy from Sidon, were associated with Mr. Calhoun in +its instruction. Seven students composed the first class, and, with +but one exception, evinced a good Christian spirit, studied hard, +and seemed anxious to live an active and useful Christian life. The +five winter months of their vacation were spent in evangelical +labors. + +As far back as 1865, there was a prosperous female boarding-school +at Beirut, under the care of Mr. Aramon and Miss Rufka Gregory, +natives of Syria. In the following year, this school had thirty +boarders and twenty day scholars. It was the first Protestant school +in Syria that demanded pay for the education of girls, but its +receipts for tuition and board equaled about half the expenses. +"Among the causes," say the brethren of the Beirut station, "which +operated to prevent the raising of the rates of board and tuition to +a self-supporting basis, was the existence of competing schools +furnished with European teachers, rendering it difficult for the +seminary to induce parents to pay the full expense. This was a grave +difficulty, and one which, in one form or another, has met every +attempt to establish the principle of self-support in Syria, in all +departments of our work; but it only makes it the more important +that this native institute, with native teachers and adapted to +native tastes and habits, should be steadily sustained, lest the +impulse already given in the direction of self-support, be lost." A +building was completed for the school in 1867, at the cost of about +$9,000, chiefly the result of contributions in the United States, +but without any organic connection with the mission. Of its +seventy-six pupils fifty-seven were boarders, and the income was +$3,220 in gold, which was $1,000 short of its expenses. There was +still the impediment of unwise competition. The pupils were from +Moslem, Greek, and Greek-Catholic, as well as Protestant families; +though it was well known that the institution was an evangelizing +agency, and that all were expected to attend Protestant worship on +the Sabbath, and were daily taught in the Bible. + +In the absence of Miss Gregory on account of failing health, Mr. and +Mrs. Aramon carried on the school, with the assistance of ladies +from the mission. The school increased in numbers and the +examination in 1868 was attended by a great throng of the people, +from all classes and all sects. It was a noticeable fact that +Mohammedan parents in Beirut were beginning to insist earnestly upon +the education of their girls. The Beirut Arabic official journal, +the "Kadethat el-Akhbax," published a list of schools in the +city,--possibly somewhat exaggerated,--in which it was said, that +there were two thousand girls and three thousand boys and young men +in the various Protestant, Greek, Maronite, Catholic, and Mohammedan +schools. + +The school passed under the care of Misses Everett and Carruth on +their arrival in Syria, and substantial progress was made towards +self-support, but less than would have been but for the French, +English, and German schools, which tended to draw away the girls, +and the families they represented, from the influence of the +missionaries. + +There was, also, a female boarding-school at Sidon, which had been +growing in numbers and influence. The scholars were all Protestants, +selected with care from the various schools of the country. "They +have come," wrote Mr. Eddy, "from all parts of the land,--from Hums +and Safeeta on the north, from Mount Lebanon on the east, and the +district of Merj Aiyun on the south; and besides the good they gain +for themselves while here, they will carry light and civilization, +and we trust religious influence with them to their widely scattered +homes." The school was in the immediate charge of Mrs. Watson and +her daughter, English ladies, and more recently Miss Jacombs, for +five years a teacher on Mount Lebanon, and supported by a society of +ladies in England. It was fully in sympathy, however, with the +mission, and had the sympathy, prayers, and aid of English +Christians. The number of pupils was twenty. + + +THE SYRIAN PROTESTANT COLLEGE. + + +The desire for education had visibly increased, and was due, in +part, to commercial intercourse with western nations, and the +interference of foreign powers in the political affairs of the +country; but far more to the schools, books, preaching, and personal +influence of missionaries. Schools had been multiplying for +elementary and high school instruction, but there was no provision +for a liberal education. The Jesuits, indeed, had institutions, but +their teaching was partial, fitted to repress inquiry, and +exclusively to foster their own ecclesiastical and sectarian ends. + +THE SYRIAN PROTESTANT COLLEGE. [image] + +The demand for a Protestant college was discussed at a meeting of +the mission, in the spring of 1861, and again in the following +August, when an outline of the proposed scheme was presented.[1] + +[1] In this statement concerning the College, I make such use as my +limits will allow, of an able document, drawn up by Prof. D. Stuart +Dodge, and kindly sent me, at my request, by the President, Dr. +Daniel Bliss. It bears date May, 1872. + +"The objects deemed essential, were to enable natives to obtain, in +their own country, in their own language, and at a moderate cost, a +thorough literary, scientific, and professional education; to found +an institution, which should be conducted on principles strictly +evangelical, but not sectarian; with doors open to youth of every +Oriental sect and nationality, who would conform to its regulations, +but so ordered that students, while elevated intellectually and +spiritually, should not materially change their native customs. The +hope was entertained, that much of the instruction might at once be +intrusted to pious and competent natives, and that ultimately the +teaching could be left in the hands of those, who had been raised up +by the College itself." + +The curriculum embraced a period of four years; and the studies were +the Arabic Language and Literature, Mathematics, the Natural +Sciences, the Modern Languages, Turkish Law and Jurisprudence, and +Medicine,--the last to have special prominence, since the East was +filled with ignorant native quacks and medical jugglers. A leading +place would also be given to Moral Science, and Biblical Literature, +with the Scriptures as a constant text-book. Theology, as a system, +would be left to the care of the several missions. + +It was thought that the American Board could not undertake so large +a literary work in any one mission, and that the College should be +separate from and independent of the Board and its missions, as +such; but that, being on so broad a basis, other evangelical bodies +among the Arabic-speaking race might be invited to share in its +advantages and control. Denominational distinctions set aside, those +engaged in similar missionary operations could unite in an +enterprise designed to advance their common interests. + +The College was to be at Beirut, the chief seaport of Syria, and a +place of enterprise and growing importance, occupying a central +position in respect to all the Arabic races. The local Board of +Directors was to be composed of American and British missionaries +and residents of Syria and Egypt, with several consular officials +and leading merchants; of which a quorum should always reside in +Beirut and its immediate vicinity. + +The Rev. Daniel Bliss, six years a missionary of the American Board +on Mount Lebanon, was cheerfully released by the Prudential +Committee from his connection with the mission, that he might take +the Presidency of the College, and visit the United States and +England to obtain the needful endowment. + +To secure public confidence, it was found indispensable to have the +institution incorporated in America, with a responsible Board of +Trustees. A charter was accordingly obtained, in April, 1863, in +accordance with the laws of the State of New York, and in May, 1864, +additional power to hold real and personal estate was granted by act +of the Legislature. A constitution was framed, binding the +institution to evangelical and unsectarian principles; formally +constituting the body, appointed by the mission, a local Board of +Managers, with large liberty in administration; and defining the +relations between the Boards in America and Syria and those of the +various officers to be connected with the College. It further +provided, that the Board of Trustees should have the right to +exercise final authority in all matters, and that funds for +endowments should be retained in the United States, the income only +to be transmitted to the East. + +An endowment fund of $100,000 was secured from a small number of +contributors, the Trustees and their immediate friends being the +largest donors.[1] In addition to this, Dr. Bliss obtained L3,000 in +England; Lords Shaftesbury, Stratford de Redcliffe, Dufferin, +Strangford, and Calthorpe, among the nobility, indorsing the +enterprise; and the Turkish Missions Aid Society rendered valuable +assistance. The "Syrian Improvement Committee" gave L1,000, from +funds remaining after the relief of sufferers from the Lebanon +massacres. + +[1] Among the more active and influential of these, as I learn from +other sources, was the Rev. D. Stuart Dodge. In 1872, the endowment +fund was reported to be $130,000. + +Dr. Bliss returned to Syria early in 1866. The first college class +consisted of fourteen members. A preparatory department was +afterwards added, and eighty names have been enrolled in the two +departments. The students have evinced, in most instances, an +aptitude and zeal for study, that would be creditable in more +favored lands. The charge for tuition is twenty-five dollars for the +collegiate year of nine mouths; and fifty-five dollars additional +for those who board in the institution. The sects represented are +the Protestant, Orthodox-Greek, Papal-Greek, Latin, Maronite, Druze, +Armenian, and Coptic. + +All boarders are required to be present at morning and evening +prayers, and to attend Protestant worship and Bible classes on the +Sabbath; and Bible lectures or Scripture recitations are of daily +occurrence. A voluntary prayer-meeting is maintained by the +students. + +Most of the thirteen who have graduated from the Academic +Department, are acceptably employed as teachers of a higher grade in +Syria and Egypt. Two have entered the Medical Department, and two +are studying Law. The first Commencement was in July, 1870, and the +addresses were in three languages. The College has a Medical +Department, and the first medical class was graduated in July, 1871. + +A building fund of about $70,000 having been contributed chiefly by +the donors to the endowment fund, a plot of nearly twenty acres of +ground was purchased at Ras-Beirut, in the immediate vicinity of the +city; facing Lebanon, overlooking the Mediterranean, healthy, +accessible, yet sufficiently retired; and the edifice is in the +process of erection. The corner stone was laid, December 7, 1871, by +the Hon. William E. Dodge, and appropriate exercises, in English and +Arabic, accompanied the ceremony. + +The Medical Hall is located at some distance from the College +edifice. These buildings may be seen from almost every quarter of +the city, and from the villages on the western slopes of Lebanon; +and they will be the first objects to greet the eyes of all who +enter the harbor, and will stand as the exponents and dispensers of +sound Christian learning. + +The connection of this mission with the American Board continued +until the latter part of the year 1870, wanting only two years of +half a century, when the reunion of the Presbyterian Church gave +rise to the question of a transfer of the mission to the +Presbyterian Board. The events above described, connected with the +Syrian Protestant College, favored such a result, and the question +was kindly, though reluctantly entertained. On the 20th of +September, 1870, the following paper was received at the Missionary +House:-- + +"The Syria mission, at a special meeting held in Abeih, August 16, +1870, had laid before them two documents, one from the Prudential +Committee of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign +Missions, and the other from the Committee of Conference of the +General Assembly of the Presbyterian Church with the American +Board,--touching the transfer of the mission from the American Board +to the Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions; and having given the +subject their serious and prayerful consideration, they have adopted +the following action:-- + +"1. That the mission regard the subject thus presented as one which +has not originated with themselves, but as having been brought +before them by the Providence of God; and as not to be decided at +all by them on personal grounds or ecclesiastical preferences, but +to be decided solely in view of its bearings upon the cause of +Christ in this land, and among the churches at home. + +"2. That the mission appreciate the delicacy and kindness with which +the Prudential Committee of the American Board of Commissioners for +Foreign Missions conveyed the consent of the Board to the withdrawal +of its members from their service, with the view of forming a new +connection, if they deem it expedient, and the hearty assurance of +their readiness to continue the support of the mission should they +decide to remain as heretofore. + +"3. That they also equally appreciate the cordial invitation +extended to them by the Committee of the Presbyterian Church, and +the pledge conveyed to the mission, that they shall enjoy, in the +new proposed connection, all the freedom of action, 'in respect to +their policy and ecclesiastical relations,' which they have hitherto +possessed. + +"4. That the mission find great difficulty in considering calmly and +impartially a question involving their separation from the American +Board, the severing of ties which have existed until within two +years of half a century, which have been interwoven with the +earliest recollections of childhood, which have grown strong by +personal connection and active cooeperation during years of service, +and which we had anticipated would only be dissolved by death. No +language can express how much of pain to their hearts the thought of +this separation involves. Their relations to the Secretaries, to the +Prudential Committee, and through them to the churches, have been +most tender and happy. + +"In these relations they have found the largest liberty and the +fullest sympathy, and personally, the mission have no cause to +desire a change. + +"The feelings of the mission on this point will be more fully +expressed by individual communications from its several members, to +the Prudential Committee. + +"5. In view, however, of the weighty considerations which have been +set before the mission for this change of their connection, +considerations whose reasonableness and justice are apparent to +their minds, and in view of the expressed opinion of what is their +duty, on the part of the reunited Presbyterian Church, they cannot +but feel that the call is from God, and the step to be taken is one +demanded by the highest interests of Christ's Church. + +"6. That the mission express their conviction, that no change is +demanded in the ecclesiastical connections of any of its members. + +"In accordance, therefore, with these views of this whole subject,-- + +"_Resolved_, 1st; that the mission present to the Prudential +Committee a request for a release from their connection with the +American Board, with a view to placing themselves under the +direction of the Presbyterian Board. + +"And 2d, That the mission accept the invitation conveyed in the +letter of the Rev. J. F. Stearns, D. D., Chairman of the Committee +of Conference of the Presbyterian Board of Missions, dated June 19, +1870, to place themselves under the care of the Presbyterian Board. + +"Although the official ties which have bound us to those with whom +we have been so long and so happily associated may thus be severed, +we feel that the bonds of sympathy and of prayer remain unchanged, +and will continue so to remain until, in the higher work of praise, +our hearts and voices shall be again and forever _united_." + +In accordance with this action the individual members of the mission +sent a request to be released from their connection with the +American Board, and they were released by vote of the Prudential +Committee. + +The members of the mission, at that time, were Drs. Thomson, Van +Dyck, and H. H. Jessup, and Messrs. Calhoun, Eddy, Bird, Samuel +Jessup. I. N. Lowry, and James S. Dennis. The author would naturally +have great pleasure in quoting from their letters of farewell, but +can only refer the reader for them to the "Missionary Herald."[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_, 1870, pp. 391-398. + + +RESULTS OF THE PAST. + + +The history of the mission of the American Board to Palestine and +Syria cannot be closed better than by the retrospective summary made +by the mission at the close of their relations with the Board. They +are speaking of the results of past labors. + +"To Protestant influence, in great part, may we ascribe the changed +feeling, which has come over the minds of the Mohammedans towards +Christians. The Christian religion has become understood by them to +be not wholly the system of idolatry, which they once regarded it, +nor professing Christians as devoid of morality as they once seemed. +As a consequence, there has been a sensible quenching of the flame +of Moslem bigotry, and a greater respect for Christians, their +rights, their Bible, and their religion. The relative positions of +the crescent and the cross are not what they were when the +missionaries came to Syria. The Bible has gained ground, and the +Koran has lost it, as a controlling influence in the land. Some +Mohammedans are among the attendants upon our preaching, and these +would doubtless be more numerous, but for the risk to property and +to life, which inquirers from among them incur. + +"Not without results have the children of the Druzes been taught in +our schools during all these years, and so many conversations been +held with adults of that sect. The leaven of the Gospel has +penetrated even to the secret inner sanctuaries of their religion; +and the white turbans of the initiated Druzes seen in our Sabbath +congregations, the inquirers who come to our houses, and the +baptized converts from among them, show that not in vain to the +Druzes has the light of the Gospel again dawned upon Syria. + +"But principally among the nominally Christian sects have the +indirect results of missionary labor extended. These are visible in +the changed power of the clergy. Once excommunication was a terror +above all terrors. Now it is so powerless a weapon, that those who +once wielded it so effectively are ashamed to challenge ridicule by +exposing its weakness. + +"Protestantism, once regarded by the mass of the people as the +blackest of heresies, finds everywhere its defenders and +vindicators, even where it lacks followers, and no longer can the +lies gain currency, with which the clergy were accustomed to +frighten away their flocks from gospel influence. + +"The religious instruction given in their churches has been +modified. More Bible is taught, and less tradition. The preaching is +more of Christ, and less of the saints. The adoration of pictures +has greatly lessened. All sects have been compelled to introduce +schools, and to educate both boys and girls, to educate their +priests, and to remove the restrictions from reading the Bible. + +"The circulation of the Scriptures, and of religious books, has been +wide-spread, and we have heard of some who have been enlightened by +these silent teachers, and have through them found Christ as their +Saviour, and died in joyful trust in Him; though they never had an +opportunity to publicly profess their faith in Him. + +"Among all sects, Mohammedan, Druze, Greek, Maronite, and Catholic, +the glaciers of prejudice, which for centuries have been forming, +are now melting under the warmth of the Gospel. + +"The gift of the Bible to this people in their own tongue, is the +rich golden tribute which the West has returned to the East, in +acknowledgment of its obligation to the land whence the Bible came. + +"Brighter than the light, which kindles early and lingers late upon +the crests of Lebanon and Hermon, crowning them with glory, is the +light of the Gospel, which has shone into dark hearts, in hamlet and +city, recalling the memories of a past not inglorious, and presaging +a fairer splendor in the future. + +"Not in vain have Hebard, and Smith, and Whiting, and De Forest, and +Ford, sowed the seed of the Word in tears, even though they went +home with few gathered sheaves. From the heights of heaven they now +behold the springing harvest. Not in vain have others toiled here, +whose summons has not yet come. They bless God for what their eyes +see and their ears hear of the Lord's working around them. +Reluctantly have those yielded to the sad necessity of returning +home, who, having just thrust in the sickle, found their strength +unequal to the toil. + +"The churches in America, which have aided in sustaining the mission +by their offerings and their prayers, have seen fewer results, than +have crowned their labors in other fields; their faith has been +sorely tried; but they have been permitted to hear, from time to +time, of souls ransomed from darkness and sin; echoes of the songs +of triumph sung by departing saints have been borne to their ears, +and they have felt that their labors have not been unrewarded. + +"By God's grace we have laid anew the foundations of God's living +temple, Christ being the chief corner-stone, and we have seen some +courses already built upon it. We have set up and maintained the +banner of the cross in the face of its pretended friends and its +avowed foes. We have collected a little army on the Lord's side, and +armed them with the sword of the Spirit. We have prepared an arsenal +of spiritual weapons for future conflicts, in the Scriptures and +other religious books translated and committed to the people. We +have established outposts of schools and seminaries, have raised +strongholds of the truth in churches planted here and there +throughout the land. We have taken possession of the land in the +name of King Immanuel, and we aim to subdue and hold it wholly for +him."[1] + +[1] From the _Foreign Missionary of the Presbyterian Church_, April, +1871, p. 305-307. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLII. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1867-1869. + + +The year 1868 added five to the ordained missionary force of the +missions; namely, Messrs. Alpheus N. Andrus, Carmi C. Thayer, John +Edwin Pierce, Royal M. Cole, and Theodore S. Pond. Messrs. Milan H. +Hitchcock, Edward Riggs, Henry Marden, and John Otis Barrows, were +added in 1869. These were all accompanied by their wives. Besides +these, there were George C. Reynolds, M. D., and wife, and ten +unmarried women; namely, Misses Rebecca A. Tracy, Charlotte +Elizabeth Ely, Mary A. C. Ely, Harriet G. Powers, Cyrene O. Van +Duzee, Olive L. Parmelee, Isabella C. Baker, Flavia S. Bliss, Ursula +C. Clarke, and Ardelle M. Griswold. Mardin was now manned, for the +first time, with three missionaries, Messrs. Williams, Andrus, and +Pond, with Misses Parmelee and Baker, two unmarried young women. Dr. +Van Lennep and Mr. Ladd closed their labors in connection with the +mission in 1869. + +It was not alone at Harpoot, that the year 1869 opened with a +revival of religion. Aintab, Bitlis, Marash, and Mardin were favored +with the like blessing. The "Week of Prayer" at Marash was described +as a jubilee. Both houses of worship were opened, each day, an hour +before sunset, and in each was a gathering of at least two hundred +and fifty; where the many spontaneous prayers, and the pastor's vain +endeavors to close the services within the hour, showed that the +attendance was not a mere form. Twenty-nine out of fifty-two +candidates were admitted to the first church, and twenty-one out of +forty to the second. Nearly all these were able to read; and the +examination was deemed more remarkable than the number received. + +In respect to Mardin, I cannot refrain from quoting the expressive +words of Mr. Williams, whose pen had much of graphic power. "The +community here received the proposal to observe the week of prayer +most joyfully, and preferred two meetings a day to one,--the first +at sunrise, the second an hour and a half before sunset, each an +hour long. Our first meeting was in a pouring rain, thirty present. +This is the first pleasant day, and seventy-six were present in the +morning. One of the preachers opens the meeting by singing, reading, +remarks, and prayer. This occupies from twenty-five to thirty +minutes, and then the meeting is thrown open to others, and six or +eight prayers, short and pertinent, fill the time till the hour is +up. We never before have been able to start a prayer-meeting here, +and now they move off in a line, as if they had done nothing else +all their lives. I think as many as twenty-five persons have led in +prayer." + +A church had not yet been formed, but the Protestant community +undertook the entire support of their preacher, and also of one of +their own number as a missionary to the Koords. The latter is thus +described by Mr. Williams: "A great, six feet, brawny fellow, with +unwashed clothes (he is a tanner), long, disheveled hair, large, +open features, and eyes black as coal, that shine like stars; but so +simple in his trust, so tender in his love to Jesus, and earnest in +his efforts to do good! He learned to read with steady, earnest +application, and his questions are so spiritual, so humble, so +childlike, that it is as the sun whenever he enters my door. + +"One evening Oosee (Hosea) came in with clothes torn, fez[1] gone, +face bloody, hair wildly disheveled, but the same genial lustre +beaming from his eyes, accompanied by another Protestant, Daoud +(David), who was earnest, almost imperative, that I should at once +go to the governor and enter complaint. Asking for particulars, I +learned that, returning from his garden soon after sunset, Oosee was +set upon by a crowd of Papists, and escaped in the plight I saw him. +Daoud insisted that unless those men were at once imprisoned, no one +would be safe. I asked Oosee how he felt about it. 'Just as you say, +Khowaja,[2] was his reply. I read to him parts of Rom. xii. and +xiii., and showed him that he was justified in entering complaint, +that he had a right to protection, and that those who had set upon +him doubtless deserved punishment; but said I, 'Would those men have +touched you when you were a Papist?' 'Not one.' 'Why?' 'They dare +not. Why, they knew I could thrash the whole of them, and would have +feared I'd kill them. They knew me.' 'And now?' 'Now they think I'm +a Prote, and wont strike back.' 'Did you?' 'Not a bit; I only tried +to get away from them.' 'And if now, instead of throwing them into +prison, you forgive them, and treat them as if nothing had happened, +do you think they will see any difference between Oosee the Papist, +and Oosee the Prote?' 'Of course they will.' 'To what will they +charge the difference?' 'To my new religion.' 'Will not that lead +them to admit the power of the Gospel? Will it not honor Christ?' +'Yes, I believe it will.' 'Well, Oosee, just as _you_ say. If +you on the whole wish it, I will go to the governor and enter +complaint,--you have a clear right to this,--or I will let it drop +just here, as you please.' 'No, Khowaja, I'll not complain, I +forgive them. I'll go home and treat them as if nothing had +happened. That is what Jesus says, and I'll do it. Perhaps they will +come to Christ.' He has never since been molested. + +[1] Red Turkish cap. + +[2] Gentleman--a title given to the missionaries in Eastern Turkey. + +"When it was decided to take a new class of training pupils in +Arabic, Oosee was the first to whom I spoke about joining it. The +proposition was wholly unexpected, and I wish you could have seen +the joy that shone in his eyes and beamed from every feature! I +asked him if he thought his wife would consent to his going. 'We +will ask Jesus,' he said. 'If he wants me to go he will make her +willing. I don't think she'll oppose.' To some, who attempted to +dissuade him on the ground that the allowance was insufficient for +his family, he said, 'If only they will let me study, we will +consent to live in the yard; no matter about a house, we'll get on +any way; anything for Jesus.' Some days after, I said; "How about +the wife?' 'O, she says go, and if need be we'll sell our vineyard +to meet expenses. She is more anxious to go than I.' The vineyard +would possibly bring, if sold, forty dollars in currency." + +A church was organized at Mardin in February, which engaged to +choose and support a pastor. On Sabbath afternoon, when it was +organized, and the sacraments were administered, there were present +three hundred and fifty persons, in a room which Mr. Williams says, +"I had always insisted would hold one hundred and fifty, if properly +packed." While candidates were being examined, the wife of Oosee +presented herself. "No one had thought of her as a church-member, +but before her examination was through, each had written against her +name 'accepted.' We were as much delighted as surprised at her +answers, and the meek, loving spirit she showed." Oosee did not go +on the proposed mission, not deeming himself sufficiently educated; +but is understood to have adorned his Christian profession down to +the present time. + +The reader has already some acquaintance with the people of Zeitoon, +inhabiting the mountains north of Marash. Until subdued by the Turks +in 1862, they were famed for their defiance of all law. The town +contained about twelve thousand inhabitants, all of them Armenians. +The men were described as of athletic make, quick step, and piercing +eyes, showing in all their bearing that they breathed the free air +of the mountains. The town is about thirty-five miles from Marash, +built against the side of a high rock, the houses hanging one above +another, so that the roof of the house below is the front yard of +the house above. + +Two years after their subjugation, Dr. Pratt made a professional +visit, to attend one of their leaders then dangerously sick, and +suffered no molestation. Two years later, at the earnest +solicitation of several Protestants, Mr. Montgomery attempted a +visit, with Pastor Avedis of the second church of Marash, and a +deacon of the first church. The town being then under Turkish +authority, they anticipated no special danger. "At evening, as we +were entering the city," writes Mr. Montgomery, "to visit the +governor of the place, according to custom, a furious mob of men and +boys dragged us from our horses, and at once began beating and +stoning us with frantic rage, rending the air with savage yells. Our +Protestant guide was driven out of sight amid volleys of stones, the +mob crying, 'Kill him! kill the wretch!' The deacon was allowed to +secrete himself; but for Avedis and myself there was no escape till +the mob had spent their fury, stoning us, and afterwards kicking and +beating our prostrate bodies, while we were looking for escape only +through death." + +At this crisis, a great strong man, yelling so as to appear in +sympathy with the mob, rushed up to where Mr. Montgomery was lying, +and threw him on his horse, saying to him in an under tone, "Don't +be afraid, trust me;" and then with curses hurried him out of the +way, and took him and the pastor in the dark to his own house, +where, as he dared not to keep them, he got them ready, as well as +he could, to return at once to Marash. + +"Thus we were saved," continues Mr. Montgomery, "after having been +in the hands of the mob over two hours. We had a hard ride that +night, hatless, our clothes bloody and torn, and our bodies so +bruised that we could scarce sit on our horses; but we were enabled +to pick our way homeward by the rough mountain paths." + +It was subsequently known that this outrage was instigated by the +priests at Marash, with the connivance of the governor. Meanwhile +the Zeitoon people were fearful lest they had gone too far, and the +Protestants began to breathe more freely; and many, who had failed +to declare themselves before, now stood up openly for the truth. + +In the summer of 1868, a native preacher was sent to Zeitoon by the +home missionary society of Marash, and was allowed to remain +unmolested, with ample opportunities for preaching the Word. At the +close of the year, Mr. Trowbridge, having removed from +Constantinople to Marash, made a visit to Zeitoon, and remained +there laboring freely from Thursday till Monday. His guide homeward +was a Zeitoon Protestant,--"a tall, gaunt man, past middle life, who +has suffered much there for Christ's sake. At one time the people +blackened his face with a coal, put him astride of a donkey with his +face towards the tail, and thus paraded him through the streets; a +crier shouting before him, 'Thus shall it be done to all who reject +the worship of saints, and do not honor the Virgin Mary.' There is +now no persecution." + +Hopeful indications once more appeared among the Greeks at Erzroom +and Trebizond, and also at Kerasun and Ordo, on the coast of the +Black Sea west of Trebizond. Mr. Parmelee visited the two places +last named, and put a helper named Harootune at Ordo, around whom +the people gathered, earnestly desiring to learn the way of life. +Even the women, who were precluded by their notions of propriety +from assembling with the men, anxiously inquired when the helper +would bring his wife, that she might teach them also. Persecution +arose, but as usual it was overruled for good. + +Dr. William Goodell, after more than forty years of successful +missionary service, returned in 1865, in feeble health, to spend the +evening of life in his native land. With his wife, who had been his +faithful companion from the first, he made his home with his eldest +son, a physician in Philadelphia. There, beloved and revered, he +lived until February 18, 1867, when he was removed to his heavenly +home, at the age of seventy-five. + +To the early friends of Dr. Goodell it seemed that his providential +call was to be a preacher of the Gospel; and such he really was +all through life, and the printed volume of his sermons in +Armeno-Turkish, translated also into Armenian and Bulgarian, has had +a very extensive circulation.[1] But Divine Providence so ordered +the events of his early missionary career, that translating the +Scriptures became his principal work. He began at Malta to translate +the New Testament from the original into the Armeno-Turkish. That +done, he entered upon the Old Testament; and he completed the last +revision of the Bible in 1863. It was a great and good work, and +will transmit his name for grateful remembrance to future ages. + +[1] The report of the Nicomedia station for 1871, contains the +following: "In Diermendere, a basket-maker has learned Turkish, and +is supplied with books and tracts in that language for use among the +Turks. The book he thinks most of, and which he begs may be put into +the Arabic character, is Dr. Goodell's sermons. A Baghchejuk +brother, whose business takes him often among the Turks in the +vicinity of Armash, always takes these sermons with him. He says +that the Turks always listen with interest, and sometimes with +tears. He is often requested to read the same sermon over and over +again." The Marsovan report for the same year contains the +following: "At Vizier Keopreu a change in public sentiment has taken +place to such a degree, that the Armenian teacher is preaching Dr. +Goodell's sermons to attentive audiences of his own people." + +Dr. Goodell had few equals as an agreeable letter-writer. The author +was in official correspondence with him through his whole missionary +life, and never ceased admiring his vivacity, humor, and felicity of +expression, the aptness of his thoughts, and his very appropriate +quotations of Scripture. He had the power, beyond most men, of +passing at once and by an easy transition, from the merriest +laughter to the most serious topics. His addresses to children had a +resistless charm, and his power of turning a conversation into +channels of his own choice was invaluable, in dealing with conceited +disputatious orientals. "Indomitable in his purpose to do good, +affable and courteous in manner, of ready tact, and abounding in +resistless pleasantry, he gained access wherever he chose to go, and +wielded an influence powerful for good upon all with whom he chose +to associate. He commanded the respect of foreign ambassadors and +travellers, of dignitaries in the Oriental Churches, bankers, and +the highest in society, as well as the common people. Even enemies +were constrained to honor him. Few possess in so high a degree the +admirable faculty of doing good without offense, and of recommending +personal religion to the world."[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_ for 1867, pp. 129-133: also 1865, +p. 350. + +Mr. Herman N. Barnum's account of a tour to Diarbekir, Mardin, Sert, +Bitlis, and Moosh, in 1867, brings the Eastern field vividly before +us. His new associate, Mr. Henry S. Barnum, together with the +pastors connected with the Evangelical Union, and nine recent +graduates of the Seminary, accompanied him as far as Diarbekir, +where they arrived on Saturday. There was a union service of the two +congregations, on the next day, in the yard of one of the chapels, +at which as many as eight hundred were present. The church in +Diarbekir, though its pastor had been absent for two and a half +years, and there was only one native preacher for the two +congregations, yet had maintained the ordinances, and secured +frequent accessions to the community. They supported their preacher, +and also several schools, sent money to their absent pastor, and +supported two students at the Theological Seminary, whom they had +sent thither to be educated for the mission in Koordistan. They +chose several of their more intelligent members to assist the +preacher in keeping up the services of the two congregations; thus +proving their ability to care for themselves under very unfavorable +circumstances. + +The Union was in session four days, and its meetings were well +attended. The evangelizing of Koordistan received a good deal of +attention. The five young men who were preparing for it, had +locations assigned them, their salaries fixed, and thus the native +pastors were acquiring experience in missionary superintendence. +Seven young men, just graduated from the Seminary, were carefully +examined for licensure, especially in their religious experience and +their motives for entering the ministry. + +The last day of the session was the most interesting, when one of +the pastors read an essay upon the "means of promoting an awakening +among the unconverted;" which was followed by remarks from nearly +all the pastors present. The interest was greatest when some gave +expression to their deep feeling of responsibility, and to the +conviction that their own want of earnestness and spirituality was +the reason of so much indifference among the unconverted. + +From Diarbekir the missionaries and six of the pastors went to +Mardin, whence, after ordaining one pastor, they went a journey of +five days to Sert. There they took part in another ordination, and +the formation of a church. Elias, the new pastor, had labored long +and faithfully in this place, and refused a most pressing call from +Mardin, though in worldly things it was much more desirable. He +believed he could be more useful where the poor and oppressed looked +to him as their spiritual father. Out of seven persons who offered +themselves as candidates for church-membership, six were organized +into a church. The congregation was small and poor, but a long +series of persecutions had wonderfully purged them of selfishness. +They had paid largely for their house of worship, had provided the +pastor elect with a new suit of clothes for the ordination, and, +considering their deep poverty, had made extraordinary subscriptions +towards the required half of his salary. They now adopted the system +of tithes cheerfully, which had been so successfully advocated by +John Concordance. + +From Sert Mr. Williams proceeded to Mosul, and the rest to Bitlis. +There the congregation had long desired for their pastor Baron +Simon, who received ordination as an evangelist years before at +Constantinople. He has been repeatedly mentioned as Pastor Simon, +and was a man of experience and sterling worth. There were no +missionaries then at Bitlis. From hence they passed on to Moosh. The +plain on which the town is situated, is sixty miles long and ten or +twelve wide, and contains about seventy nominally Christian +villages. The travellers were exposed to a snow-storm while crossing +the plain. "It was genuine winter weather," writes Mr. Barnum, "yet +I think I never saw anywhere else, not even in the warm sunshine of +Egypt, so much nakedness, total or partial. Adults of course had the +semblance of clothing, though it was often a mass of rags, sewed or +tied together; but the poor children! It makes my heart ache to +think of them. Some had a tolerably whole shirt and drawers, some +had no drawers, and what was once a shirt was now a few shreds, +hanging from the shoulders. Many had merely a rag, as a sort of +jacket, with holes to put the arms through, and others had not a +thread upon their bodies. The people seem to be almost bedless. +Wherever we went, we found that the beds were a piece of carpet, or +felt, or only a little straw, with a piece of carpet as a covering. +In the six or seven villages visited by us, we did not notice a +woman, or a child, who had either stockings or shoes. They walked +about in the snow, and over the frozen ground, with bare feet. The +soil is fertile, and the people own the land themselves,--not +the Turkish Aghas, as is the case in many other parts of the +country,--so that it must be mere thriftlessness, rather than any +stern necessity, which makes them so destitute. They have not +learned to raise cotton, and consequently do not have on hand the +material for making clothes, except some kinds of woolen garments; +and as they do not like to pay money for cotton cloth, they live in +this truly barbarous state. Our pastors had never seen any +destitution like this among their Christian brethren, and it made a +deep impression upon them." + +Mr. Barnum adds: "The spiritual condition of the people is as bad as +the physical. In the three or four monasteries surrounding the +plain, there are said to be fifty vartabeds--men of more or less +education. What a work they might do in these seventy villages, in +improving the condition of the people, if they only had the heart +for it. They are in a great measure responsible for this state of +things. They come down periodically from their haunts of +dissipation, and gather up and carry off whatever the people can +spare; and this has helped to discourage enterprise. The great want +now is the pure Gospel. This will not only save their souls, it will +give them true civilization and refinement. To us it seemed that the +people were ripe for the reception of the truth, for they are +growing tired of their present condition. The pastors turned away +from Moosh plain with the determination to induce the Evangelical +Union, if consistent with the work undertaken in Koordistan, to do +something for these people." + +This journey of five hundred and fifty miles occupied thirty-eight +days, and was too much for the new missionary, who reached home +"jaded and worn," and had a serious illness. Before his recovery, +and probably in consequence of her care of her husband, Mrs. Barnum +was prostrated by typhus fever, which proved fatal on the 31st of +December, 1867, a little more than three months after her arrival at +Harpoot. But even in so short a time she had greatly endeared +herself to her associates.[1] + +[1] _Missionary Herald_ for 1868, p. 136. + +North of the territory traversed by Mr. Barnum, is the Erzroom +district. Of the sixty thousand inhabitants of the city of Erzroom +in 1868, fifteen thousand were Armenians. The hundred villages +scattered over its plain are smaller and more scattered than those +on the plain of Harpoot. But then the territory connected with +Erzroom is nearly as large as New England west of Maine, and has a +population of half a million, two thirds of whom are Armenians. +Touring in this territory is easy, as compared with the Harpoot +district; since the roads, almost everywhere, admit of the use of +wheels, and on the public thoroughfares the khans are comparatively +good. A wagon road was then in a sluggish process of construction +from Trebizond across the mountains. + +The church in Diarbekir continued to grow, even during the three or +four years' absence of the pastor. They were active in communicating +the truth to their neighbors, and were especially interested in +securing the introduction of the Gospel into the surrounding +villages, and into Koordistan. But since then, the energy bestowed +upon these outside enterprises has been turned toward the building +of a large church, by means of funds collected by the pastor chiefly +in England, and to strictly home affairs. + +The young men sent on the mission to Koordistan addressed themselves +chiefly to the Armenians and Jacobites, without neglecting the +Moslems, Koords, and Yezidees. These sects, in their social +intercourse, used only the Koordish language; but in their prayers, +the Armenians used the ancient Armenian, the Jacobites the ancient +Syriac, and the Koords the Arabic, all wholly unintelligible to +them. And it was a new thought to them, that God could be addressed +in the Koordish language. + +A company of native missionaries was sent from Harpoot, in the +summer of 1868, to the benighted region of Moosh. This was a result +of the tour just described, and was a self-denying enterprise, but +the sacrifice was cheerfully made. + +The two Seminaries at Harpoot were now full. Including the students +brought thither for a time from Mardin, and the Koordish students, +there were fifty in each Seminary; and these, with their children, +made a colony of one hundred and fifty. + +It became manifest, soon after the Crimean war, that the Papal +ecclesiastics in Turkey, emboldened by the increased prospect of +French protection, grew relentlessly cruel where they had power, in +their persecutions of the Protestants. A painful illustration of +this occurred at Mardin in the summer of 1868, upon the arrival of a +new Papal Patriarch. He and the Papal Armenian bishop resolved to +make a determined effort to crush out Protestantism. The charges +upon which the proceedings were based, were pretended arrearages in +the payment of taxes, whereas none of the taxes were due. + +On July 25th, six Protestants were arrested, and taken, not to +prison, but to the cavalry camp, to bring water for the horses, +sprinkle the ground, build mangers, clear privies, etc. Suleeba, the +Protestant preacher from Diarbekir who was laboring there at the +time, went to the Muteserif or governor of the city, and represented +the injustice of the proceeding. As a result, he was ordered to +prison himself, but was soon released. After various other efforts +with the Muteserif and the Pasha to secure justice (in which he was +opposed by the Papal Syrian Patriarch, and by priests and leaders of +the other sects at Mardin), and after presenting receipts which had +been given the Protestants for their taxes, Suleeba was delivered to +the soldiers, with the rest. He writes:-- + +"A gendarme took me to the camp. On seeing me the soldier said, +'This is their priest; bring some _large_ jars (water jars) for +him.' They fastened two jars to my neck, one before and one behind, +and gave two into my hands.[1] A soldier was assigned to each one of +us, and each one carried a long stick of wood, an inch in thickness, +and with these they freely beat us. In filling the jars which were +fastened to us, the soldiers would pour nearly as much into our +necks as into the jars, so that we were thoroughly drenched all the +time. Once I was so much fatigued that I begged permission to set +down the jars and rest, but the soldiers would not allow me. I +dropped one of them, as I could not hold it any longer, for the road +was long and my hands grew weak. In trying to recover it I fell to +the ground, and the soldier beat me severely with his stick." + +[1] The four jars, when full of water, weighed more than one hundred +and fifty pounds. + +It was on Monday that Suleeba was sent to the camp, and things +remained thus till Friday. "A little after sunrise on that day, a +gendarme came and said, 'The Protestants are wanted at the palace.' +We were taken to the Muteserif, and he began to curse us in the +vilest manner for not giving the money. I said, 'Examine our +accounts, and if you find that we owe anything we will pay it.' He +then ordered a stick to be brought,--it was a strong one, thicker +than my thumb,--and telling a soldier to take me by the head and +bend me forward, he gave the stick to a centurion, who gave me ten +or twelve blows. I still feel the soreness, though he was not +violent in his beating." + +"About nine o'clock they called us to the Mejlis, or city council. +After a careful examination of the documents, in which the Pasha's +scribe, Fettah Effendi, took a prominent part, the Mejlis said with +one voice, to those on the other side, 'You have no claim whatever +on the Protestants.'" This decision was not accepted by the enemies +of the Protestants. In the afternoon of the same day, Suleeba +writes: "The Patriarch and the Papal Armenian Bishop called on the +Pasha. They stayed about half an hour. Before they left, a +lieutenant came from the Pasha, accompanied by two priests, and said +to the Muteserif, 'The Pasha orders that you instantly deliver each +one of the Protestants to two gensdarmes, and collect the money from +each one _at once_, according to this paper.' The Muteserif replied, +'There is no claim upon these men. What shall we collect?' He +replied, 'This is the Pasha's order.' The Muteserif said, 'We have +just examined these men's accounts, and have found that the +Protestants do not owe a para. Tell the Pasha so.' The Lieutenant +replied, 'The Patriarch and Bishop were with the Pasha just now, and +he told them that this money should be collected.' The Muteserif +then turned to Fettah Effendi, of Diarbekir, and urged him to go and +explain to the Pasha, but he did not wish to go. He then called out, +much excited, 'Come, gensdarmes, take these men and kill them.' I +then said, 'How much money do you want? Tell us, and we will give +it.' The Muteserif said, 'I don't know.' I said, 'You are delivering +us over to these soldiers. Tell us how much you want and we will +give it, and save ourselves from them.' The Muteserif then asked +Fettah Effendi, who had looked over our documents, and who had said +that the Protestants owed nothing, 'How much are these men to pay?' +He said, 'I don't know.' He then turned to the members of the other +sects and said, 'How much do you want of these men?' They said, 'Let +them come to the market [where the chief of police was receiving +taxes], and we will see.' So we were hurried off there. This was +less than an hour before sunset. We were taken to the shop occupied +by Daoud Agha, the chief of the police. A great crowd gathered as we +went along, and afterwards, which completely filled all the streets +in that vicinity. As we entered, Daoud Agha, who is an old enemy of +the Protestants, said to his men, 'Bring me two bottles of raki and +three or four candles, and I will collect this money before +morning." + +The reader will remember the interesting account Mr. Williams gave +of the conversion of an influential merchant at Mardin named +Meekha.[1] This is the old man, Muksi Meekha, whom the chief of the +police delivered over to the gensdarmes, with the charge to collect +six thousand piasters from him. Mr. Barnum thus describes the +treatment he received: "They took him out into the street and began +to beat him with their gun-stocks. This is done by taking the gun in +both hands and striking with it endwise. He promised to give +security for the payment of the money in the morning, and begged to +be allowed till morning to raise the money, as the shops were all +shut; but they said, 'We must have the money now.' He wandered +through the market in the vain hope of finding somebody who would +advance the money, the guard all the time beating him, and so +severely that he several times fell down, and his outer garment was +torn into shreds; and he has since that time, now more than a week, +kept his bed most of the time. At last he met a member of the Mejlis +(a Turkish member), who told the guard that if it was money they +wished they must take _kefil_ from him, and wait till morning, as it +was now evening, and nobody could raise money at that time; 'but,' +he said, 'if your object is to kill him, take him back to the chief +of police and butcher him there.' They then took him back to the +crowd, and he found a man who gave a part of the money and a note +for the payment of the rest in the morning, and he was released. He +thinks that he would have been killed but for the intervention of +the Turk. + +[1] See Chapter xxvii. + +"Each one of the prisoners was then passed over to two gensdarmes. +Some of these were at once delivered, by their friends advancing the +money; but four of them, besides Muksi Meekha, were treated just as +he was, and all of them have kept their beds most of the time since. + +"The police were at the same time sent to the houses of all the +other Protestants, and they were brought, and the money which the +sects demanded collected from them, by their paying the money or +getting security for its payment in the morning. In this way, in the +space of a few hours, and that evening, nineteen thousand piasters +were collected." + +Only a very small portion of this money was ever refunded. + +Mention was made, in connection with Dr. Goodell's visit to the +central mission in 1862, of the progress of the evangelical +reformation at Oorfa. Two years later, Mr. Nutting, the resident +missionary, announced an interesting revival of religion among his +people. Both church and congregation were aroused, and the +missionary had never seen more thorough conviction of sin, than was +apparent in many. They had been studying the Westminster Assembly's +Catechism for two years, and recently had attended lectures on the +Epistle to the Romans; "and the fundamental truths thus lodged in +their minds," writes Mr. Nutting, "had been greatly blessed." They +met entirely the expense of their own religious and educational +institutions. In February, 1865, the church numbered forty-two, and +as many more were known to be inquirers. + +About this time there arose considerable uneasiness in the mission +from an apprehension of doctrinal errors in a candidate for the +pastorate of this church. To what extent such errors actually +existed, was never determined with certainty, but there was a spirit +of alienation and division, which was regarded with concern. The +churches in Oorfa and its four out-stations contained a total, in +1870, of one hundred and sixty-one members, of whom twenty-five had +been received in the previous year. The Report of the Board for 1871 +declares the difficulties of former years to have happily passed +away; except that unsound doctrinal views continued to disturb the +harmony of the church at Severek, and that this place was noted, in +early times, for the prevalence of similar errors. + +Mr. Wheeler returned from his visit to the United States in October, +1868, accompanied by Mrs. Wheeler, and the Misses Parmelee and +Baker; and they were met, six hours or nearly twenty miles out, by +the Harpoot and village pastors, and quite a delegation from the +city. The last day was a constant succession of welcomes. As they +drew near the city, they saw a large crowd on the hill, with a white +flag. It was the theological students drawn up in a line; and next, +the women and girls of the school; and then men, women, and children +crowded to greet them. It was the spontaneous expression of love to +those who had told them of Christ and his salvation. + +The return of Dr. David H. Nutting from the United States to the +Central mission, in the autumn of 1868, led him to speak of the +progress of civilization at Aleppo. "All the stations of this +mission are now connected with this city by telegraph, while it is +connected with Constantinople. A line from here to Killis, Aintab, +and Marash, has just been constructed. We have French and Russian, +as well as Turkish, posts. A semi-weekly paper called the "Frat" +(Euphrates), is printed here, in three languages--Arabic, +Armeno-Turkish, and Arabo-Turkish. The streets are being repaved and +widened in some places, and street-lamps are put up. A carriage-road +from here to Alexandretta, the sea-port, is to be built +immediately." + +John Concordance, the blind preacher at Havadoric, died at that +place in March, 1869, greatly beloved and lamented, and not by his +own people alone. The Armenians vied with the Protestants in +attending to the burial services, and especially in seeing that +Hohannes' particular requests were carried out to the letter, and +both classes were genuine mourners at his grave. His influence in +the matter of consecrating one tenth of one's income has been +extensively felt; and he practiced what he preached. His salary was +only eight dollars a month, and although he had a wife and child to +support from this, he never failed of giving one tenth into the +"store-house;" thus leaving but little more than seven dollars for +the monthly support of himself and family. + +In the year 1868, Dr. Schneider, after a residence at Aintab of a +score of years, returned again to Broosa. It was natural for him to +review the progress of the good work at Aintab during his connection +with it, and his statement will interest the reader. + +"I preached my first sermon in Aintab to a company of twenty-five or +thirty in the year 1848. Now, the average audience is near one +thousand, and often rises to twelve or fifteen hundred. Then, there +was a church of only eight members; now, there are two churches, +containing three hundred and seventy-three members. Then, the entire +community of Protestants numbered only forty souls, while at present +there are nineteen hundred, small and great. The number has become +so large, that a division into two separate congregations became a +necessity; and while there was then hardly any native laborer, now +two able native pastors are settled over these two churches. In the +beginning, next to nothing was done in the way of self-support and +general benevolence; while now, these communities pay the salaries +of their pastors and school-teachers, and all their other expenses. +Besides this, nearly five hundred dollars in gold were given for +general benevolence, and more than nine hundred towards a second +church edifice. All this in a community where a day-laborer receives +thirteen and a half cents per day, and a mason or carpenter +thirty-two cents. In view of their poverty, and the exactions of the +government, this is extraordinary liberality. More than one half of +the male members of these churches give a tithe of their income to +benevolent objects. + +"In the beginning, we worshipped in a private house; but for many +years a large church edifice has been filled, and a second one, for +the benefit of the second church, will be completed in a few months. +At first, there was no school through the week, or on the Sabbath; +now, there are seven common schools, with nearly four hundred +pupils, and a Sabbath-school averaging a thousand, which has been as +high as sixteen hundred. More than a score of pastors and preachers +have been trained at Aintab, most of whom are still in the service, +and a large number have been sent forth as teachers and colporters +into the surrounding regions. Finally, when the Gospel was first +preached in Aintab, the Protestants were despised and persecuted; +while now, they are not only recognized as a regular community, with +rights and privileges, but they have acquired for themselves a name, +respect, and influence." + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLIII. + +THE ARMENIANS. + +1869-1872. + + +The year 1870 commenced at Marash with another revival. A thousand +persons were present at the prayer-meeting on the 3d of January, +which was admirably conducted by Pastor Murad. The missionaries, +though present, did not deem it necessary to assist him. Fifty-three +new members were received into the two churches, and a much larger +number offered themselves for admission. Successful efforts were +made to reach the women, who were visited in their own homes by the +wives of students in the theological school, and by the older +scholars in the girls' school. The number of houses thus visited +during six weeks, was three hundred and eight, and there were +fifty-five prayer-meetings. + +A revival was also in progress at Bitlis. For many weeks there had +been a sunrise prayer-meeting every day; and it was fully attended +for eight months; its location being changed occasionally to +accommodate different parts of the city. The meeting on the 18th of +February was the most interesting and profitable. Nearly ninety +persons were seated on the floor of a room thirteen feet by twenty. +Pastor Simon had charge of the meeting, and so ready were the +people, that it continued two hours and three quarters before he +could bring it to a close. As many as seventeen spoke, and about as +many prayed. During the meeting, a prominent church-member called +the attention of the weeping congregation to the importance of +making a covenant with God _now_; and after reading a beautiful and +appropriate hymn, he requested all who were ready to make such a +covenant to rise. Nearly all rose, and while they were standing, he +offered an earnest prayer for the aid of the Holy Spirit in keeping +that covenant. It was an impressive scene. Forty were added to the +church as the result of this revival. The people paid the debt on +their chapel and parsonage, and enlarged the former. They also gave +a site for the building to be erected by the two Misses Ely for the +girls' boarding-school, in which were twenty pupils, for the most +part wives of native helpers. + +Some time in the month of April, the good people of Bitlis observed +a day of fasting and prayer for the village of Havadoric, where the +blind preacher, John Concordance, had labored, and where he died. +After a few weeks, Mr. Knapp visited the place, with Pastor Simon, +and they found delightful evidence of the presence of the Holy +Spirit. It was in contemplation to organize a church in that place, +and the church in Bitlis had sent three delegates, who walked +forty-five miles over the muddy roads. Ten hours were spent, the day +after their arrival, in examining more than a score of persons for +the new church, and eleven were approved, including two women. After +the church had been organized, Avedis, a graduate of the Harpoot +Seminary, was ordained as pastor. Fifty were present at the Lord's +supper from Bitlis, Moosh, and Khanus. + +The barbarous expulsion of Mr. and Mrs. Coffing from Hadjin, in +1862, will be remembered.[1] This was attributed, at the time, to +the priests and the Turkish governor, and not to the people. Mr. +Adams from Adana, and Mr. Trowbridge from Marash, went there in +1870, in company with Hagop Effendi, the Civil Head of the +Protestants in Turkey, who was then on an official tour through the +empire. They found the door for Christian effort wide open, as +Messrs. Montgomery and Perry had done the year before. Though +situated on the northern side of the Taurus mountains, Hadjin is +more conveniently cared for by the Central mission than by the +Western, and that section of country had been transferred +accordingly. Native laborers had gone there, and a great change had +taken place. Thirty-two had been enrolled as Protestants, and no +mention is made of opposition. At the evening services on the +house-top, where the missionary's tent was pitched, not only the +Protestants, but large numbers of the Armenians, listened with eager +attention. From early morn until dark on the Sabbath, there was +hardly an intermission in the preaching, exposition, or reading of +the Word of God. + +[1] See p. 221. + +In the autumn of 1869, Dr. Schneider, by direction of the mission, +attended the examination of the Theological School at Marsovan. He +writes, "The examination continued through most of three days, and +as a whole was quite satisfactory. The appearance of the students in +theology was peculiarly gratifying. The readiness and propriety of +their answers proved that they had bestowed thought on the various +points brought up, and saw their relations to one another. Their +public addresses, when they received their diplomas, were all +excellent, while some were of quite a superior order, and exhibited +no common degree of oratorical power." He was also much gratified by +the appearance of the girls' boarding-school. + +Seven days' travel, on his return to Broosa, brought him to Angora, +a city of from forty to fifty thousand inhabitants. The probable +estimate gave ten thousand to the Catholics, three hundred to the +Greeks, a thousand to the Armenians, and five hundred to the Jews; +the remainder were Mussulmans. Many books had been sold there, much +light disseminated, and a small body of Protestants earnestly +entreated for a missionary to reside among them, or at least for an +educated native preacher. No uneducated man could sustain himself +there against the powerful array which the Roman Catholics could +bring to bear upon him by means of their educational establishments. +Among the obstacles to be encountered, were the extreme worldliness +of the people, and their devotion to sensual pleasures. Angora is +within the limits of the ancient Galatia, and very probably was the +site of one of "the churches of Galatia." It appears not yet to be +occupied as a station. + +Another interesting place was Erzingan, within the Erzroom district, +visited by Mr. and Mrs. Cole in the autumn of 1870. They travelled +the whole distance of a hundred miles in a gig; with many risks, it +is true, but with no disaster. The city was supposed to contain as +many as ten thousand Armenians, forming a third part of the +population. Mr. Dunmore, the brave pioneer, had spent three months +there, and various helpers had been stationed there from time to +time. The missionary and his wife were received with the utmost +kindness, and had crowded meetings during the nine days they were +there. Mrs. Cole had several interesting meetings, also, with the +women. "Thus time passed," writes Mr. Cole, "and you may be sure it +was a continual feast to the soul, and we felt quite reluctant to +turn homeward." + +The mission sent by native churches to the Koords, like most new +missions, had a tardy success; and, after four years, the zeal of +the native churches began to flag, and some of the native pastors +proposed to stop the work in Koordistan, and devote themselves more +fully to the "home field." Knowing that the influence of such a +course would be disastrous, Mr. Wheeler threw himself into the +breach, and was off for a three weeks' tour in Koordistan. Redwan, +the seat of the mission, was eighty miles east of Diarbekir. He was +accompanied by Hagop Effendi, Civil Head of the Protestants, and two +native preachers; and was rejoiced to find at Redwan a congregation +of eighteen men, thirteen women, and twenty-two children. They had +learned, or begun to learn, to read in the Armeno-Koordish, into +which the four Gospels had been translated; and some were learning +the Armenian language, so as to be able to read the whole Bible. +Their chapel, of sun-dried brick, ten feet by twenty, was crowded on +the evening of their arrival. "They sang 'Sweet hour of prayer,'" +writes Mr. Wheeler, "and 'There is no other name so sweet,' +translated from Armenian by their preacher, who had also translated, +with the help of Pastor Mardiros of Harpoot, 'Forever with the +Lord,' 'How lost was my condition,' 'My faith looks up to Thee,' +'Safely through another week,' 'My days are passing swiftly by,' and +others. Perhaps it was all romance, but somehow that little, close, +low, dark, foul-aired chapel seemed to me almost a heavenly place, +as we joined,--they in Koordish and I in Armenian,--in singing those +sweet hymns." At an expense of forty dollars in gold, the people +bought a fine lot for a larger building, including chapel, +school-room, and parsonage, which they hoped to put up in the +following year. They desired also the formation of a church, and the +ordination of a pastor. "Do you wonder," adds Mr. Wheeler, "that I +returned with a light heart to tell the churches these good news +from their mission field?" The Harpoot church immediately decided to +send a school-teacher to Redwan, so that the preacher might give +himself entirely to his work. + +Mr. Pond, of Mardin, went to Sert four days distant in Koordistan, +and experienced the usual trials by the way,--sleeping in "stifling +stables, with a perfect menagerie of animals and fowls, and creeping +creatures too numerous to catalogue." + +The church at Sert he found full of brotherly love, simple faith, +and a desire for knowledge. It had given freely to the brethren in +Redwan, and paid the entire salary of its own pastor. "Indeed," says +the missionary, "but for this church in Sert, we should almost +despond for the Arabic-speaking portion of our field. In Mardin, it +is true, we have a flourishing church and community, but not so +refreshing in its simplicity and strength of faith and love. The +pastor of the Sert church is one of the best men for the pastoral +work I have ever seen in Turkey, and is the chief cause, under God, +of the cheering state of his flock." + +Mr. Pond next visited Mosul, and found it no longer an unpleasant +part of their field. "Once, and that not long ago, it was the least +hopeful spot in all our bishopric. For over thirty years has the +Gospel been preached there, and by such men as Grant, and Lobdell, +and Williams, Marsh, and Hinsdale. The church contained at one time +twenty members, but had dwindled to ten." + +A pastor was to be ordained at Mosul, and Mr. Andrus, missionary +from Mardin, Pastor Jurgis of Mardin, Pastor Elias of Sert, and +delegates from these two churches were there to aid in that service. +The pastor elect was ordained, the dead branches in the church were +cut off, and eight new members were added, while as many more were +ready to join at the next communion. + +Dr. Williams died at Mardin on the l4th of February, 1871, at the +age of fifty-three, broken down by an accumulation of labors and +cares, which, until near the close of his life, he had been +compelled to bear alone. It was a great loss to the mission, but +especially to Mardin; and he was called from earth just when the +clouds, which had made his field seem dark to him, began to break. +He saw it, and rejoiced. He said he was like Moses, who was +permitted to look into the promised land from Pisgah, but was not +allowed to enter it. + +Mr. H. N. Barnum, who knew Dr. Williams intimately, while admitting +that he was unduly disposed to distrust his own powers and judgment, +says that, aside from this, he was a rare man. "He had great +self-control, and was so undemonstrative, that those who did not +know him intimately can scarcely be said to have known him at all. +He possessed genuine refinement; and with his marvelous fund of +information in almost all departments of knowledge, his fine command +of language, and his good nature and enthusiasm, he was, in his more +cheerful moods, a fascinating member of our social circle. His clear +mind had been carefully cultivated, and his acquisitions were very +exact. However much he distrusted his own judgment, his associates +confided in it. He was forward to acknowledge any mistake, and +correct it, and he was enthusiastic in his zeal for the policy of +self-support in the missionary work. His students held him in the +highest admiration, and very few missionaries have secured the +affection of the people for whom they labor so fully as he did. Had +he remained at home, I am sure he would have stood conspicuous among +the clergy. He was very careful in the use of missionary funds, and +in everything maintained a conscience void of offense. He was, +withal, eminently spiritual. His many trials had wrought in him a +deep and thorough work of grace." + +"The _one_ attraction of heaven for Mr. Williams," writes his +bereaved wife, "was _Jesus_. 'Like Jesus,' and 'without sin,' and +'to be with Jesus and see Him as He is,' were phrases ever on his +lips. He used often to speak of the great host gone before, and of +the loved ones constantly gathering there; but it was rare to hear +him speak of joy at the prospect of meeting them. It was always +'_Jesus_, the joy of loving hearts.' Neither did he long for heaven +as a place of _rest_, until very near the end. He loved toil, and +felt a great desire to live and labor for the Master." "At last," +she says, "he did grow very weary, and often exclaimed; 'So tired, +O, so tired.' In one of those weariest hours, he asked me if I +remembered Bickersteth's description of Paradise. 'Well,' he said, +'I can't bear to think of it. To think of climbing over those +mountains, it is so wearisome. I think, 'In my Father's house are +many mansions,' and I want to be taken right into one of them, and +laid down to rest--to rest--O, how sweet.' His intellect was clouded +in the last hours." + +I find some facts, received in 1871, concerning the women in the +region of Cesarea, indicating a decided progress. "Three years ago, +with the exception of Cesarea, Yozgat, and Moonjasoon, the truth +seemed to have gained but very slight hold upon the women at our +several out-stations. But few were ever found in the Sabbath +congregation, scarcely any could read, and some bitterly persecuted +their husbands. But now a marked change is visible, and the women +form no inconsiderable part of all our congregations; large numbers +are learning to read; female prayer-meetings are held at nearly or +quite every out-station; and an earnest desire for improvement is +everywhere apparent. As a consequence, a corresponding change is +observed in the conduct of these women. They become better wives and +mothers, and their influence is felt for good upon those around +them." + +Messrs. Wheeler and Reynolds made a visit to Van in the summer of +1871, preparatory to the occupation of that important post. Most of +the ninety miles from Bitlis to Van, was within sight of the lake; +its waters reposing in quiet beauty amid the mountains, on whose +loftiest peaks there still lingered patches of snow. They reached +the city in September, and were there a week. They found more +readiness to receive the Word of God, and its teachers, and to have +intercourse with them, than they had expected. They were also +agreeably disappointed in the number, who were desirous that +missionaries should reside among them. The region southeast of Van, +which they had supposed was exclusively a Koordish-speaking section, +they found to contain a number of Armenian villages, speaking their +own language, with Bibles in the modern tongue, and men accustomed +to read them. At the time of writing these pages, missionaries are +understood to be on their way for the permanent occupation of Van, +should such be the will of Providence. + +The church at Cutterbul, and indeed the whole region around +Diarbekir, experienced a severe bereavement early in 1872, in the +death of its first pastor Abd en Noor. "He was a thoughtful man," +writes Mr. Andrus of Mardin, "and a more independent thinker than +many. He had made him a place in the village, so that even the young +men of the Jacobite community looked to him as their father. He was +very anxious to improve the condition of his race, was faithful both +as a preacher and as a pastor, and in the latter capacity was more +especially active during the past winter. He was one of the eight +pupils received into the first class formed by Dr. Williams in +Mardin, in September, 1862 (was then about thirty years old), and +remained three years in the class, supplying the pulpit in Cutterbul +during the winter months, where he had been preaching before he +entered the school." + +The impressions made on Dr. Clarke, Foreign Secretary of the Board, +by occurrences in 1871, on his way from Adana to Aintab, are +significant of the work of grace, now in progress in the region +distinguished by the early labors of the Apostle Paul. His route was +across the Cilician and Antioch plains, over the Amarus mountains +and another range, and for the most part through a region of +wonderful fertility, needing only proper cultivation. + +"The journey," Dr. Clarke writes, "was not without some items of +missionary interest, as showing how widely the truth is diffused. +The first night out we encamped a little distance from a village +that bears the name of Missis, built on the ruins of the ancient +Mopsuestia--a place of some note in the early history of the Church. +As we were setting up our tent, two Armenians from the village +accosted us with the question,--'Are you the men that are bringing +light into this dark land?' On being assured that we were just those +very men, they gave us a hearty welcome, and did their best to +assist us in every way, remaining till dark, and coming again in the +early morning. This they did as a labor of love, and to receive some +words of counsel and cheer. They were Protestants, but not +church-members, who had come here for business--one from near +Antioch, and the other from the neighborhood of Harpoot. Here, where +no preacher of the truth had ever been stationed by us, these men +were faithful to the light they had, spending the Sabbath together +in studying the Scriptures and in prayer, and speaking to all who +would listen of the Gospel of Christ. One of the men had formerly +been a keeper of a drinking shop. One day, while plying his trade, +he called out to a passer-by to come in and drink. The reply, 'I +cannot, I am a Protestant,' arrested his attention, and eventually +led him to give up his wicked traffic for an honest calling. + +"On another day we met a party of laborers coming down into Cilicia +from Eastern Turkey, whom we at first mistook for Koords. But coming +nearer, Mr. Trowbridge recognized them as Armenians, and at once +asked if there were any Protestants among them. 'O yes,' cried +several; and in proof they drew Testaments from their bosoms. One of +them, a leading Protestant from Haboosi, on learning who I was, at +once beset me to hurry on to the dedication of their new church, +that was to come off in a few days. He, poor man, had been obliged +to come away, but was very anxious to have me go. I was really sorry +I could not do so, and thus be a witness to some of the ripe fruits +of the great work in the villages about Harpoot. What may not be +accomplished by such a party of Christian laborers, going into +villages and neighborhoods unreached by other means? It is thus that +the good seed is now scattered broadcast over the land. + +"We had hoped to reach Hassan-Beyli for the Sabbath, but the +distance proved too great, and as it was three hours off from the +main road, we had to give up a visit to this mountain eyrie,--now a +centre of Christian influence, a few years ago a nest of robbers. +But they would not let us off so. Tuesday morning, by six o'clock, +we were surprised to see a half dozen of those stalwart men, who had +left their mountain crags, three hours before, to come down and +exchange Christian salutations. As I looked at them, I could not but +wonder at the work of grace manifest in them. After words of +exhortation through an interpreter, on mounting my horse I took them +each by the hand, while the grasp tightened and eyes flashed and +filled at the words--'Christ, Hallelujah, Amen.'" + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLIV. + +THE ARMENIANS.--EDUCATION. + +1872. + + +The common school is as much a necessity in mission fields, as it is +that the people should be able to read the Word of God; and it has +everywhere been a primary object of attention; but always, and more +especially of late years, with the aim and expectation, that it will +speedily derive its support from the parents of the children. + +Properly conducted, the tendency of the common school is to +development. Teachers are learning all the while; new branches of +study are introduced; there is greater thoroughness in the teaching +and discipline; till at length the Academy is evolved, and perhaps +the College. + +This would be the natural order of development, were general +education the leading object of missionary societies. But the +unevangelized nations must be evangelized, and chiefly by their own +people. Consequently one of the first efforts is to raise up +teachers and preachers. + +Enough has probably been said, in this history, respecting the +common schools. So, also, of the Seminary at Bebek, instituted in +1840,[1] and the Girls' Boarding-school in the metropolis, +instituted in 1845.[2] The Bebek Seminary was in some respects the +forerunner of "Robert College." But however suitable its proximity +to the capital may have been, regarding it as an incipient college, +the location was not well adapted, on the whole, for a school to +raise up young men for pastoral work in the towns and villages of +the interior. Hence its discontinuance in 1862, and the opening of a +training Seminary in Marsovan, in 1865. The delay of three years was +owing to peculiar and unexpected causes. The Girls' Boarding-school +at Constantinople was also discontinued for similar reasons, and was +reopened at Marsovan in 1865. + +[1] See Chapter xxxiii. + +[2] See Chapter xxxiii. + +A highly intelligent Armenian gentleman thus addressed Dr. Hamlin: +"The Bebek Seminary has given birth to influences, which have waked +up our young men all over the land; and you are regarded as a public +benefactor, although you can never be regarded as our religious +guide. Still, in sentiment, you have--not eight thousand, but eight +hundred thousand followers. We shall never be called Protestants; it +is not an Armenian term; but we hope to see the day when the +Armenian Church will be as evangelical as yours." + +The present Theological Seminaries are at Harpoot, Marsovan, Marash, +and Mardin. There are, besides these, theological classes at +Cesarea, Broosa, Sivas, Harpoot, Bitlis, Erzroom, and Eski Zagra. +The first of the four seminaries above named originated in 1859, the +second, in 1865, the third in 1868; and the fourth, in 1870. Like +similar institutions in the United States, they are intended to +receive only such as not only give evidence of piety, but are +promising candidates for the gospel ministry. The course of study at +Harpoot illustrates, substantially, the education given, or +contemplated, in each of those institutions. + +For the _first_ year, Exegesis, the Synoptic Gospels and Pentateuch, +the Turkish and Ancient Armenian languages, Algebra, Physiology, +Reading, Writing, and Spelling Armenian. + +For the _second year_, Exegesis, Isaiah, Daniel, and Revelation, +Geometry, Natural Philosophy, and Astronomy, Rhetoric in Ancient +Armenian, Evidences of Christianity (Turkish). + +For the _third_ year, Exegesis, Acts, Pauline Epistles, except +Romans and Hebrews, Mental Philosophy, Moral Philosophy, and +Theology. + +For the _fourth_ year, Exegesis, Pastoral Epistles, Romans, Hebrews, +and Gospel of John, Sermonizing, Pastoral Theology, Church History, +and Logic. + +Weekly exercises in composition and declamation through the first +three years; and lectures on Physical Geography, Geology, History, +and Chronology, and lessons in singing, distributed through the +course at convenience. + +The female boarding-schools are mainly designed to educate teachers, +Bible-readers, and wives for native teachers and pastors. They are +in Marsovan, Aintab, Marash, Harpoot, Mardin, Bitlis, Erzroom, and +Samokov. The pupils in the theological seminaries and classes, and +in the female boarding-schools, as reported in the year 1871, were +as follows:-- + + Theological Theological Female + Seminaries. Classes. Boarding-schools. +WESTERN TURKEY. Marsovan. 26 - 38 + Cesarea. - 5 - + Broosa. - 13 - + Sivas. - 2 - +CENTRAL TURKEY. Aintab. - - 20 + Marash. 35 - - +EASTERN TURKEY. Harpoot. 17 25[1] 34 + Mardin. 5 - 5 + Bitlis. - 9 20 + Erzroom. - 6 8 + ----- ----- ----- + Total. 83 60 125 + +[1] More properly called a "Normal school." + +Thus the number in training for the gospel ministry, in 1871, was +one hundred and forty-three, and the number in the female +boarding-schools was one hundred and twenty-five. + +The Marsovan Seminary commenced with eight pupils, and the number +was increased in two years to twenty-four. Classes were organized at +the stations, to prepare candidates for admission to the seminary, +and to train such helpers as were not to take the full course of +study. The plan of instruction in the seminary has recently been +enlarged so as to include the training of native agents for the +Greek-speaking races of southwestern Asia Minor. Eight young men, +who graduated in 1869, received licenses to preach from the "Central +Evangelical Union," and were in great demand. Thirteen were thus +commissioned in 1870, in which year a convenient seminary building +was finished.[1] + +[1] See Chap. xxiv. p. 17; Report of the Board for 1870, p. 21; and +_Missionary Herald_ for 1869, pp. 87, 122, 257; and for 1871, p. +109. + +Mr. Wheeler has given a full and interesting description of the +theological and female Seminaries at Harpoot, in his valuable work, +entitled "Ten Years on the Euphrates," and to that the reader is +referred.[1] Eighteen pupils graduated in 1863, seven in 1865, and +eleven in 1867; of whom thirty-two became pastors, preachers, or +helpers. + +[1] _Ten Years on the Euphrates_, pp. 162-221. + +Theological classes were taught at Aintab and Marash, as early as +1860. It was resolved, eight years afterwards, in view of the +greater number of students at Marash, that the Theological Seminary, +then about being established, should be at that station. The +examination of the students of this seminary in 1869, drew together +an audience of a thousand persons. Thirty-three students were here +in the following year, and it was necessary for the resident +missionaries to give themselves almost wholly to their instruction; +while the work in the city and at the out-stations was committed to +the churches in Marash. That was a year of growth and prosperity to +these churches; sixty-six new members being added to them on +profession of faith. A new class of eighteen members was received in +October. + +The Seminaries at Mardin are conducted on the same principles as +those at Harpoot. They are comparatively new, and are designed to +reach the race speaking the Arabic language. + +The training-school at Tocat was broken up by the fire, which +consumed the mission premises in 1859. + +A very valuable high school was taught for some years at Aintab, by +Mr. Alexan; who was transferred to Marash, in 1864, as assistant +teacher in the new Theological Seminary. + +Thirty-five pupils attended the female Seminary at Marsovan in 1869, +and many of them were hopefully converted. In 1870 there were forty +pupils. + +A majority of the young men in the Seminary at Harpoot were married, +and one main design of the female seminary at that station was the +education of their wives. These kept house for their husbands, and +attended school about seven hours a day, five days of the week. +Their younger children were committed to the care of a woman +employed for the purpose, while the older ones went to one of the +city schools. Of the ninety-four connected with the seminary +previous to 1867, forty-one were hopefully converted while in it. +Their chief text-book was the Bible; and some of them, besides +learning to read intelligently, and to write, keep accounts, and +know something of geography and astronomy, became intelligent +students and expounders of the Bible, and, with hearts warm with +love to Christ, proved themselves wise and efficient in winning +souls to Him.[1] This institution has had several valuable teachers +from the United States, prominent among whom was Miss Maria A. West. + +[1] _Ten Years on the Euphrates_, p. 189. + +The Female Boarding-school at Aintab was commenced under the care of +Miss Proctor in 1861, with eight pupils. The number was increased to +fourteen in 1864, and to twenty-five in 1867, of whom ten gave +evidence of piety. It is one of the best schools in Turkey. + +Mrs. Coffing's labors among the women of Marash, in 1867, and in the +four schools of which she had the oversight, were of great value. In +1868, she had charge of a girls' high school, which was an +institution of much promise. The pupils were thirty-eight, six of +whom were wives of students in the Theological Seminary. Of the +hundred girls who had been in this school from the beginning, +twenty-one were hopefully converted while in the school. In 1872, a +boarding department was added for the benefit of girls from the +out-stations. + + +THE ROBERT COLLEGE. + + +This college has no direct connection with the American Board, nor +with the mission as such; yet our history would be incomplete +without some account of it. + +The college may be said to have grown out of the efforts of Dr. +Hamlin to furnish employment to Protestant Armenians, whose +evangelical principles had thrown them out of business. For this end +a flour mill and bakery were established with unlooked for success; +and when the Crimean war broke out, very large quantities of bread +were furnished by this Protestant bakery to the English troops and +hospitals at Constantinople. + +Christopher R. Robert, Esq., of New York, was then travelling in the +East, and his attention was attracted to a large boat load of +excellent bread _en route_ from the bakery to the English camp. This +led to further inquiries, and to an acquaintance and permanent +friendship between himself and Dr. Hamlin. + +The project of a college was first suggested by the sons of Dr. +Dwight, one of the most honored founders of the Armenian mission; +and a meeting for consultation, called by them, was held at the +house of Mr. Robert in New York, in October, 1857. Several such +meetings were held, but no agreement was reached as to the +principles which should govern the College. + +Mr. Robert, finding that nothing was to be done, then proposed to +Dr. Hamlin to take up the work in cooeperation with himself; which, +after consulting his brethren and the officers of the American +Board, he decided to do. I now quote from a statement kindly +furnished me by Dr. Hamlin. + +"While all agreed in the necessity of a higher education, there were +various views in regard to the proposed College. Some regarded these +three obstacles as insuperable. (1) The variety of races,--Turkish, +Armenian, Greek, and Slavic,--which have no common sympathies, and +would not unite in one institution. (2) Variety of religious +faith,--Islamism, Romanism, the Oriental Orthodox, and Armenian +Churches,--which could never agree in one institution. (3) Variety +of language,--Greek, Armenian, Turkish, and Slavonic,--each of which +would seek preeminence. + +"It was decided, however, to make the experiment. The College was to +be a Christian institution. The Bible was to be read, and prayer +offered, morning and evening, at which all should be present. There +would be Christian worship and Bible teaching on the Sabbath, but +freedom of conscience would be sacredly regarded. + +"The American civil war, breaking out in 1861 prevented any attempt +to obtain an endowment in the United States, and Mr. Robert, who had +already advanced $10,000 for the purchase of a site, then deposited +$30,000 in the hands of trustees, in order to commence the work. + +"The Turkish Government, at the instigation of Jesuit and French +diplomacy, prevented the College from using the beautiful site it +had purchased, although official leave to build there had been +obtained from the department of Public Instruction. After much +delay, expense, and fruitless effort, the College was opened in the +building belonging to the American Board, and formerly known as the +Bebek Seminary. It was called 'Robert College;' though without Mr. +Robert's knowledge, because the name, having no special significance +to the people there, would excite no local prejudice. + +"The College, thus founded in 1863, slowly but steadily gained the +confidence of the communities around it. During the fourth year of +its existence, the building was filled with students, and was +considerably enlarged. On the fourth of July, 1869, the corner-stone +of a new and large building was laid on the purchased site, leave +having been obtained after seven years' effort. The new building, +capable of receiving two hundred and fifty students, was entered, +and the college opened publicly, September 15th, 1871. It has so +rapidly filled with students, that the Trustees have resolved to +raise an endowment, and erect another still larger building, +confident that it also will soon be filled. + +ROBERT COLLEGE. [image] + +"All the supposed obstacles have disappeared. There are seventeen +nationalities and six religions represented in the College, and +there are no peculiar difficulties of government. Two forces +contribute mainly to unify the whole. (1) All are subject to the +daily influence of Christian instruction. (2) All study the English +language in the preparatory department, and the College course is +wholly in that language. + +"Another feature of the college should be noticed. It is +self-supporting. It was designed to offer a sound Christian +education to those who would pay for it. Two hundred dollars in gold +are paid by every student for board and tuition forty weeks in the +year. This is more for Turkey, than twice that sum would be in the +United States. + +"Mr. Robert has given nearly $175,000 for this institution, or more +than fivefold what he originally contemplated. + +"Nothing but the very highest education that can be attained, will +now satisfy the Turkish community. Jesuit colleges have fallen into +disrepute. They cannot meet this demand fairly, and satisfy it. New +ideas of religious freedom pervade these communities; the old bonds +are broken, and the college that gives the best culture, moral and +mental, will be the most patronized by all. Missionary Societies +cannot properly prosecute the work in this highest department of +education. And yet foreign missions would be a failure if their work +should stop in those classes where it usually begins. It must +pervade and control the intelligence and enterprise of the land, and +it cannot culminate in this result without the Christian College, +and ultimately the Christian University." + + +PROPOSED COLLEGE IN THE INTERIOR. + + +As one result of the establishment of "Robert College" at +Constantinople, a desire was awakened among the Protestants of +Central Turkey for a similar institution, though on a less extended +scale, and somewhat differently constituted; to be established +either at Aintab, or Marash. Both places were anxious for the +location, and set forth their claims with much ability, but the +decision inclined in favor of Aintab. The subscriptions pledged by +the people of that city, on condition of securing the college, were +regarded by Dr. Schneider as equivalent to $60,000 of American +money, or more than twenty dollars for each church-member, Nor were +the offerings at Marash less liberal, in proportion to their means. + +The idea appears to have had its origin with the people of Marash; +who state that their own condition, the number and power of their +enemies, and the baneful influences of infidelity among them, made +them feel that the standard of education in the Theological Seminary +ought to be so raised as to meet the exigency. The failure of this +proposal suggested the college; and the plan of one, elaborated by a +committee, was brought before the "Union." By that time, however, +the Protestants of Aintab had become fully awake to the importance +of the measure, and the claims of the two cities were so earnestly +pressed, that the Union declined deciding between them, and referred +the decision to the Prudential Committee of the American Board. + +The very able pleas by the Protestants of the two cities drawn up in +the spring of 1872, are before me, in the English language. The +Aintab document opens with an interesting statement of their past +progress in the matter of education. "We well remember," they say, +"what our condition was, twenty-five or thirty years ago. We had +then not even a thought about the necessity or advantages of +education. A population of ten thousand Armenians was content with a +single common school, where only reading and writing were taught. +When, however, through the agency of the American Board, the Bible +was translated into our modern language, it soon changed our +opinions as to the importance of education, we can hardly explain +how. Soon, the evangelical Armenians, not to speak of members of the +Old Church, were not content with even three or four schools, nor +were they satisfied with educating their sons, but began to plan for +the education of their daughters. We discovered that mere reading +and writing were not enough, and saw plainly the necessity of a +higher grade of studies. Whereas once, we were hardly willing to +send our children to schools where all the expense was borne by the +missionaries, we were now anxious to open schools of a still higher +character, and support them ourselves. We now realized, under the +light of God's Word, that if men are to be good Christians, good +fathers and mothers, and useful members of society, they must be +educated. In this respect, our desires have been greatly +strengthened by watching in our churches the constantly increasing +demand for a stronger class of preachers and teachers. All the +churches within the bounds of the Union are convinced of the +necessity of a more thoroughly educated ministry. Hence the desire +for a college in this section of the country." + +The decision was in favor of Aintab in view of its greater financial +ability, its centrality, its comparative healthfulness, the +abundance of good building materials, the lower price of skilled +labor, the prospective railway communication between the coast and +the interior, the proper distribution of educational advantages (the +Theological Seminary being already at Marash), and the interest felt +by all classes at Aintab, including the Old Armenians and the +Moslems. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLV. + +THE ARMENIANS. THE PRESENT CONDITION. + +1872. + + +It seems often to be required of missions, though not properly, that +they shall exert a vastly greater reforming influence on +unevangelized countries, than the Gospel has yet done in Christian +lands. When we speak of "the conversion of the world," we are +generally understood as meaning the introduction of the +"Millennium." But what we refer to is not the millennial state, but +such a diffusion of gospel agencies and influences through the +unevangelized world, as we see in the most favored Christian +communities. + +This is all that can reasonably be expected from missionary efforts. +The Millenium, whether it be near or remote, doubtless implies such +a previous extension of gospel agencies as we are now attempting, +but will be the actual result of a universal outpouring of the +Spirit, such as we are taught to expect when the time comes for the +ultimate triumphs of the Christian dispensation. + +The question naturally arises, in closing this History, how far +progress has been made in evangelizing Turkey, or in preparing the +way for its future evangelization. From the nature of the case, +there can be only an approximation towards an exact reply; and +perhaps none can be given more satisfactory, than is furnished by +the narrative already recorded in these pages. Yet a brief notice of +some of the more important facts, may reasonably be expected here. + +It must not be supposed, that some of the first facts that will be +mentioned are regarded as direct results of missionary effort, or as +indications of evangelizing progress; but even these mark a progress +in the condition of society, which is very cheering, and full of +promise with reference to future efforts for the introduction and +establishment of a true and pure religion; white others noticed have +a more direct and full connection with the missionary work. + +Where there has been intellectual and social progress on a large +scale, we naturally look for material improvements. Turning, first +of all, to the great metropolis, Dr. Wood testifies to such +improvements as these: "The streets are named, and doors designated +by numbers. Scavenger carts are supplanting the dogs. The terrible +conflagrations have secured broad avenues, and handsome stone and +brick structures, in place of mean wooden buildings, on streets so +narrow that the sun could hardly enter them. Spacious flag-stone +sidewalks are taking the place of the rough pavements of horrible +memory, and macadamized roadbeds help one to climb the steep +hill-sides of Constantinople. 'Tramways' are built or building, a +boon of inexpressible value to the aged and feeble, and a thousand +dwellings have been demolished for the track of the Belgrade and +Vienna Railroad, entering at the Seven Towers, and carried along the +Marmora, and around the Seraglio Point, to its terminus on the +Golden Horn. The demolition of much of the sea-wall to make way for +it and furnish materials for embankments, is a suggestive symbol of +the social and religious reconstruction, which is tearing up old +foundations, and using the labors of ages past for that which is to +be." + +Dr. Wood next instances the significant telegraph lines, running to +all points of the compass, of which he counted twelve on one side of +a street, and four on the other. "The spectacle of small craft on +the waters, sea-going steamers of the largest class, smaller +passenger-boats for the Bosphorus and ports on the Marmora, and the +magnificent iron-clads anchored in front of the Sultan's palaces, +impresses both residents and strangers with a vivid sense of the +greatness, wealth, and power, which, in spite of mismanagement, +corruption, misrule, and all the elements of weakness and decline in +the country, are here concentrated." + +"Costumes," he says, "are changing, and customs and ideas change +with them. Even Turkish women are adopting Frank articles of dress, +worn beneath the external covering, and go about tottering on +high-heeled shoes of latest Parisian style; and Armenian women +appear in public with unveiled faces, attired like ladies of Europe. +Thirteen newspapers--three of them dailies, three tri-weeklies, and +seven weeklies (one of which issues a daily bulletin), for Armenians +alone, at the capital--attest a new intellectual life, by the fact +of their existence, and by the freedom of their discussions. + +"Schools for girls are multiplying; even a normal school for Turkish +girls has been established under government patronage; but a still +greater zeal is displayed for the education of boys. The notions of +the people concerning education are, indeed, very faulty, and much +of the instruction given is poor enough in quality; but the waking +up on the subject heralds a brighter day in the future. That this is +far greater among the Christian populations, than in the Mohammedan +and Jewish, and that the former are gaining more and more upon the +latter in the possession of wealth, is suggestive of coming events, +of the highest interest and importance." + +Dr. Clarke, Foreign Secretary of the Board, writing in the same year +(1871), after his visit to the East, mentions the following +indications of progress: "Hundreds of miles of railway, begun and +under contract; telegraphic communication between the principal +towns; postal arrangements for the conveyance of money, as well as +letters, established within a few years between many places; police +regulations, securing protection to life and property as never +before; the suppression of robber-hordes, which had infested +different sections; and the beginning of a newspaper press. The +public mind in the great centres is waking up to what is going on in +the outside world. The war in our own country, by its derangement of +commerce, led to much inquiry; and the later conflicts in Europe +have excited a lively interest in many minds. And not the least +significant matter is the change of sentiment in reference to France +and French influence. Already is it said by native merchants, that +their children must learn English, or German, instead of French; and +the power of Romanism, upheld so long by French consuls, is sensibly +weakened. And Protestantism is quietly doing its work of +enlightenment,--directly, in thousands of minds, and indirectly, in +thousands more." + +Mr. Adams, of Adana, writing a year earlier, affirms that the +Christian populations are far more ready to hear and read the Gospel +than is commonly supposed, and that the Protestant faith has found +its way into the remotest corners of the land. He says, we should +not measure the success of missions by "tabular views" alone, for it +often happens that a missionary's strongest grounds of hope are +quite outside of the largest array of figures. "As I write this," he +adds, "a statement of Hagop Effendi occurs to me. He said: "I have +travelled a great deal among the Protestants of Syria and Turkey, +and the strongest impression I have does not arise from the schools, +books, or churches, as pledges that Protestantism is to be a success +in Turkey, but from the prodigious extent to which the country at +large is leavened by Protestant truth. The grandest results of your +labors are not apparent." + +Another testimony is by Mr. Leonard, of Marsovan, under date of +January, 1871. "Evidence," he says, "of a gradual reform in the +Oriental churches, especially the Armenian Church, chiefly as the +result of evangelical labors, crops out in almost every city. +Consecrated pictures leave church walls for the garret; silver +crosses go into the refining pot; auricular confession is neglected; +many superstitious ceremonies and foolish restrictions, imposed by +the priesthood, are regarded only as a curious relic of the past. We +note, also, a growing friendliness towards Protestants, and +occasionally very sensible efforts, in emulation of them, to educate +the people." + +Mr. Leonard doubtless had a special reference to the Armenian Bishop +of Amasia, who, having secured a majority of the people in his +favor, swept two churches of their gold and silver images, crosses, +and vestments, and appropriated the avails to the erection of +school-houses and the support of teachers. The minority appealed to +the Patriarch at Constantinople; but he is known to have been in +sympathy with the reforming party in the church before his election, +while at Van and Moosh, and is said to have sanctioned the whole +proceeding, and to have followed his sanction with an exhortation to +preach the Gospel.[1] + +[1] _Report of the Board_ for 1871, p. 27. + +Another testimony is from Mr. Wheeler, of Harpoot, written in April +of the same year: "Henceforth we shall need less money, and more +prayer; for this finishing of the work is, in some respects, even +more perilous than was its beginning. The people expect and demand a +thousand things, which they cannot _now_ have; and sometimes the +more earnest ones are inclined to take the missionaries by the +throat, with a 'Pay us that ye owe!' We are encouraged by the +reflection that such experiences necessarily enter into such a work +of awakening and reform, as is here going on." + +The testimony of Hagop Effendi, the Civil Head of the Protestants of +Turkey, should also be adduced. He says: "The fact that eighty-five +per cent. of the adults in the Protestant community can read, speaks +greatly in favor of its members. Any one acquainted with the social +condition and religious ideas of the Orient, who will take pains to +compare them with the liberal institutions now introduced, can +readily imagine the state of society that must necessarily follow +such a change. As yet, the people do not possess the intellectual +and moral elements necessary for the maintenance of the liberal +institutions of Protestantism independent of foreign aid." "Those," +he adds, "who have become Protestant in principle, far exceed in +number the registered Protestants. The indirect influence of +Protestantism has been greater and healthier than is apparent." He +then instances the strictly sober habits of the Protestants, among +whom the use of strong drink is very rare, and habitual drunkenness +is hardly known. And he was everywhere gratified to find, throughout +the empire, a great improvement in domestic relations, as compared +with the condition of families before they became Protestants. + +The districts of Harpoot, Aintab, and Marash are probably more +advanced in the matter of self-governing, self-supporting, +evangelical churches, than any other considerable portions of the +field in Western Asia. The Rev. Herman N. Barnum, of the Harpoot +station, while in the United States, drew up, at my request, a +statement of some of the more important results of missionary labor +in his own district, which may be regarded as illustrative of the +results of missionary labor in other districts. + +He states these as rules,--that no church is to be organized without +a native pastor; that no church is to receive aid from the mission +for more than one half the salary of the pastor, and none for more +than five years. Eighteen churches have been formed in the district, +with six hundred and fifty members, and most of them on this plan. +The church at Harpoot was self-supporting from the outset. Wherever +a fully organized and self-supporting church existed, the peculiar +work of the missionaries was regarded as completed in that place; +the church and pastor, rather than the missionaries, being +henceforth held responsible for the evangelization of the +surrounding community. The missionaries aid, if necessary, by their +counsel and in other ways, but what they do is through the church. +His response as to the character of the churches, which I +necessarily abridge, is deemed applicable, substantially, to the +seventy-four churches among the Armenians. He says:-- + +"1. They are becoming intelligent. Making the Bible a study, they +become established in Christian doctrine. + +"2. Church discipline is better maintained than it is in American +churches. Their 'watch and care' are delightful to witness. Many of +these Christians came out of the grossest corruption, but the +fellowship of the church is a shield and a support. + +"3. They are self-denying. The support of their own institutions, +including the building of their school-houses and houses of worship, +with very little missionary aid, necessitates the sacrifice of +comforts which they cheerfully forego. Experience in Turkey has +abundantly proved, that dependent churches are nearly worthless for +evangelizing agencies. When the institutions of the Gospel are +supported for them, they regard the work of extending it as +belonging especially to the missionaries; and hence, however lavish +the expenditure, they often complain that money is not more freely +spent, and the work prosecuted on a grander scale. Complaints +against missionaries come chiefly from churches doing little for +themselves. On the other hand, self-supporting churches regard the +work of propagating the Gospel as their own, and whatever is given +them, they gratefully receive as aid in doing their own work. + +"4. These churches resemble the primitive churches in their +disposition to work for others. They are imbued with a spirit of +labor. They go from house to house, reading and preaching the word. +This is the theme in the shop, the field, and by the way-side. + +"The chief source of discomfort is in the Armenian character itself, +in which there is a lack of stability, and a want of perseverance. +But there is ground for hope, that even this national trait may be +overcome by the power of the Gospel. + +"In Harpoot and its seventy out-station is a Protestant community of +about five thousand souls, characterized by a remarkable reformation +in the outward life. Many of them are doubtless Christians, who, in +the great care which the churches use in receiving members to their +fellowship, are in a certain sense on probation. The Protestant name +has become a synonym for integrity and uprightness. + +"The extent, to which the Gospel has affected the communities not +Protestant, cannot be appreciated by one not in actual contact with +them. It manifests itself partly in the weakened power of +superstition, the multiplication of schools, the number of adults +who have learned to read, the increase in general intelligence and +knowledge of the truth, the decrease of intemperance and vice, the +promotion of enterprise and good order; and, in short, the +beginnings of a civilization, that has a Christian aspect. There +have been sold at Harpoot about four thousand copies of the Bible, +and twenty thousand portions of the same, with nearly fifty-five +thousand volumes of other books, religious and educational, from the +mission press. Large numbers of these have gone into the hands of +the unevangelized, and are silently exerting an influence. This +class of persons is always represented in our congregations. They +hear the truth discussed everywhere, and thousands of them have +accepted it intellectually, who have not yet separated themselves +from their own religious communities. All this suggests the +possibility of a rapid development, when the Spirit shall be poured +out from on high. + +"Were the Harpoot field limited to the district seventy miles +square, of which the city is the centre, it might now be safely +left, with its seminaries and hundreds of villages, to the eleven +churches and the native laborers found there, with an annual grant, +for a few years, from the American Board. As it is, there is good +hope that, by the blessing of God on the means in use, the whole +district, embracing more than twenty thousand square miles and half +a million of souls, may, in a few years, be relinquished as a +missionary field." + +Some estimate may be formed of the influence exerted by the press, +when it is considered that more than ten and a half millions of +pages were issued, in the single year 1870, in the Armenian, +Armeno-Turkish, Graeco-Turkish, and Bulgarian languages; and that +nearly three hundred millions of pages have been issued by these +missions since they began their operations. The number of +missionaries among the Armenians, in 1870, was forty, and of female +assistant missionaries sixty. + +When the missionaries entered Turkey, religion was administered +wholly by the hierarchy, and had everywhere a stereotype form. Death +was the penalty for heresy among the Moslems; and it was scarcely +less in the prevailing sentiment of the nominal Christian sects. The +history relates how far this obstacle existed, and how far it has +been overcome. Whatever be true as regards thy ecclesiastics, the +people have now accepted, in some good degree, the principle of +religious freedom, and so has the government of the Sultan. + +Before the institution of Protestant missions, the school-books +among the Turks, Armenians, and Greeks were in the ancient +languages, and the schools were consequently of little practical +value. One of the first things done by the missionaries was the +publication of school-books in the languages spoken by the people; +and this simple movement took wonderfully with both Christians and +Moslems, and has wrought a mighty revolution in the empire. + +The principle of self-support in native churches appears now to be +the well-defined policy of all the missions in Turkey, to be +realized in practice at the earliest possible day. In some of the +missionary districts, the forming of the church and the ordination +of the pastor are expected to occur at the same time; and when aid +is given it is only for a limited series of years; and the schools, +and all other necessary agencies, are to be transferred at the +earliest moment from the mission to the people themselves. As a +general rule, the missionaries do not now take the lead in the +building of school-houses and places of worship. They aid as may +seem necessary; but the responsibility and chief pecuniary burden +are left with the people; except where the power of precedent, from +a different course, is too strong to be overcome at once. + +The various testimonies embodied in this chapter will not affect all +minds alike. Yet all must admit, that the Gospel has gained a +deeper, firmer hold on the Armenians, than it ever had before, from +the days of Gregory "the Illuminator" until now. A mental, moral, +and social revolution is in progress, and mainly as a consequence of +the republication of the Gospel by missionaries in the past half +century; and there is no probability of any event occurring that +shall be sufficient to arrest it. Doubtless great evil would result +from extensive inroads of sectarian zeal. But there is hope of +triumph even then,--from the Bible in their own language, brought by +the press within reach of thousands of families, with fathers, +mothers, and children able and free to read it; from self-governed, +self-supported, self-propagating churches, scattered over the +empire, each with its indoctrinated native pastor; from woman +holding such a place in the family and social circle, as she never +held before; and from common schools, and normal schools, and high +schools, and theological seminaries, and even colleges, all +independent of the hierarchy, and beyond the power of the Jesuits; +with the logic of free thought, and a free conscience. + +It would seem that it may not be needful greatly to enlarge the +present number of missionaries among the Armenian people. The native +ministers and native churches are the main thing. And it must be +admitted, that the Gospel, through the grace of God, has been +republished, and its institutions replanted, extensively and most +hopefully in the Armenian Church of the Orient. "In the midst of +fermentation," writes the Constantinople station in 1872, "the +leaven of truth is making its way; and so is, also, that of +infidelity; but the latter is temporary in its influence, the former +permanent. There is far more Protestantism outside of the Protestant +church than within it. Protestant ideas of truth, of liberty of +conscience, of progress, are spread far and wide, and are convulsing +these nations." + + + + + + +CHAPTER XLVI. + +THE MOHAMMEDANS. + + +The necessity for republishing the Gospel among the Oriental +Churches, in order to approach the Mohammedans successfully, was +stated in the Introduction to this History.[1] It seems proper now +to give some illustrations of the effect this republication is +likely to have upon that people. + +[1] See Volume i. pp. 1-6. + +A large portion of the Mohammedan population of Turkey is +undoubtedly of Christian origin, and therefore less firmly wedded to +the Moslem faith and ritual, than are the Osmanly Turks. Three +fourths of the four millions in European Turkey, are believed to be +of this class. The Kuzzelbashes in Eastern Turkey have a tradition +that their Christian ancestors were compelled to become Mohammedans, +and they are now regarded by the Turks as little better than +infidels; nor are the Koords in much higher repute. Of the Druzes +enough was said in the first volume.[1] + +[1] See Chapter xv. + +Though the penalty of death for embracing the Christian religion has +been abrogated in Turkey,[1] yet the convert from Mohammedanism does +not feel himself free from danger of secret assassination. Far +greater security of life and property is enjoyed by Protestant +Armenians and Bulgarians, than by Protestant Turks. Indeed, it is +not long since Protestant Turks had no security whatever; and in +Persia, they have none now. When Koord, Kuzzelbash, and Turk shall +feel as free to inquire, and to act on conviction, as the members of +the nominally Christian sects, there are facts encouraging the +belief, that large numbers of Moslems may be expected to embrace the +Christian faith. + +[1] See Chapters ix. and xxv. + +There is no more satisfactory way of illustrating this than by a +simple statement of some of the more important facts. Indeed, it is +requisite to the completeness of this history, that these be now +stated, since they were designedly omitted in the preceding pages, +in their various connections, in order to be recorded here. + +I begin with the year 1854, when the Imperial Firman of 1850 became +known in the provinces.[1] Mr. Dunmore, on his way from Arabkir to +Diarbekir, with Priest Kevork, spent the first night at a Moslem +village. They had travelled in the rain, and were scarcely dry, says +Mr. Dunmore, "when a company of Turks asked us to read to them from +the New Testament, and tell them something of our belief. Kevork +read to them from the Gospels, explaining, as he passed along, the +precious teachings of our Lord, and closed with prayer. All listened +attentively, and pronounced it, 'Good,' 'True,' 'Just.'" + +[1] See Chapters xxiv. and xxv. + +At another place, Mr. Dunmore found Turks desirous to hear the +Gospel. "More than once," he says, "in passing through the streets, +rich Moslem merchants called us into their shops, expressed their +sympathy with us, and an earnest desire that we would remain. They +called the Armenians to discuss questions with us, but the latter +did so only when constrained by fear, or shame. We were frequently +followed by a number of respectable Moslems, as we went from shop to +shop to converse with the Armenians; and one day so many gathered +about us that we could scarcely proceed on our way; all exclaiming, +'Right,' 'True,' 'Good,' to all that we said." + +The Hutti Humaioun was promulgated in 1855. In that year the Turkish +Scriptures were sold openly on the bridge between Galata and +Constantinople, no man forbidding. + +In September, 1857, Dr. Hamlin described the official examination, +at his house, of a family converted from Mohammedanism. It was made +at the instigation of the mother of the wife, who was almost frantic +at the baptism of her daughter and grandchild. "Our dear friends," +wrote Dr. Hamlin, "stood firm as a rock, and at length the officers +arose and said to me, as nearly as I can state; 'We are fully +convinced that no compulsion has been used in this case, and, so far +as we can see, the accusations of the mother are false. It is the +will of his Majesty, our Sovereign, and it has become the law of the +empire, that every subject, without exception, should enjoy entire +religious freedom. The Mussulman is now as free to become a +Christian, as a Christian is free to become a Mussulman. The +government will know no difference in the two cases. It will only +undertake, whenever an accusation of restraint or compulsion is +brought, to ascertain the true state of the case; and then only in +order to secure the most unexceptionable freedom of choice.'" + +In May of the following year, Dr. Hamlin wrote, that Selim Effendi, +a converted Mussulman employed as an evangelist among his +countrymen, had many inquirers. "I think he conversed with eleven +last week; among whom a woman expressed a very decided desire to +embrace Christianity, but she was afraid of her son. Her son had +sometimes expressed the same wish, but he was afraid of his mother! +Selim introduced them to each other." + +"Let the following statements be appreciated," said Dr. Schauffler, +in September, 1858, "and the difference between the present and the +former state of things will be better understood. (1.) The Imans and +Ulemas are obliged to resort to moral suasion and entreaty. No +threats of persecution are employed; the government takes no +responsibility in these matters; the police has nothing to do with +them. (2.) Although there are fewer purchasers of the New Testament, +yet men buy it publicly, fearing no civil penalty. 'Why do you buy +this infidel book?' says a bigot to a Mohammedan purchaser of the +Gospel. He replies: 'I chose to buy it, and with my own money; you +are welcome to mind your own business;' and so the matter ends. (3.) +We hear of no search being made for the books in circulation among +Mussulmans, No New Testaments have been burned yet, that we know of, +by the Turks, as many copies have been by the Greek or Catholic +priests and bishops." + +Mr. Dunmore wrote, in the same year, after visiting thirty villages, +mostly Kuzzelbash and Turkish: "I really felt ashamed, that in +touring I had ever passed by a Turkish village, without stopping to +point them to the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sins of the +world? And I testify what I have seen, when I say, that the Turks +are approachable; and many of them ready to listen to the Gospel; +while others are anxious to search the Scriptures, and are +restrained only by the pressure of fears, which, as yet, the +Hatti-humaioun has scarcely begun to remove in this region." + +I quote again from the same missionary: "At a Koordish village of +twenty houses we spent two hours in preaching the Word to a company +of thirty. One of them, who seemed to have received a few rays of +light from enlightened men, boldly declared, that he believed the +time was near, when the sword would no more be used to keep men in +Moslem bonds, but that they all would soon be free to embrace the +Gospel, if they wished. We spent a night at a Kuzzelbash village of +forty houses. Immediately on our arrival, we had an audience of +thirty or forty; and during the long evening, fifty or more listened +to the great truths of the Gospel. We preached 'Christ crucified; +the way, the truth, and the life;' and they received the word with +eagerness. When the evening was far spent, we bowed together before +the mercy-seat, after which our audience reluctantly retired. These +are but samples of our visits among Kuzzelbashes and Turks on this +tour." + +Dr. Hamlin, speaking of Turks near the close of 1858, says: "There +have been, here and there, some burnings of the New Testament; not +publicly, but in private, or in small social circles. Among +Mussulmans themselves a spirited debate has repeatedly arisen as to +the moral character of the act. Some have approved, others have most +decidedly condemned it, affirming that the New Testament is the Word +of God. What impressed us most strongly is the bold manner in which +orthodox Turks have declared it to be the Word of God, and that to +burn it is a sin."[1] + +[1] See _Missionary Herald_ for 1858, p. 380. + +Dr. Dwight wrote in May, 1859: "The work among the Turks is looming +up; and if not hindered by some untoward event, or by our neglect, +it will by and by assume very large proportions. That Turkish +officials through the country have been instructed not to persecute +Mohammedans who embrace Christianity, is very evident. The governors +of Sivas, Cesarea, and Diarbekir have, to our knowledge, within a +short time, and with actual cases before them, publicly declared, +that a Mohammedan who became a Christian could not be molested." + +Mr. White visited a place on the north of the Taurus Mountains in +May, 1860, and had many calls from Mussulmans. "Every day they +came," he says, "with an apparently sincere desire to learn the +truth; and held long conversations on man's sinfulness, and how it +was possible for God to forgive sin. 'We have lost God;' 'We have +lost the road;' 'We cannot find God;' were expressions they used +very often. At almost every meeting, from three to five Mussulmans +were present. One is known all over the city as a Protestant; and a +second is a member of the Governor's Council." + +Mr. Herrick, speaking of the Turkish department in the Bebek +Seminary, wrote thus, in the same year: "Quite a number of +Mohammedans have renounced Islam, and become true Christians; many +more are soberly inquiring after the truth; and many others are +turning, unsatisfied, from a religion which cannot save, or wavering +in a merely nominal devotion to Islamism. That which is most +striking is the clear evidence, often, of the work of God's Spirit +in individual cases, and in general movements." + +Dr. Schneider gives this testimony concerning the Mussulmans at an +out-station of Aintab: "There is a willingness among the Moslems +here to listen to arguments in favor of Christianity, that is +uncommon. By intercourse with Protestants, and the reading of the +Scriptures, many of them have obtained glimpses of the truth, and a +few are more or less convinced that Christianity is true. While I +was there, fifteen Mussulmans and several women attended a service. +Apparently there is no place in this region where there is so much +prospect of a speedy work to be done among the Mussulmans." + +The inducement to labor among the Moslems, was much increased in the +year 1860. At one large town in the heart of Asia Minor, a Moslem +said to a Protestant, "Since you came here, you have caused us to +fall into doubt and fear." At another, a Turk and his wife appeared +to be true Christians. Though the man was zealous in making known +the Gospel, the Moslems agreed to ignore his being a Protestant. At +Diarbekir, a Turk declared himself a Christian, and a captain of the +army at Harpoot did the same. Many Turks in the latter region +purchased the New Testament, and some the whole Bible. The military +Pasha of this district bought a Bible publicly, and so did the civil +Pasha; thus showing the effect of the thorough evangelization of +that community. At Constantinople, Dr. Dwight reported his having +read the Scriptures and bowed in prayer with a high officer of the +army in the palace of a Pasha, in the Mussulman quarter of the city, +and in the presence of servants; the officer appearing to be +strongly under the influence of evangelical ideas and feelings. Six +Moslem converts were baptized that year at the capital. One of these +was an Iman, seventy years of age. There had then been fifteen +baptisms of adult converts from Mohammedanism in Constantinople.[1] +The Grand Vizier subsequently required the Serasker to call Abdi +Effendi, the baptized Iman above mentioned, and examine him. This +was done, and the old man made the following confession and +statement: "We are no ghiaours (_i. e_. we worship neither pictures, +nor crosses, nor saints); we assemble and read out of this book +(drawing out of his bosom the New Testament); we sing out of this +one (producing a Turkish Hymn Book); and we listen to preaching from +the Gospel, and engage in prayer for all men. If there is anything +wrong in this book, please point it out to me." He supposed (on +inquiry) that there might be some forty men who were like him, and +mentioned some of their names. + +[1] In part, by English missionaries. + +It would be easy to multiply illustrations like the foregoing of the +susceptibility of Mohammedans to Christian influence; and the reader +will notice that they are of the same general nature with the early +manifestations of interest among the Armenians. There have been, +also, Turkish converts, who braved death in their Christian +profession, and remained steadfast unto the end. + +No churches have been formed by our missionaries exclusively of +Turkish Christians; and it can hardly be said, that the Board has +yet had an organized mission to this people. Of the four +missionaries sent especially to the Turks, Dr. Schauffler has +devoted himself chiefly to translating the Scriptures into the +Osmanli-Turkish; Mr. Herrick, besides doing service by his +commentaries and other literary labors in that language, has been +mainly employed in the Turkish department of the Theological +Seminary, first at Bebek, and then at Marsovan; the younger Mr. +Schauffler was born on the ground, as we may say, and began his +labors amid the strifes of the Armenians in Constantinople with the +missionaries, which was a great hindrance to his work, and the +health of his family not allowing him to remain in Turkey, he is now +a pioneer in the new mission to Austria; and Mr. Hutchison had +scarcely entered the Turkish department of the Bebek Seminary, when +the failure of his wife's health required a return to the United +States. The mission of the Rev. James L. Merrick to the Persian +Mohammedans, in 1834, was little more than a tentative exploration +of the field, and was not continued.[1] + +[1] It should be stated that the English Church Missionary Society +has had a missionary to the Mohammedans in Constantinople since +1862, and reports five converts who are communicants. For the +reactionary movement among the Turks at Constantinople, in +consequence of the distribution of Dr. Pfander's _Defense of +Christianity against Mohammedanism_, see page 234 of this volume. + +With a field so inviting as the Armenian along side of the +Mohammedan, it was not easy to obtain missionaries to the Moslems. +Then again, missionaries to the Armenians soon became engrossed by +their labors. "The Mohammedans," wrote Dr. Schauffler in 1859, +"never will be cared for by missionaries to the Armenians or the +Bulgarians. We can all render each other important services, but no +missionary can take charge of two nationalities. Each one, soon +after coming, finds his hands so full of business for which he feels +responsible, that he cannot do much besides. Moreover, every man +gets his sympathies enlisted for the people of his charge. This is +probably necessary to enable us to labor with energy, and suffer +with patience; but this needful concentration of feeling precludes +the idea of universality in missionary labor." + +Experience has also developed the great law here, as well as +elsewhere, that the main work of winning races to Christianity must +be performed by men of the same race. A Moslem will listen more +patiently to a Christian Turk ("renegade" though he be), than he +will to an Armenian; nor has it been found easy to enlist the +Protestant Armenians effectively in labors for the Turks. It may be +otherwise when the work is more advanced, and the Armenians are +elevated to a higher social level. But a ministry raised from among +themselves, is indispensable to the most efficient evangelization of +the Turks. + +It would seem, therefore, that, up to the present time, the original +plan of the mission to Turkey has been more promising of good, than +any other; namely, that of operating upon the Mohammedans through +regenerated churches planted in the communities where they dwell; +and the greatest usefulness of these churches, for obvious reasons, +must be expected in the interior, rather than in the capital. Thus +far, there has been no material or very obvious change in the +missionary policy; and the risk of such a change, and its probable +advantages on the whole, should be carefully estimated. The +Protestant nations of Europe are substantially with us in our +evangelical labors among the Oriental Churches; and the churches we +gather are "our epistle," "known and read" by the Mohammedans. +Gradually, it may be, some of the missionaries now in the field, who +are familiar with the Turkish language, and have their Armenian +churches supplied with pastors, will turn their attention mainly to +the Moslems, in the exercise of a sound discretion, both as regards +the Turks and the Christians. It may be found that both classes may +be happily inclosed in the same fold. The missionary now occupies a +higher and more influential position with both, than he did years +ago. The Turk, too, is better appreciated as he becomes known. He +has more of manliness, self-respect, and religious feeling, than +some races for whose salvation our labors have been blest. The +masses are by no means hopeless, and the middle class is full of +promise. + +The future is in the hands of the great Head of the Church; who has +so crowned with success the past labors of his servants in Turkey, +as to warrant the expectation, that whatever is needful to the +effectual republication of the Gospel in those Bible lands, may be +attempted with the glad assurance of success. + + + + + + +MISSIONARIES + + + + + + +MISSIONARIES. + + +When no date occurs in the right hand column, it is because the +missionary is still in the field. + +In several instances, the date of the wife's arrival in the field +precedes the arrival of the husband. The explanation is that the +wife, previous to marriage, had been connected with the mission as a +teacher. + +Dr. Eli Smith's Exploring Tour is included in his thirty years' +missionary service. So in the case of Dr. H. G. O. Dwight, and some +others. + +Cyprus is included in the Mission to Greece and the Greeks; the +population consisting largely of that element. + +The asterisk (*) placed before a name, denotes that the person is +deceased. When it is placed before a _date_, in the right hand +column, it denotes that the person died _at the time there +indicated_, and in the field. + +The Assyria Mission terminated in November, 1860, when it was merged +in the Mission to the Armenians. The persons composing that mission +remained at their stations. + +It should be specially noted, that this table is not destined to +state the time of a missionary's connection either with the Mission, +or with the Board, but only of his residence in the field. + +MISSION TO PALESTINE. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*Pliny Fisk Jan. 15, 1820. *Oct. 23, 1825. +*Levi Parsons Jan. 15, 1820. *Feb. 10, 1822. +*Jonas King, D.D. [See Mission + to Greece] Nov. 2, 1822. Aug. 26, 1825. +*George B. Whiting [See Mission + to Syria] Oct., 1834. Autumn, 1843. + Mrs. Matilda S. + Whiting Oct., 1834. Autumn, 1843. +Wm. M. Thomson, D.D. [See Mission + to Syria] April, 1834. + *Mrs. Eliza N. + Thomson April, 1834. *July 22, 1834. +*John F. Lanneau [See Mission + to Syria] May 1, 1836. June 11, 1846. +Charles S. Sherman Sept., 1838. July 1, 1842. + Mrs. Martha E. + Sherman Sept., 1839. July 1, 1842. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIAN. +*Asa Dodge, M.D. Sept., 1834. *Jan. 28, 1835. + Mrs. Martha + Dodge Sept., 1834. 1838. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARY. + Miss Betsey + Tilden June 16, 1836. March 1, 1843. + +Messrs. Beadle and Keyes were at Jerusalem from July 17, 1840, to +January, 1841. + +THE PRINTING ESTABLISHMENT AT MALTA. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*Daniel Temple [See Mission + to Armenians] Feb. 22, 1822. Dec., 1833. + *Mrs. Rachel B. + Temple Feb. 22, 1822. *Jan. 15, 1827. + *Mrs. Martha E. + Temple Feb. 25, 1830. Dec., 1833. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARY. +Homan Hallock [See Mission + to Armenians] Dec. 10, 1826. + Mrs. Elizabeth + Hallock Mar. 26, 1828. + +MISSION TO SYRIA. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*William + Goodell, D.D. [See Mission + to Armenians] Oct. 16, 1823. May 2, 1828. + *Mrs. Abigail P. + Goodell Oct. 16, 1323. May 2, 1828. +Isaac Bird Oct. 16, 1823. Aug., 1835. + Mrs. Ann P. + Bird Oct. 16, 1823. Aug., 1835. +*Eli Smith, D.D. Feb. 18, 1827. *Jan. 11, 1857. + *Mrs. Sarah L. H. + Smith Jan. 28, 1834. *Sept. 30, 1836. + *Mrs. Maria W. C. + Smith June 17, 1841. *May 27, 1842. + Mrs. Henrietta S. + Smith Jan. 12, 1847. May, 1857. +Wm. M. Thomson, D.D. [See Mission + to Palestine] Sept., 1834. + Mrs. Maria + Thomson Aug. 3, 1835. +*Story Hebard Mar. 14, 1836. *June 30, 1841. + *Mrs. Rebecca W. Hebard + [formerly Miss + Williams] Nov. 13, 1835. *Feb. 18, 1840. +Elias R. Beadle Oct. 15, 1838. Sept. 27, 1842. + *Mrs. Hannah + Beadle Oct. 15, 1838. Sept. 27, 1842. +Samuel Wolcott, D.D. April 1, 1840. Jan. 2, 1843. + *Mrs. Catharine E. + Wolcott April 1, 1840. *Oct. 26, 1841. +*Nathaniel A. Keyes April 2, 1840. April 5, 1844. + *Mrs. Mary + Keyes April 2, 1840. April 5, 1844. +Leander Thompson April 1, 1840. March 1, 1843. + Mrs. Anne E. + Thompson April 1, 1840. March 1, 1843. +C. V. A. Van Dyck, D.D. April 1, 1840. + Mrs. Julia A. + Van Dyck Dec. 22, 1842. +*George B. Whiting [See Mission + to Palestine] Autumn, 1843. *Nov. 8, 1855. + *Mrs. Matilda S. + Whiting Autumn, 1843. Mar. 14, 1856. +*John F. Lanneau [See Mission + to Palestine] Feb., 1844. Feb. 17, 1846. + Mrs. Julia H. + Lanneau Feb., 1844. Feb. 17, 1846. +Simeon H. Calhoun July 28, 1844. + Mrs. Emily P. + Calhoun March 6, 1849. +Thomas Laurie, D.D. [See Mission to + Nestorians] Dec. 11, 1844. May 9, 1846. +William A. Benton Oct. 20, 1847, Con. terminated + June, 1861 + Mrs. Loanza G. + Benton Oct. 20, 1847, " +*J. Edwards Ford March 8, 1848. June, 1865. + Mrs. Mary + Ford March 8, 1848. 1865. +David M. Wilson March 8, 1848. May 4, 1861. + Mrs. Emeline + Wilson March 8, 1848. May 4, 1861. +Horace Foote Aug. 24, 1848. Autumn, 1854. + *Mrs. Roxana + Foote Aug. 24, 1848. Autumn, 1854. +*Wm. F. Williams, D.D. [See Assyria + Mission] March 6, 1849. + *Mrs. Sarah P. + Williams March 6, 1849. *July 1, 1854. +William W. Eddy Jan. 31, 1852. + Mrs. Hannah M. + Eddy Jan. 31, 1852. +William Bird April, 1853. + Mrs. Sarah F. + Bird April, 1853. +J. Lorenzo Lyons Feb. 25, 1855. June, 1863. + Mrs. Catharine N. + Lyons Feb. 25, 1855. June, 1863. +Edward Aiken April, 1856. May 1, 1858. + *Mrs. Susan D. + Aiken April, 1856. *June 20, 1856. + Mrs. Sarah C. Aiken + [formerly Miss + Cheney] May 1, 1858. +Daniel Bliss, D.D. April, 1856. + Mrs. Abby M. + Bliss April, 1856. +Henry H. Jessup, D.D. Feb. 7, 1856. + *Mrs. Caroline + Jessup April, 1858. *July 2, 1864. + Mrs. Harriet E. + Jessup Nov. 22, 1868. +Samuel Jessup Jan. 24, 1863. + Mrs. Ann E. + Jessup Jan. 24, 1863. +Philip Berry Oct. 7, 1863. Oct, 1865. + Mrs. Magdalene + Berry Oct. 7, 1863. Oct, 1865. +Geo Edw'd Post, M.D. Dec., 1863. + Mrs. Sarah P. + Post Dec., 1863. +Samuel S. Mitchell June 12, 1867. 1868. + Mrs. Lucy M. + Mitchell June 12, 1867. 1868. +Isaac N. Lowry Nov. 22, 1867. 1869. + Mrs. Mary E. + Lowry Nov. 22, 1867. 1869. +James S. Dennis Feb. 10, 1869. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIANS. +*H. A. DeForest, M.D. Mar. 23, 1842. May 8, 1854. + Mrs. Catharine S. + DeForest Mar. 23, 1842. May 8, 1854. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARIES. +George C. Hurter April 15, 1841. Spring, 1864. + Mrs. Elizabeth + Hurter April 15, 1841. June 7, 1861. + *Mrs. Rebecca W. Williams + [afterwards Mrs. + Hebard] Nov. 13, 1835. *Feb. 8, 1840. + *Mrs. Anna L. + Whittlesey May 2, 1851. *May 1, 1852. + Miss Sarah Cheney + [now Mrs. Edw'd + Aiken] April, 1853. May 1, 1858. + Miss Jane E. + Johnson Aug. 31, 1858. May 15, 1859. + Miss Amelia C. Temple + [now Mrs. Geo. + Gould] Aug. 31, 1858. Spring, 1862. + Miss Adelaide L. + Mason April 11, 1860. June, 1865. + Miss Eliza D. + Everett Nov. 22, 1868. + Miss Nellie A. + Carruth Nov. 22, 1868. 1869. + +MISSION TO GREECE AND THE GREEKS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +Josiah Brewer Dec. 27, 1826. Spring, 1828. +*Elnathan Gridley Dec. 27, 1826. *Sept. 27, 1827. +*Jonas King, D.D. [See Mission to + Palestine] April, 1831. *May 22, 1869. + Mrs. Anna A. + King April, 1831. 1869. +Elias Riggs, D.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] Jan., 1833. + Mrs. Martha Jane + Riggs Jan., 1833. +Samuel R. Houston Nov., 1834. 1840. + *Mrs. Mary R. + Houston Nov., 1834. *Nov. 24, 1839. +Lorenzo W. Pease Nov., 1834. *Aug. 28, 1839. + Mrs. Lucinda + Pease Nov., 1834. Spring, 1841. +James L. Thompson May, 1836. Autumn, 1841. +Daniel Ladd [See Mission to + Armenians] Oct., 1836. + Mrs. Charlotte H. + Ladd Oct., 1836. +*Nathan Benjamin [See Mission to + Armenians] Nov., 1836. + *Mrs. Mary G. + Benjamin Nov., 1836. +George W. Leyburn June, 1837. 1842. + Mrs. Elizabeth W. + Leyburn June, 1837. 1842. + +MISSION TO THE ARMENIANS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*William Goodell, D.D. [See Mission to + Syria] June 9, 1831. Summer, 1865. + *Mrs. Abigail P. + Goodell June 9, 1831. Summer, 1865. +*H. G. O. Dwight, D.D. Feb. 27, 1830.[1] Jan. 25, 1862. + *Mrs. Elizabeth + Dwight June 5, 1832. *July 8, 1837. + *Mrs. Mary + Dwight Sept. 4, 1839. *Nov. 16, 1860. +*Daniel Temple [See Print. Estab. + at Malta] Dec. 23, 1833. Summer, 1844. + *Mrs. Martha E. + Temple Dec. 23, 1833. Summer, 1844. +Thomas P. Johnston Jan. 19, 1834. 1853. + Mrs. Marianne C. + Johnston Jan. 19, 1834. 1853. +Benj. Schneider, D.D. Jan. 19, 1834. + *Mrs. Eliza C. + Schneider Jan. 19, 1834. *Sept. 29, 1856. + Mrs. Susan M. + Schneider Oct. 1, 1858. +John B. Adger, D.D. Oct. 25, 1834. 1846. + Mrs. Elizabeth K. + Adger Oct. 25, 1834. 1846. +Philander O. Powers Jan. 12, 1835. Summer, 1861. + *Mrs. Harriet G. + Powers Jan. 12, 1835. April, 1841. + *Mrs. Sarah L. + Powers Jan. 11, 1843. June, 1861. +Philander O. Powers [Reappointed] June 25, 1866. +Henry A. Homes Dec. 26, 1835. Dec. 10, 1850. + Mrs. Anna W. + Homes June 17, 1841. 1849. +William C. Jackson Feb. 1, 1836. 1845. + Mrs. Mary A. + Jackson Feb. 1, 1836. 1845. +Cyrus Hamlin, D.D. Feb. 4, 1839. + *Mrs. H. A. L. + Hamlin Feb. 4, 1839. *Nov. 14, 1850. + *Mrs. Harriet M. Hamlin + [formerly Miss H. M. + Lovell] April 18, 1845. *Nov. 6, 1857. + Mrs. Mary E. Hamlin + [formerly Miss M. E. + Tenney] Jan. 22, 1856. +H. J. Van Lennep, D.D. April 13, 1840. Summer, 1869. + *Mrs. Emma L. + Van Lennep April 13, 1840. *Sept. 12, 1840. + *Mrs. Mary E. + Van Lennep Nov. 24, 1843. *Sept. 27, 1844. + Mrs. Emily A. + Van Lennep June 16, 1850. Summer, 1869. +Josiah Peabody July, 1841. July, 1860. + Mrs. Mary L. + Peabody July, 1841. July, 1860. +George W. Wood, D.D. April 28, 1842. Sept. 4, 1850. + *Mrs. Martha B. + Wood April 28, 1842. Sept. 4, 1850. +George W. Wood, D.D. [Reappointed] 1871. + Mrs. Sarah A. H. + Wood 1871. +Daniel Ladd [See Mission to + Greece] Sept. 3, 1842. Aug., 1867. + Mrs. Charlotte H. + Ladd Sept. 3, 1842. Aug., 1867. +*Azariah Smith, M.D. Jan. 11, 1843. *June 3, 1851. + Mrs. Corinth I. + Smith Sept. 20, 1848. 1853. +Edwin E. Bliss, D.D. April 16, 1843. + Mrs. Isabella H. + Bliss April 16, 1843. +E. Riggs, D.D., LL.D. [See Mission to Greece and the + Bulgarians] 1844. + Mrs. Martha J. + Riggs 1844. +*Nathan Benjamin [See Mission to + Greece] August 1844. *Jan. 27, 1855. + *Mrs. Mary G. + Benjamin August 1844. 1855. +*Joel S. Everett April 18, 1845. *March 5, 1856. + *Mrs. Seraphina + Everett April 18, 1845. *Dec. 27, 1854. +Isaac G. Bliss, D.D. Aug. 24, 1847. + Mrs. Eunice B. + Bliss Aug. 24, 1847. +Oliver Crane March, 1849. 1854. + Mrs. Marion D. + Crane March, 1849. 1854. +Oliver Crane [Reappointed] 1860. 1863. + Mrs. Marion D. + Crane 1860. 1863. +*Joseph W. Sutphen Jan. 16, 1852. *Oct. 9, 1852. + *Mrs. Susan H. + Sutphen + [afterwards Mrs. + Morgan] Jan. 16, 1852. 1865. +Wilson A. Farnsworth Jan. 22, 1853. + Mrs. Caroline E. + Farnsworth Jan. 22, 1853. +William Clark Jan. 22, 1853. Aug., 1859. + Mrs. Elizabeth W. + Clark Jan. 22, 1853. Aug., 1859. +Andrew T. Pratt, M.D. Jan. 22, 1853. + Mrs. Sarah F. + Pratt Jan. 22, 1853. +George B. Nutting Feb. 9, 1853. Summer, 1868. + *Mrs. Sarah E. + Nutting Feb. 9, 1853. *July 9, 1854. + Mrs. Susan A. + Nutting Autumn, 1856. Summer, 1868. +*Fayette Jewett, M.D. April 20, 1853. *June 18, 1862. + *Mrs. Mary A. A. + Jewett April 20, 1853. Summer, 1862. +*Jasper N. Ball Sept. 21, 1853. Aug., 1861. + *Mrs. Caroline W. + Ball Sept. 21, 1853. Aug., 1861. +*Jasper N. Ball [Reappointed] Jan., 1865. 1869. + Mrs. Martha Ann + Ball Jan., 1865. 1869. +*George W. Dunmore May, 1851. 1861. + Mrs. Susan + Dunmore May, 1851. 1856. +Albert G. Beebee Sept. 1854. March, 1860. + *Mrs. Sarah J. + Beebee Sept., 1854. *Oct. 28, 1858. +George A. Perkins Sept., 1854. Spring, 1861. + Mrs. Sarah E. + Perkins Sept., 1854. Spring, 1861. +Sanford Richardson Sept. 25, 1854. + Mrs. Rhoda A. + Richardson Sept. 25, 1854. +*Edwin Goodell Sept. 25, 1854. 1855. + Mrs. Catharine J. + Goodell Sept. 25, 1854. 1855. +Benjamin Parsons Sept. 25, 1854. 1860. + Mrs. Sarah W. + Parsons Sept. 25, 1854. 1860. +Alexander R. Plumer Feb. 8, 1855. 1859. + Mrs. Elizabeth P. + Plummer Feb. 8, 1855. 1859. +Ira Fayette Pettibone Aug. 4, 1855. 1868. +Ira Fayette Pettibone [Reappointed] May, 1866. +Justin W. Parsons [See Mission to + the Jews] Sept., 1855. + Mrs. Catharine + Parsons Sept., 1855. +*Edward M. Dodd [See Mission to + the Jews] Sept. 28, 1855. *Aug. 19, 1865. + Mrs. Lydia H. + Dodd Sept. 28, 1855. June, 1866. +Orson P. Allen Dec. 9, 1855. + Mrs. Caroline R. + Allen Dec. 9, 1855. +*Homer B. Morgan [See Mission to + the Jews] Jan., 1856. *Aug. 25, 1865. + Mrs. Susan H. + Morgan Jan. 16, 1852. 1865. +Tillman C. Trowbridge [See Mission to + the Jews] Jan. 22, 1856. + Mrs. Margaret + Trowbridge 1861. +George A. Pollard Jan. 22, 1856. 1868. + Mrs. Mary H. + Pollard Jan. 22, 1856. 1868. +Crosby H. Wheeler March 2, 1857. + Mrs. Susan A. + Wheeler March 2, 1857. +Charles F. Morse [See Mission to + Bulgarians] March 2, 1857. + Mrs. Eliza D. + Morse March 2, 1857. +Oliver W. Winchester March 2, 1857. June, 1865. + Mrs. Jeannette S. + Winchester March 2, 1857. June, 1865. +*Jackson G. Coffing March 2, 1857. *Mar. 26, 1862. + Mrs. Josephine L. + Coffing March 2, 1857. +George H. White March 2, 1857. Autumn, 1863. + Mrs. Joanna + White March 2, 1857. Autumn, 1863. +Julius Y. Leonard Sept. 4, 1857. + Mrs. Amelia A. + Leonard Sept. 4, 1857. +George Washburn August, 1858. + Mrs. Henrietta L. + Washburn April 15, 1859. +Joseph K. Greene Feb. 22, 1859. + Mrs. Elizabeth A. + Greene Feb. 22, 1859. +Herman N. Barnum Autumn, 1858. + Mrs. Mary E. + Barnum July, 1860. +William F. Arms 1860. 1864. + *Mrs. Emily F. + Arms 1860. *March, 1861. +Alvin B. Goodale, M.D. Mar. 25, 1860. 1864. + Mrs. Mary E. + Goodale Mar. 25, 1860. 1864. +*Zenas Goss Mar. 25, 1860. *Aug. 28, 1864. +William W. Livingston Sept. 3, 1860. 1871. + Mrs. Martha E. + Livingston Sept. 3, 1860. 1871. +*Wm. F. Williams, D.D. [See Mission to + Assyria] Nov., 1860. *Feb. 14, 1871. + *Mrs. Caroline P. + Williams Oct. 4, 1861. *Jan. 15, 1865. + [for. Miss C. P. + Barbour] Dec. 25, 1857. + Mrs. Clarissa C. + Williams + [formerly Miss C. C. + Pond] Oct. 15, 1864. 1871. +*Augustus Walker [See Assyria + Mission] Nov., 1860. *Sept. 13, 1866. + Mrs. Eliza M. + Walker Nov., 1860. July, 1867. +George C. Knapp [See Assyria + Mission] Nov., 1860. + Mrs. Alzina M. + Knapp Nov., 1860. +Lysander T. Burbank Oct. 13, 1860. 1871. + Mrs. Sarah S. + Burbank Oct. 13, 1860. 1871. +John Francis Smith July 8, 1863. + Mrs. Laura E. + Smith July 8, 1863. +Moses P. Parmelee, M.D. Aug. 14, 1863. + *Mrs. Nellie A. + Parmelee Aug. 14, 1863. *Feb. 17, 1870. + Mrs. Julia + Parmelee Sept., 1871. +Giles F. Montgomery Dec., 1863. + Mrs. Emily R. + Montgomery Dec., 1863. +*Walter H. Giles Nov. 17, 1864. *May 21, 1867. + Mrs. Elizabeth F. + Giles Nov. 17, 1864. +Lucien H. Adams June 9, 1865. + *Mrs. Augusta S. + Adams June 9, 1865. *Nov. 18, 1866. + Mrs. Nancy D. + Adams + [formerly Miss N. D. + Francis] June 25, 1866. +Albert Bryant Oct. 28, 1865. June, 1868. + Mrs. Mary E. I. + Bryant Oct. 28, 1865. June, 1868. +Henry T. Perry Jan. 11, 1867. + Mrs. Jennie H. + Perry Jan. 11, 1867. +Theodore A. Baldwin Aug. 9, 1867. + Mrs. Matilda J. + Baldwin Aug. 9, 1867. +Henry S. Barnum Aug. 10, 1867. + *Mrs. Lucretia L. + Barnum Aug. 10, 1867. *Dec. 31, 1867. + Mrs. Helen P. + Barnum 1869. +Charles C. Tracy October, 1867. + Mrs. Lemyra A. + Tracy October, 1867. +Lyman Bartlett Nov. 8, 1867. + Mrs. Cornelia C. + Bartlett Nov. 8, 1867. +Alpheus N. Andrus May 30, 1868. + Mrs. Louisa M. + Andrus May 30, 1868. +Carmi C. Thayer July, 1868. + Mrs. Mary F. + Thayer July, 1868. +John Eldwin Pierce Sept., 1868. + Mrs. Lizzie A. + Pierce Sept., 1868. +Royal M. Cole Sept., 1868. + Mrs. Lizzie C. + Cole Sept., 1868. +Theodore S. Pond Dec. 13, 1868. + Mrs. Julia J. + Pond Dec. 13, 1868. +Milan H. Hitchcock June 5, 1869. + Mrs. Lucy A. + Hitchcock June 5, 1869. +Edward Riggs July, 1869. + Mrs. Sarah H. + Riggs July, 1869. +Henry Marden Oct. 15, 1869. + Mrs. Mary L. + Marden Oct. 15, 1869. +John Otis Barrows Dec. 23, 1869. + Mrs. Clara S. + Barrows Dec. 23, 1869. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIANS. +Henry S. West, M.D. Feb., 1859. + Mrs. Lottie M. + West Feb., 1859. +D. H. Nutting, M.D. [See Assyria + Mission] Nov., 1860. + Mrs. Mary E. + Nutting Nov., 1860. +*H. B. Haskell, M.D. [See Assyria + Mission] Nov., 1860. Summer, 1861. + Mrs. Sarah J. + Haskell Nov., 1860. Summer, 1861. +James A. Milne, M.D. Aug., 1867. 1868. + Mrs. Arabella + Milne Aug., 1867. 1868. +Geo. C. Reynolds, M.D. Nov. 26, 1869. + Mrs. Martha W. + Reynolds Nov. 26, 1869. +Mary L. Wadsworth, M.D. June, 1871. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARIES. +Homan Hallock [See Print. Estab. + at Malta] Dec., 1833. 1841. + Mrs. Elizabeth + Hallock Dec., 1833. 1841. + *Miss Harriet M. + Lovell + [afterwards Mrs. + Hamlin] April 18, 1845. *Nov. 6, 1857. + *Mrs. Sarah C. + Hinsdale + [widow of Rev. A. K. + Hinsdale] 1845. 1855. + Miss Melvina + Haynes Jan. 22, 1853. July 1856. + Miss Maria A. + West Jan. 22, 1853. + Miss Isabella H. + Goodell 1855. + Mrs. Mary E. + Goodell + [afterwards Mrs. H. N. + Barnum] 1855. + Mrs. Mary E. + Tenney + [afterwards Mrs. + Hamlin] Jan. 22, 1856. + Miss Sarah Elizabeth + West Jan. 22, 1856. Sept., 1862. + Miss Myra A. + Proctor July 28, 1859. + Miss Arabella L. + Babcock Sept., 1862. May, 1864. + Miss Ann Eliza + Fritcher July 8, 1863. + Miss Clarissa C. + Pond + [afterwards Mrs. W. F. + Williams] Oct. 15, 1864. 1871. + Mrs. Nancy D. + Francis + [afterwards Mrs. L. H. + Adams] June 25, 1866. + *Miss Mary E. + Warfield April 27, 1867. *Feb. 12, 1870. + Miss Harriet + Seymour April 27, 1867. + Miss Sarah Ann + Closson Nov. 8, 1867. + Miss Mary G. + Hollister Dec., 1867. +Henry O. Dwight Dec., 1867. + Mrs. Mary A. + Dwight Dec., 1867. + Miss Rebecca D. + Tracy Sept., 1868. 1870. + Miss Charlotte Elizab. + Ely Sept., 1868. + Miss Mary A. C. + Ely Sept., 1868. + Miss Harriet G. + Powers Sept., 1868. + Miss Cyrene O. + Van Duzee Sept., 1868. + Miss Olive L. + Parmelee Oct., 1868. + Miss Isabella C. + Baker Oct., 1868. + Miss Flavia S. + Bliss Nov., 1868. + Miss Ursula C. + Clarke Nov. 18, 1868. + Miss Ardelle M. + Griswold Oct. 15, 1869. + Miss Caroline E. + Bush Aug. 27, 1870. + Miss Julia A. + Rappleye Nov. 11, 1870. + Miss Sarah L. + Wood Nov. 11, 1870. + Miss Julia A. + Shearman Jan., 1871. 1872. + Miss Cornelia P. + Dwight + Miss Mary S. + Williams May, 1871. + Miss Mary M. + Patrick Sept. 21, 1871. + +[1] Dr. Dwight arrived at Malta at the date here indicated, but did +not settle at Constantinople till June 5, 1832. The intervening time +was employed partly in an exploring tour, and partly at Malta, in +labors tributary to the mission. + +ASSYRIA MISSION. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +Dwight W. Marsh Mar. 29, 1850. Summer, 1860. + *Mrs. Julia W. + Marsh May 9, 1853. *Aug. 12, 1859. +*Wm. F. Williams, D.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] May, 1851. + *Mrs. Sarah P. + Williams May, 1851. *July 1, 1854. + *Mrs. Harriet B. + Williams Nov., 1857. *Dec. 25, 1857. +*Henry Lobdell, M.D. May 8, 1852. *Mar. 25, 1855. + Mrs. Lucy C. + Lobdell May 8, 1852. Summer, 1860. +*Augustus Walker [See Mission to + Armenians] April 27, 1853. + Mrs. Eliza M. + Walker April, 1853. +George C. Knapp [See Mission to + Armenians] April 5, 1856. + Mrs. Alzina M. + Knapp April 5, 1856. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIANS. +D. H. Nutting, M.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] Sept., 1854. + Mrs. Mary E. + Nutting Sept., 1854. +*Henri B. Haskell, M.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] April 19, 1856. + Mrs. Sarah J. + Haskell April 19, 1856. + +MISSION TO THE JEWS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +Wm. G. Schauffler, D.D. [See Mission to + Mohammedans] July 31, 1832. + Mrs. Mary R. + Schauffler Feb. 26, 1834. +*Eliphal Maynard April 2, 1849. *Sept. 14, 1849. + Mrs. Celestia A. + Maynard April 2, 1849. 1850. +*Edward M. Dodd [See Mission to + Armenians] April 2, 1849. + Mrs. Lydia H. + Dodd April 2, 1849. +Justin W. Parsons [See Mission to + Armenians] June 24, 1850. + Mrs. Catharine + Parsons June 24, 1850. +*Homer B. Morgan [See Mission to + Armenians] Feb. 16, 1852. + Mrs. Harriet G. + Morgan Feb. 16, 1852. *Sept. 10, 1852. + Mrs. Susan H. + Morgan + [formerly Mrs. + Sutphen] Nov. 7, 1853. + +MISSION TO THE MOHAMMEDANS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +James Lyman Merrick [See Mission to + Nestorians] Oct. 25, 1835. Dec. 1842. + Mrs. Emma + Merrick Mar. 11, 1839. Dec. 1841. +Wm. G. Schauffler, D.D. [See Mission to + Jews] May, 1858. + Mrs. Mary R. + Schauffler May, 1858. +William Hutchison Nov. 14, 1858. April, 1859. + Mrs. Foresta G. + Hutchison Nov. 14, 1858. April, 1859. +George F. Herrick Dec. 2, 1859. + Mrs. Helen M. + Herrick Aug., 1861. +Henry A. Schauffler [See Mission to + Bulgarians] June 3, 1865. + Mrs. Clara E. + Schauffler June 3, 1865. + +MISSION TO THE NESTORIANS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +*Justin Perkins, D.D. Nov., 1835. May 28, 1869. + Mrs. Charlotte + Perkins Nov., 1835. 1857. +*Albert L. Holladay June 7, 1837. Spring, 1846. + Mrs. Anne Y. + Holladay June 7, 1837. Spring, 1846. +*William R. Stocking June 7, 1837. June, 1853. + Mrs. Jerusha R. + Stocking June 7, 1837. June, 1853. +*Willard Jones Nov. 17, 1839. 1844. + Mrs. Miriam + Jones Nov. 17, 1839. Winter, 1844. +*A. H. Wright, M.D. July 25, 1840. *Jan. 4, 1865. + Mrs. Catharine A. + Wright June 14, 1843. August, 1859. +*Abel K. Hinsdale June, 1841. *Dec. 26, 1842. + *Mrs. Sarah C. + Hinsdale + [see Mission to + Armenians] June, 1841. Oct. 21, 1844. +*Colby C. Mitchell June, 1841. *June 27, 1841. + *Mrs. Eliza A. + Mitchell June, 1841. *July 12, 1841. +*James Lyman Merrick [See Mission to + Mohammedans] Dec. 1842. Summer, 1845. + *Mrs. Emma + Merrick Dec. 1842. Summer, 1845. +Thomas Laurie, D.D. [See Mission to + Syria] Nov. 11, 1842. Nov. 10, 1844. + *Mrs. Martha F. + Laurie Nov. 11, 1842. *Dec. 16, 1843. +*David T. Stoddard June 14, 1843. *Jan. 26, 1857. + *Mrs. Harriet + Stoddard June 14, 1843. *Aug. 2, 1848. + Mrs. Sophia D. + Stoddard June 26, 1851. July, 1858. +*Joseph G. Cochran Sept. 27, 1847. *Nov. 2, 1871. + *Mrs. Deborah W. + Cochran Sept. 27, 1848. +George W. Coan Oct. 13, 1849. + Mrs. Sarah P. + Coan Oct. 13, 1849. +*Samuel A. Rhea June 26, 1851. *Sept. 2, 1865. + *Mrs. Martha Ann + Rhea July 1, 1852. *Sept. 16, 1857. + Mrs. Sarah Jane + Rhea Oct. 25, 1860. May, 1869. +*Edwin H. Crane Oct. 20, 1852. *Aug. 27, 1854. + *Mrs. Ann E. + Crane + [afterwards Mrs. P. O. + Powers] Oct. 20, 1852. Nov. 1857. +*Thomas L. Ambrose Nov. 27, 1858. August, 1861. +John H. Shedd Nov. 11, 1859. + Mrs. Sarah Jane + Shedd Nov. 11, 1859. +*Amherst L. Thompson July 2, 1860. *Aug. 25, 1860. + *Mrs. Esther E. + Thompson July 2, 1860. Summer, 1861. +Benjamin Labaree Oct. 25, 1860. + Mrs. Elizabeth E. + Labaree Oct. 25, 1860. +Henry N. Cobb Oct. 25, 1860. Autumn, 1862. + Mrs. Matilda E. + Cobb Oct. 25, 1860. Autumn, 1862. +MISSIONARY PHYSICIANS. +*Asahel Grant, M.D. Oct. 15, 1835. *April 24, 1844. + *Mrs. Judith S. + Grant Oct. 15, 1835. *Jan. 14, 1839. +*F. N. H. Young, M.D. Oct. 25, 1860. Summer, 1863. +T. L. Van Norden, M.D. Oct. 6, 1866. + Mrs. Mary M. + Van Norden Oct. 6, 1866. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARIES. +*Edwin Breath Nov. 7, 1840. *Nov. 18, 1861. + Mrs. Sarah Ann + Breath Oct. 13, 1849. Summer, 1862. + *Miss Fidelia + Fiske June 14, 1843. July 15, 1858. + Miss Catharine A. + Myers + [afterwards Mrs. + Wright] June 14, 1843. August, 1859. + Miss Mary Susan + Rice Nov. 20, 1847. + *Miss Martha Ann + Harris + [afterwards Mrs. + Rhea] July 1, 1852. *Sept. 16, 1857. + Miss Aura Jeannette + Beach July 2, 1860. Sept., 1862. + *Miss Harriet N. + Crawford July 2, 1860. May, 1865. + Miss Nancy Jane + Dean Oct. 19, 1868. + +MISSION TO THE BULGARIANS. + + ORDAINED WIVES OF TIME OF TIME OF +MISSIONARIES. MISSIONARIES. ENTERING. LEAVING. +Charles F. Morse [See Mission to + Armenians] Mar. 26, 1858. 1870. + Mrs. Eliza D. + Morse Mar. 26, 1858. 1870. +Theodore L. Byington Sept. 4, 1858. 1867. + Mrs. Margaret E. + Byington Sept. 4, 1858. 1867. +*William W. Meriam April 22, 1859. *July 3, 1862. + *Mrs. Susan + Meriam April 22, 1859. *July 25, 1862. +James F. Clarke Oct., 1859. + Mrs. Isabella G. + Clarke Oct., 1859. +William F. Arms July, 1860. June, 1862. + *Mrs. Emily + Arms July, 1860. *Mar. 31, 1861. +Oliver Crane [See Mission to + Armenians] Sept. 19, 1860. Aug., 1863. + Mrs. Marion D. + Crane Sept. 19, 1860. Aug., 1863. +Henry C. Haskell Dec. 13, 1862. + Mrs. Margaret H. + Haskell Dec. 13, 1862. +*Jasper N. Ball [See Mission to + Armenians] Jan., 1865. 1869. + Mrs. Martha A. + Ball Jan., 1865. 1869. +Lewis Bond May 29, 1868. + Mrs. Fannie G. + Bond May 29, 1868. +Wm. Edwin Locke June, 1868. + Mrs. Zoe A. M. + Locke June, 1868. +Henry Pitt Page Nov. 26, 1868. + Mrs. Mary A. + Page Nov. 26, 1868. +Elias Riggs, D.D., LL.D. [See Mission to + Armenians] 1871. + Mrs. Martha J. + Riggs 1871. +Henry A. Schauffler [See Mission to + Mohammedans] 1871. + Mrs. Clara E. + Schauffler 1871. +ASSISTANT MISSIONARIES. + *Miss Mary E. + Reynolds Jul. 8, 1863. 1869. + *Miss Roseltha N. + Norcross April 27, 1867. *Nov. 4, 1870. + Miss Minnie C. + Beach Oct. 15, 1869. + Miss Esther T. + Maltbie Nov. 11, 1870. + Mrs. Anna V. + Mumford 1871. + + + + + + +ADDENDA. + + +The foregoing Tabular View of the Missionaries was made partly for +the author's convenience on commencing the second volume, by the +very accurate gentleman who prepared the List of Publications that +follows. Such a statement is very difficult to make; and it may be, +after all the subsequent corrections, that there are omissions and +errors. Should they be seasonably pointed out, the corrections will +be made in a subsequent edition. + +The following should have had a place, under the head of the +_Mission to the Armenians_, namely:-- + +Rev. William A. Spaulding, who sailed in November, 1871. +Mrs. Georgia D. Spaulding. +Rev. Joseph E. Scott, who sailed in February, 1872. +Mrs. Annie E. Scott. + +_Assistant Missionaries_. + +Miss Laura Farnham, who sailed November, 1871. +Miss Phebe L. Cull, who sailed November, 1871. + + + + + + +PUBLICATIONS + + + + + + +CATALOGUE OF PUBLICATIONS + + +ISSUED FROM THE MISSION PRESSES CONNECTED +WITH THE MISSIONS OF THE BOARD TO THE +SEVERAL ORIENTAL CHURCHES. + +_Compiled by Rev. John A. Vinton, Winchester, Mass_. + +The sources of information were the "Missionary Herald" from 1821, +and the Annual Reports of the Board from the beginning of these +missions to the year 1871. + +IN ITALIAN. + +The Sabbath. +Dr. Payson's Address to Mariners. +Prayers for the Seven Days of the Week. +Dr. Ashbel Green's Questions and Counsel. +The Dairyman's Daughter, 78 pages, 1,000 copies. +William Kelley, 32 pages, 500 copies. +The Progress of Sin, 16 pages, 500 copies. +Dialogue between a Traveller and Yourself, 12 pages, 500 copies. +The Novelty of Popery. +An Address to the Children of Israel, 25 pages, 1,000 copies. +Christ's Sermon on the Mount, 16 pages, 1,000 copies. +The Negro Servant, 28 pages, 1,000 copies. +The Young Cottager, 72 pages, 1,000 copies. +The Shepherd of Salisbury Plain, 12 pages, 1,000 copies. +Serious Thoughts on Eternity, 12 pages, 1,000 copies. +Dialogue between Two Sailors, 18 pages, 1,000 copies. + +Previous to November, 1827, the number of books and tracts printed +at the Mission Press in Italian, was 43; number of consecutive +pages, 1,430; of copies, 55,500; whole number of pages, 1,700,000. + +IN MODERN GREEK. + +The Dairyman's Daughter, 119 pp. +The Negro Servant, 32 pp. +Payson's Address to Mariners, 22 pp. +Short Prayers for Every Day in the Week, 70 pp. +Tract on Redemption, by Dr. Naudi, 72 pp. +Sixteen Short Sermons, 48 pp. +Progress of Sin, 20 pp. +Dialogue between a Traveller and Yourself, 14 pp. +Life and Martyrdom of John the Baptist, 28 pp. +Serious Thoughts on Eternity, 16 pp. +The Young Cottager, 87 pp. +The Shepherd of Salisbury Plain, 73 pp. +William Kelley, 45 pp. +Watts's Catechism for Children, 16 pp. +Address to the Children of Israel, 34 pp. +Chrysostom on Reading the Scriptures, 26 pp. +Content and Discontent, by Mrs. Sherwood, 24 pp. +Serious Address to Young and Old, 27 pp. +Life of James Covey, a converted Sailor, 16 pp. +Life of the Virgin Mary, from the Bible only, 20 pp. +An Appeal to the Heart, 34 pp. +Exhortation to Seamen, 20 pp. +Christ's Sermon on the Mount, 16 pp. + +The following were printed from 1830 to 1833:-- + +Historical Selections from the Old Testament, 81 pp. +Life of Abraham, 36 pp. +Life of Joseph, 60 pp. +Life of Moses, 36 pp. +Life of Samuel, 24 pp. +Life of David, 64 pp. +Life of Elijah. +Life of Elisha. +Life of Daniel, 36 pp. +Life of Esther, 20 pp. +Abridgment of the Old Testament, 140 pp. +Abridgment of the Gospels, 48 pp. +Abridgment of the Acts, 60 pp. +Lessons for Children. +Bickersteth's Scripture Help, abridged. +Lyttelton on the Conversion of St. Paul. +The Ten Commandments. +Ecclesiastical History. +Dialogues on Grammar. +The Alphabetarion, 120 pp. +The Greek Reader, 156 pp. +The Little Philosopher, 72 pp. +The Child's Assistant, 60 pp. +The Child's Arithmetic, 48 pp. +Adams's Arithmetic. +History of Greece. +History of Rome. +History of England. +History of France. +History of the Middle Ages. +History of the Sandwich Islands. +The Priest and Catechumen, a Dialogue, 12 pp. +Peter Parley's Geography, with lithographed maps, 108 pp. +Pinnock's Catechism of Greek History, with remarks, 150 pp. + +The amount printed in Modern Greek, while the press remained at +Malta, was about 350,000 copies, mostly 12mo, comprising 21,000,000 +pages. Many of the editions were of 4,000 copies each. In the year +ending October 1831, 4,760,000 pages were printed. + +After the removal of the press to Smyrna, in December, 1833, there +were printed in Modern Greek,-- + +Woodbridge's Geography, 296 pp. +Scriptural Teacher, 116 pp. +Questions on the Pentateuch, 88 pp. +Several Hymns for the Mission Schools. +Child's Book on the Soul. +Tract on Self-Examination. +Difficulties of Infidelity. +The Magazine of Useful Knowledge--a monthly publication commenced in + 1836 or 1837, and continued till 1843, when it was transferred to + Mr. Nicholas Petrokokino. It had, in 1839, 1,200 subscribers. + +About thirty million pages in Modern Greek had been printed by the +mission between July 1822 and 1837. + +At Smyrna, in 1847 and 1848, were printed, Barth's Church History, + 354 pages, 3,000 copies; 1,062,000 pages. +At Constantinople, after the removal of the press, in 1853; Hymn + Book, 112 pages, 2,000 copies; 224,000 pages. +In 1854, a tract of 20 pages, 2,000 copies; 40,000 pages. +In 1860, tracts, 5,000 copies, 40,000 pages. +In 1863, tracts, . . . . 6,000 pages. + +Printing in Modern Greek, at Athens, under the supervision of Dr. +King:-- + +Up to 1844, 32 books and tracts, 3,717 consecutive pages, + 128,-215 pages in the whole. +In 1845, 2,000 copies, 664,000 pages. +In 1846, 3,000 copies, 190,500 pages. +In 1853 to 1856, a collection of the publications of the American + Tract Society, vol. I.--V., making 2,500 consecutive pages of the + five volumes. +In 1855, Chrysostom on Reading the Scriptures, 180 pages. +Two volumes of Sermons, 48 in number, by Dr. King. +A volume of Miscellanies, including his Farewell Letter to his + Friends in Palestine and Syria. + +IN GRECO-TURKISH (THE TURKISH LANGUAGE IN GREEK LETTERS). + +Christ's Sermon on the Mount, 16 pages, 450 copies. +History of Moses, of Samuel, of Elijah, of Elisha, of Daniel, of + Esther; each a volume by itself; total, 524,000 pages. +From 1840 to 1853, were printed 55,000 copies of the Scriptures. +In 1854 and 1855, the Bible in 8vo, 7,000 copies, 2,456,000 pages. +In 1864, 72 pages, 3,000 copies; in all, 216,000 pages. +In 1867, the Tract Primer, 5,000 copies, 340,000 pages. +In 1869, a Hymn Book, 264 pages, 2,000 copies; 528,000 pages. + +IN ANCIENT ARMENIAN. + +The New Testament, 836 pages, 2,000 copies. At Smyrna, 1838. +The Four Gospels, printed separately, 1,000 copies. +The Acts and Epistles, of the same edition, 1,500 copies, in 1843. +The Psalter, 274 pages, total 548,000 pages; 3,000 copies printed in + 1841; 2,000 copies in 1846. +The New Testament, 2,000 copies, 1,464,000 pages; in 1853. +The Christian Teacher, 136 pages, 500 copies; in 1838. +Daily Food for Christians, 62 pages, 1,000 copies; in 1838. +In 1869, printed 268 consecutive pages and 4,250 copies. + +IN MODERN ARMENIAN. + +Abercrombie on Mental Culture, 84 pages, 1,500 copies; 126,000 + pages. Printed in 1844, at the expense of the author. +Against Infidelity, 16 pages, 3,000 copies. +Almanac for 1837, 3,000 copies. +Almanac for 1839, 1,000 copies. +An Arithmetic, 1866. +An occasional paper, 4to, 20 pages, 500 copies. +Answer of Evangelical Armenians to the Patriarch's Manifesto, 104 + pages, 1,000 copies. +Anxious Inquirer. +Assembly's Shorter Catechism, with references, 104 pages, 2,000 + copies. +Astronomy, 104 pages, 3,000 copies. +Avedaper (The), or Messenger, a religious periodical in Modern + Armenian, and in Armeno-Turkish. Published since January, 1855; + once in two weeks, with a circulation, in each language, of 1,000 + copies. +Balbaith's Confession, in the form of a letter from a converted Jew, + giving reasons for his profession of Christianity, 62 pages, + 4,000 copies. +Baptism and the New Birth, 112 pages, 1,000 copies. +Baxter's Saints' Rest. 1854. +Bible Dictionary. 1854. +Bible Hand-book, 240 pages, 300 copies. +British Martyrology. 1850. +Child's Entertainer, 296 pages, 1,000 copies, containing Watts's + Divine and Moral Songs in Armenian verse, evangelical anecdotes, + some natural history, etc, 1838. +Child's Instructor, 74 pages. +Concordance to the Bible, 8vo, 504 pages, 2,000 copies. +Dairyman's Daughter, 48 pages, 3,000 copies. +Evidences of Christianity. +False Claims of the Pope, 77 pages. It has been published in English + by the American Tract Society. +Five Wounds (The) of Conscience, by Flavel, 1,500 copies. +Forever! 4 pages, 4,000 copies. +Friendly Letters to Sufferers by the late Fire, 16 pages, 500 + copies. +Good Works; a Tract on Justification, 48 pages, 4,000 copies. +Grammar, English and Armenian; 112 pages, 500 copies. Another + edition of 272 pages, 1,000 copies. +Guide to Parents, 61 pages, 1,000 copies. +Guide to Repentance, 288 pages, 1,000 copies. +Handbills, (four) each one page, containing, The Decalogue: A + Contrast between the Deaths of Haliburton and Voltaire; The + Christian Sabbath; The Death-bed of a Modern Free-thinker; 4,000 + copies. +History of the Church of God. +History of Joseph, 326 pages, 3,000 copies. +History of the Reformation, by Merle d'Aubigne. In 2 vols. 8vo, with + an Appendix of 50 pages, 1,000 copies, 1846. An enlarged edition + was printed in 1866. +Holy Spirit, a Work on the, 1850. +Hymns, 25 pages, 500 copies. +Jones's (Rev. C. C.) Catechism, 203 pages, 4,000 copies. +Joy in Heaven, 24 pages, 3,000 copies. +Key to Reading, 8 pages, 1,500 copies. +Lancasterian Cards, 80 to the set. 100 sets. +Light of the Soul, 46 pages, 3,000 copies. +Lives of the Patriarchs and Prophets, 300 pages, 1,000 copies. +Lord's Supper, Treatise on the, 84 pages, 1,000 copies. +Mary Lothrop, 96 pages, 3,000 copies. +Messenger, The. See _Avedaper_. +Mother at Home, 288 pages, 300 copies. +Monthly Evangelical Preacher, commenced January, 1845, and suspended + at the close of the year, 284 pages, 1,000 copies. +Monthly Magazine, four vols., for 1839-1842. The first year, 1,100 + copies, each following year, 1,500. Relinquished for want of + funds. Resumed 1844, continued till 1846. +New Testament, 646 pages, 5,000 copies in 1842 and 1843. A new + translation, carefully executed by four of the best scholars in + the Armenian nation, and compared by Dr. Adger, word by word, + with the original Greek. +New Testament, with marginal references, and parallel passages. + Prepared by Dr. Adger and Dr. Riggs. 948 pages. 1848 and 1849. +New Testament, in the Ararat or Eastern Dialect of the Modern + Armenian, with Scripture references, 8,000 copies. +New Testament, in the Ararat or Eastern Dialect of the Modern + Armenian, with the Ancient Armenian, in parallel columns. +Old Testament, in four volumes, 500 copies. +Old Testament, imperial edition, 5,000 copies. +Payson's Thoughts, 180 pages, 2,000 copies. +Pentateuch, 684 pages, 1,500 copies. +Progress of Sin, 24 pages, 2,000 copies. +Pilgrim's Progress, with notes, 814 pages, 1,000 copies. +Protestant Confessions, 265 pages, 1,000 copies. +Psalter, in the Western Dialect of the Modern Armenian, 275 pages, + 3,000 copies. +Psalter, in the Ararat or Eastern Dialect of the Modern Armenian, + 275 pages, 5,000 copies. +Reply to Archbishop Matteos. +Scripture Rule of Faith, 364 pages, 1,000 copies. +Scripture Texts, 56 pages, 500 copies. +Scripture Text Book, 622 pages, 1,000 copies. +Sermon for the Whole World, 16 pages, 2,000 copies. It is the Sermon + on the Mount. +Sin no Trifle, 16 pages, 2,000 copies. +Spelling Book, 60 pages. At least four editions. +Sunday-school Hymn Book, 8vo, 134 pages, 8,000 copies. +Sunday-school Hymn and Tune Book, 8vo, 128 pages, 5,000 copies. +The Two Lambs, 48 pages, 2,000 copies. +Tract on Self-Examination, 52 pages, 1,000 copies. +Upham's Intellectual Philosophy. +Vivian's Three Dialogues, between a Minister and his Parishioner, + 2,000 copies. +What must I do? 20 pages, 2,000 copies. +What is it to believe? 12 pages, 5,000 copies. +Whateley's Evidences of Christianity, 192 pages, 2,000 copies. + +There were also many common school books. + +The sum total of printing in the Modern Armenian, in the year 1869, +was 1,865 consecutive pages, and 25,920 copies. + +IN ARMENO-TURKISH. + +Printing in this language was commenced at Malta in 1828. In August, +1829, the number of publications was nineteen. The printing of the +Armeno-Turkish New Testament was begun January 8, 1830, and the last +sheet was corrected before the close of January, 1831. A second +edition of the same was printed at Smyrna in 1843, consisting of +4,000 copies. The Old Testament was printed at Smyrna in 1841, 3,000 +copies. The Pentateuch was printed in a separate form, 2,000 copies. +The Book of Psalms, in a separate form, was printed in 1844, 2,000 +copies. + +The following publications have also been issued:-- + +Abbot's Young Christian, 350 pages, 2,000 copies. +Arithmetic, 66 pages, 3,000 copies. +Avedaper (Messenger), a monthly magazine. See _Avedaper_ in the + preceding list. +Barth's Church History, 408 pages, 1,000 copies. +Bogue's Essay, 444 pages, 1,000 copies. +Capadose, Dr., Memoir of, 52 pages, 1,000 copies. +Catechism on Christ, 82 pages, 1,000 copies. +Chrysostom on Reading the Scriptures, 106 pages, 2,000 copies. +Commentary on Matthew, 1,000 copies. +Essay on Fasts, etc., 220 pages, 1,000 copies. +False Claims of the Pope, 112 pages, 2,000 copies. +Forever! 11 pages, 1,000 copies. +Gallaudet's Child's Book on the Soul, 156 pages, 1,000 copies. +Gallaudet's Natural Theology, 233 pages, 2,000 copies. +Good Works, A tract on, 44 pages, 2,000 copies. +Grammar, 213 pages, 3,000 copies. +Guide to the Use of the Fathers, 318 pages, 2,000 copies. +History of a Bible, 34 pages, 2,000 copies. +Hymn Book. +Intemperance, Tract on, 46 pages, 2,000 copies. +Jones's (Rev. C. C.) Catechism, 305 pages, 1,000 copies. +Light of the Soul, 48 pages, 2,000 copies. +Mary Lothrop, 172 pages, 2,000 copies. +Narrative Tracts, in one vol., 152 pages, 1,000 copies. +Neff's (Felix) Dialogues on Sin and Salvation, 140 pages, 1,000 + copies. +New Testament, with marginal references. +Old Testament, with marginal references, royal 8vo. + +From 1840 to 1863, 6,500 copies of the Scriptures were printed,-- + +Physiology, Treatise on, 272 pages, 3,000 copies. +Pike's Persuasives to Early Piety, 70 pages, 2,000 copies. +Reader, No. 1, 63 pages, sixth edit., 5,000 copies. 1867. +Reader, No. 2, 72 pages, 5,000 copies. 1869. +Reader, No. 3, 84 pages, 5,000 copies. 1869. +Sabbath, A work on the, 116 pages, 2,000 copies. +Scripture Titles of Christ, 104 pages, 1,000 copies. +Serious Inquiry, 20 pages, 2,000 copies. +Sermon for the Whole World, 28 pages, 2,000 copies. It is the Sermon + on the Mount. +Sermons, fourteen in one vol., 316 pages, 1,000 copies. +Spelling Book, 64 pages, 1,000 copies. +Theological Class Book. +The Ten Commandments, a handbill, 2,000 copies. +Without Holiness no Man shall see the Lord, 11 pages, 1,000 copies. + +In Armeno-Turkish there were printed in 1869, 398 consecutive pages +and 16,000 copies. + +IN ARABO-TURKISH (SOMETIMES CALLED THE OSMANLI-TURKISH. TURKISH IN +THE ARABIC CHARACTER). + +Under the direction of Dr. Schauffler, an edition of the New + Testament, of very beautiful typography, was issued in 1862. + Also, Matt. v. in separate form. +A Commentary on Matthew and Mark, 400 pages, 1,000 copies. 1864. +The Decalogue, one page, 1,000 copies. 1867. +The Beatitudes, one page, 1,000 copies. 1867. +Selected Texts, one page, 1,000 copies. 1867. +Selected Texts, one page, 1,000 copies. 1867. +On Belief and Worship: an Explanation of the Christian Religion as + understood and professed by Protestants, 128 pages, 3,000 copies. +The Primer, 64 pages, 5,000 copies. 1869. +Notes on the Decalogue, 80 pages, 3,000 copies. +Teachings of the New Testament, concerning the Judgment, 16 pages, + 5,000 copies. +Firman of the Porte in relation to the Protestant community, 300 + copies. + +In this dialect, in 1869, were printed 161 consecutive pages, 13,300 +copies--total, 531,300 pages. + +In the Koordish Dialect, previous to 1863, 13,000 copies of the +Scriptures had issued from the mission press. + +IN BULGARIAN. + +In the year 1844, a small volume in this language was issued at + Smyrna. It was Part I. of Gallaudet's Child's Book on the Soul, + 61 pages, 2,000 copies. +In 1851 and 1852, several Tracts were printed, in all 8,000 copies. +In 1853, the Book of Psalms. +In 1860, 59,000 copies, in part of the New Testament, and in part of + other books and tracts, making 3,332,000 pages. +In 1861, the New Testament, Biblical Catechism, Child's Book on the + Soul, etc., 1,195 consecutive pages, and 60,000 copies. +In 1863, 1,896,000 pages. Up to this time, 4,000 copies of the New + Testament. +In 1864, 303 copies of tracts, etc., 39,000 consecutive pages. +The issue of the Old Testament, following the New, commenced 1866. +The Zornitza, or Day Star, a small monthly sheet, was commenced + about 1866, having 750 subscribers. + +After this time, the printing was as follows:-- + + TOTAL + PAGES. COPIES. COPIES. +The Bible, commenced, imperial, 8vo 624 5,000 3,120,000 +The Pentateuch 352 1,000 352,000 +Book of Genesis 167 1,000 167,000 +Book of Proverbs 91 2,000 182,000 +Hymn and Tune Book, finished 44 3,000 132,000 +Dr. Goodell's Sermons 522 3,000 1,566,000 +Sermon on the Sabbath 12 2,000 24,000 +Commentary on Matthew 240 3,000 720,000 +Spiritual Worship 156 2,000 312,000 +The Bible and Tradition 35 3,000 105,000 +Protestants the Ancient Orthodox 43 3,000 129,000 +Baptism 28 3,000 84,000 +The Lord's Supper 34 3,000 102,000 +The Pope and the Roman Catholic Church 74 3,000 220,000 +Answer to Infidel Objections 36 3,000 108,000 +Bruch on Prayer 48 3,000 144,000 +The Way of Salvation 8 3,000 24,000 +Poor Joseph 8 3,000 24,000 +The Two Lambs 18 3,000 54,000 +On Fasting, third edition 16 3,000 48,000 +The One Thing Needful, second edition 7 3,000 21,000 +The Enlightened Priest, second edition 22 3,000 66,000 +Index to Sermons 4 3,000 12,000 +The Heavenly Voice, and What it is to + believe in Christ 16 3,000 48,000 +Confession of Faith 8 1,000 8,000 +Zornitza, "The Day Star," 12 Nos. 4to 96 2,000 192,000 + ------- -------- ----------- + 2,709 70,000 7,964,000 + +In the Bulgarian, in 1869, were printed 519 consecutive pages, and +19,000 copies. + +IN HEBREW AND HEBREW-SPANISH. + +The Psalms, 3,000 copies, 1836. An edition in 1853, 5,000 copies. +The Pentateuch, 500 copies. Second edition of 2,000 copies. +The Old Testament, printed at Vienna, 3,000 copies. +The same, second edition, 5,000 copies, printed at Smyrna. +Oppenheim's Hebrew Grammar, at Smyrna, 2,000 copies. It was designed + to lead the Jews from a fanciful to a grammatical construction of + the Hebrew Oracles. +A Hebrew Vocabulary. +A Hebrew-Spanish Primer, of 20 pages. +A Hebrew-Spanish Lexicon, in part; extending to 187 consecutive + pages; number of copies 8,000. So far in 1851. It appears to have + been since completed. +In 1855, just before the close of the Jewish mission, 319 pages of + Hebrew-Spanish literature were printed in Constantinople, 5,000 + copies. +Between 1840 and 1860, 23,000 copies of the Hebrew-Spanish + Scriptures, under the supervision of missionaries of the American + Board. + +IN ARABIC. + +Previous to the arrival of the Mission Press at Beirut, the +following tracts had been issued from it at Malta:-- + +Farewell Letter of Rev. Jonas King to his friends in Syria, in 1825. +Asaad Shidiak's Statement of his Conversion, and of his + Persecutions. +Mr. Bird's Reply to the Maronite Bishop of Beirut, 535 pages. + +In 1836, amounting to 380,800 pages, as follows:-- + +Spelling Cards, 8 pages, 500 copies. +Watts's Catechism for small children, 16 pages, 1,000 copies. +A Lithographic Copy-book, 200 copies. +Elements of Arabic Grammar, 168 pages, 1,000 copies. +Hymn Book, 24 pages, 200 copies. +Alphabet, lithographed, 200 copies. +The Dairyman's Daughter, 96 pages, 2,000 copies. + +Since 1836, the issues of the press were as follows:-- + +Extracts from Chrysostom, 166 pages, 2,000 copies. +Extracts from Thomas a Kempis, 60 pages, 2,000 copies. +Smith's Arithmetic, 84 pages, 1,200 copies. +Proverbs of Solomon, 4,000 copies. +On Self-Examination, 40 pages, 4,000 copies. +Sermon on the Mount, 12 pages, 6,000 copies. +Tract on the Cholera, 12 pages, 4,000 copies. +Child's Book on the Soul. Part I., 104 pages, 2,000 copies. +Epistle to the Ephesians, 24 pages, 3,000 copies. +The Psalms of David, 276 pages, 5,000 copies. +Confession of Faith, 60 pages, 400 copies, +On Temperance, by Mrs. Whiting, 96 pages, 2,000 copies. +Child's Book on the Soul. Part II., 116 pages, 2,000 copies. +Little Henry and his Bearer, 84 pages, 2,000 copies. +The Acts of the Apostles, 150 pages, 2,000 copies. +Arabic Syntax, 74 pages, 2,000 copies. +The Passion of Christ, as in Matt. xxvii., 16 pages, 6,000 copies. +Thomas a Kempis, revised, 343 pages, 2,000 copies. +The First Sixteen Psalms, for Schools, 23 pages, 1,000 copies. +The Office and Work of the Holy Spirit, 256 pages, 2,000 copies. +Spelling Book, 63 pages, 2,000 copies. +The Westminster's Assembly's Catechism, 43 pages, 2,000 copies. +Good Works, their place, 87 pages, 2,000 copies. +Nevins's Thoughts on Popery, 156 pages, 2,000 copies. +Watts's Catechism for Children, 2,000 copies. +The Assembly's Shorter Catechism, with proofs, 1,500 copies. + +In 1842, the Arabic printing at Beirut amounted to 1,708,000 pages. +In 1843, to 13,000 copies, and 1,282,000 pages. Number of pages from +the beginning, 6,077,000. + +After the year 1845, the printing proceeded from year to year, and +the number of copies and pages was reported as formerly; but the +titles do not occur in the printed Reports, except as follows:-- + +The Spelling Book, from Bible; 59 pages, 1,500 copies. +Letter to the Syrian Clergy, 20 pages, 1,200 copies. +The Book of Genesis, 136 pages, 1,200 copies. +Union Question Book, Vol. I., 1,500 copies. +An Arithmetic, by Butrus el Bistany. +Mrs. Whiting on Temperance, second edition. +Mr. Johnston's tract on Good Works, their Place, second edition. +Mr. Bird's Reply to the Maronite Bishop, second edition. +Mr. Calhoun's Companion to the Bible. +Dr. Van Dyck's Geography. +Dr. Alexander's Evidences of Christianity. +Dr. Van Dyck's Algebra. +Dr. Van Dyck's Sermon on the Second Commandment. +A small Arabic Grammar. +Dr. Meshakah on Skepticism. +Dr. Schneider on Rites and Ceremonies. +A new edition of the Psalms of David. + +The New Testament, in the version made by Dr. Eli Smith, assisted by +Butrus el Bistany, and revised by Dr. Van Dyck, with references, and +also a Pocket Edition of the same, without references, of 5,000 +copies, was issued from the press in March 1860. + +The printing of the WHOLE BIBLE IN ARABIC was finished in March +1865. Upon this great work Drs. Smith and Van Dyck had labored with +zeal and energy sixteen years, from 1838. Of this translation, ten +different editions, of the whole, or of parts, had been printed in +1865, comprising over 40,000 copies. + +Two hundred copies of the first three chapters of the Gospel by John +were printed in raised letters, for the use of the blind. + +Printed in 1866: volumes of all kinds, 28,434. Copies of Tracts, +23,000. Copies of Scripture, 14,554. Pages of Tracts, 888,000. Pages +of Scripture, 2,872,000. + +Printed in 1867:-- + +Edwards's History of Redemption. +Bickersteth's Scripture Hand-book. +A large Psalm and Hymn Book. +A Psalter, versified. +A Children's Hymn Book. +A Monthly Missionary Arabic Journal. +Mr. Bistany's Elements of Grammar. +Two editions of his Arabic Lexicon. + +In 1867, were printed 16,800 volumes of all kinds, and 20,700 +Tracts. + +In 1868, 726,000 pages of Scripture, and 1,300,000 of other works. + +In 1869, 5,147,000 pages of all kinds. + +The reports for subsequent years are defective. + +MODERN SYRIAC. (THE LANGUAGE OF THE NESTORIAN PEOPLE.) + +The printing, in the year 1843, was 860 volumes, 6,940 tracts, and +611,580 pages. + +In 1844, the Four Gospels, and the Dairyman's Daughter, were + printed. Whole amount, 437,800 pages. +The New Testament, with the ancient and modern Syriac in parallel + columns, was printed in 1846. In that year, 2,500 books and + tracts, and 1,114,000 pages, were printed; of which about + 1,000,000 pages were quarto. Among the books was a new and + enlarged edition of the Nestorian Hymn Book, a Spelling Book, and + a Question Book. +The Pilgrim's Progress was commenced in 1847. +A monthly paper, entitled "The Rays of Light," was begun in 1848, + and has continued till the present time. +In 1853 and 1854, an edition of the New Testament entire, was + printed; also a Hymn Book, and a volume entitled Scripture Facts. +In 1855, Green Pastures for the Lord's Flocks, 392 pages. +In 1856, Barth's Church History, and a Scripture Geography. + +Whole number of volumes printed this year, 3,000; 880,000 pages. + +In 1857, 934,000 pages, of which 768,000 were of Scripture, in large + quarto. + +During the eighteen years following the arrival of the press, from +1840 to 1858, 68,000 volumes were printed, comprising 13,493,020 +pages. + +In 1860, the New Testament, with references, had been printed. +The Old Testament is spoken of as having been previously printed in + that form. +A Christian Almanac was issued in 1862. +The Word of God was largely printed from year to year. +In 1866, Rays of Light, a monthly paper, 8vo, 384 pages, 400 copies. + Wayland's Moral Science. + +Volumes printed in 1866, 1,250. Tracts, including the monthly paper, +5,500. Pages of Scripture, and other works, 381,300. + +Whole number of volumes from the beginning, 91,350. Number of pages, +18,052,050. + +In 1867, Dr. Perkins's Commentary on Genesis; also a Christian + Almanac. +In 1869, Rays of Light, monthly, 104 pages, 400 copies. + Night of Toil, 221 pages, 500 copies. + Signet Ring, 65 pages, 200 copies. + Revival Hymns, 32 pages, 200 copies. + Dialogue on the Papacy, 12 pages, 200 copies. + Almanac, 44 pages, 200 copies. + Dr. Perkins's Commentary on Daniel, 154 pages, 500 copies. + +Printed in 1869, 632 consecutive pages, 2,200 copies. + +Total pages from the beginning, November 1840, to the close of 1869, +19,529,150. + + + +INDEX. [not included] + + + +END OF VOLUME II. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of History Of The Missions Of The +American Board Of Commissioners For Foreign Missions To The Oriental Churches, Volume II., by Rufus Anderson + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MISSIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOARD *** + +***** This file should be named 19939.txt or 19939.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/9/3/19939/ + +Produced by John Bechard (JaBBechard@aol.com) + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/19939.zip b/19939.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9cff6f --- /dev/null +++ b/19939.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c5906f --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #19939 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/19939) |
